Skip to main content

Full text of "Reports of the Department of the Interior for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1908 : administrative reports in 2 volumes"

See other formats


BUREAU.  OF  LAND  MANAGEMENT 

B  Library 

"N t'V&nt  Service  CenteS 


°« •  'l/C 


Lhitu 

BUREAU  OF.  LAND  MANAGEM 

N       "1^      Library 

Denver  Service  CenteS 


$I33l 


\ 


--fa^-m^^ 


REPORTS  OF  THE 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

FOR  THE  FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30 

1908 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REPORTS 

IN  2  VOLUMES 


VOLUME  I 

SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

BUREAUS,  EXCEPT  OFFICE  OF  INDIAN  AFFAIRS 

ELEEMOSYNARY  INSTITUTIONS 

NATIONAL  PARKS  AND  RESERVATIONS 


WASHINGTON  :  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE  :  1908 


REPORTS  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

Administrative  reports,  in  2  volumes. 
Vol.    I.  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

Bureaus,  except  Office  of  Indian  Affairs. 
Eleemosynary  Institutions. 
National  parks  and  reservations. 
Vol.  II.  Indian  Affairs. 
Territories. 
Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  in  2  volumes. 


CONTENTS. 


Page, 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior 1 

Bureaus  of  the  Interior  Department 2 

General  statement 3 

Inspection 3 

Personnel 4 

Buildings 4 

Office  of  Assistant  Attorney-General *5 

General  Land  Office 8 

General  discussion 8 

Opening  of  Indian  lands 11 

Conservation  of  natural  resources 11 

Protection  of  public  lands 13 

Coal  lands 14 

Alaska  coal  lands 15 

Fencing 15 

Timber  and  stone 16 

Rights  of  way 16 

Desert  land  and  dry  farming 17 

Indian  Office 18 

Five  Civilized  Tribes 20 

Lands 20 

Osage  Reservation 27 

Schools 27 

Coal  lands 29 

Timber  lands 30 

Oil 30 

Pensions 32 

Appeals  in  pension  and  bounty  land  claims 34 

Patent  Office 36 

Bureau  of  Education 38 

Geological  Survey 40 

Geologic  branch 41 

Topographic  branch 42 

Water-resources  branch 42 

Technologic  branch 43 

Publications 45 

The  nation's  mineral  resources 45 

Reclamation  Service 46 

Salt  River  project,  Arizona 49 

Yuma  project,  Arizona 50 

Orland  project,  California 51 

Grand  Valley  project,  California 51 

in 


IV  CONTENTS. 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior — Continued. 

Reclamation  Service — Continued.  Page. 

Uncompahgre  Valley  project,  Colorado 51 

Minidoka  project,  Idaho 52 

Payette-Boise  project,  Idaho 52 

Garden  City  project,  Kansas 52 

Huntley  project,  Montana 52 

Milk  River  project,  Montana 53 

St.  Mary  project,  Montana 53 

Sun  River  project,  Montana 53 

Lower  Yellowstone  projects,  Montana-North  Dakota 53 

North  Platte  project,  Wyoming-Nebraska , 54 

Truckee-Carson  project,  Nevada , 54 

Carlsbad  project,  New  Mexico 54 

Hondo  project,  New  Mexico 55 

Rio  Grande  project,  New  Mexico-Texas 55 

Buford-Trenton  and  Williston  projects,  North  Dakota 55 

Klamath  project,  Oregon-California 56 

Umatilla  project,  Oregon 56 

Belle  Fourche  project,  South  Dakota 56 

Strawberry  Valley  project,  Utah 57 

Okanogan  project,  Washington 57 

Sunnyside  project,  Washington 57 

Tieton  project,  Washington 57 

Shoshone  project,  Wyoming 58 

Printing  and  publications 58 

Territories 59 

Arizona .' 59 

New  Mexico 60 

Alaska 61 

Hawaii 63 

Porto  Rico 65 

Guam  and  Samoa 65 

National  parks  and  reservations 66 

Hot  Springs  Reservation 66 

The  preservation  of  American  antiquities 67 

Bird  reserves 68 

Eleemosynary  institutions '.  69 

Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane 69 

Freedmen's  Hospital 70 

Howard  University 71 

Columbia  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb 71 

Maryland  School  for  the  Blind 72 

Washington  Hospital  for  Foundlings 72 

The  Superintendent  of  the  United  States  Capitol  Building  and  Grounds. .  73 

( reneral  education  board 73 

Dintrict  of  Columbia  corporations 74 

The  Maril  Line  ( lanal  (  ompany  of  Nicaragua 74 

Report  of  the  ( iommissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office 75 

General  statement 77 

Cash  receipts 80 

Area  of  land  entered 80 

New  system  of  keeping  records  and  accounts  in  district  land  offices 80 

Salaried  of  employees 81 


CONTENTS.  V 

Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office — Continued.  page. 

Legislation 83 

Lands  under  reclamation  projects 83 

Rights  of  way 83 

Administrative  law 84 

Plats  destroyed  by  fire 86 

Undelivered  patents 86 

Surveys 87 

Withdrawal  of  irrigable  arid  lands 88 

Restoration  of  lands  to  entry 89 

Registers  and  receivers 89 

California  school  grant 90 

Surveyors-general 91 

Inspection  of  land  offices 91 

Index  of  patents 92 

Bird  reservations 92 

National  monuments 93 

Condition  of  building 94 

Maps 95 

National  forests 95 

Changes  in  regulations 96 

Amendments  of  homestead  entries 96 

Homesteads  in  reclamation  projects 96 

Homesteads  in  Alaska 96 

Contests — affidavits  for  publication 97 

Proceedings  on  special  agents'  reports 97 

Lists  of  lands  sold 97 

Certified  copies  and  fees  of  United  States  surveyors-general 97 

Timber  in  Alaska 98 

Coal  lands 98 

Evidence  of  title  to  mining  claims  and  of  water  rights 98 

Locations  of  warrants  script,  certificates,  soldiers'  additional  rights,  etc.  98 

Isolated  tracts 98 

Payments  to  public  creditors 99 

New  forms  of  applications,  etc 99 

Credit  for  prior  payment  in  second  application  to  commute  homestead 

entries 99 

Forest  lieu  land  frauds 99 

Creek  lands  in  Alabama 102 

Opening  of  Indian  lands 103 

Statistics  relating  to  the  disposition  of  the  public  domain 104 

Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Pensions 127 

Commissioners  of  Pension  since  1833 128 

General  statement 129 

Pensions  of  the  several  wars  and  of  the  peace  establishment 138 

Pensions  on  account  of  the  war  with  Spain  and  the  insurrection  in  the 

Philippine  Islands 138 

Examining  surgeons 139 

Special  acts 140 

Attorneys 140 

Order  78  and  act  of  April  24,  1906 14] 

Act  of  February  6,  1907 142 

Act  of  April  19,  1908 144 

Ten  years'  summary 145 


VI  CONTENTS. 

Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Pensions — Continued.  Page. 

Bounty-land  warrants 145 

Criminal  prosecutions 146 

Revolutionary  pensioners 147 

War  of  1812 148 

Miscellaneous . 148 

Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Patents 167 

Additional  room 172 

Force  and  salaries 173 

Condition  of  the  work 176 

Models 176 

Changes  in  the  rules  of  practice 177 

Additional  gains  in  efficiency  and  economy 179 

Treaties  and  proposed  conventions  with  foreign  countries 182 

Statement  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education 183 

Editorial  division  and  division  of  statistics 185 

Library  division 187 

Division  of  correspondence  and  records 189 

Reports  required  by  statute 189 

Agricultural  and  mechanical  colleges 189 

General  Education  Board 190 

Education  in  Alaska  and  reindeer  for  Alaska 190 

Education  in  Alaska 190 

The  Alaska  reindeer  service 194 

Recommendations 195 

Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey 199 

Special  features  of  the  work. 201 

Land  classification 201 

Mining  geology 202 

Mining  technology 202 

Alaskan  surveys 203 

Mineral  statistics 204 

National  conservation 205 

Coal  resources 205 

Water  resources 206 

Need  of  investigation 206 

Floods 206 

Inland  navigation 207 

Irrigation 207 

Drainage  of  wet  lands 208 

Water  power 208 

Technologic  investigations 209 

Map  publication 209 

Organization 210 

Work  of  the  year 211 

Publications 211 

Field  work  by  the  Director 221 

Geologic  branch 221 

Administration 221 

Publications 221 

Division  of  geology  and  paleontology 221 

Organization 221 

Geologic  work  in  Eastern  and  Southeastern  States 222 

Geologic  work  in  Central  States  east  of  97  degrees 227 


CONTENTS.  VII 

Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey — Continued. 
Work  of  the  year — Continued. 
Geologic  branch — Continued. 

Division  of  geology  and  paleontology — Continued.  Page. 
Geologic  work  in  the  sixteen  Western  public-land  States  and 

Territories 230 

General  geologic  and  paleontologic  work 237 

Division  of  Alaskan  mineral  resources 240 

Personnel 240 

Field  operations  in  season  of  1907 240 

Field  operations  in  season  of  1908 243 

Office  work 244 

Geologic  results 244 

Division  of  mineral  resources 245 

Division  of  chemical  and  physical  research 246 

Topographic  branch 247 

Organization 247 

Personnel 248 

Summary  of  results 248 

Atlantic  division 249 

Field  work 249 

Summary 249 

Details  of  work  by  States 250 

Office  work 256 

Central  division 258 

Field  work 258 

Summary 258 

Details  of  work  by  States 258 

Drainage  surveys  in  Minnesota 262 

Office  work 262 

Rocky  Mountain  division 263 

Field  work 263 

Summary 263 

Details  of  work  by  States 264 

Office  work 266 

Pacific  division 266 

Field  work 266 

Summary 266 

Details  of  work  by  States 267 

Office  work 270 

Compilation  of  special  national-forest  maps 271 

Instruments  and  topographic  records 271 

Inspection  of  topographic  surveying  and  mapping 272 

Water-resources  branch 272 

Organization 272 

Stream-flow  investigations 273 

Ground- water  investigations 276 

Investigations  of  quality  of  water 278 

Technologic  branch 270 

Organization 279 

Fuels  division 279 

Chemical  section 279 

Steam-engineering  section 280 

Producer-gas  section 


VIII  CONTENTS. 

Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey— Continued. 
Work  of  the  year — Continued. 

Technologic  branch — Continued. 

Fuels  division — Continued.  Page. 

Inspection  and  sampling  section 281 

Smoke-abatement  section 281 

Coking  and  washery  sections 281 

Briquet  section 282 

Coal  waste  and  mine  explosives  section 282 

Structural-materials  division 282 

Laboratory  work 283 

Field  work 283 

Publications 284 

Special  investigations 284 

Publication  branch 284 

Book-publication  division 284 

Section  of  texts 284 

Section  of  illustrations 285 

Section  of  geologic  maps 286 

Section  of  topographic  maps 286 

Section  of  distribution 286 

Division  of  engraving  and  printing 287 

Maps,  folios,  and  illustrations 287 

Instrument  shop 287 

Photographic  laboratory 288 

Administrative  branch 288 

Executive  division 288 

Division  of  disbursements  and  accounts 291 

Library 291 

Report  of  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane 293 

Officers  of  the  hospital 295 

Report  of  the  superintendent 297 

Movements  of  population 297 

Buildings  and  grounds 298 

Steam  tables 298 

Manure  pit 299 

Coal  storage 299 

Home  for  male  nurses 299 

Laundry 299 

Sterilizer 299 

Stone  steps 299 

West  Lodge  skylight 299 

New  plumbing 299 

Fireproofing 299 

New  stairways 299 

Fire  engine 299 

Old  pump  house 300 

New  crib ".  300 

Recitation  room 300 

Gymnasium 300 

Circulating  library 300 

Record  room 301 

Tree  301 

Amusement  ball 301 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Report  of  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane — Continued. 

Report  of  the  superintendent — Continued.  Page. 

Engineering  department 301 

Electrical 301 

Plumbing 301 

Sewers 301 

Steam  fitting 301 

Water  system 301 

Boiler  house 302 

Machine  work 302 

Administrative  department 302 

Office  of  the  steward 302 

Matron 302 

Mattress  shop 302 

Laundry 302 

Tin  shop 302 

Diagram,  showing  the  organization  of  the  Government  Hospital  for 

the  Insane 302 

Medical  and  scientific  departments 303 

Training  school 303 

Hydrotherapy 303 

Ophthalmologist 303 

Dentist 303 

Photography 303 

Contagious  and  infectious  diseases 303 

Surgery 304 

Tuberculosis 304 

Vaccination 304 

Staff  meetings 305 

Pathological  department 305 

Clinical  pathology 308 

Psychological  laboratory 308 

Investigations 309 

Publications 311 

Farm  and  industrial  departments 312 

Stock 314 

Legislation 315 

Estimates  for  the  fiscal  year  1910 316 

Medical  staff 321 

Appointments 321 

Separations 321 

Promotions 321 

Assignments 321 

General  considerations 321 

Additional  accommodations 323 

Additional  land 324 

Dairy  herd,  barns,  etc 325 

Changes  in  electrical  plant 326 

Per  capita  cost 326 

Statistical  tables 327 

Report  of  the  Columbia  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb 34 1 

Officers  of  the  institution 342 

Health 343 


X  CONTENTS. 

Report  of  the  Columbia  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb — Continued.  page. 

Courses  of  instruction 343 

Lectures 343 

In  the  college 343 

In  the  Kendall  School 344 

Receipts  and  expenditures 344 

Estimates  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1910 345 

The  exercises  of  presentation  day 346 

Presentation  of  candidates  for  degrees 346 

Remarks  of  President  Gallaudet  conferring  honorary  degrees 347 

President  BuePs  address 348 

Conferring  of  degrees 350 

Meeting  of  the  Convention  of  American  Instructors  of  the  Deaf 350 

Catalogue  of  students  and  pupils 351 

In  the  college 351 

In  the  Kendall  School 352 

Regulations 353 

Report  of  the  Freedmen's  Hospital 355 

Roster  of  officers  of  the  hospital 356 

Medical  and  surgical  work 358 

Training  School  for  Nurses 369 

Recommendations 374 

Report  of  the  President  of  Howard  University 377 

Board  of  trustees ■, 378 

School  of  Medicine 379 

School  of  Law 380 

First  year 380 

Middle  year 380 

Senior  year 381 

School  of  Theology 381 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 382 

Teachers'  College 382 

Department  of  Manual  Arts 383 

Commercial  College 383 

Academy  (preparatory  department) 383 

Appendix 385 

Account  pertaining  to  current  expenses  of  academic  branches,  officers, 

and  professors 386 

Report  of  the  superintendent  of  the  Capitol  building  and  grounds : 393 

The  Capitol 395 

Capitol  grounds 396 

Engine  house,  Senate  and  House  stables : 396 

Court-house,  District  of  Columbia 396 

Botanic  Garden 396 

Expenditures 396 

Senate  and  House  office  buildings 398 

Report  of  the  superintendent  of  Yellowstone  National  Park 401 

Travel 403 

Roads,  culverts,  and  bridges 404 

Fish 405 

Wild  animals 406 

Antelope 406 

Buffalo 407 


CONTENTS.  XI 

Report  of  the  superintendent  of  Yellowstone  National  Park— Continued. 

Wild  animals — Continued.  Page. 

Bear 407 

Beaver  and  marmot 408 

Coyotes 408 

Deer 408 

Elk 408 

Moose 409 

Mountain  lions 409 

Birds 409 

Forest  fires 409 

Poaching 409 

The  hold-up  of  August  24,  1908 410 

Estimates 412 

Recommendations 412 

Rules  and  regulations 413 

Regulations  of  July  2,  1908 413 

Instructions  of  July  2,  1908 414 

Fires 414 

Camps 414 

Bicycles 415 

Fishing 415 

Dogs. 415 

Grazing  animals 415 

Hotels 415 

Boat  trip  on  Yellowstone  Lake 415 

Driving  on  roads  of  park 415 

Miscellaneous 416 

Regulations  of  October  11,  1900,  governing  the  impounding  and  dis- 
position of  loose  live  stock 416 

Report  of  the  acting  superintendent  of  Yosemite  National  Park 419 

Patrols 421 

Grazing 422 

Forest  fires 422 

Game 423 

Fish 424 

Fencing 424 

-     Patented  lands 424 

Telephone  service 425 

Roads,  trails,  and  bridges 425 

Hetch  Hetchy  Valley 427 

Concessions 427 

Hotels  and  camps 428 

Rights  of  way 429 

San  Francisco  water  supply 430 

Employees 431 

Buildings 431 

Power  plant,  water  distribution,  and  sanitation 431 

Underbrush 432 

Visitors 432 

Estimates 433 

Recommendations 433 


XII  CONTENTS. 

Report  of  the  acting  superintendent  of  Yosemite  National  Park — Continued.  page. 

Appendixes : 435 

A — Reports  of  L.  C.  Hill  on  roads 435 

B — Reports  of  M.  O.  Leigh  ton  on  sanitary  conditions  and  water  supply.  437 

C — Report  of  Chief  Electrician  C.  W.  Tucker  on  the  power  plant 442 

D — Rules  and  regulations 443 

Regulations  of  February  29,  1908 443 

Instructions  to  tourists 444 

Regulations  governing  impounding  and  disposition  of  loose  live 

stock 446 

Report  of  the  acting  superintendent  of  the  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  national 

parks 447 

Sequoia  National  Park 449 

General  Grant  National  Park 449 

Guarding  the  parks 450 

General  conditions 451 

Park  regulations 451 

Forest  fires 451 

Game 451 

Fish  and  fishing 452 

Driving  live  stock  through  parks 452 

Big  trees  and  other  natural  features 452 

Table  showing  points  of  interest  in  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  national 

parks T 453 

Patented  lands 455 

Headquarters  camp 455 

Military  post 455 

Post-office 456 

Accommodations 456 

Tourists 456 

Roads  and  trails 456 

Telephone  lines 457 

Park  rangers 457 

Acting  superintendent 458 

Mount  Whitney  Power  Company 458 

Sanitation 458 

Camp  sites 459 

Disposal  of  kitchen  refuse  and  other  waste 439 

Water  source 459 

Animals 459 

Latrines,  sinks,  privies 459 

Abandonment  of  camp 459 

Estimates  for  fiscal  year  1910 459 

Sequoia  National  Park 459 

General  Grant  National  Park 460 

Conclusion 460 

Rules  and  regulations '. 461 

Sequoia  National  Park 461 

General  regulations  of  March  30,  1907 461 

Regulations  of  March  30,  1907,  governing  the  impounding  and  dis- 

position  of  loose  live  stock 462 

( reneral  Giant  National  Park 463 


CONTENTS.  XIII 

Page. 

Report  of  the  acting  superintendent  of  Mount  Rainier  National  Park 465 

Patrols 467 

Forest  conditions 469 

Game 469 

Fish 470 

Roads,  trails,  and  automobiles 470 

Ranger  cabins 471 

Prospecting 471 

Travel 472 

Hotels  and  camps 473 

Privileges ( 473 

Estimates 473 

Recommendations 473 

Rules  and  regulations 475 

General  regulations  of  June  10,  1908 475 

Regulations  of  June  10,  1908,  governing  the  impounding  and  dispo- 
sition of  loose  live  stock 476 

Regulations  of  June  10,  1908,  governing  the  admission  of  automobiles. .  477 

Report  of  the  superintendent  of  Mesa  Verde  National  Park 479 

General  statement 482 

Roads  and  trails 483 

Water  supply 484 

Excavation  and  repair  of  ruins 484 

Travel 485 

Forest  fires 485 

Game 485 

Order  in  the  park 485 

Lands 485 

Privileges 486 

Recommendations 486 

Road  building 486 

Excavation  and  repair  of  ruins 486 

Local  museum 486 

Custodian's  house 487 

Telephone  line 487 

Legislation 487 

Estimates 487 

Rules  and  regulations 487 

General  regulations  of  March  19,  1908 487 

Regulations  of  March  19,  1908,  governing  the  impounding  and  dispo- 
sition of  loose  live  stock 489 

Report  of  J.  Walter  Fewkes 490. 

Introduction 490 

Educational  ideal 490 

Repair  not  restoration 491 

Method  of  excavation  and  repair 491 

Protection  from  torrents 492 

Repair  of  walls .  -. 492 

Ground  plan  of  ruin 493 

Number  of  rooms  and  dimensions 493 

General  character  of  walls 494 

Refuse  heaps 495 


XIV  CONTENTS. 

Report  of  J.  Walter  Fewkes — Continued.  Page. 

Classification  of  rooms 495 

Secular  rooms 495 

Wooden  beams  and  ladders 496 

Balcony 497 

Stone  bins 497 

Circular  rooms 497 

Warriors'  room 498 

Details  of  construction 498 

Mural  paintings 498 

Likeness  to  pueblos 499 

Ceremonial  rooms  or  kivas 499 

Excavation  and  repair  of  kivas 499 

Construction  of  a  kiva 500 

Ventilators  of  kivas 501 

Entrances  to  kivas 501 

Construction  of  kiva  A 502 

Restoration  of  a  kiva 502 

Sign  boards  and  labels 503 

Approaches  to  ruin 503 

Collections 504 

Report  on  Wind  Cave,  Crater  Lake,  Sullys  Hill,  and  Piatt  national  parks,  Casa 

Grande  Ruin,  and  Minnesota  National  Forest  Reserve 507 

Wind  Cave  National  Park 509 

Crater  Lake  National  Park 511 

Sullys  Hill  Park 514 

Piatt  National  Park 514 

Casa  Grande  Ruin 519 

Minnesota  National  Forest  Reserve 523 

Report  of  the  superintendent  of  Hot  Springs  Reservation 527 

General  statement 529 

The  Fountain  street  cold  spring 530 

Receipts  and  expenditures  for  fiscal  year  1908 531 

Bath  houses 532 

Bath  rates  and  attendants'  fees 532 

Water  rents • 534 

Ground  leases  to  bath  houses 535 

The  government  free  bath  house 536 

Leases 537 

Hot  Springs  Mountain  Observatory 538 

New  rules  and  regulations 538 

The  drumming  evil 539 

Government  lots 540 

Conclusion 540 

Appendixes 541 

A — Schedule  of  appraisements  of  unsold  lots  on  Hot  Springs  Reservation .  541 

B — Schedule  showing  status  of  lots  platted  on  Hot  Springs  Reservation.  544 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Page. 

Map  of  United  States,  showing  areas  covered  by  geologic  surveys 220 

Map  of  United  States,  showing  areas  covered  by  topographic  surveys 248 

Key  map  of  the  grounds  of  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane 340 

Map  of  the  grounds  of  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane 340 

Map  of  Yellowstone  National  Park 418 

Map  of  Yosemite  National  Park 446 

Map  of  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  National  parks 464 

Map  of  Mount  Rainier  National  Park t  478 

Plate      I.  Wild  elk  on  the  alfalfa  field  in  the  northern  portion  of  the  Yellow- 
stone National  Park  near  the  town  of  Gardiner,  Mont 406 

II.  Partly  deforested  tract  on  patented  land  near  Atwell's  Mill 456 

III.  A. — Atwell's  Mill  on  patented  lands,  Sequoia  Park 456 

B. — Marble  Fork  Bridge,  Grant  Forest  Road 456 

IV.  Buena  Vista  Point,  Grant  Forest  Road 456 

V.  Spruce-Tree  House,  from  the  southwest,  before  and  after  repair. . .  493 

VI.  Spruce-Tree  House,  Plaza  D,  before  and  after  repair 493 

VII.  Plan  of  Spruce-Tree  House 493 

VIII.  Fig.  1,  interior  of  kiva  and  ventilator;  fig.  2,  roof  of  kiva  C 501 

IX.  Casa  Grande,  compound  B 521 

X.  Casa  Grande,  clan  house  A 521 

xv 


REPORT  OF  THE  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 


r>S920— INT  1908— vol  1 1 


BUREAUS  OF  THE  INTERIOR  DEPARTMENT, 

GENERAL    LAND    OFFICE. 

Organized  as  a  bureau  of  the  Treasury  Department  under  act  of  April  25,  1812 
(2  Stat.  L.,  716). 

First  Commissioner,  Edward  Tiffin,  of  Ohio;  appointed  May  7,  1812. 

Became  a  bureau  of  the  Interior  Department  when  that  Department  was 
organized  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1849  (9  Stat.  L.,  395). 

INDIAN    OFFICE. 

Organized  as  a  bureau  of  the  War  Department  under  act  of  July  9,  1832  (4  Stat. 
L.,  564), 

First  Commissioner,  Elbert  Herring,  of  New  York;  appointed  July  10,  1832. 

Became  a  bureau  of  the  Interior  Department  when  that  Department  was 
organized. 

BUREAU    OF   PENSIONS. 

Organized  as  a  bureau  of  the  War  Department  under  act  of  March  2,  1833 
(4  Stat.  L.,  622). 

First  Commissioner,  James  L.  Edwards,  of  Virginia;  appointed  March  3, 
1833. 

Became  a  bureau  of  the  Interior  Department  ^vvhen  that  Department  was 
organized. 

PATENT   OFFICE. 

Organized  as  a  bureau  of  the  State  Department  under  act  of  March  4,  1836 
(5  Stat.  L.,  117). 

First  Commissioner,  Henry  S.  Ellsworth,  of  Connecticut;  appointed  July  4,  1836. 

Became  a  bureau  of  the  Interior  Department  when  that  Department  was 
organized. 

BUREAU    OF   EDUCATION. 

Organized  under  act  of  March  2,  1867  (14  Stat.  L.,  434). 

Became  a  bureau  of  the  Interior  Department  July  1,  1869,  under  act  of  July  20, 
1868  (15  Stat.  L.,  106). 

First  Commissioner,  Henry  Barnard,  of  Connecticut;  appointed  March  14, 
1867. 

GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

Organized    as   a    bureau    of    the    Interior.  Department   under  act  of   March   3, 
1879  (20  Stat.  L.,  394). 
First  Director,  Clarence  King,  of  New  York;  appointed  April  14,  1879. 

RECLAMATION   SERVICE. 

Organized  under  act  of  June  17,  1902  (32  Stat.  L.,  388),  under  the  Director  of  the 
Geological  Survey,  Charles  I>    Walcott. 

First  Director,  F.  II.  Newell,  of  Pennsylvania;  appointed  March  9,  1907. 
2 


REPORT  OF  THE  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

.Washington,  D.  C,  December  23,  1908. 
Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  annual  report  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior.    The  reports  of  the  bureaus,  offices,  institutions, 
and  Territories  under  the  supervision  of  the  department  are  pre- 
sented herewith. 

GENERAL  STATEMENT. 

The  year's  work  has  proved  the  value  of  the  reorganization  of  the 
Department.  By  throwing  full  responsibility  upon  the  heads  of  the 
bureaus,  by  coordinating  their  work,  and  by  close  cooperation  be- 
tween the  Secretary's  office  and  the  heads  of  the  offices  and  bureaus 
it  has  been  possible  to  constantly  improve  the  methods  of  administra- 
tion. The  changes  made  have  for  their  purpose  the  simplification  of 
business  without  any  loss  in  accuracy  or  responsibility. 

The  frequent  conferences  between  the  Secretary  and  the  heads 
of  the  bureaus  and  offices  have  grown  in  usefulness.  They  have 
brought  about  a  closer  cooperation  between  the  bureaus  engaged  in 
similar  or  kindred  work,  and  have  resulted  in  doing  away  entirely 
with  causes  for  friction,  misunderstanding,  and  consequent  delay  in 
transacting  business. 

One  interesting  result  of  the  new  organization  has  been  the  per- 
sonal interest  which  it  has  aroused  among  the  officials  and  employees. 
The  knowledge  that  improved  methods,  when  found  adaptable  to 
government  business,  would  be  accepted  has  induced  some  employees 
to  give  great  care  and  attention  to  the  thoughtful  study  of  methods 
for  the  simplification  and  improvement  of  their  own  work  and  its 
relation  to  the  general  work  of  the  department. 

The  loyal  support  given  by  the  employees  of  the  department  in 
the  work  of  reorganization  is  especially  gratifying. 

During  the  summer  I  visited  the  Territory  of  Hawaii  and  various 
reclamation  projects,  Indian  agencies  and  reservations,  and  land 
offices. 

INSPECTION. 

The  change  in  the  method  of  inspection  of  the  outside  services  of 
the  department  has  been  very  beneficial.  The  country  is  now  divided 
into  six  inspection  districts,  to  each  of  which  a  special  inspector  is 

3 


4  KEPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

assigned.  His  duties  cover  the  inspection  of  all  the  various  outside 
offices  under  the  department.  Inspections  of  each  office  are  fre- 
quently and  thoroughly  made.  They  cover  the  examination  of 
accounts,  the  inspection  of  the  physical  condition  of  the  public  prop- 
erty, and  an  investigation  into  the  general  conduct  of  the  official 
in  charge  and  his  employees.  The  inspections  have  resulted  in 
many  improvements. 

PERSONNEL. 

The  total  number  of  persons  employed  is  18,770.  Of  these,  4,396 
are  in  Washington.  The  classified  service  has  been  extended  to  posi- 
tions under  the  Land  Office,  the  Indian  Office,  the  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion, and  the  National  Parks,  covering  a  total  of  618  positions. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  Congress  will  provide  for  a  reclassification  of 
all  the  employees  of  the  Government  and  a  readjustment  of  the  sala- 
ries. No  one  administrative  change  is  more  needed  than  this.  It 
would  enormously  increase  the  efficiency  of  the  public  service.  In  ad- 
dition to  reclassification,  adequate  provision  should  be  made  for  the 
retirement  of  employees  who  have  given  long  and  meritorious  service. 

Under  the  law  providing  for  the  compensation  of  employees  injured 
in  the  public  service  there  have  been  about  50  cases  reported  by  the 
Interior  Department  since  the  1st  of  July  of  this  year. 

While  it  is  too  early  to  judge  the  value  of  this  law,  I  am  confident 
that  it  is  a  wise  one,  and  is  based  upon  the  proper  principle. 

BUILDINGS. 

The  total  rent  roll  of  the  department  is  $44,200,  and  I  again  urge 
the  need  of  providing  permanent  quarters  for  the  offices  and  bureaus 
which  are  now  in  rented  buildings.  It  is  false  economy  to  provide 
inadequate  and  nonfireproof  buildings.  Property  of  the  Govern- 
ment under  the  control  of  the  Geological  Survey,  the  Bureau  of  Edu- 
cation, and  the  Reclamation  Service,  of  very  great  value  and  much 
of  which  could  not  be  reproduced,  is  in  buildings  not  fireproof.  A 
fire  occurred  in  the  Geological  Survey  building  on  December  16. 
Fortunately  the  promptness  and  efficiency  of  the  fire  department 
averted  a  serious  loss,  but  this  accident  emphasizes  the  need  of  a 
proper  building.    The  estimated  loss  is  $20,000. 

I  have  used  some  space  in  the  Pension  Office  for  the  growing  needs 
of  the  Indian  Office,  Geological  Survey,  and  the  Civil  Service  Com- 
mission, yet  these  changes  are  but  makeshifts.  The  old  Post-Office 
building  is  seriously  overcrowded.  Both  that  and  the  Patent  Office 
building  are  in  need  of  extensive  repairs.  I  can  not  urge  upon  Con- 
gress too  strongly  the  need  and  the  wisdom  of  providing  buildings 
in  accordance  with  the  submitted  estimates. 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE   INTERIOR.  5 

OFFICE  OF  ASSISTANT  ATTORNEY-GENERAL. 

The  force  in  the  office  of  the  Assistant  Attorney-General  was  used 
during  the  fifteen  months  prior  to  July  1,  1908,  principally  to  bring 
the  routine  work  of  that  office  more  nearly  current.  At  the  same 
time  greater  activity  in  the  field  and  the  bureaus  caused  an  increase 
of  more  than  20  per  cent  in  the  number  of  appeals  received.  Appeals 
pending  were  nevertheless  reduced  from  958  on  March  1,  1907,  to 
330  on  July  1,  1908.  When  it  was  found  that  the  appealed  cases,  the 
principal  routine  work  of  the  office,  were  nearly  current,  some  of  the 
force  of  the  office  was  detailed  for  other  important  work.  Thus,  in 
cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Justice  there  was  instituted  a 
closer  scrutiny  of  the  land  litigation  both  in  the  District  of  Columbia 
and  throughout  the  public-land  States.  As  a  result  it  was  found 
that  nearly  100  suits  had  lain  dormant  for  periods  varying  from 
ten  to  twenty  years,  and  that  in  three  or  four  hundred  actions  noth- 
ing had  been  done  for  more  than  two  years  prior  to  that  time.  All 
these  cases  were  taken  up  in  the  field  in  a  conference  between  the 
United  States  attorney,  an  examiner  from  the  Department  of  Justice, 
and  the  chief  of  field  division  of  the  General  Land  Office,  or  the 
corresponding  field  officer  of  the  Indian  Office,  Reclamation  Service, 
or  Geological  Survey,  respectively.  These  committees  reported  con- 
cerning each  suit  in  each  district  with  recommendation  (1)  that 
certain  definite  cases,  in  which  there  was  no  possibility  of  obtaining 
convictions  or  judgments,  should  be  dismissed  and  cleared  from  the 
docket;  (2)-  that  those  cases  in  which  there  was  not  sufficient  evi- 
dence at  hand,  but  reasonable  hope  of  supplementing  the  evidence, 
should  be  handed  over  to  the  chief  field  officer  of  the  bureau  con- 
cerned to  procure  the  necessary  additional  evidence  under  direction 
of  the  United  States  attorney;  and  (3)  that  those  cases  where  the 
evidence  on  hand  was  sufficient  should  be  pressed  vigorously  to  a 
definite  judicial  determination. 

In  the  District  of  Columbia  there  have  been  instituted  an  unusual 
number  of  mandamus  and  injunction  actions  against  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior  growing  out  of  the  settlement  of  the  affairs  of  the  Five 
Civilized  Tribes.  The  Assistant  Attorney-General's  office  has  vig- 
orously cooperated  with  the  Department  of  Justice  in  the  defense  of 
these  suits,  the  work  in  this  direction  requiring  the  time  of  at  least  one 
assistant  attorney.  The  rules  and  regulations  of  the  department  have 
been  scrutinized  with  great  care  to  see  whether  the  practice  now  in 
vogue  meets  the  conditions  of  the  present  time,  and  assistant  attorneys 
in  this  office  have  been  continuously  assisting  to  prepare  reasonable 
modifications  of  these  rules.  It  has  also  been  found  wise  to  detail  as- 
sistant attorneys  from  this  office  upon  specially  important  work  in 
the  field,  either  because  of  their  peculiar  knowledge  of  the  particular 
work  or  to  supplement  the  work  of  the  bureaus. 


b  REPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

The  result  of  this  new  routine  work  in  the  Assistant  Attorney- Gen- 
eral's office  has  been  that  the  force  available  on  the  old  routine  work 
has  been  cut  down  from  21  assistant  attorneys  on  March  4,  1907,  to 
16.  Since  the  work  has  increased  over  20  per  cent,  it  is  found  that 
the  diminished  force  is  obliged  to  exert  itself  to  the  fullest  reasonable 
extent  to  keep  abreast  and  maintain  the  work  in  a  current  condition. 
The  new  assistant  attorneys  provided  for  in  the  appropriation  act  of 
last  year  are  detailed  by  the  Secretary  for  such  work  in  his  own  office 
or  the  bureaus  as  he  may  find  necessary  and  economical.  The  need 
for  them  was  caused  by  the  breaking  up  of  the  old  divisions  in  the 
Secretary's  office  and  the  necessity  for  watchful  care  to  see  that  the 
change,  with  all  its  economies,  should  not  do  harm  to  the  interests  of 
the  Government. 

In  cooperation  between  this  office  and  the  Indian  Office  a  new  plan 
was  inaugurated  for  protecting  the  allottees  of  the  Five  Civilized 
Tribes.  When  it  was  found  that  Congress  would  undoubtedly  remove 
the  restrictions  from  70,000  of  those  allottees,  thus  taking  restrictions 
from  approximately  9,000,000  acres  of  Indian  land,  Congress  was 
asked  and  gave  an  appropriation  of  $90,000  for  the  maintenance  of 
local  district  offices  advantageously  scattered  throughout  the  Five 
Civilized  Tribes ;  also,  $50,000  for  the  use  of  the  Attorney-General  in 
bringing  suits  to  clear  cloud  from  the  title  of  Indian  land.  Imme- 
diately after  Congress  adjourned  the  Department  of  Justice,  the 
Assistant  Attorney-General's  Office,  and  the  Indian  Office  joined 
together  in  arranging  to  discover  the  existing  clouds,  to  bring  suits 
to  remove  them,  and  to  establish  the  most  effective  and  economical 
district  agent  force  possible.  The  result  is  that  there  are  14 
district  agents  continuously  in  touch  with  the  Indians  and  their 
needs;  also  that  thousands  of  suits  to  remove  clouds  from  title, 
especially  of  those  lands  which  would  be  unrestricted  on  July  27, 
1908,  were  instituted  before  that  date.  The  need  for  such  action  is 
shown  by  the  fact  that  this  department  has  found  over  23,000  such 
clouds  upon  the  title  of  the  Indians.  The  bringing  of  these  suits, 
the  establishment  of  the  district  agent's  offices,  the  conferences  held 
with  the  more  ignorant  Indians  at  various  places  throughout  eastern 
Oklahoma,  have  all  led  to  their  protection  from  the  loss  of  millions 
of  dollars.  If  the  suits  had  not  been  started  or  had  not  been  in 
immediate  contemplation  each  of  these  Indians  would  have  been  at 
the  mercy  of  the  person  who  had  the  invalid  deed  recorded  as  a 
cloud  upon  the  title.  They  would  have  been  obliged  to  sell  to  these 
men  at  practically  their  own  price,  or  to  others  at  an  exceedingly  low 
price,  on  account  of  the  outstanding  cloud.  The  district  agents  were 
able  in  the  case  of  minors'  estates  alone  to  save  over  $400,000  to  the 
Indians  within  five  months,  and  now  that  they  are  fairly  organized 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  7 

and  established  the  return  from  their  services  will  be  much  greater. 
The  principal  value  of  this  action  has  been  the  deterring  influence 
upon  those  who  previously  felt  that  they  would  need  to  account  for 
their  actions  to  the  ignorant  Indians  only. 

Another  new  class  of  work  delegated  to  this  office  was  the  consid- 
eration of  disbarment  cases.  I  found  that  there  seemed  to  be  great 
looseness  of  ideals  concerning  the  duties  of  attorneys  to  their  clients, 
especially  in  the  military  bounty  land  warrant  work.  Certain  firms 
of  attorneys  had  obtained  these  valuable  warrants  for  clients  who 
knew  nothing  about  the  value  of  the  warrant.  Although  the  law 
specifically  limits  the  attorneys'  fees  to  $25  for  any  such  case,  some 
attorneys  took  advantage  of  their  own  knowledge  that  the  warrant 
was  ready  for  delivery  and  that  it  had  great  value  to  treat  with  their 
clients  for  the  purchase  of  the  subject-matter  of  the  employment 
without  disclosing  the  real  value  of  the  warrant  involved.  In  this 
way  they  made  exorbitant  profits  out  of  the  purchase  and  subsequent 
sale.  When  cited  to  show  cause  why  they  should  not  be  disbarred 
they  pleaded,  among  other  things,  that  they  should  not  be  held  to  as 
high  a  plane  of  ethics  as  attorneys  before  a  court.  On  this  question 
I  held  and  hold  the  contrary.  Their  admission  to  practice  is  a  prac- 
tical notice  that  this  department  vouches  for  their  integrity.  The 
class  of  clients  they  are  allowed  to  represent  are  often  people  needing 
help,  such  as  old  soldiers  or  their  widows  and  orphans,  pioneer  home- 
makers,  and  Indians.  The  Government  has  always  thrown  every 
protection  possible  around  these  people.  The  courts  have  officially 
declared  that  they  should  be  treated  "  tenderly.*'  Congress  has  made 
it  a  criminal  offense  to  directly  or  indirectly  obtain  from  them  more 
than  a  definite  and  small  attorney's  fee  in  connection  with  pension 
and  bounty  warrant  cases.  This  department  would  be  derelict  in  its 
duty,  therefore,  if  it  did  not  require  attorneys  practicing  before  it  to 
conform  to  the  highest  professional  standards.  Three  mandamus 
suits  have  been  instituted  to  try  to  compel  the  restoration  of  names 
stricken  from  the  rolls  of  practitioners  for  the  reasons  given  above. 
The  court  of  appeals  has  decided  that  the  courts  have  no  jurisdiction 
to  review  the  Secretary's  judgment  in  disbarment  cases  unless  there 
was  failure  to  give  the  disbarred  attorneys  w;  due  process  of  law." 
Just  what  procedure  constitutes  "  due  process "  will  probably  be 
determined  in  the  Supreme  Court  before  these  mandamus  suits  are 
finally  concluded.  In  the  meantime  attorneys  will  be  notified,  heard. 
and  disbarred  in  all  'cases  where  I  am  satisfied  beyond  a  reasonable 
doubt  that  their  conduct  as  attorneys  has  been  disreputable,  fraudu- 
lent, illegal,  or  undoubtedly  unprofessional.  This  duty  is  specifically 
imposed  on  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  by  section  5  of  the  act  of 
July  4,  1884  (23  Stat.,  98).    - 


8  REPORT  OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE. 

GENERAL  DISCUSSION. 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  there  were  entered 
19,090,356.78  acres  of  public  land,  a  decrease  of  1,907,209.80  acres 
over  the  preceding  year.  There  were  embraced  in  entries  completed 
during  the  year  8,068,044.85  acres  which  had  been  reported  in  orig- 
inal entries  made  in  previous  years  and  are  not  included  in  the  above 
statement.  Entries  of  all  classes  made  last  year  numbered  205,459,  a 
decrease  of  2  per  cent  over  the  preceding  year. 

Total  cash  receipts  from  the  disposal  of  lands  during  the  last 
fiscal  year  were  $12,490,426.28.  Receipts  from  other  sources  were 
$225,283.18,  making  a  total  of  $12,715,709.46,  or  an  increase  of  10 
per  cent  over  the  receipts  of  the  preceding  year.  The  total  expense 
of  the  district  land  offices  for  salaries,  commissions,  incidental  ex- 
penses, and  cost  of  depositing  moneys  during  the  last  year  was 
$842,112.45,  an  increase  of  $31,255.49.  The  aggregate  expenditures 
and  estimated  liabilities  of  the  public  land  service  were  $2,381,359.79, 
leaving  a  net  balance  of  $10,334,349.67  in  the  Treasury. 

Nine  additional  national  forests  were  created  during  the  year 
and  10  reduced  in  area.  There  are  165  national  forests,  embracing 
167,976,886  acres. 

Of  the  lands  temporarily  withdrawn  under  the  forestry  act, 
1,283,851  acres  have  been  restored  to  entry  during  the  last  year. 

There  were  surveyed  during  the  year  5,801,934  acres.  These  lands 
are  located  as  follows: 

Public  lands  surveyed  during  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Acres. 

Alaska 5,175 

Arizona 234,269 

California 4,801 

Colorado 6S8,923 

Florida 36,  622 

Idaho 732,162 

Minnesota 90,747 

Montana 1,  607,  965 

Nevada 64,  773 


Acres. 

New  Mexico 433,  341 

North  Dakota 185,  790 

South  Dakota 280,091 

Oregon  ___• 273,316 

Utah 354, 159 

Washington 193, 150 

Wyoming 616,  650 


Total 5,801,934 


The  land  office  in  Iowa  is  no  longer  needed.  A  bill  was  presented 
to  Congress  at  its  last  session,  but  has  not  yet  been  acted  upon.  Its 
receipts  during  the  last  five  years  have  been  $5,085.21,  and  its  expenses 
$7,817.18.  This  office  should  be  immediately  abolished  and  the  rec- 
ords transmitted  to  the  General  Land  Office,  as  has  been  done  in  the 
cases  of  the  older  States. 

The  reorganization  in  the  General  Land  Office  has  been  of  the 
greatest  advantage.     After  the  changes  in  the  office  in  Washington 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE   INTERIOR. 


9 


had  been  completed  the  entire  field  service  was  reorganized.  With 
the  additional  appropriations  given  by  Congress  46  men  have  been 
added  to  the  number  of  special  agents  since  May  27,  1908,  upon 
which  date  the  1908-09  appropriation  became  available,  and  the  effi- 
ciency of  the  force  has  been  greatly  increased.  Not  only  have  the 
special  agents  been  assigned  to  the  different  districts,  but  capable 
clerks  from  the  General  Land  Office  have  been  sent  to  the  local  land 
offices  for  the  purpose  of  clearing  up  congested  dockets  and  putting 
the  local  offices  on  a  proper  business  basis.  The  result  of  these 
changes  has  been  a  very  marked  increase  in  the  amount  of  business 
transacted.  The  following  table  shows  the  gain  in  the  amount  of 
work  done  during  the  years  1907  and  1908 : 

Business  transacted  by  the  General  Land  Office  during  fiscal  years  1907  and  1908. 


Hearings  before  registers  and  receivers 

Reports  received  from  special  agents 

Reports  disposed  of 

Unlawful  inclosures  of  public  land  reported  

Acres  restored  (unlawful  inclosures) 

Timber  depredations  reported 

Fraudulent  entries  disposed  of 

Fraudulent  entry  hearings  ordered 

Homestead  and  timber  and  stone  entries  approved  for  patent 

State  selections  disposed  of  (acres) 

Original  desert  entries  examined 

Final  desert  entries  approved  for  patent 

Indian  allotments  approved 

Swamp  indemnity  approved  (acres) 

Swamp  indemnity  rejected  (acres) 

Lieu  selections  (act  June  4, 1897)  disposed  of 

Soldiers'  additional  homestead  applications  disposed  of 

Mineral  contests  closed 

Mineral  hearings  ordered 

Mineral  entries  approved  for  patenting  or  cancellation 

Coal  entries  approved  or  canceled 

Hearings  ordered 

Private  appealed  (docket)  cases  decided 

Private  unappealed  cases  decided 

Entries  canceled 

Private  land  claims  approved  for  patent 

Small  holding  claims  approved  for  patent 

Lands  in  national  forests  restored  to  entry  (acres) 

Withdrawals  and  restorations  of  national  forests  examined. . . 

Reports  upon  new  forests  proposed 

Patents  issued 

Patents  transmitted 

Certified  copies  of  records  furnished 

Maps,  diagrams,  etc.,  for  official  use 

Determination  of  cases  of  coal  entries 

Letters  received  and  recorded  or  answered  without  recording  . 


1907. 

1908. 

Per  cent 
increase. 

300 

1,115 

271 

3,903 

8, 700 

122 

3,399 

9,500 

179 

136 

254 

86 

259,918 

762,941 

193 

278 

480 

72 

9, 251 

11,662 

26 

304 

1,436 

372 

40,538 

58,209 

43 

818,014 

2,404,973 

194 

6,298 

8,310 

31 

2,114 

2,462 

16 

7,195 

10, 117 

40 

0 

30, 639 

All. 

4,120 

70, 160 

1,627 

478 

1,269 

165 

95 

702 

639 

215 

365 

70 

75 

128 

70 

1,445 

1,847 

28 

157 

205 

30 

75 

128 

70 

1,223 

1,462 

19 

5,590 

8,816 

58 

5,146 

8,042 

56 

53 

S9 

68 

41 

50 

24 

49,335 

204, 514 

314 

515 

1,596 

209 

108 

137 

27 

45, 978 

90,522 

97 

47, 185 

95,331 

102 

18, 517 

19,  120 

5 

2,799 

3, 288 

17 

20,000 

33,853 

69 

262, 693 

300. 532 

14 

10  REPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

The  reorganization  of  the  field  districts,  the  improvement  in 
the  force  of  special  agents,  and  their  methods  of  procedure  have 
greatly  increased  the  efficiency  of  the  work  of  protecting  the  public 
domain  against  improper  entries.  Under  present  methods  the  honest 
entrymen  have  been  helped  in  perfecting  entries,  dockets  in  the  con- 
gested land  offices  have  been  cleared  off  or  materially  relieved,  and  the 
laws  against  illegal  entries  more  rigorously  enforced  than  ever  before. 
The  most  serious  condition  in  a  local  land  office  is  delay  in  action  upon 
pending  cases;  it  not  only  results  in  great  annoyance  to  individual 
entrymen,  but  affords  the  opportunity  for  speculators  to  initiate 
frivolous  contests  merely  to  compel  the  entrymen  to  pay  something 
for  a  reliquishment  or  withdrawal  of  contest. 

These  entries,  which  may  properly  be  termed  "  blackmail  entries," 
almost  wholly  disappear  when  the  business  of  a  land  office  is  current, 
because  such  an  entryman  never  appears  at  a  hearing  to  contest.  His 
only  chance  for  reward  is  delay,  which  will  annoy  and  perhaps  com- 
pel the  real  entryman  to  pay  something  to  buy  off  the  contest. 

Great  improvement  has  been  made  in  the  local  land  offices  during 
the  past  year.  I  am  endeavoring  to  obtain  as  registers  men  who  are 
lawyers  or  who  have  such  full  knowledge  of  the  public-land  laws 
and  practice  as  will  insure  a  judicial  disposition  of  the  cases  pre- 
sented. Receivers  must  be  men  of  good  common  sense;  they  must 
have  a  knowledge  of  bookkeeping  and  accounting.  Both  officers 
should  be  personally  acquainted  with  the  character  and  condition  of 
the  land  within  their  district.  I  have  found  it  necessary  to  recom- 
mend a  change  in  a  number  of  registers  and  receivers  in  order  to  ob- 
tain men  with  such  qualifications. 

The  work  of  the  special  agents'  force  during  the  past  year  has  been 
particularly  gratifying.  It  is  not  yet  large  enough  to  take  care  of 
the  growing  business,  but,  as  shown  by  the  table  above,  its  efficiency 
has  been  tremendously  increased.  A  number  of  agents  have  been 
dropped,  and  others  will  be  if  they  fail  to  show  proper  adaptability 
to  the  work.  I  have  endeavored  to  obtain  men  who  are  acquainted 
with  western  conditions,  who  are  qualified  as  experts  if  they  be  placed 
upon  expert  work,  who  are  in  full  sympathy  with  the  policies  of  the 
department,  who  are  desirous  of  aiding  in  every  way  the  honest 
entryman,  and  who  are  keenly  alive  to  the  need  of  preventing  the  dis- 
honest man  from  illegally  acquiring  public  land.  It  is  extremely 
difficult  to  get  men  who  have  the  all-around  qualifications  required 
of  a  good  special  agent.  Of  course  the  highest  personal  integrity  is 
absolutely  necessary,  and  in  addition  to  the  special  qualifications  I 
have  above  referred  to  a  special  agent  needs  tact  and  an  ability  to 
get  along  with  all  kinds  of  men. 

The  agents  have  been  definitely  instructed  that  they  are. not  to  pre- 
sume any  man  guilty  of  violating  the  law;  that  they  are  to  keep  their 
own  counsel  and  report  to  the  department  facts,  not  suspicions  or 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  11 

rumors;  but  they  likewise  understand  that  whenever  the  facts  war- 
rant they  are  to  report  against  any  man,  no  matter  what  his  position. 

We  have  passed  the  stage  when  we  can  now  permit  ignorance  of 
the  law  or  a  belief  that  its  nonenforcement  was  a  custom  to  be  offered 
as  an  excuse  for  its  violation.  It  is  gratifying  to  know  that  the 
action  of  the  department  through  the  agents  and  the  local  officers 
during  the  past  year  has  met  with  the  hearty  approval  of  the  citizens 
of  the  public-land  States. 

There  of  course  have  been  and  will  be  individual  instances  of  con- 
duct by  public  officials  not  in  conformity  with  the  policies  I  have 
outlined,  but  wherever  such  instances  are  brought  to  my  attention  I 
have  endeavored  to  correct  the  fault  and,  in  proper  cases,  to  impose 
a  penalty  upon  the  public  officer  who  has  failed  in  his  duty. 

OPENING    OF  INDIAN  LANDS. 

In  opening  the  Kosebud  Indian  lands  in  Tripp  County,  S.  Dak., 
a  new  method  of  procedure  was  followed,  which  resulted  in  great 
saving  not  only  to  the  Government  and  the  individual  applicants, 
but  to  the  Indians  as  well.  Heretofore,  under  similar  openings,  the 
services  of  25  or  more  employees  of  the  General  Land  Office  have 
been  required,  while  in  this  instance  only  4  assisted  Superintendent 
Witten.  Therefore,  the  time  and  other  expenses  of  such  officers  were 
saved  to  the  Government. 

The  registration  points  were  so  selected  as  to  greatly  lessen  the 
cost  of  transportation  and  other  expenses  to  the  homeseekers,  and 
the  designation  of  a  number  of  such  places  prevented  a  congestion 
of  the  applicants  in  the  vicinity  of  the  land,  and,  while  a  detailed 
report  of  the  expenditures  has  not  yet  been  completed,  I  am  advised 
that  the  cost  to  the  Indians  will  be  materially  less  than  under 
previous  openings. 

The  registration  and  drawing  were  held  during  the  present  autumn 
and  the  opening  delayed  until  next  March,  to  give  the  successful 
applicants  time  in  which  to  provide  themselves  with  funds  necessary 
to  make  the  required  first  payment,  which,  with  the  fees,  will  amount 
to  $206  for  a  160-acre  tract  entered  prior  to  June  2,  1909.  More- 
over, the  dates  set  for  making  entry  are  such  that  the  homeseeker 
will  be  permitted  either  to  move  on  the  land  selected  by  him  and  put 
in  a  crop  during  the  season  of  1909,  or  he  may,  if  he  so  elect,  post- 
pone the  establishment  of  his  residence  until  September  1,  1909,  or 
later  if  the  entry  is  made  after  March  1,  1909,  and  thereby  be  enabled 
to  put  in  a  crop  elsewhere. 

CONSERVATION  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES. 

The  movement  for  the  conservation  of  our  natural  resources  shows 
that  the  people  of  the  United  States  have  fully  awakened  to  the 
vital  necessity  of  caring  for  what  is  left  of  the  public  domain.     Con- 


12  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

servation  means  not  only  preservation  of  our  resources,  but,  as  well, 
their  wise  and  immediate  use  and  the  prevention  of  their  misuse, 
whether  by  way  of  waste  or  monopolistic  and  speculative  control. 

The  public  domain  has  been  placed  by  Congress  under  the  Interior 
Department,  and  ample  authority  is  vested  in  the  Chief  Executive 
and  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  to  take  such  action  as  is  neces- 
sary to  care  for  the  public  domain.  During  many  years  the  Execu- 
tive has,  in  the  exercise  of  this  general  authority,  withdrawn  at  dif- 
ferent times  and  for  various  purposes  areas  of  the  public  domain 
and  for  the  time  being  prevented  those  areas  from  being  entered  for 
private  use. 

Full  power  under  the  Constitution  was  vested  in  the  executive 
branch  of  the  Government,  and  the  extent  to  which  that  power  may 
be  exercised  is  governed  wholly  by  the  discretion  of  the  'Executive, 
unless  any  specific  act  has  been  prohibited  either  by  the  Constitution 
or  by  legislation. 

In  the  exercise  of  this  power  it  is  the  duty  of  the  Executive  to 
take  such  action  as  will  protect  the  interests  of  all  the  people  of  the 
United  States  in  their  property  rights,  and,  if  the  occasion  requires 
and  the  facts  warrant,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  Executive  to  prevent  the 
acquisition  of  the  public  domain  by  private  interests  if  such  acquisi- 
tion be  detrimental  to  the  public  welfare. 

If  there  be  no  power  to  affirmatively  provide  for  the  ultimate  use 
or  disposition  of  the  public  domain  in  accordance  with  the  needs  of 
the  public  welfare,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  Executive  to  temporarily 
prevent  its  acquisition  until  Congress  may  have  an  opportunity  to 
consider  the  question  and  adopt  appropriate  legislation. 

This  stewardship  duty  of  the  Executive  is  most  concretely  mani- 
fest in  the  care  of  the  specific  property  known  as  the  public  lands 
and  their  resources.  From  the  earliest  days  the  Executive  has  found 
it  necessary  in  the  public  interest  to  take  action  concerning  the  public 
lands  by  withdrawing  areas  from  entry.  There  was  no  specific  pro- 
vision of  law  for  many  of  those  withdrawals,  and  yet  they  were  made 
unhesitatingly  by  the  Executive  as  steward  and  were  approved  by 
Congress  in  acts  granting  land  for  the  purpose  for  which  it  was 
withdrawn.  These  were  purely  the  acts  of  stewards  farsighted 
enough  to  foresee  and  protect  the  interests  of  their  principal,  the 
people  of  the  United  States. 

President  Roosevelt's  withdrawal  in  1906  of  more  than  60,000,000 
acres  of  land  supposed  to  contain  coal,  in  order  that  it  might  be 
classified  and  saved  for  its  best  use,  and  the  recent  withdrawal  of 
phosphate  lands  for  the  benefit  of  our  farms,  are  notable  examples 
of  the  exercise  of  this  power  in  protecting  the  public  use  of  our  re- 
sources. 

The  courts  have  upheld  the  power  of  the  Executive  to  withdraw 
public  lands,  not  only  for  public  use,  but  also  for  the  public  welfare, 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 


13 


when  in  the  judgment  of  the  Executive  the  public  good  demands  such 
action.  The  following  are  some  of  these  cases :  Grisar  v.  McDowell 
(6  Wall.,  364)  ;  Wilcox  v.  Jackson  (13  Pet.,  498)  ;  Walcott  v.  Des 
Moines  Co.  (5  Wall.,  681)  ;  Hamblin  v.  Lands  Co.  (147  U.  S.,  531)  ; 
No.  Pac.  Ky.  v.  Musser-Sauntry  Co.  (168  U.  S.,  607) ;  Spencer  v. 
McDcugal  (159  U.  S.,  62)  ;  U.  S.  v.  Payne  (8  Fed.  Rep.,  883) ; 
U.  S.  v.  Tichenor  (12  Fed.  Rep.,  415) ;  No.  Lumber  Co.  v.  O'Brien 
(139  Fed.  Rep.,  614) ;  Russian  Packing  Co.  v.  U.  S.  (39  Ct.  Cls., 
460) ;  U.  S.  v.  Blendauer  (122  Fed.  Rep.,  703)  ;  Florida  Town  Imp. 
Co.  v.  Bigalsky  (33  So.  Rep.,  450)  ;  O'Connor  v.  Gertgens  (89  N.  W., 
866)  ;  Hewitt  v.  Schultz  (76  K  W.,  230). 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior  as  the  representative  of  the  Execu- 
tive in  the  care  of  the  public  lands  and  their  resources  often  needs  to 
take  steps  neither  prohibited  nor  specifically  provided  for  by  law  to 
prevent  some  great  harm  or  to  gain  some  great  good  for  all  the 
people.  However,  withdrawals  of  and  protective  measures  for  public 
land,  if  made  or  taken,  will  be  for  one  purpose  only,  namely,  con- 
servation of  the  public  lands  and  their  resources  for  their  highest 
uses  in  the  interests  of  the  people.  It  would  be  a  grave  dereliction  of 
duty  if  the  Executive  failed  to  act  promptly  in  preventing  public 
injury  by  the  misuse  of  the  public  domain  and  its  resources. 

PROTECTION  OF  PUBLIC  LANDS. 

There  have  been  collected  for  timber  trespasses  without  suit 
$67,902.39,  and  there  have  been  recovered  through  suits  against  tres- 
passers $30,785.92,  while  one  timber  trespass  suit  recently  investigated 
has  led  to  negotiations  for  a  settlement  which  will  probably  bring 
the  Government  $150,000.  Two  hundred  and  fifty-four  cases  of 
unlawful  inclosure,  involving  1,323,050  acres,  have  been  reported. 
The  inclosures  have  been  removed  from  762,941  acres.  The  record 
of  criminal  proceedings  of  all  kinds  from  June  30,  1907,  to  June  30, 
1908,  is  as  follows: 


Criminal  proceedings  for  protection  of  public  lands  d 

30,  1908. 

uring  year  ended  June 

Indict- 
ments. 

Convic- 
tions. 

Acquit- 
tals. 

16 

34 
4 

95 
4 
8 
5 

64 
2 
2 

8 
0 
6 
0 
3 

31 

14 

Perjury 

7 

Subornation  of  perjury 

0 

Conspiracy 

28 

Forgery  

0 

Securing  false  affidayits 

2 

Boxing  trees 

0 

Unlawful  inclosure 

.S 

Forest  fires 

0                     2 

Misappropriations,  funds  of  United  States ^ 

0                    2 

Total 

234 

63 

14 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 


From  June  30,  1908,  there  have  been  54  new  indictments,  with  35 
convictions,  fines  amounting  to  $36,607.94,  and  prison  sentences 
amounting  to  a  total  of  nine  years  and  nine  months. 


COAL  LANDS. 


The  Geological  Survey  has  continued  the  examination  of  coal  lands 
in  accordance  with  the  plan  reported  last  year.  The  restorations  and 
classifications  completed  up  to  date  appear  in  the  following  table : 

Status  of  classification  and  restoration  of  coal  lands.a 


State. 

Area  re- 
stored prior 
to  January 

1,  1908.  b 

Area  classified  after 
January  1,  1908. 

Total  area 

classified  or 

restored. 

Approximate 
area  of  orig- 
inal with- 
drawals re- 

Coal. 

Noncoal. 

maining  to 
be  classified. 

Acres. 

8,811,400 

11,393,660 

7,410,920 

2,684,160 

552, 960 

5,201,880 

668,160 

36,590,052 

Acres. 
1,273,744 
192, 900 
1, 120, 600 

Acres. 
1,825,776 
1, 871, 740 
794,840 

Acres. 

11,910,920 

13, 458, 300 

9, 326, 360 

2, 684, 160 

552, 960 

5,201,880 

668, 160 

21,089,252 

Acres. 

2,812,800 

3, 156, 480 

2,027,520 

299,520 

384,000 

668, 160 

299, 140 

4,020,480 

New  Mexico 

North  Dakota 

Utah 

Washington 

2,421,800 

2,077,400 

Total 

53, 313, 192 

5, 009, 044 

6, 569, 756 

c  64, 891, 992 

d 13, 668, 100 

a  The  total  area  originally  withdrawn  was  67,134,640.  Of  this  amount  66,938,800 
acres  were  withdrawn  by  various  departmental  orders  between  July  26,  1906,  and  Decem- 
ber 13,  1907,  and  195,840  acres  were,  without  withdrawal,  classified  as  coal  lands  from 
information   obtained  in  the  field. 

b  These  figures  include  24,599,532  acres  of  land  actually  classified  by  geologic  work  and 
28,713,660  acres  of  land  which  were  found  to  contain  no  coal  or  the  coal  was  of  such  low 
grade  as  to  be  worth  only  the  minimum  price  fixed  by  law. 

e  This  area  is  now  subject  to  entry  under  the  public-land  laws. 

d  As  a  result  of  geologic  field  examination  additional  coal  acreage  is  being  discovered 
and  classified  each  year.  Of  the  24,599,532  acres  of  land  actually  classified,  about 
11,425,452  acres  had  not  been  withdrawn  from  entry. 

During  the  last  year  there  have  been  taken  up  under  the  coal-land 
laws  44,821.12  acres  at  the  total  purchase  price  of  $636,663.18. 

Many  difficulties  still  arise  under  the  existing  coal  law.  Another 
year's  operation  under  the  law  shows  still  more  convincingly  the 
need  of  its  radical  amendment.  It  is  most  earnestly  to  be  hoped  that 
Congress  at  this  session  will  consider  favorably  the  pending  measure, 
which  has  for  its  purpose  the  segregating  of  the  coal  from  the  surface 
and  the  sale  or  lease  of  the  coal  in  such  quantities  as  will  permit  its 
development  in  accordance  with  the  needs  of  the  country,  and  in 
great  measure  prevent  private  interests  from  either  monopolizing  or 
holding  for  speculative  purposes  the  great  fuel  deposits  remaining 
in  the  public  domain. 

The  pending  bill  provides  for  alternative  methods  of  sale  and 
lease,  so  thai  the  system  best  adapted  to  any  special  section  of  the 
country  may  be  used. 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OP  THE  INTERIOR.  15 

I  am  still  of  the  opinion  that  the  leasing  system  will  afford  the 
best  method  for  protecting,  conserving,  and  developing  the  coal 
fields  in  accordance  with  the  needs  of  the  community.  When  once 
the  surface  can  be  used  for  the  purposes  to  which  it  is  best  adapted 
there  will  be  no  retarding  of  the  development  of  that  surface  by 
withholding  the  disposition  of  the  coal  until  such  time  as  it  can  be 
profitably  and  wisely  mined. 

ALASKA  COAL  LANDS. 

According  to  data  collected  by  the  Geological  Survey,  the  coals  of 
Alaska  are  divided  into  four  classes — anthracite,  semibituminous, 
bituminous,  and  lignite — and  are  widely  distributed.  The  area  of 
known  workable  coal  is  792,320  acres,  and  the  area  containing  coal- 
bearing  rock  8,092,160  acres. 

November  12,  1906,  all  coal  lands  in  Alaska  not  theretofore  located, 
filed  upon,  or  entered  were  withdrawn  pending  consideration  by 
Congress  of  their  conservation  and  future  disposition.  Since  the 
coal-mining  laws  were  made  applicable  to  Alaska,  June  6,  1900,  a 
total  of  47  coal  entries  have  been  made,  embracing  approximately 
7,520  acres,  and  90  applications  to  enter  have  been  received,  em- 
bracing 14,400  acres.  The  exact  number  of  locations  made  prior  to 
November  12,  1906,  and  for  which  applications  have  not  been  re- 
ceived, can  not  be  stated  at  this  time. 

The  act  of  May  28,  1908,  which  permitted  locators  of  coal  lands 
in  Alaska  to  consolidate  their  claims  so  as  to  include  in  a  single  pur- 
chase not  exceeding  2,560  acres  of  lands,  was  given  publicity  and  a 
circular  of  instructions  issued,  but  up  to  the  present  time  no  applica- 
tions to  enter  consolidated  claims  under  its  provisions  have  been 
filed,  though  numerous  communications  received  indicate  an  interest 
in  the  provisions  of  the  law.  Since  the  date  of  this  act  14  coal 
entries  have  been  made  in  Alaska  under  the  provisions  of  the  general 
coal-land  laws. 

FENCING. 

I  again  call  attention  to  the  law  prohibiting  the  inclosure  of  the 
public  domain  or  the  placing  of  obstructions  thereon.  Many  miles  of 
fence  and  many  obstructions  have  been  removed,  and  many  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  acres  of  land  have  been  thus  restored  to  the  public 
domain;  but  the  enforcement  of  the  existing  law  does  not  meet  the 
need  of  the  present  time.  The  law  should  be  so  amended  as  to  regu- 
late the  use  of  the  public  range  in  such  manner  as  will  be  equitable 
to  the  stockmen  in  each  locality.  Such  a  system  means  the  preserva- 
tion and  improvement  of  what  is  left  of  the  great  ranges.  It  would 
not   prevent  their  ultimate   agricultural   development,   as   a    settler 


16  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

should  be  given  the  right  of  homestead  entry  and  a  preference  to 
use  such  portion  of  the  range  as  may  be  necessary  to  graze  his  stock. 

TIMBER  AND  STONE. 

As  the  timber  and  stone  act  has  not  been  repealed,  I  have,  under 
the  following  provision  of  that  act,  provided  for  the  classification 
of  timber  and  stone  lands.     Section  1  reads  as  follows: 

That  surveyed  public  lands  of  the  United  States  within  the  States  of  Cali- 
fornia, Oregon,  and  Nevada,  and  in  Washington  Territory,  not  included  within 
military,  Indian,  or  other  reservations  of  the  United  States,  valuable  chiefly 
for  timber,  but  unfit  for  cultivation,  and  which  have  not  been  offered  at  public 
sale  according  to  law,  may  be  sold  to  citizens  of  the  United  States  or  persons 
who  have  declared  their  intention  to  become  such,  in  quantities  not  exceeding 
one  hundred  and  sixty  acres,  to  any  one  person  or  association  of  persons,  at 
the  minimum  price  of  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per  acre ;  and  lands  valuable 
chiefly  for  stone  may  be  sold  on  the  same  terms  as  timber  lands:  Provided, 
That  nothing  herein  contained  shall  defeat  or  impair  any  bona-fide  claim  under 
any  law  of  the  United  States,  or  authorize  the  sale  of  any  mining  claim,  or  the 
improvements  of  any  bona-fide  settler,  or  lands  containing  gold,  silver,  cinnabar, 
copper,  or  coal,  or  lands  selected  by  the  said  States  under  any  law  of  the  United 
States  donating  lands  for  internal  improvements,  education,  or  other  purposes: 
And  provided  further,  That  none  of  the  rights  conferred  by  the  act  approved 
July  twenty-sixth,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-six,  entitled  "An  act  granting 
the  right  of  way  to  ditch  and  canal  owners  over  the  public  lands,  and  for  other 
purposes,"  shall  be  abrogated  by  this  act ;  and  all  patents  granted  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  any  vested  and  accrued  water  rights,  or  rights  to  ditches  and  reservoirs 
used  in  connection  with  such  water  rights,  as  may  have  been  acquired  under 
and  by  the  provisions  of  said  act;  and  such  rights  shall  be  expressly  reserved 
in  any  patent  issued  under  this  act. 

This  section  provides  that  timber  and  stone  lands  may  be  sold  "  at 
the  minimum  price  of  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per  acre."  These 
lands  have  heretofore  been  sold  at  a  flat  rate  of  $2.50  per  acre.  I 
interpret  this  language  to  be  equivalent  to  "  not  less  than  two  dollars 
arid  fifty  cents  per  acre."  Under  the  new  regulations  such  lands  will 
be  appraised  and  sold  at  the  appraised  value,  but  in  no  instance  will 
the  price  of  such  lands  be  less  than  $2.50  per  acre.  These  regulations 
do  not  apply  to  timber  and  stone  applications  pending  at  the  time  of 
the  adoption  of  the  regulations. 

RIGHTS  OF  WAY. 

In  June  and  July,  1908,  I  had  made  field  investigations  of  all 
rights  of  way  for  reservoirs,  ditches,  canals,  pipe  lines,  telephone  and 
telegraph  lines,  electric  transmission  lines  and  tramroads,  which  had 
been  granted  up  to  that  time  under  the  provisions  of  the  acts  of 
March  3,  1891  (26  Stat.,  1095),  May  11,  1898  (30  Stat,  404),  Febru- 
ary 15,  1901  (31  Stat.,  790),  January  21,  1895  (28  Stat,  635),  and 
February  1,  1905   (33  Stat,  628),  for  irrigation,  power,  and  other 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  17 

purposes.  Up  to  the  present  time  242  reports  have  been  received 
from  the  special  agents  who  made  the  examinations,  of  which  152  are 
favorable  to  the  applicants,  they  having  constructed  the  works  and 
are  using  the  rights  of  way  in  accordance  with  law.  Ninety  reports 
are  unfavorable,  and  recommendations  are  made  that  steps  be  taken 
to  revoke  the  grants  because  of  the  nonconstruction  of  the  works  or 
the  abandonment  after  partial  construction,  or  the  use  of  the  right 
of  way  for  purposes  other  than  those  allowed  by  the  acts  under  which 
the  rights  of  way  were  granted.  In  20  of  these  90  cases  no  action  can 
be  taken  at  this  time  because  the  five  years  from  the  date  of  the 
approval  of  the  application  allowed  the  applicant  within  which  to 
construct  the  works  have  not  expired,  and  no  action  is  necessary,  as 
some  of  the  applicants  have  transferred  their  rights  to  others  who 
have  later  obtained  a  right  of  way  for  the  same  site.  Action  has 
been  taken  on  16  of  the  90  cases  by  this  office  by  allowing  the  appli- 
cants 60  days  to  show  cause  why  steps  should  not  be  taken  to  have 
the  rights  of  way  declared  forfeited.  One  response  has  so  far  been 
made.  The  other  54  cases  reported  upon  adversely  will  receive  action 
by  this  office  at  the  earliest  practicable  moment. 

The  right-of-way  laws  are  neither  equitable,  certain,  nor  just. 
Some  of  these  laws  give  everything  to  the  grantee  without  protecting 
the  people's  interests.  Others  fail  absolutely  to  give  the  grantees 
that  business  security  which  must  be  the  foundation  for  great  devel- 
opment. Another  class  is  so  uncertain  in  wording  that  it  can  not  be 
administered  without  friction.  All  right-of-way  laws  should  be  codi- 
fied and  revised  so  that  they  will  be  just,  reasonable,  and  certain. 
The  grantees  should  have  security  against  revocation,  except  because 
of  nonuse  or  misuse,  and  a  sufficient  period  of  enjoyment,  so  that  they 
can  afford  to  spend  the  necessary  money  for  development.  The  peo- 
ple's interests  should  be  protected  by  provision  for  the  return  of  the 
grant  to  their  control  at  some  reasonable  time  in  the  future,  in  order 
that  it  may  be  disposed  of  again  according  to  the  demands  of  the 
public  welfare  at  that  time.  The  best  public  interest  also  demands 
that  the  right-of-way  laws  provide  a  definite  and  speedy  procedure 
for  the  revocation  of  rights  of  way  because  of  willful  and  continued 
nonuse  or  misuse. 

DESERT  LAND  AND  DRY  FARMING. 

The  development  of  dry  farming  and  the  extension  of  irrigated 
areas  has  brought  under  cultivation  many  thousands  of  acres  of  the 
public  domain  that  hitherto  were  considered  practically  worthless. 
It  is  therefore  necessary  to  very  carefully  consider  how  the  remaining 
portions  of  the  public  domain  should  be  used.  I  think  it  clear  that 
the  remaining  lands  should  be  classified  in  accordance  with  the  gen- 
eral plan  outlined  in  the  report  of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 2 


18  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

Land  Office.  Under  such  a  classification  the  Government  could 
readily  provide  means  for  the  disposition  of  these  lands  in  such  man- 
ner as  to  afford  to  the  homemaker  the  opportunity  to  acquire  the 
necessary  kind  and  quantity  of  land.  The  homestead  law  is  not 
applicable  to  much  of  the  balance  of  the  public  domain.  If  the  land 
is  irrigated  a  much  smaller  amount  than  160  acres  may  be  required. 
If  it  be  a  dry-farming  section,  more  than  160  acres  may  be  required. 
It  is  probable  in  certain  sections,  where  dry  farming  is  feasible,  that 
residence  upon  the  land  itself  will  not  be  possible  because  of  the 
absence  of  potable  water.  It  may  thus  be  necessary  and  wise  to 
permit  the  cultivators  of  such  areas  to  live  in  communities  some 
miles  distant  from  the  farms  and  base  final  proof  upon  cultivation 
and  actual  residence  in  the  neighborhood.  In  other  words,  it  is 
unwise  to  attempt  to  apply  to  these  areas  now  under  consideration 
the  laws  that  were  applicable  to  a  totally  different  kind  of  lands. 

Another  great  advantage  of  such  a  classification  would  be  the  pos- 
sibility of  classifying  grazing  areas  in  accordance  with  the  condi- 
tions and  needs  of  special  communities. 

INDIAN  OFFICE. 

The  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs  followed  his  usual  custom 
and  spent  a  large  portion  of  the  summer  in  a  personal  examination 
of  conditions  in  the  field.  This  work  of  personal  investigation,  espe- 
cially in  agencies  far  removed  from  ordinary  routes  of  travel,  has 
been  of  immense  benefit  in  handling  the  many  difficult  Indian  prob- 
lems. 

The  Indian  Office  and  its  field  service  have  been  radically  reor- 
ganized in  accordance  with  the  general  plan  of  departmental  and 
bureau  reorganization.  There  has  been  a  gradual  extension  of  the 
cooperative  method  of  work  with  the  General  Land  Office  and  the 
Reclamation  Service  in  this  department,  and  with  the  Forest  Serv- 
ice, the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  and  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Indus- 
try in  the  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  work  of  opening  reservations  in  accordance  with  acts  of  Con- 
gress has  steadily  proceeded.  While  there  have  been  delays  in  some 
places,  the  general  work  has  been  carried  on  with  such  speed  as  is 
consistent  with  the  determination  of  the  rights  of  the  Indians. 

The  present  great  problem  with  the  Indians  is  education.  I  indorse 
most  heartily  the  recommendation  of  Commissioner  Leupp  regard- 
ing the  discontinuance  of  certain  nonreservation  schools,  and  the 
establishment  in  their  places  of  schools  on  the  reservations  where 
children  can  live  in  their  customary  surroundings  and  be  taught 
those  things  which  will  make  it  possible  for  them  to  earn  an  honest 
living  upon  their  own  land. 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  19 

The  employment  of  Indians  has  proved  successful.  Many  hun- 
dreds have  been  employed  upon  railways  and  the  irrigation  works 
being  constructed  by  the  Government.  No  single  idea  is  more  im- 
portant for  the  Indian  to  learn  than  that  of  the  necessity  of  work. 
As  long  as  he  is  a  mere  dependent  it  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to 
make  him  appreciate  the  need  of  individual  effort,  but  until  he  does 
appreciate  this  need  he  can  not  perform  the  duties  of  citizenship 
which  are  placed  upon  him  as  soon  as  he  is  allotted  his  land. 

Patents  in  fee  are  being  given  to  Indians  whenever  in  individual 
cases  it  is  shown  that  the  Indian  is  capable  of  caring  for  his  own  prop- 
erty. These  patents  will  not  be  issued,  except  after  such  investigation 
by  the  local  agent  as  will  give  the  department  all  necessary  informa- 
tion upon  which  to  determine  the  competency  or  incompetency  of 
the  individual.  The  degree  of  competency  is  not  placed  too  high, 
but  it  must  be  sufficient  to  justify  the  department  in  believing  that 
the  Indian  will  be  able  to  so  manage  his  own  property  as  to  avoid 
being  swindled  in  disposing  of  it  and  thus  becoming  a  public  charge. 
Every  competent  Indian  should  receive  his  patent  in  fee  and  assume 
the  full  obligations  of  citizenship,  and  the  department  endeavors  to 
prevent  any  competent  Indian  from  shirking  this  responsibility. 

The  irrigation  work  upon  various  reservations  is  proceeding  satis- 
factorily so  far  as  the  work  itself  is  concerned,  but  there  is,  and 
necessarily  will  be,  great  difficulty  in  teaching  the  Indian  agriculture 
upon  the  irrigated  areas.  In  most  cases  he  is  not  accustomed  to 
individual  ownership  of  land.  He  dislikes  confinement  to  a  small 
farm,  and  finds  both  irksome  and  unintelligible  a  system  of  agri- 
culture which  compels  him  to  intensively  cultivate  10,  20,  or  40  acres. 

The  local  schools  which  are  teaching  the  ordinary  rudiments  of 
agriculture  will  be  far  more  helpful  to  Indians  living  upon  irrigated 
lands  than  the  higher  education  received  in  the  present  nonreserva- 
tion  schools. 

The  conditions  on  the  different  reservations  are,  on  the  whole, 
exceedingly  good.  There  has  been  vigorous  enforcement  of  the 
laws  against  the  introduction  and  use  of  liquor;  careful  study  has 
been  made  of  sanitary  conditions,  and  special  efforts  are  being  made 
to  provide  homes  and  schoolhouses  that  will  prevent  the  spread  of 
tuberculosis.  The  method  of  inspection  has  made  it  possible  to  read- 
ily and  thoroughly  examine  all  complaints.  There  have  been  no 
outbreaks,  and  the  Utes  who  left  their  reservation  in  Utah  have 
voluntarily  returned  to  their  own  reservation.  The  questions  that 
arose  in  the  Kickapoo  tribe  between  those  who  had  gone  to  Mexico 
and  those  who  remained  in  New  Mexico  were  fortunately  amicably 
settled,  and  the  division  of  the  fund  appropriated  by  Congress  for 
the  tribe  was  agreed  to  at  a  council  of  all  the  Indians,  held  in  New 


20  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

Mexico.  The  only  remaining  difficulty  with  the  Kickapoo  question 
is  that  of  clearing  the  titles  of  many  of  the  allotments,  which  have 
been  clouded  by  the  action  of  certain  white  men  who  have  endeav- 
ored to  acquire,  contrary  to  law,  many  of  these  allotments.  Actions 
have  been  brought  in  Oklahoma  to  clear  these  titles,  and  the  rights 
and  the  properties  of  the  Indians  will  be  safeguarded  as  far  as  the 
law  permits. 

FIVE  CIVILIZED  TRIBES. 

LANDS. 

The  work  accomplished  in  the  old  Indian  Territory,  now  a  por- 
tion of  the  State  of  Oklahoma,  during  the  last  fiscal  year  is  shown 
very  largely  in  the  printed  reports  of  the  Commissioner  to  the  Five 
Civilized  Tribes;  the  United  States  Indian  agent,  Union  Agency; 
superintendent  of  schools;  supervisor  of  schools  of  the  Creek  and 
Seminole  nations;  supervisor  of  schools  of  the  Choctaw  Nation; 
supervisor  of  schools  of  the  Cherokee  Nation;  supervisor  of  schools 
of  the  Chickasaw  Nation ;  and  supervisor  of  mines  on  the  segregated 
coal  lands.  The  report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs  also 
gives  a  brief  synopsis  of  much  of  the  work  accomplished  during 
the  year. 

In  my  report  last  year  I  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  by  the 
advent  of  statehood  many  questions  of  law  and  policy  had  arisen, 
and  I  also  call  attention  to  some  of  the  problems  presented.  Dur- 
ing the  last  fiscal  year  and  up  to  the  present  time  many  and  varied 
have  been  such  questions  affecting  the  property  of  the  Five  Civilized 
Tribes,  as  well  as  the  problems  of  the  proper  policy  and  plans  to  be 
instituted  and  carried  out  in  order  that  the  acts  of  Congress  affect- 
ing the  status  of  the  members  of  these  tribes,  as  well  as  their  prop- 
erty, might  be  properly  enforced. 

Since  my  last  report  the  most  radical  change  in  the  status  of 
much  of  the  property  of  the  Indians  of  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes 
was  brought  about  by  an  act  of  Congress  approved  May  27,  1908, 
entitled  "An  act  for  the  removal  of  restrictions  from  part  of  the 
lands  of  allottees  of  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes,  and  for  other  pur- 
poses," commonly  known  as  the  "  restriction  bill."  The  first  section 
of  the  bill  relates  to  the  removal  of  restriction  on  the  alienation  of 
lands  allotted  to  members  of  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes  in  Oklahoma, 
and  removes  the  restrictions  on  all  lands  allotted  to  intermarried 
whites,  freedmen,  and  mixed-blood  Indians  having  less  than  one-half 
Indian  blood,  including  minors.  It  also  removes  the  restrictions  on 
all  lands  allotted  to  members  of  said  tribes  of  mixed  Indian  blood 
having  one-half  or  more  Indian  blood  and  less  than  three-fourths  In- 
dian blood,  except  their  homesteads. 


REPORT  OP  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 


21 


^Restrictions  on  the  alienation  of  homesteads  of  allottees  enrolled 
as  mixed  bloods,  having  one-half  or  more  Indian  blood,  including 
minors,  are  not  removed,  nor  on  any  of  the  lands  allotted  to  those 
enrolled  as  of  three-fourths  or  more  Indian  blood,  including  minors, 
and  these  lands  are  not  subject  to  sale,  power  of  attorney,  or  other 
incumbrance,  prior  to  April  26,  1931,  except  that  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior  may  remove  the  restrictions  from  any  such  lands  wholly 
or  in  part. 

The  classes  from  which  restrictions  are  removed  are  shown  in  the 
following  table,  as  well  as  approximately  the  number  of  allottees 
and  number  of  acres  of  land  affected : 


Classes  from  which  restrictions  have  been  removed. 


Number  of 
allottees. 

Number  of 
acres. 

Ohoctaws  and  Ohickasaws: 

11,048 
2,690 
2,220 

10,664 

3,535,360 
430,400 
355,200 
426,560 

One-half  and  less  than  three-fourths  (except  homesteads) _-  . 

Total                            —    

26,622 

4,747,520 

Oherokees: 

24,809 

3,248 

286 

4,925 

2,728,990 

227,360 

11,440 

197,000 

One-half  and  less  than  three-fourths  (except  homesteads) — 

Intermarried  whites 

Freedmen - ._ 

Total 

33,268 

3,164,790 

Creeks: 

3,048 

121,920 

One-half  and  less  than  three-fourths  (except  homesteads) 

Intermarried  whites 

6,807 

272,280 

Total  _ 

9,855 

394,200 

Seminoles: 

Less  than  one-half  Indian  blood 

242 
165 

29,040 
19,800 

One-half  and  less  than  three-fourths  (except  homesteads) __  __. 

Intermarried  whites 

Freedmen 

968 

39,440 

Total 

1,375 

88,280 

Total: 

39,147 
6,103 
2,506 

23,364 

6,415,310 
677,560 

One-half  and  less  than  three-fourths  (except  homesteads) 

Intermarried  whites 

Freedmen __ .  __  ___ 

366,640 

935,280 

Grand  total  under  this  law 

71,120 

8,394,790 

Up  to  the  time  the  bill  was  passed  restrictions  had  been  removed 
heretofore  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  on  the  alienation  of 
838,200  acres. 


22  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

By  the  act  of  April  21,  1904  (33  Stat,  L.,  189),  the  restrictions 
were  removed  on  the  alienation  of  lands  allotted  to  intermarried 
whites  and  freedmen,  except  homesteads,  and  except  Choctaw  and 
Chickasaw  freedmen.  Under  the  law  as  it  existed  at  the  time  the 
bill  was  passed  the  allotments  of  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  freedmen 
were  homesteads,  and  consequently  the  act  of  April  21,  1904,  did 
not  apply  to  them. 

The  restrictions  on  the  alienation  of  all  the  lands  allotted  to  mem- 
bers of  the  Creek  Nation,  except  a  40-acre  homestead  in  each  in- 
stance, and  except  full  bloods,  were  removed  by  operation  of  law 
on  August  7,  1907,  as  the  five-year  limitation  within  which  the  lands 
could  be  alienated  expired  on  that  date.  There  are  no  intermarried 
whites  on  the  rolls  in  either  the  Creek  or  Seminole  Nation. 

In  the  old  Indian  Territory  there  are  about  19,600,000  acres,  and 
under  the  act  of  May  27,  1908,  there  was  relieved  from  restriction  an 
excess  of  8,394,790  acres.  This,  together  with  land  rendered  alien- 
able under  former  legislation,  makes  a  total  of  approximately 
11,000,000  acres  from  which  the  restrictions  have  now  been  removed. 
Restrictions  have  been  retained  upon  all  lands  of  three-fourths  or 
more  and  full-blood  Indians  and  the  homesteads  of  all  persons  who 
have  one-half  or  more  of  Indian  blood,  it  being  recognized  that  such 
persons  were  still  entitled  to  the  protection  which  such  restriction 
affords. 

It  is  a  wise  policy,  with  proper  safeguards,  to  require  the  wards 
of  the  Government  who  have  been  made  citizens  to  assume  as  soon 
as  they  properly  can  the  full  obligation  of  citizenship.  There  are  in 
the  Five  Civilized  Tribes  30,244  citizens  of  three-fourths  or  more 
Indian  blood  and  6,829  of  one-half  to  three-fourths  Indian  blood. 
All  lands  allotted  to  those  of  the  first  class  and  that  allotted  to  the 
second  class  as  homesteads  remain  inalienable  except  where  the 
restrictions  have  been  removed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  previous  acts  of  Congress.  There  remain  inalienable  approxi- 
mately 6,000,000  acres  of  allotted  lands  in  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes. 
Of  the  unallotted  lands  which  are  not  subject  to  sale,  there  are  in 
round  numbers  about  2,100,000  acres. 

Under  section  1,  however,  of  the  act  of  May  27,  1908,  certain  re- 
stricted lands  may  be  subject  to  alienation  under  such  rules  and  regu- 
lations as  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  may  prescribe.  The  rights 
of  minors  with  regard  to  their  restricted  lands  are  safeguarded  by  a 
provision  in  said  act  authorizing  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  under 
rules  and  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by  him,  to  appoint  such  local 
representatives  within  the  State  of  Oklahoma  as  he  may  deem  neces- 
sary; to  inquire  into  and  investigate  the  conduct  of  guardians  or 
curators  having  in  charge  the  estates  of  such  minors,  etc.  There  is 
also  a  provision  that  no  restricted  lands  of  living  minors  shall  be  sold 


REPORT  OP  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  23 

or  encumbered,  except  by  leases  authorized  by  law  by  order  of  the 
court  or  otherwise. 

Appropriations  of  $90,000  and  $50,000  were  made  to  enable  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior  and  the  Department  of  Justice  to  carry  out 
the  provisions  of  the  law  referred  to  and  protect  the  rights  of  the 
Indians  and  the  freedmen,  without  cost  to  them,  in  the  disposition  of 
their  lands  and  to  set  aside  any  illegal  transfers  attempted  before  the 
removal  of  restrictions.  Immediately  after  the  passage  of  said  act 
I  directed  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  the  Assistant 
Attorney-General  for  the  Interior  Department,  and  a  representative 
from  the  office  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs  to  go  among 
the  Five  Civilized  Tribes  in  order  to  more  fully  acquaint  the  depart- 
ment with  the  conditions  there,  preparatory  to  the  preparing  of  such 
rules  and  regulations  as  might  be  necessary  in  order  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  the  act  referred  to. 

After  such  investigation  a  set  of  rules  and  regulations,  under  date 
of  June  20,  1908,  governing  appointees  made  by  me  under  said  act, 
and  the  leasing  of  restricted  lands,  as  well  as  the  removal  of  restric- 
tions, was  promulgated.  For  convenience  in  administering  said  law, 
the  old  Indian  Territory,  which  consists  of  44  counties,  was  divided 
into  15  districts,  and  I  appointed  district  agents  for  each  district, 
and  provided  offices  for  them  within  their  respective  districts,  and 
required  that  the  offices  should  be  kept  open  from  8.30  a.  m.  to  5 
p.  m.  each  day,  Sundays  and  legal  holidays  excepted,  and  all  counsel 
and  advice  desired  by  allottees  concerning  deeds,  leases,  and  other 
instruments  are  furnished  by  such  agents.  Each  district  agent  gives 
his  entire  time  to  his  official  duties.  The  agents  are  also  directed  to 
visit  different  localities  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  information  and 
making  necessary  investigations  as  the  law  provides  and  as  he  is 
directed.  They  also  are  required  to  examine  the  records  of  each 
county  within  their  respective  districts  at  least  once  each  month,  for 
the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  nature  of  transactions  involving  all 
lands  and  estates  of  all  minor  allottees,  and  also  of  restricted  lands 
of  adults.  These  agents  report  at  the  end  of  each  month  the  work 
performed  during  such  period.  Special  reports  are  made  concern- 
ing any  apparently  illegal  transaction  involving  the  estates  of  allot- 
ments or  allottees.  Adult  members  of  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes, 
whose  allotments  can  not  be  sold  or  encumbered,  except  after  removal 
of  restrictions  therefrom  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  as  directed 
in  said  law,  and  who  desire  to  have  their  restrictions  removed  from 
all  or  part  of  such  allotments,  are  required  to  apply  to  the  United 
States  Indian  agent,  Union  Agency,  through  the  district  agent  of  the 
district  in  which  the  applicant  resides,  the  application  to  be  made 
on  forms  which  have  been  prescribed  and  which  are  furnished  on 
application  to  the  party  desiring  such  restrictions  removed. 


24  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

The  classes  of  restricted  lands  to  which  the  provisions  of  law  and 
the  regulations  promulgated  apply  are  as  follows:  Homesteads  of 
adult  mixed-blood  allottees  having  half  or  more  than  half  and  less 
than  three- fourths  Indian  blood;  all  allotted  lands  of  the  adult 
mixed  blood  of  three-fourths  or  more  Indian  blood ;  all  allotted  lands 
of  adult  full-blood  allottees. 

When  an  application  is  made  full  investigation,  including  a  per- 
sonal interview  with  the  applicant,  is  required.  If  from  this  investi- 
gation the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  finds  that  any  applicant  for  the 
removal  of  restrictions  should  have  the  unrestricted  control  of  his 
allotments,  the  restrictions,  wholly  or  in  part,  without  conditions,  are 
removed.  When,  however,  it  is  found  to  be  for  the  best  interest  of 
any  applicant  that  all  or  part  of  his  restricted  lands  should  be  sold 
with  conditions  concerning  terms  of  sale  and  disposal  of  proceeds, 
the  restrictions  are  removed  and  become  effective  only  with  the  exe- 
cution of  the  deed  by  said  applicant  to  the  purchaser.  Before  said 
deed  is  executed  the  designated  tract  or  tracts  of  land  is  to  be  sold 
upon  such  terms  as  may  be  in  each  case  specifically  directed.  As  to 
the  manner  of  conducting  said  sales  and  the  disposition  of  the  pro- 
ceeds derived  therefrom,  attention  is  invited  to  the  rules  and  regu- 
lations heretofore  referred  to. 

It  is  gratifying  to  note  that  the  representatives  appointed  by  me 
were  gladly  received  by  most  all  classes  of  citizens.  The  Indians 
were  particularly  anxious  to  learn  about  the  new  laws,  frequently 
asking  them  to  address  meetings,  which  were  largely  attended  by 
the  full-blood  element. 

A  great  deal  of  attention  has  been  given  to  certain  recalcitrant 
Indians  of  the  Creek  and  Cherokee  tribes,  those  of  the  Creek  Nation 
being  known  as  the  "  Crazy  Snake  "  faction  and  those  of  the  Chero- 
kee Nation  being  known  as  the  "  Night  Hawk  "  element.  As  evidence 
of  the  good  work  that  is  being  done  in  the  various  districts  and  of 
the  esteem  and  gratitude  which  the  Indians  have  for  the  influence 
of  the  department  in  securing  the  law  which  brought  about  the 
appointment  of  the  district  agents,  the  Creek  and  Choctaw  councils 
have  expressed  their  feelings  in  resolutions  commending  the  work 
of  the  department  and  asking  for  a  continuance  of  the  system  for 
next  year. 

The  department  notes  with  a  great  deal  of  pleasure  that  most  of 
the  probate  judges  having  charge  of  the  minors'  estates  within  the 
districts  have  not  only  expressed  their  entire  willingness  to  cooperate 
in  every  way  with  the  department  and  the  district  agents  for  the 
mutual  benefit  of  the  Indian  citizens,  but  are  cooperating  and  calling 
upon  the  agents  in  the  various  districts  to  assist  them  relative  to  the 
proper  handling  of  minors'  estates.  A  kindly  feeling  exists  between 
most  of  the  district  agents  and  county  judges,  and  many  of  the  judges 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  25 

have  by  word  and  letter  expressed  their  appreciation  of  the  assist- 
ance given  them  by  these  departmental  officials,  and  a  very  great 
reform  is  being  accomplished  in  the  manner  in  which  curators'  and 
guardianship  matters  are  being  handled.  In  the  Choctaw  and  Chick- 
asaw nations,  especially,  a  class  of  so-called  "  professional  guardians  " 
have  been  very  prodigal  of  all  the  estates  intrusted  to  them,  as  will 
appear  from  some  of  the  reports  of  the  agents.  The  estates  of  minors 
for  whom  they  are  guardians  have  been  found  to  be  in  a  most  de- 
plorable condition.  As  an  example  of  the  manner  in  which  these 
curators  have  conducted  the  estates  of  their  wards,  attention  is  called 
to  the  following  extract  compiled  from  the  reports  of  18  estates  of 
minor  citizens  of  the  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  nations.  The  total 
amount  received  as  rentals  and  income  on  these  estates  during  the 
last  year  was  reported  by  the  curator  as  $1,378.28,  and  the  disburse- 
ments were  as  follows : 

Schooling $10.00 

Maintenance 286.20 

Interest  on  two  previous  annual   reports   passed  on   by  the   United 

States  court 160.  76 

Amount  due  curators 1,458.06 

These  18  cases  were  not  culled  out  because  they  were  particularly 
bad,  but  were  taken  from  the  probate  dockets  at  random  and  may 
therefore  be  considered  as  a  fair  sample  of  the  manner  in  which  many 
of  the  estates  had  been  handled  by  this  class  of  guardians.  It  will  be 
noticed  that  the  indebtedness  exceeds  the  income,  in  spite  of  the  fact 
that  each  of  these  minors  have  received  320  acres  of  average  allotable 
land  in  the  Choctaw  Nation. 

The  saving  made  to  individual  Indians  in  assisting  the  court  rela- 
tive to  the  guardianship  matters,  in  seeing  to  it  that  proper  consid- 
eration is  paid  when  inherited  lands  are  sold,  and  assisting  the  In- 
dians in  the  matter  of  leasing  contracts  on  unrestricted  lands  or  tracts 
not  requiring  the  approval  of  the  department,  has  been  enormous.  It 
has  been  estimated  that  during  the  time  these  district  agents  have 
been  assisting  in  this  work  there  has  been  saved  to  the  Five  Civilized 
Tribes  some  $400,000.  The  result  of  this  work  has  inspired  a  spirit 
of  confidence  and  the  Indians  do  not  hesitate  to  call  upon  these  agents 
for  advice.  The  faith  placed  in  them  produced  many  good  results. 
Among  them,  and  perhaps  of  the  most  importance,  are  that  it  assists 
the  Indian  in  his  business  transactions  and  teaches  him  that  he  must 
be  careful  in  such  matters,  and  it  also  relieves  the  various  offices  of 
the  department  of  a  great  deal  of  correspondence  which  would  accom- 
plish but  very  little,  it  having  been  found  by  experience  to  be  impos- 
sible to  advise  many  Indians  by  letter  and  have  them  follow  instruc- 
tions. 


26  REPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE  INTERIOR. 

More  than  2,000  applications  for  the  removal  of  restrictions  have 
been  filed  since  July  27, 1908.  Each  of  these  requires  careful  investi- 
gation at  the  hands  of  the  district  agent,  and  it  has  been  the  plan  to 
have  the  district  agents  become  personally  acquainted  with  the  appli- 
cant and  to  find  out  his  needs  and  necessities.  In  almost  every 
instance  the  agent  recommends  that  if  restrictions  are  removed  and 
the  land  sold  that  it  be  sold  under  the  supervision  of  the  department. 
The  proceeds  of  such  sales  are  delivered  to  the  allottees  for  the  mak- 
ing of  necessary  improvements  or  for  the  purchase  of  such  supplies  as 
may  be  needed  for  the  support  and  comfort  of  the  family.  Thus  by 
careful  counseling  and  advising  those  making  application  and  assist- 
ing them  in  the  wise  expenditure  of  their  moneys  for  improvements, 
it  is  believed  that  these  agents  will  develop  into  potent  educational 
factors  and  redound  to  the  great  benefit  of  these  Indians. 

There  are  approximately  30,000  Indians  of  the  Five  Civilized 
Tribes  who  still  have  restricted  lands,  and  about  15,000  minors  and 
other  classes  that  properly  come  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  district 
agent.  Most  of  these  minor  citizens  reside  in  44  counties  of  the  State 
of  Oklahoma  and  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  county  courts. 
With  but  few  exceptions  the  relations  with  the  various  county  judges 
with  whom  the  various  offices  of  the  department  have  been  associated 
have  been  most  cordial  and  most  all  voiced  the  sentiment  that  this 
work  as  yet  is  only  in  its  infancy,  and  expressed  confidence  that  the 
assistance  of  these  representatives  of  the  department  is  and  will  be 
absolutely  necessary  to  aid  and  supplement  the  work  of  the  probate 
courts. 

In  my  last  report  I  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  under  the  laws 
the  transfer  of  land  by  the  Indian  whose  restrictions  had  not  been 
removed  was  positively  prohibited,  but  there  were  persons  who  were 
taking  deeds  and  only  paying  a  very  small  fraction  of  the  real  value 
to  the  Indians.  During  the  past  summer  investigations  have  been 
made  relative  to  these  transactions  and  as  a  result  suits  have  been 
brought  or  directed  involving  more  than  23,000  tracts  of  land  covered 
by  illegal  instruments  of  conveyance.  In  a  large  number  of  cases 
the  lands  obtained  by  these  illegal  instruments  and  deeds  have  been 
reconveyed  to  the  Indians  from  whom  they  were  received. 

Attention  is  again  called  to  the  fact  that  in  the  Creek  Nation  many 
suits  are  still  pending  to  set  aside  a  large  number  of  deeds  for  town 
lots.  Since  the  bringing  of  these  suits  settlement  has  been  made  for 
$10,000  for  the  land  on  which  Kendall  College  is  now  situated. 
Other  offers  of  settlement  are  now  under  consideration. 

In  relation  to  insane  persons  not  Indians,  the  contract  entered  into 
with  St.  Vincent's  Institution  for  the  Insane,  in  St.  Louis  County, 
Mo.,  expired  on  June  30,  1908,  at  which  time  the  patients,  80  in 
number,  were  turned  over  to  the  state  authorities  of  Oklahoma. 


REPORT   OF   SECRETARY  OF   THE   INTERIOR.  27 

OSAGE   RESERVATION. 

The  commission  allotting  the  lands  of  the  Osage  Reservation  is 
still  engaged  in  this  work.  On  April  28,  1908,  the  tribal  roll,  which 
contains  the  names  of  2,230  persons,  of  whom  all  but  one  are  entitled 
to  allotments,  was  approved. 

SCHOOLS. 

The  report  of  the  superintendent  of  schools,  as  well  as  the  various 
supervisors  under  him,  is  published  in  connection  with  the  annual 
report  of  the  Commissioner  to  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes,  and  shows 
very  satisfactory  progress  made  and  results  obtained  during  the 
year.  Data  relating  to  the  schools  are  given  also  in  the  report  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs. 

It  appears  that  the  Indians  are  manifesting  a  more  lively  interest 
than  ever  before  in  the  education  of  their  children.  The  boarding 
schools  are  all  crowded.  Since  tribal  relations  are  broken  up,  and 
the  Indian  being  thrown  very  largely  upon  his  own  resources,  the 
need  of  individual  education  and  training  has  become  more  and 
more  apparent.  The  full-blood  Indians  when  associated  with  white 
children  in  schools  easily  become  discouraged  in  their  work.  They 
are  naturally  bashful,  timid,  and  diffident,  especially  in  the  presence 
of  white  persons.  For  these  reasons,  among  others,  the  Government 
should  hereafter  give  special  attention  to  the  education  of  the  full- 
blood.  During  the  year  ending  June  30,  1908,  there  were  main- 
tained 45  more  day  schools  from  tribal  funds,  379  more  day  schools 
from  the  congressional  appropriation,  and  2  more  day  schools 
from  surplus  court  fees  than  were  maintained  during  the  fiscal  year 
ending  June  30,  1907.  There  were  also  enrolled  12,074  more  pupils 
during  the  year  1908  than  during  the  previous  fiscal  year.  The 
former  Indian  Territory,  since  statehood,  has  been  divided  into 
school  districts,  and  those  districts  having  a  reasonable  amount  of 
taxable  property  are  preparing  to  build  schoolhouses  by  issuing 
bonds.  These  districts,  however,  will  have  very  little  money  for 
conducting  schools  until  the  amount  of  their  taxable  property  can 
be  determined  and  taxes  levied  and  collected  for  school  purposes. 

The  department  has  been  cooperating  with  the  state  authorities 
concerning  the  management  of  the  schools  for  the  present  year,  and 
the  agreement  approved  by  me  relative  to  such  cooperation  received 
the  unanimous  indorsement  of  the  legislature  of  the  State  of  Okla- 
homa. A  copy  of  the  agreement  will  be  found  in  the  report  of  the 
superintendent  of  schools  and  the  annual  report  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Indian  Affairs. 

Those  districts  having  sufficient  taxable  property  to  bear  the  ex- 
pense of  their  own  schools  should  do  so,  but  many  districts,  especially 


28  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

those  having  a  large  Indian  population,  have  at  the  present  time 
comparatively  little  taxable  property,  and  therefore  will  be  able  to 
raise  but  a  very  small  amount  of  money  by  taxation.  These  distinctly 
Indian  neighborhoods  should,  in  my  opinion,  receive  special  aid  and 
encouragement  from  the  Government.  The  Indian  boys  and  girls, 
being  all  owners  of  land,  and  a  very  large  majority  of  the  white 
boys  being  farmers,  there  has  been  an  endeavor  to  give  some  special 
attention  to  the  teaching  of  practical  agriculture. 

The  instructions  which  the  teachers  receive  at  the  summer  normals 
have  enabled  them  to  accomplish  some  good  results,  as  is  found  in 
the  fact  that  some  of  the  Indian  boys  are  becoming  interested  in 
the  study  of  soils,  and  are  awakening  to  a  realization  of  the  fact 
that  the  land  possesses  many  good  qualities  of  genuine  worth.  One 
thousand  two  hundred  teachers  attended  the  summer  normals  that 
were  conducted  during  the  month  of  June.  These  normals  were 
all  conducted  in  strict  accordance  with  the  laws  of  Oklahoma,  and 
teachers  passing  the  examination  at  the  close  of  the  normal  were 
given  certificates  by. the  state  and  by  the  federal  school  officials. 

With  relation  to  the  future  of  the  schools  it  is  difficult  to  make  any 
definite  recommendation,  for  the  reason  that  instead  of  building  up  a 
system  of  schools  it  is  realized  that  they  must  be  gradually  abolished, 
as  far  as  any  Government  supervision  over  them  is  concerned.  In 
the  natural  course  of  events  a  state  school  system  will  supplant  the  one 
in  operation  at  the  present  time.  The  act  of  Congress  now  in  force 
provides  that  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  shall  have  the  right  to 
continue  the  tribal  schools  until  a  State  is  formed  and  ready  to  take 
charge  of  the  education  of  the  children.  The  state  schools  must  be 
sustained  by  local  taxation,  but  inasmuch  as  most  of  the  lands  of 
full-blood  Indians  are  not  subject  to  taxation,  it  will  be  impossible 
for  the  State  to  provide  proper  educational  facilities  for  the  full- 
blood  children  for  some  time  to  come.  The  full  bloods  should  there- 
fore receive  special  attention  in  the  future,  to  the  end  that  they  may 
be  prepared  to  understand  and  appreciate  their  rights  and  duties  as 
citizens,  and  be  prepared  to  properly  manage  and  conserve  their 
property  interests. 

In  addition  to  1,421  day  schools  provided  for  during  the  past 
year,  there  were  35  boarding  schools  maintained.  The  attendance  at 
the  Indian  boarding  schools  during  the  year  just  closed  has  been  the 
best  in  their  history.  It  is  claimed  that  an  Indian  child  puts  forth 
greater  effort  in  the  boarding  schools  than  in  the  mixed  day  schools, 
for  the  reason  that  he  does  not  feel  the  embarrassment  among  his  own 
people  that  he  feels  among  the  whites,  and  a  very  large  percentage 
of  the  attendants  at  the  day  schools  are  white  children.  Statistics 
of  enrollment,  average  attendance,  months  of  school,  amount  paid 
teachers,  amount  paid  for  supplies,  etc.,  of  the  various  schools  will 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  29 

be  found  in  a  table  submitted  by  the  superintendent  of  schools  and 
printed  in  connection  with  his  annual  report  and  the  annual  report 
of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs.  The  instructions  given  by 
the  department  to  the  persons  managing  the  day  schools  were  to 
the  effect  that  these  schools  should  be  conducted,  as  far  as  possible, 
in  the  interest  of  full-blood  children,  and,  other  things  being  equal, 
they  should  receive  preference  in  enrollment. 

COAL  LANDS. 

The  printed  reports  of  the  Commissioner  to  the  Five  Civilized 
Tribes,  United  States  Indian  agent,  Union  Agency,  supervisor  of 
mines  and  mining,  and  trustees  of  the  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw 
nations  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1908,  are  referred  to  for  a 
detailed  statement  showing  the  status  of  the  coal  and  asphalt  lands 
within  the  old  Indian  Territory. 

There  has  been  very  little  change  in  the  condition  of  the  segregated 
coal  lands  belonging  to  the  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  nations  since 
my  last  report.  Three  new  mines  have  been  opened  during  the  year, 
making  the  present  number  of  openings  on  said  lands  94.  The  num- 
ber of  accidents  has  decreased.  The  ventilation  of  the  mines  has 
been  in  compliance  with  the  law,  except  in  a  few  instances,  which 
cases  were  remedied  when  the  matter  was  brought  to  the  attention 
of  the  operators.  The  total  value  of  coal  produced  during  the  year 
ending  June  30,  1908,  was  $5,815,700.98,  representing  2,780,649  tons, 
the  average  selling  price  being  $2.09  per  ton.  The  production  of 
coke  during  the  year  was  7,368  tons,  the  average  selling  price  being 
$4.51  per  ton. 

One  lease,  covering  960  acres,  was  canceled  by  the  department 
during  the  year.  One  thousand  five  hundred  and  eight  tons  of 
asphalt  was  mined  during  the  year.  The  royalty  received  during  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1908,  on  coal  was  $270,351.62 ;  on  asphalt 
$2,845.20.  Five  assignments  of  leases  have  been  approved  during  the 
year. 

In  my  last  report  I  referred  to  the  investigations  being  made  of 
the  338,352  acres  of  unleased  coal  lands  to  determine  the  locality  and 
character  of  the  underlying  coal.  Since  November,  1907,  two  drilling 
outfits  have  been  in  operation  under  the  supervision  of  the  supervisor 
of  mines  and  a  representative  of  the  Geological  Survey,  and  to  June 
30,  1908,  20  holes  of  depths  ranging  from  175  to  1,500  feet  have  been 
drilled  on  the  land  to  ascertain  the  depth,  thickness,  and  quality  of 
coal  veins,  and  a  complete  record  of  all  drilling  is  being  preserved. 

I  recommended  last  year  that  a  law  be  passed  authorizing  the  sale 
of  the  surface  of  said  lands,  giving  my  reasons  therefor.  Since  that 
time  nothing  has  come  before  the  department  that  would  justify  any 
change  in  my  views  relative  to  the  opinion  expressed  therein.     I 


30  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

also  suggested  in  my  last  report  how  the  coal  might  be  handled  or 
leased,  etc.  I  therefore  renew  my  recommendations  made  in  said 
report  concerning  the  same. 

TIMBER  LANDS. 

There  has  been  practically  no  change  in  the  status  of  the  timber 
lands  belonging  to  the  Indians  since  my  last  report,  and  I  have  had  no 
sufficient  reason  presented  to  me  that  would  justify  any  change  in  my 
views  relative  to  the  recommendation  made  in  said  report  concern- 
ing the  2,000,000  acres  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the  old  Indian 
Territory. 

The  policy  expressed  in  my  last  report  relative  to  said  timbered 
land  has  been  continued.  I  therefore  renew  my  recommendation  con- 
cerning the  same  as  expressed  in  last  year's  report  that  this  area  be 
purchased  from  the  Indians  and  be  reserved  as  a  national  forest. 

OIL. 

In  my  report  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30, 1907, 1  called  atten- 
tion to  the  remarkable  increase  in  the  production  of  oil  in  the  Terri- 
tory and  to  the  fact  that  it  had  been  impossible  for  transportation 
companies  to  remove  it  as  fast  as  produced.  Two  large  trunk  lines, 
built  by  the  Gulf  and  Texas  companies  from  the  Glen  Pool  to  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  were  completed  during  the  year,  and  other  small  addi- 
tional lines.  The  work  in  connection  with  oil  leases  at  the  close  of 
the  fiscal  year  wag  in  splendid  condition,  there  being  but  549  leases 
pending  in  the  office  of  the  United  States  Indian  agent,  Union 
Agency,  and  516  pending  in  the  office  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian 
Affairs  and  the  Secretary's  office,  as  against  5,009  at  the  close  of  the 
previous  year. 

During  the  year  there  was  submitted  to  the  department  for  con- 
sideration a  total  of  7,597  leases.  Up  to  June  30, 1908,  there  has  been 
filed  a  total  of  17,727  mineral  leases,  almost  entirely  oil  leases.  Of 
those  considered  by  the  department  10,525  had  been  approved,  some 
of  which  have  since  been  canceled,  and  6,137  disapproved.  State- 
ments showing  in  detail  the  work  during  the  fiscal  year  and  the  status 
of  oil  leases  are  embodied  in  the  report  of  the  United  States  Indian 
agent,  Union  Agency,  which  is  printed  with  the  report  of  the  Com- 
missioner to  the  Five  Civilized  Tribes,  and  the  report  of  the  Com- 
missioner of  Indian  Affairs. 

On  April  20,  1908,  the  department  modified  its  rules,  regulations, 
and  forms  to  a  considerable  extent,  making  the  minimum  rate  of 
royalty  12 J  per  cent  for  oil  instead  of  10  per  cent,  and  the  terms  of 
leases  of  adult  citizens  to  be  five  years,  and  so  long  thereafter  as  oil, 
gas,  or  other  mineral  may  be  found  in  paying  quantities,  and  also 
provided  that  by  proper  stipulation  the  10  per  cent  leases  on  earlier 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  31 

forms  might  be  changed  to  conform  to  the  new  regulations  by  increas- 
ing the  royalty.  Also  provision  was  made  for  the  assignment  of 
leases  providing  how  they  might  come  within  the  regulations  of 
April  20,  1908,  upon  a  showing  of  the  assignee  company  similar  to 
the  one  it  would  be  required  to  make  if  it  were  an  original  lessee. 

There  was  marketed  during  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1908, 
41,101,000  barrels  of  oil;  the  royalty  collected  by  the  United  States 
Indian  agent  during  the  year  on  account  of  oil  and  gas  was 
$1,692,627.55.  The  oil  and  gas  operations  on  the  Osage  Keservation 
were  conducted  under  leases  covering  680,000  acres.  Under  provi- 
sions of  the  existing  agreement  with  the  Osage  Indians  all  mineral  is 
reserved  to  the  tribe  for  a  period  of  twenty-five  years;  therefore  all 
royalties  and  proceeds  arising  from  oil  and  gas  operations  are  placed 
to  the  credit  of  the  tribe.  There  were  on  June  30,  1908,  867  oil  wells 
and  74  producing  gas  wells  on  said  reservation.  Of  said  gas  wells  30 
are  utilized  at  a  royalty  of  $100  per  annum  paid.  The  remaining 
gas  wells  are  used  for  development  of  leases  without  payment  of 
royalties  or  are  shut  in  as  not  being  available  for  commercial  use. 

There  was  produced  and  run  during  the  fiscal  year  ending  June 
30,  1908,  from  the  Osage  Reservation  4,773,689.44  barrels  of  oil,  one- 
eighth  of  which  was  credited  to  the  Osage  Nation  as  royalty,  the 
proceeds  amounting  to  $243,610.36.  The  royalty  from  gas  wells 
aggregated  $3,125. 

It  is  estimated  that  on  July  1,  1908,  there  were  approximately 
36,000,000  barrels  of  oil  held  in  storage  within  the  limits  of  the 
Creek  and  Cherokee  nations. 

There  has  been  a  very  great  change  in  the  pipe-line  conditions 
since  the  creation  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  and  the  removal  of 
restrictions  from  so  many  allotments. 

The  law  under  which  pipe-line  permits  were  granted  authorized 
the  giving  of  a  permit  for  twenty  years  with  a  renewal  for  twenty 
more  under  conditions  to  be  imposed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 
As  long  as  the  whole  Territory  was  under  the  control  of  the  Inte- 
rior Department  these  regulations  and  the  conditions  of  the  law 
could  be  readily  enforced.  Under  the  present  conditions  there  is 
grave  doubt  as  to  whether  effective  regulations  or  control  can  be  ex- 
ercised. 

The  State  of  Oklahoma  now  controls  the  highways  and  can  impose 
such  conditions  as  its  legislature  sees  fit  upon  the  corporations  or  in- 
dividuals who  may  operate  and  build  lines.  There  is  no  conflict  of 
authority  between  the  Federal  Government  and  the  State  on  this 
subject,  for  the  reason  that  the  Federal  Government,  through  the 
Interior  Department,  has  to  do  only  with  the  restricted  Indian  lands, 
and  whatever  permit  or  easement  that  it  grants  under  the  law  can 
apply  only  to  such  lands. 


32  KEPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

I  am  now  giving  careful  consideration  to  these  conditions  for  the 
purpose  of  determining  whether  there  should  be  any  change  in  the 
regulations  or  in  the  policy  of  the  department  hitherto  carried  out. 
It  is  clear  that  the  work  of  the  department  thus  far,  through  its 
regulations  upon  leasing  and  upon  the  pipe  lines,  has  been  of  direct 
benefit  to  the  owners  of  all  lands,  both  Indians  and  others,  but  it 
may  be  that  the  new  conditions  that  have  arisen  will  require  some 
change  in  the  method  of  dealing  with  the  remaining  restricted  lands. 

PENSIONS. 

During  the  entire  year  ending  June  30,  1908,  the  total  number  of 
pensioners  on  the  roll  was  1,006,053.  At  the  close  of  the  year  there 
were  on  the  roll  951,087  pensioners — 658,071  soldiers  and  sailors, 
293,106  widows  and  orphans,  and  510  army  nurses.  The  gains  to 
the  roll  during  the  year  were  37,609  new  pensioners  and  1,073  resto- 
rations and  renewals,  a  total  of  38,682.  Of  this  number,  339  were 
pensioned  by  special  acts  of  Congress.  The  losses  to  the  roll  during 
the  same  time  were  50,676  by  death  and  3,690  from  other  causes,  a 
total  of  54,366.    The  net  loss  for  the  year,  therefore,  was  15,684. 

The  number  of  deaths  of  soldier  and  sailor  pensioners  of  the  civil 
war  for  the  year  was  34,333.  The  pensioners  on  the  roll  June  30, 
1908,  are  classified  as  follows : 

Pensioners  on  roll  June  80,  1908. 
Revolutionary  war: 

Daughters 2 

War  of  1812 : 

Widows 471 

Indian  wars: 

Survivors 1, 820 

Widows 3,018 

War  with  Mexico : 

Survivors 2,  932 

Widows 6,914 

Civil  war: 

General  law — 

Invalids 142,044 

Widows 75,  515 

Minor  children 541 

Mothers 3,688 

Fathers 656 

Brothers,  sisters,  sons,  and  daughters 240 

Helpless   children 528 

Act  of  June  27,  1890— 

Invalids 140,  600 

Widows 

Minor    children 3, 954 

Helpless    children 295 

Act  of  February  6,  1907 338,341 

Act  of  April  19,  1908,  widows 188,445 

Army    nurses 510 


KEPORT   OP    SECRETARY   OF    THE   INTERIOR.  33 

War  with   Spain: 

Invalids 20,  548 

Widows 1,145 

Minor   children 331 

Mothers?   3,  090 

Fathers  53G 

Brothers  and  sisters 7 

Helpless  children 2 

Regular  establishment: 

Invalids   11, 786 

Widows  2,  580 

Minor   children 120 

Mothers   871 

Fathers   139 

Brothers  and  sisters 5 

Helpless  children 7 

Total '_ 951,687 

The  cases  referred  to  above  under  the  head  of  "  Regular  establish- 
ment "  embrace  those  in  which  the  disability  originated  in  service 
in  the  Army,  Navy,  or  Marine  Corps,  between  the  close  of  the  civil 
war  and  the  commencement  of  the  war  with  Spain,  and  since  the 
close  of  the  war  with  Spain  and  the  insurrection  in  the  Philippine 
Islands. 

The  last  surviving  widow  of  the  Revolutionary  war  died  Novem- 
ber 11,  1906.  The  names  of  two  daughters  who  are  pensioned  by 
special  act  of  Congress  are  all  that  roll  now  contains. 

The  last  pensioned  soldier  of  the  war  of  1812  died  May  13,  1905, 
but  the  roll  contains  the  names  of  471  widows  of  that  war. 

The  act  of  February  6,  1907,  grants  pensions  to  persons  who  served 
ninety  days  or  more  in  the  army  or  navy  during  the  civil  war,  or 
sixty  days  in  the  Mexican  war,  and  were  honorably  discharged,  as 
follows :  $12  per  month  when  62  years  of  age ;  $15  per  month  when 
70  years  of  age ;  and  $20  per  month  when  75  years  of  age. 

From  the  date  of  its  approval  to  June  30,  1908,  431,113  applica- 
tions were  filed  for  pensions  or  increase  of  pensions  under  this  act, 
and  all  but  16,909  of  them  had  been  disposed  of. 

By  readjustment  of  the  clerical  force  of  the  Pension  Bureau,  the 
tremendous  increase  caused  by  this  act  was  taken  care  of  in  such  a 
way  that  the  work  of  the  bureau  is  now,  and  for  several  months  has 
been,  current.  * 

The  benefits  derived  from  the  act  of  April  19,  1908,  are  that  under 
the  first  section,  widows,  minor  children  under  the  age  of  16  years, 
and  helpless  children,  as  defined  by  existing  law,  now  on  the  roll,  or 
who  may  thereafter  be  placed  thereon,  who  are  receiving  a  less  rate, 
are  advanced  to  $12  per  month,  and,  under  the  second  section,  widows 
who  were  married  prior  to  June  27, 1890,  to  persons  who  served  ninety 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 3 


34  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

days  or  more  in  the  army  or  navy  during  the  civil  war  and  were  hon- 
orably discharged  are  allowed  $12  per  month  without  regard  to  their 
pecuniary  condition;  in  other  words,  they  are  not  required  to  show 
dependence. 

Under  the  first  section  the  rate  has  already  been  increased  with- 
out any  expense  or  inconvenience  to  them  whatever  to  198,260 
widows,  4,017  minors,  and  300  helpless  children;  in  all,  202,577; 
and  under  the  second  section  22,115  applications  have  been  received. 

Final  action  was  taken  during  the  year  in  387,992  claims,  of  which 
325,140  were  approved  for  allowance,  59,449  for  rejection,  and  3,403 
approved  for  allowance,  but  no  certificates  issued  thereon  because 
no  benefits  would  accrue  to  applicants. 

The  number  of  claims  pending  July  1,  1907,  was  356,181,  and 
there  were  filed  during  the  year  185,622  new  applications  of  all 
kinds.    At  the  close  of  the  year  123,483  claims  were  pending. 

The  appropriation  for  the  payment  of  pensions  for  the  fiscal  year 
was  $145,000,000;  deficiency  appropriations  and  repayments  to  the 
appropriation  made  the  amount  available  for  pensions  $155,003,390.71. 
The  amount  paid  out  for  pensions  was  $153,093,086.27,  and  the 
amount  expended  for  salaries  and  other  operating  expenses  was 
$2,800,963.36,  making  a  total  expenditure  of  $155,894,049.63.  While 
the  amount  expended  for  pensions  was  the  largest  since  1893,  the 
operating  expenses  show  a  decrease  of  $2,066,771.06. 

Since  1861  there  have  been  granted  by  special  acts  of  Congress 
23,316  pensions  and  increase  of  pensions,  of  which  14,607  were  on 
the  rolls  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year,  with  an  annual  value  of 
$4,211,332,  a  little  more  than  one-half  of  which  amount  is  in  excess 
of  what  could  have  been  granted  under  the  general  laws. 

The  number  of  special  acts  granting  pensions  and  increase  of 
pensions  passed  during  the  first  session  of  the  Sixtieth  Congress 
was  3,579.  The  increase  in  the  annual  expenditures  resulting  from 
these  special  acts  was  $535,368. 

During  the  year  113  indictments  were  found  and  101  convictions 
secured  on  account  of  violation  of  the  pension  laws.  There  were  8 
acquittals,  30  cases  were  dismissed,  2  civil  suits  were  instituted,  and 
$7,698  was  recovered.  Of  the  persons  convicted,  only  10  are  believed 
to  have  had  any  military  or  naval  service. 

APPEALS  IN  PENSION  AND  BOUNTY  LAND  CLAIMS. 

Prior  to  January  1,  1881,  no  docket  numbers  were  given  or  kept  in 
relation  to  appeals  in  pension  and  bounty  land  claims.  After  Janu- 
ary 1,  1881,  such  appeals  were  numbered  and  docketed  consecutively 
during  the  year,  commencing  with  docket  No.  1  each  successive  year 
until  January  1,  1889. 


BEPOKT   OF    SECRETAKY   OF    THE   INTERIOR.  35 

From  January  1,  1881,  to  December  31,  1889,  there  were  filed  and 
docketed  in  this  way  13,534  appeals.  Beginning  January  1,  1889,  the 
number  of  appeals  have  been  consecutively  numbered  and  docketed, 
commencing  with  No.  1  to  the  present  time,  and  on  June  30,  1908, 
the  last  docket  number  of  merit  appeals  was  124,414.  Since  January 
1,  1889,  a  separate  docket  has  been  kept  for  fee  appeals,  commencing 
with  docket  No.  1  and  numbered  consecutively  to  the  present  time, 
and  on  June  30,  1908,  the  last  docket  number  of  fee  appeals  was  8,536. 
The  fee  appeals  filed  prior  to  January  1,  1889,  were  279.  Since  June 
5,  1905,  there  has  been  kept  a  separate  docket  of  appeals  in  claims 
filed  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1899  (division  of  pensions).  The  last 
docket  number  of  this  class  of  claims  on  appeal  was,  on  June  30, 
1908.  887. 

The  following  table  shows  the  number  of  appeals  filed  since  serial 
docket  numbers  have  been  kept : 

From  January  1,  1881,  to  June  1,  1889,  merit  appeals 13,  534 

From  January  1,  1881,  to  January  1,  1889,  fee  appeals 279 

From  January  1,  1889,  to  June  30,  1908,  merit  appeals 124,  414 

From  January  1,  1889,  to  June  30,  1908,  fee  appeals. 8,  536 

From  June  5;  1905,  to  June  30,  1908,  division  of  pension  appeals 887 

Total 147,  650 

Having  ascertained  that  this  enormous  docket  of  appeals  had  not 
for  many  years  been  checked  over  and  verified,  I  caused  the  same  to 
be  done  and  all  cases  brought  forward  where  the  docket  showed  that 
complete  disposition  had  not  been  made  of  the  same. 

The  following  table  shows  the  number  of  appeals  and  motions  for 
reconsideration  pending  at  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year.  July  1, 
1907,  those  filed  during  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1908,  their 
disposition,  and  the  number  pending  July  1,  1908 : 

Pension  appeals  pending. 


Pending 
Julyl, 

1907. 


Original  merit  appeals 720 

Fee  appeals 5 

Motions  for  reconsideration 11 

Total 736 


Filed 
during 


Total. 


6,050 

59 

136 


770 

61 
147 


Disposed 
of. 


,270 
61 
143 


6,  245 


6,981 


6.474 


Pending 

Julv  1, 

1908. 


500 
3 
4 


507 


Two  hundred  and  twenty-two  cases  on  appeal  were,  upon  careful 
examination,  returned  to  the  bureau  for  further  action  and  report. 
About  one-half  of  these  were  returned  at  the  request  of  the  commis- 
sioner for  further  consideration  and  read  judication  before  making  a 
final  report  on  the  pending  appeal.  Other  cases  were  returned  on 
review  by  the  board  for  bureau  action  on  new  evidence  filed,  for  test 


36  KEPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

medical  examination  or  special  examination,  or  for  various  reasons 
the  claims  were  deemed  improperly  adjudicated.  During  the  fiscal 
year  584  appeals  and  motions  were  dismissed.  The  Commissioner  of 
Pensions  reported  in  340  cases  of  such  dismissals  that  upon  reconsid- 
eration the  adverse  action  taken  by  the  bureau  had  been  receded  from 
and  that  upon  dismissal  of  the  appeal  the  contention  of  the  appellant 
would  be  allowed.  The  department  after  considering  the  appeal  de- 
cided that  the  action  proposed  by  the  bureau  was  warranted  under 
the  law  and  the  evidence,  and  the  appeal  was  dismissed,  and  the 
papers  were  promptly  returned  to  the  bureau  for  final  and  favorable 
adjudication. 

Other  appeals  were  dismissed  for  the  reason  that  they  were  filed  by 
attorneys  without  proper  authority,  duplicates  of  former  appeals  not 
filed  within  the  limit  of  time  (one  year  from  the  date  of  the  adverse 
action  by  the  bureau),  and  in  other  respects  altogether  informal  and 
in  absolute  disregard  of  the  rules  o¥  practice. 

Deducting  the  dismissals  (584)  and  the  cancellations  (7  dupli- 
cates) ,  final  decisions  were  rendered  in  5,883  cases,  of  which  394  were 
reversals.  As  compared  with  the  preceding  year,  it  is  observed  that 
there  has  been  a  reduction  of  the  number  of  appeals  filed.  In  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1907,  there  were  filed  9,121  appeals  and 
motions,  while,  as  already  stated,  there  were  filed  during  the  last 
fiscal  year  6,245,  a  reduction  of  2,876. 

Since  June  30,  1907,  there  has  been  quite  a  reduction  in  the  work- 
ing force  of  the  board.  In  August,  1907,  all  of  the  members  of  the 
board  of  pension  appeals  known  as  temporary  members  (except  one, 
since  transferred)  were  transferred  or  detailed  elsewhere,  so  that,  by 
transfers  and  resignations,  there  has  been  a  reduction  of  12  members 
of  the  board ;  also  8  typewriters  have  been  transferred  elsewhere. 

Unless  the  appeals  are  largely  increased,  it  is  expected  that  the 
present  force  will  keep  pace  with  the  current  work. 

Volume  17  of  departmental  decisions  in  appealed  pension  and 
bounty  land  claims  has  been  completed  and  received  from  the  Public 
Printer.  It  embraces  the  most  important  decisions  of  a  legal  and 
medical  character  for  future  reference  and  guidance.  As  no  digest 
of  pension  decisions  has  been  published  since  1897,  there  has  been 
included  in  this  volume  the  consolidated  topical  index  to  decisions 
found  in  volumes  9  to  17,  inclusive. 

PATENT   OFFICE. 

The  volume  of  business  in  the  Patent  Office  shows  about  the  usual 
annual  increase  in  all  its  branches.  The  number  of  applications 
received  was  as  follows : 

Patents 58,527 

Design  patents 1, 091 

Reissue  patents 207 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  37 

which  makes  a  total  of  59,825  applications  for  patents  of  all  de- 
scriptions filed  during  the  fiscal  year,  an  increase  over  last  year 
of  2,303.  There  were  7,467  applications  for  registration  of  trade- 
marks; 810  for  labels,  and  339  for  prints,  making  a  total  of  8,616. 
This  shows  a  decrease  of  657.  The  total  money  receipts  from  all 
sources  was  $1,874,180.75;  the  expenditures  $1,608,292.01,  and  the  net 
surplus  $265,888.74,  which  has  been  covered  into  the  Treasury. 

The  grand  total  for  all  years  of  receipts  from  all  sources  over  ex- 
penditures for  salaries  and  all  other  expenses  is  $6,972,070.38  net. 
This  large  sum  represents  the  net  earnings  of  the  bureau  that  have 
been  turned  into  the  Treasury  from  year  to  year  and  has  been  paid 
by  the  inventors  almost  entirely. 

The  number  of  patents  granted  was  34,003;  design  patents,  748; 
reissue  patents,  151 ;  trade-marks,  6,135 ;  labels,  636,  and  prints,  279, 
or  a  total  of  41,952.  The  expired  patents  which  became  public  prop- 
erty numbered  24,270. 

Congress  at  its  last  session  increased  the  examining  force  by  33 
men  and  also  increased  the  salaries  of  all  of  the  examiners.  As  a 
result  of  these  increases  the  pending  applications,  which  were  very 
much  in  arrears,  are  now  being  brought  up  to  date.  The  Commis- 
sioner of  Patents  informs  me  that  by  the  end  of  the  year  the  work 
of  his  entire  office  will  be  up  to  date. 

The  present  legislative,  executive,  and  judicial  appropriation  act, 
passed  at  the  last  session,  embraced  a  provision  as  follows : 

That  a  commission  which  is  hereby  created,  to  consist  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smith- 
sonion  Institution,  shall  determine  which  of  the  models  of  the  Patent  Office 
may  be  of  possible  benefit  to  patentees  or  of  historical  value,  such  models  thus 
selected  to  be  cared  for  in  the  New  National  Museum  building;  the  remainder 
of  said  models  shall  before  January  first,  nineteen  hundred  and  nine,  be  dis- 
posed of  by  sale,  gift,  or  otherwise,  as  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  shall  determine. 

•  In  pursuance  of  this  provision  the  commission  organized  on  the 
29th  of  May  and  steps  were  immediately  taken  to  carry  out  the  pro- 
visions of  the  act.  The  Commissioner  of  Patents  was  authorized  to 
proceed  with  the  details  of  the  disposition  of  these  models.  The 
Commissioner  of  Patents  reports  that  all  of  the  models,  157,000  in 
number,  have  been  removed  from  the  Union  building.  Some  of 
the  historical  models  have  been  placed  on  exhibition  in  the  National 
Museum,  and  the  others,  which  were  deemed  of  importance  as  evi- 
dence in  patent  litigation  and  to  aid  examiners  in  searches,  have  been 
boxed,  labeled,  and  catalogued  and  placed  in  the  Patent  Office  part 
of  the  Department  of  the  Interior  building  until  the  completion  of 
the  New  National  Museum  building,  where  the  law  directs  they  shall 
be  placed.  The  models  were  promptly  removed  and  the  rent  for  the 
space  occupied  has  ceased.    The  total  expense  of  moving  these  157,000 


38  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

models  has  been  paid  for  out  of  the  rent  appropriated,  $19,500,  with 
a  balance  of  $7,882.53  saved  of  said  appropriated  rent. 

During  the  month  of  February  my  attention  was  directed  to  a 
patent,  No.  872,936,  which  it  was  thought  had  been  obtained  by 
fraudulent  means.  I  instructed  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  to 
investigate  the  matter,  with  the  result  that  within  thirty  days  after 
the  receipt  of  the  first  intimation  by  me  John  A.  Heany,  of  York, 
Pa.,  an  inventor;  Henry  E.  Everding,  an  attorney  of  Philadelphia, 
and  Ned  W.  Barton,  an  assistant  examiner  in  the  Patent  Office,  were 
indicted. 

Barton,  the  assistant  examiner,  has  pleaded  guilty  and  been  sen- 
tenced to  the  penitentiary  for  three  years.  The  other  defendants" 
are  being  tried  in  the  criminal  court.  Bills  have  been  drawn  and 
filed  in  the  United  States  circuit  court  for  the  eastern  district  of 
Pennsylvania  for  the  annulment  of  the  patent  granted,  and  two 
divisional  patents  of  the  same. 

This  is  the  first  case  of  its  kind  that  has  occurred  in  the  one  hundred 
and  eighteen  years  of  Patent  Office  history. 

The  Commissioner  of  Patents  has  ordered  such  additional  safe- 
guards in  the  filing  of  papers  as  should  prevent  similar  frauds 
hereafter. 

The  attitude  of  the  employees  of  the  Patent  Office  in  connection 
with  this  case  was  most  gratifying.  The  corps  of  examiners  felt 
keenly  the  disgrace  that  a  member  of  their  corps  had  brought  upon 
himself,  but  there  was  not  the  slightest  desire  to  prevent  the  most 
thorough  examination  or  to  shield  any  person.  It  was  recognized 
that  the  integrity  of  the  work  of  the  office  could  only  be  maintained 
by  the  discovery  of  whatever  was  wrong  and  the  prevention  of  its 
recurrence. 

BUREAU  OF  EDUCATION. 

The  act  of  March  2,  1867,  provides  that  the  Bureau  of  Education 
shall  be  established — 

for  the  purpose  of  collecting  such  statistics  and  facts  as  shall  show  the  condi- 
tion and  progress  of  education  in  the  several  States  and  Territories,  and  of 
diffusing  such  information  respecting  the  organization  and  management  of 
schools  and  school  systems  and  methods  of  teaching  as  shall  aid  the  people  of 
the  United  States  in  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  efficient  school 
systems,  and  otherwise  promote  the  cause  of  education  throughout  the  country. 

The  estimates  which  I  have  submitted  for  the  year  1910  provide 
for  carrying  out  these  provisions  in  a  more  satisfactory  manner  than 
is  possible  with  the  appropriations  hitherto  provided. 

The  bureau  is  now  seriously  hampered  in  its  housing.  It  has 
invaluable  collections  of  books  and  documents  which  are  exposed  to 
the  danger  of  loss  by  fire.     There  is  not  sufficient  room  to  carry  on  its 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE    INTERIOR.  39 

ordinary  work  to  advantage.  The  rented  building  which  it.  has 
occupied  for  a  generation  past  is  in  bad  repair  and  in  such  insani- 
tary condition  that  the  health  of  employees  is  in  danger.  Time  has 
been  lost  during  the  current  year  by  the  illness  of  employees  result- 
ing from  these  conditions.  I  am  accordingly  asking  for  appropria- 
tions to  cover  the  cost  of  rental  of  larger  quarters  in  a  sanitary  and 
fireproof  building,  together  with  the  cost  of  fireproof  shelving  and 
other  necessary  furniture,  and  the  expense  of  removal. 

To  collect  and  diffuse  such  information  as  is  demanded  by  the 
educational  situation  of  the  present  day  calls  for  the  employment  of 
experts  in  various  departments  of  American  education,  some  of  them 
permanently  and  others  occasionally,  together  with  adequate  pro- 
vision for  editorial  and  clerical  service,  traveling  expenses,  and 
related  items.  The  office  has  only  one  expert  in  any  branch  of  Ameri- 
can education,  namely,  the  specialist  in  land-grant  college  statistics. 
I  am  asking  at  this  time  for  the  permanent  employment  of  three 
experts  in  other  divisions,  together  with  a  competent  editor,  and  pro- 
vision for  such  special  inquiries,  reports,  and  correspondence  as  the 
educational  needs  of  the  country  call  for. 

The  bureau  has  one  of  the  best  special  libraries  of  education  in  the 
country — in  many  respects  the  best — but  very  meagerly  supported. 
I  am  asking  for  a  moderate  increase  in  the  provision  for  this  library. 

Every  effort  has  been  put  forth  within  the  past  two  years  to  put 
the  bureau  into  shape  to  make  good  use  of  larger  resources  and 
render  an  efficient  service  to  the  country  thereby.  The  library  has 
been  pruned  by  the  transfer  of  58,000  pieces  to  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress, and  the  administration  of  the  collection  remaining,  over 
140,000  pieces  in  all,  has  been  reorganized  in  close  connection  with 
the  Library  of  Congress  and  with  other  libraries  of  education 
throughout  the  country.  The  annual  reports  have  been  condensed 
and  brought  down  to  date.  Volume  I  of  the  report  for  1908  has 
already  been  read  in  final  page  proof.  Every  effort  is  making  to 
complete  the  preparation  of  the  manuscript  of  Volume  II  by  the 
31st  of  December.  Close  relations  have  been  established  with  the 
education  offices  of  the  several  States  and  Territories.  A  conference 
of  state  and  territorial  superintendents,  called  together  in  Washington 
last  February,  was  attended  by  37  out  of  the  50  such  officers  invited, 
and  a  committee  appointed  by  that  conference  is  now  in  consultation 
with  this  office  with  reference  to  improvements  in  its  statistical  work. 
Closer  relations  have  also  been  cultivated  with  the  state  universities 
and  agricultural  and  mechanical  colleges  of  the  country,  as  well  as 
other  educational  institutions.  The  statistical  reports  of  the  bureau 
have  been  condensed  and  the  blanks  for  the  collection  of  statistical 
information  have  been  revised.  The  issues  of  the  bulletin,  begun  two 
years  ago,  have  proved  a  popular  and  useful  means  of  furnishing 


40  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

timely  information  upon  subjects  concerning  which  information  is 
frequently  called  for.  The  office  force  has  been  reorganized  in 
accordance  with  the  executive  order  touching  such  reorganization. 

Altogether,  the  present  resources  of  the  office  have  been  economized 
and  utilized  with  great  care  in  the  discharge  of  the  statutory  func- 
tions of  the  office.  The  office  has  been  put  into  shape  to  make  good 
use  of  larger  resources ;  and  it  will  be  unable  to  go  much  further  in 
meeting  the  fair  and  reasonable  demands  made  upon  it  until  such 
resources  are  provided.  The  appropriations  for  the  general  work  of 
the  bureau,  referred  to  above,  are  less  for  the  current  year  than  they 
were  ten  years  ago.  A  considerable  increase  in  appropriations  will 
be  necessary  to  bring  up  the  arrears  of  the  proper  work  of  this  office 
and  put  it  in  a  position  to  make  even  a  good  beginning  on  the  growth 
which  it  should  make  to  parallel  the  growth  of  the  educational  needs 
of  the  country. 

It  is  false  economy  to  fail  to  provide  increased  appropriations 
for  the  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Education.  This  work  does  not  in 
any  way  conflict  with  the  educational  work  of  the.  States,  counties, 
and  municipalities.  The  duty  of  the  federal  bureau  is  to  obtain 
information  and  give  it  to  the  States  and  smaller  subdivisions.  In 
this  way  the  Bureau  can  be  of  the  greatest  assistance  to  those  who  are 
actually  conducting  the  schools  under  the  state  laws.  The  Bureau 
should  be  the  great  central  clearing  house  for  collecting  educational 
information — information  about  the  best  methods  and  the  best  sys- 
tems— and  presenting  that  information  so  that  each  State  may  select 
and  use  what  is  best  suited  to  its  own  conditions. 

The  Commissioner  of  Education  has  been  in  close  touch  with  those 
officers  in  the  States  who  are  charged  with  the  duty  of  guiding  and 
conducting  educational  work.  The  presidents  of  the  state  univer- 
sities, the  school  superintendents  of  both  municipalities  and  counties 
are  in  full  sympathy  with  the  work  of  the  bureau,  and  desire  that 
its  work  may  be  increased  along  the  lines  indicated  in  the  report  of 
the  Commissioner  of  Education. 

GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

In  the  last  few  years  the  Geological  Survey  has  broadened  the  scope 
of  its  work  in  the  classification  of  the  mineral  lands  of  the  public 
domain.  At  the  time  of  the  organization  of  the  Survey  the  classifica- 
tion intended  by  Congress  was  believed  to  be  general  in  character  and 
such  as  could  be  expressed  on  maps  issued  for  the  general  information 
of  the  people.  The  present  interpretation  of  the  law  is  that  the  classi- 
fication should  be  more  definite,  and  therefore  during  the  last  year 
the  Survey  has  continued  its  special  field  surveys  of  the  coal  lands 
belonging  to  the  Government.  The  geologic,  topographic,  and  tech- 
nologic branches  of  the  Survey  and  the  General  Land  Office  have 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  41 

cooperated  in  these  surveys,  which  have  provided  for  the  classification 
and  valuation  of  the  coal  lands  and  for  their  prompt  segregation 
from  the  noncoal  lands.  A  total  of  22,700  square  miles  of  coal  fields 
was  thus  classified  during  the  fiscal  year  1907-8,  and  the  valuation 
of  the  coal  lands,  based  not  only  on  the  geologic  field  examination 
but  on  chemical  and  physical  tests  of  coal  collected  from  these  lands, 
was  reported  to  the  General  Land  Office. 

Geologic  branch. — Incidental  to  the  surveys  for  the  classification  of 
coal  lands,  important  results  have  been  secured  relating  to  the  strati- 
graphic  and  structural  relations  of  the  coal  fields  of  the  West,  and 
the  knowledge  of  the  occurrence  and  distribution  of  this  most  valu- 
able mineral  has  been  greatly  increased.  Increased  demands  have 
also  been  made  on  the  mining  geologists  of  the  Survey  for  assistance 
in  determining  the  mineral  or  nonmineral  character  of  land  for  which 
title  from  the  Government  is  sought. 

The  goal  to  be  reached  in  mining  geology  is  the  extension  of  sys- 
tematic field  surveys  of  all  mineral  deposits,  so  that  geologic  explora- 
tion may  keep  in  advance  of  economic  development.  The  prosecution 
of  detailed  area!  mapping  in  all  regions  where  active  development 
of  mineral  deposits  is  in  progress  results  in  making  prospecting  less 
expensive  and  more  efficient  and  in  winning  a  much  larger  proportion 
of  the  ore  deposits  wherever  the  areal  and  structural  relations  thus 
become  known,  and  therefore  effects  a  double  economy. 

The  survey  of  Alaska  was  continued  under  the  special  appropria- 
tion made  for  work  in  that  Territory.  About  20  per  cent  of  the 
Territory  has  now  been  covered  by  reconnoissance  geologic  surveys. 
As  the  geologic  mapping  must  form  the  basis  for  any  fundamental 
study  of  the  laws  of  occurrence  and  distribution  of  the  mineral 
resources,  it  is  evident  that  with  only  a  fifth  of  the  Territory  mapped 
no  comprehensive  treatment  of  the  subject  of  its  mineral  wealth  can 
yet  be  attempted.  Geologic  mapping  necessitates  the  preparation 
of  base  maps,  which  in  themselves  are  indeed  among  the  most  valu- 
able results  for  the  purposes  of  the  prospector  and  the  mine  operator. 

In  addition  to  the  demand  for  the  completion  of  the  topographic 
and  geologic  reconnoissance  surveys  there  is  urgent  need  for  detailed 
mapping  of  the  important  mining  districts.  Such  detailed  work 
costs  much  more  than  the  reconnoissance  work  and  need  be  under- 
taken only  in  regions  that  give  promise  of  becoming  important  pro- 
ducers of  mineral  wealth.  As  soon  as  a  district  is  established  as  a 
producer  it  is  economy  to  cover  it  by  detailed  topographic  and 
geologic  surveys  at  once,  as  the  maps  and  reports  then  become  avail- 
able when  they  are  most  needed  by  the  mine  operators. 

In  the  collection  of  mineral  statistics  by  the  Survey  the  plan  of 
cooperation  between  the  division  of  geology  and  the  division  of 
mineral  resources  has  been  continued  with  even  more  satisfactorv 


42  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

results  than  were  obtained  during  the  two  preceding  years  in  which 
this  plan  has  been  followed.  The  value  of  the  mineral  products  of 
the  United  States  in  the  calendar  year  1907  exceeded  a  total  of 
$2,000,000,000,  so  that,  notwithstanding  the  financial  depression 
which  occurred  in  the  latter  part  of  the  year,  1907  will  be  recorded 
as  one  of  the  most  prosperous  years  in  the  history  of  the  mining 
industry.  The  endeavor  to  expedite  the  compilation  and  publication 
of  the  mineral  statistics  for  1907  resulted  in  the  issue  of  five  chapters 
and  the  transmission  of  twelve  others  to  the  printer  during  the  first 
half  of  the  calendar  year  1908,  as  contrasted  with  one  issued  and  five 
others  transmitted  in  the  corresponding  period  last  year.  In  time 
of  publication  the  chapters  issued  have  averaged  one  and  one-half 
months  ahead  of  the  same  reports  for  the  last  year. 

Topographic  branch. — Topographic  surveys  were  made  in  thirty- 
two  States  and  Territories,  covering  25,658  square  miles.  Of  this 
amount,  14,949  square  miles  were  surveyed  in  the  public-land  States. 
In  addition  6,979  square  miles  of  revision  or  resurvey  were  completed, 
making  the  total  area  actually  surveyed  during  the  season  32,637 
square  miles. 

In  Minnesota  the  special  drainage  survey  of  the  ceded  Chippewa 
Indian  lands  authorized  by  Congress  was  completed,  2,385  square 
miles  having  been  mapped  this  year.  These  data  will  be  used  as  the 
basis  for  the  making  of  drainage  plans  by  the  Survey  as  directed  by 
Congress. 

In  Mississippi  an  area  of  1,200  square  miles  of  swamp  land  in  the 
Yazoo  delta  has  been  topographically  surveyed  in  cooperation  with 
the  Tallahatchie  drainage  commission.  This  survey  has  been  on 
the  specially  large  scale  of  2,000  feet  to  the  inch,  with  5-foot  contour 
interval  and  with  elevations  established  at  the  rate  of  125  to  the 
square  mile.  It  is  expected  that  these  data  will  be  used  as  a  basis  for 
drainage  plans  and  construction  by  the  Tallahatchie  commission. 

In  California  work  has  progressed  steadily  in  mapping  the  Sacra- 
mento Valley,  including  the  tule  swamps,  in  cooperation  with  the 
State,  950  square  miles  having  been  covered  on  a  special  scale  of  2 
inches  to  the  mile  with  5-foot  contour  interval. 

W ater -resources  branch. — During  the  last  year  an  effort  has  been 
made  to  maintain  as  much  as  possible  the  investigations  of  the 
water  resources  of  the  country.  The  work  performed  may  be  divided, 
as  formerly,  into  three  parts:  First,  the  investigation  of  stream  flow 
and  allied  problems;  second,  the  investigation  of  the  occurrence, 
sources,  and  amounts  of  underground  waters  in  various  portions  of 
the  country,  and,  third,  the  investigation  of  the  quality  of  water, 
both  surface  and  underground.  A  combination  of  these  three  inves- 
tigations is  necessary  (o  afford  the  data  for  the  determination  of 
water  resources  required  in  the  appropriation  act. 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  43 

A  feature  of  this  work  is  the  cooperation  rendered  by  certain 
States — Maine,  New  York,  and  Pennsylvania  making  allotments  of 
funds  for  cooperative  investigations  of  water  resources.  Ground- 
water investigations  were  made  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  and 
investigations  of  the  quality  of  water  involved  the  collection  of 
50,000  samples  of  water  and  analyses  of  the  mineral  contents  of  4,800 
samples. 

The  study  of  the  water  resources  of  Alaska,  so  far  as  they  bear  on 
the  problem  of  placer  mining,  is  well  advanced,  for,  though  only  a 
comparatively  small  area  has  been  actually  surveyed  hydrographic- 
ally,  the  preliminary  work  in  one  of  the  most  important  placer  dis- 
tricts is  nearing  completion  and  similar  work  in  another  has  been 
well  started. 

The  establishment  of  local  offices  in  the  West  for  at  least  a  portion 
of  the  year  has  proved  to  be  advantageous,  not  only  in  insuring 
better  administration  of  the  field  work  and  in  facilitating  the  dis- 
charge of  official  business,  but  in  encouraging  closer  relations  between 
the  Survey  and  the  public.  This  has  been  of  special  advantage  in  the 
work  of  the  water-resources  and  topographic  branches,  as  it  is  im- 
portant to  provide  for  the  engineers  in  any  district  every  possible 
opportunity  to  be  informed  of  and  to  profit  by  the  investigations 
of  the  Survey  and  to  assist  the  Survey  in  meeting  local  needs. 

Additional  emphasis  should  be  placed  upon  the  study  of  the 
water  resources  of  the  country.  Water  is  essentially  a  public  resource 
and  its  uses  from  the  headwaters  down  are  distinctly  public, 
whether  they  be  for  the  domestic  use  of  our  great  cities,  or  develop- 
ment of  power,  for  irrigation,  or,  finally,  for  navigation.  Further- 
more, the  questions  arising,  from  this  great  use  of  water  are  neces- 
sarily not  confined  to  single  States.  They  cover  an  entire  water- 
shed area,  and  hence  in  almost  every  case  affect  conditions  in  several 
States.  It  is  therefore  of  prime  importance  that  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment should  increase  its  work  of  carefully  studying  water  and  its 
uses,  so  that  we  may  be  prepared  to  devote  the  public  domain  to  the 
proper  protection  of  water  and  provide  for  its  use  in  such  fashion  as 
will  best  promote  the  public  welfare  and  prevent  the  waste,  misuse, 
or  monopolization  of  water  by  private  interests. 

Technologic  branch. — Another  line  of  investigation  was  placed 
under  the  administration  of  the  Geological  Survey  in  May  by  author- 
ity of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  upon  the  appropriation  by  Con- 
gress of  $150,000  for  conducting  investigations  as  to  the  causes  of 
mine  explosions,  with  a  view  to  increasing  safety  in  mining.  The 
division  of  mine  accidents  was  created  May  22, 1908,  and  made  a  part 
of  the  technologic  branch.  The  organization  of  this  new  work  was 
immediately  begun  and  authority  was  obtained  from  the  Secretary  of 
War  for  the  use  of  a  part  of  the  old  arsenal  tract  in  Pittsburg  as  an 


44  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

explosive  station.  This  line  of  practical  research  is  expected  to  de- 
crease in  some  degree  the  present  excessive  loss  of  life  in  the  mines 
as  well  as  to  diminish  the  waste  of  coal  in  mining. 

The  terrible  accidents  that  have  occurred  in  mines  in  our  own  coun- 
try and  abroad  during  the  past  year  show  most  clearly  the  imperative 
need  of  most  careful,  systematic  study  of  the  conditions  under  which 
mines  are  being  operated. 

The  appropriations  which  the  Federal  Government  has  made  and 
will  be  asked  to  make  for  this  investigation  are  as  nothing  when 
measured  by  the  good  which  is  being  accomplished  in  finding  out 
what  methods  can  be  adopted  to  prevent  the  loss  of  life  and  the  many 
dreadful  injuries  which  are  daily  occurring  in  our  mines. 

The  work  of  the  experimental  station  at  Pittsburg  meets  with  the 
approval  and  commands  the  interest  of  both  the  miners  and  the 
mine  owners.  They  see  that  this  work  is  being  conducted  in  a  thor- 
oughly practical  way.  The  tests  and  experiments  regarding  explo- 
sives are  not  mere  laboratory  tests,  but  are  carried  on  under  condi- 
tions identical  with  those  that  exist  in  the  coal  mines.  The  result 
of  these  experiments  will  be  the  standardization  of  explosives,  the 
establishment  of  certain  methods  of  mining,  and  the  adoption  of 
safety  devices  which  will  be  of  tremendous  advantage  to  the  mining 
industry. 

The  other  technologic  work  of  the  Survey  has  included  analyses 
and  investigations  of  coals,  lignites,  and  other  mineral  fuels,  designed 
to  prevent  waste  in  mining  and  to  promote  their  more  efficient  use  by 
the  Government  for  power  and  heating  purposes;  investigations  of 
structural  materials  belonging  to  and  used  by  the  United  States,  and 
engineering  and  other  investigations  bearing  upon  the  work  of  the 
Eeclamation  Service,  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission,  the  Supervis- 
ing Architect  of  the  Treasury  Department,  and  other  branches  of  the 
government  service  having  supervision  of  building  and  construction. 

In  January  the  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  submitted  to  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Mines  and  Mining,  at  my  request,  a  statement 
relative  to  the  proposed  establishment  of  another  bureau  in  recogni- 
tion of  the  mining  industry.  The  part  played  by  the  Survey  in  the 
development  of  that  industry  in  the  last  three  decades  was  reviewed, 
and  the  effort  was  made  to  suggest  legislation  that  would  provide 
adequately  for  an  increase  in  the  mining  work  of  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment without  duplicating  work  already  authorized.  The  opinion 
was  expressed  that  the  only  true  line  of  cleavage  for  separating  the 
investigations  concerned  with  the  mining  industry  lies  between  the 
pure  technology  of  the  industry  and  those  studies  which  relate  to  the 
distribution,  occurrence,  origin,  and  production  of  mineral  deposits. 
Such  studies  have  formed  an  increasingly  important  part  of  the  Geo- 
logical Survey's  work  since  its  organization,  so  that  the  whole  ques- 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  45 

tion  resolves  itself  into  the  matter  of  making  adequate  provision  for 
the  other  investigations  now  being  conducted  by  the  technologic 
branch  of  the  Survey.  The  value  of  these  investigations  has  been 
proved,  and  their  scope  may  well  be  expanded  along  technologic  lines 
without  duplicating  or  overlapping  the  work  of  other  branches  of  the 
survey. 

Publications. — The  Survey  is  a  bureau  of  investigation  and  publi- 
cation. Its  relation  to  the  public  demands  that  the  results  of  the 
scientific  investigations  intrusted  to  it  be  presented  in  the  form-  best 
adapted  to  serve  the  purpose  of  publicity,  and  that  these  reports  of 
investigations  must  be  distributed  with  the  greatest  possible  care  and 
expedition.  The  current  publications  therefore  furnish  an  important 
index  to  the  nature  and  value  of  the  work. 

The  publications  of  the  year  consisted  of  1  annual  report,  1  mono- 
graph, 2  professional  papers,  30  bulletins  (one  of  which  was  also 
published  in  7  separate  chapters),  and  13  advance  chapters  from  one 
other  bulletin,  22  water-supply  papers,  1  annual  report  on  mineral 
resources  for  1906  (also  published  in  45  separate  chapters),  5  advance 
chapters  from  the  annual  report  on  mineral  resources  for  1907,  and 
9  geologic  folios. 

During  the  year  333,705  volumes,  39,389  folios,  and  474,868  maps 
(including  369,521  sold),  a  total  of  847,962,  were  distributed. 

The  nation's  mineral  resources. — The  congressional  enactment 
establishing  the  Geological  Survey  was  inspired  by  an  appreciation 
of  the  importance  to  the  nation  of  its  mineral  resources.  Since  then 
the  Survey's  investigations  have  not  only  contributed  largely  to  the 
development  of  the  mining  industry,  especially  in  the  public-land 
States,  but  have  furnished  quantitative  data  that  are  available  at 
this  time  of  popular  awakening  to  the  needs  of  national  conservation. 

The  last  year  has  been  one  of  those  periods  through  which  any 
scientific  work  occasionally  passes,  in  which  the  specific  value  and 
definite  usefulness  of  results  accomplished  have  been  brought  promi- 
nently into  public  notice.  The  people  in  general  have  learned  to 
appreciate  certain  applications  of  the  survey's  investigations,  which 
heretofore  have  in  large  part  appealed  only  to  persons  who  had  be- 
come familiar  with  its  work  by  reason  of  their  professions  or  special 
interests. 

The  Survey's  most  notable  contribution  to  the  subject  of  national 
conservation  during  the  year  was  the  publication,  on  the  eve  of  the 
governors'  conference  at  the  White  House,  of  a  map  of  the  coal 
fields  of  the  United  States.  This  map  presented  both  graphically 
and  statistically  the  extent  of  the  nation's  coal  reserves.  Up  to  that 
time  it  had  not  been  possible  to  prepare  so  accurate  a  map  on  account 
of  the  lack  of  data  regarding  the  shape  and  extent  of  many  of  the 
western  coal  fields  and  the  quality  of  their  coal,  but  during  the  last 


46  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OP  THE  INTERIOR,. 

few  years  a  large  amount  of  such  information  has  been  obtained  in 
connection  with  the  classification  and  valuation  of  coal  lands  in  the 
public-land  States  of  the  West.  In  carrying  on  this  work  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey  has  mapped  most  of  the  important  coal 
fields,  and  has  tested  many  of  the  coals,  so  that  the  information  at 
hand  was  believed  to  be  sufficiently  complete  and  conservative  to 
warrant  its  publication. 

At  the  request  of  the  National  Conservation  Commission  similar 
reports  have  been  made  by  the  Geological  Survey  on  iron  ores, 
petroleum,  natural  gas,  metalliferous  ores,  phosphate,  peat,  Alaskan 
mineral  resources,  coal  waste,  waste  in  structural  materials,  swamp 
lands,  denudation,  water  power,  ground  waters,  and  water  circula- 
tion and  its  control. 

RECLAMATION  SERVICE. 

The  operations  of  the  Reclamation  Service  during  the  past  year 
have  been  confined  mainly  to  the  continuation  of  construction  upon 
projects  previously  approved.  Investigations  for  new  projects  have 
been  confined  mainly  to  measurement  of  water  supply,  which  for 
its  proper  determination  requires  observations  extending  through  a 
long  series  of  years.  The  construction  work  has  been  carried  on 
largely  by  contract,  but  construction  under  direct  administration  has 
been  undertaken  where  contractors  have  failed  or  where  reasonable 
bids  have  not  been  received.  As  indicating  the  character  and  magni- 
tude of  construction  accomplished,  the  following  table  is  submitted: 

Summary  of  results  of  reclamation  work  from  June  30,  1903,  to  June  30,  1908. 

Quantity. 

Area  irrigated acres 353,050 

Area  under  ditch do 978,365 

Farm  units 5,  959 

Bridges 648 

Length  of  bridges feet—  19,  231 

Canals  carrying  300  second-feet  or  over miles—  412 

Canals  carrying  between  50  and  300  second-feet do 460 

Canals  carrying  less  than  50  second-feet do 1,  508 

Cement  used barrels..  638,  237 

Concrete  laid cubic  yards__  772,  804 

Dikes  and  levees  built linear  feet__  296,938 

Earth  excavated cubic  yards—  47,038,620 

Loose  rock  excavated do 2,841,538 

Solid  rock  excavated do 2,787,820 

Road  constructed miles—  374 

Riprap  laid cubic  yards—  265,289 

Reservoir  capacity  completed acre-feet—  379, 100 

Structures  built,  costing  over  $2,000 312 

Structures  built,  costing  between  $500  and  $2,000 481 

Structures  costing  less  than  $500 4,  390 


REPORT    OF    SECRETARY    OF    THE    INTERIOR. 


47 


Quantity. 

Telephone  line  built miles__  874 

Telephones  in  use 300 

Tunnels  built 57 

Length  of  tunnels feet—  S2,  279 

Cost  of  lands  purchased $1,612,641 

Under  the  provisions  of  the  law  the  receipts  from  the  sale  of 
public  lands  are  turned  into  the  reclamation  fund  after  certain  sums 
defined  by  the  law  have  been  deducted.  The  accounts  of  this  fund 
are  adjusted  annually  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year,  June  30.  The 
compilation  of  reports  and  computations  of  various  charges  and 
deductions  usually  require  about  six  months  in  the  Land  Office  and 
Treasury  Department,  so  that  the  warrant  for  any  fiscal  year  does 
not  issue  until  the  1st  of  January  following,  whereupon  the  fund 
becomes  available  for  expenditure.  The  amount  of  this  warrant, 
however,  can  be  approximately  estimated  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal 
year,  and  in  July  careful  examination  is  made  of  the  needs  of  the 
various  projects  and  approximate  allotments  of  the  funds  for  the 
calendar  year  are  tentatively  determined  upon.  By  thus  announcing 
the  plans  and  giving  instructions  about  five  months  in  advance,  the 
work  can  be  carried  on  with  greater  economy  and  better  continuity 
of  plan. 

The  date  of  the  availability  of  the  annual  increments  to  the  fund 
makes  it  convenient  and  necessary  that  allotments  be  made  by  calen- 
dar years  rather  than  fiscal  years.  This  is  also  in  accordance  with 
the  convenience  and  economy  of  construction  work,  which,  on  most 
of  the  projects,  is  much  more  active  in  summer  than  in  winter  on 
account  of  climatic  conditions. 

Tn  the  following  table  is  given  a  list  of  the  approved  irrigation 
projects  of  the  Reclamation  Service,  with  the  area  to  be  reclaimed, 
the  estimated  cost  of  construction,  the  estimated  expenditures  to 
December  31,  1908,  and  the  corresponding  per  cent  of  completion  at 
that  date : 

Approved  irrigation  projects. 


Location. 


Project. 


Salt  River 
Yuma 


Arizona 

Arizona-California 

California I  Orland 

California-Oregon Klamath 

Colorado Grand  Valley . 

Do I  Uncompahgre 


Area. 


Estimated 
cost. 


Estimates  December 
31,  1908. 


Expendi- 
tures. 


Per  cent 
of  com- 
pletion. 


Acres. 

240,000 
92, 150 
30,000 

165, 000 
50,000 

116,000 


$7, 900, 000 
5, 630, 000 
1, 500, 000 
5,950,000 
2,500,000 
5, 500, 000 


S5,  850. 000 
2.  875, 000 

168,000  I 
1,693,000 

50,000  i 

3,515,000 


61.6 
51.0 
11.2 
28.  5 
2.0 
64.0 


48 


KEPORT   OF   SECEETAEY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 
Approved  irrigation  projects — Continued. 


Location. 


Idaho  

Do 

Do 

Kansas 

Montana 

Do 

Do 

Nebraska- Wyoming  . . . 

Nevada 

New  Mexico 

Do 

Do 

Do 

North  Dakota 

Do 

Do 

North  Dakota-Montana 

Oregon 

South  Dakota 

Utah 

Washington 

Do 

Do 

Dp 

Wyoming 


Project. 


Minidoka  (gravity) 

Minidoka  (pumping) 

Payette-Boise,  South  Side  Divi- 
sion. 

Garden  City 

Lower  Milk  Rivera 

Huntley 

Sun  River,  Fort  Shaw  unit 

North  Platte 

Truckee-Carson 

Carlsbad  

Hondo 

Rio  Grande 

Leasburg  unit  b 

Buford-Trenton 

Nesson 

Williston 

Lower  Yellowstone 

Umatilla 

Belle  fourche 

Strawberry  Valley 

Okanogan  

Sunnyside 

Tieton 

Wapato 

Shoshone  


Total. 


Area. 


Acres. 
84,200 
49, 900 

132,000 

10, 656 
160, 000 
33, 000 
16,000 
96, 000 
100,000 
20,000 
10,000 
160,000 


12,500 
18, 500 
12,000 
66,000 
20,440 
100,000 
60, 000 
9,000 
99,000 
30, 000 
120, 000 
150, 000 


2,292,346 


Estimated 
cost. 


1,780,000 

600, 000 

4, 765, 000 

355,000 

6,250,000 

'  840,000 

480, 000 

4,200,000 

4, 390, 000 

640,000 

370, 000 

8,000,000 

210, 000 

316,000 

740,000 

474,000 

2,754,200 

1,208,400 

3,400,000 

2,880,000 

585, 000 

2,253,000 

1,800,000 

3, 600, 000 

7, 560, 000 


89,431,500 


Estimates  December 
31,  1908. 


Expendi- 
tures. 


1, 780, 800 

211,000 

2, 250, 000 

355,000 

250,000 

840,000 

488,000 

3,940,000 

3, 951, 000 

640, 000 

370,000 

65, 000 

210, 000 

316,000 

18,000 

474,000 

2, 570, 000 

1,065,000 

2,000,000 

630, 000 

455,000 

881,000 

987,000 

19,000 

3, 175, 000 


42,091,000 


Per  cent 
of  com- 
pletion. 


100.0 
35.2 

47.2 

100.0 

4.0 

100.0 

100.0 

93.3 

90.0 

100.0 

100.0 

.8 

100.0 

100.0 

4.5 

100.0 

82.5 

82.0 

58.8 

21.9 

77.8 

39.1 

54.8 

5.6 

42.0 


°  This  does  not  include  the  St.  Mary  project,  on  which  the  estimated  expenditure  is 
$257,000. 

b  The  Leasburg  diversion  dam  will  furnish  a  temporary,  intermittent  supply  to  about 
20,000  acres,  which  will  be  a  portion  of  the  Rio  Grande  project  and  share  in  the  benefits 
of  the  Engle  Dam. 

An  act  called  the  "  public  irrigation  law  "  passed  the  legislature  of 
Porto  Eico  and  was  approved  by  the  governor  on  the  18th  day  of 
September,  1908.  It  appropriated  $200,000  for  the  "  preparation  of 
working  plans  and  specifications  for  the  construction  of  an  irrigation 
system  for  the  district  situated  approximately  between  the  River 
Patillas  on  the  east  and  River  Portugues  on  the  west,  and  irrigable 
lands  on  both  sides  of  both  rivers,  and  for  the  commencement  and 
prosecution  of  the  work  of  construction  thereof,  and  expenses  in  con- 
nection therewith  until  such  time  as  sufficient  funds  shall  be  available 
in  the  treasury  from  the  sale  of  bonds  provided  for  such  purpose  by 
legislative  enactment."  Provision  is  made  for  the  issue  and  sale  of 
$3,000,000  in  4  per  cent  bonds  to  defray  the  expenses  of  constructing 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE   INTERIOR.  49 

the  above  irrigation  works,  the  cost  of  which  is  to  be  collected  by 
taxation  of  the  lands  benefited.    The  act  further  provides  that — 

Immediately  upon  the  approval  of  this  act  the  engineer  heretofore  in  charge 
of  the  survey  and  study  of  the  said  irrigation  project,  or  his  successor,  as  here- 
inafter provided,  shall  proceed  at  once  to  the  completion  of  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications, attaching  thereto  a  descriptive  memorial  of  the  works  and  showing 
and  justifying  in  full  all  necessary  work  to  be  done  and  expenses  to  be  incurred 
in  the  construction  of  the  said  irrigation  system,  and  shall  submit  the  same  to 
the  Director  of  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service  for  report,  but  in  the 
event  of  his  inability  to  so  act,  to  one  or  more  engineers  selected  by  said 
Director  of  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service,  provided  that  the  said 
director,  or  the  engineer  or  engineers  selected  by  him,  shall  transmit  a  general 
specific  report  to  the  governor  of  Porto  Rico  touching  all  matters  contained  in 
the  memorial  and  plans  and  specifications  of  the  engineer  in  charge  of  the  irri- 
gation works  in  Porto  Rico. 

In  pursuance  of  the  above  law  the  irrigation  engineer  of  Porto  Rico 
has  submitted  plans  and  specifications  for  an  extensive  system  of 
irrigation  for  southern  Porto  Rico,  and  arrangements  are  being  made 
for  an  examination  of  the  locality  of  the  said  works  by  engineers  of 
the  Eeclamation  Service,  at  the  expense  of  Porto  Rico. 

The  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  has  organized  a  "  bureau 
of  public  works,"  and  in  this  bureau  a  division  of  irrigation.  An 
annual  appropriation  of  ^750,000  is  provided  for  the  surveys,  plans, 
and  construction  of  irrigation  works,  and  surveys  are  now  in  prog- 
ress. The  governor  of  the  islands  has  applied  for  the  services  of  a 
consulting  engineer  from  the  Reclamation  Service,  and  an  effort  will 
be  made  to  detail  a  competent  engineer  from  that  service  at  the  proper 
time  at  the  expense  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

SALT  RIVER  PROJECT,  ARIZONA. 

This  project  comprises  in  the  main  the  construction  of  a  large 
storage  reservoir  at  the  mouth  of  Tonto  Creek  on  Salt  River  and 
the  diversion  of  this  water  at  the  head  of  the  valley,  about  40  miles 
to  the  westward,  and  its  distribution  through  canals  and  ditches  to 
about  200,000  acres  of  very  fertile  land  in  the  vicinity  of  Phoenix, 
Ariz. 

The  area  to  be  irrigated  is  far  in  excess  of  the  water  supply,  and 
as  the  productivity  of  the  land  is  very  great  it  becomes  of  first  im- 
portance that  the  water  supply  be  utilized  and  increased  as  fully  as 
conditions  will  permit. 

Large  opportunities  for  the  development  of  power  are  incidental 
to  this  project  and  are  being  used  for  the  principal  purpose  of 
pumping  water  from  underground,  large  quantities  of  which  may 
thus  be  obtained  for  supplementing  the  supply  furnished  from  the 
reservoir. 

A  contract  for  the  large  masonry  storage  dam  on  upper  Salt  River 
was  let  to  James  O'Rourke  &  Company,  of  Galveston,  Tex.,  in  April 
58920— int  IOCS— vol  1 4 


50  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

1905.  Since  work  began  a  series  of  unusual  floods  have  occurred, 
washing  out  the  protective  works  of  the  contractor  four  successive 
times  and  filing  in  excavated  portions  of  the  foundation. 

The  dam  has  now  reached  a  height  of  about  70  feet  and  some  regu- 
lation of  fluctuation  of  the  river  flow  can  hereafter  be  undertaken. 

One  of  the  great  floods  which  damaged  the  contractor  in  Novem- 
ber, 1905,  also  washed  out  the  Arizona  dam,  which  had  served  to 
divert  water  just  below  the  mouth  of  Verde  River  into  the  Ari- 
zona canals  for  the  use  of  this  and  other  canals  on  the  north  side  of 
the  Salt  River.  The  entire  north-side  system  was  purchased  by  the 
Reclamation  Service  in  1906,  and  a  concrete  dam  for  diverting  water 
into  it  has  recently  been  completed  at  Granite  Reef,  below  the  old 
Arizona  dam.  The  Arizona  canal  has  been  enlarged,  straightened, 
and  greatly  improved,  and  the  entire  distribution  system  on  the 
north  side  of  the  canal  has  been  remodeled  and  almost  entirely  recon- 
structed, effecting  a  considerable  economy  of  water  and  far  more 
efficient  service  than  ever  before. 

A  canal  to  connect  Granite  Reef  dam  with  the  south-side  system 
of  canals  is  under  construction  and  will  soon  be  completed.  When 
this  is  accomplished  the  Granite  Reef  dam  will  serve  as  a  heading 
for  the  entire  canal  systems  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  with  the 
exception  of  some  small  canals  that  pick  up  seepage  water  from  the 
river  in  the  lower  part  of  the  valley. 

The  Salt  River  project  as  a  whole  is  about  75  per  cent  completed. 

YUMA  PROJECT,  ARIZONA. 

The  Yuma  project  provides  for  the  diversion  of  Colorado  River 
into  its  valley  on  both  sides  about  12  miles  northeast  of  Yuma, 
Ariz.  It  will  irrigate  about  17,000  acres  of  land  on  the  California 
side,  mainly  on  an  Indian  reservation,  and  about  75,000  acres  on  the 
Arizona  side.  The  dam  will  have  a  total  length  of  4,780  feet,  a 
width  of  257  feet,  and  a  maximum  height  of  19  feet.  The  construc- 
tion of  this  dam  was  begun  under  contract  in  July,  1905,  but  owing 
to  the  uncertainties  of  river  control  it  finally  became  necessary  for 
the  Reclamation  Service  to  assume  its  construction  under  force 
account.  A  spur  railroad  has  been  built  connecting  with  the  main 
line  of  the  Southern  Pacific,  and  the  final  closure  of  the  river  is  now 
being  made.  Barring  unexpected  catastrophes,  the  dam  will  be 
completed  during  the  current  winter  and  water  will  be  turned  into 
the  canal  on  the  California  side  some  time  next  summer. 

The  Yuma  project  as  a  whole  is  53  per  cent  completed. 

In  response  to  a  very  urgent  and  practically  unanimous  petition 
from  the  people  of  the  Imperial  Valley,  the  Reclamation  Service 
has   undertaken   the   survey   of   a   high-line  canal    to   connect    with 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  51 

Laguna  dam  the  Imperial  Valley,  in  order  to  provide  for  the  irri- 
gation of  about  200,000  acres  of  land  lying  above  the  canals  in  that 
valley. 

ORLAND  PROJECT,  CALIFORNIA. 

The  Orland  project  will  provide  storage  reservoirs  on  the  head- 
waters of  Stony  Creek,  the  waters  of  which  will  be  used  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  town  of  Orland,  Cal.  A  contract  has  been  let  for  the 
construction  of  a  storage  reservoir  at  East  Park,  and  work  is  now  in 
progress  on  the  diversion  dam  and  canals.  This  project  is  regarded 
as  the  initial  unit  of  a  project  for  the  general  development  of  the 
Sacramento  Valley.  The  Orland  project  is  about  15  per  cent  com- 
pleted. 

GRAND  VALLEY  PROJECT,  COLORADO. 

Surveys  have  been  made  for  the  diversion  of  Grand  River  in 
the  canyon  above  Palisades,  and  the  construction  of  canals  and  tun- 
nels to  convey  the  water  by  a  high  line  through  the  valley  about 
Palisades,  Grand  Junction,  and  Fruita  to  irrigate  the  lands  above 
existing  canals.     This  project  will  irrigate  about  50,000  acres  of  land. 

UNCOMPAHGRE  VALLEY  PROJECT,  COLORADO. 

This  project  will  divert  the  waters  of  Gunnison  River  through  a 
tunnel  about  6  miles  in  length  into  the  Uncompahgre  Valley,  to  irri- 
gate about  140,000  acres  of  land,  a  portion  of  which  already  has  a 
partial  water  supply. 

The  tunnel  was  first  contracted,  but  since  the  financial  failure  of 
the  contractor  work  has  been  prosecuted  by  force  account  under  the 
engineers  of  the  Reclamation  Service.  The  great  difficulties  enu- 
merated in  previous  reports  have  continued,  the  water  in  the  river 
end  of  the  tunnel  being  specially  troublesome.  Water  is  also  increas- 
ing in  the  lower  end  of  the  tunnel,  but  as  this  is  drained  by  gravity 
it  does  not  present  very  serious  difficulties.  The  progress  on  this 
work  to  the  end  of  October  was  as  follows: 

East  end  :  Linear  feet. 

Full  section 7,050 

Undercut  drift 2,  35S 

Total  east  end 9,414 

West  end : 

Full  section 13,  540 

Undercut  drift 3,  201 

Total   west  end 10.  807 

Total  full  section 20,602 

Total  full  and  undercut  drift 26,221 

Concrete  lining: 

West  end S.  4S4 

East   end None. 


52  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

The  canal  system  for  the  Uncompahgre  Valley  project  is  nearly 
completed,  but  owing  to  the  treacherous  nature  of  the  material  in  the 
bad  lands  through  which  it  runs  great  labor  and  expense  is  involved 
in  properly  priming  and  repairing  leaky  portions. 

MINIDOKA  PROJECT,  IDAHO. 

This  project  diverts  water  from  Snake  River,  near  the  station  of 
Minidoka,  Idaho.  About  60,000  acres  on  each  side  of  the  river  will  be 
irrigated  from  this  diversion  under  the  present  plans  and  the  canal 
systems  for  this  have  been  practically  completed.  A  portion  of  the 
lands  on  the  north  side  and  most  of  those  on  the  south  side  lie  above 
the  gravity  canals  and  will  be  served  by  pumping,  the  power  being 
developed  at  the  diversion  dam,  which  is  about  50  feet  high.  The 
gravity  system  of  this  project  is  practically  completed  and  the  pump- 
ing system  is  about  40  per  cent  completed. 

PAYETTE-BOISE  PROJECT,  IDAHO. 

The  Payette-Boise  project  provides  for  the  storage  of  waters  on 
both  Payette  and  Boise  rivers,  with  storage  reservoirs  on  each 
stream.  A  diversion  dam  about  40  feet  high  has  been  completed  in 
Boise  River,  which  diverts  water  into  a  large  canal  leading  to  a 
storage  reservoir  which  has  been  constructed  a  few  miles  west  of 
Nampa,  known  as  the  "Deer  Flat  Reservoir."  Two  large  earthen  em- 
bankments were  required  to  form  this  basin  and  have  been  completed. 
The  large  canal  was  in  service  during  the  past  irrigating  season  in 
an  incomplete  state,  but  it  is  now  nearing  completion.  It  serves  a 
large  area  of  land  between  the  diversion  point  and  the  Deer  Flat  Res- 
ervoir and  will  be  used  during  the  nonirrigating  months  for  filling 
the  reservoir. 

GARDEN  CITY    PROJECT,  KANSAS. 

This  project  will  obtain  water  for  irrigation  by  pumping  from  un- 
derground. For  this  purpose  a  power  plant  has  been  constructed 
at  Deerfield,  Kans.,  consisting  of  steam  turbines  driving  electric  gen- 
erators, from  which  the  power  is  delivered  to  23  separate  pumping 
stations,  supplying  about  8,600  acres  in  the  vicinity  of  Garden  City. 
The  system  has  been  in  operation  during  the  latter  part  of  the  past 
summer  and  is  expected  to  fully  serve  the  lands  under  it  during  the 
next  irrigating  season. 

HUNTLEY  PROJECT,  MONTANA. 

The  Huntley  project  diverts  water  from  the  right  bank  of  Yellow- 
stone River  at  a  point  about  3  miles  above  Huntley,  Mont.  This 
project  served  about  20,000  acres  of  land  during  the  past  season 


KEPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF    THE   INTERIOR.  53 

and  demonstrated  the  fertility  thereof.  The  lands  to  be  reclaimed 
form  a  portion  of  the  area  which  the  Crow  Indians  by  treaty  ceded 
to  the  United  States  in  1904.  The  settlement  of  the  project  has  been 
steady  and  satisfactory  and  the  settlers  have  met  with  gratifying 
success,  considering  the  difficulties  of  the  first  year  in  a  new  region. 

MILK  RIVER  PROJECT,  MONTANA. 

The  settlers  on  Lower  Milk  River  nearly  a  year  ago  petitioned  the 
department  to  build  diversion  works  for  a  flood-water  canal  from 
Milk  River  and  volunteered  to  construct  the  canal  system  themselves, 
taking  credit  upon  their  water  rights  for  labor  thus  performed.  Ar- 
rangements to  this  effect  were  accordingly  made  and  surveys  prose- 
cuted during  the  past  summer.  The  Reclamation  Service  is  now 
building  a  diversion  dam  near  Dodson,  in  pursuance  of  the  above 
arrangement,  and  the  settlers  have  excavated  about  110,000  cubic 
yards  of  earth  on  the  main  canal. 

ST.  MARY  PROJECT,  MONTANA. 

On  this  project  operations  with  steam  shovel  and  excavator  have 
been  continued  through  the  favorable  season,  and  satisfactory  prog- 
ress has  been  made. 

SUN  RIVER  PROJECT,  MONTANA. 

Sun  River  project  provides  for  the  irrigation  of  a  large  acreage 
on  both  sides  of  Sun  River  and  the  regulation  of  its  waters  by  a 
number  of  reservoirs.  The  first  unit  provides  for  the  irrigation  of 
about  18,000  acres  in  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Shaw.  This  unit  was  com- 
pleted in  the  spring  of  1908.  Some  damage  was  done  by  the  unusual 
floods  about  the  time  of  the  completion,  but  this  was  repaired  in 
time  for  use.  A  considerable  acreage  is  now  open  to  homestead 
entry  under  the  provisions  of  the  reclamation  act  and  the  oppor- 
tunities for  successful  settlement  are  great. 

LOWER  YELLOWSTONE  PROJECT,  MONTANA-NORTH  DAKOTA. 

This  project  provides  for  the  diversion  of  Yellowstone  River 
on  the  north  side  about  18  miles  below  Glendive,  Mont.  The  main 
canal  is  nearly  completed  and  the  greater  portion  of  the  distribu- 
tion system  is  also  ready  for  service.  The  diversion  dam  was  con- 
tracted with  the  Pacific  Coast  Construction  Company,  but  owing  to 
physical  disasters  to  their  work  and  financial  difficulties  the  con- 
tract was  abandoned  in  August.  The  work  was  subsequently  prose- 
cuted by  force  account.  It  has  been  necessary  to  close  down  work 
on  account  of  the  season,  but  it  is  the  intention  to  complete  the  dam 
next  summer  under  force  account. 


54  REPORT   OF    SECRETARY    OF    THE   INTERIOR. 

NORTH  PLATTE  PROJECT,  WYOMING-NEBRASKA. 

The  waters  of  North  Platte  River  will  be  entirely  controlled 
by  a  large  reservoir  now  under  construction  about  50  miles  above 
Casper,  Wyo.  These  waters  will  be  used  for  the  reclamation  of  lands 
on  both  sides  of  the  river  in  Wyoming  and  Nebraska,  between  Casper, 
Wyo.,  and  Bridgeport,  Nebr. 

The  storage  reservoir  has  been  named  the  "Pathfinder,"  and  the 
great  masonry  dam  which  will  impound  over  1,000,000  acre- feet  of 
water  is  about  90  per  cent  completed.  The  first  unit  of  irrigation 
from  this  storage  is  the  Interstate  Canal,  heading  near  Whalen,  Wyo., 
and  watering  about  30,000  acres  in  Wyoming  and  80,000  in  Nebraska. 
The  diversion  dam  near  Whalen  was  contracted  by  S.  R.  H.  Robinson 
and  partially  built,  but  was  abandoned  by  the  contractor  during  the 
past  summer.  Its  completion  has  been  undertaken  by  the  Reclamation 
Service  under  force  account.  Water  was  delivered  to  about  60,000 
acres  of  land  during  the  past  season  under  the  Interstate  Canal,  and 
this  will  be  increased  to  100,000  during  next  season  from  canals  now 
being  completed.  The  agricultural  results  from  the  irrigated  lands 
during  the  past  year  have  been  very  satisfactory. 

TRUCKEE-CARSON  PROJECT,  NEVADA. 

The  Truckee-Carson  project  provides  for  the  storage  of  water  in 
the  upper  basin  of  Truckee  River  and  its  diversion  upon  lands  in 
the  valleys  of  Truckee  and  Carson  rivers  mainly  lying  in  the  lower 
Carson  basin.  A  large  conduit  of  1,400  second-feet  capacity  has  been 
completed,  diverting  water  from  Truckee  River  and  carrying  a 
capacity  of  1,200  second-feet  to  Carson  River  for  use  in  that  basin. 
The  main  canal  from  Carson  River  has  also  been  completed  and 
about  100,000  acres  of  lands  placed  under  irrigation.  A  large  portion 
of  these  lands  is  still  open  to  homestead  entry  under  the  provisions 
of  the  reclamation  act. 

CARLSBAD  PROJECT,  NEW  MEXICO. 

This  project  was  first  constructed  by  private  enterprise  nearly 
twenty  years  ago,  but  was  not  successful  physically  or  financially. 
After  contending  with  washouts  and  various  other  disasters  the  pro- 
prietary company  in  1905  found  itself  unable  to  replace  the  Avalon 
Dam,  which  had  been  destroyed  by  a  flood  in  1904  and  upon  which 
the  canal  system  depended  for  its  supply.  The  property  was  pur- 
chased by  the  United  States  and  Avalon  Dam  was  rebuilt.  Many  re- 
pairs and  improvements  were  necessary,  and  the  canal  system  is  now 
completed.  Operations  are  now  in  progress  for  the  right  of  way  of 
the  MacMillan   Reservoir,  which  is  the  principal  reservoir  for  the 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  55 

project.  Water  was  delivered  to  about  8,000  acres  during  the  past 
season  and  it  is  expected  that  the  entire  project  of  20,000  acres  will 
be  supplied  during  1909. 

HONDO  PROJECT,  NEW  MEXICO. 

Hondo  project  is  now  practically  completed  and  provides  for  the 
storing  of  the  waters  of  Hondo  River  in  a  basin  constructed  to  the 
north  of  the  river,  from  which  the  stored  waters  will  be  discharged 
into  the  channel  of  Hondo  River  below  and  diverted  upon  lands 
in  the  vicinity  of  Roswell,  N.  Mex.  This  project  contemplates  the 
reclamation  of  10,000  acres  of  land. 

RIO  GRANDE   PROJECT,  NEW  MEXICO-TEXAS. 

The  Rio  Grande  project  contemplates  the  construction  of  a  large 
storage  reservoir  below  the  station  of  San  Marcial  on  the  Santa  Fe 
Railroad.  This  reservoir  will  have  a  capacity  of  over  2,000,000  acre- 
feet  and  is  designed  to  completely  regulate  the  entire  flow  of  the  river 
at  this  point.  The  stored  waters  will  be  diverted  at  four  different 
points  and  will  irrigate  about  180,000  acres  of  land  in  the  United 
States,  a  small  portion  of  which  is  now  under  cultivation  with  a  very 
uncertain  water  supply  from  the  natural  flow  of  the  river.  By 
treaty  with  Mexico  60,000  acre-feet  of  water  will  be  delivered  from 
this  reservoir  annually  at  the  head  of  the  Mexican  ditch  in  El  Paso 
for  use  on  the  Mexican  side.  To  provide  for  the  proportionate  share 
of  the  expenses,  Congress  made  a  direct  appropriation  of  $1,000,000, 
which  is  being  used  in  the  acquirement  of  rights  of  way  for  the  reser- 
voir, and  in  preparations  for  the  construction  of  the  dam.  These 
preparations  consist  of  the  extension  of  the  foundation  and  abut- 
ments and  the  establishment  of  camp  and  water  supply. 

A  survey  has  been  made  for  a  railroad  from  Engle  to  the  dam  site, 
and  negotiations  are  in  progress  with  the  Santa  Fe  Railroad  Com- 
pany to  secure  the  construction  of  a  spur  line  to  the  dam  site. 

The  first  diversion  dam  has  been  completed  in  the  vicinity  of  Fort 
Seldon,  and  the  unregulated  waters  of  the  river  have  been  delivered 
to  the  canals  about  Lascruces  during  the  past  season,  16,000  acres 
having  been  thus  irrigated. 

BUFORD-TRENTON  AND  WILLISTON  PROJECTS,  NORTH  DAKOTA. 

During  the  past  season  water  was  delivered  from  two  pumping 
projects  constructed  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Missouri  River,  raising 
water  from  that  stream  into  the  canals  by  means  of  power  generated 
with  the  lignite  which  abounds  in  that  vicinity.  The  central  power 
station  is  located  near  Williston,  and  power  is  transmitted  to  the 
pumping  station  near  Buford  in  the  form  of  electric  currents. 


56  REP0KT  OF  SECKETAKY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

The  season  of  1908  has  been  unfavorable  for  the  growth  of  crops 
and  but  a  small  acreage  was  irrigated.  A  much  larger  acreage  will 
be  supplied  during  1909. 

KLAMATH  PROJECT,  OREGON-CALIFORNIA. 

The  Klamath  project  involves  the  reclamation  of  lands  in  Oregon 
and  California  by  the  use  of  waters  from  upper  Klamath  Lake  and 
Lost  River,  near  Klamath  Falls,  Oregon.  A  large  canal  from  upper 
Klamath  Lake  to  Lost  River  has  been  completed  by  contract  and 
water  was  delivered  in  the  past  season  to  the  lands  along  its  course. 
A  power  canal  on  the  right  bank  of  Link  River  has  been  completed, 
which  will  furnish  power  for  local  use  and  supply  the  needs  of  the 
company  whose  enterprise  has  been  superseded  by  the  Government. 
A  contract  has  been  let  for  the  east  branch  extension  of  the  main 
canal  and  work  has  begun  on  force  account  upon  a  dam  at  the  outlet 
of  Clear  Lake  to  convert  this  lake  into  a  storage  reservoir  for  use  in 
the  Langell  and  Yonna  valleys. 

UMATILLA  PROJECT,  OREGON. 

The  Umatilla  project  diverts  the  water  from  Umatilla  River  and 
conducts  it  by  means  of  a  long  conduit  to  a  reservoir  recently  con- 
structed near  Cold  Springs.  This  reservoir  is  formed  by  building 
an  earthen  dam  about  100  feet  high  across  a  dry  ravine.  This  dam 
was  completed  in  the  early  part  of  1908.  The  reservoir  thus  formed 
has  a  capacity  of  about  50,000  acre-feet.  The  outlet  canal  and  dis- 
tribution system  were  built  mainly  by  contract,  and  about  7,000  acres 
were  placed  under  water  in  1908.  A  larger  area  will  be  available  in 
1909,  probably  about  10,000  acres.  The  project  contemplates  the 
reclamation  of  about  20,000  acres. 

BELLE  FOURCHE  PROJECT,  SOUTH  DAKOTA. 

The  Belle  Fourche  project  provides  for  the  diversion  of  the  waters 
of  Belle  Fourche  River  and  their  storage  in  a  large  reservoir  to  be 
constructed  on  Owl  Creek  at  its  junction  with  Dry  Creek:  The  diver- 
sion dam  and  feed  canal  have  been  completed  and  work  is  being  car- 
ried on  under  contract  on  a  large  earthen  dam  across  Owl  Creek. 
Water  was  ready  for  delivery  during  the  past  season  on  about  12,000 
acres  of  land  and  a  considerable  portion  of  this  area  was  placed  un- 
der cultivation.  Work  has  been  in  progress  during  the  past  season 
on  an  extension  of  the  south  side  canal,  and  a  considerable  additional 
area  will  be  placed  under  irrigation  during  the  coming  year. 


REPORT  OP   SECRETARY  OF   THE  INTERIOR.  57 

STRAWBERRY  VALLEY  PROJECT,  UTAH. 

The  Strawberry  Valley  project  provides  for  the  construction  of 
a  storage  reservoir  on  Strawberry  Creek,  a  tributary  of  the  Duchesne 
River,  Utah.  Stored  water  will  be  diverted  through  a  tunnel  4 
miles  in  length  and  discharged  into  Diamond  Creek,  a  tributary  of 
Spanish  Fork  River.  A  canal  for  diverting  this  water  from  Spanish 
Fork  River  has  been  completed  and  placed  in  service.  A  power  plant 
has  been  installed  on  this  canal  and  is  about  ready  for  operation. 
The  power  will  be  used  for  the  construction  of  the  tunnel  which  has 
been  opened  and  will  be  prosecuted  during  the  present  winter. 

OKANOGAN  PROJECT,  WASHINGTON. 

The  Okanogan  project,  in  northern  Washington,  provides  for  the 
storage  of  water  on  Salmon  River  and  its  diversion  at  a  point  lower 
down  to  cover  bench  land  lying  between  Alma  and  Riverside,  on 
the  bench  west  of  Okanogan  River.  The  Conconully  Reservoir,  on 
Salmon  River,  is  being  constructed  by  force  account,  the  earth  and 
gravel  being  placed  by  sluicing  methods  similar  to  those  used  in 
hydraulic  mining.  About  one-third  of  the  entire  amount  of  material 
required  for  this  dam  has  been  placed.  The  Okanogan  project  as  a 
whole  is  83  per  cent  completed. 

SUNNYSIDE   PROJECT,  WASHINGTON. 

The  Sunnyside  canal  system  of  the  Washington  Irrigation  Com- 
pany, which  was  purchased  by  the  Reclamation  Service,  has  been 
enlarged  and  improved  for  the  better  service  of  the  larger  area  of 
land.  A  permanent  dam  of  concrete  and  headworks  of  the  same 
material  have  replaced  the  former  structures  and  were  in  use  during 
the  past  season.  An  extension  of  the  system  has  been  completed  and 
water  will  be  delivered  the  coming  year  to  lands  in  the  vicinity  of 
Mabton,  on  the  south  side  of  Yakima  River.  A  large  wasteway 
below  Zillah  has  been  completed  and  greatly  increases  the  safety  and 
efficiency  of  the  system.  Storage  has  been  provided  also  on  Lakes 
Kachess,  Kichelus,  and  Clealum,  which  will  be  replaced  by  larger 
permanent  dams  below. 

TIETON  PROJECT,  WASHINGTON. 

The  Tieton  project  diverts  water  from  Tieton  River  on  the  right 
bank  in  the  Tieton  Canyon,  and  carries  it  along  the  canyon  wall  and 
over  the  divide  into  the  Cowiche  basin,  where  an  area  of  about  30.000 
acres  can  be  watered.  The  work  in  the  canyon -is  largely  in  rock  and 
difficult  of  access,  and  involves  a  large  amount  of  tunneling.  The 
excavation  of  the  tunnels  has  been  nearly  completed  and  the  lining 
of  the  same  is  now  in  progress.    The  open  canal,  which  will  be  lined 


58  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

with  concrete,  has  been  more  than  half  completed,  and  these  works 
will  be  finished  in  1909.  The  waters  utilized  for  this  project  are 
appropriated  lower  down  from  Natches  River,  into  which  the  Tieton 
flows.  The  water  to  be  diverted  from  the  Tieton  will  be  supplied 
to  the  prior  appropriators  on  the  Natches  by  storage  in  Bumping 
Lake  reservoir,  the  construction  of  which  will  be  undertaken  next 
year.    A  road  to  this  reservoir  is  now  about  completed. 

SHOSHONE  PROJECT,  WYOMING. 

The  Shoshone  project  contemplates  the  control  of  the  waters  of 
the  storage  reservoir  by  the  construction  of  a  dam  328  feet  high, 
8  miles  above  Cody,  Wyo.  This  dam,  which  is  being  constructed 
by  contract,  will  be  the  highest  clam  in  the  world.  The  work  on  the 
dam  has  been  delayed  by  washouts  and  financial  difficulties,  but  is 
now  progressing  satisfactorily  and  will  probably  be  completed  within 
a  year.  The  reservoir  to  be  formed  will  have  a  storage  capacity  of 
about  420,000  acre-feet.  A  diversion  dam  and  tunnel  have  been 
completed  near  Corbett,  and  water  was  delivered  to  about  15,000 
acres  during  the  past  summer.  A  considerable  portion  of  this  project 
has  now  been  settled  and  settlers  are  coming  in  at  a  satisfactory  rate. 
Additional  areas  will  be  covered  by  a  distribution  system  and  placed 
under  irrigation  as  settlement  demands. 

PRINTING  AND  PUBLICATIONS. 

In  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  sections  681  and  683,  Revised 
Statutes,  and  the  acts  of  February  12,  1889  (25  Stat,  L.,  661),  and 
July  1,  1902  (32  Stat.  L.,  630),  2,899  volumes  of  the  United  States 
reports,  one  set  of  Russell  &  Winslow's  Digest,  and  115  sets  of  the 
reports  published  by  the  Lawyers'  Cooperative  Publishing  Company 
were  received  by  the  department  and  distributed  to  executive  and 
judicial  officers  of  the  Government. 

As  provided  in  section  5  of  the  act  of  July  1,  1902  (26  Stat.  L., 
630),  32  sets  of  Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States  and  supple- 
ments wrere  distributed  to  Senators  and  Representatives. 

As  the  distribution  of  United  States  reports  and  Revised  Statutes 
is  in  no  way  connected  with  the  work  of  this  department,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  this  be  transferred  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents. 

Careful  attention  has  been  given  to  the  department  printing,  and 
it  is  estimated  that  a  saving  of  $30,000  has  been  effected  by  reason  of 
the  more  careful  scrutiny  of  printing  requests. 

Blank  forms  have  been  standardized  both  as  regards  size  and 
quality  of  paper,  and  the  use  of  a  cheaper  grade  has  been  substituted 
wherever  this  could  be  done  without  detriment  to  the  public  service. 
Expensive  leather  bindings  have  been  discarded,  and  canvas,  buck- 
ram, and  book  cloth  arc  now  used  almost  exclusively  for  binding  the 
books  of  the  department. 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  59 

TERRITORIES. 

The  following  order  of  the  President  of  May  11,  1907,  has  con- 
tinued in  force : 

It  is  hereby  ordered  that  on  and  after  June  1,  1907,  all  official  communications 
or  reports  from  and  to  executive  officers  of  the  Territories  and  territorial  pos- 
sessions of  the  United  States — viz,  Arizona,  Hawaii,  New  Mexico,  Oklahoma, 
Porto  Rico,  Alaska,  Indian  Territory,  Samoa,  and  Guam — and  all  official 
communications  or  reports  relating  to  territorial  matters  from  and  to  all  execu- 
tive officers  of  the  United  States  stationed  in  such  Territories  and  territorial 
possessions,  shall  be  transmitted  through  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  in  such 
manner  and  under  such  regulations  as  he  may  prescribe. 

The  result  of  thus  centralizing  information  regarding  the  Terri- 
tories and  placing  their  administration,  so  far  as  the  law  permits, 
under  a  single  department,  has  proved  of  great  benefit. 

Business  with  the  territorial  officials  is  handled  without  unneces- 
sary dela}r,  and  there  is  harmony  and  uniformity  in  the  decisions 
relating  to  territorial  administration. 

ARIZONA. 

Conditions  in  Arizona  are  steadily  improving.  The  population  is 
now  estimated  at  200.000,  an  increase  of  15.000  during  the  j*ear. 

The  financial  condition  was  never  better,  the  territorial  treasury 
showing  an  increase  of  $75,308.86  over  last  year.  Taxable  property 
has  increased  to  $S0,000,000,  an  increase  of  $3,000,000  over  the  pre- 
ceding year,  while  the  territorial  rate  of  taxation  is  not  increased  and 
the  local  rate  of  taxation  throughout  the  Territory  has  decreased. 
There  is  no  difficulty  in  caring  for  the  current  expenses  of  the  Terri- 
tory and  the  retiring  of  the  bonded  indebtedness.  $10,000  of  which 
was  retired  during  the  year. 

The  organization  and  use  of  the  rangers  has  been  most  satisfactory 
in  the  enforcement  of  law  and  order. 

The  annual  school  census  gives  34,299  as  the  number  of  children 
of  school  age  (6  to  21  years)  in  the  Territory.  The  total  number  of 
children  enrolled  in  the  schools  is  shown  to  be  28.S36.  This  would 
indicate  apparently  that  nearly  8,000  children  fail  to  attend  school, 
but  it  is  explained  that  most  pupils  finish  school  at  the  age  of 
18,  although  they  are  enumerated  in  the  school  census  until  they 
are  21. 

Practically  all  of  the  children  who  attend  no  school  are  of  Mexi- 
can parentage.  To  remedy  the  evil  of  nonattendance  at  school  the 
legislature  has  enacted  a  law  which  makes  attendance  compulsory 
under  severe  penalties  for  parents  and  guardians.  There  are  301 
school  districts,  employing  645  teachers.  109  men  and  536  women. 
The  average  monthly  salary  paid  men  teachers  was  $99.50;  for 
women  it  was  $75.06. 


60  REPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

Notwithstanding  the  reduction  in  the  production  of  copper,  the 
mining  operations  in  the  Territory  show  an  increase  over  last  year, 
and  the  agricultural  possibilities  have  been  greatly  increased  by  the 
development  of  irrigation  projects,  experiments  in  dry  farming,  and 
the  introduction  of  new  grasses  on  the  open  ranges. 

In  view  of  the  improved  showing  made  in  all  directions,  the  de- 
mand of  the  people  for  statehood  is  fully  justified. 

NEW  MEXICO. 

The  rapid  increase  in  population  referred  to  in  my  report  of  last 
year  continues.  Nearly  15,000  homestead  entries  on  over  two  and 
one-quarter  million  acres  of  land  were  made  during  the  year.  It  is 
significant  that  this  increase  in  the  agricultural  population  is  not 
confined  to  the  river  valleys,  but  much  of  it  is  found  along  the  mesas 
which,  until  recently,  have  been  given  up  entirely  to  grazing.  This 
fact  is  due  to  the  success  of  dry  farming.  If  this  proves  an  ultimate 
success,  it  is  estimated  that  nearly  50,000,000  acres  of  land  in  New 
Mexico  will  be  available. 

The  population  of  the  Territory  is  now  estimated  at  450,000,  an 
increase  of  50,000  over  last  year. 

It  is  believed  that  the  construction  of  government  reclamation 
projects,  the  increase  in  railroad  building,  the  increase  in  the  number 
of  banks  and  mercantile  firms,  the  output  of  the  coal  mines  and 
lumber  mills,  and  the  development  of  the  farming  and  grazing  indus- 
tries have  increased  the  wealth  of  the  Territory  not  less  than 
$25,000,000,  and  the  promises  are  that  the  coming  year  will  show  a 
still  greater  increase. 

The  financial  condition  of  the  Territory  was  never  better,  the  bal- 
ance on  hand  in  the  Treasury  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  being 
$33,528.13  in  excess  of  that  of  the  preceding  fiscal  year. 

The  advancement  in  educational  conditions  keeps  abreast  of  the 
material  development  of  the  Territory.  The  last  school  census  shows 
a  school  population  of  84,942,  as  against  78,360  in  1906.  The  fact 
that  all  persons  between  the  ages  of  5  and  21  are  included  in  the 
school  census  causes  the  enrollment  of  40,000  to  bear  a  much  lower 
rate  to  the  school  population  than  it  would  if  the  school  census 
included  persons  between  the  ages  of  6  and  21,  as  in  most  other  States 
and  Territories.  Nine  hundred  and  twenty-nine  teachers  were  em- 
ployed at  an  average  salary,  in  the  cities  and  towns,  of  $68.20,  and 
in  the  rural  districts,  of  $51.48.  The  total  value  of  school  property 
is  $964,184. 

In  short,  the  improved  and  improving  conditions  along  all  lines 
are  such  as  fully  justify  the  demand  of  the  people  for  statehood. 

The  production  of  coal  in  New  Mexico  during  the  fiscal  year  ended 
June  30,  1908,  according  to  the  report  of  Mine  Inspector  J.  E.  Sheri- 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  61 

dan,  exceeded  that  of  the  preceding  fiscal  year  by  279,489.2  tons,  or 
12.58  per  cent,  the  quantity  mined  having  been  2,500,873.2  tons. 
The  money  stringency  and  a  mild  winter  in  the  West  and  Southwest 
operated  to  prevent  a  larger  increase  in  production.  The  mines  were 
therefore  not  continuously  operated,  and  during  the  last  eight  months 
of  the  fiscal  year  many  of  the  foreign-born  miners  returned  to 
Europe. 

For  several  years  the  coal  area  of  New  Mexico  has  been  estimated 
at  1,430,480  acres  and  the  available  coal  at  8,809,840,000  tons,  but  an 
investigation  made  by  geologists  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  has  immensely  increased  the  estimate  of  coal  land  and 
of  available  coal,  which  are  now  fixed  at  13,335  square  miles 
(8,534,400  acres)  and  163,780,000,000  tons  still  available,  more  than 
18  times  the  tonnage  estimated  by  the  office  of  the  territorial  mine 
inspector. 

The  coal  lies  principally  in  the  Eaton  field,  which  comprises  1,360 
square  miles  (870,400  acres)  containing  30,805,000,000  tons  of  bitu- 
minous coal,  and  in  the  San  Juan  field,  which  comprises  11,600  square 
miles  (7,424,000  acres)  containing  131,375,000,000  tons  of  subbitu- 
minous  coal  (principally).  The  Cerrillos,  Carthage,  and  other  fields 
include  375  square  miles  of  coal  land,  containing  1,600,000,000  tons 
of  coal — anthracite,  bituminous,  and  subbituminous. 

There  were  during  the  year  34  fatal  accidents  among  the  3,670 
persons  employed  in  the  mines,  a  ratio  of  9.03  persons  killed  for 
each  1,000  employed.  Of  these  11  were  killed  by  a  coal-dust  explo- 
sion, 16  by  falling  rock,  and  7  by  other  causes. 

ALASKA. 

The  population  of  Alaska  is  estimated  at  31,000  permanent  whites, 
7,000  transients  who  are  employed  in  the  mines,  canneries,  and  rail- 
road camps  during  the  summer  and  leave  at  the  close  of  the  season, 
and  about  35,000  natives. 

The  assessed  valuation  of  property  in  the  district  is  $9,249,300,  and 
the  rate  of  taxation  ranges  from  1  to  2  per  cent. 

Settlement  of  the  public  domain  does  not  appear  to  have  been  very 
extensive  during  the  past  year,  only  439  homesteads  having  been 
taken  up  during  that  time. 

There  has  been  a  slight  decrease  in  commerce  between  Alaska  and 
the  United  States  due  to  labor  troubles,  reduced  gold  output,  lessened 
demand  for  merchandise,  and  the  fall  in  the  price  of  copper,  the 
total  value  of  merchandise  shipped  to  the  United  States  during  the 
year  being  $31,766,044. 

Gold,  still  the  leading  product,  is  being  successfully  mined  through- 
out the  whole  Territory,  the  value  of  that  metal  shipped  to  the 


62       .     REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

United  States  during  the  year  being  $17,490,777,  of  silver  $13,007, 
and  of  copper  $474,172. 

Extensive  fields  of  high-grade  coal  have  been  found  in  the  Mata- 
nuska  Kiver  and  Bering  River  valleys,  and  workable  deposits  of  coal 
are  reported  in  the  region  of  Norton  Bay,  near  tidewater.  The  great 
value  of  the  coal  fields  of  Matanuska  and  Bering  rivers  having  been 
determined  and  the  transportation  assured,  the  development  of  these 
fields  will  rapidly  follow.  The  existing  coal-land  laws  require  radi- 
cal modification.  These  changes  should  be  made  in  accordance  with 
whatever  general  method  Congress  may  prescribe  for  the  disposition 
of  the  coal  lands  in  the  United  States  proper,  with  such  additional 
provisions  as  may  be  necessary  to  meet  the  special  conditions  in 
Alaska. 

Other  minerals  produced  in  more  or  less  paying  quantities  through- 
out the  Territory  are  tin,  lead,  petroleum,  antimony,  graphite,  bis- 
muth, cinnabar,  and  talc. 

The  experiment  stations  conducted  by  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture have  produced  satisfactory  results.  Wheat  and  oats  have  been 
fully  matured,  and  a  great  variety  of  plants  and  vegetables  have  been 
cultivated.  The  experiment  of  raising  sheep  and  Galloway  cattle  on 
Kodiak  Island  is  progressing  successfully. 

The  total  pack  of  the  salmon  canneries  for  the  year  will  be  about 
2,000,000  cases  of  4  dozen  1-pound  cans  each.  The  price  of  salmon 
has  been  such  as  to  insure  good  profit  during  the  year.  Other  fish 
that  enter  into  the  commerce  of  Alaska  are  halibut,  cod,  herring, 
and  whale. 

Construction  work  upon  various  railroads  shows  the  following  re- 
sults :  The  Council  City  and  Solomon  River  Railroad  and  the  Seward 
Peninsula  Railway  are  completed  and  in  operation.  The  Copper 
River  and  Northwestern  Railway  has  changed  its  terminus  from  Ka- 
talla  to  Cordova  and  has  now  25  miles  of  track  laid  in  the  direction 
of  Abercrombie  Rapids.  The  Alaska  Central  Railway  has  53  miles 
of  track  laid.  The  Tanana  Mines  Railroad  is  operating  successfully 
about  50  miles  of  railroad  to  Dome  and  Vault  creeks  and  the  Cha- 
tanika  River,  and  the  Alaska  Short  Line  Railway  has  a  terminus  at 
Tliamna  Bay.  The  Valdez  and  Yukon  Railway  has  about  1  mile  of 
track  laid,  and  the  Yakutat  and  Southern  Railway  has  15  miles  of 
track. 

The  education  of  white  children,  which  is  placed  under  the  juris- 
diction of  the  governor  by  the  act  of  January  27,  1905,  has  been  pro- 
gressing favorably ;  and  the  education  of  the  natives  under  the 
Bureau  of  Education  is  also  accomplishing  good  results.  It  is  recom- 
mended, however,  that  a  compulsory  education  law  be  passed. 

The  services  rendered  to  the  people  of  Alaska  by  the  military  cable 
and   telegraph   companies  continue  to  be  excellent.     The  lines  are 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE    INTERIOR.  63 

being  strengthened,  and  the  services  growing  better  from  year  to 
year. 

The  general  administration  of  affairs  in  the  Territory  has  not  been 
by  any  means  free  from  difficulty.  Many  of  the  settlements  are  still 
mining  camps  where  the  authorities  have  to  face  the  usual  conditions 
attendant  upon  life  in  such  communities.  There  has.  however,  been 
a  better  enforcement  of  law  and  the  gradual  eradication  of  the  gross 
evils  arising  as  a  result  of  the  misuse  of  liquor  and  from  gambling. 

The  condition  of  the  Indian  is  improving.  The  sanitary  work 
inaugurated  by  the  Bureau  of  Education  is  tending  to  minimize  the 
effect  of  disease  and  is  accomplishing  very  beneficial  results. 

I  desire  to  emphasize  the  recommendation  made  by  the  governor 
for  legislation  on  the  following  subjects: 

The  fourth  judicial  division;  the  issuance  of  bonds  by  the  town  of 
Valdez  to  construct  dikes  to  protect  itself  against  glacial  streams;  the 
payment  for  the  care  of  the  insane  of  Alaska  out  of  the  United  States 
Treasury :  the  change  in  licenses  for  the  sale  of  intoxicating  liquor 
and  preventing  the  maintenance  of  gambling  and  dance  halls,  and  the 
sale  of  whisky  to  Indians :  for  the  control  of  the  practice  of  medicine; 
the  better  lighting  of  the  coast :  the  defining  of  what  constitutes  as- 
sessment work  on  a  mining  claim :  the  labor  lien  law ;  the  sale  of 
town  sites:  affording  the  natives  of  Alaska  the  right  to  acquire  pub- 
lic lands;  and  providing  for  the  extension  of  the  limits  of  incor- 
porated towns  under  the  supervision  of  the  courts. 

HAWAII. 

Careful  attention  should  be  given  the  report  of  the  governor  of 
Hawaii  because  of  the  constantly  increasing  importance  of  the  Terri- 
tory of  Hawaii  to  the  United  States.  Both  politically  and  com- 
mercially the  Territory  occupies  a  unique  position. 

Future  legislation  affecting  Hawaiian  interests  must  be  so  framed 
as  to  closely  unite  its  interests  with  those  of  the  mainland.  The  people 
of  the  Territory  thoroughly  appreciate  that  the  benefits  which  an- 
nexation gave  them  brought  corresponding  obligations  to  the  United 
States.  On  the  other  hand,  the  people  on  the  mainland  should  realize 
that  the  Territory  is  an  integral  part  of  the  United  States  and  must 
be  treated  as  such. 

This,  of  course,  does  not  mean  that  all  the  laws  of  the  United  States 
should  be  made  applicable  to  the  Territory.  Legislation  must  be  in 
conformity  with  any  special  or  unusual  conditions.  For  example, 
the  land  laws  in  force  upon  the  public  domain  in  the  mainland  would 
be  wholly  inapt  in  Hawaii.  There  is  need  of  change  in  the  land  laws 
of  the  Territory,  but  such  changes  must  be  made  in  conformity  with 
the  conditions  there. 


64  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

Formerly  it  was  supposed  that  sugar  was  the  only  agricultural  crop, 
but  more  recently  it  is  found  that  many  other  products  can  be  profit- 
ably raised,  such  as  coffee,  tobacco,  rubber,  pineapples,  and  sisal.  The 
sugar  plantations  have  been  large  in  area,  and  until  recently  the  small 
landholdings  were  not  encouraged  and  were  not  profitable,  but  with 
the  diversity  in  agricultural  products  a  modification  of  the  system  of 
landholding  will  necessarily  follow. 

In  order  to  deal  wisely  with  the  land  question,  the  governor  of 
Hawaii  appointed  a  commission  to  study  and  report  upon  land  condi- 
tions and  make  recommendation  for  needed  changes.  It  is  earnestly 
hoped  that  a  system  will  be  adopted  under  which  farms  may  be  ac- 
quired of  small  acreage,  similar  to  the  homestead  on  the  mainland,  so 
that  ultimately  the  land  will  be  cultivated  by  many  owners  instead 
of  by  tenants  alone.  Such  a  change  does  not  involve  the  destruction 
of  the  sugar  plantations,  as  was  feared  by  some,  but  will  increase  the 
area  of  arable  land  and  permit  the  use  of  lands  for  the  crops  which 
will  be  most  profitable. 

In  this  connection  I  have  had  Mr.  Newell,  the  director  of  the  Eecla- 
mation  Service,  make  a  thorough  personal  examination  of  the  land 
and  water  conditions  in  the  islands  for  the  purpose  of  considering  a 
plan  for  the  reclamation  of  lands  which  can  not  now  be  cultivated  be- 
cause of  the  lack  of  water. 

The  water  conditions  in  Hawaii  are  phenomenal.  It  is  generally 
supposed  that  the  rainfall  throughout  the  islands  is  excessive. 
This  is  true  in  localities,  but  there  are  thousands  of  acres  where 
irrigation  is  as  necessary  as  in  the  arid  districts  of  the  West. 

The  Federal  Government  should  treat  Hawaii  as  it  does  the  main- 
land, giving  its  people  the  advantage  of  all  the  work  which  is  being 
carried  on  by  the  Departments  of  Agriculture  and  the  Interior  in 
the  study  and  development  of  its  agricultural  possibilities. 

Directly  connected  with  the  land  and  agricultural  problems  is 
the  question  of  labor.  Since  cutting  off  the  supply  of  Asiatic  labor 
means  must  be  taken  to  provide  for  the  substitution  of  that  labor, 
as  it  is  required,  with  labor  from  the  mainland  or  Europe.  There  is 
the  heartiest  cooperation  between  the  sugar  planters,  now  the  large 
employers  of  labor,  and  the  Federal  Government  in  working  out 
this  difficult  problem. 

The  transportation  interests  of  the  Territory  deserve  our  most  care- 
ful consideration.  The  success  of  increasing  and  diversifying  the 
agricultural  products  of  the  islands  depends  upon  proper  transporta- 
tion facilities  by  water.  One  harbor,  at  least,  upon  each  island  should 
be  provided  so  that  the  products  of  that  island  may  be  shipped  directly 
to  the  markets  of  the  world.  Congress  has  directed  the  beginning 
of  this  work,  but  further  appropriations  should  be  made  immediately 
available.     The  ultimate  commercial  development  of  our  trade  with 


EEPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE    INTERIOR.  65 

the  Orient  is  directly  connected  with  proper  provisions  for  ocean 
transportation  with  the  islands. 

The  general  conditions  of  the  Territory  are  admirable.  Educa- 
tional work  is  given  thorough  attention.  School  conditions  in  the 
islands  are  most  unusual.  In  the  same  school  there  are  often  repre- 
sented more  than  a  dozen  different  races.  The  school  courses  are 
thoroughly  practical,  especial  attention  being  given  to  industrial 
courses. 

Owing  to  the  existence  of  leprosy,  the  problems  affecting  the  pub- 
lic health  have  received  careful  attention.  There  has  been  the  closest 
cooperation  between  the  local  authorities  and  the  federal  service,  but 
both  authorities  feel  the  need  of  certain  changes  in  the  law,  which  have 
been  presented  to  Congress,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  give  greater 
authority  to  the  health  authorities  to  take  necessary  protective  meas- 
ures to  prevent  the  introduction  and  spread  of  contagious  diseases. 
The  importance  of  this  legislation  can  not  be  overestimated,  because 
of  the  enormous  number  of  travelers  to  and  from  the  Orient  who  enter 
or  pass  through  the  port  of  Honolulu. 

PORTO  RICO. 

The  report  of  the  governor  of  Porto  Rico,  with  the  accompanying 
reports  of  other  territorial  officers,  have  been  transmitted  to  the 
President  through  the  Secretary  of  State  for  submission  to  Congress, 
as  required  by  law. 

Under  the  act  creating  the  governm3nt  of  Porto  Rico,  the  reports 
by  the  governor  and  other  officers  are  transmitted  to  different  depart- 
ments of  the  Federal  Government.  It  would  be  better,  for  purposes 
of  administration,  if  the  Territory  were  placed  by  law,  as  the  other 
Territories,  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Interior  Department. 

The  affairs  of  the  Territory  have  been  well  administered.  I  call 
particular  attention  to  the  reports  of  the  various  executive  officers. 
The  educational,  political,  and  industrial  conditions  of  the  island  are 
better  than  ever  before  in  its  history. 

GUAM  AND  SAMOA. 

The  naval  officers  who  act  as  governors  of  Guam  and  Samoa  have 
submitted  their  reports  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  as  required 
by  law. 

Under  instructions  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  a  special  board 
of  naval  officers  made  a  thorough  investigation  of  the  conditions  on 
the  island  of  Guam.  The  report  of  that  board  is  full  of  interest. 
It  shows  that  the  conditions  upon  the  island  are  good,  and  m 
certain  recommendations  for  improvement,  which  will  be  carried  out 
so  far  as  the  law  permits.  If  legislati 
will  be  submitted. 

5S920 — on  1908 — vol  1 5 


66  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTEEIOK. 

NATIONAL  PARKS  AND  RESERVATIONS. 

The  national  parks  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  department  are 
as  follows : 

Acres. 

Yellowstone,  in  Wyoming ___  2,142,720.00 

Yoseinite,  in  California 719,622.00 

Sequoia,  in  Californa 161,597.00 

General  Grant,  in  California 2,536.00 

Mount  Rainier,  in  Washington 207,300.00 

Crater  Lake,  in  Oregon 159,360.00 

Wind  Cave,  in  South  Dakota 10,522.00 

Sullys  Hill,  in  North  Dakota 780.  00 

Piatt,  in  Oklahoma. 848.  22 

Casa  Grande  Ruins,  in  Arizona 480.00 

Mesa  Verde,  in  Colorado 42,376.00 

(5-mile  strip  for  protection  of  ruins) 175,360.00 

Hot  Springs  Reservation,  in  Arkansas 911.63 

Another  year's  experience  in  the  administration  of  these  parks  con- 
firms my  belief  that  all  of  them  except  the  Plot  Springs  Reservation, 
in  Arkansas,  should  be  transferred  to  the  Forest  Service,  under  the 
Department  of  Agriculture,  where  they  could  be  better  handled  in 
connection  with  the  national  forests.  These  parks  can  be  better 
protected  by  forest  rangers  and  scouts  than  by  United  States  troops, 
and  while  the  organization  of  such  a  body  in  the  first  instance  would 
mean  an  additional  appropriation,  yet  in  the  end  it  would  prove  an 
economy.  The  appropriations  for  the  construction  of  roads  in  the 
Yellowstone  and  Mount  Rainier  parks  should  be  transferred  to  the 
department  which  has  immediate  charge  of  these  parks. 

HOT  SPRINGS  RESERVATION. 

The  condition  of  affairs  at  Hot  Springs,  Ark.,  is  greatly  improved. 
This  is  largely  attributable  to  the  passage  of  state  laws  which  elim- 
inated from  Hot  Springs  a  very  undesirable  class  of  persons,  thereby 
making  the  city  much  more  attractive. 

The  number  of  baths  given  by  the  24  bath  houses  aggregated 
703,854,  and  the  amount  paid  for  the  same  was  $197,235.70.  The 
total  number  of  baths  given  by  the  bath  houses  and  the  government 
free  bath  house  was  898,004.  The  number  of  visitors  was  greater 
than  in  any  previous  year. 

There  was  received  during  the  year  from  water  and  ground  rents 
$28,090,  which,  with  a  balance  on  June  30,  1907,  of  $7,421.09,  made 
the  total  amount  available  for  use  on  the  reservation  $35,511.09. 
The  expenditures  during  the  year  were  $21,008.78,  leaving  a  balance 
on  July  1,  1908,  of  $14,502.31. 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY   OF    THE    INTEEIOR.  67 

Many  desirable  improvements  were  made  on  the  reservation  during 
the  year  to  add  to  its  attractiveness  and  protection.  The  bathing 
facilities  of  the  government  free  bath  house  have  been  largely  in- 
creased by  the  construction  of  large  pools,  and  it  now  can  afford 
bathing  to  900  persons  daily.  The  law  providing  for  ,;  maintenance 
of  free  baths  for  t]  did  poor  of  the  Ui       I  States"  has  been  care- 

fully carried  out.  During  the  year  7.191  diseased,  crippled,  or 
afflicted  perse  ds  —ere  ad:.  and  30." 

:olored.    A"  >ut  me-tentb     :  the  number  of  males  were  veterans 
of  the  civil  war.    The  total  number  of  A      -  _:ven  at  the  free  bath 

V9&  1  f  4 . 1 "    . 

The  attention  of  Cong]  :  ailed  to  the  act  of  March  3.  1 

under  which  bath  houses  on  the  reservation  were  not  required  to  pay 
anything  ex:  price  pa  tat  :  :  the  h  At  that 

period  land  in  Hot  Springs  was  of  very  little  value,  and  the  amount 
realized   by  the  bath-house   owners  nt    w as   very 

small.  For  many  years  the  bath  houses  have  made  large  profits,  and 
the  land  on  which  their  buildings  stand  has  a  value  of  several  hun- 
dred dollars  a  front  foot.  I  bel:  be  only  fair  to  the  Govern- 
ment, as  well  as  to  the  owi             bath  houses  off  the  government  i 

:n  (14:  out  of  24),  that  those  bed  on  the  reservation  should 

_ :  jund  rent  to  the  I  :  for  the  I  :.  I  recom- 

mend that  the  law  of  March  A  A  A .  be  amended  so  as  to  provide  that 
all  leases  of  bath  houses  on  the  g  freromeni  reservation  shall  be  re- 
quired to  pay  a  ground  i  by  the  Si  retary  of  the  In- 

i  jr. 

I  am  having  careful  investigation  made  of  the  _rneral  conditions 
on  the  reservation,  belA'     .  ges  in 

the  present  methods  of  adn.  on. 

I  have  no  doubt  that  ultimately  the  Federal  :»uld 

build  a  new  bath  house.    I  belie  snt  one  to  be  not  only  in- 

adequate, to  continue  supplying  a  place 

for  free  pulA  s,  that  place  should  be  supplied  with  all  necessary 

conve 

THE    PRESERVATION    OF  AMERICAN   ANTIQUITII 

:  : . .   : :  I   I  |  >pi 

s  created  oat  of  the  pal  3  un- 

reserved lands  nine  d 
fellows; 


68  REPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

National  monuments  created  out  of  public  lands. 


Name. 


Devils  Tower 

Montezuma  Castle 

Petrifleld  Forest 

ElMorro 

Chaco  Canyon 

Muir  Woods 

Natural  Bridges 

Lewis  and  Clark  Cavern 
Tumacacori 


State. 


Date. 


Wyoming Sept.  24, 1906 

Arizona Dec.     8,1906 

do do 

New  Mexico do 

do Mar.  11,1907 

California \  Jan.     9, 1908 

Utah Apr.   16,1908 

Montana j  May  11, 1908 

Arizona i  Sept.  15,1908 


Area. 


Acres. 

1,152 

160 

60, 776 

160 

20, 520 

295 

120 

160 

10 


Out  of  the  reserved  forest  lands  national  monuments  have  been 
created  as  follows : 


National  monuments 

C) 

-eaten 

,  out  of  reserved  forest  lands. 

Name. 

State. 

Date. 

Area. 

Cinder  Cone 

California 

do _— . 

May    6,1907 
do 

Acres. 

5,120 

1,280 

160 

Gila  Cliff  Dwellings 

New  Mexico 

Nov.  16,1907 

Tonto :  Arizona 

Grand  Canyon do 

Pinnacles.— California 

Jewel  Cave South  Dakota. 


640 


Jan.  11,1908  818,560 
Jan.  16,1908  2,080 
Feb.    7,1906        1,280 


BIRD  RESERVES. 

Reservations  for  the  protection  of  native  wild  birds  have  been  cre- 
ated by  executive  order  as  follows : 

Bird  reserves  created. 


Name  of  reservation. 

Date. 

Location. 

Area. 

Pelican  Island 

Mar.  14,1903 
Oct.     4,1904 
Mar.    9,1905 
Oct.   10,1905 
do 

East  Florida  coast . 

Acres. 

a5.50 

Breton  Islands 

Stump  Lake 

Southeast  coast  of  Louisiana 

Unknown. 
27.39 

Huron  Islands 

Lake  Superior,  Michigan 

Unknown. 

Siskiwit  Islands. 

do 

Do. 

Passage  Key 

rln 

Tampa  Bay,  Florida 

do 

Mouths  of  Mississippi  River,  Lou- 
isiana. 

36.37 

Indian  Key _ __.  Feb.  10,1906 

Tern  Islands Aug.    8,1907 

Shell  Keys                                         '  Antr   17  ion7 

90.00 

Unknown. 

Do. 

Three  Arch  Rocks 

Oct.   14,1907 
Oct.    23,1907 
do. 

West  Oregon  coast 

Do. 

Flattery  Rocks 

West  Washington  coast 

Do 

Qulllayute  Needles 

d° 

do ... 

South  Louisiana  coast 

East  Florida  coast 

Do 

Conalis  Rock 

_    .  do     

Do. 

East  Timbalicr  Island j  Dec.  17,1907 

Mosquito  Inlet                                    '  *W»-  21  TOOK 

Do. 
Do 

TortugasKeys 

Apr.    C.1908 

Florida  Keys,  Florida 

Do. 

•  About. 


REPORT   OF    SECRETARY    OF    THE    INTERIOR.  69 

The  following  nine  reservations  have  been  created  since  June 
the  close  of  the  last  fiscal  year : 

Bird  reservations  crt 


Name  of  reservation. 

Loci" 

Area. 

Klamath  Lake 

Key  W^r 

Late  Malheur . 

Chase  Late 

do 

'-5,1906 
Sept.: 
do 

l:iz:z  :::  C i'J.t : rzl }. 

r::.::  Ir":    T.:r.i2. 

D 



=  - 

:  : 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 

.. .  

:ha  Pass 

Palma  Sola 

Island  Bay . 

Loch  Katrina 



._. 

Do. 
I:. 
Do. 

: 

EEEEKOBYKAKY  JUNHTJTUTIONB. 

GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL   FOR  THE   INSANE. 

There  were  in  the  hospital  on  ."  ; .  1 . "    :  patients,  an  in- 

crease of  137  over  the  preceding  year:  the  daily  average  for  the  fiscal 
year  ended  June  30.  1    )8,  was  2,664,  an  increase  of  95  over  1 
During  the  year  there  were  admitted  643  pat]       -    in  increase  of  24 
over  the  previous  year,  m         b  i  total  oi  patients  under  b 

ment  during  the  year.    Of  the  total  number  "..  342  w ere  from 

civil  life  and  301  from  the  army,  the  navy,  and  the  Public  Health 
and  Marine-Hospital  Service. 

The  problem  of  the  future  expansion  of  the  hospital  must  soon 
receive  consideration.    In  1900.  when  the  preliminary  appropriation 

made  for  plans  for  an  extension  to  the  hos:: :  ccomm: 

1,000  additional  patients,  the  r.umber  of  pe:  :ment  in 

the  institution  was  2,076;  his  annual  report  for  that  year  the 

superintendent  stated  that  the  institution  as  it  then  e::  Duld 

accommodate  comfortab".  :  reeding  1.600  patients,  with  the  nec- 

essary employees.    The  1.000  add  which  the  E 

was  built  are  now  all  occupied,  and  within  the  pas:  ::-  —  months  it 

been  necessary  to  put  additional  beds  in  other  quarters  of  the 
hospital.    The  annual  increase  of  population  of  the  hospital  is 
mated  at  100.    The  time  has  arrived,  therefore,  when  a  broad  policy 
should  be  adopted  which    -        g         n  the  future  development  of  the 
institution.     The  superi:.  hat  100  acres  more  land 

are  required  for  the  hosp  i 

ic  improvements  during  the  year  included  the  remodeling  of 
t  Lodge  building  as  a  home  for  male  nurses :  new  plumbing  in  the 
main  building:  completion  of  the  fireproof  system,  invc  b  in- 

stallation of  1S5  fireproof  doors:  the  purchase  of      - 
installing  a   -  -:erilizer  in  the  I 


70  REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR. 

room  for  the  training  school  for  nurses ;  and  installing  a  circulating 
library  of  3,000  volumes  for  the  use  of  the  patients. 

The  training  school  graduated  17  nurses,  of  whom  12  were  women 
and  5  were  men.  This  is  hardly  sufficient  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  .the  hospital.  The  placing  of  female  nurses  in  charge  of  male 
wards  has  proved  a  success  and  has  been  extended. 

The  scientific  departments  of  the  hospital  have  been  active,  and 
during  the  year  15  publications  have  been  issued,  besides  several 
others  which  are  still  under  preparation. 

FREEDMEN'S  HOSPITAL. 

The  number  of  patients  treated  in  this  institution  during  the  year 
was  2,823,  of  whom  1,964  were  residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
and  859  were  admitted  from  various  States.  The  number  discharged 
was  2,692,  of  whom  1,624  recovered,  632  were  improved,  113  were  un- 
improved, 36  were  not  treated,  and  287  died.  The  number  remaining 
in  the  hospital  at  the  close  of  the  year  was  131.  The  greatest  increase 
in  the  work  was  in  the  surgical  department,  where  1,005  operations 
were  performed.  In  the  out-patient  department  5,019  persons  were 
treated. 

The  new  Freedmen's  Hospital  building  was  completed  in  February 
of  1908,  and  129  patients  were  transferred  thereto  on  February  26 
without  mishap. 

The  hospital  is  now  in  a  position  to  receive  pay  patients ;  at  present, 
however,  the  law  makes  no  provision  therefor.  The  enactment  of 
legislation  authorizing  the  admission  of  persons  who  are  able  to  pay 
for  treatment  would  inure  to  the  benefit  both  of  the  institution  and 
of  a  class  of  patients  who  do  not  receive  treatment  there  under  present 
conditions. 

The  appropriation  of  $25,500  made  by  the  act  of  March  2,  1907,  for 
the  care  and  treatment  in  the  Freedmen's  Hospital  of  indigent 
patients  belonging  to  the  District  of  Columbia,  under  a  contract  to 
be  made  by  the  Board  of  Charities,  was  not  sufficient  to  pay  for  the 
1,964  patients  admitted  from  said  District  at  the  rates  fixed  by  the 
contract,  to  wit,  $1.10  per  day  for  adults,  65  cents  per  day  for  children, 
and  40  cents  per  day  for  babies ;  nor  has  the  appropriation  been  suffi- 
cient during  the  past  three  years  to  pay  for  the  number  of  patients 
admitted  at  the  prices  fixed  by  the  contract,  the  total  amount  of  de- 
ficiency for  the  three  years  being  $32,379.10.  Future  estimates  for 
payments  to  the  hospital  for  the  care  and  treatment  of  these  indigent 
patients  from  the  District  of  Columbia  should  be  based  upon  the 
number  of  such  persons  treated  during  the  previous  year  at  contract 
rates. 

An  appropriation  for  a  nurses'  home  is  urgently  needed;  also  for 
fencing  and  grading  the  hospital  grounds. 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  71 

The  work  of  the  training  school  for  nurses  has  been  excellent. 
Appointments  are  limited  to  those  possessing  certain  physical  quali- 
fications, together  with  a  liberal  education.  The  number  graduated 
during  the  year  was  13,  an  increase  of  1  over  the  preceding  year. 

HOWARD  UNIVERSITY. 

The  number  of  students  in  attendance  during  the  year  aggregated 
1,091,  who  came  from  34  States  and  Territories,  from  Porto  Rico, 
and  from  the  following  foreign  countries :  Africa,  British  TTest  Indies, 
Canada,  Republic  of  Panama,  South  America,  Santo  Domingo,  Haiti. 
West  Indies,  and  India.  Of  these  128  graduated  from  the  several 
departments  of  the  university.  Satisfactory  progress  has  been  made 
in  all  departments. 

The  appropriations  made  by  Congress  for  the  past  fiscal  year  were 
as  follows:  For  salaries  of  officers,  teachers,  etc.,  $40,000;  manual 
training  department.  $8,000;  law  and  general  library.  $1,500;  im- 
provements and  repairs  to  buildings  and  grounds.  $7,000;  fuel  and 
light,  $3,000;  chemical  and  other  apparatus,  $200:  total.  $59,700. 
All  of  the  above  amounts,  on  June  30,  1908,  were  expended  or  under 
contract. 

The  total  receipts  for  the  year,  including  federal  appropriations 
and  funds  from  all  other  sources,  were  $155.815.21 :  disbursements, 
$146,520.75.  leaving  a  balance  of  $9,294.16.  The  total  of  the  general 
endowment  and  special  funds  on  June  30,  1908,  was  $175,356.45,  of 
which  amount  $173,170  represents  cash  invested. . 

The  completion  of  the  new  Freedmen's  Hospital,  built  by  the 
Government  on  a  tract  of  land  adjoining  the  institution,  aggregat- 
ing 11  acres,  leased  from  the  Howard  University  for  the  purpose,  will 
give  the  school  of  medicine  exceptionally  fine  clinical  facilities. 

COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION  FOR  THE  DEAF  AND  DUMB. 

The  number  of  students  and  pupils  remaining  in  the  institution 
July  1,  1907,  was  115;  admitted  during  the  year,  39;  since  admitted. 
42:  total,  196,  of  which  113  were  males  and  S3  females.  Of  these.  140 
have  been  in  the  collegiate  department,  representing  35  States,  the 
District  of  Columbia.  Canada,  and  Scotland,  and  of  the  56  in  the 
primary  department,  38  were  admitted  as  beneficiaries  of  the  District 
of  Columbia.  During  the  fiscal  year  28  were  discharged  from  the 
institution  by  graduation  and  otherwise.  In  addition  to  the  fore- 
going, 17  colored  deaf-mutes  belonging  to  the  District  of  Columbia 
have,  under  the  act  of  March  3.  1905.  been  admitted  through  this  in- 
stitution to  the  Maryland  School  for  Colored  Deaf-mutes.  General 
good  health  has  prevailed  among  the  students  and  pupils. 

The  receipts  of  the  institution  from  all  sources  amounted  to 
$82,735.13,  of  which  amount  $73,000  was  appropriated  by  Congress 
for  general  support  and  $5,000  for  special  repairs,  and  $4,735.13  was 


72  REPORT   OF   SECRETARY   OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

received  from  private  sources  for  board,  tuition,  etc.  The  expendi- 
tures were  $76,959.68  for  current  expenses  and  $5,000  for  special  re- 
pairs, leaving  an  unexpended  balance  of  $775.45. 

MARYLAND  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  BLIND. 

The  number  of  United  States  beneficiaries  remaining  at  the  Mary- 
land School  for  the  Blind  on  June  30,  1907,  was  17,  since  which  time 
6  have  been  admitted  and  2  discharged,  leaving  21  beneficiaries  at 
the  institution  on  June  30, 1908. 

The  total  amount  expended  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1907, 
for  the  care  and  maintenance  of  indigent  blind  children  of  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia  was  $5,475.  The  total  amount  expended  for  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  was  $6,150,  half  of  which  amounts 
was  paid  from  the  revenues  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  the  other 
half  out  of  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States,  pursuant  to  the  act  of 
Congress  approved  March  3,  1899  (30  Stats.,  1101). 

The  act  of  May  26,  1908  (35  Stats.,  295),  making  appropriations 
for  the  District  of  Columbia,  provided  that  after  July  1,  1908,  a  con- 
tract should  be  entered  into  by  the  Commissioners  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  for  the  instruction,  in  Maryland  or  some  other  State,  of 
indigent  blind  children  of  the  District,  for  which  purpose  an  appro- 
priation of  $6,000  was  made,  repealing  the  permanent  indefinite  an- 
nual appropriation  in  section  3869  of  the  Revised  Statutes.  Inas- 
much as  the  Secretary,  by  section  2  of  the  act  of  May  29,  1858  (11 
Stats.,  293),  was  also  charged  with  providing  for  the  instruction  of 
the  blind  children  of  all  persons  in  the  military  and  naval  service  of 
the  United  States  while  such  persons  are  actually  in  such  service,  the 
expense  to  be  defrayed  from  the  permanent  indefinite  annual  appro- 
priation above  referred  to,  the  question  was  submitted  to  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Treasury  as  to  whether  that  appropriation  was  repealed 
so  far  as  to  be  no  longer  available  for  the  instruction  of  this  class  of 
beneficiaries.  In  an  opinion  rendered  October  27,  1908,  the  Comp- 
troller held  that  the  act  of  May  26,  1908,  supra,  only  repealed  the 
provisions  of  section  3689  of  the  Revised  Statutes  to  the  extent  that 
said  section  provides  for  the  education  of  the  blind  children  of  the 
District  of  Columbia,  and  that  the  permanent  indefinite  annual  ap- 
propriation in  question  is  therefore  still  available  for  instructing  the 
blind  children  of  all  persons  in  the  military  and  naval  service  of  the 
United  States,  in  some  institution  in  Maryland  or  some  other  State, 
and  that  the  Secretary  is  authorized  to  continue  to  issue  permits  for 
the  instruction  of  such  children. 

WASHINGTON  HOSPITAL  FOR  FOUNDLINGS. 

Fifty-four  children  were  cared  for  during  the  year,  of  whom  32 
remained  from  the  preceding  year.  There  were  4  adoptions  during 
the  year,  4  children  were  returned  to  relatives  or  friends,  2  were 
transferred  to  other  institutions,  and  17  died.  Twenty-seven  chil- 
dren remained  in  the  institution  on  June  30,  1908. 


REPORT  OF  SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR.  73 

The  daily  average  of  children  was  28.  Since  the  hospital  was 
established  277  of  its  children  have  been  adopted  into  private  homes. 

The  expenses  of  the  institution  are  about  $8,000  a  year.  The  ap- 
propriation made  by  Congress  toward  the  support  of  its  inmates  for 
the  current  year  amounts  to  $5,400,  and  the  board  of  directors  rec- 
ommends that  the  appropriation  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30. 
1910,  be  increased  to  $6,000. 

In  the  act  of  May  26, 1908  (35  Stat.  L.,  512) ,  the  Board  of  Charities 
of  the  District  of  Columbia  is  authorized  to  provide  for  the  care  and 
maintenance  of  children  under  contract  with  the  Washington  Hos- 
pital for  Foundlings.  As  this  department  has  nothing  whatever  to 
do  with  the  administration  of  this  institution,  and  as  the  mainte- 
nance of  its  inmates  is  provided  for  by  contract  between  the  insti- 
tution and  the  Board  of  Charities  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  I 
renew  the  recommendation  contained  in  my  last  annual  report  that 
the  organic  act  of  the  institution  be  so  amended  as  to  require  it  to 
report  to  the  Commissioners  of  the  District  of  Columbia  instead  of 
to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

THE  SITEPJXTEXDEXT  OF  THE  TTXITED  STATES  CAPITOI, 
BLJXDIXG  AXD   GROUNDS, 

In  January  of  the  present  year  the  House  Office  Building  was  near 
enough  completed  to  permit  the  occupancy  of  the  rooms  by  the 
Members  of  the  House,  and  the  rooms  were  accordingly  distributed 
among  the  Members  by  lot  and  were  occupied  during  the  remainder 
of  the  session. 

The  construction  of  the  Senate  Office  Building  is  also  progressing 
satisfactorily,  and  it  is  expected  that  the  office  suites  in  this  building 
can  be  occupied  during  the  present  session  of  Congress. 

Arrangements  have  been  completed  to  enter  the  final  stages  of  con- 
struction of  the  heating,  lighting,  and  power  plant  for  the  Capitol 
and  congressional  buildings,  and  some  portions  of  the  plant  will 
probably  be  available  for  service  during  the  present  session  of 
Congress. 

GEXERAE  EDUCATION  BOARD. 

On  June  30,  1908,  the  capital  account  amounted  to  $38,313,100.29, 
as  against  $42,717,260.21  at  the  close  of  the  preceding  year,  the  differ- 
ence, amounting  to  $4,404,159.92,  having  been  contributed  during  the 
year  to  educational  and  scientific  institutions.  The  capital  was  in- 
vested as  follows:  Railroad  bonds,  $18,839,850.48;  industrial  bonds, 
$8,142,957.84;  railroad  stocks,  $8,883,340.89;  industrial  stocks, 
$2,278,541.76;  and  the  amount  of  cash  in  bank  was  $168,409.32. 

The  moneys  received  under  the  general  income  account  during  the 
year  amounted  to  $3,087,921.40,  of  which  $980,139.31  represented  bal- 
ance from  previous  year.    The  disbursements,  consisting  of  gifts  to  a 


74  REPORT   OF  SECRETARY  OF   THE   INTERIOR. 

large  number  of  educational  institutions,  amounted  to  $643,526.19. 
The  sum  of  $2,222,666.64  was  invested  in  securities,  administrative 
expenses  amounted  to  $31,043.56,  and  the  cash  on  hand  at  the  close 
of  the  year  was  $190,685.01. 

The  aggregate  amount  of  pledges  to  numerous  educational  institu- 
tions throughout  the  United  States  is  $2,227,171.03. 

There  is  a  special  fund  known  as  the  "Anna  T.  Jeanes  "  fund  for 
negro  rural  schools,  amounting  to  $200,000.  The  income  during  the 
year,  including  a  balance  of  $6,254.54  from  preceding  year,  amounted 
to  $15,447.51.  The  sum  of  $13,643.79  was  distributed  to  various  negro 
schools  during  the  year,  $195.59  was  devoted  to  administrative  ex- 
penses, and  there  was  a  balance  in  bank  at  the  close  of  the  year  of 
$1,608.13. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA  CORPORATIONS. 

In  my  last  annual  report  attention  was  called  to  the  fact  that  the 
Washington  and  Georgetown  Eailroad  Company,  the  Washington 
Gas  Light  Company,  and  the  Columbia  Railway  Company  of  the 
District  of  Columbia  had  no  connection  with  the  Interior  Depart- 
ment, and  it  was  recommended  that  so  much  of  the  several  acts  as 
imposed  duties  upon  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  be  repealed  or 
modified  so  as  to  devolve  the  duties  required  by  said  acts  upon  the 
Commissioners  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  to  provide  that  the 
reports  required  be  made  direct  to  Congress.  I  renew  this  recom- 
mendation and  urge  favorable  consideration  thereof. 

THE  MARITIME  CANAL  COMPANY  OF  NICARAGUA. 

Section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  February  20,  1889,  en- 
titled "An  act  to  incorporate  the  Maritime  Canal  Company  of  Nica- 
ragua "  (25  Stat,  L.,  675),  provides: 

Said  company  shall  make  a  report  on  the  first  Monday  of  December  in  each 
year  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  which  shall  be  duly  verified  on  oath  by  the 
president  and  secretary  thereof,  giving  such  detailed  statement  of  its  affairs,  and 
of  its  assets  and  liabilities,  as  may  be  required  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
and  any  willfully  false  statement  so  made  shall  be  deemed  perjury,  and  punish- 
able as  such.  And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  require 
such  annual  statement  and  to  prescribe  the  form  thereof  and  the  particulars  to 
be  given  thereby. 

The  report  of  this  corporation  was  submitted  to  Congress  on 
December  7,  1908. 

t     I  refer  to  the  annual  reports  of  the  chiefs  of  the  various  bureaus 
and  offices  for  detailed  information  about  their  work. 
Very  respectfully, 

James  Rudolph  Garfield, 

Secretary. 
The  President. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE 
GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  GENERAL  LAND 

OFFICE. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

General  Land  Office, 
Washington,  D.  C,  September  16,  1908. 
Sir  :  The  following  report  of  the  work  in  the  General  Land  Office  for 
the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  is  respectfully  submitted: 

GENERAL.  STATEMENT. 

The  Hon.  R.  A.  Ballinger,  my  immediate  predecessor,  resigned 
March  4,  1908.  This  report,  therefore,  in  so  far  as  it  touches  upon 
work  accomplished  during  the  past  fiscal  year,  treats  largely  of  that 
which  was  performed  under  his  direction  and  in  accordance  with  the 
systems  which  he  adopted  or  initiated.  It  has  been  my  endeavor  to 
carry  out  the  plans  inaugurated  by  him  and  to  make  only  such  ad- 
ditional changes  as  good  administration  and  further  experience  seemed 
to  call  for. 

With  the  decrease  in  the  area  of  the  public  domain  there  should  be 
an  increase  in  vigilance.  With  the  great  demand  for  homes  the  offi- 
cials of  the  General  Land  Office  recognize  the  importance  of  seeing 
that  no  one  obtains  a  right  to  the  land  still  remaining  through  unlawful 
methods.  Every  man  who  thus  acquires  title  to  a  tract  robs  a  law- 
abiding  applicant  of  an  opportunity  to  exercise  his  statutory  right, 
and  if  the  land  be  capable  of  producing  crops  deprives  a  seeker  of  his 
opportunity  to  gain  a  homestead,  thus  injuring  the  prosperity  of  the 
country;  for  the  homesteader  has  built  the  West. 

The  importance  of  a  well-equipped  and  carefully  selected  special 
agents'  force  has  been  thoroughly  appreciated,  and  to  effect  this  the 
reorganization  of  the  field  force  has  been  carried  out.  Congress, 
realizing  the  accumulation  of  work  which  necessarily  had  to  receive 
attention,  appropriated  the  sum  of  $500,000  during  the  current  year. 
$250,000  of  which  was  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  up  this  work  of 
the  General  Land  Office  so  as  tc  make  the  same  current;  and  wa 
be  immediately  available.     The  details  ssaryinl 

77 


78  REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

of  this  additional  force,  virtually  occupied  the  time  between  the 
passage  of  the  bill  and  June  30,  so  that  the  members  of  the  additional 
force  were  not  ready  to  assume  their  duties  until  after  the  15th  of 
June.  At  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year,  however,  the  additional 
force  was  engaged  and  at  work  in  the  field. 

The  field  force  has  attained  a  high  degree  of  efficiency,  and  is  per- 
manent in  character.  The  public-land  area  is  divided  into  thirteen 
field  divisions,  each  of  which  has  its  permanent  headquarters,  with  a 
chief  agent  in  charge,  who  is  also  a  bonded  officer.  The  personnel  of 
the  different  field  corps  is  selected  entirely  upon  consideration  of  the 
needs  of  the  particular  public-land  area  covered.  The  majority  of  the 
special  agents  are  men  who  have  long  resided  in  the  West  and  have 
had  practical  experience  in  stock  raising,  irrigation,  farming,  mining, 
surveying,  civil  engineering,  or  in  the  lumber  camps.  There  are  also 
in  each  division  agents  who  are  lawyers  by  profession  and  who  give 
particular  attention  to  the  necessary  legal  questions  involved  in  the 
work.  The  General  Land  Office  is  thus  in  close  touch  with  every 
feature  of  the  public-land  situation,  with  adequate  machinery  to 
secure  effective  and  prompt  observance  of  the  public-land  laws  and 
render  aid  to  those  who  seek  to  establish  a  home  or  put  to  beneficial 
use  any  part  of  the  public  domain. 

During  the  last  fiscal  year  there  were,  on  the  average,  89  agents 
employed  in  the  field.  There  have  been  collected  upon  agents' 
reports  $67,902.39  for  timber  trespass;  and  $30,785.92  have  been 
paid  in  as  the  result  of  suits  instituted  by  the  Department  of  Justice 
upon  reports  of  special  agents,  making  a  total  of  $98,688.31  collected 
during  the  year.  There  have  been  referred  to  the  Department  of 
Justice,  with  recommendation  that  suit  be  brought,  timber  claims  to 
the  amount  of  $377,509.69.  There  were  secured  234  indictments  for 
fraud,  which  resulted  in  63  convictions  and  60  acquittals,  the  remain- 
ing cases  not  yet  having  been  tried.  Two  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  eighty-five  entries  were  canceled  because  of  adverse  reports  of 
special  agents.  Individual  entries  have  areas  of  from  40  to  320  acres, 
and  an  average  size  is  160  acres,  from  which  it  appears  that  by  reason 
of  investigations  by  the  field  force  there  have  been  recovered  from 
fraudulent  entry,  during  the  fiscal  }^ear  1907-8,  a  total  of  383,600 
acres.  This  is  exclusive  of  the  many  relinquishments  filed  incident 
to  investigations  by  special  agents,  of  which  an  accurate  account  can 
not  be  made;  they  have  been  very  numerous,  however. 

During  the  past  fiscal  year  close  attention  has  been  paid  the 
methods  of  doing  business  in  the  General  Land  Office,  and  to  the 
personnel ;  many  changes  have  been  made. 

A  comparison  of  the  work  done  during  the  year  1906-7  with  that 
accomplished  during  the  year  1907-S  is  the  best  commentary  on  the 
new  methods  adopted,  on  the  improved  personnel  of  1/he  force,  and 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


79 


on  the  greater  interest  taken  by  the  employees.     The  following  table 
of  the  most  important  branches  of  the  work  will  be  of  interest : 

Work  of  General  Land  Office  in  fiscal  years  1907  and  1908. 


1907. 


1908. 


Per  cent 
increase. 


Hearings  before  registers  and  receivers a  300 

Reports  received  from  special  agents j       3,903 

Reports  disposed  of 3,399 

Unlawful  inclosures  of  public  land  reported 136 

Acres  restored  (unlawful  inclosures) 259,918 

Timber  depredations  reported 278 

Fraudulent  entries  disposed  of 9,251 

Fraudulent  entry  hearings  ordered ". I  304 

Homestead  and  timber  and  stone  entries  approved  for  patent 40, 538 

State  selections  disposed  of  (acres) 818,014 

Original  desert  entries  examined 6,298 

Final  desert  entries  approved  for  patent 

Indian  allotments  approved 

Swamp  indemnity  approved  (acres) 

Swamp  indemnity  rejected  (acres) 

Lieu  selections  (act  June  4,  1897)  disposed  of 

Soldier's  additional  homestead  applications  disposed  of 

Mineral  contests  closed 

Mineral  hearings  ordered 

Mineral  entries  approved  for  patenting  or  cancellation 

Coal  entries  approved  or  canceled 

Hearings  ordered 

Private  appealed  (docket)  cases  decided  b 

Private  unappealed  cases  decided  b 

Entries  canceled  b 

Private  land  claims  approved  for  patent 

Small  holding  claims  approved  for  patent 

Lands  in  national  forests  restored  to  entry  (acres) 

Withdrawals  and  restorations  of  national  forests  examined 

Report  upon  new  forests  proposed 

Patents  issued 

Patents  transmitted .' 

Certified  copies  of  records  furnished 

Maps,  diagrams,  etc.,  for  official  use 

Determination  of  cases  of  coal  entries 

Letters  received  and  recorded  or  answered  without  recording 


2,114 

7,195 

0 

4,120 

478 

95 

215 

75 

1,445 

157 

75 

1,223 

5,590 

5,146 

53 

41 

49,335 

515 

108 

45,978 

47,185 

18,517 

2,799 

20,000 

262,693 


1,115 

8,700 

a  9, 500 

254 

762,941 

480 

11,662 

1,436 

58,209 

,404,973 

8,310 

2,462 

10,117 

30,639 

70,160 

1,269 

702 

365 

128 

1,847 

205 

128 

1,462 

8,816 

8,042 

89 

50 

204,514 

1,596 

137 

90,522 

95,331 

19,420 

3,288 

33,853 

300,532 


271 

122 

179 
86 

193 
72 
26 

372 
43 

194 
31 
16 
40 

All 
1,627 

165 

639 
70 
70 
28 
30 
70 
19 
58 
56 
68 
24 

314 

209 
27 
97 

102 
5 
17 


a  Approximately. 

b  In  addition  to  the  above  work  performed  by  the  contest  division  during  the  past  year,  the  contest 
work  in  the  local  offices  was  brought  up  to  date," an  arrearage  of  2.232  cases  in  one  office  being  cleared  up. 
This  work  was  accomplished  through  the  temporary  detail  of  emplovees,  principally  from  this  division, 
to  duty  in  the  local  land  offices. 

This  increase  in  work  done  was  not  due  to  any  relaxation  of  care 
and  vigilance  on  the  part  of  this  Office.  Full  compliance  with  the 
public-land  laws  was  never  more  rigorously  exacted  than  now.  It  is 
due  to  the  inauguration  of  more  modern  business  methods,  the  greater 
interest  and  activity  shown  by  employees,  and  an  improved  personnel. 
In  only  one  or  two  unimportant  lines  of  work  has -there  been  any 
decrease;  in  all  others,  in  addition  to  those  shown  in  the  above  table, 
there  has  been  a  marked  increase.  This  has  been  accomplished  with 
practically  no  addition  to  the  force.  There  were  fourteen  employees 
added  to  the  force  of  the  General  Land  Office  upon  the  abandonment 
of  the  old  Lands  and  Railroad  Division  in  your  office,  some  of  whom 
were  not  here  for  the  whole  year;  certain  work  done  in  your  oJlice 
was  thereafter  performed  here.  The  entries  under  reclamation  proj- 
ects virtually  caused  a  new  branch  of  work,  which  would  ofTset  the 
assistance  given  by  this  additional  force. 

The  showing  made  is  exceptionally  gratifying  to  the  employees  of 
this  Bureau,  the  great  majority  of  whom  have  worked  with  zeal 


80  KEPOKT   OF   COMMISSIONEE  OF   GENEEAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

intelligence  in  order  to  overtake,  if  possible,  the  accumulation  of 
work.  The  result  could  not,  however,  have  been  achieved  had  it  not 
been  for  the  active  interest  which  has  been  taken  by  you  in  the  con- 
duct of  this  Office,  and  the  encouragement  which  you  have  lent  to  the 
inauguration  of  new  methods  and  to  the  improvement  of  the  person- 
nel of  the  force. 

CASH  RECEIPTS. 

The  total  cash  receipts  from  the  sales  of  public  lands,  including 
fees  and  commissions  on  both  original  and  final  entries  for  the  fiscal 
year  1908,  were  $11,492,453.76. 

Miscellaneous  receipts  from  the  sales  of  Indian  lands,  depredations 
on  public  lands,  sales  of  Government  property,  copies  of  records  and 
plats,  and  reclamation  water-right  charges  were  $1,223,255.70, 
making  the  aggregate  total  of  cash  receipts  of  this  Bureau  during  the 
fiscal  year  1908,  $12,715,709.46,  an  increase  over  the  fiscal  year  1907 
of  $1,162,531.46. 

The  total  expenses  of  district  land  offices  for  salaries  and  com- 
missions of  registers  and  receivers,  incidental  expenses,  and  expenses 
of  depositing  public  moneys  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 
1908,  were  $842,112.45,  an  increase  of  $31,255.49.  The  aggregate 
expenditures  and  estimated  liabilities  of  the  public-land  service, 
including  expenses  of  district  land  offices,  as  stated,  were  $2,381,359.79, 
leaving  a  net  surplus  in  the  United  States  Treasury  of  $10,334,349.67. 

AREA  OF  LAND  ENTERED. 

The  total  area  of  land  originally  entered  during  the  fiscal  year  1908 
is  19,090,356.78  acres,  a  decrease  of  1,907,209.80  acres,  as  compared 
with  the  area  entered  during  the  year  1907.  The  total  area  upon 
which  final  proof  was  made  is  8,068,044.85  acres. 

NEW  SYSTEM  OF  KEEPING   RECORDS  AND  ACCOUNTS  IN 
DISTRICT  LAND  OFFICES. 

One  of  the  first  points  to  which  Commissioner  Ballinger's  attention 
was  directed  was  the  method  of  keeping  records  and  accounts  in  dis- 
trict land  offices.  There  were  employed  by  you  for  this  Office  certain 
experts  on  business  methods  who,  in  conjunction  with  employees  of 
this  Bureau,  made  a  thorough  examination  of  the  system  in  vogue. 
It  was  found  unsatisfactory,  and  in  accordance  with  your  order, 
dated  July  1,  1908,  an  entirely  new  system  of  keeping  records  and 
accounts  in  district  land  offices  was  put  into  effect  on  July  1,  1908. 

The  old  practice  of  deferring  the  issuance  of  receipts  for  moneys 
paid  in  connection  with  the  public  lands  until  the  applications,  entries^ 
or  proofs  were  allowed  or  approved,  was  discontinued,  and  recciptL 
for  all  moneys  collectible  by  receivers  of  public  moneys  arc  now 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.  8i 

issued  to  applicants  and  entrymen  at  the  time  the  money  is  paid, 
without  regard  to  the  subsequent  allowance  or  rejection  of  the  appli- 
cations, entries,  or  proofs.  This  method  enables  this  Office  to  more 
thoroughly  supervise  and  check  receivers'  accounts  than  was  possible 
under  the  former  system. 

The  separate  series  of  entry  numbers  for  the  various  classes  of 
entries  have  been  discontinued,  and  there  is  now  only  one  series  of 
numbers  maintained  at  each  district  land  office,  under  which  all 
classes  of  entries  are  numbered  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  tiled. 

The  old  record  books  were  entirely  remodeled,  and  all  unnecessary 
records  eliminated.  The  new  records  are  arranged  for  a  complete 
and  accurate  record  of  all  business  transacted,  and  are  far  more 
economical  from  a  standpoint  of  time  and  cost.  All  district  land 
offices  have  also  been  furnished  with  modern  up-to-date  filing  equip- 
ment and  office  supplies. 

The  returns  and  account  blanks  have  all  been  revised  and  re- 
duced in  size  to  enable  the  local  officers  to  prepare  them  on  ordinary 
sized  typewriting  machines.  All  duplication  of  work,  so  far  as  prac- 
ticable, has  been  eliminated,  and  the  third  section  of  the  act  approved 
March  2,  1895,  that— 

The  duplication  of  records  and  returns  of  registers  and  receivers  to  the  General  Land 
Office  shall  be  prevented  by  such  regulations  as  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 
Land  Office,  -with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  may  make — 

is  now  being  complied  with  to  the  fullest  extent  possible.  A  total  of 
86  record  books  and  blanks  have  been  replaced  by  16  new  blanks. 

During  the  past  year  the  various  application  and  entry  blanks  and 
other  forms  in  use  by  this  bureau  were  revised  and,  wherever  possible, 
blanks  and  forms  were  consolidated  and  useless  blanks  eliminated. 
By  the  close  watch  of  innumerable  details  in  this  respect  it  is  already 
evident  that  the  work  done  will  show  a  marked  improvement  in  final 
results. 

The  new  system  of  records  and  accounts  will  save  much  time  and 
labor,  not  only  for  the  Government  but  for  all  persons  having  business 
before  this  bureau,  and  will  enable  the  local  officers  to  transmit  their 
returns  and  accounts  promptly  without  the  delay  incident  to  their 
preparation  and  transmission  under  the  old  method. 

As  a  result  of  the  changes  made  in  the  method  of  keeping  records 
in  the  district  land  offices,  the  arrangement  of  the  files  and  records  in 
the  General  Land  Office  mil  be  greatly  improved. 

SALARIES   OF  EMPLOYEES. 

Of  the  recommendations  with  respect  to  increases  in  salary  for 
positions  in  this  bureau,  made  to  Congress  by  my  predecessor,  only 
one  was  adopted,  namely,  that  of  the  chief  of  the  surveying  division. 

58920— int  190S— vol  1 6 


82  REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

The  arguments  which  prompted  Congress  to  approve  the  recommenda- 
tion in  this  instance  apply  more  forcibly  to  the  positions  of  chief  law 
clerk,  chief  clerk,  and  equally  as  strongly  to  the  positions  of  law 
clerks  and  law  examiners  on  the  board  of  law  review,  and  to  the 
chiefs  of  division.  There  is  but  little  demand  among  law  firms 
engaged  in  the  practice  of  land  law  for  the  services  of  the  lawyers 
from  the  General  Land  Office,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  principles 
of  general  law  are  largely  applicable  to  land  law;  moreover,  the  aim 
of  the  General  Land  Office  is  to  waive  all  technicalities  possible; 
hence  a  good  general  practitioner  is  competent  to  handle  a  question 
in  land  law,  although  the  converse  does  not  necessarily  hold.  The 
General  Land  Office  can  not,  therefore,  submit  to  Congress,  as  a  reason 
for  an  increase  in  salaries,  the  argument  that  there  is  outside  compe- 
tition for  the  services  of  its  best  law  clerks.  It  is  submitted,  how- 
ever, that  such  a  basis  for  computation  of  salaries  makes  no  just  pro- 
vision as  a  return  for  the  legal  skill  and  experience  required  in  the 
proper  discharge  of  the  heavy  responsibilities  imposed  upon  these 
officers.  The  real  value  of  the  services  performed  should  be  the  basis 
of  estimate,  computed  on  the  importance  of  the  work  to  the  Govern- 
ment. Adequate  salaries  will  prove  in  the  end  to  be  money  savers. 
There  should  be  created  the  position  of  executive  officer.  The 
duties  of  the  Commissioner  and  Assistant  Commissioner  are  such  that 
neither  has  adequate  time  to  devote  to  the  personnel  of  the  Office,  or 
to  ascertain  whether  there  is  the  proper  equipoise  in  clerical  help 
between  the  different  divisions.  The  policy  adopted,  therefore,  has 
been  to  divide  the  divisions  under  three  main  heads — adjudication, 
special  service,  and  record — and  to  place  at  the  head  of  each  of  these 
classes  an  officer  who,  without  interfering  with  the  actual  handling 
of  the  cases  within  the  jurisdiction  of  each  division,  shall  yet  keep 
close  watch  to  see  where  one  division  can  afford  to  part  with  clerks 
to  help  another  division  which  is  behind  in  its  work,  and  to  see  that  all 
work  is  given  proper  attention.  The  chief  clerk  of  this  Office  is  at 
the  head  of  the  record,  the  chief  of  the  special  service  is  the  executive 
chief  of  the  work  under  that  head,  while  it  has  been  necessary  to  give 
to  a  chief  of  one  of  the  divisions  the  supervising  of  work  under  the 
head  of  adjudication,  in  addition  to  his  own  duties.  The  plan  has 
so  far  worked  well.  I  would  urge  upon  Congress  the  necessity  of 
meeting  this  situation  by  authorizing  the  appointment  of  an  executive 
officer. 


REPORT  OF  COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE.  83 

USGISJLATION. 

The  recommendations  of  my  predecessor  in  regard  to  needed  legis- 
lation are  reiterated,  especially  those  with  reference  to  coal  lands. 

LANDS  UNDER  RECLAMATION  PROJECTS. 

Experience  has  proven  that  lands  which  are  to  be  brought  under 
an  irrigation  project  should  be  withdrawn  from  all  kinds  of  entry  at 
the  time  of  the  announcement  of  the  enterprise.  Under  the  present 
law  the  lands  are  open  to  homestead  entry  immediately  upon  the 
declaration  of  the  project.  Compliance  with  the  homestead  law  is 
thereafter  necessary.  The  water  can  not  be  brought  upon  the  lands 
for  several  years  after  the  entries  are  made.  Until  the  water  is  fur- 
nished, the  desert  character  of  the  land  precludes  growing  of  crops 
to  furnish  means  of  sustenance  for  the  settlers.  Great  hardships 
have  resulted.  At  the  time  of  the  approval  of  the  project  the  lands 
should  be  withdrawn  from  settlement  and  entry  until  the  water  is 
ready  and  then  restored  to  entry  in  the  manner  now  adopted  in  the 
case  of  Indian  reservations. 

A  general  withdrawal  of  this  character  would,  in  addition,  not  only 
operate  to  relieve  the  Reclamation  Service  from  certain  difficulties 
encountered  in  carrying  out  its  work,  where  entries  had  already  been 
made,  but  would  also  relieve  this  Office  from  greater  difficulties  arising 
from  the  adjustment  of  existing  homestead  entries  to  the  farm  units 
upon  the  opening  of  the  lands  after  the  completion  of  the  project. 

RIGHTS  OF  WAY. 

Attention  should  be  called  to  the  necessity  of  legislation  bringing 
together  and  harmonizing  the  various  acts  granting  rights  of  way, 
for  various  purposes,  over  the  public  lands. 

Bills  have  been  introduced  from  time  to  time,  as  heretofore  rec- 
ommended, looking  toward  this  end,  but  they  have  not  yet  resulted 
in  the  necessary  relief  from  the  difficulties  arising  in  the  administra- 
tion of  the  various  acts  bearing  upon  this  subject.  Especially  is 
legislation  desirable  looking  toward  the  termination  of  rights  that 
have  been  granted  under  such  an  act  as  that  of  March  3, 1891,  sections 
18  to  21  (26  Stat.  L.,  1095),  granting  rights  of  way  for  canal  and  ditch 
purposes.  This  act,  like  the  railroad  right-of-way  act  of  March  3, 
1875  (18  Stat.  L.,  482),  grants  an  easement  over  public  lands  that 
can  not  be  terminated  for  nonuser,  without  some  declaration  of  for- 
feiture, either  by  Congress  or  by  the  courts. 

In  the  case  of  the  railroad  right-of-way  act,  relief  was  granted  by 
the  act  of  June  26,  1906  (34  Stat.  L.,  482),  declaring  forfeited  to  the 
United  States,  with  certain  Hmitations,  such  rights  of  way  where  t he- 
proposed  line  of  road  had  not  then  been  constructed. 


84  REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

The  necessity  for  this  legislation  arises  from  the  accumulation  of 
mere  paper  rights  of  way,  that  lie  as  a  burden  upon  the  public  lands, 
which  must  first  be  removed  before  the  Government  or  private  indi- 
viduals can  assert  rights  that  otherwise  exist,  to  the  public  domain. 

The  history  of  the  creation  of  any  of  our  national  forest  reserves, 
or  undertakings  under  the  reclamation  act,  is  full  of  illustrations 
along  this  line.  To  relieve  the  public  domain  of  such  charges  as  these, 
through  proceedings  in  the  courts,  is  at  all  times  very  expensive  and 
attended  with  much  delay. 

Under  your  instructions  an  exhaustive  examination  is  being  made 
in  the  field  of  all  rights  of  way  f 01  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  whether 
they  have  been  put  to  the  use  for  which  they  were  granted. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  LAW. 

For  the  purpose  of  the  better  enforcement  of  the  laws  already  on 
the  statute  books  the  enactment  of  legislation  covering  the  following 
subjects  is  earnestly  recommended: 

1 .  To  punish  persons  who  fraudulently  obtain  or  attempt  to  obtain 
title  to  public  lands,  and  for  other  purposes.  The  lack  of  any  statute 
which  specifically  provides  for  the  punishment  of  persons  who  fraud- 
ulently obtain  or  attempt  to  obtain  title  to  public  lands  embarrasses 
the  proper  adminstration  of  the  public-land  laws.  Heretofore  such 
offenses  have  been  prosecuted  under  the  statute  punishing  conspiracy 
to  defraud  the  Government  and  under  the  laws  prescribing  penalties 
for  perjury  and  subornation  of  perjury.  It  is  often  difficult,  if  not 
impossible,  to  prove  either  a  conspiracy  or  subornation,  and  many 
cases  are  now  pending,  and  others  will  arise,  where  the  need  for  a 
more  comprehensive  statute  than  we  now  have  is  very  urgent.  Also 
there  is  not  any  statute  which  authorizes  the  punishment  of  an  at- 
tempt to  fraudulently  acquire  title. 

2.  To  empower  officers,  clerks,  inspectors,  agents,  and  employees 
to  administer  oaths,  and  for  other  purposes.  There  is  not  now  any 
statute  sufficiently  comprehensive  to  meet  the  needs  indicated  by 
caption  of  this  paragraph.  Section  183,  Eevised  Statutes  of  the 
United  States,  provides  that  any  officer  or  clerk  of  this  Department 
detailed  to  investigate  frauds  against  the  Government  or  irregulari- 
ties or  misconduct  on  the  part  of  its  officers  shall  be  authorized  to 
administer  oaths,  and  the  question  is  likely  to  arise  as  to  whether 
any  officer  who  is  not  especially  detailed  to  the  duty  of  investigating 
particular  cases  has  the  power  to  administer  an  oath.  Again,  it 
is  proposed  to  provide  a  method  by  which  the  special  agents  of 
this  Office  can  compel  witnesses  to  appear  before  judges  or  clerks 
of  cOurtfi,  United  States  commissioners,  or  registers  and  receivers 
and  disclose,  the  facts  of  their  knowledge  relative  to  any  matter  under 
investigation. 


REPORT  OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.  85 

Sections  184,  185,  and  186,  Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  act  of  July  25,  1882  (22  Stat.  L.,  175),  authorize  a  proceeding 
of  this  kind  in  all  cases  where  the  fraudulent  character  of  claims  or 
pensions  is  under  investigation,  but  there  is  no  statute  which  in  any 
way  enables  this  Office  to  compel  the  disclosure  of  material  testi- 
mony in  advance  of  an  investigation  before  the  grand  jury  or  trial 
before  United  States  land  officers  or  courts.  The  lack  of  this  power 
often  results  in  mistrials,  because  of  the  unwillingness  of  persons  hav- 
ing knowledge  of  pertinent  facts  to  disclose  that  knowledge  until  they 
are  produced  as  witnesses  before  the  grand  jury  or  at  the  trial.  This 
leads  to  the  accumulation  of  unnecessary  and  burdensome  cost  to  the 
Government,  and  greatly  weakens  the  administration  of  the  law.  It 
is  not  seen  why  officers  charged  with  the  detection,  investigation,  and 
punishment  of  persons  who  attempt  to  defraud  the  Government 
through  the  acquisition  of  public  lands  should  not  be  given  the  same 
powers  which  Congress  has  heretofore  given  to  special  agents  who  are 
charged  with  the  investigation  of  pension  frauds  which  often  involve 
small  amounts  of  money. 

3.  To  amend  an  act  providing  for  the  compulsory  attendance  of 
witnesses  before  registers  and  receivers  of  land  offices.  The  act  of 
January  31,  1903,  authorizes  the  compulsory  attendance  of  witnesses 
in  trials  affecting  public  lands.  In  construing  this  act  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Treasury  has  so  limited  its  provisions  that  it  is  impossible 
to  compel  the  attendance  of  a  witness  at  a  hearing  held  outside  of  the 
county  in  which  he  is  subpoenaed.  The  enforcement  of  the  act,  as 
thus  construed,  necessitates  the  taking  of  testimony  in  as  many  differ- 
ent places  as  there  are  witnesses  residing  in  different  counties.  This 
imposes  much  additional  and  unnecessary  cost,  and  the  expenditure 
of  a  large  amount  of  unnecessary  time  by  the  agents  charged  with  the 
duty  of  examining  the  witnesses.  At  present  the  Government  must 
in  each  trial  case  ask  for  hearings  before  an  officer  in  each  county  in 
which  its  witnesses  may  reside,  and  a  special  agent  must  attend  each  of 
such  hearings  or  depend  upon  depositions  taken  in  his  absence.  This 
practice  also  results  in  the  Government  disclosing  all  its  evidence  in 
the  case  prior  to  the  final  hearing  and  enables  the  defendant  to  put  his 
witnesses  on  the  stand  knowing  exactly  what  he  must  disprove.  An 
amendment  should  be  adopted  which  will  authorize  the  summoning  of 
a  witness  residing  in  any  given  land  district  to  appear  before  the  local 
office.  It  can  not  be  said  that  it  will  work  an  unnecessar}r  hardship  or 
impose  an  unusual  burden  upon  the  witnesses,  since,  under  the  act  to 
be  amended,  the  witness  is  to  receive,  in  advance  of  his  attendance, 
his  fee  for  one  day's  attendance  and  his  mileage  fees  before  he  can  be 
compelled  to  attend. 

4.  To  provide  for  the  punishment  of  officers  who  attach  false  jurats 
or  certificates  to  affidavits,  or  papers,  and  for  other  purposes.     The 


86  REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

administration  of  the  public-land  laws  calls,  at  almost  every  turn,  for 
the  establishment  of  essential  facts .  These  facts  can,  in  most  instances , 
be  established  only  through  the  affidavits  of  the  applicants,  yet 
there  is  no  Federal  statute  which  safeguards  the  execution  of  affida- 
vits or  compels  an  honest  performance  on  the  part  of  the  officers 
before  whom  they  are  executed.  A  designing  or  unscrupulous 
officer  may,  with  impunity,  attach  a  false  jurat  by  certifying  that  the 
affiant  was  personally  known  to  him,  when,  in  fact,  he  did  not  know 
him,  or  that  the  witness  appeared  before  him  and  was  sworn  to  his 
affidavit  by  him,  when,  in  fact,  he  did  not  appear.  Many  cases  have 
arisen  in  connection  with  the  public-land  laws  in  which  the  affiant 
named  in  the  affidavit  was  impersonated,  and  others  have  arisen  in 
which  the  jurat  was  attached  without  any  oath  having  been  admin- 
istered. Where  witnesses  are  impersonated  it  is  practically  impos- 
sible to  identify  the  impersonator,  and  when  no  oath  is  administered 
it  is  impossible  to  sustain  an  indictment  for  perjury. 

The  passage  of  these  bills  is  especially  essential  to  the  proper 
administration  of  the  public-land  laws,  and  it  is  urged  with  emphasis 
that  they  be  enacted. 

PLATS  DESTROYED  BY  FIRE. 

The  appropriation  made  by  Congress  for  the  transcribing  of  the 
field  notes  and  tract  books  destroyed  in  the  San  Francisco  fire  lapsed 
on  the  31st  of  December  last.  I  now  find  that  no  provision  was  made 
in  this  appropriation  for  the  copying  of  the  plats  of  mineral  surveys,  so 
that  the  surveyor-general  has  to  make  exhaustive  researches  in  the 
field  notes  for  the  purposes  of  ascertaining  conflicts  in  proposed  min- 
eral surveys.  This  necessitates  great  additional  labor  and  cost.  I 
recommend,  therefore,  than  an  appropriation  of  $8,000  be  asked 
from  Congress  to  make  the  necessary  transcripts. 

UNDELIVERED  PATENTS. 

There  are  now  in  the  general  and  local  land  offices  some  400,000 
patents  to  lands  which  it  has  not  been  possible  to  deliver  to  entry 
men.  In  these  cases  the  successful  applicant  has  been  satisfied  to 
record  the  receiver's  receipt  and  has  then  for  some  reason  ceased  to 
call  for  mail  at  his  last  known  address,  to  which  the  notice  of  the 
issuance  of  the  patent  is  sent.  Some  steps  should  be  taken  to  have 
these  muniments  of  title  properly  recorded.  In  many  instances  the 
patents  are  for  lands  in  States  in  which  all  the  public  lands  have  been 
exhausted  for  a  number  of  years,  such  as  Indiana,  Ohio,  Illinois. 
The  attention  of  the  governing  bodies  of  the  States  is  called  to  this 
condition  of  affairs,  in  order  that  proper  steps  be  taken  for  the  record- 
ing of  these  patents.     This  office  has  adopted  a  regulation  in  regard 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER   OF    GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.  87 

to  the  delivery  of  these  old  patents  which  works  well  and  which  is 
designed  to  prevent  the  practice  of  any  extortion.  The  patents  are 
transmitted  to  the  recorder  of  deeds  or  other  proper  county  official 
for  record  upon  receipt  of  a  statement  from  him  that  the  money 
necessary  to  pay  for  recording  has  been  deposited  with  him  by  any 
person  interested. 

SURVEYS. 

I  repeat  the  recommendation  made  by  my  predecessor  that  author- 
ity should  be  given  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  cause  the  sur- 
veying of  the  public  lands  to  be  made  by  surveyors  directly  under 
his  charge  in  addition  to  the  contract  system.  In  many  States  the 
remaining  unsurveyed  lands  are  those  which  are  difficult  of  access 
and  of  survey.  Under  the  contract  system  it  is  found  that  the  work 
is  undertaken  by  deputies  who  have  not  fully  advised  themselves  of 
the  difficulties  ahead  of  them  and  who,  in  consequence,  default  or 
are  very  backward  in  the  completion  of  their  contracts,  causing 
vexatious  delays  in  the  administration  of  public-land  matters.  It  is 
an  admitted  fact  that  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  will  have  to  be 
expended  in  resurveys,  owing  to  paper  surveys  made  and  paid  for 
prior  to  the  date  of  our  inspection  system.  The  contract  system  is 
not,  even  under  inspection,  entirely  satisfactory,  and  the  authority 
asked  for  ought  to  be  given  the  Secretary. 

In  further  support  of  my  position  I  would  respectfully  submit  the 
following  excerpts  from  a  letter  received  from  one  of  the  most  com- 
petent surveyors-general  now  in  the  service : 

As  is  generally  understood  by  those  familiar  with  the  matter  the  present  system  is 
cumbersome  and  in  many  ways  unsatisfactory.  The  great  length  of  time  consumed 
between  the  receipt  by  this  office  of  a  settler's  application  for  the  survey  of  his  land 
and  the  date  when  he  is  at  liberty  to  make  his  entry  is  a  discouragement  to  the  home- 
steader, and  the  constant  inquiries  and  criticisms  received  by  this  office  are  an  annoy- 
ance and  it  is  often  difficult  to  give  a  reason  for  such  seemingly  unnecessary  delay 
that  is  satisfactory  to  the  one  making  such  inquiry. 

The  most  practical  way  of  relieving  this  condition  appears  to  be  the  appointment, 
by  your  office  for  each  district,  of  a  corps  of  competent  surveyors  on  salary  who  should 
be  placed  under  the  direction  of  the  surveyor-general  of  such  surveying  district.  In 
this  way  the  necessity  of  an  examination  of  the  field  work  would  be  dispensed  with, 
thus  doing  away  with  that  much  delay  and  expense.  The  present  system  has  reached 
a  stage  where  it  is  almost  impossible  to  secure  good  men  to  do  the  work.  The  lowest 
bidders  are  as  a  rule  men  of  little  experience  who  through  ignorance  submit  bids  that 
encourage  hasty  and  erratic  work  and  necessitating  in  most  cases  the  delay  of  return- 
ing the  deputy  to  the  field  to  make  corrections. 

This  office  is  constantly  in  receipt  of  communications  from  settlers  protesting  against 
the  erratic  and  fraudulent  surveys  of  townships  made  under  contracts  dating  back 
many  years.  Sooner  or  later  these  townships  will  have  to  be  resurveyed,  and  in  case 
the  work  is  undertaken  by  the  Government  I  would  particularly  recommend  that  on 
account  of  the  great  amount  of  preliminary  surveying  necessary,  the  work  be  done  by 
men  of  known  ability  selected  by  your  office,  or  this  office,  to  be  paid  per  diem  or  a 
monthly  salary. 


88  REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 

WITHDRAWAL  OF  IRRIGABLE  ARID  LANDS. 

An  intelligent  and  economic  disposal  of  the  remaining  public  lands 
demands  that  every  acre  shall  be  preserved  for  its  greatest  use.  The 
policy  of  Congress  has  been  to  offer  homes  on  the  lands  to  those  who 
are  anxious  to  obtain  them.  As  long  as  lands  can  be  found  capable 
of  producing  crops  the  way  is  plain.  The  reclamation  act,  so  called, 
showed  the  evident  intent  of  Congress  to  continue  the  policy  of  pro- 
viding the  greatest  number  of  homes  possible  on  the  public  domain. 
The  logical  sequence  is  to  take  the  necessary  steps  to  hold  irrigable 
lands,  which  without  water  can  not  furnish  homes,  for  future  irrigation. 

No  more  important  work  for  the  general  welfare  is  now  being  done 
than  that  performed  under  the  act  of  June  17,  1902.  Successful  irri- 
gation works  have  also  been  inaugurated  under  the  Carey  Act  and 
great  general  good  has  resulted  therefrom.  It  is  to  the  manifest 
advantage,  therefore,  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  that  every- 
thing possible  be  done  to  further  the  reclamation  of  the  public  lands. 
The  result  of  successful  irrigation  and  its  effect  on  values  is  well 
known.  An  acre  of  land  of  no  prior  value  speedily  reaches  a  price 
of  from  $100  and  up  after  water  has  been  successfully  brought  upon 
it.  This  knowledge  has  introduced  a  new  character  of  speculation, 
to  prevent  which  there  is  no  law  on  the  statute  books.  Land  of  no 
present  value  for  farming  or  other  purposes  is  taken  simply  in  the 
hope  that  the  increasing  demand  and  consequent  higher  values  for 
irrigated  land  will  bring  the  tract  within  an  irrigation  project.  So 
it  is  that  when  an  irrigation  project  is  initiated  it  is  found  that 
a  large  proportion  of  the  area  is  either  entered  or  in  private  owner- 
ship and  held  in  tracts  of  160  acres  or  larger,  though  the  land 
without  water  is  incapable  of  growing  crops.  Thus  the  true  purport 
of  the  act  of  1902,  namely,  the  furnishing  of  homes  for  the  landless 
settler  on  tracts  of  a  size  capable  of  providing  a  living  and  reasonable 
competency  for  the  average  family,  is  defeated.  Practical  experience 
shows  that  80  acres  with  water  is  the  maximum  unit  a  family  requires 
in  intensive  farming.  When  the  land  is  already  held  in  tracts  of  160 
acres,  there  is  only  one  home,  where  two  or  more  homes  ought  to  be 
established.  The  result  is  the  additional  homes  are  secured  only  by 
paying  a  fancy  price  to  the  speculator,  and  the  object  of  the  recla- 
mation act  is  to  that  extent  defeated. 

A  similar  difficulty  confronts  the  States  under  the  Carey  Act.  As 
soon  as  a  project  is  understood  to  be  under  way  claimants  under  the 
desert-land  and  other  acts  flock  to  the  spot.  The  land  is  thus  entered 
and  the  Carey  Act  applicants  necessarily  abandon  the  project  or  pay 
the  speculators  to  vacate. 

The  proper  step  to  take  would  be  to  classify  the  lands  of  the  United 
States  in  order  to  ascertain  what  public  lands  (which  in  their  present 


REPORT    OF    COMMISSIONER    OF    GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE.  89 

condition  are  incapable  of  affording  a  home)  are  susceptible  of  irriga- 
tion up  to  a  cost  even  much  greater  than  that  now  entertained  by  the 
Reclamation  Service,  and  to  withdraw  these  lands  from  entry  await- 
ing the  time  when  they  can  by  irrigation  be  made  homes  either  under 
the  United  States  Government  or  under  the  Carey  Act.  It  will  be 
only  a  comparatively  few  years  before  an  irrigation  project  which  will 
cost  as  high  as  $200  an  acre  will  be  considered  practicable,  the  market 
for  the  land  justifying  such  an  expenditure.  No  one  can  be  hurt  by 
such  a  withdrawal,  for  desert  land  which  can  not  be  reclaimed  by  the 
individual  effort  of  a  settler  can  never  become  a  home  until  water  is 
brought  to  it  by  the  Government,  State,  or  by  the  expenditure  of  vast 
sums  by  private  enterprise. 

The  cost  of  classification  would  not  be  very  great  and  the  benefits 
conferred  in  preserving  the  lands  for  actual  homes,  until  such  time  as 
reclamation  may  be  had,  would  far  outweigh  the  immediate  expenses. 

RESTORATION   OF  LANDS  TO  ENTRY. 

A  law  should  be  enacted  governing  restorations  of  all  lands  to  entry, 
which  would  authorize  the  adoption  of  a  method  similar  to  that  now 
in  use  in  opening  ceded  lands  on  Indian  reserves.  This  has  been 
found  to  be  very  successful  in  its  administration  and  gives  an  equal 
opportunity  to  all  applicants,  of  either  sex,  and  to  the  weak  and  the 
strong  alike.  Regulations  have  been  adopted  with  a  view  to  giving 
home  seekers  equal  opportunities,  but  it  has  been  impossible  under 
the  limited  authority  vested  in  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  reach 
a  satisfactory  solution.  There  is  a  House  bill  pending  on  this  ques- 
tion which  should  become  a  law. 

REGISTERS  AND  RECEIVERS. 

A  careful  .examination  into  the  land  offices  of  the  United  States 
furnishes  convincing  proof  that  no  one  should  be  appointed  register 
unless  he  has  the  necessary  legal  qualifications,  and  no  one  should  be 
given  the  position  of  receiver  unless  he  be  a  competent  accountant 
and  business  man.  The  duties  of  register  and  receiver,  to  be  properly 
filled,  demand  the  entire  attention  of  competent  men,  and  it  is  unjust 
tc  the  general  public  to  appoint  to  these  positions  men  who  do  not 
possess  the  technical  qualifications  demanded  by  the  duties  they  are 
called  upon  to  perform. 

It  has  been  found  absolutely  necessary  to  have  furnished  complete 
transcripts  of  the  tract  books  in  at  least  two  land  offices.  This  is 
owing  to  the  inefficient  manner  in  which  the  books  have  been  kept,  and 
furnishes  a  strong  argument  in  favor  of  seeing  that  none  but  compe- 
tent officers  are  appointed.  The  work  will  have  to  be  done  during  the 
present  year  and  will  cost  the  Government  at  least  $10,000. 


90  KEPORT    OF    COMMISSIONER   OF    GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE. 

CALIFORNIA  SCHOOL  GRANT. 

During  the  year  1903  it  was  ascertained  from  a  thorough  exam- 
ination of  the  California  school  grant  that  the  State  had  selected 
approximately  40,000  acres  of  school  indemnity  lands  for  which  no 
valid  bases  had  been  assigned.  Demands  were  accordingly  made 
upon  the  State  for  valid  bases,  and  while  the  State  at  first  acknowl- 
edged the  justice  of  the  Government's  claim,  no  substantial  effort 
was  made  to  furnish  such  valid  base,  and  after  considerable  corre- 
spondence the  matter  was  the  subject  of  a  conference  during  the 
past  year  between  officers  of  the  State  and  representatives  of  the 
Department  and  this  Office.  At  that  conference  an  agreement  was 
reached  which  was  regarded  as  satisfactory  to  the  State  and  at  the 
same  time  as  a  substantial  compliance  with  the  Government's 
demands. 

This  Office  proceeded  to  prepare  statements  showing  in  detail  the 
certifications  in  which  no  valid  bases  had  been  assigned,  and  in  due 
time  submitted  the  same  to  the  officers  of  the  State;  but  the  State 
claimed  that  there  was  a  misunderstanding  as  to  the  terms  of  the 
agreement,  and  the  surveyor-general  again  appeared  before  the 
Department  and  represented  that,  under  the  laws  and  regulations 
governing  the  conduct  of  his  office,  he  could  assign  bases  only  for 
such  excess  certifications  as  had  occurred  since  the  passage  of  the  act 
of  March  1,  1877  (19  Stat.  L.,  267). 

Under  the  circumstances  the  Department,  on  May  12,  1908, 
advised  the  surveyor-general  that,  if  valid  bases  were  assigned  for 
the  excess  certifications  since  1877  (which  amounted  to  more  than 
13,000  acres),  the  adjustment  of  the  remaining  excesses  would  be 
waived  for  the  time  being  and  that  pending  selections  on  valid  bases 
(action  on  which  has  been  suspended  for  several  years)  would  be 
listed  for  approval. 

While  this  Office  has  been  assured  by  the  State  surveyor-general 
that  patent  would  be  issued  to  the  United  States  for  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  land  in  the  San  Jacinto  (now  Cleveland)  National  Forest 
to  indemnify  the  Government  for  the  excess  certifications  which 
occurred  since  1877,  this  Office  has  received  no  patent  up  to  the 
present  time,  and,  accordingly,  action  remains  suspended  on  all  the 
indemnity  selections  from  the  State  of  California. 

However,  it  is  hoped  that  the  necessary  action  will  be  taken  by 
the  State  in  the  near  future,  and  there  is  reason  to  believe,  moreover, 
that  the  legislature  of  the  State  will  also  provide  means  by  which 
the  Government  may  be  indemnified  for  all  of  the  excess  certifications. 


KEPORT   OF    COMMISSIONER    OF    GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE.  91 

SURVEYORS-  GENERAL. 

A  personal  inspection  of  offices  of  surveyors-general  reveals  the 
fact  that  there  is  no  uniformity  of  system  in  the  method  of  per- 
formance of  work — each  office  pursues  that  which  seems  best  to  itself. 
There  is  not  in  most  offices  any  attempt  at  a  cost  system  in  the 
preparation  of  plats  and  in  the  performance  of  other  work.  Steps 
will  be  taken  to  elaborate  a  uniform  system  for  all  offices.  The  only 
adequate  method  of  inspecting  the  work  done  in  the  various  surveyor- 
generals  offices  is  to  follow  a  method  similar  to  that  adopted  in  local 
land  offices,  namely,  an  inspection  by  competent  officials  detailed 
from  the  General  Land  Office.  In  the  case  of  surveyor-generals 
offices  these  officials  should  be  either  surveyors  or  skilled  draftsmen 
with  a  knowledge  of  surveying.  The  result  would  be  to  bring  the 
field  offices  and  the  General  Land  Office  into  a  better  understanding 
and  closer  touch. 

INSPECTION  OF  LAND  OFFICES. 

It  has  been  found  that  the  system  of  inspection  which  has  hitherto 
prevailed  has  been  unsatisfactory.  The  inspectors,  three  in  number, 
divided  the  territory  between  them,  and  being  constantly  on  the 
road  did  not  have  an  opportunity  to  become  thoroughly  versed  in 
the  methods  of  the  head  office.  They  did  not  afford  a  connecting 
link  between  the  local  land  offices  and  the  General  Land  Office. 
Under  the  law  these  officers  are  only  paid  the  per  diem  in  lieu  of 
subsistence  when  actually  traveling.  It  has  been  found  the  better 
practice,  therefore,  to  appoint  as  inspectors  competent  law  clerks 
of  the  General  Land  Office,  whose  services  can  be  used  when  not  on 
tour  of  inspection  in  the  General  Land  Office  in  the  adjudication  of 
cases,  and  who  are  therefore  more  competent  to  adjust  the  affairs 
of  the  offices  they  visit  from  time  to  time.  In  addition  clerks  of  the 
General  Land  Office  have  been  detailed  during  the  last  fiscal  year  to 
assist  in  bringing  the  work  in  the  local  offices  up  to  date  with  good 
results.  In  this  way  the  officials  of  the  local  offices  have  had  the 
benefit  of  more  competent  instructors  and  have  learned  what  is 
desired  by  the  General  Land  Office.  Experience  has  taught  that, 
as  a  result,  the  local  land  offices  and  the  General  Land  Office  have 
been  brought  closer  together  under  this  method,  inasmuch  as  the 
persons  who,  to  some  extent,  do  the  actual  work  in  the  offices, 
respectively,  are  brought  into  actual  contact.  In  order,  however, 
that  there  may  be  no  confusion  of  duties,  I  would  recommend  that 
the  positions  of  inspectors  in  the  General  Land  Office  be  abolished 
and  that  three  additional  positions  of  law  examiner  be  created. 


92  REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

INDEX  OF  PATENTS. 

The  law  provides  for  the  maintaining  of  an  alphabetical  list  of  all 
patents  issued.  For  some  reason  no  such  list  has  been  kept  until  the 
past  year.  Some  years  ago  a  card  index  by  descriptions  was  installed 
of  the  lands  disposed  of  in  the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois, 
which  has  been  completed ;  and  an  index  for  the  State  of  Iowa  par- 
tially completed — a  special  appropriation  having  been  made  for  that 
purpose;  but  an  alphabetical  index  was  not  prepared  in  conjunction 
therewith.  The  force  of  the  General  Land  Office  is  not  sufficient  to 
take  up  the  back  work,  though  it  should  be  done.  Your  attention  is 
called  to  this  situation  in  order  that  you  may  consider  the  alternative 
of  (1)  asking  for  a  special  appropriation  to  perform  this  work,  or  (2) 
waiting  until  the  work  of  the  General  Land  Office  shall  have  relaxed, 
and  leaving  this  work  to  be  done  in  future  years. 

BIRD  RESERVATIONS. 

Since  March  13,  1903,  16  reservations  for  the  protection  of  native 
birds  have  been  created  by  Executive  order,  on  recommendation 
of  the  Department,  after  a  careful  consideration  and  presentation 
of  each  case  by  this  Bureau.  These  reserves  have  been  created  in 
response  to  a  widespread  popular  and  economic  demand,  made  not 
only  by  the  students  of  wild-bird  life  but  also  by  the  farmer  and  the 
sportsman  and  by  a  numerous  and  scattered  citizenship,  which,  in  a 
broad  sense,  is  interested  in  conserving  the  nation's  resources.  No 
reserve  has  been  created  without  securing,  first,  a  full  knowledge  of 
ornithological  conditions,  and  second,  determining  the  character  of 
the  lands  and  their  availability  for  bird  reservation  purposes.  As  a 
rule  these  lands  are  unfitted  for  agricultural,  commercial,  or  defensive 
purposes,  the  exceptions  being  noted  in  the  modified  form  of  order 
issued. 

For  convenience  the  bird  reserves  may  be  placed  in  three  general 
groups,  viz,  the  Florida  and  Gulf  coast  reserves,  the  reserves  in  the 
Northern  States  and  those  in  the  Pacific  coast  States. 

The  first  group  embraces  nine  reservations :  Pelican  Island,  Breton 
Islands,  Passage  Key,  Indian  Key,  Tern  Islands,  Shell  Keys,  East  Tim- 
balier  Island,  Mosquito  Inlet,  and  Tortugas  Keys,  which  are  scattered 
along  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coasts  from  the  middle  of  eastern  Florida  to 
western  Louisiana.  Upon  these  reserves  thousands  of  many  species 
of  water  birds  nest,  among  which  are  brown  pelicans,  gulls  and  terns, 
black  skimmers,  cormorants,  herons,  etc.;  and  the  Breton  Island 
reserve,  in  addition,  is  the  winter  home  of  myriads  of  edible  wild 
ducks. 

The  second  group  embraces  three  reservations:  Stump  Lake  in 
North  Dakota,  and  Huron  Islands  and  Siskiwit  Islands  in  Lake  Supe- 
rior, Michigan.     Upon  the  Michigan  reserves  thousands  of  gulls  and 


REPORT   OF    COMMISSIONER    OF    GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE.  93 

terns,  and  in  the  North  Dakota  reserve  Canada  geese,  wild  ducks, 
white  pelicans,  gulls,  terns,  and  shore  birds  breed. 

The  third  group  embraces  four  reservations:  Three  Arch  Rocks, 
Flattery  Rocks,  Quillayute  Needles,  and  Copalis  Rocks,  islands 
located  off  the  coasts  of  Washington  and  Oregon.  Upon  the  coast 
islands  thousands  of  murres,  cormorants,  petrels,  puffins,  gullemots, 
oyster  catchers,  and  other  characteristic  sea  birds  breed. 

On  the  majority  of  the  reserved  sites  extermination  by  plume  and 
cold-storage  hunters  was  being  pushed  to  a  successful  conclusion  up  to 
the  date  of  reservation,  but  an  effective  warden  service  has  eliminated 
this  danger,  and  is  greatly  assisting  in  the  preservation  of  an  avifauna 
necessary  to  the  welfare  of  the  people. 

NATIONAL  MONUMENTS. 

Under  the  authority  of  the  act  approved  June  8,  1906,  the  President, 
by  formal  proclamation  prepared  in  this  Bureau,  has  created,  out  of 
the  unappropriated  and  unreserved  lands,  eight  national  monuments 
as  follows:  Devil's  Tower,  Wyoming;  Petrified  Forest  and  Monte- 
zuma Castle,  Arizona;  El  Morro  and  Chaco  Canyon,  New  Mexico; 
Muir  Woods,  California ;  Natural  Bridges,  Utah ;  and  Lewis  and  Clark 
Cavern,  Montana.  And  out  of  lands  already  reserved  in  national 
forests,  seven  monuments:  The  Grand  Canyon  and  Tonto,  Arizona; 
Gila  Cliff  Dwellings,  New  Mexico;  Lassen  Peak,  Cinder  Cone,  and 
Pinnacles,  California;  and  Jewel  Cave,  South  Dakota.  The  monu- 
ments within  national  forests  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Forest 
Service,  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  words  of  the  act,  "Historic  landmarks,  historic  and  prehistoric 
structures,  and  other  objects  of  historic  or  scientific  interest/'  fix  prac- 
tically no  limits  as  to  the  character  of  the  object  to  be  reserved,  and 
therefore  the  monuments  created  vary  greatly  in  their  physical 
characteristics. 

The  Devil's  Tower  is  an  immensely  high  and  isolated  rock,  an  ex- 
traordinary example  of  erosion,  and  was  a  noted  landmark  for  the  In- 
dians and  early  white  trapper  and  explorer  in  the  West. 

The  Petrified  Forest,  so-called,  is  a  tract  of  Arizona  desert  over 
which  are  scattered  multitudinous  fragments  of  silicified  forest 
remains,  some  of  which  are  in  the  form  of  huge  logs.  The  monument 
occupies  a  part  of  the  original  site,  which  in  an  early  period  of  the 
present  geologic  time  was  covered  by  an  immense  forest  growth. 

Montezuma  Castle,  Arizona,  is  an  important  cliff-dwelling  pueblo, 
containing  many  unexplored  rooms,  while  Chaco  Canyon  New  Mexico, 
is  probably  the  largest  and,  in  some  respects,  the  most  important 
reservation  of  prehistoric  pueblo  ruins  in  the  Southwest.  Bonito, 
the  largest  structure,  is  believed  to  have  contained  twelve  hundred 
rooms.  Other  important  prehistoric  ruins  are  also  located  within  this 
monument. 


94  EEPORT    OF    COMMISSIONEK   OF    GENEKAL   LAND    OFFICE. 

El  Morro,  New  Mexico,  is  a  lofty  and  isolated  rock,  standing  oppo- 
site the  trail  of  the  earliest  Spanish  exploring  and  military  expeditions, 
the  leaders  of  which  permanently  inscribed  thereon  their  names  with 
dates  and  other  interesting  data. 

Muir  Woods  of  California  is  a  monument  of  giant  redwood  trees, 
relinquished  to  the  Government  for  a  national  monument  by  William 
Kent,  of  California. 

The  Natural  Bridges,  Utah,  embrace  three  of  the  most  extraordi- 
nary examples  of  natural  bridge  construction  in  the  world,  and  the 
Lewis  and  Clark  Cavern  is  a  cave  whose  beauty  is  probably  second  to 
no  other  in  the  United  States. 

The  appropriation  of  $3,000  for  the  administration  of  the  monu- 
ments during  1908  reverted  to  the  Treasury  because  it  was  available 
in  the  disposition  of  abandoned  military  reservations  only,  and  an 
appropriation  for  1909  of  $5,000,  requested  by  the  Department,  was 
not  made.  The  latter  sum  is  greatly  needed  to  administer  those 
monuments,  which  suffer  by  vandalism,  or  by  excavation  and  appro- 
priation by  unauthorized  persons  of  reserved  objects  and  prehistoric 
relics. 

All  of  the  national  monuments  are  worthy,  in  the  broadest  sense,  of 
that  fostering  care  of  the  Government  necessary  to  preserve  them 
intact  for  the  benefit  and  enjoyment  of  the  people  for  all  time.  The 
alternative  is  private  ownership  and  exploitation  for  private  gain,  a 
disposition  which  will  greatly  limit  their  usefulness  and  improperly 
levy  a  tax  upon  every  individual  who  visits  them. 

CONDITION  OF  BUILDING. 

The  condition  of  the  rooms  in  which  the  clerks  of  the  General  Land 
Office  perform  their  work  is  generally  very  poor.  There  is  insufficient 
room  for  the  proper  transaction  of  the  business  of  the  Office.  The  one 
new  room  secured  by  the  building  of  a  floor  so  as  to  divide  the  room 
occupied  by  the  posting  division  and  construct  two  therefrom,  has 
been  utilized  as  a  room  for  the  file  clerks;  but  the  normal  increase  of 
files  is  such  that,  of  the  rooms  vacated,  the  space  of  all,  except  two 
small  ones,  will  still  be  needed  for  the  files. 

The  stack  from  the  engine  house  runs  through  six  of  the  rooms  on 
the  east  side  of  the  court — two  on  each  floor — rendering  two  of  the 
six,  which  are  small,  impossible  of  occupation,  and  raising  the  heat  in 
the  remaining  some  ten  or  twelve  degrees  above  that  of  other  rooms, 
rendering  them  almost  unbearable,  the  thermometer  registering  as 
high  as  112°  during  the  summer  months.  I  earnestly  recommend  an 
appropriation  by  Congress  of  such  sufficient  sum  that  a  stack  for  the 
power  house  may  be  constructed  in  the  open  court. 

An  examination  of  the  roof  of  the  building  has  been  made  and  a 
condition  revealed  which  should  have  speedy  attention.     There  are 


REPORT   OF    COMMISSIONER    OF    GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE.  95 

numerous  leaks  arising  from  faulty  construction.  The  walls  of  the 
rooms  in  the  top  floor  show  the  result  from  these  leaks.  The  report 
of  this  examination  is  in  your  office. 

A  special  appropriation  is  also  needed  for  new  furniture.  A  great 
many  of  the  desks  are  of  a  very  antiquated  design,  dilapidated,  highly 
insanitary  and  unsuited  for  present  needs.  Desks  without  roller  top 
of  much  smaller  dimensions  should  be  procured,  thus  providing  more 
space  for  clerks. 

At  least  80  per  cent  of  the  rooms  have  no  carpeting  of  any  kind; 
this  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  in  many  instances  the  floors  are  made  of 
an  unsightly  slate.  An  additional  sum  should  be  appropriated  for 
the  purpose  of  covering  all  the  floors  with  a  uniform  design  and  qual- 
ity of  linoleum. 

These  extra  appropriations  are  needed  because  the  allotment  of  the 
contingent  fund  is  practically  exhausted  in  advance,  owing  to  the 
necessary  expenditures  in  the  purchase  of  file  cases  to  meet  the 
demands  of  the  new  flat  riling  system  rendered  necessary  by  the  adop- 
tion of  new  and  modern  methods  of  accounting  and  posting  in  the 
local  land  offices. 

There  should  be  a  larger  force  of  laborers  to  keep  the  rooms  in  a  con- 
dition of  cleanliness.  The  recent  readjustment  of  the  force  of  the 
General  Land  Office  and  the  consequent  moving  of  desks  and  cases 
from  one  room  to  another  revealed  a  condition  of  affairs  which  was,  to 
say  the  least,  insanitary. 

The  sum  of  at  least  $10,000  should  be  appropriated  by  Congress 
for  the  purchase  of  office  furniture  and  linoleum,  in  order  that  the 
Office  may  be  properly  equipped  for  the  performance  of  its  work. 
Such  a  sum  would  be  more  than  saved  in  the  additional  work  done 
by  the  employees  being  given  more  modern  office  appliances,  and  fur- 
nished more  comfortable  and  sightly  rooms, 

MAPS. 

Complete  editions  of  maps  of  California,  Wyoming,  Montana,  New 
Mexico,  and  the  new  State  of  Oklahoma  were  issued  during  the  last 
fiscal  year.  Maps  of  Arizona  and  Utah  have  been  compiled,  the 
tracing  of  map  of  Utah  has  been  completed,  and  the  map  will  be 
issued  during  the  year.  The  map  of  Nevada  has  been  revised  and 
is  now  in  the  hands  of  contractor  for  publication.  Nebraska,  Idaho, 
and  Washington  maps  will  also  be  revised  and  issued  during  the  year. 

NATIONAL  FORESTS. 

Since  the  issuance  of  the  last  annual  report,  nine  additional  national 
forests  have  been  established — eight  under  section  24  of  act  of  March 
3,  1891  (26  Stat.  L.,  1095),  and  the  Minnesota  national  forest  by  act  of 
May  23,  1908.  Twenty  have  been  enlarged  and  ten  reduced,  the  con- 
solidations being  as  follows:  Pinal  Mountains  with  Tonto  national 


96  EEPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE. 

forest,  Arizona;  Big  Burros  with  Gila,  New  Mexico,  and  Mount  Tay- 
lor with  Manzano,  also  in  New  Mexico.  There  are  now  165  national 
forests,  embracing  167,976,886  acres.  The  total  increase  in  area  of 
national  forests  since  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  is  estimated  at 
17,144,221  acres. 

Areas  temporarily  withdrawn  but  not  needed  for  forestry  purposes, 
are  released  from  withdrawal  upon  recommendation  of  the  Secretary 
of  Agriculture,  as  rapidly  as  possible.  Since  the  issuance  of  the  last 
annual  report,  1,283,851  acres  have  been  released  from  withdrawal, 
and  486,500  acres  eliminated  from  national  forests  and  opened  to 
settlement  and  entry. 

CHANGES  IN  REGULATIONS. 

Whenever  found  to  be  in  the  interest  of  good  administration  or  in 
aid  of  applicants  for  land  by  simplifying  the  necessary  procedure, 
such  changes  in  regulations  as  were  warranted  by  the  laws  have  been 
made.     Some  of  the  more  important  modifications  are  as  follows: 

AMENDMENTS  OF  HOMESTEAD  ENTRIES. 

Where  mistakes  in  description  of  lands  are  made  by  entrymen  or 
persons  acting  for  them,  amendments  are  allowed  to  include  the  land 
intended  to  be  entered,  and  if  that  be  not  subject  to  entry  other  con- 
tiguous  lands  can  be  taken  by  amendment  provided  one  or  more  sub- 
divisions originally  intended  to  be  entered  are  included.  Amend- 
ments are  also  allowed  where  the  lands  originally  entered  are  found 
to  be  unfit  for  residence  and  cultivation,  by  taking  one  or  more 
adjoining  subdivisions,  retaining  at  least  one  contiguous  subdivision 
of  the  land  originally  entered. 

HOMESTEADS  IN   RECLAMATION  PROJECTS. 

After  the  completion  of  the  required  period  of  residence  and  culti- 
vation, homestead  entrymen  are  permitted  to  submit  proof  thereof; 
and,  upon  examination  by  this  Office,  if  same  be  found  sufficient, 
entrymen  are  so  advised  and  that  they  are  no  longer  required  to  reside 
upon  the  land,  but  must,  upon  water  being  furnished,  reclaim  at 
least  one-half  of  the  area  of  the  entry  and  pay  all  charges  imposed  by 
the  reclamation  act,  before  final  certificate  and  patent  issues.  For 
the  convenience  of  entrymen  in  reclamation  projects,  charges  for 
operation,  building,  and  maintenance  may  be  received  by  special 
fiscal  agents  of  the  Reclamation  Service  and  transmitted  by  them  to 
the  proper  receiver. 

HOMESTEADS  IN  ALASKA. 

Homesteaders  in  Alaska  must  establish  their  residence  upon  the 
land  within  six  months  after  date  of  location  and  thereafter  comply 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER   OF    GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.  97 

with  the  homestead  law  as  to  residence  and  cultivation.  They  may 
cut  timber  for  purposes  necessary  to  the  improvement  and  cultiva- 
tion of  the  land.  Homestead  locations  in  Alaska  may  be  contested 
and  canceled  on  the  same  grounds  as  homestead  entries  in  other 
parts  of  the  public  domain.  The  making  and  recording  of  one  home- 
stead location  exhausts  the  homestead  right. 

CONTESTS— AFFIDAVITS  FOR  PUBLICATION. 

Affidavits  for  service  by  publication  in  contest  cases  are  not  re- 
ceived unless  filed  within  thirty  days  after  execution,  and  unless  they 
show  diligent  search  for  the  defendant  in  the  vicinity  of  the  land  and 
at  his  record  post-office  address  within  fifteen  days  preceding  date  of 
the  affidavit.  Registers  and  receivers  are  required  to  act  promptly 
in  the  disposition  of  such  applications.  Both  the  register  and  receiver 
are  required  to  act  upon  applications  to  select,  enter,  or  locate  public 
lands  and  upon  proofs  submitted  upon  existing  entries. 

PROCEEDINGS  ON  SPECIAL  AGENTS'  REPORTS. 

In  the  interest  of  economy  and  for  the  expedition  of  business, 
notice  of  charges  made  by  special  agents  against  entries  or  locations 
are  served  either  personally  or  by  registered  letter.  In  the  latter 
event  notice  is  mailed  to  the  defendant  both  to  the  post-office  address 
of  record  and  to  the  one  nearest  the  land.  It  is  estimated  that  many 
thousands  of  dollars  have  been  saved  to  the  Government  under  this 
regulation. 

LISTS  OF  LANDS  SOLD. 

To  aid  the  proper  State  or  Territorial  authorities  in  imposing  and 
collecting  taxes  upon  lands  after  their  final  disposition  by  the  Govern- 
ment, the  proper  authorities  are,  upon  application  and  payment  of 
the  fee  fixed  by  law,  furnished  with  lists  of  lands  sold,  and  in  order 
that  they  and  the  public  may  likewise  be  advised  of  the  cancellation 
of  final  entries  the  proper  county  official  is  in  each  of  such  cases  noti- 
fied of  the  fact  that  the  final  certificate  has  been  canceled. 

CERTIFIED  COPIES  AND  FEES  OF    UNITED    STATES    SURVEYORS- 
GENERAL. 

All  certified  copies  furnished  by  surveyors-general  are  required  to 
be  prepared  during  office  hours  and  the  moneys  received  therefor 
deposited  to  the  credit  of  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States  under 
the  proper  account.  The  surveyors-general  are  instructed  to  collect 
for  services  in  such  cases  the  exact  cost  thereof.  Where  deposits  of 
the  estimated  cost  of  office  work  have  been  made,  but  the  application 
is  withdrawn  before  any  work  is  performed,  the  deposit  is  repaid  upon 
proper  application. 

58920— in9  1908— vol  1 7 


98  EEPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 

TIMBER  IN  ALASKA. 

Settlers,  residents,  and  individual  miners  and  prospectors  of  the 
district  of  Alaska  are  permitted  to  take,  free  of  charge,  and  without 
previous  permit,  timber  not  exceeding  $50  in  value  in  any  one  year 
for  their  actual  use  for  domestic  purposes.  Timber  is  disposed  of  in 
larger  quantities  to  the  persons  named  and  to  residents  and  those 
doing  business  in  Alaska  upon  application  to  the  receiver  of  the 
proper  land  office,  and  after  appraisal  by  a  special  agent  and  deposit 
of  the  appraised  value  cutting  is  permitted  to  begin,  subject,  how- 
ever, to  stoppage  of  the  cutting  in  event  of  noncompliance  with  the 
terms  of  sale. 

COAL  LANDS. 

Declaratory  statements  and  entries  are  not  received  upon  land 
withdrawn  for  classification,  but  those  who  have  opened  and  improved 
coal  mines  during  the  period  of  withdrawal  are  permitted  to  file  in 
the  proper  land  office  a  notice  of  claim,  and  upon  classification  of  the 
lands  are  permitted  to  assert  their  formal  claim  to  purchase  at  such 
price  and  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  are  in  force  at  time  of 
the  restoration  of  the  lands.  Affidavits  in  coal-land  cases  may  be 
made  before  the  register  or  receiver,  or  any  officer  authorized  to 
administer  oaths,  in  the  land  district  where  the  lands  are  situated. 

EVIDENCE  OF  TITLE  TO  MINING  CLAIMS  AND  OF  WATER  RIGHTS. 

Abstracts  of  title  prepared  by  duly  authorized  abstracters  are 
received  as  evidence  when  the  abstracters  have  furnished  copy  of 
existing  local  statute  by  which  they  are  authorized  to  compile 
abstracts,  and  certificates  by  the  proper  local  officials  that  they  have 
complied  with  such  statute.  Similar  evidence  of  water  rights  in 
desert-land  cases  is  received  upon  like  showing. 

LOCATIONS  OF  WARRANTS,  SCRIP,  CERTIFICATES,  SOLDIERS' 
ADDITIONAL  RIGHTS,  ETC. 

Applicants  to  locate  are  required,  in  order  that  persons  claiming 
the  land  adversely  or  desiring  to  show  its  mineral  character  may  have 
opportunity  to  file  objection,  to  publish  and  post  notice  of  their  appli- 
cations for  a  period  of  thirty  days.  They  are  also  required  to  furnish 
the  affidavit  of  some  person  possessed  of  personal  knowledge  of  the 
premises  showing  that  the  land  selected  is  not  occupied  adversely  to 
the  locator  or  selector. 

ISOLATED  TRACTS. 

Lands  are  ordered  sold  upon  the  applications  of  those  who  desire 
same  for  their  own  use  and  not  for  speculation.  Applications  may 
be  verified  before  any  officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths  in  the 


KEPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER   OF    GENERAL   LAND   OFFICE.  99 

county  or  land  district  in  which  the  tracts  applied  for  are  situated. 
The  regulations  have  been  prepared  with  a  view  of  meeting  the  con- 
venience and  needs  of  bona  fide  applicants  and  at  the  same  time 
insuring  the  conservative  and  equitable  disposition  of  the  lands. 

PAYMENTS  TO  PUBLIC  CREDITORS. 

The  practice  of  requiring  receipt  for  moneys  in  advance  of  actual 
payment  has  been  discontinued  except  in  cases  where  such  receipts 
are  required  by  law  or  contract.  A  bill  signed  and  certified  by  the 
creditor  and  certified  to  as  correct  by  the  officer  by  whom  articles  are 
received  or  who  supervised  the  services  rendered  is  taken  and  paid 
by  check.  Disbursing  officers  are  required  to  submit  a  statement  of 
balances  after  comparison  with  their  check  stubs  and  with  a  monthly 
statement  furnished  them  by  their  depositaries  showing  the  number 
and  amount  of  their  paid  checks. 

NEW    FORMS    OF    APPLICATIONS,   ETC. 

Local  officers  and  the  public  have  been  instructed  with  reference 
to  use  of  new  forms  adopted  and  required  to  be  used  after  March  1, 
1908.  The  forms  effect  a  consolidation  of  separate  affidavits  formerly 
required  to  be  filed  in  the  several  classes  of  cases  and  accomplish  a 
material  saving  in  expense,  time,  and  file  space. 

CREDIT    FOR    PRIOR    PAYMENT   IN     SECOND   APPLICATION    TO 
COMMUTE    HOMESTEAD   ENTRIES. 

Entrymen  whose  commutation  proofs  are  rejected  and  certificates 
canceled  because  the  proofs  do  not  show  sufficient  compliance  with 
law  to  warrant  issuance  of  patent,  are  allowed,  when  they  submit  new 
commutation  proof,  to  have  credit  for  the  moneys  paid  in  connection 
with  the  proof  originally  submitted,  thus  avoiding  application  for 
repayment  in  connection  with  the  first  application  and  the  making 
of  a  new  payment  of  purchase  money  with  the  second  proof. 

FOREST   LIEU  LAND   FRAUDS. 

The  case  of  the  United  States  v.  Frederick  A.  Hyde,  John  A. 
Benson,  Joost  H.  Schneider,  and  Henry  P.  Dimond  terminated 
June  23,  1908,  by  the  conviction  in  the  supreme  court  of  the  District 
of  Columbia  of  F.  A.  Hyde  and  Joost  H.  Schneider  and  acquittal  of 
John  A.  Benson  and  Henry  P.  Dimond. 

This  is  one  of  the  most,  if  not  the  most,  important  case  that  has  ever 
been  prosecuted  by  the  United  States  against  persons  charged  with 
attempts  to  defraud  the  Government  out  of  its  public  lands.  The 
prominence  of  the  parties,  the  magnitude  of  the  scheme  in  which  they 
were  engaged,  and  the  great  number  of  people  affected  by  the  prose- 
cution by  reason  of  having  purchased  so-called  scrip  rights  from 


100        EEPORT  OF  COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE. 

Hyde  and  Benson  make  it  not  amiss  that  a  brief  history  of  the  case 
be  here  given. 

During  the  month  of  September,  1902,  suspected  irregularities 
with  reference  to  the  administration  of  the  work  pertaining  to  forest 
lieu  selections  made  under  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  June  4,  1897 
(30  Stat.  L.,36),  led  to  the  change  of  the  examiner  in  charge  of  such 
work  in  this  Office ;  and  under  the  new  administration  gross  irregu- 
larities with  respect  to  the  disposition  of  cases  were  discovered. 
Following  closely  upon  this  change  came  the  report  of  a  special  agent 
which  tended  to  show  that  the  irregularities  theretofore  discovered 
were  not  the  result  of  inadvertence,  or  lack  of  system,  but  were  the 
effect  of  a  well-laid  scheme.  Following  the  report  of  the  special 
agent,  all  selections  made  by  F.  A.  Hyde  or  in  which  his  name 
appeared,  based  upon  school  lands  in  certain  reserves  in  California 
and  Oregon,  were  suspended,  and  the  charges  made  by  the  special 
agent  were  thoroughly  investigated.  The  investigation  led  to  an 
indictment  which  issued  out  of  the  supreme  court  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  in  February,  1904,  charging  Hyde,  Benson,  Schneider, 
and  Dimond  with  conspiracy  to  defraud  the  United  States  under 
section  5440  (Revised  Statutes). 

The  allegations  of  the  Government  were  to  the  effect  that  there 
had  been  an  attempt  to  exchange  bogus  titles  acquired  fraudulently 
from  the  States  of  California  and  Oregon  to  the  United  States,  and 
the  selection  in  lieu  thereof  of  valuable  public  lands  belonging  to  the 
United  States  situated  without  reserves.  They  were  charged  with, 
first,  the  employment  of  fictitious  names  forged  to  State  applica- 
tions and  with  supplying  the  necessary  connecting  links  in  their 
chain  of  titles  by  forgery;  second,  by  inducing,  fraudulently,  people 
who  had  no  desire  to  purchase  lands  from  the  States  to  make  appli- 
cation, in  order  that  the  lands  might  be  assigned  to  them,  Hyde  and 
Benson,  in  derogation  of  the  laws  of  the  States  which  required  each 
applicant  to  swear  that  the  land  was  taken  by  him  for  his  own  use 
and  benefit  and  not  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  any  other  person  or 
persons;  third,  by  procuring  notaries  public  to  affix  their  signatures 
or  jurats  certifying  that  parties  had  appeared  before  them  and  were 
sworn,  while,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  parties  did  not  appear  before  the 
notaries,  and  in  some  instances  no  such  persons  existed;  fourth,  by 
bribing  employees  of  this  Office  to  improperly  advance  their  selec- 
tions for  consideration;  fifth,  by  influencing  corruptly  forest  officers 
to  report  as  desirable  for  forest  reservation  areas  in  which  they, 
Hyde  and  Benson,  had  or  were  in  position  to  secure  bogus  titles  to 
the  State  lands. 

Owing  to  the  large  number  of  witnesses  on  behalf  of  the  Govern- 
ment and  the  defendants,  a  special  appropriation  was  made  by  the 
Congress  for  defraying  the  expenses  of  the  trial.     The  case  was  called 


BEPORT  OF  COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE.        101 

on  April  1,  1908,  and  consumed  almost  three  months,  ending,  as 
suggested  above,  on  June  23d  following. 

The  case  has  cost  the  Government  enormously  in  court  fees  and 
the  salaries  of  special  counsel  and  in  time  of  its  employees;  and 
perhaps  a  dozen  lawyers,  some  of  them  of  national  reputation,  have 
participated  in  the  different  phases  of  the  case  as  counsel  for  the 
defendants. 

In  addition  to  the  conviction  of  Hyde  and  Schneider  the  investi- 
gation led  to  the  dismissal  of  four  employees  of  this  Office  as  being 
directly  or  indirectly  in  the  pay  of  the  alleged  conspirators,  and  to 
the  removal  from  office  of  a  forest  superintendent,  a  forest  supervisor, 
and  a  number  of  other  officials. 

For  obvious  reasons  no  action  was  taken  on  the  numerous  selec- 
tions made  by  Hyde  and  Benson  or  their  associates  pending  the 
determination  of  the  criminal  case  against  them,  all  action  being 
suspended  by  Department  order.  Since,  however,  the  case  has  come 
to  trial,  there  is  now  no  reason  why  the  selections  should  not  be  taken 
up  and  disposed  of  on  their  own  merits;  and  as  the  Department  has 
removed  the  suspensions  this  Office  is  now  actively  engaged  in  pre- 
paring the  cases- for  final  adjudication.  There  are  in  all  about  1,200 
selections,  embracing  about  250,000  acres  of  land,  involved.  Of  this 
number  something  more  than  200  have  passed  to  patent,  and  suits 
are  now  pending  in  the  various  United  States  courts  to  set  aside  the 
patents  on  the  ground  that  they  were  obtained  by  fraud.  There  are 
probably  200  selections  based  on  school  lands  in  forest  reserves  in 
Oregon  and  California  wherein  the  records  do  not  disclose  any  active 
participation  on  the  part  of  Benson  and  Hyde  or  any  of  their  known 
associates.  These  cases  will  be  immediately  investigated,  and  if  it 
is  found  that  they  are  free  from  fraud  the  selections  will  be  passed  to 
patent  if  otherwise  regular. 

The  pending  unpatented  selections  made  by  Benson  and  Hyde,  or 
in  their  interest,  will  be  thoroughly  investigated.  Much  evidence  is 
now  available  relating  to  various  selections.  This  is  being  collated 
and  arranged  so  that  it  may  be  readily  used  as  a  basis  of  further  pro- 
ceedings in  the  local  land  offices.  The  purchases  concerning  which 
we  have  no  information  must  be  investigated  by  special  agents ;  and 
if,  as  a  result  of  such  investigation,  further  proceedings  are  warranted, 
hearings  will  be  ordered  in  due  course  of  business.  Any  plan  that 
may  be  adopted  by  this  office,  considering  the  great  number  of  selec- 
tions pending,  will  necessarily  require  much  clerical  work  as  well  as 
extended  investigation  in  the  field.  The  theory  on  which  this  office 
undertakes  the  investigation  rests  upon  the  recognized  duty  of  the 
Land  Department  to  ascertain  the  validity  of  every  title  that  is  ten- 
dered in  exchange  for  the  land  outside  of  a  forest  reserve  whenever 
the  title  so  tendered  is  deemed  of  doubtful  character,  and  to  reject 
the  selection  if  the  title  is  found  imperfect  or  fraudulent. 


102        REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OP   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 

CREEK  LANDS  IN  ALABAMA. 

By  treaty  of  March  24,  1832  (Indian  Treaties,  vol.  2,  p.  247),  the 
Creek  tribe  of  Indians  ceded  to  the  United  States  all  of  their  lands 
east  of  the  Mississippi  River.  In  consideration  of  such  cession  the 
Government  engaged,  among  other  things,  as  follows: 

Article  II.  The  United  States  engage  to  survey  the  said  land  as  soon  as  the 
same  can  be  conveniently  done,  after  the  ratification  of  this  treaty,  and  when  the 
same  is  surveyed  to  allow  ninety  principal  chiefs  of  the  Creek  tribe  to  select  one 
section  each,  and  every  other  head  of  a  Creek  family  to  select  one-half  section 
each,  which  tracts  shall  be  reserved  from  sale  for  their  use  for  the  term  of  five 
years,  unless  sooner  disposed  of  by  them.  A  census  of  these  persons  shall  be  taken 
under  the  direction  of  the  President  and  the  selections  shall  be  made  so  as  to  include 
the  improvements  of  each  person  within  his  selection,  if  the  same  can  be  so  made,  and 
if  not,  then  all  the  persons  belonging  to  the  same  town,  entitled  to  selections,  and  who 
can  not  make  the  same,  so  as  to  include  their  improvements,  shall  take  them  in  one 
body  in  a  proper  form.  And  twenty  sections  shall  be  selected,  under  the  direction  of 
the  President  for  the  orphan  children  of  the  Creeks,  and  divided  and  retained  or  sold 
for  their  benefit  as  the  President  may  direct.  Provided,  however,  that  no  selections 
or  locations  under  this  treaty  shall  be  so  made  as  to  include  the  agency  reserve. 

Article  III.  These  tracts  may  be  conveyed  by  the  persons  selecting  the  same, 
for  any  other  persons  for  a  fair  consideration,  in  such  manner  as  the  President  may 
direct.  The  contract  shall  be  certified  by  some  person  appointed  for  that  purpose 
by  the  President,  but  shall  not  be  valid  till  the  President  approves  the  same.  A 
title  shall  be  given  by  the  United  States  on  the  completion  of  the  payment. 

Article  IV.  At  the  end  of  five  years,  all  the  Creeks  entitled  to  these  selections, 
and  desirous  of  remaining,  shall  receive  patents  therefor  in  fee  simple,  from  the  United 
States. 

Article  VI.  Twenty-nine  sections  in  addition  to  the  foregoing  may  be  located,  and 
patents  for  the  same  shall  then  issue  to  those  persons,  being  Creeks,  to  whom  the  same 
may  be  assigned  by  the  Creek  tribe.  But  whenever  the  grantees  of  these  tracts  pos- 
sess improvements,  such  tracts  shall  be  so  located  as  to  include  the  improvements, 
and  as  near  as  may  be  in  the  centre.  And  there  shall  also  be  granted  by  patent  to 
Benjamin  Marshall,  one  section  of  land,  to  include  his  improvements  on  the  Chata- 
hoochee  River,  to  be  bounded  for  one  mile  in  a  direct  line  along  the  said  river,  and  to 
run  back  for  quantity.  There  shall  also  be  granted  to  Joseph  Bruner  a  colored  man, 
one-half  section  of  land,  for  his  services  as  an  interpreter. 

It  is  a  matter  of  history  that  the  Creek  territory  ceded  by  this 
treaty  was  occupied  by  the  white  race  with  almost  the  rapidity  of 
the  rush  into  Oklahoma,  and  now  forms  one  of  the  most  populous 
and  wealthy  sections  of  Alabama.  The  lands  reserved  for  the  Indians 
were  soon  disposed  of  by  them,  and  the  Creeks  vanished  forever  from 
their  ancient  home.  Pursuant  to  section  3  of  the  treaty,  President 
Jackson  appointed  Leonard  Tarrant,  a  personal  friend  of  known 
integrity,  to  certify  contracts  entered  into  with  the  Creeks  for  the 
sale  of  their  lands,  and  many  were  so  certified,  approved  by  the 
President,  and  patents  issued.  A  very  large  proportion  of  such  con- 
tracts, however,  appear  never  to  have  been  certified  or  approved, 
and  this  office  has  no  record  of  the  transaction  other  than  notations 


REPORT    OF    COMMISSIONER    OF    GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE.         103 

upon  its  tract  books,  often  in  pencil,  that  the  land  was  reserved  for  a 
certain  Indian.  So  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  no  patent  has  ever  been 
issued  for  land  reserved  under  this  treaty,  except  in  favor  of  those 
who  entered  into  contracts  of  purchase  with  the  Creeks,  that  were 
duly  certified  to  the  President  and  approved  by  him,  or  the  assignees 
of  such  purchasers,  and  there  would  seem  to  be  no  warrant  for  the 
issuance  of  patents  except  in  favor  of  such.  In  a  great  majority  of 
cases  no  patent  has  been  issued. 

Your  attention  is  respectfully  called  to  this  situation.  It  would 
seem  that  a  thorough  investigation  of  the  matter  should  be  made 
through  a  commission  duly  appointed  for  that  purpose,  who  should 
report  the  results  to  Congress. 

OPEXIXG  OF  INDIAN  LANDS. 

The  only  opening  of  Indian  lands  which  occurred  during  the  year 
and  not  reported  in  the  last  report  was  a  part  of  the  ''Lower  Brule" 
Reservation  in  South  Dakota.  These  lands  were  opened  under  a  reg- 
istration and  drawing  prescribed  by  the  President's  proclamation  of 
August  12,  1907,  and  the  act  of  April  21,  1906  (34  Stat.  L.,  124) 
the  plan  being  similar  to  that  used  in  the  "Huntley"  opening  in 
1906,  and  it  proved  entirely  satisfactory  to  the  people. 

Of  these  lands,  20,930.89  acres  were  classified  as  first-class  lands, 
and  appraised  at  $2.50  per  acre;  14,031.14  acres  as  second-class,  at 
$2.25  per  acre  11,038.25;  acres  as  third  class,  at  SI. 75  per  acre,  and 
9,283.44  acres  as  fourth  class,  at  $1.25  per  acre,  making  a  total  ap- 
praisement of  $114,818.60.  Practically  all  of  the  lands  were  entered 
by  persons  who  registered  for  the  opening. 

Respectfully  submitted. 

Fred  Dennett, 

Commissioner. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


APPENDIX. 


STATISTICS    RELATING   TO    THE   DISPOSITION   OF    THE 

PUBLIC  DOMAIN. 

Average  number  of  employees  of  the  General  Land  Office  during  the  fiscal  year  1908. 

In  General  Land  Office,  Washington,  D.  C 491 

In  14  surveyors-general  offices 199 

In  104  district  land  offices 410 

In  the  field: 

Examiners  of  surveys 22 

Special  agents  and  clerks 97 

Total 1,219 

United  States  district  land  offices  June  30,  1908. 


Location  of  office. 

Date  of  act 
or  executive 

order 
authorizing 
the  establish- 
ment. 

Date  of  open- 
ings 

Location  of  office. 

Date  of  act 
or  executive 

order 
authorizing 
the  establish- 
ment. 

Date  of  open- 
ings 

Alabama: 

Montgomery 

July   10,1832 

May   14,1907 
Apr.     2, 1902 
May   14,1907 

July  25,1905 

Jan.    10,1871 
July   14,1870 
do 

Feb.  17,1818 

Mar.  29,1858 
Apr.  22,1886 
June  12,1869 
Jan.    16, 1857 
May   13,1890 
July   26,1866 
Feb.   10,1871 
Mar.  29,1858 

June  20,1874 
June    4, 1864 
Apr.  20,1882 

July     3, 1884 
Feb.     6, 1890 
Aug.     4,1886 
Apr.     5,1879 
Jan.      4,1888 

bJan.    1,1834 

July     1,1907 
June  20,1902 
July     1,1907 

Oct.     2,1905 

Mar.  20,1871 
May  31,1871 
Feb.  27,1871 
Sept.    1,1821 

July  24,1858 
Mar.  22,1887 
Sept.  22, 1869 
Nov.    3,1857 
July    15,1890 
Nov    12,1867 
Mar.     2,1871 
July   10,1858 

Mar.  22,1875 
Aug.  15,1864 
Oct.     2, 1882 

Nov.  10,1884 
Sept.    7,1890 
Jan.      3,1887 
July     1,1879 
Sept.    1,1888 

Colorado— Cont'd. 
Pueblo 

May  27,1870 
Feb.     6,1890 

June    8,1872 

Sept.    3,1886 
July  26,1866 
July   14,1884 
Jan.    24,1883 
July   26,1866 

Aug.    2,1852 

Dec.  20,1893 
do 

July  24,1861 

July     7,1838 
Mar.    3,1811 

Mar.  19,1857 

Apr.     1,1903 
Apr.  29,1878 
Mar.  27,1862 

June  23,1836 

June  26,1834 

Feb.     5, 1906 

Jan.    16,1871 

Alaska: 

Sterling 

Aug.     1,1890 

Fairbanks 

Juneau 

Florida: 

Gainesville 

Idaho: 

Blackfoot 

Boise 

Apr.  30,1873 

Nome 

Arizona: 

Phoenix 

Nov.  16,1886 
Jan.    13, 1868 
Dec.   21,1885 
July   16,1883 
Sept.  26,1871 

Jan.    28,1853 

Arkansas: 

Camden 

Coeur  d'Alene... 

Dardanelle 

Harrison 

Little  Rock 

California 

Lewiston 

Iowa: 

Des  Moines 

Kansas: 

Colby 

Eureka 

Feb.     5,1894 

Independence 

Los  Angeles 

Dodge  City 

Topeka 

Feb.     3,1894 
Sept.  10, 1861 

Oct.    12,1838 

Oakland  c 

Redding 

Louisiana: 

Natchitoches 

New  Orleans 

Michigan: 

Marquette 

Minnesota: 

Cass  Lake 

Crookston 

Duluth 

Sacramento 

Susanville 

b Jan.     1,1812 

July  14,1857 

July     1,1903 
May     5,1879 

Colorado: 

Del  Norte 

Denver 

Durango 

Jan.    15,1863 

G  1  e  n  w  o  o  d 
Springs 

Mississippi: 

Jackson 

July  25,1836 

Hugo 

Missouri: 

Springfield 

Montana: 

Billings 

Lamar 

Oct.     4, 1838 

Leadville 

Montrose 

July     2, 1906 

"  Whore  date  of  opening  is  not  known,  date  of  first  entry  mado  at  the  office  is  given. 

i'  About. 

c  Land  office  removed  from  San  Francisco  to  Oakland  May  1,  1906. 

104 


EEPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.         105 

United  States  district  land  offices  June  30,  1908 — Continued. 


Location  of  office. 


Montana— Cont'd. 

Bozeman 

Glasgow 

Great  Falls 

Helena 

Kalispell 

Lewistown 

Miles  City 

Missoula 

Nebraska: 

Alliance :.. 

Broken  Bow... 

Lincoln 

North  Platte... 

O'Neill 

Valentine 

Nevada: 

Carson  City 

New  Mexico: 

Clayton 

Lascruces 

Roswell 

Santa  Fe 

North  Dakota: 

Bismarck 

Devils  Lake . . . 

Dickinson 

Fargo 

Minot 

Williston 

Oklahoma: 

Alva  a 

Elreno 

Guthrie 

Lawton 

Woodward 


Date  of  act 
or  executive 

order 
authorizing 
the  establish- 
ment. 


June  20,1874 
Feb.  25,1907 
May  8,1902 
2,1867 
2, 1897 
1,1890 
30, 1880 
1,1890 


Mar. 
Mar. 
Apr. 
Apr. 
Apr. 


Apr.  16,1890 

do 

July  7, 1868 

Apr.  22,1872 

Apr.  7,1888 

June  19,1882 

July  2, 1862 


Dec. 
Mar. 
Mar. 


18,1888 

10,1883 

1,1889 


May  24,1858 

Apr.  24,1874 

Mar.  3, 1883 

Mar.  16,1904 

Dec.  29,1873 

Sept.  26, 1890 

Apr.  26,1906 


Aug. 
July 
Mar. 
July 
Aug. 


25, 1893 
4, 1901 
3,1889 
4,1901 

25, 1893 


Date  of  open- 
ing. 


Oct.  5,1874 
June  1,1907 
Aug.  1,1902 
Apr.  27,1867 
July  1,1897 
Nov.  26,1890 
Oct.  19,1880 
Apr.  20,1891 

July  1,1890 
July  7, 1890 
Sept.  7,1868 
Apr.  11,1873 
July  16,1888 
July     7, 1883 

Mar.     1,1864 

Aug.  12,1889 
May  1,1883 
Dec.  9, 1889 
Nov.  24,1858 

Oct.  12,1874 
Aug.  24,1883 
July  1,1904 
Sept.  1,1874 
Oct.  1,1891 
Aug.     1,1906 

Sept.  16,1893 
Aug.  6, 1901 
Apr.  22,1889 
Aug.  6, 1901 
Sept.  16,1893 


Location  of  office. 


Date  of  act 
or  executive 

order  Date  of  open- 

authorizing  ing. 

the  establish-  , 

ment. 


Oregon: 

Burns |  June 

July 
June 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Jan. 


Lagrande 

Lakeview 

Portland  b 

Roseburg 

The  Dalles 

South  Dakota: 

Aberdeen 

Chamberlain 

Huron  c 

Mitchell 

Pierre 

Rapid  City 

Utah: 

Salt  Lake  City... 

Vernal 

Washington: 

North  Yakima... 

Olympia 

Seattle 

Spokane 

Vancouver 

Walla  Walla 

Waterville 

Wisconsin: 

Wausau 

Wyoming: 

Buffalo 

Cheyenne 

Douglas 

Evanston 

Lander 

Sundance 


1,1889  '  Sept.  2,1889 
3,1866  .  Nov.  15,1867 
6,1877  |  Aug.  6,1877 
24,1854  I  Jan.  1,1855 
15,1859  S  Jan.  3,1860 
11,1875  |  June     1,1875 


Mar. 
Feb. 
Mar. 
July 
Feb. 
Dec. 

July 
May 

Apr. 
May 
June 
June 
May 
Mar. 
May 


23,1882 
10, 1890 
23,1882 
14,1880 
10,1890 
13,1888 

16,1868 
9,1905 

11,1885 
16,1890 
27, 1887 
23,1883 
16, 1860 
3, 1871 
16, 1890 


June  19,1872 


Mar. 
Feb. 
Apr. 
Aug. 
Apr. 
Apr. 


3,1887 

5, 1870 
23,1890 

9,1876 
23, 1890 

3,1890 


Oct. 
Apr. 
Oct. 
Jan. 
May 
Jan. 

Nov. 
July 

Apr. 
Oct. 
Dec. 
Oct. 
July 
July 
Nov. 


2,1882 
3,1890 
9,1882 
3,1882 
12,1890 
15, 1889 

1,1868 
1,1905 

24,1885 
1,1890 
3,1887 
1,1883 
3,1861 

17, 1871 
6,1890 


Aug.  19,1872 


May 
Aug. 
Nov. 
Aug. 
Nov. 
Oct. 


1,1888 
10,1870 

1,1890 
13, 1877 

8,1890 
27,1890 


a  Closed  April  30,  1908.    Business  to  Woodward. 

b  Land  office  removed  from  Oregon  Citv  to  Portland  July  1,  1905. 

c  Closed  March  31,  1908.     Business  to  Pierre. 

Note.— By  act  of  July  31,  1876,  the  land  offices  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois  were  abolished,  and  by 
act  of  March  3,  1877,  the  vacant  tracts  of  public  lands  in  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois  are  made  subject 
to  entry  and  location  at  the  General  Land  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 

List  of  offices  of  United  States  surveyors-general. 


Location. 


Alaska:  Juneau 

Arizona:  Phoenix 

California:  San  Francisco 

Colorado:  Denver 

Idaho:  Boise 

Louisiana:  New  Orleans. 
Montana:  Helena 


Date  of  act 

establishing 

office. 


May  17,1884 

Feb.  24,1863 

Mar.  3, 1851 

Feb.  28,1861 

June  29,1866 

Mar.  3,1831 

July  2, 1864 


Location. 


Date  of  act 

establishing 

office. 


Nevada:  Reno July  4,1866 

New  Mexico:  Santa  Fe Mar.  2,1867 

Oregon:  Portland July  17,1854 

South  Dakota:  Huron Apr.  10,1890 

Utah:  Salt  Lake  City July  16,1868 

Washington:  Olympia July  17,1854 

Wyoming:  Cheyenne Feb.  5,1870 


Field  division  headquarters  of  special  agents  of  General  Land  Office. 


Field  division: 

1 Portland,  Oreg. 

2 San  Francisco,  Cal. 

3 Spokane,  Wash. 

4 Helena,  Mont. 

5 Denver,  Colo. 

6 Phoenix,  Ariz. 

7 Cheyenne,  Wyo. 


Field  division — Continued. 

8 Duluth,  Minn. 

9 Little  Rock,  Ark. 

10 Salt  Lake  Citv,  Utah. 

11 Enid,  Okla. 

12 Santa  Fe,  N.  Mcx. 

13 Gainesville,  Fla. 


106         REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 

Area  of  States  and  Territories. 

[Based  upon  careful  joint  calculations  made  in  the  General  Land  Office,  the  Geological  Survey,  and  the 

Bureau  of  the  Census.] 


States  and  Territories. 


Land  surface. 


Square 
miles. 


Acres. 


Water  surface. 


Square 
miles. 


Acres. 


Total  areas. 


Square 
miles. 


Acres. 


Alabama 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia. 

Florida 

Georgia 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Hampshire 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico 

New  York 

North  Carolina 

North  Dakota 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania 

Rhode  Island 

South  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington *.. 

West  Virginia 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


Alaska 

Guam 

Hawaii 

Panama  Canal  strip 

Philippine  Islands 

Porto  Rico 

Tutuila  Group,  Samoa. 

Total 


51, 279 

113,840 

52,525 

156,092 

103,658 

4,820 

1,965 

60 

54,861 

58,725 

83, 779 

56,002 

35,885 

55,586 

81,774 

40, 181 

45,409 

29,895 

9,941 

8,039 

57, 480 

80,858 

46,362 

68, 727 

145,776 

76,808 

109,821 

9,031 

7,514 

122,503 

47,654 

48, 740 

70. 183 
40, 740 
69,414 
95,607 
44,832 

1,067 

30, 495 

76,868 

41,687 

262,398 

82. 184 
9,124 

40,262 
66,836 
24,022 
55,256 
97,594 


32,818,560 

72, 857, 600 

33,616,000 

99,898,880 

66,341,120 

3,084,800 

1,257,600 

38, 400 

35,111,040 

37,584,000 

53,618,560 

35,841,280 

22,966,400 

35,575,040 

52,335,360 

25,715,840 

29,061,760 

19,132,800 

6,362,240 

5,144,960 

36,787,200 

51,749,120 

29,671,680 

43,985.280 

93, 296;  640 

49, 157, 120 

70,285,440 

5,779,840 

4,808,960 

78,401,920 

30,498,560 

31,193,600 

44, 917, 120 

26,073,600 

44, 424, 960 

61, 188, 480 

28,692,480 

682,880 

19, 516, 800 

49, 195, 520 

26,679,680 

167,934,720 

52,597,760 

5,839,360 

25,767,680 

42,775,040 

15,374,080 

35,363,840 

62, 460, 160 


719 

116 

810 

2,205 

290 

145 

405 

10 

3,805 

540 

534 

663 

469 

561 

384 

417 

3,097 

3,145 

2,386 

227 

500 

3,824 

503 

693 

796 

712 

869 

310 

710 

131 

1,550 

3,686 

654 

300 

643 

1,092 

294 

181 

494 

747 

335 

3,498 

2,806 

'    440 

2,365 

2,291 

148 

810 

320 


460, 160 

74, 240 

518,400 

1,411,200 

185,600 

92,800 

259, 200 

6,400 

2,435,200 

345,600 

341,760 

424,320 

300, 160 

359,040 

245,760 

266,880 

1,982,080 

2,012,800 

1,527,040 

145,280 

320,000 

2,447,360 

321,920 

443,520 

509, 440 

455,680 

556, 160 

198,400 

454, 400 

83,840 

992,000 

2,359,040 

418,560 

192,000 

411,520 

•698,880 

188, 160 

115,840 

316, 160 

478,080 

214, 400 

2,238,720 

1,795,840 

281,  bOO 

1,513,600 

1,466,240 

94,720 

518, 400 

204,800 


51,998 

113,956 

53,335 

158,297 

103,948 

4,965 

2,370 

70 

58,666 

59,265 

84,313 

56,665 

36,354 

56, 147 

82,158 

40,598 

48,506 

33,040 

12,327 

8,266 

57,980 

84,682 

46,865 

69,420 

146,572 

77,520 

110,690 

9,341 

8,224 

122, 634 

49, 204 

52,426 

70,837 

41,040 

70,057 

96,699 

45. 126 
1,248 

30,989 
77,615 
42,022 
265,896 
84,990 
9,564 
42,627 

69. 127 
24, 170 
56,066 
97,914 


2,974,159 


1,903,461,760 


52,630 


33,683,200 


3,026,789 

590,884 

210 

6,449 

474 

115,026 

3,435 

77 


33, 278, 720 

72,931,840 

34, 134, 400 

101,310,080 

66,526,720 

3,177,600 

1,516,800 

44,800 

37,546,240 

37,929,600 

53,960,320 

36,265,600 

23,266,560 

35,934,080 

52,581,120 

25,982,720 

31,043,840 

21, 145, 600 

7,889,280 

5,290,240 

37,107,200 

54,196,480 

29,993,600 

44,428,800 

93,806,080 

49,612,800 

70,841,600 

5,978,240 

5,263,360 

78, 485, 760 

31,490,560 

33,552,640 

45,335,680 

26,265,600 

44,836,480 

61,887,360 

28,880,640 

798,720 

19,832,960 

49,673,600 

26,894,080 

170,173,440 

54,393,600 

6,120,960 

27,281,280 

44,241,280 

15,468,800 

35,882,240 

62,664,960 

1,937,144,960 

378,165,760 

134, 400 

4,127,360 

303,360 

73,616,640 

2, 198, 400 

49,280 


3,743,344 


2,395,740,160 


Owing  to  their  location  adjoining  the  Great  Lakes,  the  States  enumerated  below  contain  approximately 
an  additional  number  of  square  miles  as  follows:  Illinois,  1,674  square  miles  of  Lake  Michigan;  Indiana, 
230  square  miles  of  Lake  Michigan;  Michigan,  16,653  square  miles  of  Lake  Superior,  12,922  square  miles 
of  Lake  Michigan,  9,925  square  miles  of  Lake  Huron,  and  460  square  miles  of  lakes  St.  Clair  and  Erie; 
Minnesota,  2,514  square  miles  of  Lake  Superior;  New  York,  3,140  square  miles  of  lakes  Ontario  and  Erie; 
Ohio,  3,443  square  miles  of  Lake  Erie;  Pennsylvania,  891  square  miles  of  Lake  Erie;  Wisconsin,  2,378 
square  miles  of  Lake  Superior  and  7,500  square  miles  of  Lake  Michigan. 

In  addition  to  the  water  areas  noted  above,  California  claims  jurisdiction  over  all  Pacific  waters  lying 
within  .'!  English  miles  of  her  coast;  Oregon  claims  jurisdiction  over  a  similar  strip  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
1  marine  league  in  width  hetween  latitude  42°  north  and  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  Kiver;  and  Texas 
claims  jurisdiction  over  ;i  strip  of  Gulf  water  3  leagues  in  width,  adjacent  to  her  coast  and  between  the 
Kio  Grande  and  the  Sabine  Kiver. 


REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


107 


Final  homestead  entries  from  the  passage  of  the  homestead  act  to  June  30,  1908. 


Fiscal  year  ended  June  30— 

Number. 

Acres. 

Fiscal  year  ended  June  30—  Number. 

Acres. 

1868 

2,772 
3,965 
4,041 
5,087 
5,917 
10,311 
14,129 
18,293 
22,530 
19,900 
22,460 
17,391 
15,441 
15,077 
17,174 
18,998 
21,843 
22,066 
19,356 
19,866 
22,413 
25,549 

355,086.04 
504,301.97 
519,727.84 
629,162.25 
707,409.83 
1,224,890.93 
1,585,781.56 
2,068,537.74 
2,590,552.81 
2,407,828.19 
2,662,980.82 
2,070,842.39 
1,938,234.89 
1,928,204.76 
2,219,453.80 
2,504,414.51 
2,945,574.72 
3,032,679.11 
2,663,531.83 
2,749,037.48 
3,175,400.64 
3,681,708.80 

1890 

28,080 
27,686 
22,822 
24,204 
20,544 
20,922 
20,099 
20,115 
22,281 
22,812 
25,286 
37,568 
31,627 

4,060,592.77 

1869... 

1891 

3,954,587.77 

1870.   . 

1892 

3,259,897.07 

1871 

1893 

3,477,231.63 

1872 

1894 

2,929,947.41 

1873... 

1895 

2,980,809.30 

1874...                

1896 

2,790,242.55 

1875 

1897 

2,778,404.20 

1876   .. 

1898 

3,095,017.75 

1877... 

1899 

3,134,149.44 

1878.    . 

1900 

3,477,842.71 

1879 

1901 

5,241,120.76 

1880.'. 

1902 

4,342,747.70 

1881 

1903 

26.373 

3,576,964.14 

1882 

1904 \      23,932 

1905 1      24,621 

1906 25,546 

1907 26,485 

1908 29.636 

3,232,716.75 

1883 

3,419,387.15 

1884 

3,526,748.58 

1885 

3,740,567.71 

1886 

4,242,710.59 

1887 

Total 

1888 

825.218 

111,424,828.89 

1889 

Timber  and  stone  entries  from  the  passage  of  the  act  of  June  3,  1878,  to  June  30,  1908. 


State  or  Territory. 


Number 

of 
entries. 


Acres. 


Amount 
received. 


Alabama 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Florida 

Idaho 

Iowa 

Louisiana 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi . . . 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

North  Dakota 

Oregon 

South  Dakota 

Utah 

Washington.. 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 

Total... 


138 

3 

1,888 

18, 766 

2,481 

624 

6,641 

3 

1,395 

1,360 

9,290 

64 

4,129 

1 

49 

72 

22, 637 

357 

6 

14,883 

1,016 

2,742 


11, 463. 19 

200. 00 

207, 125. 76 

657,804.50 

310, 314. 39 

71,816.22 

903,315.95 

119.36 

126,362.02 

115,229.85 

150,741.80 

4, 725. 71 

543,679.57 

97.20 

6,222.32 

7,536.20 

285, 006. 82 

41, 502. 16 

761.07 

004,099.35 

74,846.25 

310, 152. 19 


$28,663.39 

500.00 

517,834.74 

6,644,737.17 

775,790.53 

179,522.88 

2,273,248.05 

298.40 

315,909.62 

288,075.17 

2,880,174.02 

11,814.59 

1,359,151.58 

243.00 

15,558.19 

18,840.50 

8,212,512.79 

103, 762. 62 

1,902.68 

5,010,251.25 

187, 117. 12 

775,377.02 


545       11,833,121.88     29,601,285.31 


Desert  land  entries  from  the  passage  of  the  act  of  March  3,  1877,  to  June  30,  1908. 


State  or  Terri- 
tory. 

Entries. 

Area. 

Amount. 

Origi- 
nal. 

Final. 

Original. 

Final. 

Original. 

Final. 

Total. 

Arizona 

California 

Colorado 

Dakota    Terri- 
tory   

3,691 

8,576 
7,305 

35 

9,950 

20,341 

829 

6,893 

501 

3,294 

1,362 

5,791 

2,892 

12,439 

796 
1,392 
1,181 

1 

3,200 

8,773 

159 

880 

82 

848 

133 

1,573 

329 

4,240 

Acres. 
1,145,315.80 
2,102,307.10 
1,374,976.92 

20,021.00 
1,869,669.98 
4,052,099.54 

214,300.26 

1,411,007.53 

82,862.21 

588,564.86 

233, 673. 15 
1,065,321.70 

526,298.26 
2,975,618.61 

Acres. 
239,072.05 
337,752.18 
200,620.23 

300.00 

580,619.26 

1,713,641.72 

40,958.85 

219,385.96 

13,773.38 

152,792.76 

26,456.78 

265,646.55 

45,817.31 

1,032,531.08 

$334,402.37 
540,549.32 
344,296.41 

5,005.25 
467, 360. 30 

$230,539.27 
360, 765. 93 
200,463.90 

300.00 
58f).3<>6.05 

$564,941.  04 
901,315.25 
544,760.31 

5,305.25 
1,047.726.  3."i 

Idaho 

Montana 

Nevada 

New  Mexico 

North  Dakota.. 
Oregon 

1,020,968.90  j  1,724,462.73 

53,808.17  1        40,971.37 

354,603.27  |      219.031.11 

20,715.76          13,821.08 

147,207.15  ,      152,786.59 

58,426.08  !        26,456.78 

273,122.75  ;      271,539.29 

142,804.86  '        49,566.79 

750,935.40  ,  1,041,421.88 

2,745,431.63 

94,779.54 

573,634.38 

34.536.S4 

299,993.74 

South  Dakota.. 
Utah 

84.  ■ 
544.M2.04 

Washington 

Wyoming 

192.371.  65 
1.792.3o7.':S 

Total 

83,899 

23,587 

17,662,036.92 

4,869,368.11 

4,514,205.99  ,  4,912,492.77 

9,426,098.76 

108 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE. 


£<§ 


ONOJ       00  CO  CO  t^  O  ■*  >o 
c5iOO  rHSrH(N        Jh 


co  ©coco 


I  o  10  00 

OJrHCR 


CO  CT>  CD  <M  iO  iO  CO 
ifl(N00t-TT-HCO'*' 

co     t~-     cococo 


lO  oco  00  00  00 
CO*  i-H  06  CN  CO  © 

©  co  t-  00  ©  t- 


OOCOOOOCOOOCOOOOOOO 
iOOOOOOt-0000000000 


OOHOOMOOcO^COOcOCONX' 

COCOM^HIMN  COSHCOWO 

CO  iO  >o  CO  t~  CO  t-       MiOOOiOO 


lOOO^OWOOWiflCSOMOO' 
■*,oi-^'od(Nc4t^or'ioT-;-^ic-i(Ni->3'Tj'! 
(M  CO  i-h  CO  CO  •**"  " 
CN^©©00 


£    38! 


;co©od© 


isss; 


^HCOt^ 

1-1    T}<   O 


S£8 


U0  t-<  00  00  (M  **  CO 


cCfNcvTio©©^ 


CD  •*  t^ 

~  ©CO 

©W 
c^oo 


mOHtfl'j*'* 

0)00  0  0)^10 


r-  i<  <n  o  t—  © 

CO  CM  ©  CO  10  00 
OOiOONiHCD 


•  oiOHO* 

(NCONHN 


OOOCJOfflNOOOtOtO'ONiOOO 


INOacDOHifltOMcONOCO 
—  iO  LO  iO  00  "^  00 

ONmiN      co 


O  i-i  iO  1-1  CO  iC  CO 

*«OHMOi* 


<N  CO  -*  ■*  iO  <M 


iOOOO>*<OHiOOOO'*WHHiiHO( 
OJO^OJMMiOOINiOiOOJINcONiOO- 


O^HIMCOTtloOtOt^lOOl-^COlOOSi-llMCOOOOTO^lO 
00  00  a>  ©  CO  -*  ©  CO  CO  CD  O  CO  CO  O*  CO  r-i  <M  iO  CO  i-H       10 


cj  ■*  -^  CO  (M  iO 
_l  CO  CO  CO  10 
^Si-i       HMO 


MnNHOKOtOcOOMHOiaxN  © 
COMOOOiOCN  COcOiO^t^cO  >0 
IO        NHOtOO        INNO*HM        -* 


CO  CO  CO  T?  00  CM  IO      -IO00 


i-H  ©■<*<  t--  ■**< 

■^OlOOOOlNw.- 

cocooo      os^oo 


<NC*5        06WMN"5H    "OCDhi 


1-H  i-U-~  <M  1-1  © 


•a    e> 


REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF  GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.         109 
Coal-land  entries  from  the  passage  of  the  act  of  March  3,  1878,  to  June  SO,  1908. 


State  or  Territory. 

Number 
of  entries. 

Acres. 

Amount 
received. 

2 

38 

5 

36 

977 

432 

8 

2 

287 

4 

180 

95 

50 

2 

284 

334 

608 

239.40 

5,967.57 

800.00 

4,907.96 

147,638.09 

56,746.77 

583.57 

280.00 

41,318.20 

640.00 

20,829.93 

5,922.26 

8,163.33 

200.00 

40,847.31 

50,389.33 

89,360.82 

$2,394.00 
59, 675. 77 

16,000.00 

72,060.30 

2,039,636.95 

840,038.90 

5,835.70 

2,800.00 

699, 625. 30 

8,000.00 

318,711.60 
95,241.00 

North  Dakota 

86,940.30 

2,000.00 

Utah             

657, 495. 70 

762,042.40 

1,450,292.75 

Total 

3,344 

474,834.54 

7,118,690.67 

Public  and  Indian  lands  entered  each  year  ended  June  30,  from  1902  to  1908,  inclusive. 


State  or  Terri- 
tory. 


1902. 


1903. 


1904. 


1905. 


1906. 


1907. 


Alabama 

Alaska 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Florida 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Louisiana 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico. . . 
North  Dakota. 

Ohio 

Oklahoma.  — 

Oregon 

South  Dakota. 

Utah 

Washington... 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


Acres. 

79,030. 

1,440. 

449, 175. 

351,997. 

656, 406. 

1,107,613. 

109,599. 

671,327. 

4. 

5,733. 

373,989. 

233,210. 

11. 

51,224. 

697,427. 

80,395. 

67,808. 

1,354,222. 

536,762. 

34,627. 


Acres. 

118,015. 

1,723. 

142,775. 

425, 695. 

957,507. 

1,620,391. 

2,996,591. 

700, 472. 

303. 

20. 

903. 

457,529. 

188,457. 

59,689. 

933,845. 

119, 124. 

98,080. 

1,533,205. 

503,531. 

206,643. 


Acres. 

95,338. 

1,770. 

234,085. 

516,964. 

986,253. 

1,679,617. 

286,095. 

855,754. 

4. 


952. 

268,627. 

95,324. 

47,580. 

1,098,763. 

82,201. 

117,304. 

1,052,994. 

1,318,931. 

216, 468. 


Acres. 

97,561 

2,973 

151,340 

416,583 

1,032,758 

621, 100 

326,579 

609,568 

40 

9 

1,010 

273, 100 

209,200 

41,519 

835,314 

77,034 

104, 

1,086,290 

4,792,351 

88,563 


Acres. 
102,621, 
4,925. 
107,054. 
441,530. 
809,811 


1,597,010.38 

""  73 
70 

Oil 


166,053. 

734,763. 

40. 


443,507.26 

2,548,606.34 

131.02 

4,413,556.24 

1,297,632.14 

670,261.59 

380,441.50 
1,261,567.45 

154,024.90 
1,456,798.70 


886,276. 
935, 112. 
45, 
544,317. 
926,395, 
755,853, 
165,006. 
418,319. 
113,766. 
014,698. 


601,360. 
1,798,551. 


603,264. 
1,679,722. 


1,394,227.56 
1,172,415.14 
823,240.29 
133,503.01 
961,822.89 
89,949.98 
402,192.24 


770,225.35 
769,480.58 
1,028,149.12 
185,517.13 
773,541.23 
72,012.71 
347,714.32 


Total. 


19,488,535.30  22,824,299.65  16,332,297.68  17,056,622.27 


957. 

669,438. 

80,086 

38,669 

397,567 

75,856 

101, 426 

1,782,279 

1,736,964 

278,904 

90 

1,235,059 

3,325,828 


Acres. 

92,530. 

7, 132. 

86, 121. 

496,015. 

579,294. 

2,483,666. 

109,663. 

1,162,745. 

296. 

129. 

195. 

611, 726. 

89,608. 

42,828. 

324, 418. 

55,645. 

154,871. 

1,218,780. 

1,785,762. 

47,254. 


Acres. 

81,228.56 

3,834.80 

198,509.64 

333,676.41 

766,932.98 

2,127,661.99 

83,072.78 

1,087,402.94 

40.00 

10.08 

1,433.69 

332,931.81 

59,450.26 

46,147.59 

429,351.12 

35,545.37 

129,157.20 

1,494,052.02 

1,781,823.80 

60,131.50 


2,758,006. 
2,256,423. 


2,850,337.11 
1,383,957.19 


1,426,306.46 
617,293.21 

1,707,684.39 

413,030.21 

989,907.66 

55,592.44 

534,431.94 


2,007,753.84 
951,481.34 

1,502,411.24 

334,827.36 

911,327.34 

28,966.92 

897,679.59 


514,159.58 
1,021,001.29 
2,086,171.82 

469,311.88 

825,813.57 
57,595.61 

829,614.19 


19,431,187.47  20,997,566. 58  19,090,356. 78 


110         EEPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL*  LAND   OFFICE. 

Unappropriated  lands  on  June  30,  1908. 


State  or  Territory. 


Surveyed. 


Unsurveyed. 


Total. 


Alabama. 
Alaska... 
Arizona.. 
Arkansas . 
California. 
Colorado.. 
Florida. . . 
Idaho 


Acres. 
129,713 


Acres. 


Louisiana 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Mexico... 
North  Dakota. 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

South  Dakota . 

Utah 

Washington... 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


12^905,121 

1,061,185 

23,232,284 

21,498,272 

353,294 

7,308,958 

171,446 

116,249 

135,551 

1,523,205 

42,791 

27,480 

20,570,256 

3,074,658 

33,339,460 

31,566,999 

2,189,300 

86,339 

12,188,457 

6,414,049 

11,901,823 

2,347,825 

13,280 

34,492,943 


368,021,509 
29,864,081 


6,640,209 

2,198,425 

61,648 

19,476,044 


265,500 


25,962,184 


27,837,590 

13,210,906 

132,850 


4,769,456 

147,246 

24,677,175 

2,287,176 


2,652,359 


Acres. 

129,713 

368,021,509 

42,769,202 

1,061,185 

29,872,493 

23,696,697 

414,942 

26,785,002 

171,446 

116,249 

135,551 

1,788,705 

42,791 

27,480 

46,532,440 

3,074,658 

61,177,050 

44,777,905 

2,322,150 

86,339 

16,957,913 

6,561,295 

36,578,998 

4,635,001 

13,280 

37,145,302 


Grand  total. 


226,690,938 


528,204,358 


754,895,296 


A  circular  showing  areas  unappropriated,  by  counties,  has  been  published  and  is  distributed  on  request. 
Public  lands  remaining  unsurveyed. 


State. 


Total  land  area 
of  State. 


Areas  sur- 
veyed dur- 
ing fiscal 
year  ended 
June  30, 1908. 


Areas  remain- 
ing unsur- 
veyed on 

June  30, 1908. 


Alaska 

Arizona 

California 

Colorado 

Florida 

Idaho 

Louisiana 

Minnesota 

Montana 

Nevada 

New  Mexico . . 
North  Dakota 
South  Dakota 

Oregon 

Utah 

Washington.. 
Wyoming 

Total... 


Acres. 
378,165,760 
72,857,600 
99,898,880 
66,341,120 
35,111,040 
53,618,560 
29,061,760 
51,749,120 
93,296,640 
70,285,440 
78,401,920 
44,917,120 
49,195,520 
61, 188, 480 
52,597,760 
42,775,040 
62, 460, 160 


Acres. 

5,175 

234,269 

4,801 

688,923 

36,622 

732, 162 


90,747 
1,607,965 

64,773 
433,341 
185,790 
280,091 
273,316 
354, 159 
193, 150 
616,650 


Acres. 

378,151,730 

52,510,304 

22,391,977 

1,967,488 

4,198,481 

29,854,404 

1,884,764 

2,372,303 

44,735,158 

30,963,756 

25,867,639 

2,739,047 

447, 769 

12,617,584 

27,839,579 

12, 180, 789 

4,317,312 


1,341,921,920 


5,801,934 


655,040,084 


Estimated  area  of  existing  national  forests,  June  30,  1908. 


Acres. 

Alaska 12,087,626 

Arizona 13,  385,  990 

Arkansas 1,991,899 

California 25,  605,  709 

Colorado 15,  746,  932 

Idaho •  20,  336, 427 

Kansas 302,  387 

Minnesota 294,  752 

Montana 20,  402,  676 

Nebraska 556,  072 

Nevada...., 2,591,052 


Acres. 


New  Mexico 8, 474,  547 

Oklahoma 60,800 

Oregon 16, 331,  892 

Porto  Rico 65,  950 

South  Dakota 1,  263,  720 

Utah 7,414,232 

Washington 12, 065,  500 

Wyoming 8,  998,  723 


Total  area 167, 976, 886 


REPORT    OF   COMMISSIONER    OF   GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE. 


Ill 


Acres. 

Area  embraced  in  national  forests  established  during  year 11,  789,  847 

Area  embraced  in  national  forests  reduced  during  year 27,  650,  701 

Area  embraced  in  national  forests  enlarged  during  year 26,  341,  584 

Area  embraced  in  temporary  withdrawals,  June  30,  1908 11, 418,  220 

Estimated  area  in  existing  national  forests,  June  30,  1907 150,  831,  665 

Estimated  area  in  existing  national  forests,  June  30,  1908 167,  976,  886 


National  monuments. 


State  and  name. 


Arizona: 

Grand  Canyon  a Jan.    11, 1908 

Montezuma  Castle j  Dec.     8, 1906 

Petrified  Forest do . 

Tontoo 

California: 

Cinder  Cone  a. 

Lassen  Peak  a 

Muir  Woods Jan 

Pinnacles  » Jan 

Montana: 

Lewis  and  Clark 
New  Mexico: 

Chaco  Canyon 


May  11,1908 


May 
El  Morro !  Dec 


Gila  Cliff  Dwellings  a. 
South  Dakota: 

Jewel  Cave  a 

Utah: 

Natural  Bridges 

Wyoming: 

Devils  Tower 


Nov. 


6, 1907 
8,1906 
16, 1907 


Feb.  7, 1908 
Apr.  16,1908 
Sept.  24, 1906 


Area. 


Acres. 

806,400.00 

160.00 

6,776.02 

640.00 

5, 120.  00 

1,280.00 

295.00 

2,080.00 

160.00 

20, 629. 40 
160.00 
160.00 

1,280.00 


1, 152. 91 


a  Under  jurisdiction  of  Department  of  Agriculture. 


Aggregate  cash  receipts  from  the  disposal  of  public  and  Indian  lands  from  May 

to  June  30,  1908. 


1785, 


Fiscal  year. 


May  20,  1785,  to  June 

30,  1880 

1881 

1882 

1883 

1884 

1885 

1886 

1887 


Cash  sales. 


1890. 
1891. 
1892. 
1893. 
1894. 
1895. 


1900 

1901 

1902 

1903 

1904 

1905 

1900 

1907 

1908 


83,534. 
6, 628, 
9,657. 

10.304. 
6,223, 
5.757. 
9,246, 

11,203, 
8,018, 
6,349, 
4.160, 
3,322. 
3, 193. 
1.G53. 
1.116. 
1.053. 
917, 
1,291. 
1,703. 
2,899. 
2,966, 
4,139, 
8,960. 
7, 445. 
4,849 
4.8S5 
7.72s 
9,760 


Amount  of  {     Total  re-     |  Receipts 

fees  and     j  ceipts  from  :  from  sales 

commis-     !    disposal  of    '  of  Indian 

sions.        public  lands. 


Miscella- 
neous 
receipts. 


550. 98 
775.  92! 
032.  28i 
5S2.  49; 
926.  74 
891.  06 
321.  33 
071.  95 
254  50| 
174.  241 
099.07 
865.01 
2^0.  64 
080.  71 
090.  07 
905.  59' 
911. 19, 
076. 10 
9S8.  32 
,  731.  S3, 
,  542.  86, 
.268.47, 
.  471.  IS 
.902.84. 
.  766.  06 
.9^8.82 
.114  30 
.  570. 19 


1,124. 

1,423. 

1.536. 

1.462. 

1,654, 

1.537. 

1,498, 

1,251, 

1,121, 
944. 

1,064, 
998, 

1.021. 
750, 
793. 
67S, 
853, 
890. 

1.157, 

1.340. 

1.740. 

1.597. 

1,349. 

1.2S6. 

1.642. 

1,819, 

1,731, 


833.  65 
531. 15 
329. 10 
410.58 
1S8.06 
876.  25 
600.39 
000.05 
971.  23 
696.  07 
938.65 
805.  26 
184  65 
205.  OS 
710.  59 
557.  82 
469.  55 
265.50 
702. 17 
0S1.  03 
S94  29 
820.  IS 
147.  48 
990.  S9 
621.  93 
48a  5 
159.  21 
8^3.  57 


$4, 395. 
7.753. 

11.080. 

11.840. 
7,686, 
7.412. 

10. 783. 

12.701. 
9.270. 
7:470. 
5. 105, 
4.3S7. 
4,191, 
2, 674. 
1,866, 
1.S47. 
1.596, 
2,144, 
2.594. 
4. 056. 
4.307, 
5,880, 

10.557. 
8.795, 
6, 136. 
6,528, 
9.547. 

11.492. 


384  63: 
307.  07 
361.38 
993.07 
114.  80 
767.  31 
921.  72 
072.00 
225.  73 
870.  31 
037.  72 
670.  27 
465.29 
285  79 
800.66 
46,3.  41 
380.  74 
341.60 
690.  49 
812.  86 
437. 15 
OSS.  65 
61S.  66 
S9a  73 
3S7.88 
477.  38 
27a  51 
453.  76 


1,006, 
634, 
625! 
938! 
933: 
1,607, 
1,484, 

821 ; 

389; 
293, 
318, 
456; 
284; 
91, 
149, 
214, 
43S, 
100, 
442, 
239, 
5S5: 
288; 
30S, 
333 
791 
967, 
1,892, 
997 


691.  63 
617.  22| 
404  27 
137.  26 
483.52 
729.  63 


Aggregate  re- 
ceipts from 
all  sources. 


>20S 


302.30,  20 


113. 
524  72 
062.  30 
333.  42 
6S1.S4 
752.  65 
9S1.  03 
S79.  48 
700.42 
716.  31, 
317.  49: 
913.  731 
769.39 
661. 27 
666.68  0X 
939. 14  158 
757.  62  153 
807.  67  89 
532.50  89 
805.70  113 
972.  52  225 


727.  90 
591.  75 
11&05 
274  76 
821.  86 
587.40 
784  85; 
951.  65 
150.89 
585.00 
849.00 
757.  58 
516.  20 
557.  50 
77a  89 
197.  84 
834  23 
336.09 
5ail2 
175.85 
062.  37 
171.85 
18585 
690.  63 
615.72 
514  02 
098.79 
28i  18 


,059,657.14 
.408.80416 
.  394. 516.  04 
.713,883.70 
.7S9.405.09 
.  628.  420.  IS 
,031,0S4  34 
,289.008.87 
.547.137.42 
,685.901.34 
.  780.  517.  61 
.429.220.14 
.860.109.69 
.479.734.14 
.767.824.  32 
.  033.  454.  03 
,106,361.67 
,087,93L28 
,277,995.18 
,070.137.34 
,379,758.10 
.972.160.79 
,261.927.18 
,024, 74a  65 
,283,341.98 
,017,81L38 
, 585. 52a  90 
553. 17v  00 
,715,709.46 


Total ' I ' 411,235 

III 


112 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


Amounts  accrued  and  paid  to  States  for  educational  purposes  on  account  of  grants  of 
2,  3,  and  5  per  cent  of  net  proceeds  of  sales  oj  public  lands. 


State. 


Total  to  June 
30,  1906. 


Fiscal  year 
1907. 


Aggregate  to 

June  30, 1907, 

inclusive. 


Alabama 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Florida 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Louisiana 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Mexico. . . 
North  Dakota. 

Ohio 

Oregon 

South  Dakota. 

Utah 

Washington... 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


$1,072,758.36 

291,076.42 

973,192.59 

353,747.89 

122,043.38 

141,155.81 

1,187,908.89 

1,040,255.26 

633,638.10 

1,097,260.27 

458,419. 16 

580,800.49 

525,010.58 

1,068,466.95 

1,044,774.65 

216,288.62 

531,341.48 

15,237. 17 

24,790.72 

245,951.94 

999,353.01 

493,343.63 

89,831.13 

30,089.53 

•  278,992.67 

584,104.69 

98,524.30 


$1,439. 64 
8,734.03 

16,852.31 

17,046.81 
3,774.36 

32,858.24 


1,738.28 
3,837.29 
1,956.58 

12,248.85 
1,069.67 
5,618.  70 

33,982.61 
1,271.32 
1,998.55 
6,685.77 

44,403.07 


74,011.17 
19,012.25 
6,436.00 
31,535.35 
775.89 
17,100.14 


$1,074,198.00 

299,810.45 

990,044.90 

370,794.70 

125,817.74 

174,014.05 

1,187,908.89 

1,040,255.26 

633,638.10 

1,098,998.55 

462,256.45 

582,757.07 

537,259.  43 

1,069,536.62 

1,050,393.35 

250,271.23 

532,612.80 

17,235.  72 

31,476.49 

290,355.01 

999,353.01 

567,354.80 

108,843.38 

36,525.53 

310,528.02 

584,880.58 

115,624.44 


Total 14,198,357 


344,386.88 


14,542,744.57 


Amounts  covered  into  the  Treasury  to  the  credit  of  the  reclamation  fund  from  the  sales  of 
public  lands  and  fees  and  commissions  in  the  several  States  and  Territories  under  the 
act  of  June  17,  1902  (32  Stat.  L., 


State  or  Territory. 

Fiscal  years— 

Total  for  seven 
years  ending 
June  30, 1907. 

1901  to  1906. 

1907. 

Arizona 

$298,327.25 

2,562,377.70 

2,503,802.05 

2,349,875.08 

215,245. 19 

2,633,324.55 

746,553.81 

100,772.25 

723,365.27 

5,373,604.90 

3,642,029.10 

5,260,449.82 

1,302,472.68 

476,671.41 

3,541,391.57 

1,512,181.89 

$71,688.72 

365,995.19 

613,520.03 

650,690.09 

88,937.79 

740,552.33 

73,533.61 

45, 154. 36 

382,856.77 

1,101,638.16 
530,664.25 

1,519,958.62 
505,779.42 
141,156.18 
703,902.62 
378,103.57 

$370,015.97 
2,928,372.89 
3,117,322.08 

California 

Colorado 

Idaho 

3,000,565.17 

Kansas 

304, 182. 98 

Montana 

3,373,876.88 
820,087.42 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

145,926.61 
1,106,222.04 

New  Mexico 

North  Dakota 

6,475,243.06 
4,172,693.35 
6,780,408.44 
1,808,252.10 
617,827.59 
4,245,294.19 
1,890,285.46 

Oklahoma , 

Oregon 

South  Dakota 

Utah 

W  ashington 

W  yoming 

Total 

33,242,444.52 

7,914,131.71 

41,156,576.23 

REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


113 


Amount  of  collections  from  reclamation  water-right  charges  during  the  fiscal  year  ended 

June  SO,  1908. 

[No  water  right  charges  collected  prior  to  July  1, 1907.] 


State. 

Land  office. 

Project. 

Receipts. . 

Hailey.. 

Minidoka 

$5,706.18 
38,431.85 

fBillings 

Huntley 

\Great  Falls 

Carson  City 

Sun  River 

Truckee-Carson 

Buford-Trenton 

Umatilla 

1,631.00 

8,447.95 

423.00 

Williston 

350.00 

8,412.53 

Total 

63,402.51 

Entries  examined  in  General  Land  Office  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Kind  of  entry. 

Pending 

June  30, 

1907. 

Re- 
ceived. 

Total. 

proved. 

Can- 
celed. 

Other- 
wise 
dis- 
posed 
of. 

Total. 

Pending 

June  30, 

1908. 

Homesteads: 

270,314 
4,830 
2,061 
1,440 
3,865 

21,747 

97,632 
29,222 
23,441 

782 
12,482 

11,058 

367,946 

34,052 

25,502 

2,222 

16,347 

32,805 

"25,"496" 

19,504 

413 

11,750 

*"2,*462" 

32,340 

95 

106 

289 

14 

4,851 

51,687 

1,721 

815 

"i,*55i' 

2,564 

84,027 
27,312 
20,425 
702 
13,315 

7,415 

2,462 

8,941 

753 

179 
1,847 

14 
205 

148 
29 
10 

260 
228 
10,117 
8 
34 
146 

4,377 
571 

1,269 
228 

4,348 

283,919 
6,740 
5,077 
1,520 
3,032 

25,390 

Final 

Commuted 

Soldiers  additional 

Timber  and  stone 

Desert  land: 

Original 

Final 

Yearly  proofs  examined 

Assignments  examined 

Mineral: 

Applications 

179 
85 

14 
17 

134 

14 

Final 

1,570 

1,339 

2,909 

1,762 

1,062 

Coal: 

Declaratory  statements 

Final 

396 
136 

217 
153 

613 

289 

188 

29" 

2 

228 

228 

10,117 

8 

30 

146 

2,330 
557 

1,194 
209 

1,617 

408 

Timber  culture: 

Original 

141 

Final 

Commuted 

10 
329 

237 

10 
566 

2 

8 
30 

Preemption: 

Original 

306 

Final 

Indian  allotments. 

5,199 
48 
23 
144 

973 

202 

3,145 

1,452 

6,257 

8,ii6 

31 

20 

298 

5,025 
62? 
262 
35 

1,650 

13,315 

79 

43 

442 

5,998 
824 
3,407 
1,487 
7,907 

3,198 
71 

Indian  homesteads 

Townsites 

4 

9 

296 

Isolated  tracts: 

Applications 

2,047 
1 

75 
19 
53 

13" 

"i,"678* 

1,621 
253 

Sales 

Lieu  selections  (act  June  4, 1907). 
Military  bounty  land  warrants.. 
Miscellaneous  entries 

2,138 
1,259 
4,559 

58920— int  1908— vol  1- 


114        REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


B, 


gg 

COi-l 


icscocoeacocsocs" 


.I'lN^OOH, 


1  ^  OS  CO  t^»  C 


i  co  oo  oo  co  os  ■*  i-h  co  <n  cm      coco 


5$ 


00O(N 
CO  "*'  c4 


coo 

83 


2§ 


(NOCN 

io  oso 
cnT^co"" 


I  lO  . 


ioooco 


KOOIONO 


Sol 


CO 


000501«OC0OC00)MMN«5C0O«0>0N 

CN  i-H  I— I  i— I  r-t         r-l  CO  OS ''T  "J*  ^<  OS 

(NIMt-IIN 


gg  :SoS  :£K  :&g 


■  t~co 


|  (MOO 

:~3 


I05  05  10NIO' 


OS.-I  OOOMOI 
OHINOONOOt 
t^<NOOC~ 


COOlMCOiOOHtOOOMOl 


^g 

it 

o 


ejef 

"^2 


HMNOOOOrjt^Hl'tOlOO 

lOHOotow^oOHOooon 


co-f-'tfcsco-^co.— ic 

0000t^,#COlOi-l00' 


"^uar-eoi 

OS  "^   "^f   ^T    ' 

<N<Ni-l<N 


3888 


ooo 


:S 


§ 


3 

SS  : 

§  : 

CO 

co 

<4 

o 

11 : 

o    • 

§  : 

CO 

Tf 

IN 

cc 

cs  io  cm  as  co  as 

COONiONK) 


t-cOt^t^iOC 

CO  t^O0CO<N< 


oo  oc  t^t^-*  os 

00  CO  CO  CO  OS  H 

(MCNtHIM 


OOOOr-Ni-(COCOiOOS03CO»0'*a'0(»lC1,IM 
tO«5iOC500COO(»OC<INOOOON',»liOOi'*'*io 
-    HNiONtNiflrtlNNOtCOOOOOC^'^NO 

co"o  osoTofeoof  ofoTo  t>ToT     coco'osos"^ 

CO  i— I  i— I  i—l  i— <  CM  CO        i-H  CO 


.9     ^S^S 


2 

I 
§3g 

Jig 

big 
ill-* 

J-  C3  o.2 


:*•&£  s 


d  Ebd-g.2  a  3  a"0  ®  «o  O'o^  »=  MSB  Eb-S  o 


co     O 


REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE.         115 

State  and  territorial  grants — Recapitulation. 


Indemnity  school  land. 

Other  grants. 

State  or  Territory. 

Pending 

and 
selected. 

Confirmed.  - 

Canceled. 

Pending 

and 
selected. 

Confirmed. 

Canceled. 

Acres. 
960.00 

Acres. 

Acres. 
960. 00 

Acres. 

Acres. 

Acres. 

1, 120. 00 

403, 520. 13 

302, 434. 21 

2, 755. 27 

220,265.05 

14,092.29 

57,911.65 

960. 41 

640.00 
219, 727.  67 

723. 27 
174,404.11 

897. 20 
57,094.80 

6, 105. 30 

6,349.45 

1, 154. 84 

15,188.11 

80.00 

80.00 

Florida 

34,340.71 

22,239.58 

1,442.87 

696.85 

120. 00 
17,608.98 

120.00 

244,640.90 
1,065.12 

111,731.43 
1,065.12 

3,520.00 

160.00 

1, 040. 00 

9,062.04 

170,778.67 

15,237.56 

1,032,230.78 

7,757.83 

78,552.39 

13,088.76 

1,011,464.06 

129. 90 

79, 493.  61 

North  Dakota 

15, 821. 18 

15,315.58 

102,825.57 

43, 798.  41 

307, 124. 81 

188,609.95 

9,071.02 
14,355.03 
61,559.80 
24,838.47 
170,032.32 
96,645.38 

1,997.40 
360.55 
4,859.05 
3,919.87 
2,040.00 
5,660.06 

908.80 

Oklahoma 

2, 389. 00 

Utah 

234, 523. 91 
3,022.42 
19,998.39 
25,196.29 

82,358.55 

3, 416. 77 

640.00 

Wyoming 

230,247.78 

105,075.24 

3,764.50 

3,378.56 

Total 

2,152,348.31 

1,047,860.86 

56,575.98 

1,563,319.75 

1,218,999.73 

89, 660. 95 

Alleged  fraudulent  entries  acted  on  during  year. 


Received. 

Approved. 

Canceled. 

Referred. 

Pending 

June  30, 

1908. 

Homestead: 

Originals 

4,103 
833 
419 

481 
207 

27 
20 

746 
623 

245 
287 

112 

21 

3 

2,214 
85 
174 

184 
44 

9 
31 

80 
60 

2 
2 

5,093 
1,324 
1,097 

930 

509 

17 
72 

803 
1,401 

106 
127 

75 
55 
53 

8,617 
529 

Finals 

877 
527 

Commuted 

1,281 

824 

Desert: 

Originals 

Finals 

159 

265 

Timber  culture: 

Originals 

29 

Finals 

13 

111 

Timber  and  stone: 

Sworn  statements 

1,537 

1,092 

206 

Finals 

1,380 

Mineral: 

Applications 

393 
56 

Selections: 

State 

Forest 

22 

Indian  allotments 

58 

Total 

8,127 

2,956 

2,885 

11,662 

15,020 

116        REPORT  OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 

Indictments,  convictions,  and  acquittals  June  30,  1907- June  30,  1908. 


Indictments. 

Convictions. 

Acquittals. 

16 

34 
4 

95 
4 
8 
5 

64 
2 
2 

8 
8 

14 

Perjury 

7 

Subornation  of  perjury 

Conspiracy 

6 

3* 

7 
31 

28 

Forgery 

2 

Boxing  trees 

5 

2 

Misappropriations  funds  of  United  States 

2 

Total 

234 

63 

60 

Number  and  hind  of  patents  issued  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Cash  (timber  or  stone,  commuted 

homestead,  etc.) 43, 356 

Homestead 29, 176 

Forest  reserve  lieu  selection 1, 058 


Military  bounty  land  warrants 

Timber  culture 

Agricultural  college  scrip 

Surveyor-general's  scrip 

Supreme  Court  scrip 

Sioux  half-breed  scrip 

Choctaw  scrip 

Valentine  scrip 

Dodge  scrip 

Porterfield 


187 

93 

7 

53 

5 

3 

4 

13 

1 

1 


Arredonda  scrip 

Ware  scrip 

State  desert  land  segregation 

Donation  claims 

Special  act 

Railroad 

Swamp 

Private  land  claim 

Mineral 

Coal 

Indian 14, 470 


1 

7 
6 

18 

16 

74 

25 

133 

667 

148 


Total 90,522 


approved  and  awaiting  patent 6, 975 


REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF  GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE. 


117 


CM        iO"5' 


.3838$5S33S    8    32338 


co      hom 


*NhO  TfiOCOiOCNCO^HCM  O)HSXMtClO)N00  ■*  OOUJOM 

oo^coco  oo  co  -f  i-H  os t-  cm  o  w^TCNioftioNo^  r»  oco cc  co  iO 

co  tj<  iq  ■*»<  5oo!"Ot^o>i)i<on  HH!8NWMoi«no  *-<  uo  coo  coos 

oot>Tcct>r  <o~cn  o  oo  t^odcoVo  co^i^coV^cToo^cMVrioVr  i-T  oo'croo^oo'oo' 


!C 

O^H 

CO 

COiO 

i-HO 

f 

OXtONOM 

3 

■* 

ie 

S8 

CO  OS  t-  O 
CO  CN00  •* 

CM 

•o  co  oo  -^g? 

CM  ^O-VO 

w 

lOO 

t^oaoiiH© 

■i 

-*oo 

■f 

CO  ■*  CO  00 

1 

OS  CO  CM  CM  00  i-h 

O  ■*  O  ffi  N  N 

3 

| 

- 

A 

CO  CM  i»HO  OS  CM  CO 
NlO(Ni-lNO'* 

t» 

88SS3 

icoo  ocoo 

iO 

o 

t-i-iOJ 

SI 

CM 

CMrH 

CMi-t 

-«*<COi-iCM 

i-H  CO  CM 

i-l  -CF  i-l 

us 

CM  CO  CM  CM  CM 

CO        OOOO        0-*<8l>-000< 


8888 


hSooin      <n 

I'OOOOl        OS 


tDNCOdOOTti 


oot^ooo 

CO  ooo 

OOOO 

cnV^VoVcnoVo1 


88S88 


lNO( 

!88< 


O  O  O  sD  O 


8£8 


CM 


NiOiH        00        CO  < 
OCMCO        CO        Os< 


283 

oTi-T 


goirtococoTtiio 
eooiuitciocJ^'-J 


ri 


Ot>CO> 


lOHOM 


fflONHrt'^ijioo 
CNO)OHCNOOON 

cciot^t^'co'c  in -*  co~o''-^io  co  oVTcxTaT ic 

t>.  i-l  00  CO  CO  OS  O  CM  i-i  to  CO  CO  CO  t^.   1-10)00 


OS  O  OS  ^  ^t1 
CO  CM  CO  t^.  CD 
OS  CO  t^  00  CM 


.OsiO"*c 


S38 

O 

«*  t^oo  io 

CO  CM  00  t^ 

HiONHNMO© 
^  O)  H  OS  00  CO  00  c^» 

CNCDOOOOCNNHHNN 
CCfHiflCO^NCNOCN 

3 

§38828 

88 

cooor-co 

IN  th  CN  CD  t»  00  N  t- 
i-H  CO  t^  OS  CO  IO  O  OS 
t^cMtC^COt^t^O 

COiOOOCOCOiOCMf-CMOS 
i-HCM-TTjicMt^i^cOOO'-i 
cOOSt^CM»OOCOOsiOOO 

1 

CIONCOQ 

os  i-h  •*  usee 

OH 

s 

MiOCO-* 

cmco-cpcd 

co  ■<»<  oo  oo  oo  oo  co  os 

t^  .-<«>  CM  CM  CO  OS  i-( 

iPOfflOOOJiOMNCN 

i-i  cm  cm  co  os  "»<           t»irj 

s 

OOsO-fOs 

iOt-Trco-* 

T3  o 


888  8  83££ 

(NCM^h  rH  COOCMOS 

OCOiO  CM  CO  ^  00  CO 

i-HCOCM  iO  OSOSCMO 

cm  t>T  i-hiocooT 


cscscMooocot>.t>»< 


i  co  iO  CO  iO  O  CO  o 
"iHCXOOt^ooiOtf? 


•  i— i  00  OS  o>  t-  l-»  OS  ■*       o      oo  ■**<  CO  o  < 
i-i  CO  5*  t-  -CF  CM  OS  O        CM        OCMCMCOC 


COiOiOiOMNHOcO 


88    2    8SS22 


a  cc 

C3  C3 
03  w 


O'S'SCO^O'*! 


O  0>  ■*  i-H 

CM  O  00  0 
t-CMt^OS 


f  NOO)« 
OH(OiO< 
t^.  cot-  OS  < 


'OHO) 

ICO  i-i  CM 


joo  lOiOTji 
)  t^  co-^ 
)  coco 


CM  CM  i-i  CO  i-l 


03  C3  ®  03 

lias 


)CM        CO        t^t^' 


o  »o  t-  oo  oo  co  t~-  ( 

OS  CM  CO  CM  CO  CO  iO  c 
"OCNOOOSOC3SNI 


OOCMOSOs-fCOCMiOcMOO 

t^^OOO^OOCOf-rHCM 

■fiOiOt-OSCMi-iOst-cO 


OS  OS  3  CM  CO 
"«cF  icco  t-l>- 

cM^cM'i-rccr^r 


52 

..a  | 


3       3 


-;^ 


03   fl    •  • 


111 


ig« 

iirt  03 

■  a  M'"0  M  ®  — >    , 


.  o  o 

>.   ttO 


2i£ 


S-g  g"S^  §  S-i'g'S  §  3j2  s  §  §  §  §  « 


« 

o  gmmott 


118         REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


f 


1 

1 


a  w 


■<#        "*4oOi-i  **  ■*  CO  OOiOCO  Tf  N  Tjt  00  *0  00  CM  O  "5  O  Tji  CO  CM.  CM  (M  N  t-  00  OOO 

CO        O-^rH  OO  i-i  fOO)  CO  iO  00MON00^"*O0>  CO  CO  Tji  ,-h  Oi  CO  "O  »Of- 

•*     oocdcd  ooo  oo'  looico  od  n  lOiocjiiocdo^iOi-H  o  o  06  r-5  cm  Oi  »o  -n?  © 

Oi         OlON  CM  00  CM  NlOCO  O  >0  CONOO^lOTfCOOOO  O  CM  CO  "*  ■*  >0  CO  i-ICO 

i-H       -*i -^  CO  -^  CO  CM  NN00  ■*  t-l  iO  O  r^  •>#  Tf  rJ4  «5  CO  CO  00  Oi  Oi  Oi  -^  N  CO  ooo 

r-T     t-Tr-Tr-T  tjToT  oo"  oo"oo"oT  co"  oo"  aTr>rGo~ooo"Ni>roo"oo"  ooocmnioco"  oo"  con 

CO        COOOtN  CM'*  CO  OOiOCO  «0  O  aJOO|OcOCMOiOcOO  COO^INOON  00  OCM 

<N        Oi-^Ci  OO  i-i  ^iOOJ  CO  CM  00  CO  ©  <N  00  ^4  r»4  O  CO  cOQOrtOO  55  »OCM 

CM       Ocd^  i-HOO  00  iO  OJ  CO  i-H  oi  »C  "0  OJ  iO  ©  ©  •*  "O  CM  cd  ■*  o  i-H  00  i6  "5  ^iH 

«#      -*ioco  ooo  cm  nioco  o  rt<  co  n  oo  ■*  35  g  oo  o  10  oooj^hq  ©  i-ico 

CO  "f  COCO  CM  NNO0  CO  CO  "0  CO  i-i  Tji  Tf  t»4  Si  CO  OJ  00  iO        OJ  •*  ©  CO  00CO 

r-TuT  co*  oT  cm"cm"co"  cm"  cm"  c^i-r^cocTi-Tr-ToTcM"  cm"i-T     i-Tr-Tr-T  cm"  nVT 

00        OOOffl  CM  O  O  QQO  OJ  N  OOOOOOOO-*  OcOOOOOQ  O  O  CO 

CO       ©Or-4  OO  O  OOO  OJ  CO  OOOOOOOOCO  ©©COOCM©  o  ©»o 

cn      ri©.-4  ©0  o  ooo  co  od  oooooooooi  d'oaid'*'*  ©  c5o3 

OJ       CO  O  i-i  r-4  O  O  OOO  O  O  OOOOOOOOCM  OW*ONifl  o  oo> 

i-i      now  rHO  o  ooo  rH  oo  oooooooor-  omooooh  o  oco 

i-4       »o  ©  i— i  Tf  co  CO  COOCO  ^  io*  co1co"co"co'cO,cd'cD,cO,io"  co"^o'c>^co"T1^*lo,  <&  eon} 

O       »OO5C0  ON  00  CMCOTJ4  CO  00  (NNTttffltOcOOOH  CM  iO  Oi  CM  O  N  "3  N  *0 

00        OCOO  OiOi  O  iCCMO  00  «3  ©iOCOOOO©iO©Oi  ©©0000»OOJ  CM  »c^« 

N      N005  ip^n  00  ^oJoo"  n  -a?  -^lOo-aii^oScJcMco  co  co  <n  ©'  r-5  *o  06  cmcm 

rH        HtOO  CM  CM  00  CK  i-H  CM  00  OJ  WOiOOOtOOONOOH  CO  CM  00 1-1  CM  O  CO  10^ 

CO        OJ  OJ  CM  OJ  CM  O  OOffiN  >0  00  CO  iO  O  CO  N  ^f  OJ  o  ©  ■*  CO  CO  "*  CO  iO  O  OCO 

oToTi-^  oTcT  i-T  o  oTcm"  cm1  oo  ©  co"co  cM~r^oo"oTN~N"  Tjroo"i-rr-rT-ri-T  10  oT^ 

COCM  CMCO  U3  NCMOO  CM  r-4  -*  tJ4  ^  ,_,  o  US  CM  CO  00  CO  r-i  r-4  CM  r-4  CO  CO  COCO 


3S!3    28    93    2288    S 


Tf4COO 
TJ4  CO  00 


I>cO 

l-H-<*4 

lOCJ 


ON-* 
iNNM 


ICOCOCON         lOCOOJNCO© 
lOOOOCMOO        iO  CM  CO  CO  i»4  CO 

ffldo^ooio     lOcdrHcooN 


CM  O 


CCCONNH^ONM 
COCOCOOOJiOOCOOO 


COJ>  t-  CM  CO 


S^CM 


CONH 
OCO  00 

r>.  cm 

O 

35 

OiOtO 

co  coo 

1—1 

CI 

5 

'CfioJNO'^coti'*-* 

<MOJOCOCOOOONO 

t>.(NOiONN 

CO 
OS 

lOO 
CM  CM 

CM  CM  CO 

OJ  CO  Tg 
T)4COTt4 

§{2 

i»4CM 

eo 

000  CM 

CO 

CO 

cmcoinoo-^oo^icooo 

t^OJCM^Or-iOCOiO 

HONUJUJ^HIIHO 

NNHP3H00 
lONNONO 
MNiflOMN 

f5S 

oo  oj 

CO  O  "0  Oi  o  ■*  CO  < 


owcoo 


C3  C3 


^S2 

ooo'  io 

CO  OJiO 


3^ 

OCO 
kg 


CO        CM 


OOCOlO^OO^HNM 

gjojooooocoooioo 

OCMO00  1O-"  — 


i^iunn 


22§ 


S    §5    S! 


U3CO        CO        CO 


S" 


CO  CO  r-4  O  N- O  CO  O  l>.        OO"300CJ0Q       CO        SH 
OON"5  00  00  0)NN        O  CO  O  t~- t}4  iO       »0        r-4  00 

-lOO^f         CO         OCN 


ffi  O  "  01 


i^  §^< 


o     o 

8    S 


tOOOMNMUlHffl  O^SQ^OO  OJ  "OH 
OJCMfMOiOCOOi-HiO  (DMioiOOOH  CO  ON 
OJ  Oi  **  Oi  CO  iO  00  CM  00        00  OJ  CO  r-4  f  OJ       O        00OJ 


4 


I 

M 


:  •  :    39     :     :  :  :     :     :      :•;::::::     :^  \$  :  :    j     :  : 

:.^  :    -§§    ^    go  :     :   2     :  j  :a  :  :S>;  :     :,§  :t§  ^    g     :s 

m  ii?  i  h  ill  M^tall  t*  9l!  ■  in  si^spi « lie 

sl^p^I^  |sars:p  i^piii§ali^|iirSib?|s^a 

O  «         5  'h        3  O  CD  Cv>  CD 


KEPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


119 


X  00  tji  00  CM  tji        CM  < 

cMKoI©coT»i'i-r     cmV^o  aT^ 


i  m  CO 
1  O)  CM 


S§8SSSS 

noT^x  co  cT 


n  s  eo  o  io  h  •*?  m 

tCOOHHCJCS  o  co 

-CC  X  "0  tji  rH  CO  o  o 

co^ocnoi-Tco  oTt>T 


©CMiflOCHO  CI  003UJNH 

MMtNiONtNO  iO  OOXOVOM 

co  i-5  co  ih  h  co  co  oi  dceoi'-ii' 

O  CM  Oi  Ol  X  CT.  O  CO  CQ  Oi  —  Ci  O  X 

CO  O  CO  "3  CO  rH  ""Ji  tji  OOMOOCJ^ 

coin  oTi-ToooTcr  t^~  t^coNco"i-t~ 


.lOOQ^CO 

il^l'OHH 


MNNCh 


c=s  S  x  cm  to  ! 


irfm 

COCO 
"SCO 


o  oo  co  cm  Oi  tji      35  x  K  —  o-  Oi      o  — < 
inoooooN      cmxcmcoi-hco      on 

ceo         T-r-^'eoco     r-TeorHeft^-^     hV     c-finN     cch" 


rH  rH  fONTfO 
CM  tji  CO  O  Oi  m  to 
O  CO        i-H  t^  ■*  CM  CM 


g§§§ 


cm"     eo«oc<fccco" 


co  oo  ig  *  -o  -r 

cc  cr.  C  -r  o  X 

X  CO  CM  CM  CO  ~T 


iCMt-i        hh 


88    888888    £3888    888888    28^888    88    8S88888    9    8881288 


>  O  O  O  tji  -*r  < 
igOS  CON! 
iO  OO       N01< 


OOOOOO        OOCCfOO        q-^1 
OOOOOO       r-iOCMOOO       ox 

cO~cO~c©~co~cO  CO"      CMin'cO'co'co'      co~cO  CO  CO  CO  CO       "3  CO  cm"tj<  o  co'      CO  "3 


COOCOOCfi 
OmoOOOCi 
CO  irtOtOzStOiG 


CO  O  CO  O  CO  co 


N  CM  COCO  tji 


N  CM  rH  Oi  CO  Q  tji  x  O  X  ( 
MOMOOCO*  OOiiO-^c 
iO  tii  CO  CO  "3  CO        CO  CM  l-»  CO  ! 


COCOOiOOiCO  lOMcONOOCe  CM  Oi 
lOfNCCOO  OtOOi-iiS  cox 
m  CO  CO  1-1  "0  in        Oi  CO  CO  Oi  ■*  O        t-  i-i 


CO  if3  tj<  CM  CO  CM  DO 
CO  CM  X  Tti  o  O  CO 


Nf  l-NNCSO 
OimoOOXCM 

i/5  iO  O  C  iC  h  lO 

CO  N  tji  Oi  in  CO 


CNOIHHO! 

COHHNt' 
COrHCO         C©l 


I  CO  1-H  i-l  TT  CO 


OCSONOON 

IO  CO  1-1  N  rH 

CM  rlCO 


CDCOOOOiOMN 
i-l  tji  Oi  "".  CO  OS  CM 
1—1  CM  1— '  T-H 


t-  tji  CM  CO  -h  co 

Oi  X  t  ~  N  CO  CM 


0C*MCOO>i 
OlOCNNO! 


tji  CO  c 
.-I  CMC 


£3 

COCO 


mOCM  mCM 


NONOCM  iO  S  CN  i-i  •*  Oi 
Ci  CM  CO  X  iO  X  tji  Oi  <M  £-  rH 
CM  tji  Oi  CM  X        CO  CO  i-i  i-l  O  "0 


i  cOOi  OOCO  i 


H^NNNKSO 
MNN^COXt- 
.IOHW 


N00WM 


CO  tji  CO  CO  X  N 
OOiON'Vr-N 
H  XCMT  CO  CM 


>Ci  rH  TJI  CO 

irn  o  ^h  CM 
I  CM        com 


in  co  x  co  co     loceaiONi 

tji  CM  Oi  CO        Oi  Oi  tji  CM  ^H  i 
CO  CMi-h^tk, 


m  co  tji  co  co  n 

TT  i— I  i— I         CM  O 
CM  .-tCM 


COlrtWNNO        Oi        Oi 

onftMONo      i-i      x 


NH  i-l 


rH  XmCOl 


IS   838; 


Oi  tji  CM  Oi  X  o 
Oi  i-l  -H  CM  rt  CM 


XCM— iXOii 


HOl^OVO 


CO  CM  Oi  N  CO  t--  CO 

1SXC3SNMH 
CO  CO  TT"  CO  "3  X  iO 


i-l        Ci  rH  CO  CO  CO  tji  "3 
iO        X  CO  N  TCP  CM  X 

i-i      tji  oo  r-i  m  oi  o 


!T}i  Til  rH  CO  1 


;S2888 


i  <n  "0  CO  CM  CO  i 


f-NiQX        COOtJItjioO 


;§g 


x  co  x  m  m  m  tji 

O  O  CM  Ten  Oi  CO  CO 

co  i-i  co  o  m  m  o 


lOOHlflfflHO 

m  cm  m  tji  -V  oi  i-i 

co  x  in  xx  x 


in  co  co  in  cm  cm      oocooii 

ONOiOTtiH        CNHiO^I 

co     m     1-hcm  < 


m<M      co 


i  CO  CO  Oi  Oi  « 
iCNtji  XO< 


CM  CO 

81  co 

iOttT 


HH1INN 


CM  TK  t^  1-H  X  CO 

"3CNfinrHinTjr 


Tf -^  CM  O  X  CO  MOSC15I 
Oiini-HCMOiCM  o  CD  Oi  O)  ( 
liNCOCNNH        XOCM--K 


C<1"iOhO)00        ~h        rH  CM  Oi  tji  ^h  CO  i 

83  co  Oi  x  m  tji  co      cm      cm— 'OCMOiS? 


>»  :    s  :  :  :  :  •  : 

<->    .     H    .    .   .  t-~  gj 

<»    '..caj    '    ■  ^"2 


las 


Jdlrfi  i-i.  il J Jl  ilii:§ll§i  U  it 
|l5llpllJillll^lSlil2lIi|ilf  Sliiilti^ 

S  32  3  *  S  .23      >»  -o 

I  OO  £  £         £  £     £  £ 


5?  3  «  c  c 


120        REPORT  OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


"Si 


.2  "si 


t^o6oio6aicd^oo^ocx}o6c6o6^^oiidocdi>cduo©idoicd 

030iOOO'0(Nr-tC>'-i(N'-i<NCO-*r-iCOOOCOOOO«D:9;'00»005rrW5 


50rtMO)t^H(N'*tOtOtOM$iOO«IOMOC<|iat^NHO>01' 
MiflNNi-iiONOINWOHOJtON'OiOiOOOONNt^COCOHiO 

i-5  c4 --5  oo  oi  c3  ■*  06  <n  od  o5  od  06  th  oi 

lOONOOONH©       H05WMC0C0<u'tsu'tuuu"T'<i' 

eftHNt-^'^tNuf'"!''     brcoeqoTcfcqooiNodot^T-H'rH 

«©  rHCN       i-l  CN  HCOHMN 


COCOQO!OOHO)CC>0 


lOMO^NOOWNOOOffiMffli 

idodddodoMNoidddooaNdoidoidiooocdtdd 

)^ooooooaNHOOOo«ooofflo«of'*oo*io 

)0>00O0iO>OOhOhOOh00NCCOMONO^00i0N00 


^ 

< 

H 

CO 

c 

> 

a 

pq 

x 

£ 

o 

O 

«, 

Eh 

o 

*^ 

1 

cs 

H 

i— i 

"8 

o 

•°? 

H 

^ 

tf 

« 

1 

fc 

8 

,s 

ft 


°  J,  &  cS 

fill 


ocOO©t^«>CT>t-00<Mr^Tf<ir3 
>TfOO(NC^O'-(I>-^<00'»iOOCT>iO^-,v 

)»«O^HMHHO'0«J»'(500n 


•  rf  t-- CO  t^  CO 
C0»T5t>        "3 


NUJiOHHOiONNON 
ON 


ooi>eoHrH^ooNMi»oooooou:>orH 
• '  "3  <n  t^  n?  id  •* 

)  -31  CO  Oi  lO  rH 

>«o  lOOO  "OO 

rcO^^odMiOiOtCiocD^^cToOt^t^cD 
ININHOCOCINNHOSHOONH 
•«Ji        rHt>.rH        U3  O  CO  -<CH  00  i-H  Ci       CO 


oooo 
t-~  CO 


<N         rH 


.(NCOI^t^COCOt-ait-ia 


MNt^f'COOiOcOOMrHiOrtNa'J'COINNCOWNLlNM 

COr»^rtrHU^lOCOrH00COC>3rH^Ol^t^^C75CV|CNT}<rHO>CN<NtO 

WC5C<3CCiCM-ilN!OH>0'*N^O'-i(NOOiO«30300cOCirHMcOcO 
MOOCCOOOrHTftcD       ^oTrfT^^CNC^oT^TirM^cOrHC^'iOrio' 

e©  eoio»o      ■*      th  t*      i-no  co oo o co co  rn oo      >o 


ONCO(Ni-iONOiOrHOOt»HOOOOOCOaSiOiOCOCOcOMOOi 
O10)IN0)Nf*00OHO®MN'<l,N(NfflNCC(N0>!ON'0(Ni0l 

!  i-H  £ 

not 


N>ONON(NCOiO( 


ONNOOI 


cOOt^CM»OCOrH»Ot^O)(M00000005cO( 

COi-(       iO  <NCO        lOOONOJOJHO 

r-t  CM  rH  rH         rH 


)  CO  >0  »0  uo  ■<*<  . 


lOCNCO! 

OtOHl 


i  rH  ^  TJ1U5  CO 


rHC5t>0 


ICMCTlOOCO'OOOrHrHOOC 

H^S       COCOiOOO- 
r4W       CcTr-T        rH~<N 


ieN)t~COcor^COcOOCO<NC5"rJ<' 

I  rH  10tl«00QHHOMM 

CM       -rji0000C75Ot^Ot-OO< 


)OrH00    DO)H( 

i  co  o  a  <ri  io  ic ' 

XNt^OTFOOCNX 


rH        HCOCONHi 


•20{. 
.o?2  2 


e3 


3d„ 

ilIlHP|S2|d2  iflii 
ili|il|glslgili1lilil^s| 


»3 

-to  Wl 


£.23  S*» 

ip  a  c  bo 
2      W).1 

rOrCJ  a  ra 
Sfl.2^ 


=  M 


CQWft 


REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER    OF   GENERAL   LAND    OFFICE. 


121 


If 

1 

1 

28 

■*  i-t 
CO  00 

O00 

tHIO 

T-Iod 

iCO 

0 

1 

s 

a 
c 

« 

CO  O 
x  C 

a&  c 

51  ? 

X 

ic 

00 

iC 

CN 

CN 

*o 

CN 

1 

s 

o 

CO 

s 

i 

8 

CO 
CN 

CO 

A    CO 

■* 

C 

BQ 

CN 

1 

o 
3 

o 

3 

0 
3 
o 

a 
< 

CO 
X 

Si 

o 

S 

o 

O 

"* 

O 
O 

^8 

x'o 
x  O 

o>oo 

oooo 

CNOO100 

CN  O  ^5  i-i 

COO-HiC 
WTOt-- 

CN       oco 

5 

IC 

<o 

CN 

CO 
CO 

CO 

CO 

§ 

CO 

1 

X 

1 

o 

CO 

oo 

538 

CJO 
C3>  ■* 
CO  00 

CNOOiC 
(NOMO 

cd  o  ^  id 

CN-^OCO 
CO           TT  1-H 

0 

00 
0 

90 

CN 

u 
4 

3  <D 

00 

oo 

N 

iCiC 

CNrt  COCO 

rH      co-<r 

s 

1 

co 

1 

| 

1 
o 

s 
•a 

1 

o 

a 
< 

c  c;  c  :i  c  c  = 

OOONiOOiC 
lO  iC  >C  O  t—  id  CN 

HiHioaaOrtffl 

■^  oo  o  oo  oo  o  t^ 

CO*  t~T  H  ■*  Tl?  CN  CO 
t*^  CO  .-H  ■*  CO        CN 

00 

88 

CD  id 

oS 

3^ 

oooo 

OiCOO 
O  CO  CO  o 

o^oooo 

HHCN 

8 

0 

8 

l> 

oT 

CO 

co 

<1 

O05QNN00  00 

whOoooosoo 
cohnnooco 

CO  00  00  ■*  iC  00  o 
^HOO^^t-T      id" 

CT5 

■x 

us 

CNf^ 

i-HCO 

coco 

Ort 

CCONO 

■*CNHC» 

O  CO  CN  O 
1-HTT  OCO 

CNCNCOrH 

BQ 

p. 

— 

•    to 

Km 

CO  t—  i— <  t— l  Oi  t^»  CO 
CO  i— (  ^  ^  CO         O 
1-t          t-HCO 

CO 
90 

OCN 
CN 

t^CN  i-H  CN 
COCNCNCN 

s 

X 

c 

43 

a 
3 

CO 

-3 

9  . 

Ui    CO 

f  Jj 
O 

s 
■a 

CD 

i 

o 

a 
< 

00 

co  noxo) 
oeoeo^H«5 

o  co  id  a>  oi 

OOOCNOiM 

■^odoidoo" 
cot^iccoo 

CN  CO             CN 

CO  X  CO  iO 
■OCMN 

^'  id  co'  oo 

HM!N* 

>--*  t^  a> 

HO'lO"* 

CO^X 
CO 

00 

— 

oo 

oa 

tN 

9 
id" 

feS8co§8 

■**  CN  o  id  o'  ■*' 

•*  IC  O  00  T"  CO 
00  rH  05  f-  ■*  CN 

^  ^        O  CN  CO 
CNiC        tP^hio 
CN             -V        .-1 

1 

CO 

0 

IC 

cd 

i 

H 

O 

<! 

A 

CO 

OCOO-*>C 
HMCNiOO 

r-I  r-i  o  t>^  -* 

CO  CO  H  00  00 
<Ort  £>J^H  t^ 

cd^o*^  i> 

OllONHH 

CO  O  co  CO 
CMCMOO'* 

■*'  ■*'  t^  t^ 

00  t^  00  00 
cOi-HCMOS 

•*  co  ■*  i-T 

1 

5 

S3 

M 

ri 

NOO^HO) 
HMOOOM 

i-i  oo  o  ^  cd  id 

-*  IC  CO  ^H  t^.  o 
OCOCOOOCN 

00  CN         t^        CO 

CN 

0 

8 

CO 

3  - 

CO 
lO 

CO  COiO  COlO 

coo  t^  >o  CO 

00  i-t  r-I  i-H  O 

Hf  COO 

■"r  OJ00CO 
COr-lCM 

CI 

3 

— 

NHMCDO)'* 

oot^      t^t^o 

CO--I        "*        ■* 
CO                r-T 

O 

"8  >» 

.2,-13 

^  S 
M  a 

•3  O 
(3  '-5 

<S   ft 

eg 

II 

02 

1 

o 

a 
< 

8 

CO 
CO 

c? 

8 

2 

re 

8 

0' 

0 
0 

cd 

i 

8 

OS 

M 

2 

o 

8 

i' 

3 

39 

0 

8 

r> 

00 
cT 

is 

W"5 

IC 

00 

0 
00 

3 
ft 

o 

8 
■a 

1 

I 
•3 

lO 

c<5 

| 
w 

SSK888 

cdid 

c^ 
t- 

CM 

O  CO 

oo  >c 

00  CN 

coco 

1-HIC 

OCO  OiC  ic  o  a 

CNOOOCOrlOO 

dsoNcdoN 

hoo^cco 

COOCNt^OHO 

ic      cToo      id" 

CO 

i 

co 

§ 

CO 

8 

CN 

co 

m 

o 
<5 

i 

MNOOO 
OiNPlOO 

CN  O5  00 

CN 

o 

COCO 
CO 

COICOCOCNQIC 
COOOCNCOOCO 

CO  cd  O  id  ■*  o  ■<* 
CDNCOCNM00M 
•*!  CO  i-t  00  r-I        t^ 

"*        CO  t^"       CO 

T— 1                       1—1 

s 

i 

cd" 

CO 

OS 

co 
cd 

lOl^lOr-ICN 

CNO 

i 

oco 

^HCN 

00  CN  CN  iC  iC  CN  O 

oo      oo  o      a> 

e 

§ 

Eh 
o 

>> 

o 

'm 

r 

1 

Of 

- 
< 

I 

1 

< 

- 

1 

1- 
< 

1 

- 

c 

1 

c 
c 

cc 

- 

c 

3 

C 
— 

s 

r 
Z 

I 

1 

i 
5 

1 

z 
z 

i 

- 
I 

1 

i 

at 

p 
1 

2 

I 

1 

> 

c 

I 

y 

| 

'4. 

0 

s 

e 

1 

C 

i 

c 

c 

g 

c 

- 

s 

1 

= 

1 

b 

= 
i 

0 
> 

) 

5 

c 

Eh 

122        REPORT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


S 
I- 


1° 

a 

ft 


r~»  co  oi  co  co  ^ 

HONHHOO 


00005  05  CO  < 

cdco^H005odt^cdo5Q^05c5',!i'io»rfi 


881 


ICOOHOh 


r-li-l         <N<M 


IHCO"3H( 


I  t-  05-^05 


I 

PS 


tH  CO 

05Ttl 
050 


1-HCO 


2& 


lO  05  ( 


(Ncgo 
iO  ■*  o 

Ot^O 


IOC0CMO5 


co-*  co  eo 

IOO5O5  00 
HNH1C 

i£  oTco^io 


CCfiDO 


£o? 


gsss 


<*.  a  a  C  «T3  o 


O  o 

3  oi 


8  a  bo 

Ill 


liiiii  i  11 1  niii  jii  i  kb  mm 


REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF  GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 


123 


Socoi 


t-  ■*  a  oj  *o 


SSSS 


i      a>  >o  co  co  i-<  oo 
■^co'coV-Ti^ 


03CO-<1<0»0 

■^  cii-<  co  06 


>COOOO.-iCOO-*  t^ 


■  i-H         »OOOCO< 


^i^r^COr-HOOcdcOoi^Oi^H'O-q'Ocdr-Hi-HOO 

iflin*'>j,Hcoaooo)CiONcoiot^N'<),o 


K5  iO  ■*  ■*  H  K>  05  i 

c»c<r 


c^Tr-T    o" 


t>  tCoaTTr" 


lOOoOiOiOiOGO-^t^ 
i-H  i-H  CO  ■**<  CO  !C!Offi*ONHt»t»'"' 


"(N^OWON 


■<Ji  CO  CO  O  CO  GO 


iCOiOCjiOOCOCOCOCOCO 
I         CO  CO  'tf'TH;^  r-l  *0         lO 


CO  00  00  CO  Mi 


CO  i-4  t^  00  CO  O 

t~  CO  C>  GO  iO  co 

co  co  r~-  05  co  cj5 


ioccnnos 


>  co  CO  i 

'rHTHi 


CO  iO  g?  CO  CO  lO  CO  "3* 
GOOOQOt^COCOt^ 
t^0>0005I~-00C0O 


oo'Ooo^<I-i  •  coocooscoeo-ocoot^oco 

t^"3THN00  '  iO  CO  •f  t-  CO  GO  •*  CO  00  >o  C~-  00 

cooit^co'co  •coo6»o>ocdcooocoioo6o 

cocoi-Hioo  •t^coi^ascot^iocoiocoi— ioo 

coio-^-^-co  •-*co-*ocoa>coiocooooco 


00C0CSO5O3      -COO0        COCOiOt-^H        COCO' 
00i-i        CO  ;iC  ©COCOcOOO       .-H        ( 


.MONTtfiOHOOOOcONHNHt^iOOINN 

..-Hooio^ooioiOrHOcooot-iococococo 
it^co'^^ooco^oicocoi-Hcoc-icoot^icco 

iNNMOO^^ffiaWlflOIMCBOS^O 
I^NHQOOHt-NNWaoNOOMOO! 


it^OCOCOcOiCOiOCOTfocOCOT-HOit^CO 

■^  i-t  CO  CO  CO  co  t-        olf-iMiOHcgiCO 

CO  t-Ht-1         tH0000C0i-I         CO         rH 


!>•  CO  O  "*  CO  tf 


HiOQt 
C2CC  CO  < 
C0O5O5C 


COOOOt 


OOOI-WOH 
i-l  CO  CO  CN  lO  t~-  t~- 

i-t  ^  00  00  CO  'f 


OiOcOOOcONOI>CO«N 

HioocoocoMcoioinm 

N'S'^OOOO'^OOr- ICOCO 


ION 

t~oo 

(NO 


.OMOOOHfclOCi 


Ir-JOOCOi 


i  CO  CO  O  0< 

i  co  o  co  co  ( 


t^CiGCCOCO 


QOMCCfflidOmcONMON 
iO>        OOOOcOcOcO        HffliO 

CO  COC^OO^O  CO         r-H 


uDio      t^cocooas      coira-^ioo      -«c  m  co 


ro^^oooococo.-ico^^r^e>50cocftcoa5>oiOTt<ooco"'9<io>.o,-i 
oo      cSco^"^^^  Wfi^S9affl9P9!P'-- 


kO  ri ' 


»  C5CO  GO  iO  co 


«o  ■*      looicococo      co      co 


£§ 


°  c3<2  «- 


'   llllllllglg 


•^5c 


124        REPORT  OF  COMMISSIONER  OF  GENERAL  LAND  OFFICE. 


a 
53  aw 

•3w=a 


ft.2  5-3 


4-2£g£f 

sill-si 

*SSjo 


05c005O(M0200t^-^0005'<t|00iCt^ 

O«3N'*ffi000)(0QHi0(MfflO'* 
"'*00HCiJ'O,*fflHN!0ONO 


INMOCHHHINNQO^WHCO'O 

co'cd'aTi-rio'     oo'ofc^co'     i-Tiocd'     Tt^oTooTco 


>  coco-*  00: 


Eh 


J 

I 


00      i>OtON 


■as 


1« 

13 

w 


OJIO         OCO.-H  CO 


MN        <OM  00 


is 


©OJ     '© 


iS  :?5 


NOINNM        OJ 


0100)00 
NNHM 


8&8i 


88 


to 

fl  >_  o 

,2Sa  . 
5s- 


iOCOOJI 


00^HtNi-HO5 


ooo< 
r^  Tti  co  ( 
eoO)oo< 

COr-Tc>f 


l  l-»  00  <N  t-  Oi 

"r-T       CO         TjT 


t*  ,-h  cc  oo  a>  co 

CO  t^       NNOi 

COrH         CO         T}< 
CO  fH 


•I 

-2 
w 


cj'a 


a 


-31. 


x  a  a    :  c3 
asS>^'S"§2^^^Q§a«    .:S  a 


■a 


—  — J    O    03    p    rrt    5;  .3  .3  .22  . 2    O    CD    O)    CD   O  -Ui    1.7  X  +3  .."  t"*  S* 


REPORT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   GENERAL  LAND   OFFICE. 

Sales  of  Indian  lands  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


125 


Number  of 
entries  or 

partial 
payments. 


Area. 


Sales  and 
interest. 


Alabama: 

Montgomery— Cherokee  Indian  school  lands 

California: 

Eureka— 

Round  Valley  Indian  Reservation  lands 

Klamath  River  Indian  Reservation 

Oakland— Round  Valley  Indian  Reservation 

Colorado: 

Durango — 

Southern  Ute,  act  February  20, 1895 

Ceded  Ute,  act  June  15,  1880,  and  July  28, 1882 

Glenwood  Springs— Ute  Indian  land 

Montrose— Ute  Indian  lands 

Idaho: 

Blackfoot— Shoshone  and  Bannock  Indian  lands 

Kansas: 

Dodge  City— Osage  trust  and  diminished  reserve  land. . 

Topeka— Kansas  trust  and  diminished  lands 

Minnesota: 

Cass  Lake— Chippewa  Indian  lands 

Crookston— 

Chippewa  Indian  lands 

Red  Lake  Indian  Reservation  lands 

Duluth— Chippewa  Indian  lands 

Montana: 

Billings— Crow  Indian  ceded  lands 

Nebraska: 

O 'Neill— Omaha  Indian  land 

North  Dakota: 

Devils  Lake— Sioux  Indian  lands 

Oklahoma: 

El  Reno— Wichita  ceded  land 

Lawton — Kiowa,  Comanche,  and  Apache  Indian  lands. 
Oregon: 

La  Grande— Umatilla  Indian  Reservation  lands 

South  Dakota: 

Mitchell— Sioux  Indian  lands 

Pierre— Lower  Brule"  Indian  Reservation 

Utah: 

Vernal— Uintah  Valley  Indian  Reservation  lands 

Washington: 

Spokane— Colville  Indian  Reservation  land. 

Waterville— Colville  Indian  Reservation  land 


Lander — Shoshone  or  Wind  River  Reservation . 
Total 


11 


117 

24 

180 

577 


65 
1 

93 

231 
112 
32 


149 

422 
51 

109 

393 
364 

154 

145 
100 

133 


Acres. 
652.12 


45.03 


12,765.97 

2,839.84 

22,015.67 

74,537.46 


5,647.28 


200 


8,554.16 


883.05 


14,983.71 
8,345.73 


$815.20 


578.25 

112.58 

4,115.24 


9,852.66 

1,109.95 

28,063.99 

51,193.33 

40.00 

6,459.57 
20.56 

16,028.24 

49,936.23 

106,020.34 

4,603.27 

58,131.42 

4,930.59 

58,089.90 

80,865.20 
186,758.93 

7,164.32 

167,531.80 
20,810.23 

25,066.87 

43,965.27 
21,531.17 

44,177.41 


3,506 


151,470.02 


997,972.52 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 


127 


COMMISSIONERS  OF  PENSIONS  SINCE  1833. 


Name. 


By  whom  appointed. 


Whence  appointed. 


Date  of  com- 
mission. 


Edwards,  James  L.. . 

Heath,  James  E 

Waldo,  Loren  P 

Minot,  Josiah 

Whiting,  George  C . . . 
Barrett,  Joseph  H. . . 
Cox,  Christopher  C. . 
Van  Aernam,  Henry. 

Baker,  James  H 

Atkinson,  Henry  M. . 

GUI,  Charles  R 

Bentley,  John  A 

Dudley,  William  W.. 

Clarke,  Otis  P.  G 

Black,  John  C 

Tanner,  James 

Raum,  GreenB 

Lochren,  William 

Murphy,  Dominic  I . . 
Evans,  Henry  Clay. . 

Ware,  Eugene  F 

Warner,  Vespasian. . 


Jackson.. 
Fillmore. 
Pierce... 
.....do... 
.....do... 
Lincoln.. 
Johnson. 
Grant... 


....do.... 
....do.... 
....do.... 
Garfield... 
Arthur... 
Cleveland. 
Harrison. 
....do.... 
Cleveland. 
....do.... 
McKinley. 
Roosevelt. 
....do.... 


Virginia 

....do 

Connecticut 

New  Hampshire. 

Virginia 

Ohio 

Maryland 

New  York 

Minnesota 

Nebraska 

Wisconsin 

....do 

Indiana 

Rhode  Island 

Illinois 

New  York 

Illinois 

Minnesota 

Pennsylvania — 

Tennessee 

Kansas 

Illinois 


Mar.  3,1833 
Nov.  27, 1850 
Mar.  17,1853 
Aug.  1,1855 
Jan.  19,1857 
Apr.  15,1861 
July  28,1868 
May  1, 1869 
Apr.  20,1871 
Mar.  26,1875 
Feb.  10,1876 
Mar.  28,1876 
June  27, 1881 
Nov.  15, 1884 
Mar.  19,1885 
Mar.  27,1889 
Oct.  19,1889 
Apr.  13,1893 
May  28,1896 
Apr.  1,1897 
May  10,1902 
Mar.    4,  J  905 


128 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

Bureau  of  Pensions, 
Washington,  D.  C,  August  17, 1908. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  my  annual  report,  con- 
sisting of  statement  and  exhibits  numbered  from  1  to  10,  inclusive,  of 
the  operations  of  the  Bureau  of  Pensions  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
June  30,  1908. 

GENERAL    STATEMENT. 

Exhibit  1  shows  the  number  of  pensioners  of  each  class  added  to 
and  dropped  from  the  roll  during  the  year.  There  were  967,371  pen- 
sioners on  the  roll  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year  1907.  The  number  of 
new  pensioners  added  to  the  roll  during  the  fiscal  year  1908  was 
38,682,  and  the  number  of  pensioners  dropped  from  the  roll  was 
54,366.  The  number  of  pensioners  on  the  roll  at  the  close  of  the  year 
was  therefore  951,687,  a  net  loss  of  15,684. 

The  largest  number  of  pensioners  ever  on  the  roll  at  any  one  time 
was  on  January  31,  1905,  when  the  number  was  1,004,196.  The  net 
decrease  in  the  number  of  pensioners  since  that  date  is  52,509.  The 
losses  to  the  roll  during  the  fiscal  year  1908  were  as  follows : 

Decrease  in  pension  roll  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  190S. 

By  death 50,  676 

By  remarriage 944 

By  minors  arriving  at  the  age  of  16  years 1,  025 

By  failure  to  claim  for  more  than  three  years 711 

For  other  causes 1,010 

Total 54,360 

The  number  of  survivors  of  the  civil  war  on  the  pension  roll  June 
30,  1907,  was  644,383.  The  number  on  the  roll  June  30,  1908,  was 
620,985,  a  decrease  during  the  year  of  23,353.  The  number  dropped 
on  account  of  death  during  the  year  was  34,333,  and  the  number 
dropped  for  other  causes  was  864.  The  death  rate  of  the  survivors  of 
the  civil  war  during  the  year  was  slightly  in  excess  of  5  per  cent,  and 
the  number  dropped  on  account  of  death  was  3,132  greater  than  dur- 
ing the  previous  year.  At  the  close  of  the  year  there  were  7.099  orig- 
inal claims  of  survivors  of  the  civil  war  pending  in  the  Bureau.  This 
number  added  to  the  number  of  survivors  on  the  roll  makes  a  total  of 
628,084  who  either  are  pensioners  or  have  claims  pending. 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 9  129 


130 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


The  following  table  shows  the  number  of  pensioners  on  the  roll  in 
each  class  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  years  1908  and  1907,  with  the  gains 
and  losses: 

Pensioners  on  the  roll  June  30,  1908,  and  June  30,  1907. 


1908. 

1907. 

Gain. 

Loss. 

Revolutionary  war: 

Daughters 

2 
471 

1. 820 

3,018 

2,932 
6,914 

142,044 
75,515 
541 
3,688 
656 
240 
528 

140,600 

3 

558 

2,007 
3,201 

3,485 
7,214 

178,816 
75,629 
599 
4,578 
873 
224 
489 

349,283 

180,539 

4,032 

292 

116,239 

542' 

19,031 

1,100 

316 

3,090 

527 

11 

2 

11,076 

2,526 

122 

821 

133 

5 

8 

1 

War  of  1812: 

Widows 

87 

Indian  wars: 

187 

Widows 

183 

War  with  Mexico: 

553 

Widows 

300 

Civil  war: 

General  law- 
Invalids  

36,772 
114 

Widows 

Minor  children 

58 

Mothers 

890 

Fathers 

217 

Brothers,  sisters,  sons,  and  daughters 

16 
39 

Act  of  June  27,  1890— 

Invalids 

208,683 

Widows 

180,539 

Minor  children 

3.954 

'295 

338,341 

188,445 

510 

20,548 

1,145 

331 

3,096 

536 

7 

2 

11,786 

2,580 

120 

871 

139 

5 

7 

78 

Helpless  children 

3 

222, 102 
188,445 

Act  of  February  6, 1907 

Act  of  April  19, 1908,  widows 

32 

War  with  Spain: 

Invalids 

1,517 
45 
15 
6 
9 

Widows 

Minor  children 

Mothers 

Brothers  and  sisters 

4 

Regular  establishment: 

710 
54 

Widows 

Minor  children 

2 

Mothers 

50 
6 

Helpless  children 

1 

Total 

951,687 

967,371 

413,017 

428, 701 

Net  loss 

15,684 

All  widows  of  soldiers  and  sailors  who  served  in  the  civil  war  on 
the  roll  under  the  act  of  June  27,  1890,  were  transferred  to  the  roll 
under  the  act  of  April  19, 1908,  when  it  became  law,  and  this  accounts 
for  the  large  number  of  civil  war  widows,  shown  by  the  table,  on  the 
roll  under  said  act  on  June  30,  1908,  and  also  accounts  for  the  fact 
that  there  were  no  widows  remaining  on  the  roll  on  that  date  under 
the  act  of  June  27,  1890. 

During  the  year  there  was  a  loss  of  36,772  pensioners  in  the  invalid 
class,  general  law,  civil  war,  and  a  loss  of  208,083  in  the  invalid  class, 
act  of  June  27,  1890.  These  losses  were  due  largely  to  the  transfer 
of  pensioners  in  each  of  these  classes  to  the  act  of  February  6,  1907, 
at  a  higher  rate,  the  net  gain  to  that  roll  being  222,102. 


REPORT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 


131 


The  civil  war  pensioners  are  divided,  according  to  the  law  under 
which  the  pension  is  granted,  into  the  following  classes : 

(1)  General  law. 

(2)  Act  of  June  27, 1890,  as  amended  by  the  act  of  May  9,  1900. 

(3)  Act  of  February  6,  1907. 

(4)  Act  of  April  19,  1908. 

The  annual  value  of  the  pension  roll  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year 
was  $159,495,701  against  $140,850,880  at  the  close  of  the  previous  year, 
a  gain  of  $18,644,821  in  one  year.  The  annual  value  is  the  amount 
required  to  pay  the  pensioners  on  the  roll  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal 
year  for  one  entire  year  should  there  be  no  changes  in  the  rates  or  in 
the  number  of  pensioners  during  the  year.  The  increase  in  the  annual 
value  of  the  roll  is  due  to  the  large  number  of  certificates  issued 
during  the  year  under  the  act  of  February  6,  1907,  and  the  increase 
in  the  rates  to  widows  granted  by  the  act  of  April  19,  1908. 

In  the  table  below  will  be  found  the  average  annual  value  of  the 
pension  of  each  pensioner  on  the  roll  at  the  close  of  each  of  the  last 
five  years : 

Average  value  of  each  pension  for  the  last  five  years. 


Average  annual  value  of  each  pension 

Regular  establishment 

General  law,  civil  war 

Act  of  June  27,  1890 

War  with  Spain 

Act  of  February  6, 1907 

Act  of  April  19,  1908 


1908. 


$167.59 
173. 76 
215.30 
130. 75 
126.87 
167.70 
145. 10 


1907. 


$145.60 
173. 12 
204.20 
112.32 
127. 19 
170.09 


1906. 


$138. 18 
173. 35 
191. 43 
114.33 
127.33 


1905. 


$136.96 
174. 19 
187.51 
113.20 
127.90 


1904 


$134.84 
173. 09 
180. 58 
110.00 
132. 18 


Exhibit  2  shows  the  amount  of  first  payments  on  each  class  of  cer- 
tificates made  by  pension  agents  to  pensioners  during  the  fiscal  year 
1908,  and  the  amount  of  fees  paid  to  attorneys.  The  total  amount 
paid  in  first  payments  for  the  year  1908  is  $13,394,633.41,  being 
$6,750,864.72  in  excess  of  that  paid  in  first  payments  during  the  year 
1907.  The  number  of  certificates  upon  which  these  first  payments 
were  made  is  316,500,  an  average  of  $42.32  for  each  certificate. 

The  following  table  shows  the  first  payments  made  each  year 
during  the  last  five  years: 

First  payments  made  during  the  last  five  fiscal  years. 


Fiscal  year. 

Number. 

Amount. 

Average. 

1908 

316,500 
186,973 
111,803 

513,394, 633 
6,643,768 
fi.1S2.1S2 

$42.32 

1907 

35.53 

1906 

55.02 

1905 

162,907  |     8,940,064 
128,623  1  1          -375 

54.87 

1904 

80.  S2 

'       ' 

132  REPORT  OF  THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 

At  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year  there  were  11,093  outstanding  certifi- 
cates upon  which  no  first  payments  were  made.  The  amount  due  on 
such  certificates  was  $444,560.12.  Those  certificates  did  not  reach  the 
agencies  in  time  to  secure  vouchers  and  make  the  payments  therein 
before  the  close  of  the  year. 

Exhibit  3  shows  the  appropriations  and  disbursements  for  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  and  the  unexpended  balances  at  the 
close  of  the  year.  The  amounts  appropriated  and  expended  and  the 
balances  are  as  follows: 

Receipts  and  disbursements  for  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 

Appropriation  for  pensions  (act  March  4,  1907) $145,  000,  000.00 

Deficiency  appropriation  (act  May  30,  1908) 10,000,000.00 

Repayments  to  the  appropriation 3,  390.  71 

Total  amount  available  for  pensions 155,  003,  390.  71 

Amount  disbursed 153,  093,  086.  27 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 1,  910,  304.  44 

Appropriation  for  medical  examinations 600,  000.  00 

Amount  expended  and  unpaid 247,  533.  25 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 352,  466.  75 

Appropriation  for  salaries  and  clerk  hire,  pension  agencies 507,  000. 00 

Repayments  to  the  appropriation 20.  94 

Amount  available 507,  020. 94 

Amount  disbursed 501,  795.  74 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 5,  225.  20 

Appropriation  for  rent  and  contingent  expenses,  pension  agen- 
cies    S4,  500.  00 

Repayments  to  the  appropriation 1.93 

Amount  available 34,  501.  93 

Amount  disbursed 32, 169.  63 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 2,  332.  30 

Appropriation  for  examination  of  pension  agencies 1,  500.  00 

Amount  disbursed 24S.  56 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 1,251.44 

Appropriation  for  salaries,  Pension  Bureau 1,  703,  250.  00 

Amount  disbursed 1,  611,  756.  60 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 91,  493.  40 

Appropriation  for  salaries,  per  diem,  and  expenses  of  special 

examiners  462,  500.  00 

Amount  disbursed 357,737.08 

Balance  covered  into  the  Treasury 104,  762.  92 


BEPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


133 


Summary  of  unexpended  balances  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year  1908,  exclusive 
of  unexpended  appropriation  for  the  payment  of  pensions,  covered  into  the 
Treasury. 

Salaries  in  Bureau $91,493.40 

Salaries,  per  diem,  and  expenses,  special  examiners 104,  762. 92 

Fees,  examining  surgeons 352,  466.  75 

Salaries  and  clerk  hire,  pension  agencies 5,  225. 20 

Rent  and  contingent  expenses,  pension  agencies 2,  332.  30 

Examination  of  pension  agencies 1,  251.  44 


Total 557,  532. 01 

The  amount  expended  for  navy  pensions  during  the  fiscal  year  1908 
was  $4,934,350.50.  The  law  provides  that  the  navy  pensions  shall  be 
paid  from  the  income  of  the  navy  pension  fund  so  far  as  the  same 
shall  be  sufficient  for  that  purpose.  The  income  from  the  navy  pen- 
sion fund  for  the  year  1908  was  $360,409.92,  less  than  8  per  cent  of 
the  amount  required  for  the  payment  of  navy  pensions.  The  amount 
derived  from  the  interest  on  the  navy  pension  fund  has  not  been 
sufficient  to  pay  the  navy  pensions  since  1870.  During  the  last  five 
years,  the  interest  on  the  navy  pension  fund  and  the  amounts  paid  for 
navy  pensions  have  been  as  follows : 

Interest  on  navy  pension  fund  and  amounts  paid  for  navy  pensions. 


Fiscal  year. 

Interest. 

Navy  pen- 
sions. 

Fiscal  year. 

Interest. 

Navy  pen- 
sions. 

1904 

$287,374 
370,952 
363,619 

$4,082,954 
4,197,166  1 
4,204,004 

1907 

$361, 405 
360,409 

$4,248,712 
4,934,350 

1905 

1908 

1906 

Exhibit  4  shows  the  amount  disbursed  by  each  pension  agency 
during  the  fiscal  year.  The  amounts  disbursed  by  the  different 
agencies  vary  from  $2,748,387.69  at  the  Concord  agency  to  $17,621,- 
652.81  at  the  Topeka  agency.  The  total  amount  disbursed  for  pen- 
sions by  the  pension  agencies  is  $152,959,537.96.  In  addition  to  this 
amount  there  was  disbursed  by  the  Treasury  Department  in  pay- 
ment of  claims  for  reimbursement  on  account  of  expenditures  in- 
curred during  the  last  sickness  and  burial  of  deceased  pensioners  who 
left  no  widows  or  minor  children,  the  sum  of  $133,548.31,  making 
the  total  amount  expended  for  pensions,  as  shown  by  Exhibit  3, 
$153,093,086.27. 

The  amount  expended  for  fees  of  examining  surgeons,  as  shown  by 
Exhibits  3  and  4,  is  $177,490.88.  This  does  not  cover  the  examina- 
tions made  during  the  last  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year.  The  unpaid 
accounts  for  fees  of  examining  surgeons  will  make  the  total  expendi- 
ture during  the  year  amount  to  $247,533.25.  This  is  a  decrease  in 
the  amount  paid  for  medical  examinations  as  compared  with  the 
previous  year  of  $243,040.34.     This  large  decrease  is  due  to  the  act 


134 


REPORT   OF  THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 


of  February  6,  1907,  granting  pensions  on  account  of  age,  no  medical 
examinations  being  required  in  claims  filed  under  that  act. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  contingent  expenses  of  the  pension 
agency  in  this  city  are  considerably  larger  than  those  of  any  other 
agency.  One  item  of  expense  of  this  agency  is  in  the  payment  of 
postage  on  checks  mailed  to  foreign  countries,  this  expenditure  during 
the  last  fiscal  year  amounting  to  $625.  A  similar  expense  does  not 
occur  at  any  other  agency. 

The  following  table  is  a  classification  of  the  disbursements  for 
pensions,  showing  the  amounts  disbursed  to  each  class  of  pensioners 
of  the  various  wars.  The  largest  amount  disbursed  to  any  one  class 
is  that  under  the  act  of  February  6,  1907,  to  survivors  of  the  civil 
war,  which  is  $45,645,639.19. 


Classification  of  disbursements  for  pensions. 

Amount. 

Total. 

Grand  total. 

Regular  Establishment. 
Army: 

Invalids 

$1,584,629.96 
482,301.84 

$2,066,931.80 
699,671.41 

Widows  and  dependents 

Navy: 

Invalids 

432,223.42 
267,447.99 

Widows  and  dependents 

36,217,074.54 

76,652.07 

12,184,201.26 

$2,766,603.21 

Civil  war. 
General  law: 
Army- 
Invalids  

48,477,927.87 

• 

494,537.34 

44,460,947.94 
1,585,191.51 

45,645,639.19 
3,793,332.56 

Nurses 

Widows  and  dependents 

Navy- 

315,498.09 
179,039.25 

Widows  and  dependents 

Act  June  27,  1890: 
Army- 
Invalids  

29,033,242.02 
15,427,705.92 

Widows  and  dependents 

Navy- 
Invalids  

928,245.61 
656,945.90 

Widows  and  dependents 

Act  February  6, 1907: 

Army 

43,843,717.35 
1,801,921.84 

Navy 

Act  April  19,  1908: 

Army  widows 

3,604,021.02 
189,311.54 

Navy  widows 

2,698,394.73 
797,024.38 

144,457,576.41 

War  with  Spain. 
Army: 

3,495,419.11 
158,703.87 

Widows  and  dependents 

Navy: 

Invalids 

106,454.93 
52,248.94 

Widows  and  dependents 

3,654,122.98 
68,766.00 

War  of  1812. 
Widows 

War  with  Mexico. 
Survivors 

753,782.02 
725,363.61 

1.479.145.53 

REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 
Classification  of  disbursements  for  pensions — Continued. 


135 


Amount. 

Total. 

Grand  total. 

Indian  wars. 

$205,289.03 
328,034.20 

Widows 

$533,323.83 
133,548.31 

Treasury  settlements 

Total  disbursements 

153,093,086.27 

Exhibit  5  shows,  by  classes,  the  number  of  pensioners  on  the  rolls 
of  the  different  agencies  June  30,  1908,  and  the  number  of  pensioners 
on  their  rolls  June  30,  1907.  This  statement  shows  the  losses  and 
gains  of  each  agency  during  the  fiscal  year.  The  number  of  pen- 
sioners on  the  rolls  of  the  different  agencies  varies  from  15,633  at 
the  Concord  agency  to  109,579  at  the  Topeka  agency,  the  San  Fran- 
cisco agency  being  the  only  one  showing  an  increase,  all  the  other 
agencies  showing  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  pensioners  at  the  close 
of  the  year. 

Exhibit  6  gives  the  number  of  pensioners  residing  in  each  State  and 
Territory  of  the  United  States,  in  the  insular  possessions,  and  in 
foreign  countries  who  were  on  the  roll  June  30,  1908;  it  shows  also 
the  amounts  paid  for  pensions  during  the  fiscal  year  1908  to  residents 
of  each  State,  Territory,  insular  possession,  and  foreign  country. 
Below  is  a  summary  of  this  exhibit: 


Residence. 

Number. 

Amount. 

States  and  Territories 

946,509 

131 

5,047 

$152,120,644.12 
21,420.53 

Insular  possessions 

Foreign  countries 

811,473.31 

Total 

951,687 

152,959,537.96 

Exhibit  7  shows,  by  classes,  the  monthly  rates  of  pension  paid  to 
pensioners  and  the  number  of  pensioners  at  each  rate  on  the  roll  June 
30,  1908,  under  the  different  general  acts  of  Congress,  the  total  num- 
ber being  937,080. 

Exhibit  8  shows  the  same  details  in  relation  to  the  pensioners  on 
the  roll  on  that  date  by  virtue  of  special  acts  of  Congress,  the  total 
number  being  14,607. 

The  amount  disbursed  for  pensions  by  the  United  States  from  July 
1,  1790,  to  June  30,  1865,  was  $96,445,444.23.  The  total  cost  of  pen- 
sions and  the  expenses  connected  with  the  administration  of  the 
pension  lawTs  from  the  latter  date  to  the  present  time,  with  the  num- 
ber of  pensioners  each  year,  are  shown  by  the  table  on  the  following 
page. 


136 


REPORT   OF   THE    COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


Disbursements  for  pensions  and  for  maintenance  of  pension  system,  1866  to 

1908. 


Fiscal  year. 


Paid  as  pensions. 


Cost,  mainte- 
nance, and 
expenses. 


Total. 


Number 
of  pen- 
sioners. 


1867 

1868 

1869 

1870 

1871 

1872 

1873 

1874 

1875 

1876 

1877 

1878 

1879 

1880 

1881 

1882 

1883 

1884 

1885 

1886 

1887 

1888 

1889 

1890 

1891 

1892 

1893 

1894 

1895 

1896 

1897 

1898 

1899 

1900 

1901 

1902 

1903 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

Total 


$15,450,549.88 
20,784,789.69 
23,101,509.36 
28,513,247.27 
29,351,488.78 

28,518,792.62 
29,752,746.81 
26,982,063.89 
30,206,778.99 
29,270,404.76 

27,936,209.53 
28,182,821.72 
26,786,009.44 
33,664,428.92 
56,689,229.08 

50,583,405.35 
54,313,172.05 
60,427,573.81 
57,912,387.47 
65,171,937.12 

64,091,142.90 
73,752,997.08 
78,950,501.67 
88,842,720.58 
106,093,850.39 

117;  312, 690. 50 
139,394,147.11 
156,906,637.94 
139,986,726.17 
139,812,294.30 

138,220,704.46 
139,949,717.35 
144,651,879.80 
138,355,052.95 
138, 462, 130. 65 

138,531,483.84 
137,504,267.99 
137,759,653.71 
141,093,571.49 
141,142,861.33 

139,000,288.25 
138, 155,  412.  46 
153,093,086.27 


$407,165.00 
490,977.35 
553,020.34 
564,526.81 
600,997.86 

863,079.00 
951,253.00 
1,003,200.64 
966,794.13 
982,695.35 

1,015,078.81 

1,034,459.33 

1,032,500.09 

837,734.14 

935,027.28 

1,072,059.64 
1,466,236.01 
2,591,648.29 
2,835,181.00 
3,392,576.34 

3,245,016.61 
3, 753,  400. 91 
3,515,057.27 
3,466,968.40 
3,526,382.13 

4, 700, 636.  44 
4, 898, 665. 80 
4, 867,  734.  42 
3,963,976.31 
4,338,020.21 

3,991,375.61 
3,987,783.07 
4,114,091.46 
4,147,517.73 
3,841,706.74 

3,868,795.44 
3,831,378.96 
3,993,216.79 
3,849,366.25 
3,721,832.82 

3,523,269.51 
3.309,110.44 
2:800,963.36 


$15,857,714.88 
21,275,767.04 
23,654,529.70 
29,077,774.08 
29,952,486.64 

29,381,871.62 
30,703,939.81 
27,985,264.53 
31,173,573.12 
30,253,100.11 

28,951,288.34 
29,217,281.05 
27,818,509.53 
34,502,163.06 
57,624,256.36 

51,65o,464.99 
55,779,408.06 
63,019,222. 10 
60,747,568.47 
68,564,513.46 

67,336,159.51 
77,506,397.99 
82,465,558.94 
92,309,688.98 
109,620,232.52 

122,013,326.94 
144, 292, 812.  91 
161,774,372.36 
143,950.702.48 
144,150,314.51 

142,212,080.07 
143,937,500.42 
148,765,971.26 
142, 502, 570. 68 
142,303,887.39 

142,400,279.28 
141,335,646.95 
141,752,870.50 
144,942,937.74 
144,864,694.15 

142,523,557.76 
141,464,522.90 
155,894,049.63 


126,722 
155,474 
169,643 
187,963 
198,686 

207,495 
232,229 
238,411 
236,241 
234,821 

232,137 
232,104 
223,998 
242,755 
250,802 

268,830 
285,697 
303,658 
322,756 
345,125 

365,783 
406,007 
452, 557 
489, 725 
537,944 

676, 160 
876,068 
966,012 
969,544 
970,524 

970,678 
976,014 
993, 714 
991,519 
993, 529 

997, 735 
999, 446 
996, 545 
994, 762 
998, 441 

985,971 
967,371 
951,687 


3,654,663,365.73 


112,852,477.1 


3,767,515,842.82 


While  the  amount  paid  out  for  pensions,  $153,093,086.27,  during 
the  fiscal  year  1908  is  the  largest  since  the  organization  of  the  Bureau, 
with  the  exception  of  the  amount  paid  out  during  the  fiscal  year  1893, 
the  cost  of  its  administration  is  the  smallest  since  1883,  during 
which  last-mentioned  year  there  was  paid  out  for  pensions  only 
$60,427,573.81. 

The  operating  expense  of  the  Bureau  during  the  fiscal  year  1893 
was  $4,867,734.42  and  during  the  fiscal  year  1908,  $2,800,963.36,  a 
decrease  of  $2,066,771.06. 

Exhibit  9  is  a  statement  of  pension  certificates  issued  during  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908.  The  following  summary  shows  the 
number  of  issues  by  classes: 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


137 


Pension  certificates  issued  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  by  classes. 

Supplemental 463 


Duplicates 2,  764 

Accrueds 18,  724 


Total 328,  676 


Originals. 37,  691 

Increases 35, 355 

Additional 332 

Reissues 231,  280 

Restorations 159 

Renewals 1,  908 

The  different  classes  of  pension  certificates  may  be  defined  as 
follows : 

Originals. — Cases  in  which  no  pension  has  before  been  granted. 

Increases. — Claims  for  increased  rate  of  pension. 

Additional. — Issues  under  act  of  June  27,  1890,  in  lieu  of  pension  under  the 
general  law. 

Reissues. — Issues  to  allow  for  additional  disabilities  under  the  general  law, 
to  make  corrections  in  former  issues,  and  to  allow  pension  under  the  general 
law  and  under  the  act  of  February  6,  1907,  in  lieu  of  pension  under  the  act 
of  1890. 

Restorations. — Issues  to  restore  to  the  roll  from  date  of  last  payment. 

Renewals. — Issues  to  renew  pension  from  a  date  when  new  title  is  shown. 

Supplementals. — Cases  in  which  title  exists  under  different  laws  and  issue 
is  made  under  one  law  for  a  period  not  covered  by  the  other  issue. 

Duplicates. — New  certificates  issued  in  lieu  of  former  certificates  lost  or 
destroyed. 

Accrueds. — Issues  made  for  pension  due  in  cases  of  deceased  pensioners  from 
date  of  last  payment  to  date  of  death. 

The  total  number  of  pension  certificates  of  all  kinds  issued  in  the 
last  ten  years  is  as  follows: 

Pension  certificates  issued  during  last  ten  years. 


1899 89,  054 

1900 105,  591 

1901 109,  668 

1902 119,  824 

1903 132,  821 


1904 153,  938 

1905 185,  242 

1906 136,  905 

1907 236,  516 

1908 328,  676 


More  certificates  were  issued  during  the  fiscal  year  than  in  any 
former  year  in  the  history  of  the  Bureau.  The  number  issued  was 
328,676,  being  92,160  in  excess  of  the  number  issued  the  preceding 
year  (1907)  and  16,130  in  excess  of  the  highest  number  issued  in 
any  previous  year. 

The  records  of  the  Bureau  show  that  between  February  6,  1907, 
and  June  30,  1908,  431,113  claims  were  filed  under  the  act  of  Febru- 
ary 6,  1907,  and  Exhibit  10  of  this  report  shows  that  there  were  only 
16,926  of  such  claims  pending  June  30,  1908. 

There  will  be  a  fewer  number  of  allowances  hereafter  under  that 
act,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  number  of  certificates  issued  will  ma- 
terially decrease  from  year  to  year. 

Exhibit  10  is  a  summary  of  the  pending  files  of  the  Bureau  based 
upon  an  actual  count  made  at  the  close  of  the  year.  The  table  is 
arranged  in  such  a  way  as  to  show  not  only  the  number  of  claims  of 


138  EEPORT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 

each  class  on  file,  but  also  the  number  of  claims  of  each  class  based 
upon  disabilities  incurred  or  service  rendered  in  each  of  the  wars  and 
in  the  regular  establishment. 

The  total  number  of  applications  for  pension  of  all  kinds  pending 
at  the  close  of  the  year  was  123,483,  as  against  356,181  pending  at  the 
beginning  of  the  year.  There  are  now  only  a  little  more  than  one- 
third  as  many  claims  pending  as  there  were  one  year  ago,  and  these 
are  being  adjudicated  as  rapidly  as  the  evidence  necessary  to  deter- 
mine their  merits  is  furnished,  as  the  work  of  the  Bureau  is  now 
practically  current  upon  all  classes  of  claims. 

A  recapitulation  of  the  pending  claims  is  as  follows : 

Claims  pending  at  close  of  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 

Civil  war 77,675 

War  with  Spain 19,280. 

Mexican  war   306 

Indian  wars 287 

Old  wars 53 

Regular  establishment 4,  729 

Accrueds , 21,153 

Total 123,  483 

In  addition  to  pension  claims,  as  above  noted,  there  were  pending 
before  the  Bureau  June  30, 1908,  44  applications  for  original  military- 
bounty  land  warrants  and  4  applications  for  duplicates  of  warrants 
theretofore  issued  and  claimed  to  have  been  lost  or  destroyed. 

PENSIONS   OF  THE   SEVERAL  WARS   AND   OF  THE   PEACE   ESTAB- 
LISHMENT. 

The  amounts  that  have  been  paid  in  pensions  to  soldiers,  sailors, 
and  marines,  their  widows,  minor  children,  and  dependent  relatives, 
on  account  of  military  and  naval  service  since  the  foundation  of  the 
Government,  are  as  follows: 

Total  paid  for  pensions  since  the  foundation  of  the  Government. 

War  of  the  Revolution  (estimate) $70,000,000.00 

War  of  1812  (service  pension) 45,  694,  665.  24 

Indian  wars  (service  pension) 9,355,711.03 

War  with  Mexico  (service  pension) 40,876,879.10 

Civil  war 3,533,593,025.95 

War  with  Spain  and  insurrection  in  the  Philippine  Islands —  22,  563,  635. 41 

Regular  Establishment 12,  630,  947.  88 

Unclassified 16,  393,  945.  35 


Total  disbursements  for  pensions 3,  751, 108,  809.  96 


PENSIONS    ON    ACCOUNT    OF    THE    WAR    WITH    SPAIN    AND    THE 
INSURRECTION   IN   THE   PHILIPPINE   ISLANDS. 


The  amounts  paid  each  year  on  account  of  disabilities  incurred  in 
or  of  deaths  resulting  from  service  in  the  war  with  Spain  and  in  the 
insurrection  in  the  Philippine  Islands  are  as  follows : 


REPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 


139 


Total  paid  for  pensions  on  account  of  the  war  with  Spam  and  the  insurrection 
in  the  Philippine  Islands. 


1899. 
1900. 
1901. 
1902. 
1903. 


$28,  606.  81 
332,  905.  25 
175,  225.  76 
738,  446.  28 
204,  084.  21 


1904 3, 106,  931.  78 


1905 $3,409,998.54 

1906 3,  442, 156.  53 

1907 3,  471, 157.  27 

1908 3,  654, 122.  98 


Total 22,563,635.41 


EXAMINING    SURGEONS. 

Most  of  the  surgeons  appointed  to  make  examinations  of  applicants 
for  pension  or  increase  of  pension  are  organized  into  boards  of  three 
members  each,  located  at  points  in  the  United  States  most  convenient 
to  the  applicants.  In  addition  to  the  boards  it  is  sometimes  necessary 
to  have  single  surgeons  or  specialists  make  examinations  of  claimants 
who  can  not  go  before  a  board  or  who  require  the  attention  of  an  ex- 
pert. These  surgeons  are  not  under  civil-service  rules,  and  are  paid 
for  the  work  they  actually  do  from  a  fund  provided  for  that  purpose 
by  Congress.  Examinations  in  foreign  countries  are  made  by  sur- 
geons designated  by  United  States  consuls.  On  June  30,  1908,  there 
were  4,662  examining  surgeons,  and  during  the  year  45,026  examina- 
tions were  made,  at  an  expense  of  $247,533.25. 

The  following  table  shows  the  location  by  States  of  the  boards, 
single  surgeons,  and  experts : 

Surgeons  employed  on  June  30,  1908. 


States. 

Boards. 

Single 
sur- 
geons. 

Expert 
sur- 
geons. 

States. 

Boards. 

Single 
sur- 
geons. 

Expert 

sur- 
geons. 

Alabama 

10 

1 

23 

21 

19 

10 

3 

3 

8 

9 

3 

91 

88 

84 

73 

74 

5 

25 

11 

22 

57 

41 

7 

85 

7 

50 

0 
3 
1 
2 
6 
0 
0 
0 
3 
2 
6 
0 
0 
0 
5 
1 
1 
0 
0 
0 
0 
5 
1 
0 
2 
1 

5 

2 

9 

20 

6 

4 

2 

7 

6 

11 

2 

29 

30 

17 

18 

11 

4 

13 

4 

12 

24 

9 

5 

25 

5 

4 

2 

12 

9 

4 

61 

12 

6 

92 

29 

14 

80 

2 

4 

20 

41 

12 

2 

15 

7 

16 

33 

49 

2 

1 
0 
0 
1 
0 
5 
0 
0 
1 
5 
0 
0 
0 
6 
2 
5 
1 
0 
2 
5 
1 
2 

4 

0 

Arizona 

New  Hampshire 

2 

Arkansas 

3 

California 

3 

Colorado 

31 

Connecticut 

North  Carolina 

North  Dakota 

Ohio 

6 

Delaware 

3 

37 

District  of  Columbia . . 

Florida 

11 

Georgia 

9 

30 
3 
3 

7 
18 

Idaho 

Pennsylvania 

Rhode  Island 

South  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

18 

Louisiana 

Utah . . 

3 

Maine 

Vermont 

Virginia 

6 
9 
6 

Maryland 

Massachusetts 

Michigan 

West  Virginia 

10 

Minnesota 

17 

Mississippi 

1 

Total 

Montana 

1,354 

80 

520 

Nebraska 

SUMMARY. 

Boards,  1,354    (three  members  each) 4,062 

Single    surgeons 80 

Expert    examining    surgeons 520 


Total 4,  662 


140 


REPOKT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 


SPECIAL    ACTS. 

Since  1861  there  have  been  granted  by  special  acts  of  Congress 
23,316  pensions  and  increase  of  pensions,  of  which  14,607  are  now  on 
the  roll  with  an  annual  face  value  of  $4,211,332.  Only  a  little  more 
than  one-half  of  said  amount  is  properly  chargeable  to  special  acts, 
as  most  of  the  beneficiaries  had  previously  been  pensioned  under 
general  laws  at  lower  rates. 

During  the  first  session  of  the  Sixtieth  Congress  3,579  persons  were 
included  in  the  special  acts  passed,  and  pensions  were  granted  at  the 
rates  specified  in  the  following  summary : 

Pensions  granted  oy  special  acts  during  the  first  session  of  the  Sixtieth 

Congress. 


Rates  specified. 

Number 
granted. 

Rates  specified. 

Number 
granted. 

$65 

1 

4 

5 

41 

4 

5 

107 

97 

5 

1,183 

1 

17 

1,313 

137 

23 

171 

$15 

8 

$60... 

$12...             

343 

$55... 

$10...                             

2 

$50 

$8 

41 

$46 

$6.                                     

1 

$45... 

4 

$40 

Inoperative: 

$40 

$36 

4 

$35 

$30 

17 

$30 

$24  

15 

$27 

$20 

3 

$25 

$16...                          

1 

$24 

$12... 

26 

$20 

Total... 

$17 

3,579 

$16 

Of  the  above,  339  were  granted  to  persons  never  before  on  the  pen- 
sion roll,  and  3,240  to  persons  then  receiving  smaller  pensions. 

The  annual  value  of  said  special  acts  is  $1,066,764,  and  the  increase 
in  payments  of  pension  due  to  such  acts  is  $535,368. 

ATTORNEYS. 

The  following  statement  shows  the  number  of  attorneys  admitted 
to  practice  before  the  Bureau  and  the  changes  in  the  roll  of  recog- 
nized attorneys  during  the  fiscal  year  1908 : 

Attorneys  recognized  July  1,  .1907,  and  July  1,  1908. 

Attorneys  on  roll  July  1,  1907 24,433 

Attorneys  gained  by  enrollment 743 

Attorneys  gained  by  restoration 11 

Loss  by  death,  etc 78 

Loss  by  disbarmenl  and  suspension 59 

Loss  by  relinquishment  while  under  charges 11 

Attorneys  on  roll  July  1,  190S 25,039 

Paid  as  attorneys'  fees  during  year $264,522.40 

There  was  paid,  as  sue])   fees,  during  L907 $412,105.83 

Attorneys'  fees  are  paid  by  the  pension  agents  upon  the  order 
of  <1h*  Bureau  oul  of  first  payments  due  pensioners  after  the  allow- 


EEPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS.  141 

ance  of  their  claims,  the  amount  of  such  fees  being  regulated  by  the 
pension  laws.  The  average  payment  of  fees  to  the  entire  bar  for  the 
year  was  less  than  $11  each. 

The  marked  decrease  in  the  amount  of  attorneys'  fees  paid  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  act  of  February  6,  1907,  prohibits  the  allowance 
of  any  compensation  for  services  rendered  in  prosecuting  any  claim 
or  in  securing  any  pension  under  said  act. 

ORDER  78  AND  ACT  OF  APRIL  24,  1906. 

On  March  15,  1904,  an  order  was  issued  to  take  effect  April  13, 
1904,  which  provided  that  in  the  adjudication  of  pension  claims  un- 
der the  act  of  June  27,  1890,  as  amended  by  the  act  of  May  9,  1900,  it 
should  be  taken  and  considered  as  an  evidential  fact,  if  the  contrary 
did  not  appear,  that  when  a  claimant  had  passed  the  age  of  62  years 
he  would  be  disabled  one-half  in  ability  to  perform  manual  labor 
and,  if  all  other  legal  requirements  were  properly  met,  would  be  en- 
titled to  be  rated  at  $6  per  month ;  after  65  years,  at  $8  per  month ; 
after  68  years,  at  $10  per  month,  and  after  70  years,  at  $12  per  month. 

The  acts  of  April  24,  1906,  and  March  4,  1907,  provided  that  the 
age  of  62  years  and  over  should  be  considered  a  permanent  specific 
disability  within  the  meaning  of  the  pension  laws. 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  the  number  of  claims 
allowed  under  order  78  was  as  follows: 

Claims  allowed  under  provisions  of  Order  78  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 

1908. 

ORIGINALS. 

At  $6  per  month 190 

At  $8  per  month 81 

At  $10  per  month 28 

At  $12  per  month 51 

Total 350 

INCREASES. 

From  $6  to  $8  per  month 139 

From  $6  to  $10  per  month 29 

From  $6  to  $12  per  month 12 

From  $8  to  $10  per  month 203 

From  $8  to  $12  per  month 54 

From  $10  to  $12  per  month 204 

Total 641 

From  April  13,  1904,  the  date  the  order  took  effect,  until  June  30, 
1908,  the  number  of  allowances  thereunder  was  as  follows : 

Originals 24,549 

Increases 84,  217 

Total 10S,  766 


142  KEPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF  PENSIONS. 

These  allowances  are  rated  as  follows : 

Claims  allowed  under  provisions  of  Order  78,  from  April  13,  1904,  to  June  80, 

1908. 

ORIGINALS. 

At  $6  per  month 14,438 

At  $8  per  month 5,  398 

At  $10  per  month 1,  758 

At  $12  per  month 2,  955 

INCREASES. 

From  $6  to  $8 18,905 

From  $6  to  $10 3,  742 

From  $6  to  $12 3,  913 

From  $8  to  $10 19,194 

From  $8  to  $12 11,404 

From  $10  to  $12 27,059 

Grand  total 108,  766 

Order  78  and  the  acts  referred  to  are  now  substantially  superseded 
by  the  act  of  February  6,  1907,  and  very  few,  if  any,  claims  will  here- 
after be  adjudicated  thereunder. 

There  were  but  7  original  and  10  increase  claims  adjudicated  under 
the  order  during  the  month  of  June,  1908. 

ACT   OF   FEBRUARY   6,    1907. 

The  act  of  February  6, 1907,  grants  pensions  to  persons  who  served 
ninety  days  or  more  in  the  military  or  naval  service  of  the  United 
States  during  the  civil  war,  or  sixty  days  in  the  Mexican  war,  and 
were  honorably  discharged,  at  rates  as  follows :  $12  per  month  when 
62  years  of  age ;  $15  per  month  when  70  years  of  age,  and  $20  per 
month  when  75  years  of  age. 

From  the  date  of  its  approval  to  June  30,  1908,  431,113  applica- 
tions for  pension  or  increase  of  pension  were  filed  under  this  act,  and 
more  than  one-half  of  these  were  filed  within  a  few  months  after  the 
act  became  law.  A  few  of  these  applications,  however,  were  dupli- 
cates of  former  ones  filed  by  the  same  persons,  and  did  not  constitute 
separate  claims. 

The  work  of  adjudicating  these  applications  was  immediately 
commenced,  and  by  readjusting  the  clerical  force  of  the  Bureau  from 
time  to  time  to  meet  conditions  as  they  arose,  it  was  rapidly  carried 
forward,  and  within  a  year  from  the  time  the  act  became  law,  all 
claims  under  it  had  been  given  attention,  and  the  work  of  the  Bureau 
was  practically  current. 


REPOKT   OF   THE  COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 


143 


The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  number  of  certificates  under 
that  law  issued  each  month  since  its  passage : 

Certificates  issued  under  provisions  of  act  of  February  6,  1907. 


1908. 
January 33,  071 

February 25,  302 


March. 
April-. 
May__ 
June  _. 


1G,  048 
9,244 
6,422 

5,985 


Total 377, 192 


1907. 

February 1, 108 

March 15,  278 

April 28,  4G5 

May 36,  588 

June 37,  898 

July 23,  955 

August 23,173 

September 15,415 

October 35,  451 

November 33,  742 

December 30,  047 

Of  the  above  only  11,223  were  original  allowances,  or  certificates 
issued  to  persons  who  were  not  already  on  the  pension  roll. 

The  following  table  shows  the  ages  at  the  dates  the  claims  were 
allowed  of  the  survivors  of  the  civil  war  and  the  war  with  Mexico 
who  have  been  granted  pensions  under  the  act  of  February  6,  1007. 
The  number  of  survivors  in  this  table  does  not  agree  with  the  number 
of  certificates  issued,  for  the  reason  that  increase  issues  were  included 
under  the  certificates,  while  they  were  omitted  in  tabulating  the 
number  at  the  various  ages.  There  was  also  a  number  of  claims 
allowed  on  June  30,  which  were  included  in  the  table  of  ages,  though 
not  included  in  certificates  issued,  as  the  certificates  could  not  be 
written  until  July  1. 

Survivors  of  Mexican  and  civil  wars,  by  ages. 


Age. 

Number  of  sur- 
vivors. 

Age. 

Number  of  sur- 
vivors 

Civil  war. 

Mexican 
war. 

Civil  war. 

Mexican 
war. 

62 

65,592 

32,822 

30,265 

25,460 

24,490 

18,572 

14, 179 

8,143 

37,047 

15,941 

14,016 

11,947 

7,234 

14,303 

8,393 

6,086 

4,959 

3,954 

3,719 

2,345 

2,035 

83 

1,424 
1,147 

221 

63 

84 

174 

64 

85 

829  :             118 

65 

86 

726                 67 

66 

87 

403  h               51 

67 

88... 

258 

119 

80 

47 

40 

21 

16 

4 

6 

5 

7 

1 

1 

1 

37 

68 

89  .. 

19 

69 

90  . 

12 

70 

91  .. 

7 

71 

3 

1 

4 

17 

64 

128 

186 

261 

343 

413 

368 

363 

92  .. 

4 

72 

93  . 

2 

73 

94  .. 

2 

74 

95 

75 

96  . 

76 

97  .. 

77 

98  .. 

78... 

103 

79... 

107 

108 

Total 

80... 

81 

82 

356,637 

2,865 

144  REPORT   OF    THE    COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 

ACT    OF    APRIL    19,  1908. 

The  first  section  of  the  act  of  April  19,  1908,  provides  that  from 
and  after  its  passage  w  the  rate  of  pension  for  widows,  minor  children 
under  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  and  helpless  minors  as  defined  by  exist- 
ing laws,  now  on  the  roll  or  hereafter  to  be  placed  on  the  pension 
roll  and  entitled  to  receive  a  less  rate  than  hereinafter  provided  shall 
be  twelve  dollars  per  month." 

There  were  on  the  roll  at  the  time  of  the  approval  of  the  act  of 
April  19,  1908,  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  the  first  section  of  that  act, 
198,260  widows,  4,017  minors,  and  300  helpless  children ;  in  all,  202,577, 
and  in  order  to  save  them  the  trouble  and  expense  of  making  applica- 
tion for  the  increase  provided  by  that  section,  and  in  order  to  save 
the  Bureau  the  labor  of  adjudicating  each  of  such  applications,  imme- 
diately on  the  approval  of  said  last-mentioned  act,  all  pension  agents 
were  directed  to  increase  the  payments  to  such  persons  to  $12  per 
month  from  April  19,  1908,  on  the  certificates  then  held  by  them,  and 
from  the  last-mentioned  date  such  payments  have  been  and  will  be  so 
made. 

The  second  section  of  the  act  grants  pensions  at  the  rate  of  $12 
per  month  to  the  widows  of  persons  who  served  ninety  days  or 
more  in  the  Army  or  Navy  of  the  United  States  during  the  civil 
war  and  were  honorably  discharged,  without  regard  to  their  pecuniary 
condition,  provided  they  were  married  prior  to  June  27,  1890.  All 
pensions  granted  under  the  second  section  of  the  act  commence  on  the 
date  the  applications  are  filed  in  the  Bureau  of  Pensions. 

The  conditions  of  title  under  this  section  of  the  act  are  identical 
with  those  imposed  upon  widows  by  the  act  of  June  27,  1890,  as 
amended  by  the  act  of  May  9,  1900,  with  the  exception  that  the  re- 
quirements as  to  dependence  are  eliminated.  This  act,  therefore,  super- 
sedes the  act  of  June  27,  1890,  in  so  far  as  the  claims  of  widows 
are  concerned,  and  pensions  are  not  now  being  granted  to  widows 
under  the  act  of  1890  upon  applications  executed  and  filed  on  or  after 
April  19,  1908. 

The  records  show  that  22,115  applications  were  filed  under  this 
law  before  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year  1908,  and  up  to  that  time  4,260 
certificates  were  issued  thereunder,  as  follows: 

Certificates  issued  each  month  under  act  of  April  19,  1908. 

April,  1008 3 

May,  1908 1,  449 

June,  L908 2,  808 

Total  4,  260 


KEPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


145 


TEN    YEARS'    SUMMARY. 

The  following  table  shows  the  operations  of  the  Bureau  in  the 
adjudication  of  pension  claims  each  year  for  the  past  ten  years.  "  No 
benefit  cases  "  are  allowances  under  one  law  when  the  claimants  are 
already  in  receipt  of  pension  at  an  equal  or  higher  rate  under  another 
law.  As  two  pensions  under  different  laws  can  not  be  paid  to  the 
same  person  covering  the  same  period,  the  applicant,  in  a  case  of 
this  kind,  is  permitted  to  elect  which  pension  he  will  receive. 

It  should  be  stated  that  the  number  of  applications  filed  during 
each  year  is  not  the  exact  number  of  separate  or  distinct  claims  filed. 
It  is  very  frequently  found,  upon  an  examination  of  the  papers,  that 
a  declaration  is  a  duplicate  of  a  former  application  filed  by  the 
same  person,  and  hence  it  is  not  considered  or  adjudicated  as  a 
separate  claim. 

Summary  of  work  for  ten  years  ending  June  30,  1908. 


Year. 

Cases  on 
hand. 

Office 
force. 

Applica- 
tions 
filed. 

Admis- 
sions. 

Rejec- 
tions. 

No  bene- 
fit cases. 

Total 
number 
of  cases 
adjudi- 
cated. 

1899 

477,239 
437, 104 
403,569 
339,  436 
304, 809 
285, 523 
220, 822 
182,  453 
356, 181 
123, 483 

1,741 
1,741 
1,741 
1,741 
1,736 
1,734 
1,709 
1,684 
1,534 
1,464 

155,952 
181,005 
219, 179 
188,626 
225,871 
254, 333 
217, 435 
201,322 
440,517 
185,622 

85, 160 
102, 596 
106,990 
117,268 
130, 109 
151,211 
182, 207 
138, 809 
238,249 
325, 140 

100,365 
116, 129 
110,254 
118, 464 
113,794 
108, 114 
81,853 
82,938 
60,573 
59,449 

7,554 
8,000 
9,836 
10, 441 
8,203 
8,725 
4,915 
4,943 
3,892 
3,403 

193, 079 

1900 

226, 725 

1901 

227,080 
246, 173 
252, 106 

1902 

1903 

1904 

268, 050 

1905 

268, 975 

1906 

226, 690 

1907 

302, 715 
387,992 

1908 

BOUNTY-LAND  WARRANTS. 


During  the  fiscal  year,  17  original  military  bounty-land  warrants 
were  issued,  granting  2,640  acres  of  land,  and  duplicates  of  two 
80-acre  warrants  lost  or  destroyed  were  also  issued.  Service  to  give 
title  to  bounty  land  must  have  been  for  at  least  fourteen  days,  or  in 
a  battle,  prior  to  March  3, 1855 ;  and  if  in  the  Navy  or  Kegular  Army 
must  have  been  in  some,  war  in  which  the  United  States  Government 
was  engaged. 

The  following  statement  shows  the  total  number  of  bounty-land 
warrants  of  all  classes  issued  by  this  Bureau  (including  partial  esti- 
mate of  those  issued  for  service  in  the  Revolutionary  war)  and  the 
number  of  acres  granted  up  to  June  30,  1908 : 


58920— int  190S— vol  1- 


-10 


146  KEPORT   OF   THE    COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 

Bounty-land  warrants  issued  to  June  30,  1908. 


Grade  of  warrants. 

Number. 

Acres. 

Remarks. 

War  of  the  Revolution,  acts  prior  to  1800. 
War  of  1812,  acts  prior  to  1850 

16,663 
29, 471 

2,666,080 
4,891,520 

Estimated  average,  160  acres. 
1,101  320-acre  warrants  included 

Total 

46, 134 

7,557,600 

Mexican  war,  act  of  1847: 

160  acres 

80,689 
7,585 

12, 910, 240 
303, 400 

This  statement  does  not  include  2,726 
$100  Treasury  certificates  issued  in 
lieu  of  160-acre  warrants  and  460  $25 
certificates  in  lieu  of  40-acre  war- 
rants; in  all,  454,560  acres. 

40  acres 

Total 

88,274 

13, 213, 640 

1812,  Mexican  and  Indian  wars,  act  of 
1850: 
160  acres 

27, 450 
57,717 
103,978 

4, 392, 000 
4,617,360 
4, 159, 120 

Total 

189, 145 

13, 168, 480 

Act  of  1852: 

160  acres 

1,223 
1,699 
9,070 

195, 680 
135,920 
362, 800 

Superseded  by  act  of  1855 

80  acres 

40  acres 

Total 

11,992 

694,  400 

Act  of  1855: 

160  acres 

115,631 

97, 090 

6 

49, 490 

359 

542 

5 

18,500,960 

11,650,800 

600 

3,959,200 

21,540 

21, 680 

50 

120  acres 

100  acres 

80  acres 

60  acres 

40  acres 

10  acres 

Total 

263, 123 

34,154,830 

War  of  the  Revolution 

16,663 
29, 471 
88,274 

189, 145 
11,992 

263, 123 

2, 666, 080 
4,891,520 
13,213,640 
13, 168,  480 
694,  400 
34,154,830 

War  of  1812 

Do. 

Act  of  1847 

Act  of  1850 

Act  of  1852 

Superseded  by  act  of  1855. 

Act  of  1855 

Total 

598, 668 

68,788,950 

This  Bureau  has  no  record  of  the  warrants  issued  directly  from  the 
General  Land  Office  under  special  acts  of  Congress  nor  of  those  issued 
on  account  of  the  Virginia  military  land  grants  satisfied  by  the  United 
States  after  the  cession  of  the  Northwestern  Territory,  and  they  are 
not  included  in  the  above  table. 

CRIMINAL    PROSECUTIONS. 

The  number  of  new  cases  presented  by  the  Bureau  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice  for  prosecution  on  account  of  offenses  against  the 
pension  laws  and  the  number  of  indictments  found  show  a  marked  and 
gratifying  decrease  over  last  year. 

Of  the  101  convictions  secured,  only  10  represented  cases  against 
persons  who  rendered  military  or  naval  service,  again  demonstrating 
the  fad  that  the  defenders  of  the  Government  are  not  inclined  to 
become  offenders  against  the  pension  laws. 


KEPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS.  147 

The  effort  made  by  the  Bureau  to  guard  and  maintain  the  integrity 
of  the  pension  roll  is  shown  by  the  following  statement : 

Prosecutions  for  offenses  against  the  pension  laws. 

New  cases  presented  for  prosecution 148 

Indictments  found 113 

Convictions  secured 101 

Sentences  imposed 87 

Acquittals 8 

Cases  dismissed 30 

Civil  suits  instituted 2 

Money  recovered $7,  698 

Of  the  cases  brought  to  trial  during  the  year  (109),  92.7  per  cent 
resulted  in  convictions  and  173  cases  were  pending  in  the  hands  of 
United  States  attorneys  on  June  30,  1908. 

The  offenses  for  which  convictions  were  obtained  were  as  follows: 

Offenses  for  which  convictions  were  secured. 

Accepting  pension  certificate  as  collateral 1 

False  affidavit 9 

False  claim 13 

False  declaration 13 

False  expense  account 1 

False  jurat 15 

False  voucher 4 

Forged  anidavit 9 

Illegal  fee S 

Perjury 9 

Personating  soldier 6 

Personating  special  examiner 13 

Total 101 

Two  civil  suits  were  disposed  of  during  the  fiscal  year,  leaving  seven 
pending.  The  two  cases  disposed  of  resulted  in  judgments  for  the 
United  States  aggregating  $5,688.75.  Money  recovered  from  all 
sources  amounted  to  $7,698. 

REVOLUTIONARY  PENSIONERS. 

But  two  pensioners  remain  on  the  roll  on  account  of  the  Revolu- 
tionary war.  They  are  Sarah  C.  Hurlbutt,  aged  90  years,  of  Little 
Marsh,  Pa.,  daughter  of  Elijah  Weeks,  who  served  in  a  Massachusetts 
company,  and  Phoebe  M.  Palmeter,  aged  87  years,  of  West  Edmeston, 
N.  Y.,  daughter  of  Jonathan  Wooley,  who  served  in  a  New  Hamp- 
shire company.  Both  are  pensioned  by  special  acts  of  Congress.  The 
last  surviving  widow  pensioner  of  that  war  was  Esther  S.  Damon,  of 
Plymouth  Union,  Vt,  who  died  November  11,  1906,  aged  92  years. 
The  last  survivor  of  the  war  of  the  Revolution  was  Daniel  F.  Bake- 
man,  who  died  at  Freedom,  Cattaraugus  County,  N.  Y.,  April  5,  1869, 
aged  109  years,  6  months,  and  8  days. 


148  KEPOET  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 

WAR  OF  1812. 

The  last  surviving  pensioned  soldier  of  the  war  of  1812  was  Hiram 
Cronk,  of  Ava,  N.  Y.,  who  died  May  13,  1905,  aged  105  years  and  16 
days.  The  names  of  471  widows  of  the  war  of  1812  remained  on  the 
pension  roll  June  30, 1908. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

The  mail  received  during  the  year,  including  applications  for  pen- 
sions, numbered  2,820,082  pieces,  and  the  outgoing  mail  aggregated 
1,563,520  pieces,  making  a  total  of  4,383,602  pieces  handled,  or  an 
average  of  over  14,000  daily. 

During  the  year  387,992  pension  claims  were  adjudicated,  of  which 
325,140  were  admitted,  59,449  rejected,  and  3,403  approved  for  allow- 
ance, but  no  certificates  were  issued,  because  they  would  be  of  no  bene- 
fit to  the  applicants.  Most  of  the  claims  rejected  were  applications  for 
increase,  in  which,  on  medical  examination,  no  increase  of  disability 
was  shown.  While  the  allowances  exceeded  by  far  those  of  former 
years,  fewer  claims  were  rejected  than  in  any  one  year  during  the  last 
ten  years. 

The  act  of  December  21,  1893,  requires  the  Bureau  to  give  a  notice 
of  thirty  days  to  pensioners  before  reducing  their  pensions  or  drop- 
ping their  names  from  the  roll.  During  the  year  907  pensioners  were 
dropped  from  the  roll  under  this  act  for  various  causes,  the  pensions 
of  48  persons  were  reduced,  and  reissues  were  made  in  197  cases  to 
recover  erroneous  payments. 

The  act  of  March  3,  1899,  provides  for  the  dividing  of  pensions  of 
resident  pensioners  of  the  United  States  who  shall  desert  their  wives 
or  minor  children,  or  who  are  inmates  of  National  or  State  Soldiers' 
and  Sailors'  Homes.  Since  the  passage  of  this  act,  9,391  original 
claims  have  been  filed  thereunder,  and  1,668  claims  have  been  re- 
newed, making  a  total  of  11,059  claims.  Of  these  5,574  have  been 
allowed  and  5,222  rejected,  leaving  263  pending  on  June  30,  1908. 

During  the  year  there  were  received  in  the  Bureau  185,622  new 
applications  for  pension  or  increase  of  pension. 

The  number  of  cases  for  special  examination  on  hand  July  1,  1907, 
was  3,476,  and  the  number  referred  for  special  examination  during 
the  year  was  8,617,  a  total  of  12,093.  Of  these  8,157  were  disposed 
of  during  the  year,  leaving  3,936  on  hand  June  30,  1908.  The  aver- 
age number  of  special  examiners  employed  was  135,  and  the  average 
number  of  cases  disposed  of  per  examiner  was  60^.  The  disburse- 
ments for  per  diem  and  expenses  of  special  examiners  was  $217,964.83, 
making  the  average  cost  of  examination  per  case  $13.28. 

The  appropriation  act  for  the  year  provided  for  125  special  ex- 
aminers, but  this  force  was  from  time  to  time  augmented  by  details 
from  the  clerical  force  of  the  Bureau,  as  authorized  by  law. 


REPORT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS.  149 

The  work  of  card  indexing  the  records  of  the  Bureau,  which  was 
suspended  for  a  time  because  of  the  large  amount  of  work  incident 
to  the  adjudication  of  claims  under  the  act  of  February  6,  1907,  has 
been  resumed,  and  is  now  being  rapidly  carried  forward  by  as  large 
a  force  of  clerks  as  can  work  to  advantage  upon  the  records.  All 
the  Regular  Army  records  have  been  carded,  and  the  Bureau  is  now 
at  work  upon  those  of  the  volunteers.  A  total  of  376,476  cards  have 
been  written  and  placed  in  proper  files  for  future  use  and  reference. 

When  I  became  Commissioner  of  Pensions,  March  4,  1905,  the 
policy  was  adopted,  and  since  continued,  of  allowing  the  force  of 
the  Bureau  to  gradually  decrease  in  number  by  not  filling  any  vacan- 
cies occurring  therein,  and  thereby  avoiding  the  necessity  of  dis- 
charging, at  the  end  of  any  fiscal  year,  any  worthy  clerk  in  order  to 
meet  the  reduction  made  in  the  appropriation  for  the  expenses  of 
the  Bureau.  The  vacancies  made  by  deaths,  resignations,  and  dis- 
missals for  cause  each  year  have  been  sufficient  to  keep  the  force  of 
the  Bureau  within  the  appropriations,  and  all  worthy  employees  have 
felt,  and  feel,  that  they  were  and  are  secure  in  their  positions  so  long 
as  they  can  creditably  perform  their  duties,  and  instead  of  fearing  dis- 
charge at  the  end  of  each  }Tear  they  have  reasonable  hope  of  promotion. 

There  were  on  the  roll  of  the  force  of  the  Bureau  on  June  30,  1904, 
1,734,  and  on  June  30,  1908,  1,464  persons,  a  decrease  of  270. 

Xotwithstanding  the  decrease  in  the  force  more  work  was  ac- 
complished and  at  less  expense,  proportionately,  than  during  any 
other  like  period  in  the  history  of  the  Bureau. 

From  1901  to  1904,  inclusive,  the  number  of  certificates  of  pen- 
sion issued  was 516,251 

From  1905  to  1908,  inclusive,  the  number  issued,  not  including 
202,577  increases  under  the  act  of  April  19,  1908,  made  by 

directions  to  pension  agents,  was S87,  340 

An    increase   of 371,  0S9 


From  1901  to  1904,  inclusive,  there  was  paid  as  pensions $554,  SSS,  977.  03 

From  1905  to  1908,  inclusive 571,391,648.31 

An  increase  of 1 16,502,671.28 

The  operating  expenses  of  the  Bureau  from  1901  to  1904,  in- 
clusive,   were 15,  542,  757.  44 

From  1905  to  1908,  inclusive 13,  355, 17G.  13 

A  decrease  of 2, 1S7,  5S1.  31 

"While  the  appropriations  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Bureau  have 
been  reduced  each  year  since  1904,  there  have  been  saved  and  covered 
into  the  Treasury,  as  unexpended,  of  such  appropriations  since  that 
year  $1,343,665.72. 

Very  respectfully.  Vespasian  Warner, 

Commissioner  of  Pensions. 
The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


150 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


•arq^A  jBnany 


■*  oo      ooio 
exfoo'     ofio1 

83    38 


(MO        lOCM 


28 

t-o 


§3 


•  iisbA  eq^  jo  asop  aq^  %v 
noa  eqq.  no  saanoisnaj 


«0^<       i-icO 


OCM        CM. 


£2 


qpi  aq:}.  o%  ssoj  i^oj, 


OOCH 

8MS 


•uosjad 
auras  o%  ss-ep  iaqio 
-MB  japtm  aou-BAioi 
-IB  A~q  ss-Bp  ano  o;  ssoq; 


i  -i — 1 1 — (     i>. 


•sasnijo  jaqjo  £%_ 


•uirep 
o%  a.inji'ej  A"g 


O  © 


•uoi^'eq.runi 
I-eSaj  iq  sidurpi 


tO  .,-H 


•aStsuj-Binai  ig 


CM  ->-H 


•q^ap  A g 


ooco      »o 


•re:^  puuiQ 


OiO 

as 

o-* 

lOCO 

OCM 

t-I© 

CO  i-l 


COO 

o*oo 


•i-eal 
aqi  Suunp  sass^p  04 
pappi?  siauoisuad  \v%o  j. 


CM  <0  iO 
CM       O 

O  © 


CMt-       CM 


lOCN  i-H< 


•anssiaa 


SJ1 

t-Tco" 


•praonippv 


q^Avauaa 


•uotq/Rio^say; 


•\vmSuo 


q'BMaua'a: 


•uoi^'BJCo^saa 


•reinSuo 


is  §§: 


^gj  oo<o>o 

t-t-  CM 


Sgf2    8< 


■itJaA"  aqi 
jo  3oitiui2aq  aq^  %v 
\\oi  aq-j.  no  siauoisuag 


t^iO       oo 


OO  00  CM  < 

H  CM  r-»  "*  < 

CM  O  CM  iO  < 


5         >»"► 


•  p-1 


13 

a  s 


"^oo 
ccT'-' 


0<N        *2  o 


1  g&awssfflMH*^ 

«,_,    E    Cj    ?3   E  03  „_   E  C3 


d 


d  03 

1-5 

o 


o  q  cj 


REPORT   OF    THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


151 


rHO 
CO  CM 

COO 

co  t^ 

CM  00 

CO  00 
rHCO 

cTo 
om 

o 

CO 

o 
n. 

(M00 

COCO 

o  m 

WOO 

o  o 
coo 

CMCM 

CO  00 

00  CO 
rH  •<*< 

p 
s 

o 

d > 
i— i 

19, 857 
4,840 

691 
277 

471 

2,932 
6,914 

1,820 
3,018 

CO 

o 

.-no      o  r-i              oo              •**< oo              co m 

lO  CO              i-(                     00                     COO                     CO  i— I 
T1  CM                                                                      »0  "5                      CM  CO 

CO 

88 

(M 

<NCO           ; 

rH  CM                           t-        ' 

00 

goo    ^  : 

rH                         rH       J 

o 
o 

sss  M  : 

CM                     i-l  O                     ■*  CM 

N 

s  '• 

8 

s  : 

rH 

O 

t- 

o 

rH-*          rHO                        O                         CMt-                        rHO 
OCO                 i-H                         00                        CON                        NO) 
CNH                                                                            IOU3                        <MCM 

CO 

o" 

20,308 
5,070 

697 
288 

559 

3,496 

7,512 

2,053 
3,333 

CM 

00 

CO 
CM 

iO  lO        O  t—                     r-l                     rH  00                     CO  CM 
y—i  O          lO  t-H                                                      i-H  O                        Th  CO 
OCM                                                                                   CM                                r-l 

co 

id 

IS 

CM 

8 
§3 

8 

co 

"< 

CM 

00 

o 

CM 

rH         CM 

(MH                        HH 

lO 

COCO        (MrH 

^ 

CNH 

CO 

o 

§ 

rt 

rt 

o  ^h      rt<  co              r-i              or-              coo 

COO        id  t-H                                                    OS                     ^  CO 
00CM                                                                            CM                             i-( 

o 

1 

CO 

18,393 
4,775 

638 

271 

558 

3,485 
7,214 

2,007 
3,201 

co 

s 

1 

1            I 

a 

- 
- 

! 

c 
s 

» 

c 

- 

* 

23 

:             I 

X 

5 

8 

I  1  I 

:          6 

11 

s 
ill 

i                | 

:            5 

a 

c 
E- 

F-       2    6 


.2  <  • 

"H  ^+S 

-r>  Tf    fn 

O  rH    O 

Pi  <3.& 


►  la 

O  CO"* 

T3  .en 

fe  ri    W 

O  D^ 

^  £^ 


O   CP 

>  © 

£1 

r-<    OJ 

(M   ft 

■SB 

H 

00   Pi 


52  rt 


°  rfg 

■P  J,      . 

r3  S       - 

^  —  t-H 

«  'So 

A  §« 

ea  —  > 

.5  £0 

be  cd 

■fi  fl-s 

O  a)  p 

PI  ^  > 


'St3 

S  pi 

l>» 

Phoj 

> 

r,  >> 

-§g 

d 

^ 

0) 

> 

DO 

.2-d 

2 

o3  «S 

1 

?% 

H 

urC 

O 

PSCM 

B 

<<  © 

PI 

D 

152 


REPORT   OF   THE    COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


^3 


CO 

co 

I1 
I 


co  C5 

'S2 


b£ 


•V  00  t-<  t^  r-t        CO  CN  t-llO        t>  o 


CO  lOWM  CO  I 


'  lo  "*  CO       coo 


OlOM 
t-hoooOi 


lO  CN 


COt^COOr-lOO'^00 


i-H  i-H  CN  CN        io  (N 
rH  COCN 


CO  i-l  iO 
COCNlO 


OONNH 

3    S^00 


OCNCNC5 


m  m  io  ih  cc  ©  ■*  >o  i 

t-  C5  05  OJ  HOO' 

ON  COlO        i 


ooco-^i 
r-5  oico  i 


(*-  OCT 

cni^io 


OlONH 


O  iO  o  o  o 
Ci  ■*  r~  CT>  (N 
CN        CNcooO 


■*  <M        iO       CN 


CNOO 

ol 


oasoowNO 

TflNOOlOlOCJ 

is  " 


WOOJiOiflNCO 


3^8' 


MN^' 


CNO        ON*( 


CO  c-q  O  co       fJN 


OlOOOco        ©  iO 


I  1-  IO  M  t~-  r-t 

ioooo      co  oq 

IHCOH         LON 


©•*iOO 
ONXO 

>-HCO~ 


:^§s 


•  / 


2* 

d> 


3* 


h  ■;. 


(MINI'tO 


CO  •*■  Tf<  IO 

»0  OJ  IO  ^h 


CN        i-H 


i 


<     fe 


5  >  rt 

E   73    is 


•  a  •  o  m  w  • 

.  +o  .  +o   •>  j_  • 

•CD  •  CD  P  O  S? 

•  «  •     -O  >  fe 


El 


i  !l 


>>  it%>g 


-S  S  to 
be  co  C3  t>  co 

ill! 8 3 

bObcbfibC'-'  ° 

OOOCScj 

d  pi  d  pi  d  a 


mm 


+O+O+O4J+O+0 
TO    CO    CO    K    TO   CD 

(-,(-,     VH     ^     S-l     (-1 

cacdcGcpicdca 
oooooo 


CD  CD  CD  CD  CD  CD 

bo  be  be  bO  OJD  bo 

73    73    C3    73    C3    CO 
(_    ^    <h    u    U    I* 

CD  CD  CD  CD  CD  CD 


CD 


rd        . 


cj  cjcjO 
q,tJ  Ohcj 
d/cD_rt  — 
3+5  <*  c3  c3 

g  d  d  d 

"2  o  'bc'Sb'Sb 

w  pi  d  'C  'C  "3 

>>"3  2  o  o  o 

CD   C3   TO 

a  a©  ss  2 

b  co  3 

O    -L  ^H    TO    CO    CO 


saiil! 

tj  tj  r  ^  ^  ^ 

2  CD  S+J+3+J 
^^-.^TO  CO  CO 
00   «,  +o   1*  "-1   *-• 

cd  2  TOCdcdcd 

£>£  £.♦-,«►-.«»-. 

<«  o  o  o 


2o'd  CD  CD  CD 

6  ^  bpbpbo 

P3  -*0   d   CD   CD   CD 


KEPOET  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


153 


3§g  . 


CD  sPd3  O  p1-1 


fflS 


O  0) 
T2-© 


gl^- 


3  rjr^  ^  03 


O  E  03  O 

cfl.-SS 

^    PS. 


I  ©  i  A 

ells5 


I  US 

8M 


r-io 


S3 


88 
88 

oo 

II 


s    s 


gg 


5  o 


8    8 


88    8    8 


o  o 
88 


8    8    8 

to      io      o 


IS    s 


tip, 


<£ 


BIig 


to  ■"« 


Rsra 


•Bp  :.2 


:^g 


03  *t  c-i:  .2  •  +j 

D  -3  <£  ^  R      •  t£o        — 


O 

pi 

d 

o 

a 

2  CO 

fell 


S  03 
bDOT 
C*  >> 

<-  ^ 

.2  03 
GO    Cj 

g£ 

PhC"1 


Tl 

m  m 

R 

c  a 

o  o 

1 

m  to 

c  c 

p-c 

9 

i»r  m" 

c  c 

E 

c  c 

§C§) 

c  c 

is 


!"«     *H 


=2  St^  r  2  - 
!  e^JS  Q3^  x  s  o 
:  g.o3  C  Ph     H     O 


H     O 


si 


154 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 


■5    1-t 

5     CN 

8 

os 

CO 

£ 

OS  00 
CD      r-l 

R 

9 

o 

CD 

Cl 

t- 

r 

S 

CO 

So 

8 

R 

D     (N 

0     "* 

CO 

« 

OS 
8 

t-     CD 

8  S 

00 

o 

O, 
O 
'JO 

o 

CD 

co 

00 

CO 

R 

3 

ra 

o 

CI 

! 

2 

8 

CO 

"5     CD 

00 

LO 

o 

s 

5  $ 
S  S 

OS 

CO 

C-l 

co 

1 

o 
os 

00 

- 
25 

8 

CD 

co 

00 

8 

CI 

CD 

o 

R 

CI 

s 

0     OS 

CO 

1-5 

IQ 

<N     00 

CD 

o 

oa 

TP 

t- 

00 

CO 

CD 

CD 

t> 

00 

CO 

»o   co    t--   t>- 


ffi     N     *     M     ^l      O 
M     ^     id     M    O     O 


CD     O     CO 
CO     O     CO 


CO     CD     00     ■* 
CM     CO     00     "5 

oiodtoifideHoiTii 

OCOO-*r-ICOlOOSCOLO 

000-*M^»MWO 

oT  io    h    in    oT  oo~  co"  oT  co"  oo" 

6©     CM     CM     CO     CO  <N     rH     CM     CM 


CD  t~-  O  lO 

CO  H  O  OS 

t£  cm  co  ^ 

CO  <M  CM  CO 

OS  CO  OS  00 

o  o  t-T  co" 

CM  <M  •<*!  (M 


o  o  o  o  o 
o  o  o  o  o 


oooooooooooo 
oooooooooooo 


g  8 


§8338888 

COOOOOOOO 


Tf       Tt1       ^       ^ 


o>  ta  gj    . 


Ss 


OS 

00 

3 

R 

8 

o 

2 

OS 

CD 

3 

CD 
CO 

os 

CD 

s 

PJ 

CO 

'CO 

fl 

"* 

OS 
OS 

CD 
CTs 

<* 

R 

CD 

o 
as 
tN 

>* 

ID 

lO 

8 

CO 

o 

o 

CO 

CO 
CO 

LO 

CO 

2 

CD 
O 

OS 

co' 

OS 

R 

IS 

CM 

s 

o 

R 

o 

3 

CO 

CO 

os 

eo 

o 

t- 

CO 

CD 

os 

00 

CD 

R 

o 

CI 
U5 

00 

OS 
L0 

CD 

OS 
CO 

§ 

00 
00 

1 

>o 

lO 

oo 

CM 

t2 

s 

OS 

3 

"5     CM     00     CO     O 


•*N0OO0«©SO0 


CM 

!  °° 

CO 

•  a 

CO 

§ 

3     8 


t-     CM 

OS    o 

CO 
CO 

<* 

LO 

$ 

o 

CO 

OS 
CD 

"O 

CD 
CO 

OS 

CO 

$ 

co 

co 

CO 

3 

o 

CO 

3 

S5    cS 
t-    OS 

o 

OS 

O) 

r- 

CO 

!2 

1 

o 
co 

CO 
CD 

LO 
CO 

3 

CO 

o 

OS 
CO 
CO 

CD 
CI 

OS 

© 

LO 
LO 

CM 

o 

LO 

LO 

© 

00 

8 

1 

CM      i- 

8§ 

R 

1 

s 

CO 

50 

R 

o 

CI 

LO 

Cs 
00 

■OS 
LO 

eo 

OS 
CO 

§ 

00 
CO 

CD 

s 

CD 
OS 

§ 

<* 

LO 

LO 

a 

o 

8 

O    iO    CM    00    CO    o 


"*    r-   t-   t» 


i  1 

3    o 


Sill 

to    o   a   2   v- 

3    A    "3     o     9 
WOO 


a  p 


iu      O      rt 

o  ft  ft  5 


w     cp     g 

M   .2    g 

o 


^  -9  fa  ^ 

0}       CO     "       CD 


5   °i2l3«  S  5  5 

W^S^Ph(1hc72EH^ 


REPORT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 


155 


.. 

CN 

§ 

t- 

s 

eg 

CO 

t- 

>>E 

1-1 

t>  o  o 

ll» 

oo 

1 

H      «      If 
CN     <N     C 

co    eo    co 

CO      Oi 

OOCMCoSoCNOOcNliOTti-^ 

CN 

1 

<% 

t- 

<N     ©     CO 

CO     ©     CO 

T(H       00      CN 

S 

i 

>"i 

<N 

a 

CO 

«4 

rH 

1-1 

■>* 

CO 

5  > 

CO 

■*     t~     <M 
N     00     N 
CN     H     C 

O      CS 

oo    •<* 

Tf*COCOOOlOrMrHCOCMCOt^ 
COCNCOt^lOT-l©00»OCNCOCN 

00O01»iOH^!0O)MOl(C 

12 

s 

c 

tjT  o    o 

to    tj! 

V   «     Tf"    N     N     !C"    N    <C    ffl     UJ    ■*     H     i- 

g" 

•< « 

si 

CO 

,_, 

OS 

"*H     CN     «3 

8 

CO 

u 

LC 

M     N     US 

£ 

CN 

CO 

T-H       ,-H       i-H 

'I 

~ 

ss 

r* 

> 

5 

i 

£ 

go 

U5 

lO 

CO      t~-      i-H 

r^ 

,_, 

t3 

t^ 

1 

cn    io    a> 

lO 

•>*< 

■<*< 

co 

oS 
> 

•H 

Pi 

M 

fce 

£ 

1 

U 

c 

O     Cft     <N 

1    3 

0000OC0O0i00M<t07-lt0C 

aoo^coooHomN^ooiN 

at>MHHNH<ONK5H« 

8 

CO 

'   O     ID    « 

t^"  »o 

"cO^C^CO^rjT^c^io'r-r-^'CN'CN'o 

o 

0) 

•-H     © 

00 

PI 

£ 

O 

CN 

1(5     N     b- 

i-l     CN 

lOWiflMin^NCIMttMf) 

CNCNCOTjHCNt-ll-ITtHl-H 

o 

>> 

3 

iC 

CO     "*     CN 

CO     CO 

U5 

CO 

O     CO     h- 

CN      iH 

COr-HCNCOl-Ht-lO'-HCOOOOCT 

1 

!2 

E 

iO    •*    t^ 

CO     00     t- 

^  SS  8 

"3 

K 

oT  ©   »r 

oo"  co 

s 

pi 

in 

CN 

oo 

»   o   o 

CO 

s 

CN 

6* 

co 

r- 

55  cU  5 

* 

S"S 

rH" 

ia 

£ 

g 

> 

CQ 

"5 

■tf 

*     UJ     Ml 

"<* 

to 

a 

S 

3 

o 

8  1!  S 

8 

CO 

3 

o3 
> 

CN 

Pi 
l— ( 

co 
<D 
U 

eS 

I 

o 

•< 

1    • 
O  » 

s© 

S 

o    b-    ■<* 

s  °°  s 

O     CN 

I>-t^COt-l-(^Ht^T-lrHlOOOC 

^OQO^OOiOONNOWIN 
H     N     «5                                       r-t             iH 

CN 

00 

g 

Tf     ffl     h 

«s    3<    a 
«o    ■*    oc 

t-    oc 

t>-0>CMi0OOC005C0U5C0tC 
^NNNTlifflOO^ONOOt-. 
C0"5OC0C0t-lW00C0C0 

C 

3 

a 

*o    co 

5 

g 

CN 

o> 

Pi 

M 

>> 

§ 

& 

<i 

o 

oo 

s 

pi 

.    o 
a. 

0 

c 
E- 

C 

E 

c 

a 
e 

o- 

I 

;j 

c 

5 
e 
5 

■1    f. 
c 

1 

> 

5 

j  .£ 

c 

> 

8 

P 

i 

a 

| 

5 

> 

c 

3 

1 

c 
c 

2 

S 

c 
DQ 

s 

3 
s 

c 

H 

* 

a 

S" 
p 
<■ 

i 

"3 

+5 

156 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


umber 
f  pen- 
ioners 
me  30, 
1907. 

oo    c 

"Of 
CO      t> 

O     CC 
CO     c 

oo    cr 

co    b 

CO     cc 

JC 

c^ 

o 
o 

LC 

■~ 

e- 

cx 

GC 

CV 

CC 

C^ 

c 

g 

CO      CC 
-*      CT 

00       Tt 

CT 

CC 
B 

«< 

M 

o 

00    ic- 

co    oc 

8  1- 

CO     l- 

r-T  cc 

co 

^Otoh 

Number 
of  pen- 
sioners 
June  30, 
1908. 

a 

ct 

t> 

O    rh 

CO     c 
O     »0 

a 

eg 

a 

t: 

t^ 

7-1      CN 

ec 

ex 

-* 

c- 

00     cr 

t^ 

>o 

— 

e 

CO 

cr 

O     ■*     O     CO 
CM     CM     CO     v. 

C^ 

. s  - 

.-i    ev 
t^    cc 

s 

1 

"s 

w 

'  2 

ct 

10 

'  Eg 

c^ 

•o 

cc 

c 

00     c- 

ec 

-r 

o- 

CT 
CC 

cc 

CN 

1-1    1- 

i-H 
CO 

(0 

| 

cc 

iO>     rt 

K 

01 

-+ 

CO 

G 

H      CN 

t^ 

CO 

t^       Tt 

co    i- 

oo 

1 

>— 

Cr 

CO      i- 

-1- 

c^ 

CN 

o- 

CO 

03 

o 

u 

'd 

CO 

S 
1 

s 

| 

t- 

cc 

CO 

CO 

ir 

c- 

'■■• 

iO     <- 

CN 

T- 

CN 

ec 

o 

.  °5 

CN 

t- 

o 

CN 

12 

'.  ti 

CO 

00 

-    pi 

il 

> 

6 

§§s 

c- 

8§S 

S 

tf 

CN 

c 

<M     lO     CC 

t-h     eft     ir 

t- 

B 

T-H       CC 
CO      CN 

i-H 

OS 

c 

-t 

0 

CO 

-t 

C-3 

tH 

cc 

CO 

03 

o 
■d 

o 

' 

a 

S 

i      GO 

ec 

iO 

& 

c 

CO 
cc 

? 

CO 

uc 

c^ 

1 

| 

CO     CN     CN 

g 

CT 

ec 

cc 

-r 

a 

CN 

CO 

'.  tn 

■«* 

C 

0C 

i~ 

CO 

£ 
£ 

!> 

CN 

<*H            CD 

3 

c 

JE 

cr 

ex 

CO 

05 

o 

<N 

t> 

O     00     CC 

t^ 

t^     CC 

CN     C5 

iH 

2«* 

*f 

CN 

c 

1- 

e- 

l> 

cc 

fe'"1  o 

^25 

OS 

Cl 

g 

e 

B 

6* 

B 

t^ 

lei 

cc 

co 

ir 

G 

P 

CN 

s£ 

£ 

d 

03 

00 

| 

Ol 

o 

o 

CT 

CO 

CO 

"3 

d 

Ph 

t> 

GO 

PI 

^ 

* 
h 

oo~ 

r^. 

5 

cr 

p 

t- 

C£ 

s 

t 

r> 

O     cv 

CO 

c 

C 

CT 

C^ 

cr 

i- 

o 

2^ 

CN 

s 

>o 
cc 

3 

CO 

o 

c 

i-C 

5- 

c^    2 

c 

Cn 

C 

-t 

ec 

00 

eg 

TjT 

P- 

1 

< 

£ 

00 

2 

a 

c 

ec 

c 
5 

CC 
r- 

C 

CO 

E 

s 

c5    c\ 

■*     CT 

S     cc 

CT 
O 

c 

| 

C 

CT 

CN 

i 

\ 

C3 

c 

i- 

c\ 

r- 

^ 

CO 

1-1 

M 

1 

5 

0 

o 

t>- 

CC 

CO 

co 

>» 

CT 

co 

2 

OC 

-*1 

b 

£ 

CN 

' 

c 

p- 

c- 

c 

CN? 

s 

£ 

I~t 

is 

OJr-l 

i 

g 

a- 

t> 

<o 

c 

CC 

o- 

CC 

t- 

t^    ■^i 

e 

CN 

cc 

CO 

CC 

00 

P=4 

<3 

>> 

c 

.* 

i 

a 

-r 

I 

r  - 
CN 

rp     CT 

CT 

DC 

CC 

15 

ec 

CN 

or 

ex 

i- 

<< 

5 

g 

-t 

CN 

c 

I- 

O 

c 

CK 

« 

c 

c 

T-H       I— 

** 

t> 

c 

i- 

10 

■* 

of 

CO 

> 

1 

.  oo 

>  o 

CN 

Tl 

c 

CN 

g 

1 

oo    c 
o    c 

05      CO 

s 

CN 

CO 

ST3 

oo 

co 

s 

5S 

.    00 

1 

1 

CO      i- 

% 

1 

c 

(M 

OC 

CO 

»o 

c" 

E 

CO      Tf 
r-i      10 

«0 

o 

-+ 

2 

lO 

cc" 

5 

E 
es 

CN 

o  • 

€ 

c 

CN 

T- 

o 

o 

oc 

cc 

■«J 

CX 

CT 

oc 

O0      B 

oc 

cc 

CO 

»o 

o 

CN 

oo 

< 

6? 

C 

o 

a 

P 

CJ 
0 

a 

> 

P 
c 

t- 

D 
J 

"   c 
C 

c 
t 

I 

■c 

a 

l  1 

c 

1 

a 
§ 

1 

I 

1 

e 

CL 
1 

S 

c 

I 

3 

1 

3  .5 

c 

(! 

cr 

CC 

B 

a 
a 

3 
S 

p 

+- 

s 

0 
c 

cc 
EC 
P 

K 

1 

el 
DQ 

C 

h 

4- 

a 

> 
a 

P 

o 

0 

'/ 

\ 

s 

5 

"3 

1 

REPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONEB  OF   PENSIONS. 


157 


Exhibit  6. — Pensioners  in  each  State  and  Territory,  each  insular  possession, 
and  each  foreign  country  on  the  roll  June  30,  1908,  and  amounts  paid  for 
pensions  during  fiscal  year  1908. 


State  or  country.        Number. 


Amount. 


UNITED  STATES. 

Alabama 

Alaska 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia.. 

Florida 

Georgia 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts , 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri , 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada , 

New  Hampshire 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico , 

New  York 

North  Carolina 

North  Dakota 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania 

Rhode  Island 

South  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

Tennessee 

Texas , 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington 

West  Virginia 

Wisconsin , 

Wyoming , 


Total 

INSULAR  POSSESSIONS. 

Hawaii 


3,788 

86 

871 

10, 724 

27,207 

9,098 

11,826 

2,705 

8,683 

3,870 

3,524 

2,223 

66,680 

58,016 

33,362 

37,547 

25,657 

6,447 

17,620 

12,668 

40,044 

40,335 

15, 789 

4,738 

48, 615 

2,114 

15,  405 

505 

7,868 

24,420 

2,250 

81, 167 

4,091 

2,108 

93,941 

13,545 

7,862 

93,388 

5,369 

2,021 

4,548 

18, 755 

8,895 

1,074 

7,815 

8,807 

10, 761 

12, 136 

24,595 

946 


Philippines . 
Porto  Rico. 

Total. 


$541, 
12, 

128, 
1,597, 
4,279, 
1,360, 
1,848, 

435, 
1,409, 

589, 

517, 

343, 
10,597, 
10,291, 
5,  748, 
6,502, 
4,072, 

902, 
3,066, 
2,041, 
6,166, 
7,003, 
2,483, 

691, 
8, 169, 

322, 

2,322, 

75, 

1,316, 

3,424, 

352, 
12, 935, 

598, 

327, 

15, 961, 

1, 548, 

1, 198, 

14, 120, 

809, 

271, 

712, 
2,943, 
1, 255, 

170, 
1,422, 
1,426, 
1, 651, 
1,938, 
4,070, 

148, 


123.51 
427.38 
839.74 
635.79 
199.90 
830.76 
403.88 
652.  39 
497. 13 
867.  65 
367.  86 
035.  94 
891.  92 
109.59 
809.  05 
226.  72 
137.35 
359.  51 
015.  49 
649.  22 
127.  63 
969.16 
175.  49 
581.  54 
900.15 
975.  25 
826.  24 
027.  69 
580.  93 
077.  35 
248.  06 
146.  97 
807.  21 
858.07 
294  01 
140.  11 
604  73 
179.  94 
890.  80 
649.  45 
865.  62 
464  16 
830.09 
770.  47 
551.  79 
472.  25 
313.  86 
725.  19 
114  87 
394  26 


State  or  country.        Number.        Amount 


946, 509       152, 126, 644  12  I 


10,835.64 
6,466.72 
4,118.17 


FOREIGN  COUNTRIES. 


Algeria 

Argentine  Republic... 


131 


21, 420.  53 


126.  00 
1,056.00 


FOREIGN  COUNTRIES- 

continued. 


Australia 

Austria-Hungary 

Azores 

Bahamas 

Belgium 

Bermuda 

Bolivia 

Brazil 

Canada 

Cape  Verde  Islands... 

Chile 

China 

Comoro  Islands 

Costa  Rica 

Cuba 

Danish  West  Indies  . . 

Denmark 

Dominican  Republic. 

Dutch  West  Indies 

England 

Fgypt 

France 

Germany 

Greece 

Guatemala 

Haiti 

Honduras 

Hongkong 

India 

Ireland 

Isle  of  Man 

Isle  of  Pines 

Italy 

Jamaica 

Japan 

Korea 

Liberia 

Madeira 

Malta 

Mexico 

Netherlands 

Newfoundland 

New  Zealand , 

Nicaragua , 

Norway 

Panama , 

Paraguay , 

Peru 

Portugal , 

Russia 

Scotland 

Seychelles  Islands 

South  Africa 

Spain 

St.  Helena , 

St.  Martin 

Sweden 

Switzerland 

Turkey 

Uruguay 

Wales 


74 

34 
4 
3 

18 
5 
1 
4 
2,651 
1 
9 

17 
1 
4 

55 
3 

34 

1 

2 

370 

1 

59 
581 
9 
3 
1 
2 
2 
5 
461 
2 
4 

41 
5 

20 
1 

10 
4 
2 
158 
8 
2 

11 
3 

58 

17 
1 
8 
1 

15 

92 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 

57 

60 

12 
3 

19 


Total. 


5,047 


$12,936.33 

5, 484. 87 

517. 50 

456.00 

2,903.70 

480.00 

230. 67 

303.47 

427,743.99 

96.00 

1,686.00 

2,742.27 

120.00 

579. 87 

8,872.07 

684. 13 

5,484.57 

144.00 

324.00 

57,683.10 

204.00 

9,516.85 

92,820.13 

1, 458.  32 

350.80 

87.60 

334. 20 

192.00 

664.40 

74,417.91 

331. 47 

805.30 

6,615.12 

1,050.53 

3,224.67 

180.00 

1,615  27 

888.00 

288.00 

25,505.98 

1,218.00 

236.40 

1, 706. 23 

294.00 

9, 353. 87 

1,371.87 

440. 27 

851.14 

140. 20 

2, 520. 67 

14, 840.  53 

180.00 

727.30 

143.27 

216.00 

165. 60 

9, 994. 67 

9,670.60 

1,654.13 

480.00 

3,063.47 


811, 473. 31 


SUMMARY. 


Pensioners.      Payments. 


Pensioners  residing  in  States  and  Territories  and  payments  to  them \       946,509  j  $152,126,644.12 

Pensioners  residing  in  insular  possessions  and  payments  to  them 131  21,420.53 

Pensioners  residing  in  foreign  countries  and  payments  to  them 5,047  811,473.31 

Total I        951,687  152,959,537.96 

Payments  by  Treasury  Department  (Treasury  settlements) 133, 548. 31 

Total  payments  on  account  of  army  and  navy  pensions  for  the  fiscal 

year ' 153,093,086.27 


158 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


Exhibit  7. — Statement  showing,  by  classes,  the  different  monthly  rates  paid  to 
pensioners  and  number  at  each  rate  on  roll  June  30,  1908. 


Civil  war. 

00 

o 
u 

estab- 
lishment. 

General  law. 

Act  June 
27, 1890. 

Act 
April 
19,1908. 

Act 

Feb. 

6, 1907. 

War  with 
Spain 

War  with 
Mexico. 

Indian 
wars. 

Rate. 

OS 

I 

O 
■O 

2 

o3 
| 

CO 

g 

1 

t 

•3 

B 

H 

o 

i 

o 

5 

2 

> 

o 

I 

CO 

o 

H2 

u 

o 
> 

I 

m 

o 

£ 
p 

DQ 

$1.50 

2 
4 
3 
3 
5 
3,225 

2.00. 

3.00 

1 

4  00 

:::::::::: 

5.00 

6  00 

3,027 

11, 331 

9,600 

4 

6.25 

7.  00. . . . 

6 

20 

2,693 

23 

2 
12 

2 

7.50... 

14 
1,730 

1 

1 
19,954 

35 

3,657 
34 

8  00 

7 

7 

1,666 

8. 50. . . 

8.  62|. . . 

9.00... 

9.50.. 

2 

1 

1,140 

9.75.. 

10.  00. . 

2,374 
1 

12, 800 

2,107 

10.20.. 

10.25. 

5 

10.50 

3 
3 

U.  00 

10 

43 

1 

I 

11.25 

22 

U.33J... 

11.50 

3 

11.75... 

12. 00 

12.25 

1,450 

2,694 

19,240 
8 
19 

390 

71,517 

96, 494 

4,242 

188,  445 

203, 709 

1,808 

4,722 

446 

119 

6,591 

2,905 

12.  50. . . 

8 
1 
2 

4 

8 

12.68... 



12.75.. 

84 
94 
6 
1 
1 
8 

44 

13.  00 

13.25 

13.  33J 

13.  37J....I 

13.50 1        1 

1 

1 

13.68 1 

13.75 !        1 

8 

14, 103 

5 

'1 

14  00 535 

2 

548 

14  25... 

14  50 

1 

14  75... 

2 
1,086 

15.  00. . . 

36 
1 

46 

....    1,393 

1 

81, 831 

78 

39 

15 

15.18.... 

15.25... 

4 

15.  50 

1 
1 

1 

1 

15.  54 

15.68 

15.75 

1 

:::::::::: 

1 

15.86 

1 
143 

""4 

2 

16.  00 

3,998 
3 
11 

35 

16.25 

••"i 

16.50 

16.  68 

• 

1 6.  7.". . 

3 

32, 078 

6 
2 

17.  00 1, 202 

112 

2, 160 

1 

1, 097 

63 

17.25 

17.  50 

10 
.... 

19 
2 

17.75 

17.  HO 

18.  00 

333 

2 

1 

18.  18 

18.25 

18.50 

6 
32 

4 

18.75 

1 

1 

19.00 

3 

2 

1 
1 

19.18 

19.25 

2 

19.60 

10.08 

10.75 

1 
2 

20.  (X) 

180 

2, 770 

2,048 

52, 755 

83 

71 



2,419 

REPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


159 


Exhibit  7. — Statement  showing,  by  classes,  the  different  monthly  rates  paid  to 
pensioners  and  the  number  at  each  rate  on  roll  June  SO,  1908 — Continued. 


Civil  war. 

h 

estab- 
lishment. 

General  law. 

Act  June 
27,1890. 

Act 
April 
19,1908. 

Act 

Feb. 

6,1907. 

War  with 
Spain. 

War  with 
Mexico. 

Indian 
wars. 

Rate. 

as 

> 

a 

o 
a> 

0? 

o 

d 

s 

> 

CO 

o 
■a 

CO 

1 
a 

6 

on" 

1 
3 

CO 

O 

5 

CO 

«i 

a 

Q 
0> 
CO 

is 

O 

oo 
O 

•d 

s 

CO 

(1 
O 
> 

"E 

CO 

O 

O 
> 
> 

GQ 

CO 

O 

$20.36... 

1 

7 
3 
4 

7 
2 

20.50  . 

2 

20. 68     . 

21.00 

2 
3 

1 

21.25.... 

I 

1 

21.36 

21.50 

J 





1 

1 

1 

21.86 

22.00... 



1,797 
31 

1 
1 

33 
2 

22.50... 

5 
1 

4 
2 

2 

22.68.... 

23.00.... 

3 

23.18.... 

23.25.... 

2 

23.50.... 

2 
2 

734 

1 

23.86.... 

24.00 

25,428 

5 

410 

24.18.... 

24.25.... 

1 

24.36.... 

1 

24.50.... 

2 
1,605 

1 
3 

25.00.... 

72 

129 

481 

29 

37 

1 

Regular  estab- 

Civil war. 

Rate. 

lishment. 

General  law. 

Act  June  27, 1890. 

Act  Feb. 
6, 1907. 

Invalids. 

Widows, 
etc. 

Invalids. 

Widows, 
etc. 

Invalids. 

Minors, 
etc. 

Invalids. 

Widows, 
etc. 

325.25 

1 

25.50... 

1 

25.75... 

1 
2 
3 

1 
1 
1 
30 
2 
1 
5 

26.00... 

1 

1    . 

26.36... 

26.50.. 

26.68... 

26.75   .. 

1 

27.00   .. 

779 



2 

2  I              13 

27.18 

1 

27.36   .. 

27.50 

2 

1 

27.68 

1    

27.86 

1 

1 

28.00... 

28.36 

I 

2 

2 
2 

28.68  .. 

29.00... 



1    

29.18  .. 

1    . 

29.36... 

29.50 

i 

1 
1 
1 

30.00... 

583               1M 

12, 364 

418 

383                 24 

30.50  .. 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

30.68... 

30.75 

1 
1 
1 
2 

31.00 

31.25... 

32.00... 

10 

32.18 

1 
1 

2 

\ 

2 

3 
4 

32.36... 

32.50 

2 
1 

33.00 

33.36 

33.50... 

34.00 

1    

1 

34.18 

34.50 

i 

160 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF  PENSIONS. 


Exhibit  7. — Statement  showing,  by  classes,  the  different  monthly  rates  paid  to 
pensioners  and  the  number  at  each  rate  on  roll  June  30,  1908 — Continued. 


Regular  estab- 
lishment. 

Civil  war. 

Rate. 

General  law. 

Act  June  27,  1890. 

Act  Feb. 
6,  1907. 

Invalids. 

Widows, 
etc. 

Invalids. 

Widows, 
etc. 

Invalids. 

Minors, 
etc. 

Invalids. 

Widows, 
etc. 

834.86 

2 
1 

1 
4 
3 
1 
2 

35.00... 

35.50... 

1 

35.68 

36.00 

48 

1 

4 
1 

36. 18 

36.50 

37.00 

1 

37.18... 

1 

37.36... 

1 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
137 
1 
1 

37.50 

37.68 

37.86 

38.00 

38. 18 

38.36 

39.86 

40.00 

2,637 

1 

95 

40.50 

41.00 

1 

41.68 

1 

41.86 

1 
1 
1 

42.00 

1 

42.36 

42.50 

1 

42.68 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 

43.00 

43.50 

1 

1 

44.00 



44.50 

45.00 

11 

1 

2 

1 

45.50 

1 
67 
1 
2 
1 



46.00 

1,509 

1 

57 

46.18 

47.00 

1 

1 

47.50 

1 
1 

48.00 



48.50 

1 

48.86 

1 

59 

1 

50.00 

63 

1,140 

1 



50.36 

52.00 

3 

1 
31 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
05 

52.68 

55.00 

1,704 

32 

55.36 

57.50 

58.00 

59.00 

1 
3 

60.00 

61.18 

62.36 

62.86 

72.00 

773 
3 

39 

75.00 

82.50 

1 
1 
1 
28 
2 
1 

88.00 

94.86 

100.00 

545 

8 

100.18.... 

108.00 

1 

REPORT   OF   THE  COMMISSIONER   OF   PENSIONS. 


161 


Exhibit  8. — Statement  showing,  by  classes,  the  different  monthly  rates  paid  to 
pensioners  under  special  acts  of  Congress  and  number  at  each  rate  on  roll 
June  80,  1908. 


Regular  es- 
tablishment. 

Civil 

war. 

Army 
nurses. 

War  with 
Spain. 

War  of 
1812, 
wid- 
ows. 

War  with 
Mexico. 

Indian  wars. 

Rate. 

In- 
valids. 

Wid- 
ows, 
etc. 

In- 
valids. 

Wid- 
ows, 
etc. 

In- 
valids. 

Wid- 
ows, 
etc. 

Sur- 
vivors. 

Wid- 
ows. 

Sur-     Wid- 
vivors.   ows. 

1 

$6  00 

5 

7 

39 

1 

13 

373 

25 

18 

39 

128 

1 

14 

480 

11 

3,971 

38 

2 

6 
22 

1 

I 

1 

8  00 

*  • 

15 

4 

1 

20  ! 

8.50 

10  00 

7    

39  i        74 

2    

1            5 

3    

9 ;      5 

3 

1,659 

3 

90 

238 

145 

9 

66 
2 
3 
2 

i 

12. 00 

14.00 

103 

67 

5 

26 

293 

7          111 

15.00 

2 
6' 

2" 

i' 

1 
15 

1  ! 

16  00 

124 

17. 00     



10 

17.50 

18.  00 

3 
23 

1 

48    !          1 

482  !             7  i        12 

2 1 

55                1  j        17 
117                9    

1 
13 

1 
2 

"zib' 

1 
4 

20.00 

22.  00 

5 

2             J 

24.00 

13 
1 

""'28' 

""24' 

14 
1 

2 

1 

1 

25.  00 

1 

27.  00 

28. 00 

5 
11 

.     i         ,       ..   . 

30. 00 

62 

3,425 

172    32 

18 

29 

6 

32.  00 

2 

33.00 ' 

1 

1 

223 

333 

1 

35. 00 

24 
""'52' 

9 
1 

8 

| 

36.00 

2 
6 

1 

40. 00 

15 2 

8 

1 

| 

42. 00 

1 
1 

45.  00 

1 
3 

1 

36 

16 

1 

194 

25 

15 

4 

1 

1 

31 

1 

23 

46.00 

1 

1 

49.00 



::::::::::::: 

50.  00 

6 

80 

70    1          8  '        12 

..:::::::::::: 

55.  00 

' ;      1 

1 

60.  00 

1 

65.00 



67.00 

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 

70.00 

72.00 

2 

2 

4 

1 

1 

75. 00 

5 

8 

1 

100.00 

1 

..:: 

1 

125.00 

166.66! 



3 

' 

208. 33£ I 

1 



*i: 

416.66| 

1 

Total . . 

133 

366 

9,491 

3,145 

120         198 

161 

25 

378 

323 

154 

113 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 


-11 


162 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS. 


Exhibit  9. — Report  of  certificates  issued  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Classes. 

Orig- 
inal. 

In- 
crease. 

Addi- 
tional. 

Re- 
issue. 

Resto- 
ration. 

Re- 
newal. 

Supple- 
mental. 

Total. 

General  law: 
Army- 

14 

6 

2,247 

1 
13 

10,350 
2 

58 

67 
3 

1 
1 

1,071 
2 

45 
4 

524 
17 

107 
8 

4,786 
479 

294 
34 

16, 784 

560 

8 

1 

175 

33 

939 

33 

11,544 
g 

84 

3 
3 

22 

i' 

572 

4 

1 

9 

2,992 

Navy— 

75 

21 

Old  wars- 

1 

4 

1,839 
292 

56 
16 

890 
209 

422 

104 

1,837 
14,  770 

235 

565 

8,729 

727 

1 

4,006 
227 

7 

298 

1 

44 
131 

1 

46 
3 

2 
1 

10 
1 

20 

i" 

2 

2 

1 

154 
39 

18 

1 

194 
1 
1 

7 

6 

War  with  Spain — 
Army — 

116 
3 

4 

30 

1 

3,102 

301 

Navy- 
Invalids  

108 

21 

Regular  establishment- 
Army— 

50 

2 

29 

4 
5 

1,478 

Widows,  etc 

231 

Navy- 
Invalids 

585 

113 

Act  of  June  27, 1890: 
Army — 

Invalids 

323 
9 

92 
42 

9 

1 

223,525 

6,463 

663 

30 
25 

3 

1 

2 
1 

56 
22 

2 
2 

190 

5 

1 

25 
1 

1 

7,278 

Widows,  etc 

15,377 

Navy- 

570 

604 

Act  of  Feb.  6,  1907: 

Army:  Civil  war 

249, 424 

Navy:  Civil  war * 

7,757 

Mexican  war. 

674 

Act  of  Apr.  19,  1908: 

4,032 

228 

War  with  Mexico,  act  1887,  etc.: 
Survivors. 

3 
45 

7 

76 
18 

16 

1 

35 

343 

War  of  1812:  Widows  . . 

8 

Indian  wars: 

2 
1 

122 



150 

Total 

37,691 

35,355 

332 

231,280 

159 

1,908 

463 

307, 188 

2,764 

18,  724 

Grand  total 

328,676 

Certificates  issued  each  month  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


July,   1907 29,849 

August,    1907 27,559 

September,   1907 19,200 

October,   1907 39,  G56 

November,   1907 38,327 

December,  1907 34,286 

January,  1908 38,128 


February,   1908 30,733 

March,  1908 23,648 

April,    1908 16,570 

May,    1908 14,840 

June,    1908 15,880 


Total 328,676 


KEPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PENSIONS.  163 

Exhibit  10. — Classification  of  pending  claims,  June  30,  1908. 

Civil  war: 

General  law — 

Original   invalid 662 

Reissue    invalid 1,312 

Increase   invalid 12,  816 

14,790 

Original  widows 3,934 

Reissue  widows 785 

Increase   widows 137 

4, 856 

Original  minors 721 

Reissue  minors 26 

Increase  minors 82 

Original  dependents 142  # 

Army  nurses 29 

1, 000 

20,646 

Act  of  June  27,  1890— 

Original   invalid 2,900 

Additional   invalid 363 

Increase  invalid 2,246 

5, 509 

Original  widows 14,864 

Supplemental  widows 309 

Original  minors 1,  551 

16,724 

22,233 

Act  of  March  3,  1901— 

Remarried  widows 882 

Act  of  February  6,  1907— 

Original 3,  537 

Reissue 10,  817 

Increase 2,  555 

16,909 

Act  of  April  19,  1908— 

Original  widows 17,005 

77, 675 

Regular  establishment : 

Original   invalid 3,325 

Increase  invalid 864 

4, 189 

Original  widows 291 

Original  minors 35 

Original  dependents 214 

540 

4, 729 

War  with  Spain : 

Original   invalid 16,384 

Increase  invalid 1,791 

18,175 

Original  widows 597 

Original  minors 61 

Original  dependents 447 

1, 105 

19, 280 


164  KEPOKT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 

Mexican  war: 

Survivors  (act  January  29,  1887) 31 

Survivors  (act  February  6,  1907) 17 

Increase , 11 

gg 

Widows  (act  January  29,  1887) 244 

Widows  (act  March  3,  1901) 1 

Widows  increase 2 

247 

306 

Indian  wars   (acts  of  July  27,  1892;    June  27,  1902, 

and  May  30,  1908)  : 

Survivors 141 

Widows 146 

287 

Old  wars: 

Original  invalid 13 

Increase  invalid - 18 

31 

Original  widows 21 

Increase  widows 1 

22 

53 

Accrueds 21,153 

Total 123,  483 

Agencies,  dates  of  payment,  and  districts. 

AUGUSTA,   ME. 

Quarterly  payments  March  4,  June  4,  September  4,  and  December  4. 
District. — The  State  of  Maine.    Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid  at 
Boston,  Mass. 

BOSTON,  MASS. 

Quarterly  payments  March  4,  June  4,  September  4,  and  December  4. 
District. — The  States  of  Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  and  Rhode  Island,  and 
all  navy  pensioners  residing  in  this  and  the  Augusta  and  Concord  districts. 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 

Quarterly  payments  January  4,  April  4,  July  4,  and  October  4. 
District. — The  counties  in  the  State  of  New  York  not  in  the  New  York  City 
district.    All  navy  pensioners  in  the  State  are  paid  at  New  York  City. 

CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Quarterly  payments  January  4,  April  4,  July  4,  and  October  4. 

District. — The  State  of  Illinois,  and  all  navy  pensioners  residing  in  this  and 
the  Columbus,  Des  Moines,  Detroit,  Indianapolis,  Louisville,  Milwaukee,  and 
Topeka  districts. 

COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 

Quarterly  payments  March  4,  June  4,  September  4,  and  December  4. 
District. — The  State  of  Ohio.     Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid  at 
Chicago. 

CONCORD,   N.    IT. 

Quarterly  payments  January  4,  April  4,  July  4,  and  October  4. 
District*— The  States  of  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont.     Navy  pensioners  in 
this  district  are  paid  at  Boston. 


REPORT  OF   THE  COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS.  165 

DES  MOINES,  IOWA. 

Quarterly  payments  January  4,  April  4,  July  4,  and  October  4. 
District. — The  States  of  Iowa  and  Nebraska.    Navy  pensioners  in  this  district 
are  paid  at  Chicago. 

DETROIT,   MICH. 

Quarterly  payments  March  4,  June  4,  September  4,  and  December  4. 
District. — The  State  of  Michigan.     Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid 
at  Chicago. 

INDIANAPOLIS,  IND. 

Quarterly  payments  Februn  ry  4,  May  4,  August  4,  and  November  4. 
District. — The  State  of  Indiana.    Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid  at 
Chicago. 

KNOXVILLE,   TENN. 

Quarterly  payments  February  4,  May  4,  August  4,  and  November  4. 

District. — The  States  of  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Florida,  Georgia,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Tennessee,  and  Texas.  Navy 
pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid  at  Washington,  D.  C. 

LOUISVILLE,    KY. 

Quarterly  payments  February  4,  May  4,  August  4,  and  November  4. 
District. — The  State  of  Kentucky.     Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid 
at  Chicago. 

MILWAUKEE,   WIS. 

Quarterly  payments  January  4,  April  4,  July  4,  and  October  4. 
District. — The  States  of  Minnesota,  North  Dakota,  South  Dakota,  and  Wis- 
consin.   Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid  at  Chicago. 

NEW   YORK   CITY,    N.   Y. 

Quarterly  payments  February  4,  May  4,  August  4,  and  November  4. 

District. — The  following  counties  in  the  State  of  New  York :  Albany,  Clinton, 
Columbia,  Delaware,  Dutchess,  Essex,  Greene,  Kings,  Nassau,  New  York,  Orange, 
Putnam,  Queens,  Rensselaer,  Richmond,  Rockland,  Saratoga,  Schenectady,  Suf- 
folk, Sullivan,  Ulster,  Warren,  Washington,  and  Westchester.  The  following 
counties  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey :  Bergen,  Essex,  Hudson,  Hunterdon,  Mid- 
dlesex, Monmouth,  Morris,  Passaic,  Somerset,  Sussex,  Union,  and  Warren;  all 
navy  pensioners  in  the  State  of  New  York,  and  all  pensioners  residing  in  the 
island  of  Porto  Rico. 

PHILADELPHIA,  PA. 

Quarterly  payments  February  4,  May  4,  August  4,  and  November  4. 

District. — The  following  counties  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  :  Berks,  Brad- 
ford, Bucks,  Carbon,  Chester,  Columbia,  Dauphin,  Delaware,  Lackawanna,  Lan- 
caster, Lebanon,  Lehigh,  Luzerne,  Monroe,  Montgomery,  Montour,  Northampton, 
Northumberland,  Philadelphia,  Pike,  Schuylkill,  Sullivan,  Susquehanna,  Wayne, 
Wyoming,  and  York.  The  following  counties  in  the  State  of  New  Jersey:  At- 
lantic, Burlington,  Camden,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  Mercer,  Ocean, 
and  Salem,  and  all  navy  pensioners  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania. 

PITTSBURG,   PA. 

Quarterly  payments  January  4,  April  4,  July  4,  and  October  4. 
District. — The  counties  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  not  in  the  Philadelphia 
district.    All  navy  pensioners  in  the  State  are  paid  at  Philadelphia. 


166  REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PENSIONS. 

SAN   FRANCISCO,   CAL. 

Quarterly  payments  March  4,  June  4,  September  4,  and  December  4. 

District. — The  States  of  California,  Idaho,  Montana,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Utah, 
Washington,  and  Wyoming;  the  Territories  of  Alaska,  Arizona,  and  Hawaii; 
the  Philippines,  Guam,  and  the  Samoan  Islands  belonging  to  the  United  States ; 
including  all  navy  pensioners. 

TOPEKA,   KANS. 

Quarterly  payments  February  4,  May  4,  August  4,  and  November  4. 
District. — The  States  of  Colorado,  Kansas,  Missouri,  and  Oklahoma ;  and  the 
Territory  of  New  Mexico.    Navy  pensioners  in  this  district  are  paid  at  Chicago. 

WASHINGTON,   D.    C. 

Quarterly  payments  March  4,  June  4,  September  4,  and  December  4. 

District. — The  States  of  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  and  West  Virginia ; 
the  District  of  Columbia ;  all  pensioners  residing  in  foreign  countries,  and  all 
navy  pensioners  residing  in  this  and  the  Knoxville  districts. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 


167 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 
United  States  Patent  Office, 

Washington,  D.  C,  September  26 }  1908. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  the  following  report  of 
the  business  of  the  United  States  Patent  Office  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended  June  30,  1908: 

Applications  and  caveats  received  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  190S. 

Applications  for  patents  for  inventions 58,  527 

Applications  for  patents  for  designs 1,  091 

Applications  for  reissues  of  patents 207 

Applications  for  registration  of  trade-marks. 7,  467 

Applications  for  registration  of  labels 810 

Applications  for  registration  of  prints 339 


Total  applications 68,  441 

Caveats * 2,  036 

Disclaimers 9 

Appeals  on  the  merits 1,  250 


Total  applications,  caveats,  disclaimers,  and  appeals 71,  736 

Applications  awaiting  action. 

Applications  awaiting  action  on  the  part  of  the  office  July  1,  1908 20,  043 

Applications  for  patents,  including  reissues,  designs,  trade-marks,  labels,  and  prints. 


June  30,  1899 40,  320 

1900 45,270 

1901 48,075 

1902 51,258 

1903 54,256 


June  30,  1904 55,  468 

1905 66,228 

1906 68,881 

1907 66,795 

1908 68,441 


Applications  awaiting  action  on  the  part  of  the  office. 


June  30,  1899 2,  989 

1900 3,564 

1901 7,683 

1902 11,042 

1903 9,842 


June  30,  1904 13,069 

1905 16,077 

1906 21,958 

1907 13,634 

1908 20,043 


Patents  ivithheld  and  patents  expired. 

Letters  patent  withheld  for  nonpayment  of  final  fees (i,  520 

Letters  patent  expired 24.  270 

Applications  allowed,  awaiting  payment  of  final  fees 11,  843 

169 


1*70  EEPORT  OF  THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 

Patents  granted  and  trade-marls,  labels,  and  prints  registered. 


Class. 


1904. 


1905. 


1906. 


1907. 


1908. 


Letters  patent . 
Design  patents . 
Reissue  patents 
Trade-marks... 

Labels 

Prints 

Total 


31,257 

613 

109 

2,213 

1,044 

257 


35, 493 


29, 680 

458 

128 

1,426 

1,028 

345 


31,070 
633 
134 

10,408 
741 
354 


33,644 
529 
165 


325 


33,065 


43,340 


44, 121 


34,003 

748 

151 

6,135 


41,952 


Expenditures. 


Salaries 

Scientific  library 

Postage  on  foreign  matter 

Stationery 

Furniture 

Carpets,  linoleum  and  matting. 
Ice 


Telephones 

Washing  towels 

Sundries 

Law  library 

Photolithographing,  paid  contractor 

Photographic  printing,  paid  contractor 

Official  Gazette  and  indexes,  paid  Public  Printer 

Printing  and  binding: 

Printing  specifications 

Miscellaneous  printing  and  binding 

International  Convention  for  Protection  of  Industrial  Prop- 
erty   


Total. 


Expended. 


$964,053.62 

1,889.18 

1,019.00 

13,089.92 

2,217.50 

1,335.94 

674.  91 

608.  94 

105.  78 

14,050.63 

450.  85 

134, 124.  24 

5,875.76 

119, 526.  70 

314,528.86 
24,000.82 


1,597,552.65 


Estimated 
liabilities. 


$583.  36 


36.00 

'moo' 


750.  00 


10,739.36 


Total. 


$964,053.62 

2, 472.  54 

1,019.00 

13,089.92 

2,217.50 

1,335.94 

674.  91 

608.  94 

105.  78 

14,050.63 

486.  85 

134, 124.  24 

5,875.76 

128,896.70 

314,528.86 
24,000.82 

750.00 


1,008,292.01 


Receipts  and  expenditures. 

Receipts  from  all  sources $1,  874, 180.  75 

Expenditures  (including  total  in  all  appropriations) 1,  608,  292.  01 

Surplus 265,  888.  74 

Comparative  statement. 


June  30— 

Receipts. 

Expenditures. 

1899 

$1, 209, 554.  88 
1,358,228.35 
1,408,877.67 
1,491,538.85 
1,591,251.04 
1,663,879.99 
1,737,334.44 
1,811,297.84 
1,859,592.89 
1,874,180.75 

$1,148,663.48 

1900 

1,247,827.58 

1901 

1,288,970.13 

1902 

1,329,924.63 
1, 423  094.  40 

1903 

1904 

1,469,124.40 

1906 

1, 472,  467.  51 

1906 

1,  538, 149.  40 

1907 

1,  584, 489.  70 

1908 

1,608,292.01 

Summarizing  these  tables,  there  were  received  in  the  last  fiscal  year 
58,527  applications  for  mechanical  patents,  1,091  applications  for  de- 
signs, 207  applications  for  reissues,  2,036  caveats,  7,4G7  applications 
for  trade-marks,  810  applications  for  labels,  and  339  applications  for 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS.  171 

prints.  There  were  34,902  patents  granted,  including  reissues  and 
designs,  and  6,135  trade-marks,  636  labels,  and  279  prints  were  reg- 
istered. The  number  of  patents  that  expired  was  24,270.  The  num- 
ber of  allowed  applications  which  were  by  operation  of  law  forfeited 
for  nonpayment  of  the  final  fees  was  6,520.  The  total  receipts  of  the 
office  were  $1,874,180.75;  the  total  expenditures  were  $1,608,292.01, 
and  the  net  surplus  of  receipts  over  expenditures,  being  the  amount 
turned  into  the  Treasury,  was  $265,888.74. 

The  net  surplus  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1907,  was 
$275,103.19,  and  for  the  past  fiscal  year  $265,888.74,  so  that  the  sur- 
plus is  less  by  $9,214.45.  The  number  of  patents,  trade-marks,  labels, 
and  prints,  patented  and  registered  in  the  fiscal  year  1907  was  44,121, 
and  in  1908,  41,952,  which  shows  a  falling  off  of  2,169.  The  cost  of 
printing  same  in  the  fiscal  year  1907  was  $271,178.48,  and  for  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1908,  $314,528.86. 

Although  the  number  of  patents  issued  was  less  by  2,169,  the  cost 
of  printing  the  same  was  $43,354.38  more  than  in  1907.  This  is 
accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  the  charges  for  printing  made  by  the 
Government  Printer  was,  during  a  portion  of  the  past  fiscal  year,  much 
greater  than  in  previous  years.  Otherwise  the  net  surplus  for  the 
present  fiscal  year  would  have  exceeded  the  net  surplus  of  last  year 
by  some  $40,000  or  $50,000  or  more,  as  there  has  been  a  saving  in  the 
publication  of  the  Official  Gazette  by  cutting  down  the  number  of 
claims  printed  therein  by  only  printing  five  claims  of  each  patent, 
thereby  reducing  the  cost  of  that  publication  by  several  thousand 
dollars.  The  falling  off  in  the  number  of  patents,  trade-marks,  labels, 
and  prints  registered  and  issued  from  44,121  in  1907  to  41,952  in 
1908  is  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  the  number  of  registrations  of 
trade-marks  is  gradually  diminishing.  In  1905,  10,408  trade-marks 
were  registered  under  the  new  law;  in  1907,  8,798,  and  in  1908, 
6,135,  which  latter  number  will  probably  be  about  the  normal  num- 
ber hereafter  issued.  The  trade-marks  registered  are  less  this  year 
by  2,663  than  the  previous  year.  Labels  are  less  by  24  and  prints 
by  46.  There  was  an  increase  in  the  number  of  mechanical  patents 
granted  of  339.  There  were  66,795  applications  for  patents,  trade- 
marks, labels,  and  prints  filed  in  1907  and  68,441  in  1908,  an  increase 
of  1,646  over  the  previous  year.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  volume 
of  business  from  all  sources  is  about  the  same  as  that  during  the  fiscal 
year  1907. 

I  think  it  advisable  to  renew  some  of  the  recommendations  made 
to  you  in  my  report  for  the  last  fiscal  year.  Although  Congress  has 
been  fairly  liberal  in  making  appropriations  for  this  bureau  for  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1909,  yet  I  deem  it  important  thaksome 
of  the  immediate  necessities  of  this  office  should  be  again  presented. 


172  REPORT  OF  THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 

ADDITIONAL,  ROOM. 

The  additional  room  assigned  this  office  has  resulted  in  a  vast 
improvement  in  the  facilities  for  transacting  the  business  of  the 
bureau.  I  desire  to  say,  however,  that  the  volume  of  work  is  grow- 
ing so  uniformly  from  year  to  year  it  calls  for  additional  space,  and 
I  deem  it  of  the  utmost  importance  that  my  recommendations  in  my 
report  for  the  last  fiscal  year  should  be  again  urged  herein,  to  the  end 
that  you  will  again  favorably  consider  the  question  of  causing  the 
building  to  be  so  remodeled  that  further  rooms  may  be  provided  for 
the  examining  and  other  divisions  of  the  office.  For  the  scientific 
library,  which  is  much  crowded,  shelving  space  and  additional  steel 
stacks  are  required  to  accommodate  the  books  now  in  possession  of 
the  library  and  those  that  have  been  purchased  in  this  country  and 
abroad  and  others  that  will  be  purchased  from  time  to  time  for  the 
use  of  the  library  and  paid  for  out  of  the  regular  annual  appropria- 
tions therefor.  Additional  shelving  is  also  required  for  the  foreign 
patents. 

When  the  estimates  were  made  for  installing  the  present  steel 
stacks  hi  1901  they  were  made  on  the  basis  of  space  required  for 
ten  years.  Austria  had  issued  no  patents,  and  the  output  of  France 
was  only  18  volumes  per  annum;  Austria  now  has  32  volumes  a  year, 
and  France  50,  while  Germany  has  very  nearly  doubled,  from  80  to  llfi, 
and  England  has  made  a  very  sensible  increase.  It  is  now  estimated 
that  provision  should  be  made  for  shelving  (steel  stacks),  at  the 
rate  of  150  linear  feet  per  annum.  Therefore  there  is  required  for 
additional  accommodations  at  the  present  time  and  for  the  ensuing 
ten  years  1,500  linear  feet  of  steel  book  stacks.  For  this  purpose 
I  recommend  that  the  Congress  be  asked  to  appropriate  $2,000,  or 
so  much  thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  for  said  purpose.  Additional 
storage  space  for  copies  of  patents  and  also  room  for  inventors  and 
attorneys  making  searches  and  transacting  other  business  in  that 
portion  of  the  building  are  badly  needed.  In  this  report  I  shall 
merely  invite  your  attention  to  the  plans  for  the  remodeling  of  the 
building  which  you  caused  to  be  made  by  the  Supervising  Architect 
of  the  Treasury  Department  and  also  the  Superintendent  of  the  Capi- 
tol Building  and  Grounds.  These  plans,  if  carried  out,  would  result 
in  a  great  relief  not  only  to  this  bureau,  but  probably  to  some  other 
bureaus  of  your  Department  as  well.  However,  with  these  changes, 
it  will  only  afford  relief  for  the  Patent  Office  for  one  or  two  years  at 
best,  as  the  bureau  is  growing  so  rapidly,  keeping  pace  with  the 
growth  of  the  country  and  the  trade  and  commercial  activities  of 
the  nation,  that  the  erection  of  a  new  building  for  the  use  of  this 
bureau  will  soon  be  imperative. 

The  net  surplus  of  all  years  of  receipts  over  expenditures  which 
have  been  covered  into  the  Treasury  up  to  June  30,  1908,  shows  a 


REPORT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PATENTS.  173 

grand  total  of  $6,972,070.38.  Nearly  this  whole  sum  has  been  paid 
by  the  inventors  of  the  country,  and  inasmuch  as  they  have  paid  the 
total  expenses  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Patent  Office,  it  is  but  fair 
to  say  that  they  are  entitled  to  have  a  suitable  building  provided 
in  which  their  business  can  be  transacted  in  a  prompt  and  efficient 
manner.  The  cost  of  this  building  and  ground  could  be  entirely 
paid  for  out  of  this  surplus  and  I  most  earnestly  urge  that  Congress 
be  asked  to  make  provision  for  an  adequate  building  for  the  use  of 
the  United  States  Patent  Office.  Permit  me  to  say  in  connection 
with  this  recommendation  that  the  patent  offices  of  Great  Britain 
and  Germany  have  outgrown  their  former  building  accommodations, 
and  each  of  those  countries  has  erected  new  buildings  which  are 
vastly  superior  in  every  respect  to  the  one  that  now  houses  the  United 
States  Patent  Office.  A  bill  was  introduced  in  the  Senate  at  the 
last  session  of  Congress  providing  for  a  new  building  for  the  Patent 
Office,  and  I  most  strongly  urge  that  Congress  be  asked  at  the  forth- 
coming session  to  pass  that  bill  or  a  similar  one,  for  the  reason  that 
before  the  time  a  proper  building  could  be  erected  and  ready  for 
occupancy  it  will  be  very  badly  needed. 

FORCE  AND    SALARIES. 

I  also  respectfully  call  your  attention  to  my  former  recommenda- 
tions for  increase  of  force  and  salaries  which  you  approved  and  which 
you  placed  before  Congress  at  the  last  session.  The  estimates  made 
at  that  time  called  for  a  material  increase  of  force  and  salaries.  Con- 
gress granted  in  part  only  the  requests  then  made.  As  those  esti- 
mates for  the  force  and  salaries  were  very  carefully  considered,  and 
were  not  overestimated  in  any  particular,  I  desire  to  urge  that  addi- 
tional relief  be  given  to  this  bureau  in  those  respects.  I  therefore 
make  the  following  recommendations  which  I  have  embraced  in  my 
estimates  submitted : 

That  the  salary  of  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  be  raised  from 
$5,000  to  $6,000  per  annum,  an  increase  of  $1,000;  that  the  salary  of 
the  assistant  commissioner  be  increased  from  $3,500  to  $5,000,  an 
increase  of  $1,500,  and  that  he  be  known  in  the  future  as  first  assist- 
ant commissioner;  and  I  also  recommend  that  an  additional  assistant 
commissioner  at  a  salary  of  $4,500  per  annum  be  provided.  I  make 
this  recommendation  fov  the  reason  that  the  business  of  the  office  has 
increased  enormously  since  these  offices  were  created  and  the  time 
of  the  commissioner  and  assistant  commissioner  is  now  mainly  occu- 
pied in  hearing  cases  on  appeal  and  other  judicial  duties.  During 
the  past  year  judicial  matters  have  been  presented  and  passed  upon 
by  the  commissioner  and  assistant  commissioner  and  decisions  ren- 


174  REPOET   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 

dered  in  2,8Ifi  cases.     The  following  statement  shows  the  work  of  the 
three  judicial  tribunals: 

Appeals  taken  to  commissioner  in  interferences 128 

Appeals  taken  to  commissioner  in  ex  parte  cases 117 

Interlocutory  appeals  to  commissioner 207 

Appeals  taken  from  examiner  of  trade-marks 31 

Petitions  from  examiner's  rulings 469 

Motions  for  rehearing 47 

Petitions  under  rule  78 1,  502 

Petitions  to  revive  abandoned  cases 212 

Total 2,  713 

Decisions  rendered  by  commissioner: 

Appeals  in  interference  cases 130 

Appeals  in  ex  parte  cases 117 

Appeals  (interlocutory) 306 

Appeals  from  examiner  of  trade-marks 21 

Petitions  from  examiner's  rulings 505 

Motions  for  rehearing 47 

Petitions  under  rule  78 1,  502 

Petitions  to  revive  abandoned  cases 212 

Total 2,  840 

Appeals  taken  to  examiners  in  chief  in  interferences 187 

Appeals  taken  to  examiners  in  chief  in  ex  parte  cases 622 

Total 809 

Decisions  by  examiners  in  chief: 

Appeals  in  interferences 152 

Appeals  in  ex  parte  cases 633 

Total 785 

Interferences  declared  by  examiner  of  interferences 1,  548 

Cases  finally  disposed  of  by  examiner  of  interferences 1,  605 

Motions  and  interlocutory  actions 8,  312 

Total 11,  465 

Appeals  lie  from  the  commissioner  and  assistant  commissioner  to 
the  United  States  court  of  appeals  of  the  District  of  Columbia  to  the 
extent  that  50  per  cent  or  one-half  of  the  total  business  of  that  court 
consists  in  hearing  and  passing  upon  such  appeals.  In  addition  to 
the  judicial  duties,  the  commissioner  and  assistant  commissioner  are 
also  the  executive  heads  of  the  bureau  and  are  called  upon  to  act  in 
the  capacity  of  executive  or  ministerial  officers. 

I  also  desire  to  recommend  that  the  salaries  of  the  board  of  exam- 
iners in  chief,  the  next  lower  judicial  tribunal  of  the  office,  be  increased 
from  $3,000  fco  $4,500  each,  which  would  call  for  an  additional  appro- 
priation for  this  board  of  three  members  of  $4,500.  Their  duties  are 
wholly  judicial.     Also  the  salary  of  the  examiner  of  interferences,  a 


REPORT  OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PATENTS.  175 

court  of  first  instance  in  this  bureau,  be  increased  from  $2,700  to 
$4,000,  as  his  duties,  like  the  others  above  mentioned,  are  judicial. 
It  is  also  asked  that  the  salaries  of  the  two  law  examiners  be  increased 
from  $2,750  to  $3,000,  which  will  be  a  total  increase  of  $500;  that  a 
chief  of  classifications  be  created  at  a  salary  of  $3,600.  This  work 
calls  for  a  man  who  must  have  had  both  legal  and  technical  training ; 
also  that  the  salary  of  the  examiner  of  trade-marks  and  designs  be 
increased  from  $2,700  to  $3,600,  an  increase  of  $900. 

I  also  recommend  that  the  salary  of  the  42  principal  examiners  in 
the  office  be  increased  from  $2,700  to  $3,000,  as  approved  by  you  in 
my  last  report,  and  an  increase  of  10  fourth  assistant  examiners  at 
$1,500,  an  increase  of  $15,000.  I  desire  to  use  these  10  assistants  as 
a  force  to  classify  patents  and  digest  publications  of  scientific  sub- 
jects relating  to  patents  for  the  use  of  the  examiners  and  inventors. 
They  will  form  the  force  of  the  chief  of  the  new  classification  division, 
which  is  of  the  utmost  importance  and  should  be  established  at  once. 
With  a  proper  classification  or  digest  of  all  patents  of  all  nations  and 
technical  and  scientific  publications,  the  cost  in  salaries  and  numbers 
of  examiners  will  be  greatly  reduced  and  the  search  work  in  the 
examination  of  applications  for  patents  will  be  reduced  to  a  minimum 
and  the  facilities  for  making  validity  and  other  searches  on  the  part 
of  manufacturers,  inventors,  and  attorneys  vastly  improved.  This 
system  of  classification  is  imperative,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
United  States  has  issued  900,000  patents  to  date,  and  the  office,  in 
addition  to  that  number,  has  1,000,135  foreign  patents.  In  making 
searches  the  examiners  are  required  to  search  both  the  United  States 
and  foreign  patents,  and  works  in  the  scientific  library,  which  con- 
sumes, under  the  present  arrangement  of  classes,  much  valuable  time 
that  would  be  thus  in  a  great  degree  obviated.  I  have  recently  had 
occasion  to  inspect  the  patent  offices  of  other  leading  nations,  and  I 
find  the  classification  systems  much  more  perfect  than  the  one  exist- 
ing in  our  own  office.  The  best  technical  talent  obtainable  is  required 
for  this  work,  and  consequently  I  have  placed  the  salary  of  the  pro- 
posed chief  of  this  division  at  a  figure  fairly  commensurate  with  the 
work  and  duties  of  the  position. 

I  also  ask  that  the  salary  of  the  financial  clerk  be  increased  from 
$2,250  to  $2,500,  an  increase  of  $250.  I  desire  to  say  in  connection 
with  this  official  that  he  gives  a  very  heavy  bond,  and  is  called  upon 
to  handle  in  the  course  of  a  year  about  two  millions  of  money,  a  large 
portion  of  which  comes  loosely  through  the  mails,  and  that  during 
the  term  of  the  present  incumbent  not  a  single  dollar  has  been  lost. 
I  also  ask  that  one  translator  of  languages  be  provided  at  $1,800. 
This  officer  would  be  called  upon  to  translate  patents  in  the  lan- 
guages of  many  countries,  and  his  services  would  be  much  needed.  I 
also  ask  an  increase  of  5  clerks  of  class  2,  an  increase  of  $7,000;  an 


176  REPORT   OF  THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 

increase  of  10  clerks  of  class  1,  increase  of  $12,000;  an  increase  of 
salaries  of  3  draftsmen  from  $1,200  to  $1,500,  an  increase  of  $900; 
an  increase  of  salaries  of  4  draftsmen  from  $1,000  to  $1,200,  an 
increase  of  $800;  an  increase  of  5  clerks  at  $1,000,  an  increase  of 
$5,000;  an  increase  of  1  messenger  at  $840.  I  also  ask  for  42  clas- 
sified laborers  at  $480,  each  in  lieu  of  14  laborers  at  $600  each,  and 
15  laborers  at  $480  each,  an  increase  of  13  persons  and  $4,560;  and 
40  messenger  boys  at  $420,  in  lieu  of  39  at  $360,  an  increase  of  $2,560. 

I  make  these  recommendations  in  regard  to  classified  laborers  as 
I  propose  utilizing  them — one  in  each  examining  division  of  the  office 
in  an  endeavor  to  cut  down  the  expense  of  additional  examiners.  It 
will  be  a  great  saving  in  the  time  of  the  assistant  examiners  who  are 
now  called  upon  to  put  away  drawings  and  other  work  not  strictly 
technical  examining  work.  These  are  in  lieu  of  14  messengers  at  $600 
and  15  at  $480,  making  29  in  all  which  have  been  transferred  to  the 
superintendent's  force  of  the  Department. 

I  asked  for  49  examiners  at  the  last  session  and  was  only  granted 
33.  These  men  are  absolutely  necessary,  as  set  forth  in  my  previous 
report.  Since  the  last  appropriation  act  increasing  the  salaries  of  the 
examining  corps  went  into  effect  one  principal  examiner  has  resigned 
at  $2,700;  four  second  assistants  at  $2,100;  three  third  assistants  at 
$1,800;  and  three  fourth  assistants  at  $1,500,  and  four  others  have 
notified  me  of  their  intention  to  resign  within  a  month,  but  I  hope  to 
be  able  to  retain  a  large  majority  of  the  examiners  in  the  office  even 
at  the  present  salaries,  and  therefore  make  no  recommendation  as  to 
increase  of  salaries  of  the  assistant  examiners  of  the  office  at  the 
present  time. 

CONDITION  OF  THE  WORK. 

The  work  of  the  office  has  been  and  still  is  very  much  in  arrears, 
but  with  the  additional  force  allowed  by  Congress  and  available 
July  1  it  will  be  possible  after  the  new  examiners  have  had  a  few 
months'  experience  to  bring  the  work  practically  up  to  date  in  all 
the  examining  divisions  of  the  office,  probably  by  December  31,  1908. 

MODELS. 

The  legislative,  executive,  and  judicial  appropriation  act,  which 
became  effective  July  1,  ultimo,  embraces  a  provision  in  relation 
to  the  model  records  as  follows: 

For  rent  of  rooms  in  the  Union  Building  for  Patent  Office  model  exhibit  during  so 
much  of  the  fiscal  year  nineteen  hundred  and  nine  as  may  be  necessary,  and  for  neces- 
sary expenses  of  removal  and  storage  of  said  exhibit,  nineteen  thousand  five  hundred 
dollars:  Provided,  That  a  commission,  which  is  hereby  created,  to  consist  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Interior,  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  shall  determine  which  of  the  models  of  the  Patent  Office  may  be  of 


KEPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER   OF   PATENTS.  177 

possible  benefit  to  patentees  or  of  historical  value,  such  models  thus  selected  to  be 
cared  for  in  the  New  National  Museum  Building,  the  remainder  of  said  models  shall 
before  January  first,  nineteen  hundred  and  nine,  be  disposed  of  by  sale,  gift,  or  other- 
wise, as  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
shall  determine. 

In  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  this  section,  the  commission 
organized  in  the  office  of  the  honorable  Secretary  of  the  Interior  on  the 
29th  of  May,  and  steps  were  immediately  taken  to  carry  out  the  pro- 
visions of  said  act.  The  Commissioner  of  Patents  was  authorized  to 
proceed  with  the  details  of  the  business  of  the  removal  of  the  models. 

Under  this  authority  some  of  the  models  have  been  placed  in  the 
Smithsonian  Institution;  4,000  unapplied  models  have  been  sold,  and 
the  balance,  which  were  deemed  necessary  to  retain  as  records  for  office 
and  court  use,  are  being  boxed,  labeled,  and  catalogued  and  stored 
temporarily  in  the  basement  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior  build- 
ing until  the  completion  of  the  new  building  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution, where  the  law  directs  they  shall  be  finally  deposited. 

It  is  thought  by  October  31,  1908,  all  the  models  and  cases  will  be 
moved  from  the  third  and  fourth  floors  and  the  rental  for  the  said 
floors  will  cease.  The  remaining  models  on  the  other  floor,  it  is  con- 
fidently expected,  will  be  removed  by  December  31,  and  all  rent  for 
the  balance  of  the  fiscal  year  for  the  occupancy  of  these  three  floors 
will  terminate.  I  will,  in  accordance  with  your  directions  in  the 
matter,  before  the  assembling  of  the  next  session  in  December,  1908, 
submit  to  you  for  transmission  to  Congress  a  full  report  of  the  pro- 
ceedings relating  to  the  matter. 

CHANGES  IN  THE  RULES  OF  PRACTICE. 

Since  my  last  report,  certain  changes  have  been  made  in  the  Rules 
of  Practice.  The  amendment  to  rule  17,  relating  to  attorneys  prac- 
ticing before  this  bureau,  is  one  of  the  most  important.  The  rule  has 
been  amended  so  that  (a)  persons  may  be  admitted  to  practice  before 
this  bureau  who  are  attorneys  at  law  in  good  standing  in  any  court 
of  record  in  the  United  States  or  any  of  the  States  or  Territories 
thereof,  and  (b)  any  person  who  is  not  an  attorney  at  law  who  is  a 
citizen  or  resident  of  the  United  States  and  shall  file  proof  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  commissioner  that  he  is  of  good  moral  character 
and  of  good  repute  and  possessed  of  the  necessary  legal  and  technical 
qualifications  to  enable  him  to  render  applicants  for  patents  valuable 
service. 

In  a  number  of  the  foreign  countries  the  practitioners  before  their 
respective  patent  offices  were  required  to  be  subjects  or  citizens  of  that 
country.  This  requirement  precluded  a  citizen  of  the  United  States 
from  practicing  before  the  foreign  patent  office  in  question,  irrespec- 
tive of  his  character  and  legal  and  technical  attainments.  Much 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 12 


178  REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  PATENTS. 

complaint  has  been  made  as  to  this  practice,  and  therefore  the  rule 
was  amended  by  the  addition  of  the  following  provisions: 

(c)  Any  foreign  patent  attorney  not  a  resident  of  the  United  States, 
who  is  a  citizen  or  subject  of  a  country  granting  the  same  reciprocal 
rights  to  citizens  of  the  United  States,  who  shall  file  proof  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  commissioner  that  he  is  registered  and  in  good 
standing  before  the  patent  office  of  the  country  of  which  he  is  a  citizen 
or  subject,  and  is  possessed  of  the  qualifications  stated  in  paragraph  (b). 

In  order  that  the  provisions  of  this  rule  may  be  carried  out,  the 
foreign  patent  attorneys  of  record  have  been  required  to  file  proof 
before  November  1,  1908,  that  the  patent  offices  of  their  respective 
countries  will  recognize  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  to  practice 
before  the  office,  provided  that  citizen  is  otherwise  qualified,  or  their 
names  will  be  dropped  from  the  roster  of  attorneys  practicing  before 
the  United  States  Patent  Office. 

The  second  important  amendment  is  that  to  rule  22.  This  rule 
has  been  amended  so  that  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  may  after 
notice  and  opportunity  for  a  hearing  suspend  or  exclude  from  fur- 
ther practice  before  the  Patent  Office  any  practitioner  shown  to  be 
incompetent,  disreputable,  or  who  refuses  to  comply  with  the  rules 
and  regulations  thereof,  or  who  shall  with  intent  to  defraud  or  in 
any  manner  deceive,  mislead,  or  threaten  any  claimant  by  word,  cir- 
cular, letter,  or  by  advertisement,  or  who  guarantees  the  successful 
prosecution  of  any  application  for  patent.  Under  the  old  rule  the 
commissioner  only  had  power,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior,  to  disbar  a  practitioner,  either  generally  or  in  a  spe- 
cific case,  for  "gross  misconduct."  This  rule  was  based  upon  section 
487,  Revised  Statutes,  the  provisions  of  which  have  been  held  to  be 
quite  limited  in  their  effect  and  to  include  practically  only  those 
cases  in  which  a  practitioner  has  actually  committed  fraud  or  mis- 
application of  fees  in  the  prosecution  of  an  application.  Under  the 
new  rule  broader  jurisdiction  is  permitted  under  the  provisions  of 
section  5  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  July  4,  1884. 

Rule  47  of  the  Rules  of  Practice  has  also  been  amended  for  the  pur- 
pose of  insuring  the  permanency  of  the  records  and  patent  applica- 
tions as  originally  filed.  It  has  long  been  the  provision  of  the  rule  for 
all  the  application  papers,  when  the  oath  is  taken  before  an  officer  in  a 
country  foreign  to  the  United  States,  to  be  attached  together  and  a 
ribbon  passed  one  or  more  times  through  all  the  sheets  of  the  applica- 
tion and  the  ends  of  said  ribbon  brought  together  under  the  seal 
before  the  latter  is  affixed  and  impressed  by  the  officer  before  whom 
the  oath  is  taken,  or  else  each  sheet  must  be  impressed  with  the 
official  seal  of  that  officer,  or  if  he  is  not  provided  with  a  seal,  then  each 
sheet  must  he  initialed  by  him.  This  rule  has  been  amended  so  that 
its  provisions  shall  be  applicable  to  all  applications  filed  in  this  office 


REPORT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF   PATENTS.  179 

whether  the  oath  is  taken  abroad  or  in  the  United  States.  It  is  the 
belief  that  this  new  provision  will  prevent  the  substituting  or  in  any 
manner  changing  the  application  papers  by  dishonest  persons  after 
filing,  should  any  attempts  to  that  end  be  made. 

ADDITIONAL   GAINS   IN  EFFICIENCY  AND   ECONOMY. 

I  am  pleased  to  report  that  during  the  past  year  several  features 
of  office  organization  have  been  examined  and  some  changes  have 
been  made  which  are  in  the  interest  of  economy  and  the  expedition 
of  the  public  business.  Until  recently  the  Official  Gazette  of  the 
Patent  Office  was  distributed  from  this  building.  This  work  involved 
the  packing  of  the  Gazettes  in  bundles  at  the  Government  Printing 
Office  and  their  delivery  to  this  office,  where  the  bundles  were  opened 
and  the  single  copies  prepared  for  mailing  to  subscribers.  The 
Gazettes  were  again  sacked  and  sent  to  the  city  post-office.  The 
Gazette  is  now  mailed  from  the  Government  Printing  Office,  the 
intermediate  bundling  and  hauling  thereof  being  eliminated,  it  going 
from  the  presses  to  the  mailing  department,  where  the  Gazettes,  when 
ready  for  transportation,  are  sacked  for  the  various  States  and  hauled 
to  the  Union  Station,  a  square  distant.  This  change  in  the  method 
of  handling  the  Gazette  has  released  for  other  duties  in  this  office 
the  services  of  six  clerks. 

The  organization  of  the  "publications  division"  for  the  purpose  of 
caring  for  and  distributing  copies  of  Patents,  Laws,  Rules  of  Practice, 
and  other  publications  of  the  office  has  enabled  all  such  publications 
to  be  brought  under  the  supervision  of  one  person,  and  has  resulted 
in  a  more  economic  distribution  than  formerly,  and  at  the  same  time 
has  released  three  clerks  for  other  work. 

Under  section  4885,  before  amendment  of  the  said  section  by  act 
approved  May  23,  1908,  an  inventor  whose  application  for  patent 
had  been  allowed  had  six  months  from  the  notice  of  allowance  as 
time  within  which  to  pay  his  final  fee.  The  work  of  printing  the 
specification  and  photolithographing  the  drawings  and  performing 
the  other  work  incident  to  the  issue  of  the  patent  required  three  or 
four  weeks;  yet  the  said  section  4885  provided  that  every  patent 
should  bear  date  as  of  a  day  not  later  than  six  months  from  the  time 
of  the  notice  of  allowance.  As  a  result  of  this  contradictory  con- 
dition the  office  was  compelled  to  resort  to  a  fiction  in  all  those 
allowed  cases  wherein  the  payment  of  the  final  fee  was  so  delayed 
that  the  patent  could  not  issue  within  the  required  six  months,  by 
sending  to  the  applicant  a  notice  that  his  case  had  been  again 
examined  and  allowed.  It  was  necessary  to  write  more  than  20,000 
of  such  notices  each  year.  The  amendment  to  section  4885,  Revised 
Statutes,  above  noted,  has  relieved  the  office  of  this  anomalous 
condition,  and  while  there  has  been  no  change  in  the  time  allowed  the 


180  REPORT   OF   THE    COMMISSIONER  OF   PATENTS. 

applicant  in  which  to  pay  his  final  fee,  an  additional  period,  limited 
to  three  months,  is  given  the  office  in  which  to  prepare  the  papers 
and  issue  the  patent.  This  simple  remedial  legislation  has  been 
urged  by  my  predecessors  for  many  years,  and  its  enactment  by 
Congress  at  its  last  session  changed  a  condition  which  long  existed 
that  entailed  a  considerable  amount  of  unnecessary  work  being  per- 
formed with  a  consequent  needless  expense,  and  also  obviates  the 
necessity  of  resorting  to  a  legal  fiction  in  the  granting  of  patents. 

The  last  general  revision  of  the  patent  laws  was  had  in  1870.'  At 
that  time  it  was  rarely  that  a  deed  of  assignment  conveyed  title  to 
more  than  one  patent  and  in  very  few  instances  did  such  deeds  con- 
tain as  many  as  1,000  words.  The  scale  of  fees  established  by  the  act 
passed  in  that  year  provided  a  maximum  fee  of  $3  for  all  assignments 
of  1,000  words  or  over.  Many  of  the  industrial  combinations  which 
have  been  created  in  the  last  few  years  are  based  upon  patent  rights, 
and,  with  organization  and  reorganization  among  such  concerns,  the 
title  in  many  cases  to  several  hundred  patents  has  been  transferred. 
Only  a  few  months  ago,  26  deeds  transferring  titles  to  2,592  patents 
were  offered  for  record,  and  the  legal  fee  of  $78  was  paid. 

The  work  of  recording  the  transfer  of  the  2,592  patents  required 
the  entire  time  of  thirty  clerks  in  the  Patent  Office  for  fifteen  days. 
In  another  instance,  the  office  received  $3  for  recording  an  assign- 
ment containing  more  than  20,000  words,  but  within  a  week  fur- 
nished a  certified  copy  of  the  same  assignment  for  which  it  received 
$23.  There  were  so  many  cases  in  which  the  office  received  no  fair 
compensation  for  the  work  performed  that  it  seemed  only  just  to 
place  the  work  of  copying,  whether  recording  or  transcribing,  upon 
the  same  basis,  and  an  amendment  to  section  4934,  Revised  Statutes, 
was  proposed  by  me.  It  is  gratifying  to  state  that  by  act  approved 
May  27,  1908,  the  said  section  was  amended  to  permit  a  charge  of  $1 
for  recording  each  paper  containing  300  words  or  less,  $2  for  recording 
each  paper  including  1,000  words,  and  $1  additional  for  each  addi- 
tional 1,000  words  or  fraction  thereof.  This  amendment  has  been 
productive  of  a  marked  increase  in  the  office  receipts,  and  it  is  ex- 
pected that  it  will  increase  by  $10,000  per  year  the  fees  heretofore 
received  for  recording  patents  and  papers  pertaining  thereto. 

The  Official  Gazette  was  established  January  1,  1872,  and  selected 
illustrations,  together  with  the  claims  of  the  patents  granted  from 
week  to  week  were  reproduced  in  the  Gazette  by  photolithographic 
process.  At  that  time  the  practice  was  inaugurated  of  preparing 
a  brief  in  each  allowed  application,  such  brief  containing  the  name  of 
the  inventor,  the  invention,  the  serial  number,  and  date  of  filing  of  the 
case,  the  name  of  the  examiner,  the  number  of  the  class  in  which  the 
invention  had  been  assigned,  and  also  a  statement  as  to  the  number 
of  claims  allowed,  and  indicated  the  particular  view  of  the  drawings 


REPORT   OF   THE   COMMISSIONER  OF   PATENTS.  181 

illustrating  the  invention  which  was  selected  for  reproduction  in  the 
Official  Gazette.  This  " brief"  had  outlived  its  usefulness,  but 
notwithstanding  the  fact,  the  office  continued  it  until  recently.  One 
was  thought  necessary  for  each  allowed  case,  in  consequence  of 
which  more  than  40,000  per  year  were  latterly  used,  an  average 
time  of  four  or  five  minutes  being  required  to  properly  prepare 
each  brief. 

Another  economy  instituted,  which  seems  worthy  of  note,  is  the 
discontinuance  of  the  long-standing  practice  of  using  the  best  quality 
of  ledger  paper,  and  binding  in  the  most  substantial  and  expensive 
manner  those  office  blank  books  whose  usefulness  practically  ends 
with  their  completion  as  records.  In  many  cases,  it  was  found  that 
blank  books  used  merely  for  the  entry  of  current  business  were  pre- 
pared as  if  they  were  to  be  subject  to  daily  consultation  through  a 
long  period  of  years. 

The  office  retains  a  copy  of  the  grant  of  each  letters  patent.  For 
forty  years  these  volumes  of  "patent  heads"  have  been  of  uniform 
size,  12  by  16  inches,  of  the  best  quality  of  ledger  paper,  and  bound 
in  the  most  substantial  manner,  at  a  cost  of  about  $12  per  volume. 
The  volumes  were  ponderous,  and  it  was  found  that  a  great  economy 
in  storage  space  could  be  effected  by  reducing  their  size  to  8  by  12 
inches,  at  the  same  time  preserving  every  feature  of  the  older  volumes. 

Each  year  several  thousand  sheets  of  drawings  not  artistically 
executed  are  filed  in  the  Patent  Office.  Such  drawings,  while  pre- 
senting informalities,  have  been  forwarded  to  the  various  examiners 
whose  practice  seems  to  have  been  to  note  the  informality  and 
require  new  drawings  free  from  objection.  A  great  majority  of  the 
drawings  thus  rejected  could  have  been  made  acceptable  to  the  Patent 
Office.  The  filing  of  other  drawings  as  substitutes  for  those  objected 
to  has  year  by  year  created  a  mass  of  useless  papers  requiring  con- 
siderable space  for  storage.  With  a  view  to  arresting  the  further 
accumulation  of  unnecessary  papers,  the  examiners  have  been  pro- 
hibited from  requiring  a  new  drawing  in  any  case  until  after  the 
chief  draftsman  of  the  Patent  Office  has  indicated  the  necessity  there- 
for. It  has  been  the  practice  to  record  and  number  miscellaneous 
communications  to  the  office,  even  those  asking  copies  of  Patent  Laws 
and  Rules  of  Practice.  This  practice  as  regards  the  communications 
particularized  has  been  discontinued,  and  during  the  year  more  than 
15,000  written  requests  for  Patent  Laws  and  Rules  of  Practice  have 
been  inclosed  with  the  desired  publication  and  returned  to  the 
senders. 

It  is  essential  that  two  copies  of  each  patent  as  issued  be  prepared 
for  inspection,  one  for  the  examiner's  classified  set  and  the  other  for 
the  attorney's  room,  where  the  searches  are  made  by  the  profession. 
For  many  years  it  has  been  the  practice  to  mount,  by  pasting  on  card- 


182  REPORT   OE   THE    COMMISSIONER  OP  PATENTS. 

board,  the  specifications  and  drawings  of  all  patents  as  issued.  On 
account  of  time  being  required  for  seasoning,  the  copies  of  patents 
thus  mounted  were  not  available  for  two  or  three  weeks  after  the 
date  of  their  issue,  and  when  not  properly  seasoned  they  would  require 
excessive  space  for  storage.  It  cost  the  office  $4,800  per  year  for 
the  labor  and  materials  used  in  mounting  these  copies  of  patents. 
At  present  the  requirements  of  the  case  are  met  by  printing  two 
copies  of  the  specifications  and  drawings  on  heavy  paper,  at  a  cost 
of  $1,500  per  year.  This  practice  enables  the  copies  of  patents  to 
be  available  on  the  date  of  their  issue,  and  the  old  objection  of  bulki- 
ness  is  entirely  overcome. 

On  April  1,  last,  a  new  scale  of  prices  for  copies  of  the  drawings 
and  specifications  of  patents  became  effective,  the  former  class  and 
subclass  rates  of  2  and  3  cents,  respectively,  being  abolished 
and  a  uniform  price  of  5  cents  established,  this  being  the  price  at 
which  single  copies  have  been  sold  for  several  years.  The  former 
rates  of  2  and  3  cents  for  copies  of  patents  increased  the  work 
of  the  office,  and  entailed  considerable  correspondence  when  class 
and  subclass  orders  accumulated  so  that  they  could  not  be  promptly 
filled,  or  certain  patents  in  the  class  and  subclass  were  exhausted. 
It  is  estimated  that  the  average  cost  per  copy  of  printed  specifications 
and  drawings  of  patents  is  between  4  and  5  cents,  and  there  was 
no  reason  for  continuing  the  sale  of  such  copies  at  an  actual  loss. 
The  time  during  which  the  new  rate  has  been  effective  has  been  com- 
pared with  the  corresponding  period  of  last  year,  and  while  there  has 
been  a  decrease  of  10  per  cent  in  the  number  of  copies  ordered,  there 
has  been  an  increase  of  5  per  cent  in  the  revenues  therefrom. 
Comparatively,  this  would  mean  an  increase  of  revenue  of  the  office 
from  this  source  of  $15,000  per  year. 

TREATIES  AND  PROPOSED  CONVENTIONS  WITH  FOR- 
EIGN COUNTRIES. 

The  several  treaties  and  conventions  entered  into  and  also  those 
about  to  be  entered  into  with  several  nations  will  be  of  very  great 
value  to  manufacturers  and  inventors  of  this  country  who  have 
foreign  trade  relations. 

The  treaties  between  the  United  States  and  Japan  signed  at  Wash- 
ington May  19,  1908,  and  ratified  by  both  governments  and  now 
proclaimed  by  the  President  of  the  United  States,  is  of  especial 
moment,  in  that  it  protects  American  patents  and  trade-marks  in 
Japan,  Korea,  and  China. 

Respectfully  submitted. 

Edward  B.  Moore, 

Commissioner  of  Patents. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


STATEMENT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION. 


183 


STATEMENT  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

Bureau  of  Education, 

Washington,  September  14,  1908. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  following  statement  of  the 
operations  of  this  Office  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908: 

I.  EDITORIAL,  DIVISION  AND   DIVISION  OF  STATISTICS. 

The  action  of  the  Congress  at  its  recent  session  in  making  appro- 
priations for  the  publication  of  two  annual  reports  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Education  renders  it  possible  to  bring  these  reports  more 
nearly  up  to  date.  The  report  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1907,  was 
sent  to  the  Public  Printer  on  the  20th  of  April,  1908.  It  consists  of 
two  volumes  of  approximately  1,200  pages  in  all.  The  last  of  the 
galley  proofs  were  received  at  this  Office  on  the  12th  of  September,  and 
both  volumes  will  doubtless  be  ready  for  mailing  before  the  end  of 
October. 

The  statistical  matter  of  this  report  has  been  compressed  by  the 
omission  of  about  300  pages  of  detailed  information  respecting  indi- 
vidual institutions.  The  omitted  matter  relates  wholly  to  secondary 
schools.  It  is  fully  summarized  in  the  tables  which  are  presented. 
This  compression  has  made  it  possible  to  throw  all  of  the  statistical 
chapters  into  the  second  volume  of  the  report,  and  to  devote  the 
whole  of  the  first  volume  to  a  fairly  compact  survey  of  the  educa- 
tional movements  of  the  year  and  related  topics. 

The  utmost  effort  has  been  put  forth  since  the  close  of  the  scholastic 
year  of  1908  to  push  the  report  for  that  year  to  early  completion. 
The  distribution  of  matter  between  the  two  volumes  as  indicated 
above  facilitates  this  effort.  The  statistical  information,  voluntarily 
reported  from  educational  systems  and  institutions,  can  not,  under 
present  conditions,  be  assembled  and  tabulated  before  the  end  of  the 
calendar  year.  It  is  believed,  however,  that  it  will  now  be  possible  to 
prepare  the  statistical  volume  of  the  report  for  publication  by  that 
time;  that  is,  to  furnish  the  copy  to  the  Public  Printer  not  later  than 
the  first  week  in  January.  The  first  volume,  on  the  other  hand,  does 
not  depend  upon  the  cooperation  of  so  great  a  number  of  contribu- 
tors, and  can  be  made  ready  at  an  earlier  date.     It  will,  if  possible,  be 

185 


186  STATEMENT  OF  COMMISSIONER  OP  EDUCATION. 

completed  in  manuscript  by  the  first  week  in  October.  Allowing 
then  two  months  for  printing  and  binding  the  first  volume  and  three 
months  for  printing  and  binding  the  second,  the  first  volume  of  the 
1908  report  should  appear  in  December,  1908,  and  the  second  volume 
in  March,  1909.  Inasmuch  as  half  of  the  usefulness  of  these  volumes 
depends  upon  the  regularity  and  promptness  of  their  appearance, 
especial  attention  has  been  devoted  to  cutting  across  any  avoidable 
delays  in  their  publication.  This  has  been  in  accordance  with  your 
advice,  and  I  think  it  will  be  found  that  the  programme  indicated 
above  represents  the  utmost  which  can  now  be  done  in  this  direction. 
The  publication  of  the  Bulletin  of  this  Bureau  was  begun  in  1906. 
The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  the  numbers  already  issued  and  of 
those  now  in  press : 

1906. 

No.  1.  The  Education  Bill  of  1906  for  England  and  Wales,  as  it  passed  the  House  of 
Commons.     By  Anna  Tolman  Smith. 

No.  2.  German  views  of  American  education,  with  particular  reference  to  industrial 
development.     By  William  N.  Hailmann. 

No.  3.  State  school  systems:  Legislation  and  judicial  decisions  relating  to  public  edu- 
cation, October  1,  1904,  to  October  1,  1906.     By  Edward  C.  Elliott. 

1907. 

No.  1.  The  continuation  school  in  the  United  States.     By  Arthur  J.  Jones. 

No.  2.  Agricultural  education,  including  nature  study  and  school  gardens.     By  James 

Ralph  Jewell. 
No.  3.  The  auxiliary  schools  of  Germany.     Six  lectures  by  B.  Maennel,  rector  of  Mit- 

telschule  in  Halle.     Translated  by  Fletcher  Bascom  Dresslar. 
No.  4.  The  elimination  of  pupils  from  school.     By  Edward  L.  Thorndike. 

1908. 

No.  1.  On  the  training  of  persons  to  teach  agriculture  in  the  public  schools.     By 

Liberty  Hyde  Bailey. 
No.  2.  List  of  publications  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Education. 
No.  3.  Bibliography  of  education  for  1907.     By  James  Ingersoll  Wyer,  jr.,  and  Martha 

L.  Phelps. 
No.  4.  Music  education  in  the  United  States:  Schools  and  departments  of  music.     By 

Arthur  L.  Manchester. 
No.  5.  Education  in  Formosa.     By  Julean  H.  Arnold. 

Additional  numbers  are  in  course  of  preparation. 

The  Bulletin  has  been  received  with  unmistakable  favor,  and  it 
is  at  present  one  of  the  best  channels  through  which  the  Bureau  can 
render  its  proper  service  to  the  educational  interests  of  the  country. 
Much  larger  provision  should,  in  my  opinion,  be  made  for  conducting 
needed  inquiries  and  investigations,  the  results  of  which  may  be 
reported  through  this  publication. 

The  statistical  division,  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  work  of  the 
year,  as  indicated  above,  has  conducted  three  special  inquiries,  the 


STATEMENT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION.  187 

results  of  which  will  be  published  in  the  Bulletin.  These  relate  to 
schools  and  departments  of  music,  schools  and  departments  of  the 
manual  arts,  and  public,  society,  and  school  libraries. 

The  effort  to  render  the  statistical  inquiries  more  practical  and 
exact,  in  order  that  the  replies  to  such  inquiries  may  be  more  inform- 
ing, has  been  continued  with  the  special  assistance  of  Prof.  George 
D.  Strayer,  of  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University.  A  closer 
coordination  of  the  statistical  work  with  that  of  the  Bureau  of  the 
Census  has  been  sought,  and  particular  attention  has  been  given 
to  the  effort  to  secure  closer  cooperation  in  statistical  inquiries  with 
the  chief  school  officers  of  the  several  States  and  Territories.  With 
this  end  in  view,  among  others,  the  heads  of  the  several  State  and 
Territorial  education  offices  were  invited  to  meet  in  conference  with 
representatives  of  the  Bureau  of  Education  at  Washington  the  24th 
of  February  last.  As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn  this  is  the 
first  conference  of  the  kind  which  has  ever  been  held  in  this  country. 
It  was  attended  by  thirty-six  educational  officers,  representing  as 
many  States.  The  conference  appointed  a  committee  to  act  with 
the  Bureau  of  Education  in  proposing  a  better  basis  of  cooperation 
between  the  offices  concerned,  with  particular  reference  to  statistical 
inquiries  and  reports.  This  committee  consists  of  State  Superin- 
tendents H.  C.  Morrison,  of  New  Hampshire;  J.  D.  Eggleston,  of  Vir- 
ginia; Payson  Smith,  of  Maine;  M.  Bates  Stephens,  of  Maryland,  and 
J.  H.  Ackerman,  of  Oregon.  Improvements  of  a  substantial  charac- 
ter are  expected  to  follow  upon  the  activity  of  this  conference  and 
its  committee. 

At  the  same  time  an  effort  is  making  to  secure  a  more  effective 
cooperation  in  the  matter  of  reports  and  statistics  between  the 
Bureau  and  the  school  systems  of  our  larger  cities  and  towns.  A 
representative  of  the  statistical  division,  Mr.  Marion  Letcher,  has 
visited  the  larger  cities  of  the  East  on  special  detail  from  this  Office, 
with  a  view  particularly  to  studying  their  systems  of  records,  account- 
ing, and  reports.  Professor  Strayer  is  assisting  also  in  this  field 
The  object  in  view  is  to  secure  so  much  of  uniformity  in  the  statis- 
tical reports  of  the  several  cities  as  will  facilitate  the  making  of 
fair  comparisons,  with  reference  especially  to  those  things  in  which 
such  comparison  may  suggest  real  improvements  in  the  school 
administration. 

II.  LIBRARY  DIVISION. 

Under  the  direction  of  the  new  chief  of  the  library  division, 
Mr.  William  Dawson  Johnston,  the  library  of  the  Bureau  has  been 
thoroughly  overhauled  and  reorganized.  The  first  task  here  was  to 
strip  the  collection  down  to  its  most  effective  working  basis,  by  the 
removal  of  all  books  and  other  matter  no  longer  needed  or  suitable 


188  STATEMENT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION. 

for  the  purposes  of  such  a  special  library.  The  pieces  so  removed 
were  transferred  to  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  District  library, 
under  the  provisions  of  the  legislative,  executive,  and  judicial  appro- 
priations act  of  February  25,  1903.  The  following  statement  shows 
the  number  of  pieces  so  transferred: 

Bound  volumes 26,  851 

Pamphlets 15,  512 

Periodical  numbers 16,  241 

Total  number  of  pieces 58,  604 

This  constitutes,  as  I  am  informed,  one  of  the  largest  transfers  in 
the  history  of  American  libraries.  It  was  made  with  a  view  solely 
to  the  increase  of  the  working  value  of  the  library  of  the  Bureau, 
and  that  end  has  clearly  been  attained.  The  building  up  of  the  col- 
lection and  its  more  compact  organization  for  working  purposes  has 
followed  and  accompanied  this  reducing  process.  There  have  been 
sent  to  the  bindery  6,119  volumes,  mostly  of  educational  documents 
and  periodicals;  considerable  beginning  has  been  made  in  the  assim- 
ilation of  the  catalogue  with  that  of  the  Library  of  Congress;  3,796 
volumes  have  been  classified  and  catalogued;  and  the  effort  to  com- 
plete the  sets  of  periodicals,  official  documents,  and  proceedings  of 
educational  societies  has  been  carried  systematically  forward.  This 
work  has  been  accompanied  by  the  regular  bibliographical  service  of 
the  division,  166  bibliographies  and  numerous  bibliographical  memo- 
randa having  been  prepared  during  the  year. 

In  accordance  with  the  act  of  January  12,  1895,  publications  of 
the  Bureau  to  the  number  of  18,560  volumes  have  been  transferred 
to  the  office  of  the  superintendent  of  documents.  With  a  view  to 
future  needs  of  the  Office,  10  copies  of  each  of  its  publications,  so  far 
as  that  number  is  found  available,  have  been  boxed  and  placed  in 
fireproof  storage  as  a  reserve  stock. 

The  accessions  of  the  year,  by  gift,  by  exchange,  by  purchase,  and 
by  binding,  number  6,831  volumes  and  12,771  numbers  of  serial  and 
periodical  publications.  This  brings  the  present  numbers  in  the 
library  to  approximately  62,002  bound  volumes  and  84,588  pamphlets 
and  other  unbound  pieces,  a  total  of  146,590  pieces. 

It  is  clear  that  the  above  statement  represents  an  extraordinary 
year's  work,  accomplished  by  a  library  division  of  only  nine  mem- 
bers, with  such  help  as  could  be  given  from  time  to  time  by  details 
from  other  divisions  and  from  the  force  of  the  Department.  The 
devotion  and  fidelity  with  which  this  work  has  been  done  is  illus- 
trated by  the  fact  that  two  members  of  the  division  have  within  the 
year  declined  attractive  offers  of  positions  elsewhere,  at  a  considerable 
advance  in  salary,  in  order  that  they  might  continue  to  do  their  part 
in  this  reorganization  of  the  Bureau's  library.  The  fact  of  chief  sig- 
nificance is  that  the  reorganized  library  is  rendering  a  direct  service 


STATEMENT   OF   COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION.  189 

to  the  educational  libraries  of  the  whole  country.  A  single  phase  of 
this  service  may  be  mentioned  here,  namely,  the  preparation  for  the 
Library  of  Congress  of  catalogue  cards  for  new  educational  publica- 
tions, not  copyrighted.  These  cards  are  printed  by  the  Library  of 
Congress,  in  connection  with  its  regular  card-publication  service,  and 
so  become  available  for  the  use  of  all  other  educational  libraries. 

To  carry  forward  the  work  so  well  begun  and  make  it  more  directly 
serviceable  to  the  country  at  large,  there  is  needed  a  considerable 
addition  to  the  working  force  of  the  division  and  an  increased  appro- 
priation for  the  purchase  of  books,  as  indicated  in  my  estimates  for 
the  coming  year,  and  the  collection  should  be  removed  immediately 
to  larger  quarters  of  fireproof  construction. 

III.  DIVISION  OF  CORRESPONDENCE  AND  RECORDS. 

Steps  were  taken  during  the  year  toward  the  introduction  uf  the 
flat-filing  system  for  letters  and  other  manuscripts,  which  has  been 
fully  installed  since  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year. 

The  chief  increase  in  the  work  of  this  division  during  the  year  was 
in  the  number  of  publications  of  the  Bureau  sent  out  (115,134,  as 
against  95,321  the  preceding  year)  and  in  the  number  of  requests  for 
such  publications  and  acknowledgments  of  the  same  which  were 
received. 

IV.  REPORTS  REQUIRED  BY  STATUTE. 

Under  the  provisions  of  its  charter  the  National  Education  Asso- 
ciation of  the  United  States  is  required  to  report  annually  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Education. 

The  commissioner  of  education  of  Porto  Rico  is  required  by  law 
to  make  such  reports  through  the  governor  as  may  be  required  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Education  of  the  United  States. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  reports  of  the  following,  which  are 
rendered  according  to  law  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  have  been 
referred  by  the  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner  of  Education:  Reports 
of  colleges  of  agriculture  and  the  mechanic  arts  in  the  several  States 
and  Territories,  the  General  Education  Board,  and  the  United  States 
inspector  for  the  Indian  Territory,  and  those  portions  of  the  reports 
of  the  governors  of  the  several  Territories  which  related  to  education. 

These  reports  have  all  been  carefully  examined  in  this  Office,  and 
with  reference  to  several  of  them  such  statement  as  seemed  called  for 
has  been  made  in  turn  by  the  Commissioner  to  the  Secretary.  The 
following  items  should  be  particularly  noted  here: 

Agricultural  and  mechanical  colleges. — Hawaii  and  Porto  Rico  have 
been  added  to  the  list  of  States  and  Territories  entitled  to  share  in  the 
appropriations  made  by  acts  of  Congress  approved  August  30,  1S90, 
and  March  4,  1907,  for  the  more  complete  endowment  and  support 


190  STATEMENT   OF   COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION. 

of  colleges  for  the  benefit  of  agriculture  and  mechanic  arts,  and  each 
received  the  sum  of  $30,000  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908.  There 
are  now  50  States  and  Territories  entitled  to  receive  the  benefits  of 
the  above-mentioned  acts,  and  they  have  been  paid  the  sum  of  $35,000 
each,  or  the  total  sum  of  $1,750,000,  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1909. 
The  institutions  endowed  under  the  said  acts  have  a  property  valua- 
tion of  nearly  $100,000,000  and  had  an  enrollment  of  62,781  students 
in  1907.  They  are  in  a  flourishing  condition  and  are  making  effective 
use  of  the  funds  granted  to  them  by  the  Congress. 

General  Education  Board. — The  capital  account  of  the  General  Edu- 
cation Board  on  July  1,  1908,  amounted  to  $38,313,100.29,  anet  reduc- 
tion of  $4,186,860.69  during  the  year.  Gifts  were  made  during  the 
year  from  this  account  amounting  to  $4,404,159.92.  The  available 
income  account  amounted  to  $3,291,072.61.  Of  this  amount 
$643,526.19  was  appropriated  to  34  educational  institutions  and 
for  cooperative  farm  work  in  6  Southern  States.  Conditional 
pledges,  amounting  to  $2,227,171.03,  have  been  made  to  46  educa- 
tional institutions  and  for  agricultural  demonstration  work  in  the 
United  States.  These  pledges  are  payable  in  installments  covering 
from  two  to  five  years.  The  available  income  account  of  the  Anna 
T.  Jeanes  fund  for  negro  rural  schools  was  $15,447.51,  of  which  sum 
$13,643.79  was  expended  for  negro  rural  schools. 

V.   EDUCATION  IN  ALASKA  AND   REINDEER  FOR 

ALASKA. 

EDUCATION  IN  ALASKA, 
i 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  the  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion maintained  59  United  States  public  schools  for  natives  of  Alaska 
(of  which  10  were  established  during  the  fiscal  year),  with  an  enroll- 
ment of  3,067  and  an  average  attendance  of  1,204. 

In  the  summer  of  1907  the  erection  of  school  buildings  was  under- 
taken on  Diomede  Island,  in  Bering  Strait,  at  Kobuk  Village,  on 
Kobuk  River  about  300  miles  from  its  mouth,  at  Igloo  and  Sinuk,  on 
the  Seward  Peninsula,  at  Stevens  Camp,  Rampart,  and  Kokrines,  on 
the  Yukon  River,  at  Nenana,  on  the  Tanana  River,  and  at  Seldovia 
and  Kenai,  on  Cook  Inlet,  making  a  total  of  10  new  school  buildings. 
The  coming  of  winter  put  a  stop  to  building  operations. 

During  the  present  summer  school  buildings  are  in  process  of  con- 
struction at  Noatak  and  Selawik,  in  northern  Alaska;  at  Mountain 
Village,  Pilot  Station,  Russian  Mission,  Hamilton,  Nulato,  Koyukuk, 
and  Louden,  on  the  Yukon  River;  at  Uiamna,  Susitna,  and  Kaguyak, 
in  western  Alaska,  and  at  Petersburg,  in  southeastern  Alaska,  a  total 
of  13  buildings.  At  Tyonic,  in  western  Alaska,  and  at  Douglas,  in 
southeastern  Alaska,  buildings  have  been  reconstructed  for  school 
purposes.     At  Point  Ellis  and  Sitkoh  Bay,  in  southeastern  Alaska, 


STATEMENT   OF   COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION.  191 

portable  buildings  were  erected  for  the  accommodation  of  summer 
schools  at  those  places.  Thus  27  additional  buildings  for  school  pur- 
poses have  been  provided  during  the  two  seasons  1907  and  1908,  of 
which  23  are  new  and  permanent  buildings.  Of  these  23  buildings, 
2  were  constructed  from  the  appropriation  "  Education  of  natives  of 
Alaska,  1907;"  8  were  constructed  entirely  from  the  appropriation 
for  additional  schools  in  Alaska,  "  Education  of  natives  of  Alaska, 
1907-8;"  12  were  constructed  in  part  from  that  appropriation  and 
are  to  be  completed  from  the  appropriation  "  Education  of  natives 
of  Alaska,  1909."  It  has  been  found  necessary  to  divide  the  cost  of 
these  12  buildings  between  the  two  funds  mentioned  because  of  the 
impossibility  of  completing  buildings  begun  in  the  spring  of  1908  and 
not  built  under  contract  before  the  close  of  the  then  current  fiscal 
year.  The  1  remaining  building  is  constructed  entirely  from  the 
appropriation  "  Education  of  natives  of  Alaska,  1909." 

To  compress  the  work  indicated  above  into  the  short  time  in  which 
it  has  been  accomplished  has  called  for  the  utmost  exertion  on  the 
part  of  the  comparatively  small  supervisory  and  clerical  force  of  the 
Alaska  division,  both  in  the  field  and  in  Washington.  Strong  com- 
mendation is  due  them  for  devoted  service  beyond  what  is  compen- 
sated by  salaries  paid. 

During  the  past  summer  Dr.  Harlan  UpdegrafT,  the  chief  of  the 
Alaska  division  of  this  Office,  has  spent  several  months  in  southern 
Alaska,  making  a  thorough  study  of  the  educational  service  among 
the  natives  of  that  region.  His  attention  has  been  directed  particu- 
larly to  the  strengthening  of  the  system  of  supervision  in  the  field, 
and  to  the  newer  industrial  and  sanitary  features  of  the  work.  Doctor 
UpdegrafT  has  not  yet  returned  to  Washington. 

Steps  have  been  taken  to  meet  the  pressing  need  of  the  natives  of 
Alaska  for  medical  aid.  With  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior  a  contract  was  entered  into  with  the  Holy  Cross  Hospital 
and  with  Dr.  J.  H.  Mustard,  of  Nome,  Alaska,  for  hospital  care  and 
medical  treatment  of  destitute  natives  of  Nome  and  its  vicinity.  A 
contract  has  also  been  entered  into  with  Dr.  H.  II .  Marsh,  for  the  fur- 
nishing of  medical  treatment  to  destitute  natives  of  Barrow  and  its 
vicinity,  for  the  maintaining  of  sanitary  conditions  among  the  natives 
of  Barrow,  and  for  the  making  of  a  tour  of  the  villages  along  the  coast 
of  the  Arctic  Ocean  as  far  as  Icy  Cape  twice  during  the  current  year, 
with  a  view  to  furnishing  medical  and  surgical  relief  and  securing 
sanitary  conditions.  A  third  contract  has  been  made  with  Dr.  J.  H. 
Romig,  of  Nushagak,  in  western  Alaska,  for  furnishing  hospital  care 
and  medical  relief  to  the  natives  of  Nushagak  and  its  vicinity  and 
for  the  making  of  a  tour  for  medical  and  sanitary  purposes  north- 
ward along  the  coast  of  Bristol  Bay  as  far  as  Togiak  and  southward 
as  far  as  Ugashik. 


192  STATEMENT    OF   COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION. 

Dr.  A.  C.  Muller  has  been  appointed  physician  in  the  Alaska 
school  service,  with  headquarters  at  Susitna,  and  assigned  to  the 
duty  of  extending  medical  aid  and  securing  sanitary  conditions 
among  the  natives  of  the  Susitna  Valley  and  of  the  Cook  Inlet  region. 
E.  O.  Campbell,  E.  A.  Norton,  and  II.  O.  Schaleben,  the  teachers  of 
the  schools  on  St.  Lawrence  Island,  at  Nulato,  and  Iliamna,  respec- 
tively, are  physicians,  and  the  treatment  of  the  natives  in  their 
respective  villages  is  included  in  their  duties.  In  addition  to  the 
above,  the  teachers  of  Barrow,  Wainwright,  Icy  Cape,  Point  Hope, 
Kivalina,  Selawik,  Noatak,  Kotzebue,  Deering,  Shishmaref,  Wales, 
Diomede,  Teller,  Igloo,  Sinuk,  St.  Michael,  Golofnin,  and  Unalakleet, 
in  northern  Alaska,  and  at  Mountain  Village,  Pilot  Station,  Russian 
Mission,  Anvik,  Hamilton,  Koyukuk,  Louden,  Stevens  Camp,  and 
Eagle,  on  the  Yukon  River,  have  been  furnished  with  medical  sup- 
plies to  enable  them  to  give  nonprofessional  aid  to  the  natives. 

It  is  proposed  to  contract  with  physicians  at  Haines  and  Sitka  for 
the  furnishing  of  hospital  care  and  medical  relief  to  the  natives  in 
the  vicinity  of  those  places.  It  is  further  proposed  to  employ  two 
physicians  to  furnish  medical  relief  and  enforce  sanitary  measures 
throughout  southeastern  Alaska,  one  with  headquarters  at  Juneau 
and  the  other  with  headquarters  at  Wrangell.  During  the  present 
summer  temporary  schools  have  been  conducted  in  the  native 
camps  at  Point  Ellis  and  at  Sitkoh  Bay  with  excellent  results. 

With  the  cooperation  of  Mr.  C.  C.  Georgeson,  special  agent  in 
charge  of  Alaska  experiment  stations,  systematic  instruction  in  ele- 
mentary agriculture  has  been  introduced  as  part  of  the  curriculum 
of  each  school,  where  climatic  conditions  render  such  instruction 
possible,  special  effort  being  made  to  interest  the  entire  native  com- 
munity. 

In  educational  work  for  the  natives  throughout  Alaska,  efforts  are 
making  to  shift  the  center  of  gravity  from  routine  work  by  the  chil- 
dren in  the  school  room  to  the  general  improvement  of  the  industrial, 
sanitary,  and  moral  condition  of  the  native  communities,  by  a  sys- 
tem of  practical  education  for  both  children  and  adults. 

The  protection  of  the  Alaskan  natives  from  disease  and  the  educa- 
tion of  their  children  are  matters  of  vital  importance  to  the  race. 
In  order  to  accomplish  the  best  results,  legislation  is  desired  to 
enable  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  through  a  corps  of  physicians 
and  the  public  school  teachers,  to  enforce  in  the  native  villages  a 
simple  code  of  sanitary  regulations,  with  a  legal  penalty  for  its  non- 
observance. 

Experience  has  shown  that  in  irany  sections  of  Alaska  regularity 
of  attendance  in  the  public  schools  for  natives  can  not  be  maintained 
without  a  legal  penalty  for  truancy.  The  passage  of  a  bill  requiring 
the  attendance  of  all  children  of  school  age,  unless  mentally  or  phys- 


STATEMENT    OF   COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION.  193 

ically  disqualified,  is  desirable.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  bill  should  be  made  a  misdemeanor  upon  the  part  of 
the  parent  or  guardian  of  the  delinquent  child,  punishable  in  the 
courts.  In  some  villages  it  would  be  impracticable  to  enforce  this 
law,  because  there  is  no  United  States  commissioner  nor  United 
States  marshal  within  a  reasonable  distance;  in  other  villages  no 
difficulty  has  arisen  from  this  source.  Accordingly,  this  bill  should 
authorize  the  Commissioner  of  Education  temporarily  to  suspend 
the  operation  of  such  a  compulsory  law  for  any  specified  village 
or  district  in  Alaska.  A  bill  containing  the  provisions  outlined 
above  was  introduced  into  the  last  Congress  and  favorably  reported 
in  the  House  of  Representatives. 

The  following  is   a  summary  of  expenditures  from  the  several 
funds  for  education  of  natives  of  Alaska: 

Expenditure  of  appropriation  for  education  of  natives  of  Alaska,  1908. 

Amount  appropriated $100,  000.  00 

Salaries  of  officials  and  clerks $10, 100.  00 

Salaries  of  three  local  superintendents 4, 412.  50 

Salary  of  special  inspector,  two  months 200.  00 

Salaries  of  teachers 45,  587.  50 

Supplies  and  equipment,  including  furniture  for  teachers' 

quarters 7, 132.  86 

Traveling    expenses    of    teachers,     superintendents,     and 

officials 8,  300.  00 

Fuel  and  light 7,  000.  00 

Freight  on  equipment  and  supplies 1,  700.  00 

Repairs  to  buildings  and  grounds 4,  200.  00 

Erection  of  new  buildings 6,  302.  74 

Relief  of  destitute  natives,  food,  clothing,  medical  attention, 

etc 2,  000.  00 

Printing  blanks,  stationery,  etc 397. 14 

Reserved  for  contingencies 2,  667.  26 

Total 100,  000.  00 

Expenditure  of  appropriation  for  education  of  natives  of  Alaska,  1907-8  (for  additional 

schools). 

Amount  appropriated $100,  000.  00 

Architects'  plans  and  blueprints $418.  20 

Salaries  of  two  supervisors  of  construction 1,  362.  50 

Erection  of  buildings,  including  freight  on  materials 58,  021.  20 

Supplies  and  equipment,  including  furniture  for  teachers' 

quarters 9,  990.  00 

Freight  on  equipment  and  supplies 3,  000.  00 

Salaries  of  teachers 8,  837.  50 

Traveling  expenses  of  teachers 2,  000.  00 

Fuel  and  light 3,  500.  00 

Reserved  for  contingencies 12,  870.  60 

Total 100,  000.  00 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 13 


194  STATEMENT    OF   COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION. 

Proposed  expenditure  of  the  appropriation,  education  of  natives  of  Alaska,  1909. 

Appropriation $200,  000. 00 

Salaries  of  officials  and  clerks $7,  900.  00 

Superintendent  northern  district 2, 100.  00 

Two  assistant  superintendents,  northern  district;  at  $1 ,500  each     3,  000.  00 

Superintendent  southwestern  district 1,  700.  00 

Superintendent  southeastern  district 2,  000.  00 

Salaries  of  teachers 68,  000.  00 

Traveling    expenses    of    inspectors,     superintendents,     and 

teachers 15,  000.  00 

Text-books,  stationery,  apparatus,  furniture,  and  industrial 

supplies 20,  000.  00 

Fuel  and  light 12,  000.  00 

Freight  on  supplies '. 5,  000.  00 

Repairs  and  rent 5,  000.  00 

Erection  of  school  buildings 35,  000.  00 

Erection  and  equipment  of  workshops  and  sawmills 5,  000.  00 

Relief  of  destitution 5,  000.  00 

Sanitation  and  medical  relief 10,  000.  00 

Reserved  for  contingencies 3,  300.  00 

Total 200,  000.  00 

THE  ALASKA  REINDEER  SERVICE. 

Prior  to  June  30,  1907,  reindeer  stations  had  been  established,  as 
previously  reported,  at  15  points.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June 
30,  1908,  9  additional  reindeer  stations  were  established,  as  follows: 
At  Wainwright,  Icy  Cape,  Kobuk,  Council,  Igloo,  Sinuk,  Golsovia, 
Shaktolik,  and  Egavik. 

Keports  have  as  }^et  been  received  from  only  6  of  the  24  herds  in 
Alaska,  hence  it  is  not  now  possible  to  give  reliable  statistics  regard- 
ing the  number  and  distribution  of  reindeer  at  the  various  stations. 
The  total  number  of  domestic  reindeer  in  Alaska,  June  30,  1907,  was 
15,839.  If  the  same  rate  of  increase  has  •  prevailed  as  in  previous 
years,  the  total  should  now  be  about  20,000. 

The  contracts  and  blanks  for  records  and  reports  adopted  during 
the  previous  year  are  proving  extremely  useful,  and  the  reindeer 
industry  is  making  healthy  progress  under  the  immediate  supervision 
of  Mr.  W.  T.  Lopp,  district  superintendent  of  schools  in  the  northern 
district  of  Alaska,  and  his  assistants. 

One  new  mission  herd  has  been  established  during  the  past  year, 
that  at  Sinuk,  near  Nome,  under  the  control  of  the  Woman's  Home 
Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

The  establishment  of  new  centers  of  this  industry,  instead  of  indi- 
cating that  the  Government  is  going  moro  largely  into  the  reindeer 
business,  provides  for  the  more  rapid  distribution  of  the  reindeer 
among  the  Alaskan  natives,  as  contemplated  in  the  recent  appro- 
priations of  the  Congress  for  this  object.     It  will  now  be  possible,  in 


STATEMENT    OF   COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION.  195 

my  judgment,  to  reduce  from  year  to  year  the  appropriations  of  the 
Congress  for  the  reindeer  enterprise,  and  to  reduce  the  holdings  of 
reindeer  by  the  National  Government  through  a  distribution  of  the 
reindeer  to  natives,  directly  from  the  Government  herds  and  indi- 
rectly through  the  mission  herds,  and  that  without  the  waste  which 
would  be  involved  in  turning  any  of  the  reindeer  over  to  natives  who 
are  not  trained  to  care  for  them  intelligently. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  expenditures  in  the  reindeer 
industry: 

Expenditures  of  appropriation,  reindeer  for  Alaska,  1908. 

Amount  appropriated $9,  000. 00 

Salaries  of  chief  herders $1,  200. 00 

Supplies  for  apprentices 5, 412. 09 

Freight  on  supplies 1,  375. 00 

Three  cabins  for  herders 300. 00 

Establishing  new  herds 500. 00 

Printing  blanks  for  records 192. 28                   • 

Reserved  for  contingencies 20.  63 

Total 9,  000. 00 

Proposed  expenditure  of  appropriation,  reindeer  for  Alaska,  1909. 

Appropriation $15,  000. 00 

For  salaries  of  chief  herders $2,  000. 00 

Support  of  apprentices 8,  000. 00 

Establishment  of  new  herds 2,  000. 00 

Freight  on  supplies 1,  500. 00 

Reserved  for  contingencies 1,  500. 00 

Total 15, 000. 00 

VI.   RECOMMENDATIONS. 

I  beg  to  call  your  attention  in  particular  to  the  estimates  which  I 
have  submitted  for  the  fiscal  year  of  1910. 

Exclusive  of  provision  for  the  education  of  natives  in  Alaska,  the 
appropriations  for  the  Bureau  of  Education  are  less  in  amount  for 
this  current  year  than  they  were  ten  years  ago.  The  four  important 
appropriations  for  library,  distributing  documents,  collecting  statistics, 
and  rent  are  all  of  them  less  in  amount  than  they  were  in  1881  and 
1882.  Aside  from  the  Alaska  school  service,  the  net  increase  in  the 
staff  of  the  office,  counting  employees  of  every  grade,  within  the  past 
ten  years,  has  been  two  copyists  at  a  salary  of  $900  each  per  year. 
The  addition  of  these  two  employees,  together  with  the  moderate 
increase  in  salaries  made  in  recent  appropriation  acts,  has  increased 
the  aggregate  of  the  salaries  in  the  Bureau,  all  told,  in  this  ten-year 
period,  by  only  8.6  per  cent. 


196 


STATEMENT    OF    COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION. 


The  appropriations  for  the  past  ten  years  are  shown  in  the  follow- 
ing table: 

Appropriations  for  Bureau  of  Education. 


Year. 

Salaries 

Library. 

Dis- 
tributing 
docu- 
ments. 

Collect- 
ing sta- 
tistics. 

Rent. 

Printing 
of  an- 
nual re- 
ports.a 

Total. 

1900 

$52,020 
53,620 
54, 120 
54,740 
52,940 
52,940 
53, 140 
54, 940 
55,500 
56,500 

$250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
250 
500 

$2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 

$2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
2,500 
4,000 
4,000 

$4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 
4,000 

$32,922 
33, 444 
34, 466 
31,280 
31,800 
32,740 
34,000 
20,000 
40,000 
20,000 

$94, 192 
96,314 
97,836 
95, 270 
93,990 
94,930 
96,390 
84, 190 

1901 

1902 

1903 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

106, 250 
87,500 

1909 

a  From  1900  to  and  including  1906  the  sums  given  represent  the  actual  cost  of  the  Bureau's  quota  of  the 
annual  reports,  which  was  paid  from  the  appropriation  for  printing  and  binding  for  Congress.  Since 
1906  Congress  has  limited  to  $20,000  the  amount  that  may  be  expended  in  the  publication  of  each  annual 
report.  In  1908  provision  was  made  for  the  publication  of  two  reports,  in  order  to  bring  such  publica- 
tion down  to  date. 
• 

In  the  meantime  the  reasonable  demands  upon  the  Bureau,  within 
the  scope  of  its  statutory  functions,  have  increased  with  the  great 
expansion  of  educational  activity  in  all  of  our  States  and  Territories. 
The  utmost  effort  has  been  put  forth  to  meet  these  demands  with  the 
limited  means  provided.  In  cooperation  with  the  Secretary's  office, 
such  rearrangement  and  reorganization  has  been  made  in  the  per- 
sonnel of  the  Bureau  as  seemed  best  calculated  to  economize  the 
working  power  of  all,  and  labor-saving  methods  and  appliances  have 
been  installed.  The  general  funds  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior 
have  been  freely  allotted  to  this  office  to  meet  such  expenses  as  could 
lawfully  be  defrayed  from  those  funds,  and  details  of  clerks  from  the 
Department  have  helped  over  times  of  unusual  stress  in  the  work  of 
the  office.  I  beg  to  express  my  appreciation  of  the  assistance  which 
has  been  extended  in  these  and  many  other  ways  from  the  office  of 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

But  the  need  of  largely  increased  appropriations  is  more  obvious 
and  urgent  than  ever.  The  various  items  of  increase  asked  for  in  the 
estimates  which  are  submitted  with  this  statement  fall  under  the  fol- 
lowing heads : 

1 .  An  increase  in  the  salaries  of  members  of  the  office  staff. 

2.  Provision  for  more  commodious  and  fireproof  housing  of  the 
Bureau,  with  its  valuable  collections  and  records. 

3.  The  addition  of  several  competent  experts  in  different  depart- 
ments of  American  education,  with  a  sufficient  force  of  clerical 
assistants. 


STATEMENT   OF  COMMISSIONER   OF   EDUCATION.  197 

4.  Provision  for  the  conduct  of  special  educational  investigations 
and  inquiries. 

5.  An  increase  in  the  appropriation  for  the  library  of  the  Bureau. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  is  need  of  an  increase  in  the  appro- 
priation for  education  in  Alaska,  with  a  view  to  extending  the  system 
of  sanitary  and  industrial  education  among  the  Alaskan  natives. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

Elmer  Ellsworth  Brown, 

Commissioner. 
The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


TWENTY-NINTH  ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  DIRECTOR 
OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


199 


TWENTY-NINTH  ANNUAL  REPORT  OP  THE  DIRECTOR  OF  THE 
UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


George  Otis  Smith,  Director. 


The  appropriations  for  the  work  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  for  the  fiscal  year  1907-8  comprised  items  amounting  to 
$1,661,420.  The  plan  of  operations  was  approved  by  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior  and  a  detailed  statement  of  the  work  of  the  various 
branches  and  divisions  of  the  Survey  is  presented  on  later  pages  of 
this  report. 

SPECIAL  FEATURES  OF  THE  WORK. 

LAND  CLASSIFICATION. 

In  the  last  few  years  the  Geological  Survey  has  broadened  the  scope 
of  its  work  in  the  classification  of  the  mineral  lands  of  the  public 
domain.  At  the  time  of  the  organization  of  the  Survey  the  classifi- 
cation intended  by  Congress  was  believed  to  be  general  in  character 
and  such  as  could  be  expressed  on  maps  issued  for  the  general  infor- 
mation of  the  people.  The  present  interpretation  of  the  law  is  that 
the  classification  should  be  more  definite,  and  therefore,  during  the 
last  year,  the  Survey  has  continued  its  special  field  surveys  of  the 
coal  lands  belonging  to  the  Government.  The  geologic,  topographic, 
and  technologic  branches  of  the  Survey  and  the  General  Land  Office 
have  cooperated  in  these  surveys,  which  have  provided  for  the  classi- 
fication and  valuation  of  the  coal  lands  and  for  their  prompt  segre- 
gation from  the  noncoal  lands.  A  total  of  22,700  square  miles  of 
coal  fields  was  thus  classified,  and  the  valuation  of  the  coal  lands, 
based  not  only  on  the  geologic  field  examination  but  on  chemical 
and  physical  tests  of  coal  collected  from  these  lands,  was  reported  to 
the  General  Land  Office. 

Increased  demands  have  also  been  made  on  the  mining  geologists 
of  the  Survey  for  assistance  in  determining  the  mineral  or  nonmineral 
character  of  land  for  which  title  from  the  Government  is  sought.  In 
all  this  work  the  sole  purpose  of  the  Geological  Survey  is  to  deter 

201 


202  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

mine  the  truth  of  the  issue  from  the  viewpoint  of  an  independent 
and  impartial  mining  engineer,  and  thus  to  protect  the  interests  of 
the  people. 

MINING  GEOLOGY. 

The  development  of  mining  geology,  or  the  application  of  the 
science  of  geology  to  mining  operations,  has  been  to  a  large  extent  the 
result  of  the  activity  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  and  the 
practical  value  of  the  Survey's  contributions  in  this  field  has  won  for 
it  world-wide  recognition.  The  actual  results  have  demonstrated 
to  the  mining  industry  its  dependence  upon  geologic  investigations. 
This  record  warrants  the  hope  for  further  development  in  mining 
geology. 

Incidental  to  the  surveys,  for  the  classification  of  coal  lands  impor- 
tant results  have  been  secured  concerning  the  stratigraphic  and  struc- 
tural relations  of  the  coal  fields  of  the  West,  and  the  knowledge  of  the 
occurrence  and  distribution  of  this  most  valuable  mineral  has  been 
greatly  increased.  Similar  systematic  investigations  of  the  oil  fields 
of  the  country  would  yield  results  hardly  less  valuable ;  but  even  the 
increased  attention  paid  to  this  subject  during  the  last  few  years, 
resulting  this  year  in  the  publication  of  nine  reports  relating  to  the 
geology  of  oil,  has  been  insufficient  to  keep  abreast  of  the  development 
in  this  single  branch  of  the  mineral  industry. 

The  goal  to  be  sought  in  mining  geology  is  the  extension  of  sys- 
tematic field  surveys  of  all  mineral  deposits,  so  that  geologic  explora- 
tion may  keep  in  advance  of  economic  development.  The  prosecution 
of  detailed  areal  mapping  in  all  regions  where  active  development 
of  mineral  deposits  is  in  progress  would  result  in  making  pros- 
pecting less  expensive  and  more  efficient  and  in  winning  a  much 
larger  proportion  of  the  ore  deposits  wherever  the  areal  and  struc- 
tural relations  thus  became  known,  and  would  therefore  effect  a 
double  economv. 

MINING  TECHNOLOGY. 

In  January,  at  the  suggestion  of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Mines 
and  Mining  and  at  the  request  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  the 
Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  submitted  a  statement  relative  to 
the  proposed  establishment  of  another  bureau  in  recognition  of  the 
mining  industry.  The  part  played  by  the  Survey  in  the  development 
of  that  industry  in  the  last  three  decades  was  reviewed,  and  the  effort 
was  made  to  suggest  legislation  that  would  provide  adequately  for  an 
increase  in  the  mining  work  of  the  Federal  Government  without 
duplicating  work  already  authorized.  The  opinion  Avas  expressed 
I  hat  the  only  true  line  of  cleavage  for  separating  the  investigations 
concerned  with  the  mining  industry  lies  between  the  pure  technology 
of  the   industry  and   those  studies  which   relate  to  the  distribution, 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  203 

occurrence,  origin,  and  production  of  mineral  deposits.  Such  studies 
have  formed  an  increasingly  important  part  of  the  Geological  Sur- 
vey's work  since  its  organization,  so  that  the  whole  question  resolves 
itself  into  the  matter  of  making  adequate  provision  for  the  other 
investigations  now  being  conducted  by  the  technologic  branch  of  the 
Survey.  The  value  of  these  investigations  has  been  proved  and 
their  scope  may  well  be  expanded  along  technologic  lines  without 
duplicating  or  overlapping  the  work  of  other  branches  of  the  Survey. 
On  the  basis  of  the  historical  development  and  present  status  of 
federal  work  in  aid  of  the  mining  industry  of  the  United  States  it 
was  recommended  that  the  function  of  any  organization  independent 
of  the  Survey  should  be  limited  to  strictly  technologic  work,  if  dupli- 
cation of  work  and  rivalry  are  to  be  avoided.  To  that  end  it  is 
important  that  the  name  of  such  an  organization  should  indicate 
its  particular  function  and  nothing  more.  The  word  "  mining  "  by 
itself  is  inappropriate  for  a  bureau  that  would  conduct  only  a  part 
of  those  investigations  which  relate  to  mines  and  mining,  and  it  was 
recommended  that  legislation  establishing  a  new  bureau  should  pro- 
vide not  for  a  "  bureau  of  mining,"  but  for  a  "  bureau  of  mining 
technology."  Such  a  bureau  would  supplement,  along  purely  tech- 
nologic lines,  the  geologic  work  of  the  Survey,  and  the  two  bureaus 
could  cooperate  in  investigations  carried  on  in  behalf  of  the  mining 
industry. 

ALASKAN  SURVEYS. 

The  progress  of  surveys  in  Alaska  is  shown  in  a  table  on  page  41, 
which  clearly  sets  forth  the  need  for  the  rapid  extension  of  both 
geologic  and  topographic  mapping  in  the  Territory.  As  the  geologic 
mapping  must  form  the  basis  for  any  fundamental  study  of  the  laws 
of  occurrence  and  distribution  of  the  mineral  resources,  it  is  evident 
that,  with  less  than  a  fifth  of  the  Territory  mapped,  no  comprehensive 
treatment  of  the  subject  of  its  mineral  wealth  can  yet  be  attempted. 
Geologic  mapping  necessitates  the  preparation  of  base  maps,  which 
in  themselves  are,  indeed,  among  the  most  valuable  results  for  the 
purposes  of  the  prospector  and  the  mine  operator. 

In  addition  to  the  demand  for  the  completion  of  the  topographic 
and  geologic  reconnaissance  surveys,  whose  cost  can  be  roughly  esti- 
mated at  $3  a  square  mile,  there  is  urgent  need  for  detailed  mapping 
of  the  important  mining  districts.  Such  detailed  work  costs  about 
ten  times  as  much  as  the  reconnaissance  work  and  need  be  undertaken 
only  in  regions  that  give  promise  of  becoming  important  producers 
of  mineral  wealth.  As  soon  as  a  district  is  established  as  a  producer 
it  is  economical  to  cover  it  by  detailed  topographic  and  geologic  sur- 
veys at  once,  as  the  maps  and  reports  thus  become  available  when  they 
are  most  needed  by  the  mine  operators. 


204  TWENTY-NINTH   KEPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

The  study  of  the  water  resources  of  Alaska,  so  far  as  they  bear  on 
the  problem  of  placer  mining,  is  well  advanced,  for,  though  only  a 
comparatively  small  area  has  actually  been  surveyed  hydrographic- 
ally,  the  preliminary  work  in  one  of  the  most  important  placer  dis- 
tricts is  nearing  completion  and  similar  work  in  another  has  been 
well  started. 

MINERAL  STATISTICS. 

From  the  returns  already  received,  it  is  known  that  the  value  of  the 
mineral  products  of  the  United  States  in  the  calendar  year  1907 
exceeded  a  total  of  $2,000,000,000,  and  that,  notwithstanding  the 
financial  depression  which  occurred  in  the  latter  part  of  the  year, 
1907  will  be  recorded  as  one  of  the  most  prosperous  years,  if  not  the 
most  prosperous,  in  the  history  of  the  mining  industry.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  the  value  of  the  mineral  products  in  1907  was 
approximately  six  times  that  of  1880,  nearly  four  times  that  of  1887, 
and  over  three  times  that  of  1897,  only  ten  years  before.  An  indica- 
tion of  the  wonderful  growth  of  the  mineral  industry,  as  recorded  by 
the  Survey's  division  of  mineral  resources,  is  afforded  by  the  fact  that 
the  value  of  the  coal  product  of  1907  was  almost  equal  to  the  value  of 
the  entire  mineral  production  of  the  United  States  ten  years  before. 
The  work  of  keeping  in  touch  with  the  new  development  that  has 
caused  this  immense  growth,  and  of  procuring  returns  from  the 
thousands  of  new  operations,  has  greatly  increased  the  work  of  this 
division  of  the  Survey. 

The  endeavor  to  expedite  the  compilation  and  publication  of  the 
mineral  statistics  for  1907  has  resulted  in  the  issue  of  five  chapters 
and  the  transmission  of  twelve  others  to  the  printer  during  the  first 
half  of  the  calendar  year  1908,  as  contrasted  with  one  issued  and  five 
others  transmitted  in  the  corresponding  period  last  year. 

The  plan  of  cooperation  between  the  divisions  of  geology  and  min- 
eral resources,  which  is  referred  to  in  the  last  report,  has  continued 
with  even  more  satisfactory  results  than  were  obtained  during  the 
two  preceding  years.  This  plan  was  adopted  in  the  preparation  of 
the  volume  on  mineral  resources  for  1905,  and  as  each  geologist  has 
become  more  acquainted  with  the  statistical  work  and  with  the  fact 
that  the  study  of  economic  development  is  of  coordinate  importance 
with  that  of  geologic  conditions,  he  has  entered  with  more  enthusiasm 
into  this  work;  and  the  chapters  so  far  presented  for  publication  bear 
effective  testimony  to  the  value  of  such  cooperation.  This  method  of 
intrusting  the,  supervision  of  the  statistical  work  to  expert  economic 
geologists  was  originated  by  Director  King,  and  the  return  to  the 
original  plan  is  believed  to  have  been  fully  warranted. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  205 

NATIONAL  CONSERVATION. 

The  congressional  enactment  establishing  the  Geological  Survey 
was  inspired  by  an  appreciation  of  the  importance  to  the  nation  of 
its  mineral  resources.  Since  then  the  Survey's  investigations  have  not 
only  contributed  largely  to  the  development  of  the  mining  industry, 
especially  in  the  public-land  States,  but  have  furnished  quantitative 
data  that  are  available  at  this  time  of  popular  awakening  to  the  needs 
of  national  conservation. 

The  last  year  has  been  one  of  those  periods  through  which  any  sci- 
entific work  occasionally  passes,  in  which  the  specific  value  and 
definite  usefulness  of  results  accomplished  have  been  brought  prom- 
inently into  public  notice.  The  people  in  general  have  learned  to 
appreciate  certain  applications  of  the  Survey's  investigations,  which 
heretofore  have  in  large  part  appealed  only  to  persons  who  had  be- 
come familiar  with  its  work  by  reason  of  their  professions  or  special 
interests. 

COAL  RESOURCES. 

The  Survey's  most  notable  contribution  to  the  subject  of  national 
conservation  during  the  year  was  the  publication,  on  the  eve  of  the 
governors'  conference  at  the  White  House,  of  a  map  of  the  coal  fields 
of  the  United  States.  This  map  presented  both  graphically  and  sta- 
tistically the  extent  of  the  nation's  coal  reserves.  Up  to  that  time  it 
had  not  been  possible  to  prepare  so  accurate  a  map  on  account  of  lack 
of  data  regarding  the  shape  and  extent  of  many  of  the  western  coal 
fields  and  the  quality  of  their  coal,  but  during  the  last  few  years  a 
large  amount  of  such  information  has  been  obtained  in  connection 
with  the  classification  and  valuation  of  coal  lands  in  the  public-land 
States  of  the  West.  In  carrying  on  this  work  the  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey  has  mapped  most  of  the  important  coal  fields  and  has 
tested  many  of  the  coals,  so  that  the  information  at  hand  was  believed 
to  be  sufficiently  complete  and  accurate  to  warrant  its  publication. 

The  table  printed  with  this  map  shows  the  size,  in  square  miles,  of 
the  coal  areas  represented  on  the  map ;  the  kind  of  coal ;  the  produc- 
tion in  1906;  the  total  production  to  January  1,  1908,  including  an 
estimate  of  production  for  1907,  to  which  is  added  50  per  cent  for 
waste  in  mining;  the  estimated  original  tonnage;  and  the  estimated 
amount  remaining  in  the  ground.  The  figures  given  show  that  the 
area  of  the  more  accessible  coal  fields  of  the  United  States  is  about 
327,000  square  miles  and  that  they  carry  an  estimated  content  avail- 
able for  future  use  of  nearly  2,000  billion  tons.  This  exhibit  of  the 
extent  of  the  nation's  supply  of  its  most  important  fuel  was  timely  in 
connection  with  the  addresses  of  the  President  and  other  speakers  at 
the  conference. 


206  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

The  importance  of  collecting  similar  data  for  other  minerals  is 
realized,  and  a  beginning  has  been  made  in  the  preparation  of  quan- 
titative estimates  of  the  nation's  reserves  of  the  other  mineral  fuels 
and  the  principal  metals.  These  inventories  are  especially  opportune 
at  this  time  of  unprecedented  development  of  the  mineral  industry. 

WATER    RESOURCES. 

Need  of  investigation. — The  public  interest  in  the  importance  of 
conserving  the  natural  resources  of  the  nation,  aroused  by  the  ap- 
pointment of  the  Inland  Waterways  Commission,  and  more  especially 
by  the  governors'  conference,  has  emphasized  the  value  of  the 
country's  water  resources  and  the  necessity  for  their  thorough 
investigation. 

The  idea  that  water  is  our  most  valuable  resource,  as  it  is  the  most 
active  agent  in  changing  or  modifying  or  limiting  all  those  other 
resources  which  are  so  necessary  to  commercial  and  economic  de- 
velopment, is  by  no  means  new.  Prominent  engineers  in  this  country 
have  long  recognized  it  and  have  advocated  the  extension  of  the 
government  investigations  of  water  resources;  and  in  European 
countries  centuries  of  experience  have  demonstrated  that  water  in- 
vestigations are  necessary  to  a  continuance  of  prosperity.  If  the 
United  States  were  to  provide  for  the  prosecution  of  this  work  on  a 
scale  of  thoroughness  equal  to  that  of  the  Republic  of  Switzerland, 
for  example,  it  would  appropriate  $11,000,000  annually,  a  sum  110 
times  greater  than  the  present  annual  appropriation  for  similar  work 
in  this  country. 

Legislative  provision  for  the  investigation  of  water  resources  is 
one  of  the  most  important  of  those  necessary  acts  that  may  be  called 
anticipatory.  The  immediate  value  or  application  of  the  results  of 
such  investigations  is  outweighed  by  their  prospective  value — a  value 
which  will  become  greater  as  the  passage  of  years  brings  increased 
population  and  consequent  enlarged  demands  on  these  resources. 

Obviously,  if  water  resources  are  to  be  utilized,  the  first  step  must 
be  to  determine  their  extent  and  character.  A  brief  statement  of  a 
few  of  the  industrial  and  social  problems  of  the  present  day  in  which 
the  utilization  of  water  is  the  controlling  factor  is  given  in  the 
following  paragraphs. 

Floods. — The  average  annual  damage  by  floods  in  the  United 
Slates  has  never  been  accurately  determined,  but  such  investigations 
as  have  been  made  indicate  that  the  loss  must  be  at  least  $100,000,000 
annually.  It  appears  that,  in  many  parts  of  the  United  States,  the 
proper  expenditure  of  an  amount  equal  to  one  year's  flood  loss  would 
prevent  future  floods;  in  other  parts  of  the  country  the  cost  would 
probably  equal  the  flood   losses  of  two  or  more  years,  but  in  every 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  207 

locality  prevention  could  be  accomplished  by  an  expenditure  equiva- 
lent to  the  losses  from  the  floods  of  a  few  year-. 

In  few  flood  regions,  however,  could  this  result  be  accomplished 
except  under  federal  action.  Most  of  the  rivers  are  interstate.  Their 
basins  were  defined  many  thousands  of  years  before  state  boundaries 
were  conceived.  The  proper  treatment  of  the  flood  question  must 
therefore  follow  the  limits  imposed  by  nature  rather  than  the  arti- 
ficial lines  defining  the  sovereignty  of  the  various  States.  Prevention 
of  floods  is  purely  an  engineering  problem,  and  the  engineers  who 
have  thoroughly  investigated  it  realize  the  necessity  for  federal 
regulation. 

On  another  feature  of  this  subject  the  engineering  profession  is 
also  agreed:  namely,  that  whatever  means  may  be  finally  adopted  to 
prevent  this  great  devastation,  the  results  of  investigations  of  rivers 
must  be  available  to  show  their  habit-,  flows,  seasonal  changes,  and 
eccentricities;  and,  moreover,  such  investigations  must  extend  over  a 
period  of  years  and  be  practically  completed  before  remedial  meas- 
ures can  be  applied. 

Inland  navigation. — Several  hundred  million  dollars  have  been 
expended  by  the  Government  for  river  improvement,  and  it  is  prob- 
able that  as  much,  if  not  more,  must  be  expended  during  the  next 
decade.  Xo  one  will  contend  that  all  past  expenditures  have  been 
wise,  as  each  year  brings  new  knowledge  which  changes  ideas  and 
renders  old  practice  inadvisable.  To  quote  from  the  address  of  the 
President  before  the  conference  of  governors  at  the  AYhite  House  on 
May  13.  1908 : 

Onr  natural  waterways  are  not  gone,  but  they  have  been  so  injured  by  neglect 
by  the  division  of  responsibility  and  utter  lack  of  system  in  dealing  with  them, 
that  there  is  less  navigation  on  them  now  than  there  was  fifty  years  ago. 

Whatever  may  be  the  process  by  which  inland  navigation  shall  be 
rehabilitated,  whatever  may  be  the  system  under  which  the  United 
States  shall  make  its  improvements,  all  engineers  agree  that  thorough 
investigation  of  rivers  is  absolutely  necessary  to  the  final  solution 
of  the  problem. 

Irrigation. — The  United  States  is  spending  $40,000,000  in  the  con- 
struction of  irrigation  systems.  The  great  factor  that  will  determine 
the  success  or  failure  of  this  investment  is  the  water  supply.  I:  is 
necessary  to  deliver  to  irrigated  area-  certain  amounts  of  water,  and 
an  irrigation  project  constructed  in  any  region  in  which  there  is  not 
sufficient  water  must  fail.  A  trip  through  the  arid  West  will 
thousand-  of  acre-  in  which  irrig  tion  sys  1  by  private 

enterprise  have  failed  for  lock  of  proper  investigation  before 
struction. 

TThether  or  not  there  is  water  sufficient  for  any  in   _ 
can  not  be  determined  by  mere  inspection  or  by  measurements  cover- 


208  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

ing  a  short  period  of  time.  When  the  reclamation  act  was  passed,  in 
1902,  it  was  possible  for  the  Government  to  proceed  at  once  with  cer- 
tain projects  because  the  Geological  Survey  had  on  file  the  results  of 
stream  measurements  showing  that  sufficient  water  was  available  for 
these  projects.  Various  reclamation  projects  based  on  such  exact 
information  have  been  constructed  or  are  under  way,  and  money  is 
being  returned  to  the  Treasury  under  the  terms  of  the  reclamation 
act.  This  returned  money  will  be  available  for  the  construction  of 
other  projects,  and  information  concerning  the  amount  of  water  avail- 
able for  these  will  be  as  necessary  as  it  was  for  the  earlier  work.  The 
Reclamation  Service  has  no  legal  power  to  make  general  investiga- 
tions of  stream  flow,  and  obviously  it  would  be  unjust  to  charge  the 
cost  of  general  investigations  over  all  the  arid  West  against  specific 
projects.  In  other  words,  the  continued  investigation  of  the  water 
resources  of  the  arid  country  will  safeguard  $40,000,000  of  govern- 
ment expenditure. 

Drainage  of  wet  lands. — More  than  80,000,000  acres  of  the  best  agri- 
cultural lands  in  the  United  States  are  unproductive  because  they  need 
drainage.  The  lands  are  so  widespread  that  their  drainage  is  being 
agitated  as  a  national  issue,  for  many  believe  that  these  wet  lands 
should  be  reclaimed  under  federal  authority,  as  are  the  arid  lands  of 
the  West.  To  the  success  of  this  work  the  investigation  of  water 
resources,  as  well  as  accurate  topographic  mapping,  is  as  necessary  as 
it  is  to  the  success  of  irrigation  enterprises. 

If  the  sentiment  in  the  United  States  shall  finally  become  so  strong 
that  the  Government  will  be  obliged  to  undertake  the  work  of  wet- 
land reclamation,  the  basic  data  should  be  in  hand  in  order  that  the 
work  may  be  promptly  and  properly  performed. 

Water  power. — More  than  half  of  the  present  coal  consumption  in 
the  United  States  is  used  for  the  generation  of  power.  The  substitu- 
tion of  water  power  for  this  fuel  power  would  result  not  only  in  sav- 
ing the  coal  but  in  great  financial  saving  to  the  people  of  the  whole 
country,  because  water  power  is  already  cheaper  than  that  derived 
from  fuel.  With  impoverishment  of  the  coal  resources  water  power 
will  become  increasingly  important  and  the  investigation  of  these 
power  resources  will  be  more  urgently  demanded. 

The  United  States  Government  is  at  the  present  time  the  largest 
owner  of  potential  water  powers,  and  investigation  of  these  powers 
available  in  the  public  lands  is  a  matter  of  public  duty.  In  the  ab- 
sence of  specific  information  concerning  its  value,  a  water  power  may 
be  easily  acquired,  and  water-power  rights  have  thus  gone  from  the 
control  of  the  Government  for  a  fraction  of  their  real  value,  not  for 
useful  development,  but  for  speculative  holding,  which  involves  keep- 
ing them  for  long  periods  in  a  nonproductive  state.  Enormous  water 
powers  outside  of  the  public  domain  are  being  procured  at  extremely 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  209 

low  valuations,  and  although  the  development  of  these  powers  will 
undoubtedly  be  of  ultimate  benefit  to  the  people  at  large,  their  extent 
and  value  should  be  matters  of  public  record. 

TECHNOLOGIC    INVESTIGATIONS. 

The  technologic  investigations  conducted  by  the  Geological  Survey 
during  the  last  year  have  been  planned  to  contribute  to  the  conserva- 
tion of  the  nation's  mineral  resources.  In  the  investigations  relating 
to  the  mineral  fuels  attention  has  been  given  not  only  to  the  waste  in 
mining  but  more  especially  to  the  much  greater  loss  in  utilization. 
The  promotion  of  increased  efficiency  has  been  sought  by  steam-engi- 
neering investigations,  gas-producer  and  briquetting  tests,  and  smoke- 
abatement  experiments.  The  extent  of  mine  waste  has  been  studied 
and  plans  have  been  perfected  for  commencing  an  adequate  investiga- 
tion of  mine  explosions  and  for  conducting  tests  of  explosives — a  line 
of  practical  research  that  is  expected  to  decrease  in  some  degree  the 
present  excessive  loss  of  life  in  the  mines  as  well  as  to  diminish  the 
waste  of  coal  in  mining. 

The  structural-materials  investigations  have  included  inquiries 
into  the  nature,  extent,  and  distribution  of  materials  needed  for  use 
by  the  Government  in  its  building  and  construction  work  (the  cost  of 
which  now  aggregates  about  $40,000,000  annually),  in  order  to  meet 
the  urgent  needs  for  accurate  data  concerning  the  strength  and  the 
fire-resisting  and  other  properties  of  concrete,  clay  products,  stone,  and 
other  building  materials,  with  the  view  not  only  to  make  construction 
secure  but  to  lessen  waste  due  to  use  of  materials  in  excessive  amounts 
and  with  poor  protection  against  fire. 

MAP  PUBLICATION. 

The  increasing  popularity  among  private  citizens  of  the  topo- 
graphic maps  issued  by  the  Survey  is  being  paralleled  by  the  growing 
appreciation  of  the  maps  by  the  government  departments.  Of  the 
40,000  maps  distributed  to  the  departments  last  year  for  official  use, 
more  than  5,000  were  delivered  to  the  Forest  Service  and  3,600  to  the 
War  Department.  The  increased  use  of  the  maps  by  the  Forest  Serv- 
ice, the  War  College,  and  the  service  schools  is  especially  noteworth}^. 
They  are  used  in  administering  the  national  forests,  in  planning 
military  operations,  and  as  bases  for  military  maps,  and  the  text- 
books in  use  at  West  Point  recognize  them  as  the  mother  maps  to 
which  the  army  officers  can  add  detailed  data  of  purely  military 
value. 

The  efficiency  of  the  engraving  and  printing  force  of  the  Survey  is 

appreciated  by  other  branches  of  the  government  service,  and  during 

the  last  year  there  has  been  a  notable  increase  in  the  amount  of  map 

printing  done  by  the  Survey,  not  only  for  the  other  bureaus  of  the 

58920— INT  1908— vol  1 14 


210  TWENTY-NINTH  KEPOKT  OP   GEOLOGICAL.  SURVEY. 

Interior  Department,  but  especially  for  the  Forest  Service  and  the 
Public  Printer.  Large  contracts  have  been  awarded  to  the  Survey  on 
bids  made  in  competition  with  outside  contractors.  Contracts  of  this 
character  performed  during  the  year  for  other  bureaus  and  offices 
aggregated  30  per  cent  of  the  work  of  the  engraving  division. 

ORGANIZATION. 

Another  line  of  investigation  was  placed  under  the  administration 
of  the  Geological  Survey  in  May  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  upon  the  appropriation  by  Congress  of  $150,000  for 
conducting  investigations  of  the  causes  of  mine  explosions,  with 
a  view  to  increasing  safety  in  mining.  The  division  of  mine  acci- 
dents was  created  May  22,  1908,  and  made  a  part  of  the  technologic 
branch.  The  organization  of  this  new  work  was  immediately  begun 
and  authority  was  obtained  from  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the 
use  of  a  part  of  the  old  arsenal  tract  in  Pittsburg  as  an  explosive 
station.  Before  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  plans  had  been  perfected, 
contracts  awarded,  and  progress  made  in  equipping  for  this  use  cer- 
tain of  the  government  buildings  at  Pittsburg.  It  is  proposed  to  con- 
centrate, for  the  present,  the  other  work  of  the  technologic  branch  at 
this  testing  station. 

In  August,  1907,  David  T.  Day,  who  for  more  than  twenty  years 
had  been  in  charge  of  the  division  of  mineral  resources,  was,  at  his 
own  request,  relieved  of  administrative  charge  of  the  division  in 
order  that  he  might  take  up  special  studies  of  the  character  of  Ameri- 
can petroleums  and  the  statistics  of  petroleum  production.  Edward 
W.  Parker  was  promoted  to  become  the  administrative  chief  of  the 
division,  with  the  title  "  statistician  in  charge." 

The  reorganization  of  the  topographic  branch,  begun  in  March, 
1907,  was  completed  January  18,  1908,  by  the  promotion  of  Robert 
B.  Marshall,  geographer,  to  the  position  of  chief  geographer. 

Other  changes  in  the  personnel  were  the  promotion  of  George  M. 
Wood,  assistant  editor,  to  the  vacancy  caused  by  the  resignation 
of  P.  C.  Warman  as  editor,  Mr.  Warman  continuing  in  the  book 
publication  division,  and  the  designation  of  Miss  Julia  L.  V.  McCord 
as  acting  librarian  on  the  resignation  of  Fred  B.  Weeks,  who  had  been 
librarian  since  1902. 

The  establishment  of  local  offices  in  the  West  for  at  least  a  portion  of 
the  year  has  proved  to  be  of  advantage,  not  only  in  insuring  better  ad- 
ministration of  the  field  work  and  in  facilitating  the  discharge  of  offi- 
cial business,  but  in  encouraging  closer  relations  between  the  Survey 
and  the  public.  This  has  been  especially  advantageous  in  the  work  of 
the  water-resources  and  topographic  branches,  as  it  is  important  to 
provide  for  the  engineers  in  any  district  every  possible  opportunity 
to  be  informed  of  and  to  profit  by  the  investigations  of  the  Survey 
and  to  assist  the  Survey  in  meeting  local  needs. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  211 

WORK  OF  THE  YEAR. 
PUBLICATIONS. 

The  Surve}^  is  a  bureau  of  investigation  and  publication.  Its  rela- 
tion to  the  public  requires  that  the  results  of  the  scientific  investiga- 
tions intrusted  to  it  be  presented  in  the  form  best  adapted  to  serve 
the  purpose  of  publicity  and  that  these  reports  of  investigations  be 
distributed  with  the  greatest  possible  care  and  expedition.  The  cur- 
rent publications  therefore  furnish  an  important  index  to  the  nature 
and  value  of  the  work  of  the  Survey.  Summaries  of  the  book  pub- 
lications issued  during  the  last  fiscal  j^ear  follow  : 

Twenty-Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 
1907.     iv,  80  pp.,  1  pi. 
A  summary  account  of  the  work  of  the  year,  by  branches  and  divisions,  with 

a  map  showing  area  covered  by  topographic  surveys. 

Monograph  XLIX.  The  Ceratopsia,  by  John  B.  Hatcher ;  based  on  preliminary 
studies  by  Othniel  C.  Marsh;  edited  and  completed  by  Richard  S.  Lull, 
xxx,  300  pp.,  51  pis.,  125  text  figures. 

Descriptions  of  the  remains  of  an  order  of  Cretaceous  Reptilia  found  in  Mon- 
tana, Wyoming,  and  Colorado,  with  foreword  and  sketch  of  the  life  and  work 
of  Mr.  Hatcher  by  Henry  Fairfield  Osborn,  and  prefaces  by  the  author  and  the 
editor.  Part  I,  by  J.  B.  Hatcher,  comprises  the  history  of  discovery  of  the  re- 
mains, the  classification,  the  osteology,  and  the  systematic  description;  Part 
II,  by  R.  S.  Lull,  is  devoted  to  the  phylogeny,  taxonomy,  distribution,  habits, 
and  environment  of  the  Ceratopsia. 

Professional  Paper  53.  Geology  and  water  resources  of  the  Bighorn  Basin, 
Wyoming,  by  Cassius  A.  Fisher,  vi,  72  pp.,  16  pis.,  1  text  figure. 
A  description  of  the  topography  and  stratigraphy  of  the  region,  with  brief 
accounts  of  the  structure  and  geologic  history  and  sections  on  the  water  re- 
sources and  mineral  resources,  geologic  map  and  sections,  diagram  represent- 
ing the  structure  of  the  basin,  map  showing  irrigated  and  irrigable  lands,  and 
half-tone  plates  illustrating  the  geologic  features  of  the  country. 

Professional  Paper  5G.     Geography  and  geology  of  a  portion  of  southwestern 
Wyoming,  with  special  reference  to  coal  and  oil,  by  A.  C.  Veatch.     vi,  178 
pp.,  26  pis.,  9  text  figures. 
A  historical  review  of  exploration  in  the  region    (with  bibliography)  :   de- 
scriptions of  the  geography,   stratigraphy,   and   structure;   and  an  account   of 
the  economic  resources,  principally  coal  and  oil.     Three  large  pocket  maps  and 
a  sheet  of  cross  sections   show  the  geology  and  the  land   subdivisions,   and   a 
large  map  with  the  text  indicates  irrigated  and  irrigable  lands. 

Bulletin  304.  Oil  and  gas  fields  of  Greene  County,  Pa.,  by  Ralph  W.  Stone  and 
Frederick  G.  Clapp.  110  pp.,  3  pis.,  7  text  figures. 
An  account  of  the  geology  of  southwestern  Pennsylvania,  with  descriptions  of 
the  oil  and  gas  sands  and  fields,  brief  judgments  as  to  the  limits  of  the  pro- 
ductive territory,  and  table  of  well  records.  The  large  pocket  map  (scale  1 
mile  to  the  inch)  shows  the  location  of  oil  and  gas  wells  and  of  dry  wells  and 
the  outcrops  of  important  coals. 


212  TWENTY-NINTH  KEPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Bulletin  309.  The  Santa  Clara  Valley,  Puente  Hills,  and  Los  Angeles  oil  dis- 
tricts, southern  California,  by  George  H.  Eldridge  and  Ralph  Arnold,     xi, 
266  pp.,  41  pis.,  17  text  figures. 
Descriptions  by  Mr.  Eldridge  of  the  geologic  features  of  the  districts  and 
detailed  descriptions  of  the  oil  fields,  with  accounts  of  the  oil  wells  and  a  bibli- 
ography of  southern  California  oils,  followed  by  a  report  on  the  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  southern  California  oils  and  descriptions  of  the  fossils  of 
the  oil-bearing  formations,  by  Mr.  Arnold.     The  illustrations  include  geologic 
maps  of  the  oil  fields,  geologic  sections,  and  views  of  fossils. 

Bulletin  311.  The  green  schists  and  associated  granites  and  porphyries  of  Rhode 
Island,  by  Benjamin  K.  Emerson  and  Joseph  H.  Perry.     74  pp.,  2  pis.,  6 
text  figures. 
A  petrographic  description  of  the  stratified  and  igneous  rocks,  in  order  of 

geologic  age,  with  map  of  the  crystalline  rocks  in  the  vicinity  of  Providence 

and  Narragansett  Bay. 

Bulletin  313.  The  granites  of  Maine,  by  T.  Nelson  Dale,  with  an  introduction 
by  George  Otis  Smith ;  prepared  in  cooperation  with  the  Maine  State  Survey 
Commission.     202  pp.,  14  pis.,  39  text  figures. 
The   introduction   describes   the   distribution   and   geologic   relations   of  the 
granite  and  states  the  scope  of  the  report.     Part  I  consists  of  a  scientific  dis- 
cussion of  granites  proper  and  of  the  so-called  black  granites.     Part  II  includes 
economic  and  technologic  descriptions  of  Maine  granites  and  quarries,  statistics, 
bibliography,  and  glossary.     A  pocket  map  shows  the  distribution  of  granite 
in  Maine,  and  illustrations  show  features  of  structure  at  various  quarries. 

Bulletin  316.  Contributions  to  economic  geology,  1906:  Part  II,  Coal,  lignite, 
and  peat;  Marius  R.  Campbell,  geologist  in  charge.  543  pp.,  23  pis.,  6  text 
figures. 

An  introduction  by  M.  R.  Campbell  summarizes  the  work  done  in  the  coal 
fields  of  the  United  States  during  the  year  and  contains  a  brief  note  on  techno- 
logic and  laboratory  work  on  coals.  The  remainder  of  the  bulletin  consists  of 
the  following  papers : 

Coals  of  the  Clarion  quadrangle,  Clarion  County,  Pa.,  by  E.  F.  Lines. 

Coal  resources  of  Johnstown  (Pa.)  and  vicinity,  by  W.  C.  Phalen. 

The  Elkhorn   (Ky.)   coal  field,  by  R.  W.  Stone. 

The  Russell  Fork  (Va.)  coal  field,  by  R.  W.  Stone. 

Coal  mining  at  Dante,  Va.,  by  R.  W.  Stone. 

The  northern  part  of  the  Cahaba  (Ala.)  coal  field,  by  Charles  Butts. 

Coal  investigation  in  the  Saline-Gallatin  (111.)  field  and  the  adjoining  area, 
by  F.  W.  De  Wolf. 

The  Arkansas  coal  field,  by  A.  J.  Collier. 

The  Great  Falls  (Mont.)  coal  field,  by  C.  A.  Fisher. 

Coals  of  Carbon  County,  Mont.,  by  N.  H.  Darton. 

The  coal  fields  of  parts  of  Dawson,  Rosebud,  and  Custer  counties,  Mont.,  by 
A.  G.  Leonard. 

Coal  fields  iu  a  portion  of  central  Uinta  County,  Wyo.,  by  A.  R.  Schultz. 

The  Lander   (Wyo.)   coal  field,  by  E.  G.  Woodruff. 

Coal  fields  of  east-central  Carbon  County,  Wyo.,  by  A.  C.  Veatch. 

Coal   of  Laramie  Basin    (Wyo.),  by  C.  E.  Siebenthal. 

Coal  fields  of  the  Danforth  Hills  and  Grand  Hogback,  in  northwestern  Colo- 
rado, by  n.  s.  Gale. 

Tin-  Book  (Mill's  coal  field  between  Grand  River,  Colorado,  and  Sunnyside, 
Utah,  by  G.  B.   Richardson. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  213 

The  Durango  (Colo.)  coal  district,  by  J.  A.  Taff. 

The  Pleasant  Valley  coal  district,  Carbon  and  Emery  counties,  Utah,  by  J.  A. 
Taff. 

The  Iron  County  (Utah)  coal  field,  by  W.  T.  Lee. 

A  reconnaissance  survey  of  the  western  part  of  the  Durango-Gallup  coal  field 
of  Colorado  and  New  Mexico,  by  M.  K.   Shaler. 

The  Una  del  Gato  coal  field,  Sandoval  County,  N.  Mex.,  by  M.  R.  Campbell. 

Coal  in  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Stanton  Reservation,  Lincoln  County,  N.  Mex.,  by 
M.  R.  Campbell. 

Coal  of  Stone  Canyon,  Monterey  County,  Cal.,  by  M.  R.  Campbell. 

The  present  status  of  the  producer-gas  power  plant  in  the  United  States,  by 
R.  H.  Fernald. 

Condition  of  the  coal-briquetting  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  E.  W. 
Parker. 

The  importance  of  uniform  and  systematic  coal-mine  sampling,  by  J.  S. 
Burrows. 

List  of  Survey  papers  on  coal,  lignite,  and  peat,  by  W.  T.  Lee  and  J.  M. 
Nickles. 

Bulletin  317.  Preliminary  report  on  the  Santa  Maria  oil  district,  Santa  Barbara 
County,  Cal.,  by  Ralph  Arnold  and  Robert  Anderson.     69  pp.,  2  pis.,  1  text 
figure. 
A  brief  abstract  of  the  report  issued  later  as  Bulletin  322,  issued  to  meet 

urgent  demand  for  early  publication  of  available  facts. 

Bulletin  318.  Geology  of  oil  and  gas  fields  in  Steubenville,  Burgettstown,  and 

Claysville  quadrangles,  Ohio,  West  Virginia,  and  Pennsylvania,  by  W.  T. 

Griswold  and  M.  J.   Munn.     196  pp.,  13  pis. 

Part  I  includes  a  theoretical  discussion  of  the  occurrence  of  petroleum  and 

natural  gas,  a  statement  of  the  method  of  investigation,  and  descriptions  of  the 

general  geology.     Part  II  consists  of  detailed  descriptions  of  the  stratigraphy, 

with  well  logs  or  sections.     Maps  show  the  location  of  oil  and  gas  wells  and  the 

depth  of  the  oil  sands  from  the  surface. 

Bulletin  319.  Summary  of  the  controlling  factors  of  artesian  flows,  by  Myron 
L.  Fuller.  44  pp.,  7  pis.,  17  text  figures. 
A  sketch  of  ground-water  conditions,  including  descriptions  of  reservoirs  and 
sources  of  water,  and  discussions  of  the  nature  of  artesian  circulation  and  the 
requisites  of  artesian  flows,  with  plates  and  diagrams  showing  artesian  reser- 
voirs and  conditions  of  flow. 

Bulletin  320.  The  Downtown  district  of  Leadville,  Colo.,  by  Samuel  F.  Emmons 
and  John  D.  Irving.  75  pp.,  7  pis.,  5  text  figures. 
A  brief  description  of  the  general  geology,  a  statement  of  the  economic  devel- 
opment and  present  conditions,  a  sketch  of  the  faults  and  the  porphyry  sheets, 
and  an  account  of  the  ores  with  a  discussion  of  their  genesis.  The  illustrations 
consist  of  a  geologic  map  of  the  district,  with  cross  sections,  and  text  figures 
showing  mine  plans,  sections,  and  workings. 

Bulletin  321.  Geology  and  oil  resources  of  the  Summerland  district,  Santa  Bar- 
bara County,  Cal.,  by  Ralph  Arnold.  93  pp.,  17  pis.,  3  text  figures. 
A  record  of  previous  publications  on  the  region,  a  sketch  of  the  topography, 
descriptions  and  tentative  correlation  of  the  geologic  formations,  and  notes  on 
the  wells,  with  logs  or  sections,  conclusions  as  to  future  development,  a  state- 
ment of  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  and  composition  of  the  oil,  and 


214  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

a  section  on  technology  and  production.  The  illustrations  comprise  geologic 
and  structural  maps,  geologic  sections,  and  half-tone  reproductions  of  photo- 
graphs, including  views  of  fossils  of  the  various  formations. 

Bulletin  322.  Geology  and  oil  resources  of  the  Santa  Maria  oil  district,  Santa 
Barbara  County,  Cal.,  by  Ralph  Arnold  and  Robert  Anderson.     161  pp., 
26  pis. 
An  account  of  the  previous  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  the  region,  a  sketch 
of  the  geography  and  topography,  descriptions  of  the  rocks,  the  geologic  his- 
tory,  and   the   structure   and   conditions   affecting   the   presence   of   oil,    with 
detailed  notes  on  the  developed  territory  and  a  section  on  the  oil,  including 
accounts  of  its  origin,  physical  and  chemical  properties,   and  the  associated 
hydrocarbons,  and  a  brief  report  on  the  technology  of  production  and  utiliza- 
tion.    The  illustrations  consist  of  maps  and  half-tone  views. 

Bulletin  323.  Experimental  work  conducted  in  the  chemical  laboratory  of  the 

United  States  fuel-testing  plant  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  January  1,  1905,  to  July 

31,  1906,  by  N.  W.  Lord.     49  pp. 

A  report  on  investigations  of  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  coal, 

including  results  of  tests  for  moisture,  showing  changes  in  moisture  content 

under  various  conditions,  determinations  of  specific  gravity,  impurities  in  coal 

as  related  to  specific  gravity  and  fineness,  adaptability  of  different  coals  to 

improvement  by  washing,  and  content  of  volatile  matter  in  coals  and  lignites. 

Bulletin  324.  The  San  Francisco  earthquake  and  fire  of  April  18,  1906,  and 
their  effects  on  structures  and  structural  materials.     Reports  by  Grove  K. 
Gilbert,   Richard  L.   Flumphrey,   John    S.    Sewell,   and   Frank   Soule,   with 
preface  by  Joseph  A.  Holmes,    xii,  170  pp.,  57  pis.,  2  text  figures. 
The  preface  states  the  origin  and  nature  of  the  investigation.    Mr.  Gilbert's 
report  considers  the  earthquake  as  a  natural  phenomenon,  with  respect  to  its 
origin  and  effect  on  the  earth's  crust.     Mr.  Humphrey's,  Mr.  Sewell's,  and  Mr. 
Soule's  reports  discuss  the  effect  of  the  earthquake  and  fire  on  structures  and 
structural  materials.    The  illustrations  include  maps  showing  the  course  of  the 
fault  or  line  of  earth  slippage  and  the  location  and  extent  of  the  burned  dis- 
trict, and  half-tone  reproductions  of  photographs  exhibiting  the  nature  and 
extent  of  the  effects  of  the  earthquake  and  fire  on  various  structures. 

Bulletin  325.  A  study  of  400  steaming  tests  made  at  the  fuel-testing  plant,  St. 

Louis,  Mo.,  in  1904,  1905,  and  1906,  by  Lester  P.  Breckenridge.     196  pp., 

76  text  figures. 
A  report  on  a  series  of  tests  made  under  two  water-tube  boilers  with  a  hand- 
fired  furnace  to  determine  the  relative  value  of  various  coals  for  steaming  pur- 
poses. The  results  of  the  tests  are  expressed  by  numerous  diagrams,  tables,  and 
mathematical  equations.  The  general  conclusions  and  commercial  considera- 
tions are  stated  in  a  few  pages  at  the  end  of  the  report,  and  are  followed  by  a 
bibliography  and  a  glossary. 

Bulletin  326.  The  Arkansas  coal  field,  by  Arthur  J.  Collier;  with  reports  on  the 

paleontology  by  David  White  and  G.  H.  Girty.     vi,  158  pp.,  6  pis.,  29  text 

figures. 

A  brief  account  of  the  geography  and  stratigraphy  of  the  field,  reports  on 

fossil  plants  and  marine  invertebrate  fossils,  descriptions  of  geologic  structure, 

coal  beds,  and  conditions  of  mining  development,  with  classification  and  analyses 

of  the  coals,  a  section  on  methods  of  mining,  a  tabic  of  mines,  openings,  and 

exposures,  and  geologic  and  economic  maps  and  sections. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  215 

Bulletin  327.  Geologic  reconnaissance  in  the  Matanuska  and  Talkeetna  basins, 
Alaska,  by  Sidney  Paige  and  Adolph  Knopf.     71  pp.,  4  pis.,  4  text  figures. 

A  sketch  of  the  geography  and  geology  of  the  region  and  a  description  of  the 
deposits  of  coal,  gold,  and  copper,  with  topographic  and  geologic  maps  and  sec- 
tions and  half-tone  views. 

Bulletin  328.  The  gold  placers  of  parts  of  Seward  Peninsula,  Alaska,  including 
the  Nome,  Council,  Kougarok,  Port  Clarence,  and  Goodhope  precincts,  by 
Arthur  J.  Collier,  Frank  L.  Hess,  Philip  S.  Smith,  and  Alfred  H.  Brooks. 
343  pp.,  11  pis.,  19  text  figures. 

A  preface,  by  A.  H.  Brooks,  is  followed  by  reports  with  titles  and  authorship 
as  indicated  below. 

Development  of  the  mining  industry,  by  A.  H.  Brooks. 

Geography  and  geology,  by  A.  J.  Collier. 

Outline  of  economic  geology,  by  A.  H.  Brooks. 

Description  of  placers,  by  A.  J.  Collier  and  F.  L.  Hess. 

The  Bluff  regioiii  by  A.  H.  Brooks. 

The  Kougarok  region,  by  A.  H.  Brooks. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  Iron  Creek,  by  P.  S.  Smith. 

The  illustrations  include  sketch  maps  and  sections  and  large  pocket  maps 
showing  topography,  geology,  and  location  of  placers. 

Bulletin  329.  Organization,  equipment,  and  operation  of  the  structural-materials 
testing  laboratories  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  by  Richard  L.  Humphrey ;  with  pref- 
ace by  Joseph  A.  Holmes,     xi,  84  pp.,  25  pis.,  9  text  figures. 
A  brief  history  of  the  establishment  of  the  laboratories,  with  statement  of  per- 
sonnel, description  of  the  buildings  and  equipment,  and  sketch  of  work  done  and 
projected,  illustrated  by  views  and  diagrams  showing  apparatus  employed  and 
results  of  tests. 

Bulletin  330.  The  data  of  geochemistry,  by  Frank  W.  Clarke.    716  pp. 

A  manual  of  geologic  chemistry,  including  chapters  on  the  nature,  distribu- 
tion, and  relative  abundance  of  the  chemical  elements,  the  composition  of  the 
atmosphere  and  of  volcanic  gases  and  sublimates,  the'  mineral  content  of  sur- 
face and  underground  waters,  the  nature  of  saline  residues,  the  molten  magma 
of  the  earth's  interior,  the  rock-forming  minerals,  the  composition  of  igneous, 
sedimentary,  and  metamorphic  rocks,  rock  metamorphism  and  decomposition, 
metallic  ores,  natural  hydrocarbons,  coal,  lignite,  and  peat. 

Bulletin  331.  Portland  cement  mortars  and  their  constituent  materials;  results 

of  tests  made  at  the  structural-materials  testing  laboratories,  Forest  Park, 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  1905-1907,  by  Richard  L.  Humphrey  and  William  Jordan, 

jr.     vii,  130  pp.,  20  pis.,  22  text  figures. 

Records,  tables,  diagrams,  and  views  showing  nature  and  results  of  25,000 

tests  of  cements,  sands,  gravels,  crushed  stone,  and  other  materials. 

Bulletin  332.  Report  of  the  United  States  fuel-testing  plant  at  St.  Louis,  Mo., 
January  1,  1906,  to  June  30,  1907.     Joseph  A.  Holmes,  in  charge.     299  pp. 

An  introduction,  by  J.  A.  Holmes,  states  briefly  the  work  done  and  projected. 
The  body  of  the  report  consists  of  the  following  papers : 

Field  work,  by  E.  W.  Parker  and  J.  S.  Burrows. 

Work  of  the  chemical  laboratory,  by  N.  W.  Lord. 

Steaming  tests,  by  L.  P.  Breckenridge. 

Producer-gas  tests,  by  R.  H.  Fernald. 


216  TWENTY-NINTH  REPORT   OP   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Washing  tests,  by  G.  R.  Delamater. 
Coking  tests,  by  A.  W.  Belden. 
Cupola  tests  on  coke,  by  Richard  Moldenke. 
Briquetting  tests,  by  C.  T.  Malcolmson. 
Results  of  tests  by  States. 

Bulletin  333.  Coal-mine  accidents :  Their  causes  and  prevention.     A  preliminary 
statistical  report,  by  Clarence  Hall  and  Walter  O.  Snelling,  with  introduc- 
tion by  Joseph  A.  Holmes.     21  pp. 
Tables  showing  the  number  of  men  killed  by  accidents  in  coal  mines  in  the 
United  States  during  many  years,  the  number  of  men  killed  in  various  other 
countries  for  each  thousand  employed,  and  the  number  killed  for  each  million 
tons  of  coal  mined,  with  statement  of  causes  of  accidents  and  suggestions  as  to 
their  prevention. 

Bulletin  334.  The  burning  of  coal  without  smoke  in  boiler  plants.    A  prelimi- 
nary report,  by  D.  T.  Randall.     26  pp. 
A  sketch  of  prevailing  conditions  in  the  United  States  as  to  smoke  from  fur- 
naces, and  of  city  ordinances  for  its  prevention,  and  a  statement  of  the  causes 
of  smoke  and  of  methods  for  preventing  it,  with  a  bibliography. 

Bulletin  335.  Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  the  Controller  Bay  region, 
Alaska,  by  G.  C.  Martin.  141  pp.,  10  pis.,  2  text  figures. 
An  account  of  surveys  made  in  the  region,  of  the  commercial  developments,  the 
general  character  of  the  country,  climate,  vegetation,  settlements,  harbors,  and 
railway  routes;  a  description  of  the  land  forms,  the  geology,  and  the  coal  and 
petroleum  deposits,  with  results  of  analyses  and  tests  and  prospects  of  devel- 
opment. The  illustrations  include  maps  showing  topography,  geology,  and  loca- 
tion of  coal  beds  and  oil  wells  and  seepages. 

Bulletin  336.  Washing  and  coking  tests  of  coal  and  cupola  tests  of  coke,  con- 
ducted by  the  United  States  fuel-testing  plant  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  January 
1,  1905,  to  June  30,  1907,  by  Richard  Moldenke,  A.  W.  Belden,  and  G.  R. 
^Delamater,  with  introduction  by  J.  A.  Holmes.     76  pp. 
Tables  showing  the  results  of  65  washing  tests,  192  coking  tests  of  102  coals, 

and  172  cupola  tests,  with  statement  of  equipment  and  methods  of  operation. 

Bulletin  337.  The  Fairbanks  and  Rampart  quadrangles,  Yukon-Tanana  region, 

Alaska,  by  L.  M.  Prindle ;  with  a  section  on  the  Rampart  placers  by  F.  L. 

Hess,  and  a  paper  on  the  water  supply  of  the  Fairbanks  region  by  C.  C. 

Covert.    102  pp.,  5  pis.,  3  text  figures. 

A  sketch  of  the  geography,  climate,  and  vegetation,  descriptions  of  the  rocks 

and  the  economic  geology,  an  account  of  the  hydrography  of  part  of  the  region 

and  of  the  placer  diggings  near  Rampart,  with  maps  showing  the  topography, 

geology,  and  timber. 

Bulletin  339.  The  purchase  of  coal  under  government  and  commercial  specifi- 
cations on  the  basis  of  its  heating  value,  with  analyses  of  coal  delivered 
under  government  contracts,  by  D.  T.  Randall.    27  pp. 
A  statement  of  the  advantages  of  definite  specifications  in  the  purchase  of 
coal,  of  the  requirements  for  proper  combustion,  and  of  the  valuable  constitu- 
ents of  coals,  with  reprint  of  specifications  used  by  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment  in  coal  purchases,  notes  on  methods  of  sampling  and  testing,  analyses  of 
coals  delivered  to  the  Government,  and  a  brief  bibliography. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  217 

Bulletin  342.  Results  of  spirit  leveling  in  California,  1896  to  1907,  inclusive,  by 
S.  S.  Gannett  and  D.  H.  Baldwin.  172  pp. 
Descriptions  and  elevations  of  bench  marks  in  42  counties,  furnishing  vertical 
control  for  one-third  of  the  State,  the  engineering  data  being  grouped  under  the 
headings  "  precise  leveling "  and  "  primary  leveling,"  according  to  the  degree 
of  refinement  in  the  methods  employed.  A  compilation  of  the  results  of  field 
work  by  several  topographers. 

Bulletin  343.  Binders  for  coal  briquets :  Investigations  made  at  the  fuel-testing 
plant,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  by  James  E.  Mills.  56  pp.,  1  text  figure. 
A  discussion  of  the  characteristics  of  good  briquets  and  of  the  conditions  gov- 
erning the  use  of  binders,  and  an  account  of  laboratory  investigations  of  vari- 
ous binders,  of  experiments  in  briquetting  without  binders,  and  of  results  of 
tests  in  briquetting  coals,  with  a  brief  bibliography. 

Bulletin  344.  The  strength  of  concrete  beams :  Results  of  tests  of  108  beams 
(first    series)    made   at    the    structural-materials    testing    laboratories,    by 
Richard  L.  Humphrey.    59  pp.,  1  pi.,  13  text  figures. 
A  note  on  the  scope  of  the  investigation  and  a  summary  of  its  results,  fol- 
lowed by  statements  of  tests  of  constituent  materials,  methods  of  preparing  test 
pieces  and  of  testing,  and  diagrams  and  tables  showing  in  detail  the  results  of 
the  tests. 

Water-Supply  Paper  195.  Underground  waters  of  Missouri ;  their  geology  and 
utilization,  by  Edward  M.  Shepard.  x,  224  pp.,  6  pis.,  6  text  figures. 
A  statement  of  the  requisite  conditions  for  flowing  wells,  descriptions  of  the 
topography  and  geology,  a  brief  sketch  of  the  geologic  history,  a  detailed  report 
of  the  underground  waters,  by  districts  and  counties,  a  section  on  city  water 
supplies,  with  statistical  tables  and  analyses,  and  notes  on  mineral  and  blowing 
well.  The  illustrations  include  a  geologic  and  artesian  well  map  and  geologic 
cross  sections. 

Water-Supply  Paper  197.  Water  resources  of  Georgia,  by  B.  M.  Hall  and  M.  R. 
Hall.  342  pp.,  1  pi. 
Sketches  of  the  topography  and  geology  and  of  the  uses  of  water  in  the  State, 
descriptions  of  the  river  basins,  tables  showing  gage  heights  and  flow  of  the 
streams,  tabulated  results  of  river  surveys  giving  elevations  of  the  water  sur- 
face of  streams  at  certain  points,  and  detailed  notes  on  water  powers. 

Water-Supply  Paper  198.     Water  resources  of  the  Kennebec  River  basin,  Maine, 

by  H.  K.  Barrows ;  with  a  section  on  the  quality  of  Kennebec  River  water, 

by  George  C.  Whipple,     vi,  235  pp.,  7  pis.,  17  text  figures. 

Brief  descriptions   of   the   geology,    drainage,    forest   conditions,    population, 

industries,  and  transportation  facilities,  sections  on  precipitation,  snow  storage 

and  evaporation,  detailed  accounts  of  stream  flow,  floods,  water  powers  and 

water  storage,  and  the  results  of  examinations  of  the  quality  of  the  water,  a 

section  on  the  typhoid  fever  epidemic  of  1902-3,  and  a  gazetteer  of  the  rivers, 

lakes,  and  ponds  in  the  basin. 

Water-Supply  Paper  199.  Underground  water  in  Sanpete  and  central  Sevier 
valleys,  Utah,  by  G.  B.  Richardson.  63  pp.,  6  pis.,  5  text  figures. 
A  sketch  of  the  topography  and  geology  of  the  region  and  of  the  sources, 
distribution,  and  quality  of  the  underground  water,  a  statement  of  methods 
adopted  and  suggestions  offered  for  its  recovery,  and  detailed  descriptions,  by 
localities,  of  wells  and  water  resources,  with  tables  giving  data  concerning  wells 
and  springs. 


218  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Water-Supply  Paper  201.  Surface 'water  supply  of  New  England,  1906  (At- 
lantic coast  of  New  England  drainage)  ;  H.  K.  Barrows,  district  hydrogra- 
pher.     120  pp.,  5  pis.,  2  text,  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  202.  Surface  water  supply  of  Hudson,  Passaic,  Raritan, 
and  Delaware  river  drainages,  1906;  H.  K.  Barrows  and  N.  C.  Grover, 
district  hydrographers.     iv,  77  pp.,  2  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  203.  Surface  water  supply  of  Middle  Atlantic  States, 
1906  (Susquehanna,  Gunpowder,  Patapsco,  Potomac,  James,  Roanoke,  and 
Yadkin  river  drainages)  ;  N.  C.  Grover,  district  hydrographer.  iv,  100 
pp.,  4  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  204.  Surface  water  supply  of  Southern  Atlantic  and 
Eastern  Gulf  States,  1906  (Santee,  Savannah,  Ogeechee,  and  Altamaha 
rivers  and  eastern  Gulf  of  Mexico  drainages)  ;  M.  R.  Hall,  district  hydrog- 
rapher.     v,  110  pp.,  5  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  205.  Surface  water  supply  of  Ohio  and  lower  eastern 
Mississippi  river  drainages,  1906;  M.  R.  Hall,  N.  C.  Grover,  and  A.  H. 
Horton,  district  hydrographers.     123  pp.,  3  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  206.  Surface  water  supply  of  Great  Lakes  and  St.  Law- 
rence River  drainages,  1906;  H.  K.  Barrows,  A.  H.  Horton,  district  hy- 
drographers.    vi,  9S  pp.,  3  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  207.  Surface  water  supply  of  upper  Mississippi  River  and 
Hudson  Bay  drainages,  1906;  A.  H.  Horton  and  Robert  Follansbee,  district 
hydrographers.     v,  94  pp.,  4  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  208.  Surface  water  supply  of  Missouri  River  drainage, 
1906;  Robert  Follansbee,  R.  I.  Meeker,  and  J.  E.  Stewart,  district  hydrogra- 
phers.    vi,  190  pp.,  5  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  209.  Surface  water  supply  of  lower  western  Mississippi 
River  drainage,  1906 ;  R.  I.  Meeker  and  J.  M.  Giles,  district  hydrographers. 
iv,  79  pp.,  2  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  210.  Surface  water  supply  of  western  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
Rio  Grande  drainages,  1906 ;  T.  U.  Taylor  and  W.  A.  Lamb,  district  hy- 
drographers.    114  pp.,  2  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  211.  Surface  water  supply  of  Colorado  River  drainage 
above  Yuma,  1906 ;  R.  I.  Meeker,  H.  S.  Reed,  district  hydrographers.  149 
pp.,  2  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  212.  Surface  water  supply  of  the  Great  Basin  drainage, 
1906;  E.  C.  La  Rue,  Thomas  Grieve,  jr.,  and  Henry  Thurtell,  district 
hydrographers.     iv,  98  pp.,  2  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  213.  Surface  water  supply  of  California,  1906;  with  a 
section  on  ground-water  levels  in  southern  California  (Great  Basin  and 
Pacific  Ocean  drainages  in  California  and  lower  Colorado  River  drainage)  ; 
W.  B.  Clapp,  district  hydrographer.  In  cooperation  with  California  state 
board  of  examiners.     219  pp.,  4  pis.,  2  text  figures. 

Water-Supply  Paper  214.     Surface  water  supply  of  the  north  Pacific  coast  drain- 
age, 1906;   J.  C.   Stevens,  Robert  Follansbee,  and  E.  C.  La  Rue,  district 
hydrographers.     Work  in  Oregon  done  in  cooperation  with  the  state  engi- 
neer,    vi,  208  pp.,  3  pis.,  2  text  figures. 
Fourteen  papers  comprising  the  results  of  stream  measurements  in  the  United 

States  during  the  calendar  year  1906,  continuing  the  scries  published  in  previous 

years  under  the  title  "Report  of  progress  of  stream  measurements."     These 

papers  give  gage-height  records,  results  of  current-meter  measurements,  rating 

tables,  and  estimates  of  monthly  discharge  for  stations  maintained  on  streams 

in  many  of  the  important  drainage  basins  of  the  country. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  219 

Water-Supply   Paper  215.     Geology  and   water  resources  of  a  portion  of  the 
Missouri  River  valley  in  northeastern  Nebraska,  by  G.  E.  Condra.     59  pp.. 
11  pis. 
Descriptions  of  the  stratigraphy,   structure,  and   rocks,   and  of  the  mineral 
and  water  resources,  with  geologic  map  and  sections  and  map  showing  under- 
ground water  conditions. 

Water-Supply   Paper   216.     Geology   and    water   resources   of   the   Republican 
River  valley  and  adjacent  areas,  Nebraska,  by  G.  E.  Condra.     71  pp..  13 
pis..  3  text  figures. 
Notes  on  the  topography,  drainage,  and  climate,  descriptions  of  the  geology 
and  mineral  resources,  and  detailed  accounts  of  the  surface  and  underground 
waters,  of  the  water  supply  by  counties,  and  of  the  water  power  and  agricul- 
tural resources,  with  geologic  maps  and  sections  and  half-tone  illustrations. 

Water-Supply  Paper  217.  Water  resources  of  Beaver  Valley.  Utah,  by  Willis 
T.  Lee.  57  pp..  1  pi.,  3  text  figures. 
Sketch  of  the  geography  and  geology,  records  of  rainfall  and  stream  measure- 
ments, and  an  account  of  the  springs  and  wells,  with  well  sections  and  statistics 
of  wells  and  springs,  including  assays  and  chemical  determinations  of  content 
of  waters  and  notes  on  possibilities  of  development. 

Water-Supply   Paper   218.     Water-supply   investigations  in   Alaska.   1906-1907, 

Nome  and  Kougarok  regions.  Seward  Peninsula  :  Fairbanks  district.  Yukon- 

Tanana  region,  by  Fred  F.  Heushaw  and  C.  C.  Covert.     156  pp.,  12  pis..  2 

text  figures. 

Descriptions  of  the  areas  and  of  the  conditions  affecting  water  supply,  lists 

of  gaging  stations,  tables  showing  stream  flow,  and  meteorological  records,  with 

maps  indicating  the  location  of  gaging  and  rainfall  stations. 

Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States,  calendar  year  1906.  1.307  pp.,  2  text 
figures. 
Statistics  of  production  of  mineral  substances  in  the  United  States,  including 
an  account  of  the  chief  features  of  mining  progress,  and  comparisons  of  past 
and  present  conditions.  This  report  is  a  consolidation  of  45  separate  chapters, 
each  treating  of  a  separate  mining  industry,  published  in  pamphlet  form  in 
advance  of  the  publication  of  the  volume. 

Advance  chapters  from  "  Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States,  calendar  year 
1907."  as  follows:  The  production  of  bauxite  and  aluminum,  by  W.  C. 
Phalen.  15  pp.  The  cement  industry  in  the  United  States  in  19o7.  by 
Edwin  C.  Eckel.  19  pp.  The  production  of  monazite  and  zircon  in  1907, 
by  Douglas  B.  Sterrett  12  pp.  The  production  of  phosphate  rock  in  1907, 
by  F.  B.  Van  Horn.  9  pp.  The  production  of  asbestos  in  1907,  by  J.  S. 
Diller.  14  pp. 
Statistics  of  production  of  the  minerals,  chief  features  of  mining 

and  comparisons  of  past  and  present  conditions,   as   in   previously  published 

reports. 

Geologic  folio  151.     Description  of  the  Roan  Mountain  quadrangle,  c 

963   square  miles  in   Washington,    Sullivan.   Carter,   and   Unicoi   count 
Tenn..  and  Yancey  and  Mitchell  counties.  N.  C. :  by  Arthur  Keith.     11  folio 
pages  of  text.  4  maps  showing  topography,  geology,  and  mineral  r 
a  sheet  of  columnar  and  structure  sections,  and  2  pages  of  reproductions  of 
photographs  illustrating  physiography  and  geology. 


220  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOET   OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Geologic  folio  152.  Description  of  the  Patuxent  quadrangle,  comprising  931.5 
square  miles,  of  which  24  square  miles  are  in  the  District  of  Columbia  and 
the  remainder  in  Maryland.  Prepared  under  the  supervision  of  William 
Bullock  Clark,  state  geologist  of  Maryland,  by  George  B.  Shattuck,  Benja- 
min L.  Miller,  and  Arthur  Bibbins.  12  folio  pages  of  text,  3  maps,  and  1 
columnar  section. 

Geologic  folio  153.  Description  of  the  Ouray  quadrangle,  an  area  234.87  square 
miles  in  extent  in  southwestern  Colorado,  with  the  mining  town  of  Ouray 
in  the  southwest  part  of  the  quadrangle ;  geography  and  general  geology  by 
Whitman  Cross  and  Ernest  Howe;  economic  geology  by  J.  D.  Irving  and 
Whitman  Cross.  20  folio  pages  of  text,  3  maps,  1  columnar  section  sheet, 
and  1  sheet  of  illustrations  exhibiting  physiographic  features. 

Geologic  folio  154.  Description  of  the  Winslow  quadrangle,  comprising  940 
square  miles  of  the  Ozark  region  of  western  Arkansas  and  about  29  square 
miles  of  Oklahoma ;  by  A.  H.  Purdue.  6  folio  pages  of  text,  2  maps  show- 
ing topography  and  areal  geology,  and  1  sheet  of  columnar  sections. 

Geologic  folio  155.  Description  of  the  Ann  Arbor  quadrangle,  embracing  an 
area  884.85  square  miles  in  extent  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the  Southern 
Peninsula  of  Michigan,  the  city  of  Ann  Arbor  being  near  its  geographic 
center.  General  geology,  marl  deposits,  and  mineral  waters  described  by 
I.  C.  Russell;  topography  and  drainage,  Quaternary  geology,  and  water 
resources  by  Frank  Leverett ;  peat  deposits  by  Charles  A.  Davis ;  Paleozoic 
history  by  E.  M.  Kindle.  In  the  preparation  of  this  folio  the  Michigan 
State  Geological  Survey  rendered  much  assistance.  15  folio  pages  of  text 
and  3  maps  representing  topography,  geology,  and  artesian  waters. 

Geologic  folio  156.  Description  of  the  Elk  Point  quadrangle,  comprising  about 
87S  square  miles  in  the  Missouri  Valley,  on  the  western  slope  of  the  Missis- 
sippi basin,  mainly  in  Union  and  Clay  counties,  S.  Dak.,  but  including  also 
portions  of  Dixon  and  Dakota  counties,  Nebr.,  and  Plymouth  and  Sioux 
counties,  Iowa ;  by  J.  E.  Todd.  8  folio  pages  of  text  and  3  maps  of  topog- 
raphy,  geology,   and  artesian  waters. 

Geologic  folio  157.  Description  of  the  Passaic  quadrangle,  comprising  an  area 
of  about  905  square  miles,  the  greater  part  of  which  lies  in  New  Jersey, 
although  Staten  Island,  the  west  end  of  Long  Island,  the  south  end  of  Man- 
hattan Island,  and  several  smaller  islands  belonging  to  New  York  are  also 
included.  The  New  York  area  is  all  in  New  York  City;  the  New  Jersey 
area  includes  the  counties  of  Union  and  Essex  and  portions  of  Hudson, 
Passaic,  Bergen,  Morris,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  counties;  surveyed  in 
cooperation  with  the  State  of  New  Jersey ;  by  N.  II.  Darton,  W.  S.  Bayley, 
R.  D.  Salisbury,  and  H.  B.  Kiimmel.  27  folio  pages  of  text,  3  maps — topog- 
raphy, areal  geology,  and  surficial  geology — a  sheet  of  structure  sections, 
and  a  sheet  of  illustrations  exhibiting  geologic  features. 

Geologic  folio  158.  Description  of  the  Rockland  quadrangle,  comprising  about 
215  square  miles  (of  which  only  about  two-thirds  is  land)  on  the  western 
side  of  Penobscot  Bay,  Maine;  surveyed  in  cooperation  with  the  State  of 
Maine  by  Edson  S.  Bastin,  under  the  supervision  of  George  Otis  Smith. 
ir>  folio  pages  of  text,  4  maps — topography,  surficial  geology,  areal  geology, 
and  economic  geology — and  1  sheet  of  structure  sections. 

Geologic  folio  159.  Description  of  the  Independence  quadrangle,  an  area  950 
square  miles  in  extent,  located  near  the  middle  of  the  well-known  Kansas- 
Oklahoma  oil  and  gas  field,  of  which  it  forms  an  important  part;  by  F.  C. 
Schrader.  7  folio  pages  of  text  ;  3  maps,  showing  topography,  areal  geology, 
and  structural  and  economic  geology;  and  1  sheet  of  structure  sections; 
also  sheel  showing  names  thai  have  been  applied  to  the  geologic  formations 
iu  lliis  region  in  various  publications  issued  since  18GG. 


ANN.    REPT.    DEPT.    OF    INTERIOR,    1908. 


127°  125'  123"  121°  119°  117°  116° 


r-^i 


MAP   OF    UNITED    STATES,   SHOWING   AREAS   COVERED    BY    GEOLOGIC    SURVEYS 


Scale 
I00_    _  0  100  200  300  miles 

1908 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  221 

FIELD    WORK  BY  THE  DIRECTOR. 

During  the  field  season  of  1907  the  Director  visited  geologic,  topo- 
graphic, and  hydrographic  parties  in  California,  coal-land  classifica- 
tion parties  in  Wyoming,  and  the  testing  plants  in  Denver,  St.  Louis, 
and  Norfolk.  He  also  accompanied  the  Inland  Waterways  Commis- 
sion on  its  Mississippi  River  trip  and  attended  the  public-land,  irri- 
gation, and  mining  congresses  at  Denver,  Sacramento,  and  Joplin, 
respectively. 

GEOLOGIC  BRANCH. 
ADMINISTRATION. 

The  geologic  branch  consists  of  four  divisions,  viz,  (1)  geology 
and  paleontology,  (2)  Alaskan  mineral  resources,  (3)  mining  and 
mineral  resources,  and  (4)  chemical  and  physical  research. 

Each  division  is  in  charge  of  an  administrative  chief,  while  the 
cooperation  between  the  divisions  and  the  coordination  of  the  several 
lines  of  work  are  in  the  hands  of  the  chief  geologist,  C.  Willard 
Hayes.  It  is  often  to  the  advantage  of  the  Survey  to  employ  the 
members  of  one  division  in  the  work  of  another,  and  the  form  of  the 
organization  readily  permits  such  transfer  when  exigencies  demand  it. 

PUBLICATIONS. 

The  publications  of  the  year  prepared  in  the  geologic  branch  in- 
cluded 9  geologic  folios,  1  monograph,  2  professional  papers,  18  bul- 
letins, and  the  annual  volume  on  mineral  resources.  Besides  these  a 
large  number  of  papers  were,  with  the  permission  of  the  Director, 
published  in  scientific  journals  and  in  the  transactions  of  scientific 
societies,  and  some  original  matter  obtained  incidentally  during  the 
course  of  the  work  and  not  appropriate  for  official  reports  has  also 
been  made  the  subject  of  unofficial  publications.  Such  publications 
are  ordinarily  restatements  of  results  in  a  more  technical  form,  and 
are  usually  prepared  by  members  of  the  Survey  without  compensation. 

The  progress  of  geologic  mapping  during  the  year,  as  represented 
in  the  publications  of  the  Survey,  is  shown  on  PI.  I. 

DIVISION    OF    GEOLOGY    AND    PALEONTOLOGY. 
ORGANIZATION. 

The  scientific  force  of  the  division  at  the  beginning  of  the  year 
consisted  of  50  geologists  and  paleontologists,  45  assistant  geologists, 
and  26  junior  geologists.  During  the  year  there  were  7  resignations 
and  19  appointments,  resulting  in  a  net  gain  of  12,  or  a  total  of  133 
at  the  end  of  the  year.  Of  this  number  85  were  continuously  em- 
ployed ;  33,  carried  on  the  per  diem  roll,  gaAre  only  a  portion  of  their 
time  to  Survey  work;  and  22  were  not  employed  during  the  year.  In 
addition  to  the  above  regular  force  44  field  assistants  were  employed 
for  a  portion  of  the  year. 


222  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOET    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

GEOLOGIC     WORK    IN    EASTERN    AND     SOUTHEASTERN     STATES. 

New  England. — The  State  of  Maine  cooperated  in  geologic  work 
to  the  extent  of  $2,100.  The  detailed  geologic  survey  of  the  East- 
port  30-minute  quadrangle  was  continued  by  Edson  S.  Bastin,  as- 
sisted by  C.  L.  Breger.  Prof.  Henry  S.  Williams  cooperated  in 
investigations  of  Devonian  paleontology  and  stratigraphy. 

The  detailed  mapping  of  the  areal  geology  of  the  Frenchman  Bay 
quadrangle  was  continued  by  Charles  W.  Brown,  and  a  study  of  the 
hard-rock  road  materials  of  Maine  was  made  by  Henry  Leighton, 
under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Bastin.  The  Office  of  Public  Roads  of 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  cooperated  in  the  test- 
ing of  samples  and  in  the  publication  of  the  report. 

During  the  winter  Prof.  H.  S.  Williams,  assisted  by  C.  L.  Breger, 
continued  the  preparation  of  a  manuscript  on  the  Chapman  fauna 
of  Maine.  A  paper  entitled  "  Revision  of  the  mollusk  genus  Pteri- 
nea  "  Avas  published  in  April  by  the  United  States  National  Museum 
preliminary  to  the  publication  of  this  monograph. 

Brief  studies  of  some  of  the  molybdenite  deposits  of  Maine  were 
made  by  Frank  L.  Hess. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  Branford  Light-House  Point  area,  Con- 
necticut, was  made*  under  Prof.  Herbert  E.  Gregory's  direction  by 
Freeman  Ward. 

Field  work* on  the  Ware  and  Quinsigamond  (Mass.)  quadrangles 
was  completed  by  Prof.  B.  K.  Emerson.  The  text  of  the  Ware  folio 
is  in  final  form,  and  that  of  the  Quinsigamond  folio  is  nearly  ready. 
The  glacial  deposits  of  these  quadrangles  have  been  studied  by  W.  C. 
Alden,  and  chapters  on  the  Pleistocene  geology  for  the  folios  have 
been  prepared  by  him.  Professor  Emerson  also  compiled  a  general 
geologic  map  of  the  States  of  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island,  on 
the  scale  of  4  miles  to  the  inch.  The  map  is  ready  for  publication 
and  a  brief  text  which  will  accompany  it  is  well  advanced. 

All  the  granite  quarries  in  Vermont,  79  in  number,  were  visited  by 
T.  Nelson  Dale,  and  similar  work  was  begun  in  Connecticut.  Mr. 
Dale  also  completed  a  bulletin  on  the  chief  commercial  granites  of 
Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  and  Rhode  Island  (Bulletin  354) 
and  a  bulletin  on  the  granites  of  Vermont,  an  abstract  of  which  he 
has  furnished  for  publication  in  the  report  of  the  state  geologist  of 
Vermont  for  1908. 

Atlantic  Coastal  Plain. — A  geologic  study  of  the  Atlantic  Coastal 
Plain  is  being  carried  on  in  cooperation  with  the  official  Surveys  of 
the  various  States  concerned.  Although  the  need  for  such  work  was 
long  recognized,  the  plans  for  it  were  not  perfected  until  about  a  year 
a<ro,  when,  in  response  to  an  invitation  sent  out  by  the  Director  of  the 
National  Survey,  the  state  geologists  from  the  various  States  came  to 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  223 

Washington  and  met  in  conference  those  members  of  the  federal 
organization  that  were  most  directly  interested  in  the  proposed  in- 
vestigation. At  this  meeting,  which  was  held  December  31,  1906,  it 
was  decided  that  a  cooperative  survey  of  the  geology  of  the  Coastal 
Plain  should  be  undertaken,  with  special  reference  to  the  underground 
water  resources  of  the  region. 

In  accordance  with  the  views  expressed  at  the  conference  a  super- 
vising board  was  formed,  with  Prof.  William  Bullock  Clark,  of  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  as  chairman,  the  other  members  being  the  state 
geologists  of  the  cooperating  States  and,  from  the  National  Survey, 
the  chiefs  of  the  geologic  and  water-resources  branches,  the  geologist 
in  charge  of  the  section  of  paleontology,  and  the  geologist  selected  to 
supervise  the  investigation. 

The  state  geologist  of  each  State  has  general  supervision  of  the 
work  in  his  State,  and  the  chief  geologist,  chief  hydrographer,  and 
chief  paleontologist  of  the  federal  Survey  act  in  their  respective  offi- 
cial capacities.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  the  geologist  selected  to  super- 
vise the  investigation,  has  charge  of  the  coordination  of  the  work 
between  the  different  States  represented  and  of  the  geologic  correla- 
tions. 

Prof.  W.  B.  Clark  was  in  immediate  charge  of  the  Coastal  Plain  dis- 
trict extending  from  Massachusetts  to  and  including  North  Carolina. 
Field  operations  were  continued  under  his  direction  during  the  last 
fiscal  year  in  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  and  North 
Carolina.  He  had  the  assistance  of  Messrs.  B.  L.  Miller,  E.  W. 
Berry,  L.  W.  Stephenson,  M.  W.  Twitchell,  and  A.  Bibbins  and  Miss 
Gardner. 

In  New  Jersey  the  geology  of  certain  portions  of  the  Philadelphia 
quadrangle  was  revised  in  cooperation  with  the  state  geologist  of  New 
Jersey,  preparatory  to  the  publication  of  the  Philadelphia  folio,  work 
on  which  was  completed  some  years  ago. 

In  Pennsylvania  further  work  was  done  on  the  Cretaceous  deposits, 
preparatory  to  the  publication  of  the  Philadelphia  folio. 

Work  in  Delaware  has  been  confined  largely  to  reconnaissance  sur- 
veys in  the  Wilmington  quadrangle.  The  Cretaceous,  Tertiary,  and 
Quaternary  formations  were  provisionally  platted  as  the  result  of 
work  along  the  stream  channels  in  the  district. 

In  Maryland  a  systematic  study  of  the  Potomac  floras,  including 
the  revision  of  the  synonymy,  was  begun  by  Mr.  Berry. 

The  work  in  Virginia  consisted  of  a  study  of  the  stratigraphy  and 
a  laboratory  study  of  the  Tertiary  fossils.  Particular  attention  was 
given  to  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Tertiary  formations-  The  leading 
divisions  recognized  in  Maryland  were  found,  and  their  extension 
across  the  State  was  mapped  in  a  preliminary  way.  Mr.  Berry  began 
an  exhaustive  study  of  the  Potomac  floras  in  conjunction  with  the 


224  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

Maryland  materials,  with  the  idea  of  making  a  complete  revision 
of  the  synonymy  and  carefully  determining  the  horizons  from  which 
the  various  forms  come. 

The  North  Carolina  work  was  continued  by  Doctor  Clark,  in  coop- 
eration with  Messrs.  Miller,  Berry,  Twitchell,  and  Stephenson,  and 
Miss  Gardner.  Extensive  collections  were  made  from  the  Lower 
Cretaceous  beds,  and  the  deposits  have  been  correlated  with  those  of 
regions  farther  north.  A  preliminary  map  showing  the  distribution 
of  the  several  formational  units  has  been  been  prepared,  and  also 
a  report  on  North  Carolina  Coastal  Plain  stratigraphy. 

T.  Wayland  Vaughan  was  in  immediate  charge  of  the  Coastal  Plain 
district  extending  from  the  North  Carolina-South  Carolina  line 
southward. 

In  South  Carolina,  in  company  with  Earle  Sloan,  state  geologist 
of  South  Carolina,  Mr.  Vaughan  reviewed  the  Tertiary  stratigraphy 
of  the  State,  making  at  numerous  localities  collections  of  fossils, 
which  were  subsequently  studied,  in  order  to  establish  geologic  corre- 
lations between  South  Carolina  and  adjoining  States.  L.  W.  Stephen- 
son spent  several  weeks  in  South  Carolina  for  the  purpose  of  correlat- 
ing the  Cretaceous  formations  of  the  State  with  those  of  the  other 
Coastal  Plain  States  and  of  determining  the  Eocene  or  Cretaceous 
age  of  certain  beds.  Considerable  progress  was  made  in  the  study  of 
the  geology  of  South  Carolina,  and  as  a  result  of  the  cooperative 
work  Mr.  Sloan  will  soon  issue  a  report  on  the  Coastal  Plain  forma- 
tions of  that  State.  This  report  will  be  followed  by  a  special  report 
on  the  underground  waters  of  the  State,  for  which  most  of  the  data 
have  already  been  collected. 

An  arrangement,  contingent  on  receiving  the  necessary  appropria- 
tions, was  made  with  S.  W.  McCallie,  state  geologist  of  Georgia,  for 
the  detailed  study  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Georgia,  with  especial  refer- 
ence to  underground  water  resources.  In  accordance  with  this  arrange- 
ment L.  W.  Stephenson,  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  spent  some  time  in  the  study  of  the  stratigraphy  and  correla- 
tion of  the  Cretaceous  formations.  The  Georgia  Geological  Survey 
assigned  Otto  Veatch  as  its  representative  in  the  work.  Mr.  Vaughan, 
in  company  with  Earle  Sloan,  visited  critical  localities  in  Georgia 
near  Savannah  River. 

An  agreement  was  made  between  the  Director  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  and  E.  H.  Sellards,  state  geologist  of  Florida, 
for  cooperative  work  in  that  State.  According  to  this  arrangement 
Mr.  Sellards  and  an  assistant,  Herman  Gunter,  conducted  the  field 
researches  regarding  the  underground  waters  in  1G  counties,  compris- 
ing the  central  portion  of  the  State,  while  the  underground  water 
investigations  in  the  remainder  of  the  State,  as  well  as  the  strati- 
graphic  work,  were  carried  on  by  representatives  of  the  United  States 


TWENTY-NINTH   EEPOKT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  225 

Geological  Survey.  Mr.  Vaughan  supervised  the  investigation  on 
behalf  of  the  federal  Survey,  and  F.  G.  Clapp  and  George  C.  Matson 
were  assigned  to  the  field  work  and  completed  it  as  planned. 

Mr.  Vaughan  had  several  conferences  with  Prof.  Eugene  A.  Smith, 
state  geologist  of  Alabama,  with  reference  to  stratigraphic  correla- 
tions, and  Professor  Smith  was  also  visited  by  Messrs.  Clapp  and 
Stephenson  for  similar  consultations.  A  few  of  the  more  important 
exposures  of  Cretaceous  formations  were  visited  by  Mr.  Stephenson 
for  the  purpose  of  comparing  the  geologic  sections  in  the  more  eastern 
States  with  the  section  in  Alabama. 

In  Texas  Alexander  Deussen  undertook  field  work  and  the  prepa- 
ration of  a  report  on  the  stratigraphy  and  underground  waters  of 
the  region  extending  eastward  from  the  Sabine  to  the  Brazos  and 
lying  south  of  a  line  crossing  Marion,  Upshur,  Wood,  Van  Zandt, 
and  Kaufman  counties.  The  field  work  for  this  area  was  completed 
and  the  report  is  almost  ready  for  publication. 

A  preliminary  study  was  made  by  L.  W.  Stephenson,  under  the 
supervision  of  T.  AY.  Stanton,  of  collections  of  Cretaceous  fossils 
from  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Alabama,  ob- 
tained in  the  course  of  work  on  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Atlantic 
Coastal  Plain. 

The  stratigraphy  and  paleontology  of  a  part  of  Staten  Island,  New 
York,  was  investigated  by  E.  C.  Jeffrey  and  Arthur  Hollick  under 
the  direction  of  F.  H.  Knowlton,  and  much  valuable  material  bearing 
on  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Cretaceous  formations  of  the  Atlantic 
coast  was  obtained. 

Northern  Appalachian  region. — A  detailed  study  of  the  Dalma- 
nellas  of  the  Devonian  of  New  York  was  made  by  H.  S.  Williams  to 
illustrate  the  amount  and  kind  of  modification  of  species  coordinate 
with  geologic  sequence  in  time.  A  preliminary  paper  by  Professor 
Williams  on  the  Dalmanellas  of  the  Chemung  formation  was  pub- 
lished in  April,  1908,  by  the  National  Museum. 

A  paper  on  the  correlation  of  the  Devonian  section  of  the  Tiougli- 
nioga  and  Chenango  valleys  with  the  standard  Ithaca  section  was 
finished  in  August,  1907,  but  was  withheld  from  publication  awaiting 
the  settlement  of  questions  of  nomenclature  for  the  Watkins  Glen 
and  Catatonk  quadrangles. 

Geologic  work  in  Pennsylvania  was  done  in  cooperation  with  the 
State,  which  made  an  appropriation  of  $5,500  for  this  purpose.  De- 
tailed areal  and  economic  surveys  of  the  Carnegie  and  Warren  quad- 
rangles were  completed,  and  the  text  of  the  Warren  folio  has  been  sub- 
niitted.  The  areal  survey  of  the  Claysville  quadrangle  was  completed 
and  areal  work  was  carried  on  in  the  Sewickley  quadrangle.  The 
work  on  the  Clarion  quadrangle  was  completed  and  additional  studies 
were  made  in  the  Johnstown.  Punxsutawney,  and  Houtzdale  quad- 
58020— int  1008— vol  1 15 


226  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

rangles.  The  work  in  Pennsylvania  was  in  charge  of  George  H. 
Ashley,  with  whom  were  associated  George  C.  Martin,  Charles  Butts, 
M.  J.  Munn,  Frederick  B.  Peck,  W.  C.  Phalen,  and  Edwin  F.  Lines. 

A.  C.  Spencer  continued  the  study  of  the  magnetite  deposits  of  the 
Cornwall  type  in  Dauphin,  Lancaster,  and  York  counties,  and  the 
final  report  on  this  work  is  ready  for  publication. 

The  mapping  of  the  New  Jersey  Highlands  was  continued  by 
W.  S.  Bay  ley,  the  field  work  being  completed  for  the  Ramapo  quad- 
rangle. Doctor  Bayley  spent  the  remainder  of  the  field  season  in 
revising  the  mapping  of  the  Raritan  quadrangle  and  in  extending 
the  mapping  of  the  Easton  quadrangle  west  of  Delaware  River  w 
Pennsylvania. 

George  W.  Stose  completed  and  transmitted  for  publication  the 
Mercersburg-Chambersburg  (Pa.)  folio,  completed  the  field  work  in 
the  Pawpaw  and  Hancock  (W.  Va.-Md.-Pa.)  quadrangles  and  began 
preparation  of  the  folio  in  cooperation  with  the  Maryland  Geological 
Survey,  and  partly  surveyed  the  Carlisle  (Pa.)  quadrangle. 

Frank  W.  De  Wolf  nearly  completed  an  economic  bulletin  and  a 
folio  for  the  Newcastle  (Pa.)  quadrangle. 

E.  O.  Ulrich  spent  the  month  of  July  in  the  Champlain  and  Mo- 
hawk valleys  in  New  York.  Through  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  John  M. 
Clarke,  state  geologist  of  New  York,  Dr.  Rudolph  Ruedemann,  of  his 
staff,  was  detailed  as  guide  and  associate  to  Mr.  Ulrich  in  a  study  of 
typical  outcrops  in  these  classic  areas  of  American  early  Paleozoic 
stratigraphy.  During  about  half  of  the  time  Prof.  H.  P.  dishing, 
also  of  the  New  York  State  Survey,  accompanied  Messrs.  Ruedemann 
and  Ulrich.  It  is  believed  that  this  association  of  state  and  federal 
geologists  will  lead  to  a  clearer  appreciation  of  the  composition  of  the 
New  York  section  and  to  greater  exactitude  in  correlations  with  it. 

The  month  of  August  was  devoted  to  a  continuation  of  strati- 
graphic  studies  in  the  Mississippi  and  Appalachian  valleys,  begun 
several  years  ago.  Those  in  the  Appalachian  area  were  resumed  in 
May,  1908.  In  the  early  part  of  this  month  Mr.  Ulrich,  in  association 
with  Mr.  Stose,  extended  these  studies  through  the  Carlisle  (Pa.) 
quadrangle,  and  thence  northward  to  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Southern  Appalachian  region. — In  the  Cowee  (N.  C.)  quadrangle 
field  work,  done  for  the  most  part  jointly  with  the  state  Survey,  con- 
sisted in  the  examination  of  deposits  of  ruby,  mica,  and  kaolin,  by 
D.  B.  Sterrett,  together  with  a  review  of  the  base  of  the  Ocoee  strata 
by  Arthur  Keith. 

In  the  Morgantown  (N.  C.)  quadrangle  field  work  included  the 
mapping  of  the  monazite  and  gold-bearing  sands,  mainly  by  Mr. 
Sterrett.  In  the  Dahlonega  (Ga.)  district  the  mapping  of  the  aurif- 
erous gravels  and  similar  deposits  was  completed  by  Mr.  Keith. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  227 

For  the  determination  of  the  sequence  of  gneisses  and  schists  in 
the  Dahlonega,  Suwanee,  and  Dalton  quadrangles,  in  Georgia,  and 
the  Walhalla  quadrangle,  in  South  Carolina,  a  brief  reconnaissance 
was  made  by  Mr.  Keith. 

W.  C.  Phalen  carried  on  revisional  work  in  the  Ellijay  (Ga.)  quad- 
rangle and  in  adjacent  portions  of  the  Suwanee  and  Dalton  quad- 
rangles. 

The  iron-ore  deposits  that  appeared  to  be  of  economic  interest  were 
visited  and  brief  accounts  of  them  were  prepared  for  publication  in 
Bulletin  340  (Contributions  to  Economic  Geology,  1907,  Part  I). 
The  known  bauxite  deposits  in  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Tennessee 
were  visited  by  Messrs.  Hayes  and  Phalen,  partly  in  the  interest  of 
work  for  the  annual  report  on  mineral  resources  and  partly  to  extend 
the  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  the  deposits. 

Work  was  continued  in  the  Birmingham  (Ala.)  district  by  Mr. 
Butts,  in  the  preparation  of  folios,  special  reports,  and  a  paper  on 
the  coal  fields  of  Alabama. 

Selected  outcrops  of  Ordovician  and  late  Cambrian  rocks  in  the 
Appalachian  Valley  between  Clinchport,  Va.,  and  Knoxville,  Tenn., 
were  studied  by  E.  O.  Ulrich  and  R.  S.  Bassler.  The  immediate 
object  of  these  investigations  was  to  determine  the  causes  of  the  well- 
known  local  variations  in  lithologic  and  f  aunal  characters  of  the  great 
series  of  dolomites  and  limestones  commonly  referred  to  as  the  Knox 
dolomite.  In  June  an  areal  survey  was  made  of  the  Woodbury 
(Tenn.)  quadrangle  by  Messrs.  Ulrich  and  Bassler. 

GEOLOGIC    WOKK    IN    CENTRAL    STATES    EAST    OF    97°. 

Areal  and  economic  surveys  in  the  coal  fields  of  southern  Illinois 
were  continued  in  cooperation  with  the  state  Geological  Survey. 
T.  W.  Savage,  Stuart  Weller,  and  J.  H.  Udden  were  employed  on  this 
work  by  the  State,  and  Frank  W.  De  Wolf,  E.  C.  Lines,  and  David 
White  by  the  federal  Survey.  Three  quadrangles,  the  Belleville, 
Breese,  and  Galatia,  were  surveyed  with  the  assistance  of  members 
of  the  state  Survey.  These  quadrangles  form  parts  of  two  belts  of 
15-minute  areas,  which  will  extend  across  the  State  at  a  distance  of  36 
miles  apart.  In  connection  with  the  field  work  systematic  collection 
and  analysis  of  face  samples  from  shipping  coal  mines  has  been  car- 
ried on.  Preliminary  reports  On  these  quadrangles  have  been  sub- 
mitted, and  final  reports  on  the  Belleville  and  Breese  quadrangles  are 
in  preparation.  A  bulletin  on  the  Peoria  quadrangle  was  submitted 
by  the  state  Survey,  in  accordance  with  an  agreement  made  in  the 
previous  year. 

The  results  of  the  Illinois  surveys  will  be  available  for  publication 
in  folio  form  after  the  general  correlation  studies  planned  for  the 
following  year  have  been  completed. 


228  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

A  reconnaissance  study  of  the  stratigraphy  and  structure  of  the 
Henderson  (Ky.)  and  the  Evansville  (Ind.)  coal  fields  and  of  part 
of  the  southern  Illinois  field  was  made  by  George  H.  Ashley  and 
Frank  W.  DeWolf. 

As  part  of  the  cooperation  with  the  state  Survey  of  Illinois  the 
field  study  of  the  fossil  floras  of  the  basal  "  Coal  Measures  "  in  that 
State  was  continued  by  David  White,  who  at  the  same  time  worked 
out  the  age  and  number  of  the  coals  laid  down  in  the  early  Penn- 
sylvanian  basin.  During  the  two  months  available  this  work  was 
extended  along  the  greater  part  of  the  western  border  of  the  coal  field. 

In  Arkansas  work  was  done  by  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  in  cooperation  with  the  Geological  Survey  of  Arkansas,  Prof. 
A.  H.  Purdue,  state  geologist,  being  in  charge  of  the  work.  The 
mapping  of  the  slates  of  Arkansas  and  of  such  part  of  the  Caddo 
Gap  quadrangle  as  time  would  permit,  for  folio  publication,  was 
the  object  in  view.  E.  O.  Ulrich  accompanied  Professor  Purdue  to 
Crystal  Springs,  Montgomery  County,  for  the  purpose  of  making 
paleontologic  studies  to  determine  the  age  of  the  rocks  in  the  slate 
region. 

A  reconnaissance  of  portions  of  the  Cherokee  and  Creek  Nations 
was  made  b}^  C.  E.  Siebenthal  to  ascertain  more  exactly  the  rela- 
tions of  the  Pennsylvanian  formations  in  the  Wyandotte  (Okla.-Mo.), 
Independence  (Kans.),  and  Muskogee  (Okla.)  quadrangles.  Mr. 
Siebenthal  subsequently  took  up  the  collection  of  lead  and  zinc 
statistics  for  the  calendar  year  1907,  for  publication  in  the  annual 
report  on  mineral  resources,  and  carried  on  this  work  throughout  the 
remainder  of  the  fiscal  year. 

Previous  study  of  the  critical  relations  of  the  several  parts  of  the 
Keewatin  and  Labradoran  glacial  formations  on  the  north  and  west 
sides  of  the  Driftless  Area  in  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  and  Iowa  was 
continued  by  Frank  Leverett,  who  during  the  winter  prepared  a  re- 
port of  progress  on  this  work  and  continued  the  preparation  of  manu- 
script on  the  formations  of  the  Michigan  glacial  lobe. 

A  real  glacial  work  was  continued  by  W.  C.  Alden  in  Wisconsin, 
chiefly  in  the  townships  of  Monroe.  Bellville,  Cross  Plains,  Baraboo, 
Denzer,  Dells,  and  Briggsville,  in  the  south-central  part  of  the  State. 
In  June.  L908,  Mr.  Alden  resumed  field  work  in  northern  Illinois  on 
subjects  related  to  his  previous  work  in  Wisconsin. 

Supplementary  studies  of  the  area  of  the  Michigan  glacial  lobe  and 
related  tract-  were  made  by  Frank  B.  Taylor,  who  directed  his  at- 
tention particularly  to  the  former  beach  lines  and  other  lacustrine 
phenomena.  .Mr.  Taylor  made  some  studies  in  correlation  on  the 
south  side  of  Lake  Erie  in  Ohio  and  New  York,  and,  without  expense 
to  the  Survey,  extended  his  examinations  to  related  phenomena  in 
Ontario.     His  office  work  was  devoted  chiefly  to  the  preparation  of 


TWENTY-NINTH  REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  229 

manuscript  on  the  lacustrine  formations  associated  with  the  Michigan 
glacial  lobe. 

Careful  spirit-level  surveys  of  the  elevated  beach  lines  of  the 
glacial  Lake  Michigan  were  made  by  J.  W;  Goldthwait  to  determine 
the  nature  of  the  former  movements  of  the  lake  level.  This  work  was 
done  in  close  association  with  and  supplementary  to  that  of  Messrs. 
Taylor  and  Leverett.  The  work  of  Messrs.  Leverett,  Alden,  Taylor, 
and  Goldthwait  was  carried  on  under  the  general  supervision  of  Prof. 
T.  C.  Chamberlin. 

C.  E.  Van 'Hise  and  C.  K.  Leith  gave  a  large  amount  of  time 
during  the  winter  to  the  completion  of  the  final  monograph  on  the 
Lake  Superior  region.  Doctor  Van  Hise  devoted  the  months  of  July 
and  August  to  this  work,  which  involved  the  writing  of  several  new 
chapters,  the  radical  revision  of  others,  a  large  amount  of  chemical 
and  physical  investigation  of  the  ores  and  the  iron  formations,  and 
the  direction  of  a  draftsman  continuously  during  the  year  in  the 
revision  of  maps. 

An  extensive  series  of  physical  and  chemical  tests  of  the  iron  ores 
of  the  Lake  Superior  region  was  made  by  W.  J.  Mead  in  connection 
with  the  discussion  of  the  origin  of  the  iron  ores  forming  a  chapter 
in  the  forthcoming  monograph. 

A  study  of  the  physiographic  features  of  the  Lake  Superior  region 
was  made  by  Lawrence  Martin  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of 
a  chapter  on  the  surface  features  of  the  region  for  the  monograph. 

Some  corrections  of  the  map  in  the  Mesabi  iron  region  were  made 
by  Doctor  Leith,  who  also  conferred  with  Mr.  Mead  in  reference  to 
the  latter's  work. 

A  topographic  and  geologic  model  of  the  Lake  Superior  region  has 
been  prepared  under  direction  of  C.  K.  Leith  and  Lawrence  Martin, 
by  E.  H.  J.  Lorenz,  mechanician  and  model  maker,  of  the  University 
of  Wisconsin.  A  reproduction  of  a  large  photograph  of  this  model, 
which  shows  many  interesting  features,  will  be  included  in  the  mono- 
graph. 

A.  N.  Winchell  gave  some  time  to  the  collection  of  available  infor- 
mation concerning  the  petrography  of  Keweenawan  lavas  and 
intrusives. 

W.  S.  Bayley,  of  the  University  of  Illinois,  gave  a  little  time 
to  the  revision  of  the  chapter  and  map  on  the  Calumet  trough  of 
Michigan  for  this  monograph. 

The  summaries  of  literature  for  a  bulletin  on  the  North  American 
pre-Cambrian  rocks  were  brought  up  to  January  1,  1908,  by  Doctor 
Leith,  and  a  revision  of  the  general  discussion  was  made  by  Doctors 
Van  Hise  and  Leith.  This  work  touches  closely  subjects  discussed  by 
them  at  a  conference  in  Chicago  on  the  geologic  map  of  North 
America  with  Messrs.  Chamberlin,  Willis,  Adams,  Brock,  and  Miller. 


230  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OE   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

GEOLOGIC    WORK    IN    THE    SIXTEEN    WESTERN    PUBLIC-LAND    STATES    AND    TERRITORIES. 

Rocky  Mountain  region. — M.  R.  Campbell  continued  in  charge  of 
the  coal-land  classification  and  valuation  in  the  Western  States,  carry- 
ing on  this  work  in  addition  to  supervising  the  surveys  of  various 
oil  and  gas  fields  in  the  United  States. 

The  plans  provided  for  the  classification  of  about  20,000  square 
miles  of  supposed  coal  territory  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region.  To 
carry  out  this  work  sixteen  field  parties  were  organized,  and  groups 
of  parties  working  in  close  proximity  were  placed  in  charge  of  sub- 
ordinates, C.  A.  Fisher  having  direct  supervision  of  five  parties  in 
south-central  Montana  and  north-central  Wyoming,  and  A.  C.  Veatch 
having  charge  of  four  parties  in  south-central  Wyoming.  The  other 
parties  worked  independently,  with  only  such  supervision  as  Mr. 
Campbell  was  able  to  give  them. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  Max  W.  Ball  carried  on  a  geologic 
survey  of  the  western  part  of  the  Little  Snake  River  coal  field,  in 
southern  Wyoming,  beginning  at  Rawlins,  on  the  Union  Pacific  Rail- 
road, and  extending  southward  to  the  Colorado  line. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  W.  R.  Calvert  made  a  survey  of  the 
Lewistown  (Mont.)  coal  field,  from  July  1  to  October  1,  1907.  Mr. 
Calvert's  work  extended  from  the  Great  Falls  coal  field  on  the  west, 
which  was  examined  by  Mr.  Fisher  during  the  previous  year,  to  a 
point  as  far  east  of  Lewistown  as  the  workable  coal  beds  appeared  to 
continue. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  Arthur  J.  Collier  surveyed  the 
Miles  City  (Mont.)  coal  field,  beginning  work  before  the  1st  of  July 
and  continuing  until  September  5,  1907,  when  Mr.  Collier  was  de- 
tailed to  examine  mineral  claims  in  the  national  forests,  and  Carl  D. 
Smith  assumed  charge  of  the  party  in  the  Miles  City  field. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  Hoyt  S.  Gale  made  an  examination 
of  the  northern  rim  of  the  Uinta  coal  basin  in  Colorado  and  Utah, 
working  from  the  Danforth  Hills  in  Colorado  westward  as  far  as 
Vernal,  Utah.  At  the  close  of  this  examination  Mr.  Gale  crossed  the 
[Jinta  Mountains  and  made  a  brief  survey  of  the  Henrys  Fork  coal 
field,  which  lies  partly  in  Utah  and  partly  in  Wyoming. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  James  H.  Gardner  made  an  examina- 
tion of  the  eastern  rim  of  the  San  Juan  River  coal  basin  of  north- 
w« stern  New  Mexico  and  southwestern  Colorado,  from  July  1  to  Oc- 
tober  5,  L907.  Most  of  this  work  was  done  in  a  field  already  described 
by  Mr.  Schrader,  bul  the  reexamination  was  made  necessary  by  the 
fad  that  in  the  previous  work  the  lands  had  not  been  classified  ac- 
cording to  legal  subdivisions.  On  February  15  Mr.  Gardner  was 
again  detailed  to  New  Mexico  to  make  an  examination  of  several 
isolated  coal  fields  in  the  Rio  Grande  Valley.     From  February  15  to 


WORK  OF  THE  YEAR — GEOLOGIC  BRANCH.  231 

July  1  he  was  engaged  in  this  work,  examining  in  that  time  the 
Carthage,  Hagan,  Cerrillos,  Santa  Fe,  Glorieta,  and  Cabezon  fields. 

C.  A.  Fisher  was  placed  in  charge  of  five  parties  operating  in  the 
vicinity  of  Billings,  Mont.  The  heads  of  these  parties  were  Messrs. 
Calvert,  Stone,  Woolsey,  Washburne,  and  Woodruff.  From  July  1 
to  October  31  Mr.  Fisher  was  engaged  in  supervising  the  work  of 
these  parties. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  Willis  T.  Lee  was  engaged  in  the 
examination  of  the  Grand  Mesa  coal  field  of  Colorado  from  July  1  to 
September  30,  1907.  This  field  is  the  eastern  continuation  of  the 
Book  Cliffs  coal  field,  examined  during  the  previous  year  by  George 
B.  Richardson.  From  October  1  to  October  7  Mr.  Lee  was  engaged 
in  the  study  of  the  "  Red  Beds  "  in  the  vicinity  of  Las  Vegas,  N.  Mex. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  George  B.  Richardson  made  a  sur- 
vey of  the  coal  fields  of  southwestern  Utah,  including  the  so-called 
anthracite  field  of  New  Harmony  and  the  bituminous  fields  of  the 
Colob  Plateau.  Mr.  Richardson  was  engaged  in  this  work  from  July 
1  to  October  1,  after  which  he  proceeded  to  Texas  and  continued  his 
work  in  the  El  Paso  and  Van  Horn  quadrangles. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  A.  R.  Schultz  was  engaged  in  the 
survey  of  the  Rock  Springs  (Wyo.)  coal  field  from  July  1  to  De- 
cember 23,  1907.  The  geologic  work  in  this  field  was  carried  on  in 
conjunction  with  a  resurvey  of  the  land  lines  of  a  part  of  this  region 
and  the  inspection  of  land  surveys  in  another  part  of  the  same  region 
under  the  General  Land  Office. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  E.  Wesley  Shaw  was  engaged  in 
the  survey  of  the  Glenrock  (Wyo.)  coal  field  from  July  1  to  October 
16,  1907. 

A  party  under  the  joint  direction  of  Carl  D.  Smith  and  Prof. 
A.  G.  Leonard,  state  geologist  of  North  Dakota,  made  a  survey  of 
the  Sentinel  Butte  coal  field  of  North  Dakota  and  eastern  Montana. 
Professor  Leonard  was  able  to  be  with  the  party  only  a  few  weeks, 
and  consequently  the  major  portion  of  the  work  devolved  upon  Mr. 
Smith.  He  was  engaged  in  this  work  from  July  1  to  September  5, 
when,  owing  to  the  transfer  of  Mr.  Collier  to  other  fields  of  work, 
Mr.  Smith  was  detailed  to  Miles  City  to  continue  the  unfinished 
work  in  that  field. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  E.  E.  Smith  made  a  geologic  sur- 
vey of  the  Great  Divide  Basin  coal  field  of  Wyoming  from  July  1 
to  November  15,  1907.  The  work  of  this  party  connects  with  that 
of  Mr.  Ball  on  the  south,  that  of  Mr.  Schultz  on  the  west,  and  that 
of  Mr.  Veatch,  done  during  the  previous  year,  on  the  east. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  R.  W.  Stone  made  a  geologic  sur- 
vey of  a  large  territory  north  and  west  of  the  Crazy  Mountains, 
Montana,  from  July  1  to  October  18,  1907.    This  work  was  done  on 


232  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

the  supposition  that  large  bodies  of  coal  occur  in  this  region,  but  the 
work  of  Mr.  Stone  shows  that  coal  of  workable  thickness  is  entirely 
absent,  and  that  there  is  no  reason  for  regarding  this  area  as  a  coal 
field. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  Joseph  A.  Taff  made  a  geologic 
survey  of  the  Sheridan  (Wyo.)  coal  field  from  July  1  to  October  31, 
1907. 

A.  C.  Veatch  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  parties  of  Messrs.  Schultz, 
Shaw,  Smith,  and  Ball  in  central  Wyoming.  In  addition  to  super- 
vising the  geologic  work  of  these  parties  Mr.  Veatch  was  authorized 
by  the  General  Land  Office  to  make  a  resurvey  of  a  small  area  north 
of  Rock  Springs  and  to  inspect  certain  contract  surveys  in  the  same 
locality.  This  work  engaged  Mr.  Veatch's  attention  from  July  1  to 
September  19,  190T,  when  he  was  transferred  to  the  office  of  the 
President  to  investigate  the  mining  laws  of  Australasia. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  C.  W.  Washburne  made  a  geologic 
survey  of  the  coal  fields  on  the  northeast  side  of  the  Bighorn  Basin, 
Wyoming,  from  July  1  to  October  31,  1907.  This  work,  although 
principally  in  Wyoming,  extended  northward  from  Montana  for  20 
or  30  miles,  including  all  of  the  so-called  Bridger  coal  field  in  the 
valley  of  Clark  Fork. 

Carroll  C.  Wegemann  was  engaged  during  the  field  season  of 
1907  and  much  of  the  office  season  of  1907-8  as  an  assistant  to  Arthur 
J.  Collier  and  Carl  D.  Smith.  On  April  20,  1908,  Mr.  Wegemann 
was  instructed  to  proceed  to  Miles  City,  Mont.,  and  join  a  party  from 
the  Forest  Service  in  the  examination  and  classification  of  coal  lands 
in  the  Otter  National  Forest.  This  work  occupied  his  time  until 
May  29,  when  he  returned  to  Helena,  Mont.,  for  the  purpose  of  col- 
lecting data  regarding  the  land  surveys  of  the  Bull  Mountain  region. 
Mr.  Wegemann  completed  this  work  by  June  10,  and  then  proceeded 
to  Sheridan,  Wyo.,  to  assist  Mr.  Gale  in  the  survey  of  the  Buffalo 
coal  field. 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  L.  FI.  Woolsey  made  a  geologic 
survey  of  a  portion  of  the  Musselshell  Valley,  including  the  southern 
part  of  the  Bull  Mountain  field,  Montana,  from  July  1  to  October  29, 
11)07.  A  large  part  of  the  area  examined  was  found  to  be  barren  of 
workable  coal  beds,  so  (hat  the  energy  of  the  party  was  largely  cen- 
tered on  the  Bull  Mountain  field,  which  contains  a  great  many  coal 
beds  and  doubtless  will  become  an  important  coal  producer.  In  order 
to  complete  the  survey  of  this  field  at  an  early  date,  so  that  the  lands 
might  soon  be  restored  to  coal  entry,  R.  W.  Richards,  who  has  been 
ciated  with  Mr.  Woolsey  in  the  work,  returned  to  the  field  on 
Mav  1.  L908,  and  with  a  small  party  continued  the  surveys  of  the 
previous  season.  This  work  is  in  progress  July  1  and  will  soon  be 
completed. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  233 

A  party  under  the  direction  of  E.  G.  Woodruff  made  a  geologic 
survey  of  the  coal  fields  on  the  southwest  side  of  the  Bighorn  Basin. 
Wyoming,  including  the  Red  Lodge  field  in  Montana. 

T.  W.  Stanton,  paleontologist,  spent  the  months  of  July,  August. 
and  September  in  field  work  on  the  stratigraphy  and  paleontology 
of  the  coal-bearing  formations  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  in  co- 
operation with  the  geologic  parties  that  were  doing  areal  and  eco- 
nomic work  in  the  various  coal  fields.  Visits  of  sufficient  length  to 
determine  the  important  features  of  the  sections  were  made  to  the 
parties  near  Rawlins,  Rock  Springs,  Casper,  Sheridan,  and  Cod}^,  in 
Wyoming,  and  near  Red  Lodge,  Crazy  Mountains,  and  Judith  Moun- 
tains, in  Montana. 

F.  H.  Knowlton,  assisted  by  A.  C.  Peale,  spent  the  field  season  in 
the  study  of  stratigraphic  and  paleontologic  problems  along  Missouri 
and  Yellowstone  rivers  in  North  Dakota  and  Montana,  in  connection 
with  the  coal  work,  procuring  much  paleobotanic  material  for  use  in 
the  correlation  of  various  Upper  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  formations. 
Mr.  Knowlton  also  visited  the  Bighorn  Basin,  Wyoming,  and  the 
northern  side  of  the  Crazy  Mountains,  Montana,  studying  the  stra- 
tigraphy and  paleontology  of  these  regions. 

A  detailed  survey  of  the  central  pre-Cambrian  area  of  the  Black 
Hills,  South  Dakota,  was  begun  by  A.  Johannsen.  The  areal  dis- 
tribution of  the  slates,  schists,  and  intrusives  of  a  portion  of  the  area 
was  mapped  and  a  large  number  of  specimens  were  collected.  The 
ke}^  to  the  structure  was  obtained. 

Some  revision  work  in  the  Black  Hills  was  done  by  N.  H.  Darton, 
in  the  Hermosa,  Rapid,  and  Deadwood  quadrangles. 

During  the  field  season  of  1907  S.  F.  Emmons,  under  leave  of  ab- 
sence without  pay,  took  charge  of  a  geologic  survey  of  the  important 
copper-mining  district  of  Cananea,  in  Sonora,  Mexico,  not  far  south 
of  the  international  boundary.  The  product  of  this  district  is  en- 
tirely tributary  to  the  United  States  and  its  geologic  structure  pre- 
sents some  phenomena  not  hitherto  observed  in  mining  districts  within 
our  boundaries,  so  that  its  study  serves  to  round  out  investigations  of 
natural  processes  of  ore  distribution  that  have  been  carried  on  by  this 
Survey. 

Whitman  Cross  did  no  field  work  during  the  summer  of  1907,  being 
absent  for  several  months  on  leave  of  absence  without  pay.  Ho  was 
assisted  by  Howland  Bancroft  from  December  1  to  June  30  in  office 
work  connected  with  the  Ouray  and  Engineer  Mountain  folios  of 
Colorado. 

Work  was  resumed  by  Mr.  Cross  in  June,  1908,  on  the  geology  of 
the  San  Juan  region,  Colorado,  particularly  on  that  of  the  Lake  City 
and  San  Cristobal  quadrangles,  where  work  had  been  done  in  previous 
seasons.     The  survey  of  the  former  area  will  be  completed  during 


234  TWENTY-NINTH  KEPOBT  OF   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVEY. 

the  coming  season,  and  that  of  the  latter  will  be  carried  as  far  as 
possible  toward  completion. 

Frank  C.  Schrader  spent  several  months  in  examining  mining 
claims  in  the  national  forests  of  Colorado  and  occupied  the  remainder 
of  the  year  in  field  and  office  work  on  a  report  on  the  mineral  de- 
posits of  western  Arizona. 

F.  B.  Weeks  continued  the  reconnaissance  of  the  western  phosphate 
field  in  Idaho,  Wyoming,  and  Utah,  and  spent  about  a  month  at 
Osceola,  Nev.,  in  a  study  of  the  mineral  resources  of  the  Osceola  and 
Tungsten  mining  districts.  He  also,  in  company  with  V.  C.  Heikes, 
devoted  a  few  days  to  a  reconnaissance  of  the  Fort  Hall  mining  dis- 
trict, Idaho. 

In  Nevada  F.  L.  Ransome  revisited  the  Goldfield  and  Bullfrog 
districts  to  gather  supplementary  data.  Reports  embodying  these 
data  were  nearly  completed  during  the  year  and  require  only  the 
insertion  of  information  afforded  by  recent  mining  developments  to 
be  ready  for  publication.  The  Goldfield  report  is  by  Mr.  Ransome, 
and  the  Bullfrog  report  by  Messrs.  Ransome,  W.  H.  Emmons,  and 
G.  H.  Garrey. 

The  final  report  on  the  geology  and  ore  deposits  of  the  Cceur 
d'Alene  district,  Idaho,  by  F.  L.  Ransome  and  F.  C.  Calkins,  was 
completed  and  submitted  for  publication  in  August,  1907.  It  is  now 
available  for  distribution. 

A  detailed  study  was  made  of  the  region  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  between  Castle  Mountain,  Alberta,  and 
Field,  British  Columbia,  by  Charles  D.  Walcott  and  L.  D.  Burling. 
The  sections  of  Castle  Mountain,  Lake  Louise,  Mount  Bosworth,  and 
Mount  Stephen  were  measured  in  detail,  and  numerous  collections  of 
fossils  were  obtained,  which  have  an  important  bearing  on  the  early 
Paleozoic  succession  in  Montana,  Idaho,  and  Utah.  During  the  field 
season  of  1908  Doctor  Walcott  will  continue  this  investigation  by 
making  a  detailed  study  of  the  section  along  the  line  of  the  forty- 
ninth  parallel  between  Montana  and  British  Columbia,  in  an  attempt 
to  correlate,  if  possible,  the  rocks  studied  by  him  in  Canada  with 
those  in  the  United  States.  During  September,  1907,  Doctor  Walcott 
spent  two  weeks  in  making  a  collection  of  Cambrian  fossils  in  south- 
easter!] [daho.  The  office  work  of  Doctor  Walcott  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended  June  30,  1908,  has  been  the  completion  of  a  monograph  on 
the  Cambrian  Brachipoda. 

The  pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  the  Laramie  Hills  of  southeastern  Wyo- 
ming were  studied  in  detail  and  mapped  within  the  limits  of  the 
Sherman  quadrangle  by  Eliot  Blackwelder.  It  is  believed  that  these 
-indies  will  materially  aid  an  understanding  of  the  ancient  rocks 
thai  occiic  generally  in  the  cores  of  many  western  mountain  ranges. 
An  examination  of  similar  rocks  in  the  Laramie  quadrangle  was 


TWENTY-NINTH  REPORT   OP  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  235 

made  by  Mr.  Blackwelder,  and  the  final  manuscript  for  the  Laramie- 
Sherman  folio  was  submitted  for  publication. 

Detailed  mapping  of  the  geology  of  the  Shasta  County  copper 
region,  in  California,  begun  by  L.  C.  Graton  in  1906,  was  extended  by 
B.  S.  Butler  during  two  months  of  the  summer  of  1907,  when  Mr. 
Graton  was  on  leave  in  Mexico.  The  mapping  was  completed  in 
November,  and  Mr.  Graton  completed  the  underground  investigation 
of  the  mines  in  January.    Progress  has  been  made  on  the  final  report. 

The  investigation  of  the  copper  resources  of  the  country,  which  was 
begun  by  Mr.  Graton  in  1906,  was  continued  during  the  year,  and  trips 
were  made  to  nearly  all  the  important  copper  districts  not  already 
visited. 

The  final  joint  report  on  the  mining  districts  of  New  Mexico  by 
Messrs.  Lindgren,  Graton,  and  Gordon  was  carried  nearly  to  com- 
pletion. 

F.  C.  Calkins  continued  detailed  areal  mapping  in  the  Philipsburg 
district,  Montana.  The  work  has  been  virtually  completed,  but  it  was 
determined  that  a  visit  to  the  field  in  company  with  a  paleontologist 
would  be  necessary  for  the  correlation  of  the  Mesozoic  formations. 

W.  H.  Emmons,  after  completing  the  survey'  of  the  metalliferous 
deposits  of  the  Philipsburg  quadrangle,  made  a  study  of  the  gold 
deposits  of  the  Little  Rocky  Mountains,  Montana. 

J.  M.  Boutwell  was  engaged  in  the  preparation  of  the  annual  re- 
ports on  the  production  of  zinc,  lead,  and  quicksilver  during  the  year 
1906.  He  also  visited  the  Park  City  mining  district,  Utah,  and  pro- 
cured valuable  data  on  mining  developments  there  during  the  last 
year.  In  the  office  he  has  since  prepared  sections  on  gold-bearing 
gravels  in  Calaveras  County,  Cal.,  and  resumed  the  preparation  of 
the  report  on  the  Park  City  mining  district,  Utah,  with  a  view  to 
completing  it  this  year. 

T.  Way  land  Vaughan  resurveyed  a  portion  of  the  Brackett  (Tex.) 
quadrangle.  The  survey  of  this  area  is  now  completed  and  the  manu- 
script, including  text  and  geologic  map,  will  soon  be  submitted  for 
publication  as  a  folio  of  the  Geologic  Atlas. 

Pacific  coast. — Detailed  surveys  were  made  of  the  Coalinga  oil  dis- 
trict, Fresno  County,  and  the  region  as  far  south  as  Dudley,  Kings 
County,  Cal.,  by  Ralph  Arnold,  assisted  by  Robert  Anderson.  Special 
attention  was  given  to  the  details  of  the  underground  geology  in  the 
proved  territory  in  order  to  discover  the  conditions  of  the  occurrence 
of  petroleum  in  this  particular  field,  and  also  to  a  study  of  the  struc- 
ture and  stratigraphy  of  the  adjacent  regions  with  a  view  to  obtain- 
ing information  as  to  the  extension  of  the  procfuctive  area,  so  as  to 
decrease  the  cost  of  development  hy  reducing  the  number  of  dry  holes 
drilled.  A  study  of  the  paleontology,  which  bears  a  peculiarly  im- 
portant relation  to  the  interpretation  of  the  structure  and  stratigraphy 


236  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OP   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

in  this  district,  was  carried  on  simultaneously  with  the  strictly 
economic  work.  Both  a  preliminary  and  a  final  report  on  the  district 
were  prepared.  A  continuation  southward  to  Sunset,  Kern  County, 
of  the  investigations  begun  in  the  Coalinga  district  will  be  carried 
forward  during  the  field  season  of  1908.  Mr.  Arnold  also  spent  a 
short  time  in  the  Santa  Cruz  quadrangle,  doing  some  supplementary 
mapping  and  attending  a  field  conference  with  George  D.  Louderback 
relating  to  the  Franciscan-Knoxville  question,  and  made  a  brief  visit 
to  the  Miner  ranch  oil  field,  in  Contra  Costa  County,  on  which  he 
prepared  a  short  report. 

A  bulletin  on  the  magnesite  deposits  of  California  was  prepared 
by  Frank  L.  Hess  and  is  in  course  of  publication. 

The  detailed  mapping  of  the  Riddles  quadrangle,  in  Oregon,  was 
completed  and  work  on  the  Grants  Pass  quadrangle  was  begun  by 
J.  S.  Diller,  assisted  by  G.  F.  Kay.  Mr.  Diller  also  investigated,  for 
the  Forest  Service,  the  coal  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Siskiyou 
National  Forest  and  reported  later  that  a  large  number  of  coal  claims 
that  have  been  taken  up  are  nonworkable  under  present  conditions. 
In  response  to  numerous  requests  by  citizens  of  Oregon,  a  reconnais- 
sance was  made  by  Mr.  Diller  about  Mount  Bolivar,  in  Douglas 
County,  to  determine  the  mineral  character  of  the  land.  With  James 
Storrs,  Mr.  Diller  visited  Oroville,  Cal.,  to  study  the  Mesozoic  plant 
beds  of  that  region.  This  study  was  continued  in  Curry  County, 
Oreg.,  and  Trinity  and  Tehama  counties,  Cal.,  to  determine  more 
closeh7  the  epoch  of  greatest  deformation  and  mineralization  in  the 
Klamath  Mountains,  where  mining  is  extensive.  In  studying  the 
asbestos  deposits  of  the  United  States  Mr.  Diller  visited  Sail  Moun- 
tain, Georgia;  Rocky  Mount  and  Bedford,  Virginia;  Lowell,  Ver- 
mont; Casper  Mountain,  Wyoming;  Grand  Canyon,  Arizona;  and 
Towle,  California. 

The  investigation  of  Pleistocene  glaciation  in  the  Sierra  Nevada 
lias  been  continued  by  Willard  D.  Johnson,  attention  being  given  to 
contemporary  deformation  and  volcanism  as  locally  complicating  and 
radically  affecting  the  glacial  record.  The  resulting  studies  have  been 
carried  far  enough,  it  is  believed,  to  warrant  a  general  statement  of 
results,  and  a  report  is  now  well  advanced. 

In  June.  L907,  Prof.  James  Perrin  Smith  spent  three  weeks  in  the 
West  Humboldt  Range  of  Nevada,  studying  the  Triassic  stratigraphy 
and  collecting  Triassic  fossils  to  illustrate  a  monograph.  Later  he 
vi-ited  the  Klamath  Mountains  of  Shasta  County,  Cal.,  and  spent 
three  *eeks  in  collecting  Upper  Triassic  fossils.  In  Nevada  he  col- 
lected Beveral  new  specie  of  Middle  Triassic  cephalopods,  which  have 
been  included  in  a  monograph  on  that  fauna.  In  California  Pro- 
or  Smith  found  several  new  species  of  cephalopods  and  discovered 
in  the  Upper  Triassic  limestone  a  coral  reef  that  forms  an  important 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  237 

lithologic  horizon  and  gives  a  new  element  to  the  faunas  of  that 
series  in  America. 

Progress  was  made  in  arranging  the  material  collected  and  in  pre- 
paring a  monograph  on  the  marine  Middle  Triassic  faunas  of  Amer- 
ica, which  is  not  completed. 

The  work  of  Waldemar  Lindgren  has  consisted  largely  of  admin- 
istrative duties  in  connection  with  the  section  of  metalliferous  depos- 
its and  the  section  of  metal  statistics  (the  larger  part  of  the  time 
having  been  given  to  the  latter),  and  with  the  examination  of  mining 
claims  in  national  forests.  The  remaining  time  has  been  given  to 
geologic  field  work  and  office  work  and  to  testimony  before  the  United 
States  court  in  connection  with  prosecutions  instituted  by  the  Post- 
Office  Department  for  the  abuse  of  mailing  privileges. 

In  cooperation  with  the  technologic  branch  N.  H.  Darton  made  an 
examination  of  the  geology  of  Portland,  Oreg.,  and  Tacoma  and 
Seattle,  Wash.,  especially  in  relation  to  structural  materials. 

GENERAL   GEOLOGIC   AND  PALEONTOLOGIC    WORK. 

The  important  investigations  relating  to  river  hydraulics  with 
special  reference  to  laws  of  detrital  load  were  continued  by  G.  K. 
Gilbert  in  cooperation  with  the  water-resources  branch.  ■  In  studying 
the  obstruction  of  Sacramento  River,  rough  measurements  were  made 
of  the  pits  formed  by  past  hydraulic-mining  operations,  from  which 
estimates  were  made  of  the  amount  of  material  removed  in  the  basin 
of  Yuba  River.  In  order  to  elucidate  the  conditions  affecting  the 
surcharged  river  and  the  possibilities  of  its  treatment,  the  relations 
of  load  to  gradient  and  volume  in  stream  flow  were  studied.  This 
work,  the  application  of  which  is  much  broader  than  the  specific 
and  local  problems  here  involved,  was  carried  forward  in  the  labora- 
tory of  the  University  of  California.  The  results  thus  far  obtained 
include  the  relations  of  load  to  slope,  of  load  to  discharge,  of  load  to 
coarseness  of  detritus,  and  of  load  to  form  of  cross  section  of  channel. 

The  partial  submergence  of  shell  mounds  about  the  shores  of  San 
Francisco  Bay,  as  determined  by  the  University  of  California,  led  to 
an  investigation  by  Mr.  Gilbert  of  such  mounds  near  the  mouth  of 
Sacramento  River,  in  order  to  discover  if  such  subsidence  had  taken 
place  there. 

Prof.  Harry  Fielding  Reicl  has  continued  to  collect  all  available 
data  relative  to  earthquakes  in  the  United  States.  The  International 
Seismological  Association,  of  which  this  country  is  a  member,  held 
its  first  general  assembly  last  September  at  The  Hague.  Professor 
Reid  attended  the  meeting  as  delegate  from  this  country.  The 
assembly  voted  to  continue  Strassburg  as  the  location  of  its  central 
bureau  for  the  next  four  years  and  elected  Professor  Schuster,  the 
delegate  from  Great  Britain,  as  the  president  of  the  association  for 


238  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

the  same  period.  A  number  of  important  scientific  questions  were 
debated  and  the  central  bureau  presented  a  compilation  of  all  the 
earthquakes  in  the  world  for  the  year  1904.  The  association  prom- 
ises to  be  a  great  stimulus  to  seismologic  investigation. 

W.  H.  Dall  identified  between  3,000  and  4,000  fossils  for  field 
parties  of  the  Survey.  He  also  continued  his  studies  ofXhe  post- 
Eocene  fauna  of  the  Pacific  coast.  The  report  on  the  Miocene  of 
Oregon  is  now  in  course  of  publication. 

George  H.  Girty,  in  addition  to  preparing  reports  on  material 
referred  to  him,  made  preliminary  studies  of  some  Arkansas  collec- 
tions of  fossils  and  described  the  fauna  with  which  the  phosphates 
were  associated  in  Idaho  and  Utah.  He  spent  a  month  in  the  study 
of  the  types  of  Winchell's  Carboniferous  species  preserved  at  Alma 
and  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  and  devoted  another  month  to  collecting 
paleontologic  and  stratigraphic  data  in  the  Carboniferous  rocks  of 
Arkansas  and  Kansas. 

From  July  1  until  August  15  T.  Wayland  Vaughan  was  on  leave 
of  absence  without  pay,  studying  Paleozoic  fossiFcorals  for  the  New 
York  State  Museum,  in  accordance  with  an  arrangement  between  the 
director  of  that  museum  and  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey.  In  April,  1908,  in  response  to  an  invitation  from 
the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  he  undertook  special  inves- 
tigations of  the  geology  of  the  Florida  keys  and  reefs,  of  the  near- 
shore  bottom  deposits  of  the  ocean,  and  of  the  recent  corals  of  the 
region,  with  reference  to  environmental  conditions,  and  initiated  a 
series  of  experiments  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  data  on  the  factors 
influencing  variation  and  determining  distribution,  the  information 
obtained  from  the  last  two  investigations  to  be  used  as  a  basis  for  the 
reconstruction  of  the  physical  conditions  under  which  fossil  faunas 
lived.  Valuable  information  was  procured  on  each  of  the  subjects  to 
which  attention  was  paid. 

Work  in  vertebrate  paleontology  has  been  continued  under  the 
direction  of  Prof.  Henry  Fairfield  Osborn.  The  monograph  on  the 
Ceratopsia,  begun  by  O.  C.  Marsh,  continued  by  J.  B.  Hatcher,  and 
edited  and  completed  by  K.  S.  Lull,  has  been  published.  The  mono- 
graph on  the  Stegosauria,  originally  assigned  to  F.  A.  Lucas,  but 
transferred  to  II.  S.  Lull,  is  slowly  progressing  through  simultaneous 
studies  in  Hi"  National,  Yale,  and  American  museums.  No  allotment 
lias  been  made  by  the  Survey  during  the  present  year  for  the  work 
of  Professor  Lull. 

Excepi  during  two  periods  of  absence  abroad  and  in  the  field, 
Professor  Osborn  lias  been  engaged  continuously  in  completing  the 
monograph  on  the  titanotheres.  The  study  of  the  stratigraphy  of  the 
Eocene  of  (lie  Rocky  Mountain  region,  reported  last  year  as  under 
way.   has  been    finished,    Professor  Osborn  having  made  a  special 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  239 

journey  to  the  Washakie  to  complete  his  observations.  This  strati- 
graphic  and  paleontologic  correlation  forms  the  subject  of  a  special 
paper  now  in  course  of  publication  by  the  Survey  and  will  contribute 
to  the  geologic  section  of  the  titanothere  monograph.  It  is  expected 
that  the  manuscript  of  this  monograph  will  be  finished  in  Novem- 
ber, 1908. 

The  Sauropoda  in  the  Paris  and  British  museums  have  recently 
been  briefly  studied  by  Professor  Osborn,  who  has  done  some  work  on 
the  Sauropoda  monograph,  with  the  assistance  of  W.  K.  Gregory. 

David  White  was  engaged  during  the  larger  part  of  the  year  in 
studying  the  kind,  quality,  and  physical  and  chemical  composition  of 
coals  of  various  epochs  and  areas,  the  conditions  of  deposition,  the 
nature  of  the  original  material,  and  the  present  state  of  the  organic 
matter.  In  the  study  of  the  microscopic  structures  of  the  coals  he  has 
had  the  aid  of  Keinhart  Thiessen  for  most  of  the  year.  This  work 
has  been  carried  on  at  the  request  of  the  technologic  branch,  which 
has  borne  the  expense  of  field  work  for  two  and  a  half  months  in  the 
western  areas  and  has  paid  one-half  of  Mr.  White's  salary  and  the 
entire  salary  of  his  assistant.  A  paper  by  Mr.  White,  discussing  the 
relation  of  oxygen  in  coal  to  its  calorific  value,  is  now  in  preparation 
for  publication. 

F.  H.  Knowlton,  besides  performing  field  work,  has  studied  and 
reported  on  more  than  700  collections  of  fossil  plants  for  the  use  of 
geologists  in  locating  and  correlating  horizons  in  the  Mesozoic  and 
Tertiary,  mainly  in  Alaska  and  the  Rocky  Mountain  region.  A  little 
time  was  also  devoted  to  preparing  a  report  on  the  stratigraphy  and 
paleontology  of  the  Livingston  formation  in  Montana. 

Work  on  the  bibliography  and  compendium  of  paleobotany  has 
been  carried  on  by  Miss  L.  M.  Schmidt,  who  for  about  two-thirds  of 
the  year  has  had  the  aid  of  Miss  I.  P.  Evans.  This  work  was  done 
under  the  joint  supervision  of  Messrs.  White  and  Knowlton. 

The  preparation  of  the  general  geologic  map  of  North  America, 
which  is  being  compiled  in  cooperation  with  the  geological  surveys 
of  Canada  and  Mexico,  has  been  continued  by  Bailey  Willis.  The 
basis  of  compilation  is  the  map  prepared  in  1906  for  the  geological 
congress  at  the  City  of  Mexico  and  printed  at  the  expense  of  the 
Mexican  Government,  but  it  has  been  found  desirable  to  revise  a  great 
deal  of  the  material  incorporated  in  that  map  in  order  to  bring  it  up 
to  date.  The  work  includes  also  the  preparation  of  a  general  descrip- 
tion of  the  map  and  of  the  sources  of  the  information  it  embodies, 
an  account  of  the  several  geologic  provinces  of  North  America,  and 
maps  showing  the  geography  of  the  continent  at  different  geologic 
periods — all  to  be  published  in  a  professional  paper  of  the  Survey. 

E.  C.  Harder  made  a  reconnaissance  examination  of  the  principal 
manganese  and  manganiferous-ore  deposits  of  the   United   States, 


240  TWENTY-NINTH   EEPOKT    OP    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

giving  special  attention  to  their  commercial  aspect  and  preparing  a 
report  on  them. 

For  many  years  N.  H.  Darton  has  been  collecting  data  on  under- 
ground temperatures.  During  the  last  year  a  number  of  very  im- 
portant observations  were  made  and  the  preparation  of  a  list  of  all 
deep  underground  temperatures  determined  in  the  United  States  was 
continued. 

DIVISION    OF    ALASKAN    MINERAL    RESOURCES. 

The  work  of  the  division  of  Alaskan  mineral  resources  was  carried 
on  under  an  appropriation  of  $80,000  for  "  continuation  of  the  in- 
vestigation of  the  mineral  resources  of  Alaska,"  work  of  the  follow- 
ing  classes  having  been  done:  Reconnaissance  and  detailed  geologic 
surveys;  special  investigations  of  mineral  resources;  reconnaissance 
and  detailed  topographic  surveys;  and  investigations  of  water 
resources  in  reference  to  supply  available  for  placer  mining. 

PERSONNEL. 

The  personnel  of  the  division  varies  greatly  during  the  year  by 
transfers  of  technical  employees  to  and  from  other  divisions  of  the 
Survey  and  by  the  employment  of  temporary  clerks,  according  to 
the  demands  of  the  work.  Throughout  the  year  1  geologist  in  charge, 
7  other  geologists,  3  topographers,  and  3  clerks  have  been  employed. 
In  addition  5  geologists  were  employed  a  part  of  the  time  on  a  per 
diem  compensation.  In  May,  1908,  2  additional  geologists,  on  annual 
salaries,  were  added  to  the  force  by  transfer  from  other  divisions. 
One  additional  topographer  was  employed  up  to  the  1st  of  March, 
and  '2  engineers  were  detailed  to  the  division  from  the  water-resources 
branch,  giving  about  two-thirds  of  their  time  to  the  Alaskan  work. 
In  May,  1908,  2  additional  engineers  were  temporarily  detailed  to 
the  division. 

During  the  season  of  1907  the  field  force  included  also  1  topo- 
graphic and  1  engineering  field  assistant  and  about  24  teamsters, 
cooks,  etc.  The  temporary  assistants  in  the  field  force  for  1908  in- 
cluded 2  geologic  and  2  topographic  field  assistants,  with  25  labor- 
er-. Two  temporary  clerks  have  been  employed  in  the  office  for 
three  and  six  months.  On  June  30,  1908,  the  division  included  1 
geologic  in  charge,  !>  other  geologists  on  annual  salaries  and  3 
geologists  employed  at  a  per  diem  compensation,  2  geologic  field 
assistants,  ■'>  topographers  and  2  topographic  field  assistants,  1 
engineers,  25  camp  hands,  and  3  clerks. 

FIELD    OPERATIONS    l  N    SEASON    OF    l*.>07. 

General  outline.  Twelve  parties  engaged  in  Alaskan  surveys  and 
investigation  during  the  field  season  of  1!>()7.     Six  of  these  were  car- 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


241 


rying  on  geologic  work,  four  were  making  topographic  surveys,  and 
two  were  engaged  in  stream  gaging.  The  aggregate  area  covered  by 
geologic  reconnaissance  surveys  is  4,000  square  miles;  by  detailed 
geologic  surveys,  400  square  miles;  by  topographic  reconnaissance 
surveys,  6,125  square  miles;  and  by  detailed  topographic  surveys, 
501  square  miles.  In  addition,  reconnaissance  investigations  of  water 
resources  were  carried  over  an  area  of  1,000  square  miles  and  studies 
were  made  in  considerable  detail  over  400  square  miles.  Eleven  of 
the  28  mining  districts  of  Alaska  in  which  developments  are  going 
on,  including  all  but  two  of  the  most  important,  were  visited  by 
members  of  the  staff.  The  following  table  shows  the  allotment  of 
the  appropriation  to  the  different  districts  of  Alaska.  The  figures 
include  the  cost  of  both  field  and  office  work  as  well  as  of  inspection. 

Allotment   to   Alaskan   surveys   and   investigations,   1907. 

Continuation  of  general  investigation  of  coal  resources $4,  700 

Surveys  and  investigations  in — 

Southeastern  Alaska 5,300 

Copper  River  region 12,000 

Yukon  region  41,000 

Seward  Peninsula 17,000 

80,  000 
The  following  table  shows  the  progress  of  Alaskan  surveys  since 
the  beginning  of  systematic  work  in  1898  and  the  need  for  extending 
the  map  work : 

Progress  of  surreys  in  Alaska,  1898-1907,  in  square  miles. 


Appropria- 
tion. 

Geologic. 

Topographic. 

Hydrographic. 

Year. 

Recon- 
naissance. 

Detailed. 

Recon- 
naissance. 

Detailed. 

Recon- 
naissance. 

Detailed. 

1898 

$46, 189. 60 
25, 000. 00 
2j>,  000. 00 
35,  000. 00 
60, 000.  00 
60, 000.  00 
60, 000.  00 
80, 000.  00 
80,000.00 
80, 000. 00 

9,500 

6,000 

10,000 

12, 000 

17,  000 

13, 000 

6, 000 

8,000 

9,000 

4,000 

14,912 

8,688 
11, 152 
15,  664 
20,  304 
15, 008 

6,480 

8,176 
10, 768 

6, 125 

1899 

1900 

1901 

1902 

336 

1903 

336 

1904 



ISO 
948 
40 
501 

1905 

550 
414 
400 

1906 

1907 

1,000 
1,000 

200 
ion 

Percentage     of    total 

551,189.60 

94, 500 

16.11  + 

1,700 
.3- 

117,277 
20 

2,  305 

2, 000 
.3  + 

600 

.1  + 

Administration. — As  in  previous  years,  the  administration  of  the 
Alaskan  division  was  in  the  hands  of  Alfred  II.  Brooks,  who  also 
devoted  considerable  time  to  various  geologic  problems  connected 
with  the  investigation  of  the  mineral  wealth  of  the  Territory.  He 
also  supervised  personally  the  collection  of  statistics  of  the  precious 
metals  in  the  Territory  and  carried  on  some  field  work  in  southeast- 
58020— INT  1908— vol  1 10 


242  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

ern  Alaska  and  the  Fairbanks  district.  The  general  supervision  of  the 
topographic  work,  as  in  previous  years,  was  in  charge  of  T.  G. 
Gerdine  until  June,  when  he  was  succeeded  by  R.  H.  Sargent  in  this 
work.  During  the  absence  of  the  chief  of  the  division  E.  M.  Aten 
was  left  in  charge  of  the  office. 

In  pursuance  of  a  general  plan  outlined  two  years  ago,  the  study 
of  the  coal-bearing  rocks  of  the  Territory  has  been  continued  by 
W.  W.  Atwood  and  H.  M.  Eakin,  who  in  1907  visited  the  coal-bearing 
areas  of  southeastern  Alaska  and  the  Yukon  and  in  connection  with 
this  work  did  some  topographic  and  geologic  mapping. 

Southeastern  Alaska. — The  most  important  part  of  the  geologic 
reconnaissance  mapping  in  southeastern  Alaska  having  been  com- 
pleted, detailed  surveys  were  begun  in  1907.  A  large  part  of  the 
copper-producing  district  of  Kasaan  Peninsula,  on  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  including  an  area  of  64  square  miles,  was  mapped  topograph- 
ically by  D.  C.  Witherspoon  and  J.  W.  Bagley  in  May,  1908,  on  a 
scale  of  1 :  62500,  and  the  same  area  was  subsequently  covered  with 
geologic  surveys  made  by  C.  W.  Wright  and  Sidney  Paige.  Unfor- 
tunately, the  weather  conditions  and  other  interruptions  prevented 
the  completion  of  these  surveys,  which  are,  however,  now  being 
continued. 

Copper  River  region. — Though  the  geologic  and  topographic  map- 
ping in  the  Copper  River  basin  was  practically  completed  in  1902, 
the  important  industrial  advancement  in  this  field  made  it  urgent 
that  a  reexamination  of  the  copper-bearing  belts  should  be  under- 
taken, in  order  to  collect  the  data  bearing  on  the  mineral  wealth 
which  had  become  available  by  the  mining  developments,  and  to 
embody  it  in  a  second  edition  of  the  report  on  this  field.  The  Kotsina- 
Chitina  copper  belt,  the  most  important,  was  chosen  for  investigation 
in  1907  and  the  work  was  carried  to  completion  by  F.  H.  Moffit  and 
A.  G.  Madclren. 

Yukon  basin. — In  view  of  the  large  gold  production  and  impor- 
tant mining  developments  in  the  Fairbanks  district,  a  detailed  survey 
of  this  district  was  determined  upon.  This  survey  was  made  by  T.  G. 
Gerdine  and  R.  II.  Sargent,  who  mapped  an  area  of  436  square  miles 
for  publication  on  a  scale  of  1  mile  to  the  inch,  with  25- foot  contours. 

In  the  Yukon  region,  where  the  water  supply  is  an  all-important 
feature  of  the  placer-mining  industry,  the  rainfall  is  slight  and  the 
stream  flows  are  small.  As  there  was  urgent  need  for  hydrographic 
investigation  in  this  region,  C.  C.  Covert,  hydrographer,  was  detailed 
to  begin  work  in  the  Fairbanks  district,  the  largest  producer  of  placer 
gold  in  the  legion.  A  single  season's  stream  measurements  can  not 
be  conclusive,  yel  the  results  are  of  considerable  value  in  estimating 
the  amount  of  water  available  for  mining  purposes. 

As  part  of  the  plan  to  carry  a  topographic  reconnaissance  map  over 
the  mosl  important  purls  of  Alaska  as  soon  as  means  permit,  it  was 
determined  to  continue  the  mapping  m  the  Yukon-Tanana  region 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  243 

during  1907.  To  this  end  D.  C.  Witherspoon  and  J.  W.  Bagley 
mapped  an  area  of  about  6,000  square  miles  lying  between  the  inter- 
national boundary,  the  Tanana,  the  Yukon,  and  the  mouth  of  the 
Delta. 

In  the  same  general  field  geologic  studies  of  the  mineral  resources 
were  continued  by  L.  M.  Prindle,  who  completed  the  geologic  map- 
ping of  the  Fortymile  quadrangle  (submitted  for  publication)  and 
also  visited  a  number  of  other  localities  which  promise  to  throw  light 
on  the  geology  and  mineral  resources. 

Seward  Peninsula. — As  part  of  the  plan  to  map  geologically  the 
important  mining  districts  of  Seward  Peninsula  in  detail,  the  Solo- 
mon and  Casadepaga  districts  were  covered  during  the  last  season. 
This  work  was  carried  on  by  P.  S.  Smith,  F.  J.  Katz,  and  George 
I.  Findlay  over  an  area  of  400  square  miles  of  exceedingly  intricate 
geology,  and  important  clues  were  obtained  in  regard  to  the  struc- 
ture and  mineral  resources  of  the  peninsula.  The  complexity  of  the 
field,  however,  makes  it  necessary  to  supplement  this  work  by  further 
investigations  before  the  report  can  be  published.  For  this  reason 
also  the  report  on  the  geology  of  the  Nome  and  Grand  Central  quad- 
rangles has  been  withheld  from  publication,  it  being  necessary  to  set- 
tle certain  problems  by  further  field  investigations. 

In  accordance  with  the  general  plan  made  for  the  investigation  of 
the  water  resources  of  Seward  Peninsula  two  years  ago,  F.  F.  Hen- 
shaw,  assisted  by  Raymond  Richards,  was  detailed  to  continue  stream 
measurements  in  this  area.  By  this  work  additional  data  were  ob- 
tained in  the  area  previously  examined.  The  work  was  also  extended 
both  northward  into  the  Kougarok  district,  where  important  mining 
developments  are  going  on,  and  eastward  into  the  Solomon  River 
region.  It  is  expected  that  this  preliminary  study  of  the  water  re- 
sources of  Seward  Peninsula  can  be  brought  to  a  close  during  another 
field  season. 

FIELD  OPERATIONS  IN   SEASON  OF  1908. 

Thirteen  parties  were  dispatched  to  Alaska  in  March,  April,  May, 
and  June,  and  another  party  will  be  sent  early  in  July.  One  of  these 
parties  is  carrying  on  detailed  topographic  surveys  in  southeastern 
Alaska.  Another  party  is  doing  detailed  geologic  work  in  the  same 
region,  and  still  another  is  engaged  in  studying  the  copper-bearing 
region  at  the  headwaters  of  White,  Tanana,  and  Copper  rivers.  A 
detailed  topographic  survey  of  the  eastern  and  best-developed  portion 
of  the  Kotsina-Chitina  copper  belt  was  begun  in  April.  The  recon- 
naissance of  the  copper-bearing  area  of  Prince  William  Sound  is 
being  completed.  The  coal-bearing  rocks  on  Herendeen  Bay  are 
being  investigated,  and  incidentally  some  reconnaissance  surveys  of 
this  area  are  to  be  undertaken. 


244  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

In  the  Yukon  region  a  detailed  geologic  survey  of  the  Fairbanks 
special  area  and  an  investigation  of  the  water  resources  of  the  Fair- 
banks, Birch  Creek,  and  Rampart  regions  have  been  begun.  A  party 
is  also  engaged  in  continuing  the  topographic  reconnaissance  survey 
of  the  Yukon-Tanana  region,  including  a  small  area  lying  north  of 
the  Tanana  between  Fairbanks  and  the  Delta,  and  a  large  area  lying 
south  of  the  Tanana  between  the  Delta  and  the  Nenana.  A  prelim- 
inary survey  of  the  newly  discovered  Innoko  placer  district  has  been 
undertaken. 

In  Seward  Peninsula  two  men  are  completing  a  reconnaissance  of 
the  water  resources  available  for  placer  mining,  and  two  parties  are 
engaged  in  general  studies  of  the  stratigraphy  and  areal  geology  to 
obtain  information  needed  in  investigating  the  mineral  resources. 

OFFICE    WORK. 

It  is  gratifying  to  state  that  the  office  work  bearing  on  the  study  of 
notes  and  specimens  and  also  the  preparation  of  manuscripts  has  been 
brought  up  to  date,  with  the  single  exception  of  a  report  on  the  Mount 
McKinley  region,  by  the  geologist  in  charge. 

In  addition  to  the  reports  issued,  there  have  been  submitted  for 
publication  the  following  manuscripts :  "  The  Ketchikan  and  Wran- 
gell  mining  districts,"  by  F.  E.  and  C.  W.  Wright  (Bulletin  347)  ; 
"  Physiography  and  glacial  geology  of  the  Yakutat  Bay  region, 
Alaska,"  by  R.  S.  Tarr,  with  a  chapter  on  the  bed-rock  geology,  by 
R.  S.  Tarr  and  B.  S.  Butler ;  "  Geology  of  the  Seward  Peninsula  tin 
deposits,"  by  Adolph  Knopf  (Bulletin  358)  ;  "  Mineral  resources  of 
the  Kotsina-Chitina  copper  belt,"  by  F.  H.  Moffit  and  A.  G.  Maddren; 
and  "  Description  of  the  Fortymile  quadrangle,  Yukon-Tanana 
region,"  by  L.  M.  Prindle. 

Two  manuscripts  bearing  on  the  geology  and  mineral  resources 
of  Seward  Peninsula,  entitled  "  Geology  of  the  Nome  and  Grand 
Central  quadrangles,"  by  F.  II.  Moffit,  F.  L.  Hess,  and  P.  S. 
Smith  (nine-tenths  completed),  and  "Geology  of  the  Solomon  and 
Casadepaga  quadrangles,"  by  P.  S.  Smith  and  F.  J.  Katz  (three- 
fourths  completed),  are  awaiting  the  solving  of  some  general  strati- 
graphic  problems  in  Seward  Peninsula.  The  report  on  "  Copper 
deposits  of  the  Kasaan  Peninsula,"  by  C.  W.  Wright,  is  about  half 
done,  but  a  month  more  of  field  work  will  be  required  before  office 
work  is  undertaken.  Mr.  Atwood's  summary  report  dealing  with 
the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  coals  of  Alaska  is  about  half  done.  The 
report  cut  it  led  "An  exploration  in  the  Mount  McKinley  region,"  by 
Alfred  II.  Brooks,  is  three-fourths  completed. 

GEOLOGIC    RESULTS. 

It  is  difficult  to  summarize  the  geologic  results  of  one  year's  work, 
as  these  may  embody  much  previous  preparation  and  study  and  are 


TWENTY-NINTH    REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  245 

usualty  attained  by  gradual  evolution.  Worthy  of  record,  however, 
is  the  additional  knowledge  gained  on  the  genesis  and  distribution  of 
the  copper  deposits  of  southeastern  Alaska  by  C-  W.  Wright,  and  on 
the  tin  and  other  metal-bearing  lodes  of  Seward  Peninsula  by  Adolph 
Knopf.  L.  M.  Prindle's  studies  in  the  Yukon-Tan  ana  region  point 
to  the  conclusion  that  large  batholithic  masses  of  intrusive  rocks  are 
there  mantled  by  a  comparatively  thin  shell  of  met  amorphic  sedi- 
ments and  that  the  gold  deposits  are  closely  connected  with  the  intru- 
sions. W.  W.  Atwood's  investigations  indicate  that  there  was  more 
than  one  extensive  period  of  base-leveling  in  the  Yukon  basin.  In 
Seward  Peninsula  Messrs.  Smith  and  Katz  have  obtained  evidence 
of  exceedingly  intricate  folding  of  the  metamorphic  sediments  of  the 
Nome  group.  The  Chitistone  limestone  in  the  Copper  River  region, 
long  believed  to  be  Carboniferous,  has  been  proved  to  be  Triassic  by 
fossils  collected  by  Messrs.  Moffit  and  Maddren  and  determined  by 
T.  W.  Stanton.  This  adds  at  least  4,000  feet  of  strata,  and  probably 
double  that  amount,  to  the  Triassic  section  of  central  xVlaska. 

The  report  on  the  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  the  Controller 
Bay  region,  by  G.  C.  Martin  (Bulletin  337),  describes  the  geography 
and  the  bed-rock,  glacial,  and  economic  geology  of  this  region, 
which  lies  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Alaska  between  meridians  143°  45' 
and  144°  40'.  Most  of  the  bed-rock  formations  fall  into  two  groups, 
one  of  which  is  known  to  be  Tertiary  (Miocene?),  and  the  other  is 
probably  Tertiary.  There  is  also  a  small  area  of  metamorphic  rocks 
of  unknown  age.  The  sediments  are  closely  folded  and  profoundly 
faulted.  Igneous  rocks  are  represented  solely  by  a  few  dikes.  The 
mineral  resources  include  some  oil  seepages,  with  two  wells  that  have 
made  a  small  production.  Of  far  greater  importance  are  the  coal 
beds.  These  coals  are  anthracite  and  semibituminous  and  include 
some  coking  coals.  They  are  known  to  underlie  an  area  of  56.4 
square  miles,  and  the  field  probably  extends  to  the  northeast,  beyond 
the  area  mapped. 

DIVISION    OF   MINERAL  RESOURCES. 

The  work  of  the  division  of  mineral  resources  consisted  in  the 
preparation  of  reports  on  the  mineral  resources  of  the  United  States 
for  1906  and  1907.  The  report  for  1906  was  completed,  published, 
and  distributed,  and  the  report  for  1907  was  prepared  in  part,  seven- 
teen chapters  of  it  having  been  completed  before  the  close  of  the  fiscal 
year  1907-8  and  transmitted  for  publication  separately  in  advance 
of  the  volume.  The  chapters  on  aluminum  and  bauxite,  cement, 
asbestos,  monazite  and  zircon,  and  phosphate  rock  were  printed  and 
distributed  before  June  30,  and  the  manuscript  for  the  reports  on 
asphalt  and  bituminous  rock,  barytes,  anthracite  coal,  fluorspar  and 
cryolite,  fuller's  earth,  gypsum,  manganese  ores,  mica,  mineral  paints, 
salt  and  bromine,  tin,  and  slate  was  submitted  for  publication.     The 


246  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OP    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

production  statistics  for  many  other  minerals  were  announced  to  the 
press  for  jDublication  in  advance  of  the  full  report. 

Waldemar  Lindgren,  geologist  in  charge  of  economic  geology  of 
metalliferous  ores  (except  iron),  has  given  about  one-half  of  his  time 
to  the  administrative  work  on  the  same  subjects  for  this  division. 
During  July  and  August,  1907,  Mr.  Lindgren  spent  some  time  in  the 
Denver  office,  having  been  detained  in  that  city  as  witness  in  the  suit 
instituted  by  the  postal  authorities  against  the  Lost  Bullion  Mining 
Company  of  New  Mexico.  During  March  and  April  Mr.  Lindgren 
made  a  tour  of  inspection  covering  the  three  suboffices,  San  Fran- 
cisco, Salt  Lake  City,  and  Denver. 

Congress  having  failed  to  make  specific  appropriations  for  continu- 
ing the  investigation  of  the  black  sands  of  the  Pacific  coast  and  other 
portions  of  the  United  States,  this  investigation  was  discontinued 
July  1,  1907. 

A  considerable  part  of  the  time  of  the  experts  employed  in  this 
division  is  consumed  in  answering  technical  inquiries  and  making 
visual  examinations  of  mineral  specimens  that  are  submitted  by 
numerous  persons  for  determination.  Inquiries  for  information  as 
to  the  character  of  ores  are  answered  as  promptly  as  possible,  and 
such  information  is  given  freely  where  a  chemical  analysis  or  assay 
is  not  required. 

DIVISION   OF   CHEMICAL   AND   PHYSICAL  RESEARCH. 

In  the  physical  laboratory  George  F.  Becker  continued  his  inves- 
tigations on  geophysical  problems,  with  particular  reference  to  their 
application  to  geology.  C.  E.  Van  Orstrand  has  remained  in  imme- 
diate charge  of  the  work  on  elasticity.  In  addition  to  theoretical 
investigations  and  the  reduction  of  observations  made  at  the  Wash- 
ington Monument,  systematic  observations  have  been  made  on  the 
elastic  after-effect  of  steel  tapes  maintained  at  a  constant  tempera- 
ture. The  problem  presents  many  difficulties  from  either  a  theoret- 
ical or  an  experimental  standpoint ;  but  the  possibility  of  its  applica- 
tion to  a  precise  discussion  of  the  stress-strain  relation,  the  variation 
of  electric  resistance,  the  condition  of  isostasy  which  probabty  exists 
in  the  crust  of  the  earth,  the  internal  resistances  of  solids,  etc., 
would  seem  to  justify  a  general  investigation  of  high  precision.  A 
few  experiments  on  the  diffusivity  of  solid  metals  are  being  con- 
ducted, partly  with  the  hope  of  throwing  some  light  on  the  mechan- 
ism of  the  elastic  after-effect,  but  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  inves- 
tigating  :i  very  interesting  property  of  matter  which  has  hitherto 
received  but  little  attention  from  scientific  men.  The  following 
publications  indicate  the  scope  of  these  investigations: 

Becker,  a.  l\,  Currenl  theories  of  slaty  cleavage.     (Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  July,  1907.) 
Becker,  <;.  i\.  and  Van  Orstrand,  C.  E.,  Tables  of  hyperbolic  functions.     (Now 
in  course  of  publication  by  the  Smithsonian  institution.) 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OP  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  247 

Van   Orstraud,   C.   E.,    Inverse   interpolation   by    means   of   a    reversed    series. 

(Philos.  Mag.,  May,  1908.) 
Becker,  G.  F.,  Age  of  a  cooling  globe  in  which  the  initial  temperature  increases 

directly  as  the  distance  from  the  surface.     (Science,  February  7,  1908.) 
Becker,   G.  F.,  Relations  of  radioactivity  to  geology  and  cosmogony.      (Bull. 

Geol.  Soc.  America.) 

In  the  chemical  laboratory  during  the  year  116  quantitative  anal- 
yses were  reported,  and  also  826  qualitative  determinations,  chiefly  of 
minerals  sent  for  examination  by  persons  not  connected  with  the  Sur- 
vey. F.  W.  Clarke  completed  and  published  during  the  year  his  bulle- 
tin (No.  330)  entitled  "  The  data  of  geochemistry."  He  also  published 
a  paper  on  the  composition  of  two  marine  sediments — the  average  "  red 
clay  "  and  the  intermediate  terrigenous  clay.  W.  F.  Hillebrand  pub- 
lished an  important  paper  on  vanadium  minerals  from  Peru,  and  a 
joint  paper  with  W.  T.  Schaller  on  the  mercury  minerals  of  Texas. 
He  also  made  a  considerable  number  of  analyses  of  lead  bullets,  fur- 
nishing data  for  use  of  the  United  States  Senate  committee  in  the 
Brownsville  investigation.  He  conducted  and  completed  an  investi- 
gation on  the  determination  of  ferrous  iron  and  water  in  rock  analyses. 
E.  C.  Sullivan  continued  his  work  on  the  chemistry  of  ore  deposition 
until  April  1,  when  he  severed  his  connection  with  the  Survey,  having 
accepted  an  invitation  to  engage  in  work  for  a  private  firm.  George 
Steiger,  whose  time  was  largely  occupied  with  routine  work,  com- 
pleted and  published  the  results  of  two  investigations  on  analytical 
methods,  one  on  a  new  form  of  colorimeter  and  the  other  on  the  esti- 
mation of  small  quantities  of  fluorine.  He  also  did  some  work  on 
the  dehydration  of  gypsum  and  on  the  precipitation  of  zirconium  as 
phosphate.  W.  T.  Schaller,  in  addition  to  his  'necessary  routine 
work,  including  a  large  number  of  mineral  determinations,  published 
several  papers  on  mineralogical  subjects.  A  paper  by  Messrs.  Hille- 
brand and  Schaller  on  the  mercury  minerals  from  Terlingua,  Tex.,  is 
nearly  ready  for  publication  as  a  bulletin  of  the  Survey. 

TOPOGRAPHIC  BRANCH. 
ORGANIZATION. 

The  organization  of  the  topographic  branch  remained  the  same  as 
at  the  close  of  the  last  fiscal  year  until  January  18,  1908,  when  R.  B. 
Marshall  was  appointed  chief  geographer  and  T.  G.  Gerdine  suc- 
ceeded Mr.  Marshall  as  geographer  in  charge  of  the  Pacific  division. 
The  organization  is  as  follows: 

Atlantic  division,  Frank  Sutton,  geographer  in  charge. 

Central  division,  W.  H.  Herron,  geographer  in  charge. 

Rocky  Mountain  division,  E.  C.  Barnard,  geographer  in  charge. 

Pacific  division,  T.  G.  Gerdine,  geograi)her  in  charge. 

Inspectors  of  topography,  J.  H.  Renshawe,  geographer;  W\  M. 
Beaman  and  F.  E.  Matthes,  topographers. 


248  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

E.  M.  Douglas,  geographer  in  charge  of  office  prior  to  the  appoint- 
ment of  the  chief  geographer,  retains  immediate  supervision  of  the 
computing  and  instrument  sections,  and  is  in  general  charge  of  the 
office  administration  of  the  topographic  branch  in  the  absence  of  the 
chief  geographer.  During  April,  May,  and  June  Mr.  Douglas  was 
in  charge  of  the  survey  of  the  boundary  of  the  Luquillo  National 
Forest  in  Porto  Rico. 

Henry  Gannett,  geographer,  was  absent  o%n  leave  during  the  whole 
year  while  assistant  director  of  the  Cuban  census. 

PERSONNEL. 

The  technical  corps  of  the  topographic  branch  was  increased  during 
the  year  by  the  appointment  of  16  junior  topographers,  4  assistant 
topographers,  and  1  draftsman.  It  was  reduced  by  death,  transfers, 
and  resignations  amounting  to  12.  With  these  changes  the  technical 
force  now  includes  a  chief  geographer,  9  geographers,  40  topog- 
raphers, 38  assistant  topographers,  4  topographic  aids,  20  junior 
topographers,  and  4  draftsmen.  Four  of  the  topographers  and  1 
geographer  are  on  leave  without  pay.  In  addition  to  the  above  regu- 
lar force  1GT  technical  field  assistants  were  employed  during  the  whole 
or  a  part  of  the  field  season. 

SUMMARY    OF    RESULTS. 

The  condition  of  topographic  surveys  to  July  1,  1908,  distinguished 
as  to  scale,  etc.,  is  shown  on  PL  II. 

As  shown  in  the  following  tables,  which  give  the  details  of  topo- 
graphic mapping  and  spirit  leveling  for  the  fiscal  year,  the  total  area 
mapped  was  25,658  square  miles,  making  the  total  area  surveyed  to 
date  in  the  United  States  1,051,126  square  miles,  or  about  35  per  cent. 
In  addition,  6,979  square  miles  of  revision  or  resurvey  were  com- 
pleted, making  the  total  area  of  actual  surveys  for  the  season  32,637 
square  miles. 

Triangulation  and  primary-traverse  stations  to  the  number  of  504 
were  occupied,  located,  and  marked  and  19  were  intersected,  and  3,468 
miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run.  In  the  course  of  this  work  35,325 
square  miles  were  covered  by  primary  control. 

In  connection  with  these  surveys  7,543  linear  miles  of  primary 
levels  and  843  miles  of  precise  levels  were  run,  making  the  total 
amount  of  primary  and  precise  spirit  leveling  done  since  the  authoriza- 
tion of  this  work  by  Congress,  in  1896,  212,149  miles. 

The  area  covered  by  topographic  surveys  in  Alaska  during  the 
fiscal  year  L907  8,  as  reported  in  detail  on  pages  40-43,  was  about 
6,626  square  miles.  501  of  which  were  mapped  for  publication  on  the 
scale  of  1  :  62,500  and  6,125  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1:250,000. 


ANN.    REPT.    DEPT.    OF    INTERIOR 


MAP   OF  UNITED   STATES,   SHOWING   AREAS   COVERED    BY   TOPOGRAPHIC   SURVEYS 


AND  THE  SCALE  EMPLOYED  FOR  EACH  AEEA 
Scale 
100  0  100  200        300  miles 

1908 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


249 


The  results  of  primary  triangulation  and  primary  traverse  in  all 
States  in  which  field  work  was  in  progress  were  summarized  and  pre- 
pared for  publication  as  a  bulletin. 

Present  condition  of  topographic  surveys  of  the  United  States  and  new  areas 

surveyed  in  1907-8. 


State  or  Territory. 

New  area 
surveyed 
in  1907-8. 

Total  area 

surveyed 

to  July  1, 

1908. 

Percent- 
age of 
total  area 
of  State 
surveyed 
to  July  1, 
1908. 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 

18, 283 

62,  962 

20, 469 

82, 379 

38, 896 

4,965 

1,008 

70 

1,821 

17,087 

15,358 

8,171 

2,618 

10,092 

64, 159 

15, 845 

7, 923 

7,185 

10,294 

8,266 

4,244 

3,087 

1,003 

34, 246 

48, 977 

25,974 

44, 221 

3,376 

8,224 

29, 990 

38, 808 

17, 418 

8,919 

23, 067 

37, 663 

17, 333 

21,029 

1,248 

5, 640 

17, 956 

20, 345 

66, 314 

63, 320 

3,537 

29, 980 

18,398 

24, 120 

11,373 

23, 4G5 

35 

250 

55 

38 

2,998 
1,130 

52 

Colorado 

37 

100 

43 

100 

3 

232 
162 
771 
160 
197 

29 

Idaho 

18 

Illinois 

14 

7 

Iowa 

18 

Kansas 

78 

Kentucky 

1,330 

39 

16 

Maine 

380 

22 

Maryland 

84 

Massachusetts 

100 

Michigan 

491 

211 

97 

229 

1,788 

7 

Minnesota 

4 

Mississippi 

2 

Missouri 

49 

Montana 

33 

Nebraska 

34 

Nevada 

3,739 
216 

40 

New  Hampshire 

36 

New  Jersey 

100 

New  Mexico 

1,255 
599 
344 

3,070 
1,168 
1,053 
1,421 

24 

New  York 

79 

North  Carolina 

33 

13 

Ohio 

56 

54 

Oregon 

18 

47 

Rhode  Island 

100 

144 

18 

South  Dakota 

23 

Tennessee 

242 
469 

48 

Texas 

25 

Utah 

75 

Vermont 

37 

151 

170 

70 

Washington 

27 

99.8 

Wisconsin 

176 
871 

20 

24 

25, 658 

1, 051, 126 

ATLANTIC    DIVISION. 

FIELD   WORK. 

SUMMARY. 


During  the  season  topographic  mapping  was  carried  on  in 
Alabama,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Maryland,  Mississippi,  New 
Hampshire,  New  York,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Ohio,  Penn- 


250 


TWENTY-NINTH   KEPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


sylvania,  Tennessee,  Virginia,  and  West  Virginia.  This  work  com- 
prised the  survey  of  33  quadrangles  and  the  resurvey  or  revision  of  11 
quadrangles  and  1  special  area.  In  addition,  18  quadrangles  were 
partly  surveyed  and  5  quadrangles  partly  resurveyed.  The  total  new 
area  mapped  was  8,226  square  miles — 8,129  square  miles  for  publica- 
tion on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  and  97  square  miles  for  publication  on 
the  scale  of  1 :  31,680.  The  area  resurveyed  was  3,046  square  miles — 
248  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  2,710  for  publication  on 
the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  and  88  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  36?000. 
In  connection  with  this  work  2,993  miles  of  primary  levels  and  304 
miles  of  precise  levels  were  run  and  898  permanent  bench  marks  were 
established. 

Primary  triangulation,  primary  traverse,  and  precise  leveling  were 
carried  on  at  various  times  by  eight  parties.  This  work  was  distributed 
over  portions  of  Alabama,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Maryland,  Mississippi, 
Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  Tennessee,  Virginia,  and  West  Virginia.  The 
total  area  covered  by  this  primary  control  was  about  8,550  square 
miles,  of  which  6,300  square  miles  were  controlled  by  primary  trav- 
erse. The  result  of  this  work  was  to  make  control  available  in  forty- 
one  15-minute  quadrangles. 

Topographic  surveys  in  Atlantic  division  from  June  1,  1907,  to  July  1,  1908. 


Contour 
interval. 

For  publication  on  scale  of — 

Total 

area  sur- 
veyed. 

Levels. 

State. 

1:125,000. 

1:62,500. 

Distance 
run. 

Bench 
marks. 

Resur- 
vey. 

New. 

Resur- 
vey. 

Feet. 
50 
20-50 
20 
20 
20 

Sq.  miles. 
248 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 
145 
247 

Sq.  miles. 

393 
a  501 
1,330 

380 

684 
b  97 

216 

599 
a  349 
3,070 
1,479 

144 
a  303 

223 
1,504 

Miles. 

31 

96 

483 

82 

101 

246 

31 

232 

1,330 

380 

28 

86 

Maine 

23 

Maryland 

684 

26 

65 

20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
20-50 
50 

216 
599 
344 
3,070 
1,421 
144 
242 
151 

231 

57 

Ohio 

965 
456 

298 

58 

117 

72 

53 

481 

14 

Virginia 

72 
1,504 

10 

West  Virginia 

143 

248 

8,129 

2,710 

11,272 

3,297 

898 

"  HH  square  miles  of  resurvey,  5  in  North  Carolina,  22  in  Georgia,  61  in  Tennessee,  for 
publication  on  the  scale  of  1  :  36,000. 

"97  square  miles  in  Mississippi  for  publication  on  scale  of  1  :  31,680. 

DETAILS   OF    WORK   BY   STATES. 


.  1  labama. — The  resurvey  of  the  Opelika  quadrangle,  in  Chambers 
and  Lee  counties,  was  completed  by  II.  W.  Berry,  248  square  miles 
being  mapped  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1: 125,000,  with  a  con- 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  251 

tour  interval  of  50  feet.  The  resurvey  of  the  Montevallo  quadrangle, 
in  Shelby,  Chilton,  and  Bibb  counties,  was  commenced  by  Mr.  Berry, 
145  square  miles  being  completed,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  50  feet.  For  the  control  of  these 
and  adjoining  areas  31  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  31  per- 
manent bench  marks  were  established  by  A.  K.  Gilman  and  J.  B. 
Metcalf.  The  control  of  the  Seale  quadrangle,  in  Lee  and  Russell 
counties,  was  completed  by  F.  J.  McMaugh,  who  ran  38  miles  of  pri- 
mary traverse. 

Georgia. — The  resurvey  of  the  Acworth  quadrangle,  in  Cherokee, 
Bartow,  and  Cobb  counties,  and  the  survey  of  the  Columbus  quad- 
rangle, in  Chattahoochee  and  Muscogee  counties,  were  completed  by 
Duncan  Hannegan.  The  total  area  resurveyed  was  247  square  miles 
and  the  new  area  surveyed  was  232  square  miles,  all  for  publication 
on  the  scale  of  1:62,500,  with  contour  intervals  of  20  and  50  feet. 
For  the  control  of  the  Columbus  quadrangle  96  miles  of  primary 
levels  were  run  and  28  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by 
J.  B.  Metcalf. 

Kentucky. — For  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic  sur- 
veys the  state  geologist  allotted  $8,000  and  the  federal  Survey  allotted 
a  like  sum.  The  Providence,  Earlington,  Madisonville,  Central  City, 
Hartford,  and  Whitesville  quadrangles,  in  Webster,  Hopkins,  Cald- 
well, Crittenden,  Daviess,  Ohio,  Hancock,  McLean,  Muhlenberg,  and 
Butler  counties,  were  completed  by  Van.  H.  Manning,  A.  O.  Burk- 
land,  C.  C.  Gardner,  R.  L.  Harrison,  T.  H.  Moncure,  and  R.  W.  Berry. 
The  total  area  surveyed  was  1,330  square  miles,  for  publication  on 
the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the 
control  of  these  quadrangles  408  miles  of  primary  spirit  levels  were 
run  and  61  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by  H.  W.  Pea- 
body  and  G.  W.  Crane,  and  in  addition  178  miles  of  primary  traverse 
were  run  and  10  stations  established  by  C.  B.  Kendall.  A  line  of 
precise  levels  75  miles  in  length  was  run  by  W.  H.  Monahan  from 
Center  along  the  Illinois  Central  Railroad  to  Cerulean  Springs,  cross- 
ing Caldwell,  Crittenden,  Elmore,  and  Trigg  counties,  and  furnishing 
control  for  the  Eddyville,  Marion,  Morganfield,  Princeton,  Provi- 
dence, and  Shawneetown  quadrangles.  In  connection  with  this  line 
25  permanent  bench  marks  were  established. 

Maine. — For  the'  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic  surveys 
in  Maine  the  State  Survey  Commission  allotted  $2,500  and  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey  allotted  a  like  sum.  The  survey  of  the 
Eastport  quadrangle,  in  Washington  County,  and  the  Poland  quad- 
rangle, in  Androscoggin,  Oxford,  and  Cumberland  counties,  was 
completed,  and  that  of  the  Ellsworth  quadrangle,  in  Hancock  County, 
was  commenced.  This  work  was  done  by  Hersey  Munroe,  R.  Puring- 
ton,  and  F.  E.  Matthes,  the  total  area  surveyed  being  380  square  miles. 


252  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of 
20  feet.  For  the  control  of  the  Eastport  quadrangle  82  miles  of 
primary  levels  were  run  and  23  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished by  H.  M.  Gilman,  jr.  The  Ellsworth  quadrangle,  in  Hancock 
County,  was  controlled  by  S.  S.  Gannett  by  means  of  triangulation, 
5  stations  being  occupied  and  2  points  located  by  intersections. 

Maryland. — For  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic  sur- 
veys in  Maryland  the  state  geologist  allotted  $5,000  and  the  federal 
Survey  allotted  $4,000.  The  resurvey  of  the  Ijamsville  and  Mount 
Airy  quadrangles  and  the  Maryland  portion  of  the  Seneca  quadrangle 
was  completed,  and  that  of  the  Middletown  and  Taneytown  quad- 
rangles was  commenced.  The  total  area  resurveyed  was  684  square 
miles,  in  Montgomery,  Frederick,  Carroll,  Howard,  and  Jefferson 
counties,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour 
interval  of  20  feet.  This  work  was  done  by  W.  Carvel  Hall,  J.  H. 
Wheat,  Fred  Graff,  E.  W.  McCrary,  J.  S.  B.  Daingerfield,  J.  D. 
Forster,  L.  C.  Fletcher,  and  S.  P.  Floore.  For  the  control  of  these 
and  adjacent  areas  101  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  26  per- 
manent bench  marks  were  established  by  W.  R.  Winstead  and  J.  E. 
McCorkle.  The  Emmitsburg  and  Taneytown  quadrangles,  in  Fred- 
erick, Carroll,  and  Montgomery  counties,  and  the  Seneca  quadrangle, 
in  Montgomery  County,  Md.,  and  Fairfax  County,  Va.,  were  con- 
trolled by  119  miles  of  primary  traverse  run  and  9  stations  established 
by  F.  J.  McMaugh. 

Mississippi. — For  cooperative  topographic  surveys  in  Mississippi 
the  state  Geological  Survey  and  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 
each  allotted  $1,600.  An  irregular  area  of  323  square  miles  in  the 
vicinity  of  Clarksdale,  in  Coahoma,  Bolivar,  Quitman,  Tallahatchie, 
Panola,  and  Tunica  counties,  was  controlled,  under  the  direction  of 
C.  D.  S.  Clarkson,  by  80  miles  of  primary  levels  run  by  J.  E.  Mc- 
Corkle and  W.  W.  Boone,  who  established  18  permanent  bench  marks ; 
and  by  158  miles  of  primary  traverse  and  15  stations  established  by 
F.  J.  McMaugh  and  C.  A.  Clunet. 

On  May  11  a  tentative  agreement  was  entered  into  with  the  gov- 
ernor of  the  State  and  the  president  of  the  Tallahatchie  drainage 
commission,  which  empowered  the  federal  Survey  to  undertake  the 
mapping  of  the  Tallahatchie  drainage  district.  On  June  15  a  final 
agreement  was  made  which  provided  that  the.  Geological  Survey 
should  expend  $!),000  for  this  work  and  the  Tallahatchie  drainage 
commission  $27,000,  more  or  less,  to  complete  the  survey  of  the  dis- 
trict.  Work  was  commenced  by  Van.  H.  Manning,  E.  P.  Davis,  K.  L. 
Harrison,  C.  C.  Gardner,  and  J.  R.  McMillen  on  the  Belen,  Coahoma, 
and  Evansville  quadrangles,  in  Coahoma,  Quitman,  and  Tunica 
counties,  the  survey  of  1)7  square  miles  being  completed,  for  publica- 
tion on  the  scale  of  1  :  31,680,  with  a  contour  interval  of  5  feet.     For 


TWENTY-NINTH   EEPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  253 

the  control  of  this  district  101  miles  of  primary  and  G5  miles  of 
precise  levels  were  run  by  L.  L.  Lee,  C.  C.  Gardner,  and  W.  H.  Mona- 
han,  in  connection  with  which  47  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished and  172  miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run  and  58  stations 
established  by  F.  J.  McMaugh  and  C.  A.  Clunet. 

Alabama-Mississippi-Tennessee. — The  Iuka  quadrangle,  in  Colbert 
and  Lauderdale  counties,  Ala.,  Tishomingo  County,  Miss.,  and 
Hardin  County,  Tenn.,  was  controlled  by  84  miles  of  primary  traverse 
run  by  F.  J.  McMaugh. 

New  Hampshire. — The  survey  of  the  Lake  Winnipesaukee  quad- 
rangle, in  Belknap  and  Carroll  counties,  was  completed  by  J.  I. 
Gayetty,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  inter- 
val of  20  feet,  the  area  mapped  being  216  square  miles. 

New  York. — The  state  engineer  and  surveyor  allotted  $8,000  for 
the  continuation  of  the  cooperative  topographic  survey  of  the  State, 
and  the  federal  Survey  allotted  a  like  amount  for  the  same  purpose. 
The  work  on  the  Cooperstown  quadrangle,  in  Otsego  County,  and  the 
Stony  Creek  quadrangle,  in  Warren,  Hamilton,  and  Saratoga  coun- 
ties, was  completed;  that  on  the  Delhi  quadrangle,  in  Otsego  and 
Delaware  counties ;  the  Neversink  quadrangle,  in  Sullivan  and  Ulster 
counties;  and  the  Bath  quadrangle,  in  Steuben  County,  was  partly 
completed.  This  work  was  done  by  C.  E.  Cooke,  W.  H.  S.  Morey, 
Fred  Graff,  jr.,  W.  M.  Beaman,  J.  I.  Gayetty,  L.  C.  Fletcher,  J.  M. 
Whitman,  and  S.  P.  Floore,  the  area  surveyed  being  599  square  miles, 
for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20 
feet.  For  the  control  of  these  and'  adjoining  areas  231  miles  of  pri- 
mary levels  were  run  and  57  permanent  bench  marks  were  established 
by  C.  H.  Semper. 

North  Carolina. — The  survey  of  the  Great  Coharie  quadrangle,  in 
Sampson  County,  was  completed  by  Albert  Pike,  the  area  mapped 
being  244  square  miles. 

North  Carolina-South  Carolina. — The  survey  of  the  Gaffney  quad- 
rangle, in  Cleveland  County,  N.  C.,  and  Cherokee  County,  S.  C,  was 
completed  by  W.  L.  Miller  and  L.  L.  Lee.  The  area  surveyed  was 
214  square  miles,  100  of  which  are  in  North  Carolina,  for  publication 
on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet. 

Ohio. — The  governor  of  Ohio  allotted  $19,000  for  the  continuation 
of  the  cooperative  topographic  survey  of  the  State,  and  a  like  sum 
was  set  apart  for  the  same  purpose  by  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey.  The  survey  of  the  Ottawa,  McClure,  Napoleon,  Continental, 
and  Defiance  quadrangles,  in  Defiance,  Williams,  Lucas,  Paulding, 
Putnam,  Henry,  Wood,  and  Fulton  counties;  the  Newark.  Thurston, 
Thornville,  Logan,  and  Lancaster  quadrangles,  in  Licking,  Knox, 
Muskingum,  Pickaway,  Fairfield,  Perry,  and  Hocking  counties;  and 
the  Alliance,  Lisbon,  and  Columbiana  quadrangles,  in  Stark,  Coluni- 


254  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

biana,  and  Mahoning  counties,  was  completed,  and  that  of  the  Fra- 
zeysburg,  Conesville,  Zanesville,  New  Lexington,  and  Granville  quad- 
rangles, in  Coshocton,  Morgan,  Perry,  Hocking,  Athens,  Muskingum, 
and  Licking  counties,  was  commenced.  This  work  was  done  by  J.  H. 
Jennings,  R.  C.  McKinney,  W.  H.  S.  Morey,  R.  D.  Cummin,  W.  H. 
Monahan,  J.  S.  B.  Daingerfield,  C.  W.  Goodlove,  J.  M.  Whitman, 
I.  M.  Flocker,  J.  A.  Duck,  and  W.  H.  Lovell,  the  area  surveyed  be- 
ing 3,070  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  Avith 
a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the  control  of  these  and  adjacent 
areas  965  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  298  permanent  bench 
marks  were  established  by  C.  H.  Semper,  R.  C.  Seitz,  C.  H.  Burns, 
W.  H.  Monahan,  I.  M.  Flocker,  and  E.  C.  Bibbee.  The  Coshocton, 
Brinkhaven,  Caldwell,  McConnellsville,  New  Lexington,  Millers- 
burg,  and  Plimpton  quadrangles,  in  Holmes,  Wayne,  Ashland,  Coshoc- 
ton, Knox,  Washington,  Morgan,  and  Perry  counties,  were  controlled 
by  299  miles  of  primary  traverse  run  and  28  stations  established  by 
C.  B.  Kendall. 

Pennsylvania. — The  Geologic  and  Topographic  Survey  Commission 
of  Pennsylvania  allotted  $11,500  for  the  continuance  of  cooperative 
topographic  surveys  of  the  State,  and  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  allotted  a  like  sum  for  the  same  purpose.  The  survey  of  the 
Shenango  quadrangle,  in  Mercer  and  Crawford  counties ;  the  Smicks- 
burg  quadrangle,  in  Jefferson,  Armstrong,  and  Indiana  counties;  the 
Foxburg  quadrangle,  in  Venango,  Clarion,  Butler,  and  Armstrong 
counties;  the  Gettysburg  quadrangle,  in  Adams  and  York  counties, 
and  the  Freeport  quadrangle,  in  Armstrong,  Butler,  Allegheny,  and 
Westmoreland  counties,  was  completed;  and  that  of  the  York  quad- 
rangle, in  York  County;  the  Zelionople  quadrangle,  in  Butler  and 
Lawrence  counties;  the  Bedford  quadrangle,  in  Bedford,  Somerset, 
and  Cambria  counties;  the  Fairfield  quadrangle,  in  Adams  County, 
and  the  New  Kensington  quadrangle,  in  Butler  and  Allegheny  coun- 
ties, was  commenced.  This  work  was  done  by  J.  H.  Jennings,  C.  W. 
Goodlove,  Hersey  Munroe,  J.  M.  Whitman,  W.  O.  Tufts,  R.  H. 
Reineek,  L.  C.  Fletcher,  J.  H.  Wheat,  J.  S.  B.  Daingerfield,  A.  O. 
Burkland,  J.  D.  Forster,  and  R.  W.  Berry,  the  total  area  surveyed 
being  1,421  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1:62,500, 
with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  In  addition,  the  work  on  58  square 
miles  of  the  Sewickley  quadrangle  was  revised.  For  the  control  of 
these  and  adjoining  areas  456  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and 
1 1 T  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by  C.  II.  Semper,  H.  D. 
Hilton,  and  C.  H.  Burns.  The  Bellefonte  and  Philipsburg  quad- 
rangles, in  Center  and  Clearfield  counties;  the  McCall  Ferry  and 
Quarryville  quadrangles,  in  Lancaster  and  York  counties;  and  the 
Franklin,  Milliards,  Mercer,  and  Stoneboro  quadrangles,  in  Butler, 
Crawford,  Mercer,  Lawrence,  and  Venango  counties,  were  controlled 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  255 

by  411  miles  of  primary  traverse  run  and  30  stations  established  by 

F.  J.  McMaugh  and  C.  B.  Kendall.     The  Berlin.  A  Je.  Con- 

fluence. Hyndman.  and  Somerset  quadrangles,  in  Somerset.  Fayette. 
Bedford,  and  Westmoreland  counties,  were  partly  controlled  by  tri- 
angulation  by  G.  T.  Hawkins,  who  occupied  9  stations. 

Te\  . — The  survey  of  the  Franklin  quadrangle,  comprising 

an  area  of  2-12  square  miles  in  Williamson  and  Maury  counties,  was 
completed  by  Oscar  Jones,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 
with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  area  19 
miles  of  primary  level-  were  run  and  four  permanent  bench  marks 
were  established.  Mr.  Jones  also  ran  93  miles  of  primary  traverse 
and  established  -1  station-  for  the  control  of  the  Hollow  Spring-  quad- 
rangle, in  Coffee,  Rutherford.  Cannon,  and  Bedford  count: 

■. — The  mapping  of  the  Duck- 
town  special  area  was  completed  by  Oscar  ■  the  area  covered 
being  SS  square  miles.  5  of  which  are  in  Cherokee  County.  X.  C.  22 
in  Fanning  County.  Ga..  and  61  in  Polk  County.  Tenn..  for  publi- 
cation on  the  scale  of  1 :  30.000.  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For 
the  control  of  this  area  Mr.  Jones  located  -1  new  stations  by  means  of 
triangulation.  and  J.  G.  Martin  and  W.  H.  Gray  ran  53  miles 
primary  levels,  in  connection  with  which  10  permanent  bench  marks 
were  establish 

Vi  .  i ■■'•. .'. — The  survey  of  the  Eagle  Rock  quadrangle,  in  Botetourt. 
Alleghany,  and  Craig  counties,  was  commenced  by  Albert  Pike  and 
T.  H.  Moncure;  and  the  resurvey  of  the  Virginia  portion  of  the 
Seneca  quadrangle,  in  Fairfax  and  Loudoun  counties,  was  com- 
pleted by  W.  Carvel  Hall  and  J.  D.  Forster.  The  new  area  mapped 
was  151  square  miles  and  the  area  resurveyed  was  72  square  miles — 
all  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  contour  intervals 
of  20  and  50  feet.     For  the  control  of  these  and  a  areas  42 

miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  10  permanent  bench  marks  were 
blished  by  R.  S.  Deemer  and  W.  B.  Winstead. 

Virginia-West  Vir    '    '  . — A   line     t  precise  levels  was  extended 
by  C.  H.  Semper  from  the  vicinity  of  Covington.  Va..  to  Charles- 
ton. TV  Va..  11  miles  being  in  Virginia  and  153  miles  in  West 
ginia.     The  line  extended  along  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  and  the 
Kanawha    and   Michigan   railways,   passing   aero--   the   Lewisburg, 
Hint  on.  Raleigh.  Kanawha   Fall-,   and   Charleston  quadra:  . 
Alleghany    County.    Va..    and    Greenbrier.    Summer-.    Fayette. 
K  oawha  counties,  TT.  Va.    The  work  in  Vest  Virginia  was  done  in 
cooperation  with  the  State. 

West  Vi  . — For  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic 

surveys  in  West  V: u  _  the  state  geol   gist   allotted  $12, 

the  federal  Survey  allotted  an  equal  sum.  The  resurvey  resulted  in 
the  completion  of  the  work  as  quadrangle,  in  Randolph 


256  TWENTY-NINTH  REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

and  Barbour  counties,  and  the  Wayne,  Midkiff,  St.  Albans,  Charleston, 
and  Clendennin  quadrangles,  in  Wayne,  Lincoln,  Kanawha,  Putnam, 
Clay,  and  Logan  counties,  and  the  commencement  of  the  work  on  the 
Clay  quadrangle,  in  Clay  and  Nicholas  counties.  This  work  was 
done  by  E.  I.  Ireland,  J.  K.  Eakin,  S.  P.  Floore,  T.  F.  Slaughter, 
J.  I.  Gayetty,  and  P.  W.  McMillen,  the  area  surveyed  being  1,504 
square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour 
interval  of  50  feet.  For  the  control  of  these  and  adjoining  quad- 
rangles, 328  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  86  permanent 
bench  marks  were  established  by  C.  H.  Semper,  O.  N.  Meredith, 
C.  K.  Alexander,  and  E.  S.  Dawson.  The  Clendennin  and  Clay 
quadrangles,  in  Clay,  Kanawha,  and  Nicholas  counties,  and  the  Hor- 
ton  and  Elkins  quadrangles,  in  Randolph  and  Tucker  counties,  were 
controlled  by  D.  H.  Baldwin,  who  located  12  new  stations  by  tri- 
angulation.  The  Montgomery,  Winifrede,  and  Fayetteville  quad- 
rangles, in  Boone,  Fayette,  Kanawha,  Clay,  and  Nicholas  counties, 
were  partly  controlled  by  R.  H.  Chapman,  assisted  by  P.  W.  Mc- 
Millen, who  occupied  3  stations. 

Porto  Rico. — In  compliance  with  a  request  from  the  Forest  Service 
for  an  immediate  survey  of  the  boundary  of  the  Luquillo  National 
Forest,  the  work  was  commenced  in  March  and  completed  early  in 
June  by  E.  M.  Douglas,  geographer,  in  charge  of  party,  and  C.  L. 
Nelson,  assistant  topographer,  40.2  miles  of  line  having  been  sur- 
veyed and  marked  by  98  concrete,  stone,  or  wooden  posts.  In  order 
to  locate  the  corners  of  the  reserve  two  United  States  Coast  and 
Geodetic  Survey  triangulation  stations  were  occupied  and  four  new 
stations  were  selected,  marked,  and  occupied.  In  addition  to  an 
accurate  contour  sketch  of  a  narrow  strip  along  the  entire  boundary, 
a  reconnaissance  sketch  of  54  square  miles  of  the  reserve  was  made 
by  Mr.  Nelson. 

OFFICE  WORK. 

The  drafting  of  the  following  sheets  was  completed:  Opelika, 
Ala.;  Acworth  and  Columbus,  Ga. ;  Providence,  Hartford,  Earling- 
ton,  Madisonville,  Central  City,  and  Whitesville,  Ky. ;  Eastport  and 
Poland,  Me.;  Seneca,  Ijamsville,  and  Mount  Airy,  Md. ;  Lake  Winne- 
pesaukee,  N.  H. ;  Cooperstown,  N.  Y. ;  Great  Coharie  and  Gold  Hill, 
N.  C. ;  Gaffney,  N.  C.-S.  C. ;  Newark,  Logan,  Lancaster,  Columbiana, 
Lisbon,  Alliance,  Thurston,  Napoleon,  Continental,  McClure,  Ottawa, 
Thornville,  and  Defiance,  Ohio;  Gettysburg,  Shenango,  Foxburg, 
Freeport,  and  Smicksburg,  Pa.;  Franklin  and  Ducktown  special, 
Tennessee;  Charleston,  St.  Albans,  Clendennin,  Elkins,  Wayne,  and 
Midkiff,  W.  Va. 

Progress  in  the  drafting  of  additional  sheets  was  made  as  follows: 
Middletown,  Md.,  l>  per  cent  ;  Stoney  Creek,  N.  Y.,  38  per  cent;  Eagle 
Rock,  Va.,  60  per  cent. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  257 

In  the  triangulation  and  computing  section  the  following  computa- 
tions were  made : 

For  the  control*  of  the  Seale  (Ala.)  quadrangle,  262  latitudes  and 
departures  and  35  geographic  positions  were  computed.  Level  cir- 
cuits in  the  same  area  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Madisonville,  Earlington,  Central  City,  and 
Hartford  (Ky.)  quadrangles,  1,622  latitudes  and  departures  and  182 
geographic  positions  were  computed.  For  the  control  of  the  Prince- 
ton, Dawson  Springs,  Greenville,  and  White  Plains  (Ky.)  quad- 
rangles, 1,317  latitudes  and  departures  and  159  geographic  positions 
were  computed.     Level  circuits  were  adjusted  in  the  same  area. 

The  geodetic  positions  of  six  triangulation  points  for  the  control 
of  the  Ellsworth  (Me.)  quadrangle  were  computed.  Level  circuits 
in  the  Eastport,  Poland,  Lewiston,  and  Cutler  (Me.)  quadrangles 
were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Emmitsburg,  Taneytown,  and  Seneca  quad- 
rangles (Md.-Va.),  853  latitudes  and  departures  and  123  geographic 
positions  were  computed.  Level  circuits  in  these  areas  and  also  in 
the  Middletown  (Md.)  quadrangle  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Friars  Point  and  Clarksdale  (Miss.)  quad- 
rangles, 495  latitudes  and  departures  and  84  geographic  positions 
were  computed.     Level  circuits  in  the  same  area  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Iuka  ( Miss.- Ala. -Tenn.)  quadrangle,  1,071 
latitudes  and  departures  and  77  geographic  positions  were  computed. 

Level  circuits  were  adjusted  in  the  Bath,  Delhi,  and  Monticello 
(N.  Y.)  quadrangles. 

For  the  control  of  the  Millersburg,  Plimpton,  Coshocton,  Brink- 
haven,  Caldwell,  McLean,  and  New  Lexington  (Ohio)  quadrangles, 
2,565  latitudes  and  departures  and  320  geographic  positions  were 
computed.  Level  circuits  throughout  Ohio  were  readjusted  on  the 
basis  of  the  1907  adjustment  of  the  precise-level  net  as  made  by  the 
Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey. 

For  the  control  of  the  Bellefonte,  McCall  Ferry,  and  Quarryville 
(Pa.)  quadrangles,  2,274  latitudes  and  departures  and  242  geographic 
positions  were  computed.  Level  circuits  in  the  Butler,  Smicksburg, 
Bedford,  Brook ville,  and  York  (Pa.)  quadrangles  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Ducktown  (Tenn.-N.  C.-Ga.)  special  quad- 
rangle the  final  geodetic  positions  of  four  triangulation  points  were 
computed  and  level  circuits  in  the  same  vicinity  were  adjusted. 

The  office  computation  of  the  precise-level  line  extending  from 
Covington,  Va.,  to  Charleston,  W.  Va.,  was  made. 

The  geodetic  positions  of  12  triangulation  stations,  located   for 
the  control  of  the  Clendennin,  Clay,  Horton,  and  Elkins  (TV.  Va.) 
quadrangles,  were  computed.     Level  circuits  on  the  Midkiff,  Wayne, 
Clendennin,  and  Elkins  (W.  Va.)  quadrangles  were  adjusted. 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 17 


258 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT    OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


CENTRAL   DIVISION. 

FIELD  WORK. 

SUMMARY. 


During  the  season  topographic  surveying  was  carried  on  in  Arkan- 
sas, Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Missouri, 
Oklahoma,  Texas,  and  Wisconsin.  The  survey  of  14  quadrangles 
and  the  resurvey  of  2  quadrangles  were  completed.  In  addition,  13 
quadrangles  were  partly  surveyed  and  the  resurvey  of  one  quad- 
rangle and  one  special  area  was  partly  completed.  The  total  new  area 
mapped  was  3,872  square  miles — 3,002  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  62,500  and  870  for  publication  on  the  sale  of  1 :  125,000.  The  area 
resurveyed  was  843  square  miles — 625  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  62,500  and  218  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  24,000.  In  con- 
nection with  this  work,  2,049  miles  of  primary  levels  and  331  miles 
of  precise  levels  were  run  and  564  permanent  bench  marks  were 
established. 

Primary  traverse  and  precise  leveling  were  carried  on  at  various 
times  by  seven  parties,  the  work  being  distributed  over  portions  of 
Arkansas,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Michigan,  Missouri,  Oklahoma, 
Wisconsin,  and  Texas.  The  total  area  covered  by  primary  traverse 
was  6,075  square  miles,  furnishing  control  in  one  30-minute  and 
thirty-one  15-minute  quadrangles. 


Topographic  surveys  in 

central  division 

from  June  1,  1907,  to  July  1,  1908. 

Contour 
interval. 

For  publication  on  scale  of — 

Total 

area 

surveyed. 

Levels. 

State. 

1:125,000. 

1:62,500. 

Distance 
run. 

Bench 
marks. 

New. 

New. 

Resur- 
vey. 

Feet. 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 

Miles. 

63 
694 

65 

99 
3 
258 
534 
163 
241 
217 

43 

16 

20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
20 
20-50 
20 
20 

771 
160 
197 

771 
160 
197 
a  89 
491 
211 
«  765 
1,168 
469 
394 

"141 

Indiana 

21 

20 

491 
211 

229 
767 

77 

94 

407 

31 

401 

469 

95 

61 

Wisconsin 

176 

218 

8 

870 

3,002 

625 

4,715 

2,380 

564 

■     "  218  square  miles  of  resurvey  (89  in  Kansas  and  121)  in  Missouri)  for  publication  on  the 
scale  of  1  :  24,000. 

DETAILS    OF    WORK    BY    STATES. 

Arkansas. — For  the  control  of  the  I)e  Queen  quadrangle,  in  Sevier, 
Polk,  and  Howard  counties,  W.  A.  Gelbach  ran  63  miles  of  primary 
Levels  and  established  16  permanent  bench  marks,  and  J.  R.  Ellis  ran 
119  miles  of  primary  traverse  and  occupied  11  stations, 


TWENTY -NINTH   EEPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  259 

Illinois. — The  governor  of  Illinois  allotted  $8,000  for  the  continua- 
tion of  cooperative  topographic  surveys  in  the  State,  and  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey  allotted  a  like  sum  for  the  same  purpose. 
The  survey  of  the  Tallula  quadrangle,  in  Morgan,  Sangamon,  Cass, 
and  Menard  counties;  the  Herrin  quadrangle,  in  Jackson,  Perry, 
Franklin,  and  Williamson  counties;  and  the  West  Frankfort  quad- 
rangle, in  Franklin  and  Williamson  counties,  was  completed;  and 
that  of  the  Carlyle,  New  Athens,  and  Okawville  quadrangles,  in  St. 
Clair,  Washington,  Clinton,  and  Bond  counties;  the  Hardinville 
quadrangle,  in  Jasper,  Crawford,  Richland,  and  Lawrence  counties; 
and  the  Vandalia  quadrangle,  in  Fayette  County,  was  commenced. 
This  work  was  done  by  W.  J.  Lloyd,  E.  W.  McCrary,  J.  F.  McBeth, 
H.  L.  McDonald,  Lee  Morrison,  and  J.  E.  Tichenor,  the  total  area 
surveyed  being  771  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  62,500,  Avith  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the  control  of  these 
and  adjacent  areas  662  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  129  per- 
manent bench  marks  were  established  by  W.  J.  Lloyd,  W.  A.  Gelbach, 
and  Henry  Bucher,  and  236  miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run  and 
22  stations  established  by  J.  R.  Ellis.  The  Lasalle  and  Hennepin 
quadrangles,  in  Lasalle,  Bureau,  and  Putnam  counties,  were  con- 
trolled by  104  miles  of  primary  traverse  run  and  5  stations  established 
by  C.  B.  Kendall.  A  line  of  precise  levels  32  miles  in  length,  extend- 
ing from  the  vicinity  of  Terre  Haute,  Ind.,  to  Oakland,  111.,  through 
the  Paris  and  Kansas  quadrangles,  in  Edgar  County,  was  run  by 
C.  H.  Semper,  and  in  connection  with  this  work  12  permanent  bench 
marks  were  established. 

Indiana. — The  survey  of  the  Bloomington  quadrangle,  in  Munroe, 
Owen,  and  Greene  counties,  was  commenced  by  W.  H.  Griffin  and 
C.  L.  Sadler,  the  area  covered  being  140  square  miles,  for  publication 
on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  A  line 
of  precise  levels  57  miles  in  length  was  extended  by  C.  H.  Semper 
through  the  Bloomfield,  Jasonville,  and  Saline  City  quadrangles,  in 
Clay  and  Vigo  counties,  and  in  connection  with  this  work  19  perma- 
nent bench  marks  were  established.  Mr.  Sadler  also  ran  8  miles  of 
primary  levels  and  established  two  permanent  bench  marks  for  the 
control  of  the  same  general  area. 

Iowa. — The  state  geologist  allotted  $1,750  for  cooperative  topo- 
graphic surveys  in  Iowa  and  the  federal  Survey  allotted  a  like  sum 
for  the  same  purpose.  The  survey  of  the  Milo  quadrangle,  in  Warren 
and  Marion  counties,  Avas  commenced  by  J.  G.  Staack  and  A.  T. 
Fowler,  the  area  covered  being  197  square  miles,  for  publication  on 
the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the 
control  of  this  area  76  miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run  and  7 
stations  established  by  J.  R.  Ellis,  and  99  miles  of  primary  levels  were 
run   and   20   permanent  bench   marks   were   established   by   W.   A. 


260  TWENTY-NINTH   KEPORT   OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Gelbach.  For  the  control  of  the  Knoxville  and  Pella  quadrangles,  in 
Marion  and  Mahaska  counties,  Mr.  Ellis  ran  72  miles  of  primary 
traverse  and  established  7  stations. 

Kansas-Missouri. — The  resurvey  of  an  area  already  covered  by  re- 
connaissance maps — the  Fort  Leavenworth  special  quadrangle,  in 
Leavenworth  County,  Kans.,  and  Platte  County,  Mo. — was  com- 
menced by  Glenn  S.  Smith,  Arthur  Stiles,  and  J.  G.  Staack,  the  area 
completely  surveyed  being  218  square  miles,  129  of  which  are  in 
Missouri,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  24,000,  with  a  contour 
interval  of  20  feet.  In  connection  with  this  work  6  miles  of  primary 
levels,  3  being  in  Missouri,  were  run  and  1  permanent  bench  mark 
was  established  by  A.  J.  Ogle. 

Michigan. — For  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic  sur- 
veys in  Michigan  the  state  geologist  and  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  each  allotted  $3,000.  The  survey  of  the  Howell  and  Milford 
quadrangles  was  completed  and  that  of  the  Durand  and  Fowlerville 
quadrangles  was  commenced  by  A.  M.  Walker  and  C.  D.  S.  Clarkson, 
the  total  area  surveyed  being  491  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the 
scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  This  area  lies 
in  Livingston,  Oakland,  Shiawassee,  Genesee,  and  Ingham  counties. 
For  the  control  of  these  quadrangles  and  adjacent  areas  258  miles  of 
primary  levels  were  run  and  77  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished by  C.  B.  Kendall  and  Frank  H.  West.  The  Calumet  special 
quadrangle,  in  Houghton  and  Keweenaw  counties,  and  the  Fowler- 
ville and  Mason  quadrangles,  in  Livingston  and  Ingham  counties, 
were  controlled  by  191  miles  of  primary  traverse  run  and  37  sta- 
tions established  by  J.  R.  Ellis. 

Minnesota. — The  survey  of  the  Rockford  quadrangle,  in  Hennepin 
and  Wright  counties,  was  completed  by  J.  G.  Staack,  the  area  sur- 
veyed being  211  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500, 
with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  quadrangle 
74  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  15  permanent  bench  marks 
were  established  by  Edward  Bandli. 

Missouri. — For  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic  sur- 
veys in  Missouri  the  state  geologist  and  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  each  allotted  $5,000.  The  resurvey  of  the  Ste.  Genevieve 
quadrangle  was  continued,  which  resulted  in  the  completion  of  the 
Weingarten  quadrangle,  in  Ste.  Genevieve  and  Perry  counties,  by 
C.  G.  Anderson,  and  the  survey  of  the  Higclon  quadrangle,  in  the 
same  region,  was  commenced.  The  survey  of  the  Macon  quadrangle, 
in  Macon,  Shelby,  Monroe,  and  Randolph  counties,  was  commenced 
by  Merrill  Hackett.  The  total  area  resurveyed  was  407  square  miles 
and  the  new  area  surveyed  was  229  square  miles,  all  for  publication 
on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the 
control  of  these  and  adjacent  areas  134  miles  of  primary  levels  were 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  261 

run  and  22  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  b}7  Edward 
Bandli ;  and  164  miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run  and  14.  stations 
established  by  J.  R.  Ellis.  The  Sullivan  quadrangle,  in  Franklin  and 
Crawford  counties,  was  controlled  by  26  miles  of  precise  levels  by 
E.  L.  McXair,  who  set  8  permanent  bench  marks. 

Oklahoma. — The  governor  of  Oklahoma  and  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  each  allotted  $4,000  for  the  continuation  of  cooper- 
ative topographic  surveys  in  that  State.  The  work  on  the  Luther, 
Merrick,  Maud,  and  Shawnee  quadrangles,  in  Lincoln,  Logan,  Okla- 
homa, Payne,  Pottawatomie,  and  Seminole  counties,  was  completed, 
and  that  on  the  Newalla  and  Burnett  quadrangles,  in  Cleveland,  Lin- 
coln, Oklahoma,  and  Pottawatomie  counties,  was  nearly  completed. 
This  work  was  done  b}7  C.  L.  Sadler,  H.  H.  Hodgeson,  and  L.  B. 
Roberts,  the  total  area  surveyed  being  767  square  miles,  for  publica- 
tion on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For 
the  control  of  these  and  adjacent  areas  241  miles  of  primary  levels 
were  run  and  95  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by  F.  M. 
Hutchinson,  and  194  miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run  and  30  sta- 
tions established  by  J.  R.  Ellis.  In  addition  to  the  cooperative  work, 
the  survey  of  the  Wyandotte  quadrangle,  in  the  Cherokee  Xation,  was 
completed  by  C.  G.  Anderson  and  J.  A.  Duck,  the  total  area  surveyed 
being  401  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with 
a  contour  interval  of  50  feet. 

Texas. — The  survey  of  the  San  Marcos  quadrangle,  in  Caldwell, 
Hays,  Comal,  Gonzales,  and  Guadalupe  counties,  was  completed  by 
Fred  McLaughlin,  W.  J.  Forster,  and  D.  B.  Penick,  the  total  area 
surveyed  being  469  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the  control  of  the 
Mount  Pleasant,  Bassett,  Boxelder,  and  Daingerfield  quadrangles,  in 
Bowie,  Red  River,  Morris,  Cass,  and  Titus  counties,  217  miles  of 
primary  levels  were  run  and  61  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished by  W.  A.  Gelbach,  and  98  miles  of  primary  traverse  were  run 
by  F.  J.  McMaugh. 

Wisconsin. — The  survey  of  the  Cross  Plains  quadrangle,  in  Dane 
County,  was  completed  by  A.  T.  Fowler;  that  of  the  Sparta  quad- 
rangle, in  Monroe  and  La  Crosse  counties,  was  completed  by  Mer- 
rill Hackett ;  and  that  of  the  Fond  du  Lac  quadrangle,  in  Fond  du 
Lac  and  Winnebago  counties,  was  commenced  by  H.  L.  McDonald,1 
the  total  area  mapped  being  176  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the 
scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  The  revision  of 
the  Oconomowoc  quadrangle,  covering  218  square  miles  in  Wau-' 
kesha,  Dodge,  and  Washington  counties,  was  completed  by  A.  T. 
Fowler,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  inter- 
val of  20  feet.  The  Fond  du  Lac  and  Menasha  quadrangles,  in  Fond 
du  Lac,  Winnebago,  and  Calumet  counties,  and  the  Stoughton  and 


262  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Waterloo  quadrangles,  in  Dodge,  Jefferson,  Dane,  and  Polk  counties, 
were  partly  controlled  by  J.  R.  Ellis,  who  ran  184  miles  of  primary 
traverse,  and  by  H.  L.  McDonald,  who  ran  15  miles  of  levels.  The 
De  Soto  quadrangle,  in  Franklin  County,  was  partly  controlled  by 
E.  L.  McNair,  who  ran  28  miles  of  precise  levels  and  established  8 
permanent  bench  marks. 

DRAINAGE   SURVEYS    IN    MINNESOTA. 

A  further  appropriation  of  $10,000  was  made  by  Congress  in  the 
Indian  act  for  the  continuation  of  the  survey  of  the  swamp  areas  in 
the  ceded  lands  of  the  Chippewas  in  Roseau,  Beltrami,  Marshall,  Reel 
Lake,  and  Koochiching  counties,  the  work  being  assigned  to  the  Geo- 
logical Survey  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  The  work  was  pros- 
ecuted by  A.  P.  Meade  and  E.  L.  McNair,  and  approximately  1,800 
square  miles  were  covered  by  a  network  of  levels,  188  miles  of  precise 
levels  and  272  miles  of  primary  levels  being  run,  in  connection  with 
which  79  permanent  bench  marks  were  established. 

OFFICE  WORK. 

The  drafting  of  the  following  sheets  was  completed :  West  Frank- 
fort and  Tallula,  111. ;  Howell,  Mich. ;  Rockford,  Minn. ;  Weingarten 
and  Wyandotte,  Mo.;  Perkins,  Maud,  Shawnee,  and  Luther,  Okla. ; 
New  Boston,  Texarkana,  and  Linden,  Tex.;  Cross  Plains,  Sparta, 
and  Oconomowoc,  Wis.  Progress  was  made  on  the  drafting  of 
sheets  as  follows:  Carlyle  and  Hardinville,  111.,  and  Macon,  Mo.,  50 
per  cent  each ;  Burnett,  Okla.,  85  per  cent ;  Bloomington,  Ind.,  47  per 
cent;  Fort  Leavenworth  special,  Kans.-Mo.,  45  per  cent;  Milo,  Iowa, 
35  per  cent. 

In  the  triangulation  and  computing  section  the  following  computa- 
tions were  made: 

For  the  control  of  the  DeQueen  (Ark.)  quadrangle,  1,055  latitudes 
and  departures  and  100  geographic  positions  were  computed. 

For  the  control  of  the  Hardinville,  Okawville,  New  Athens,  and 
Carlyle  (111.)  quadrangles,  913  latitudes  and  departures  and  209 
geographic  positions  were  computed.  The  final  computation  of  the 
precise-level  line  in  Edgar  County,  111.,  was  made.  Level  circuits 
were  adjusted  in  the  Okawville,  New  Athens,  Baldwin,  Carlyle,  Har- 
dinville, Herrin,  and  Murphysboro  quadrangles,  all  in  Illinois. 

The  final  computation  of  the  precise  level  line  extending  through 
Clay  and  Vigo  counties,  Ind.,  was  made  and  primary-level  circuits 
in  the  Bloomington  (Ind.)  quadrangle  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Milo  (Iowa)  quadrangle,  292  latitudes  and 
departures  and  55  geographic  positions  were  computed.  Level  circuits 
in  the  same  area  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Calumet  (Mich.)  sjoecial  quadrangle,  554 
latitudes  and  departures  and  57  geodetic  positions  Avere  computed. 


TWENTY-NINTH   KEPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


263 


Level  circuits  in  the  Howell  and  Milford  (Mich.)  quadrangles  were 
adjusted. 

Level  circuits  in  the  Rockford  and  Elk  River  (Minn.)  quadrangles 
were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Edmond,  Luther,  Moore,  Norman,  Newalla, 
and  Burnett  (Okla.)  quadrangles,  1,800  latitudes  and  departures 
and  212  geographic  positions  were  computed.  Level  circuits  in  the 
same  area  were  adjusted. 

For  the  control  of  the  Bassett,  Boxelder,  Daingerfield,  and  Mount 
Pleasant  (Tex.)  quadrangles,  816  latitudes  and  departures  and  82 
geographic  positions  were  computed. 

ROCKY    MOUNTAIN    DIVISION. 

FIELD   WORK. 

SUMMARY. 

During  the  season  topographic  surveying  was  carried  on  in  Colo- 
rado, Montana,  North  Dakota,  New  Mexico,  and  Wyoming.  The 
survey  of  7  new  quadrangles  and  of  2  special  areas  was  completed; 
also  the  resurvey  of  1  quadrangle  and  1  special  area.  In  addition  4 
new  quadrangles  were  partly  surveyed  and  3  were  partly  resur veyed. 
The  total  new  area-mapped  was  5,188  square  miles — 3,804  for  publi- 
cation on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  1,347  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  250,000,  35  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  24,000,  and  2 -for  pub- 
lication on  the  scale  of  1 :  12,000.  The  area  resurvey ed  was  759  square 
miles  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1: 125,000.  In  connection,  with 
this  work  510  miles  of  primary  levels  and  80  miles  of  precise  levels 
were  run  and  161  permanent  bench  marks  were  established. 

Triangulation  and  precise  leveling  were  carried  on  by  four  parties. 
This  wrork  was  distributed  over  Montana,  New  Mexico,  and  Wyo- 
ming, covering  an  area  of  about  5,400  square  miles  and  furnishing 
control  for  nine  30-minute  quadrangles  and  one  special  quadrangle. 


Topographic  surveys  in  Rocky 

Mountain  division  from  June 
July  1,  1908. 

1,  1907,   to 

Contour 
interval. 

For  publication  on  scale  of — 

Total 
area  sur- 
veyed. 

Levels. 

State. 

1:125,000. 

1:250,000. 

Distance 
run. 

Bench 
marks. 

New. 

Resur- 
vey. 

New.   • 

Colorado 

Feet. 

60-100 

50-100 

100 
50 

100 

Sq.  miles. 

1,130 

585 

1,218 

Sq.  miles. 

615 

20 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 

a  1,817 

1,808 

b  1,255 

144 

995 

Miles. 

213 
110 
252 

70 

Montana 

1,203 

31 

New  Mexico 

55 

North  Dakota 

144 

Wyoming 

871 

124 

IS 

5 

3,804 

759 

1,347 

6,019 

590  |          161 

a  72  square  miles  of  resurvey  in  Colorado  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1  :  48,000. 
6  In  New  Mexico  35  square  miles  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1  :  24,000  and  2  square 
miles  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  12,000. 


264  TWENTY-NIHTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

DETAILS    OF    WORK    BY    STATES. 

Colorado. — The  survey  of  the  Livermore  quadrangle,  in  Larimer 
County,  was  completed,  and  that  of  the  Eaton  quadrangle,  in  Lari- 
mer and  Weld  counties,  was  commenced  by  Frank  Tweed}'',  Dave 
Winbray,  H.  S.  Starr,  and  G.  W.  Lucas,  the  area  covered  being  267 
square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour 
interval  of  100  feet.  The  resurvey  of  areas  in  El  Paso,  Fremont, 
and  Teller  counties  was  continued  by  R.  T.  Evans,  D.  F.  C.  Moor, 
and  H.  R.  Elliott,  and  resulted  in  the  completion  of  the  work  on  the 
Colorado  Springs  quadrangle  and  the  Pikes  Peak  special  area,  the 
former  including  575  square  miles,  surveyed  for  publication  on  the 
scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet,  and  the  latter 
72  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  48,000,  with  a  con- 
tour interval  of  50  feet.  A  special  line  of  levels  was  run  from  a 
bench  mark  at  Manitou  to  the  top  of  Pikes  Peak  for  the  purpose  of 
accurately  establishing  the  elevation  of  the  peak,  20  miles  of  levels 
being  run  and  10  permanent  bench  marks  established  by  Charles 
Hartmann,  jr.  The  survey  of  the  Ignacio  quadrangle,  in  the  San 
Juan  National  Forest,  in  La  Plata  County,  was  completed  by  Frank 
Tweedy,  Gilbert  Young,  and  Lee  Morrison.  This  area  includes  the 
Durango  quadrangle,  the  total  new  area  mapped  being  713  square 
miles.  In  connection  with  this  work  the  mapping  of  40  square  miles 
of  the  Engineer  Mountain  quadrangle  was  revised  by  Mr.  Tweedy. 
The  survey  of  the  Mount  Jackson  quadrangle,  in  the  Holy  Cross 
National  Forest,  in  Pitkin  and  Eagle  counties,  was  commenced  by 
Fred  McLaughlin  and  D.  F.  C.  Moor,  the  area  surveyed  being  150 
square  miles.  This  work  was  done  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet.  For  the  partial  con- 
trol of  the  Eaton  quadrangle  24  miles  of  primary  levels  were  run 
and  7  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by  W.  R.  Winstead. 
For  the  control  of  the  Ignacio  quadrangle  and  adjacent  areas  70  miles 
of  primary  levels  were  run  and  23  permanent  bench  marks  were 
established  by  F.  A.  Nussle.  For  the  partial  control  of  the  Cebolla 
quadrangle,  in  Gunnison  and  Hinsdale  counties,  19  miles  of  primary 
levels  were  run  and  5  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by 
R.  T.  Thompson.  For  the  control  of  the  Breckenridge  special  quad- 
rangle, in  Summit  County,  a  line  of  precise  levels  was  begun  by 
C.  II.  Semper,  80  miles  being  run  and  25  permanent  bench  marks 
established.  D.  F.  C.  Moor  also  occupied  8  stations  by  triangulation 
for  the  control  of  the  same  area. 

Montana. — The  survey  of  the  Sapphire  quadrangle,  in  the  Hell- 
gate  National  Forest,  was  completed,  and  that  of  the  Missoula  quad- 
rangle, in  the  Lolo  National  Forest,  was  commenced  by  J.  F.  McBeth, 
J.  E.  Tichenor,  W.  J.  Forster,  and  Arthur  Stiles,  the  total  area 


TWENTY-NINTH   KEPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  265 

surveyed  being  492  square  miles  in  Granite,  Ravalli,  and  Missoula 
counties,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour 
interval  of  100  feet.  Mr.  McBeth  also  revised  20  square  miles  of  the 
Philipsburg  quadrangle,  in  Granite  County.  For  the  control  of  the 
Missoula  quadrangle  84  miles  of  primary  levels  and  27  permanent 
bench  marks  were  established  by  N.  W.  Pilger.  The  survey  of  the 
Nyack  quadrangle,  in  the  Lewis  and  Clark  National  Forest,  in  Flat- 
head County,  was, commenced  by  Arthur  Stiles,  the  area  surveyed 
being  93  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with 
a  contour  interval  of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  area  26  miles 
of  primary  levels  and  4  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by 
Charles  Hartmann,  jr. 

Montana-North  Dakota. — The  survey  of  the  Glendive  quadrangle, 
in  Dawson  County,  Mont.,  and  Billings  County,  N.  Dak.,  was  com- 
pleted by  D.  F.  C.  Moor,  the  total  area  surveyed  being  1,347  square 
miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  250,000,  with  a  contour  in- 
terval of  50  feet,  144  square  miles  being  in  North  Dakota.  Addi- 
tional control  for  the  Glendive  quadrangle  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Moor, 
who  located  7  points  by  means  of  triangulation. 

New  Mexico. — The  survey  of  the  Gallina  quadrangle,  in  the  Jemez 
National  Forest,  in  Rio  Arriba  County,  was  completed  by  Gilbert 
Young,  Lee  Morrison,  and  S.  T.  Penick,  the  total  area  surveyed  being 
250  'square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a 
contour  interval  of  100  feet.  In  connection  with  this  work  11  miles 
of  primary  levels  were  run  and  3  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished by  F.  A.  Nussle.  The  survey  of  the  Silver  City  and  Santa  Rita 
special  quadrangles,  in  the  Gila  and  Big  Burro  national  forests,  in 
Grant  County,  was  completed  by  A.  B.  Searle,  J.  H.  Sinclair,  Gilbert 
Young,  S.  T.  Penick,  Charles  Hartmann,  jr.,  Frank  Tweedy,  and 
D.  F.  C.  Moor,  the  former  consisting  of  968  square  miles,  for  publica- 
tion on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet,  and 
the  latter  of  35  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  24,000, 
with  a  contour  interval  of  20  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  work  214 
miles  of  primary  levels  were  run  and  45  permanent  bench  marks  were 
established  by  Victor  Mindeleff.  The  survey  of  the  Fort  Bayard 
special  quadrangle,  in  Grant  County,  consisting  of  2  square  miles,  was 
completed  by  C.  E.  Cooke,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  12.000, 
with  a  contour  interval  of  10  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  area  Mr. 
Cooke  occupied  10  stations  by  triangulation  and  Stuart  T.  Penick  ran 
27  miles  of  primary  levels  and  established  7  permanent  bench  marks. 
The  Silver  City  quadrangle  was  controlled  by  Fred  McLaughlin,  who 
located  9  new  points  by  triangulation. 

Wyoming. — The  survey  of  the  Gros ventre  quadrangle,  in  the  Yel- 
lowstone National  Forest,  in  Uinta  and  Fremont  counties,  was  com- 
pleted by  T.  M.  Bannon,  W.  M.  Kent,  and  W.  S.  Sargent,  the  area 


266  TWENTY-NINTH   EEPORT   OP   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

surveyed  being  871  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet.  Messrs.  Bannon,  Kent, 
and  R.  T.  Evans  also  completed  124  square  miles  of  revision  on  the 
Laramie  quadrangle,  in  Albany  County.  The  Hoback,  Grays  River, 
Cora,  and  Grosventre  quadrangles,  in  Uinta  County,  were  controlled 
by  R.  B.  Robertson,  who  located  8  primary  and  19  secondary  triangu- 
lation  points.  For  the  control  of  the  Rock  Springs  quadrangle,  in 
Sweetwater  County,  J.  D.  Weems  ran  15  miles  of  primary  levels  and 
established  5  permanent  bench  marks. 

OFFICE  WORK. 

The  drafting  of  the  following  sheets  was  completed:  Livermore, 
Ignacio,  Colorado  Springs,  and  Pikes  Peak  special,  Colorado;  Glen- 
dive  and  Sapphire,  Montana;  Gallina,  Silver  City,  and  Santa  Rita 
special,  New  Mexico;  Grosventre  and  Medicine  Bow,  Wyoming. 
Progress  amounting  to  14  per  cent  was  made  in  the  drafting  of  the 
Laramie  (Wyo.)  sheet. 

In  the  triangulation  and  computing  section  the  following  computa- 
tions were  made: 

Level  circuits  in  the  Durango  and  Pagosa  (Colo.)  quadrangles  were 
adjusted. 

A  least-square  figure  adjustment  was  made  of  the  triangulation  for 
the  control  of  the  Glendive  (Mont.)  quadrangle,  and  the  final  compu- 
tation was  made  of  the  geodetic  distances  and  positions  of  all  stations 
within  that  area.  The  least-square  adjustment  and  final  computa- 
tion of  triangulation  stations  in  the  Blackfeet  Indian  Reservation 
were  completed,  and  level  circuits  in  the  same  area  were  adjusted. 

The  least-square  adjustment  of  triangulation  stations  for  the  con- 
trol of  the  Silver  City  (N.  Mex.)  quadrangle  was  made,  and  the  final 
geodetic  distances  and  positions  of  9  stations  were  computed.  Level 
circuits  were  adjusted  in  the  Bloomfield,  Dulce,  Farmington,  and 
Lumberton   (N.  Mex.)  30-minute  quadrangles. 

The  least-square  adjustment  of  the  triangulation  for  the  control 
of  the  Hoback,  Grays  River,  Cora,  and  Grosventre  (Wyo.)  quad- 
rangles, and  the  final  computation  of  the  geodetic  positions  of  pri- 
mary-traverse stations  and  of  many  of  the  secondary  stations  were 
made. 

PACIFIC   DIVISION. 

FIELD  WORK. 

SUMMARY. 

During  the  season  topographic  surveying  was  carried  on  in  Ari- 
zona, California,  Idaho,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Utah,  and  Washington.  The 
survey  of  3  new  quadrangles  and  2  special  areas  and  the  resurvey  of 
15  quadrangles  were  completed.    In  addition  G  new  quadrangles  and 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


267 


1  special  area  were  partly  surveyed  and  10  quadrangles  were  partly 
resurveyed.  The  total  new  area  mapped  was  8,372  square  miles — 
4,383  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  250  for  publication 
on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  and  3,739  for  publication  on  the  scale  of 
1 :  250,000.  The  area  resurveyed"  was  2,331  square  miles — 1,441  for 
publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  and  890  for  publication  on  the 
scale  of  1 :  62,500.  In  connection  with  this  work  1,991  miles  of  pri- 
mary levels  and  128  miles  of  precise  levels  were  run  and  477  perma- 
nent bench  marks  were  established.  Primary  control  was  carried  on 
at  various  times  by  six  parties.  This  work  was  distributed  over  por- 
tions of  California,.  Idaho,  Oregon,  Utah,  and  Washington.  The 
total  area  covered  by  this  primary  control  is  about  15,300  square 
miles,  of  which  450  square  miles  were  controlled  by  primary  traverse. 


Topographic  surveys  in 

Pacific  division  f 

rojii  June  1,  1907,  to  July  1,  1, 

W8. 

Contour 

interval. 

For  publication  on  scale  of — 

Total 
area  sur- 
veyed. 

Levels. 

State. 

1:125,000. 

1:62,500. 

1:250  000. 

1:31,680. 

Dis- 
tance 
run. 

Bench 

New. 

Resurvey. 

New. 

New. 

Resurvey. 

marks. 

Feet. 

50-100 

J5-10-100 

\          100 

100 

100 

50-100 

100 

50-100 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 
579 

Sq.  miles. 
250 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 

Sq.  miles. 
829 

3,888 

162 

3,739 

1,053 

862 

170 

Miles. 
155 

1,076 

287 

268 

224 

40 

69 

54 

California . . . 

\      2, 998 
162 

890 

233 

Idaho  

62 

Nevada 

3,739 

51 

Oregon  

Utah 

1,053 

53 

862 

8 

Washington . 

170 

16 

4,383 

1,441 

250          3,739 

890 

10,  703 

2,119 

477 

DETAILS     OF     WORK    BY    STATES. 


Arizona. — A  resurvey  of  the  area  covered  by  the  San  Francisco 
Mountains  reconnaissance  map,  consisting  of  the  Flagstaff  quad- 
rangle, in  the  San  Francisco  Mountains  National  Forest,  in  Coconino 
County,  was  commenced  by  Pearson  Chapman,  the  area  surveyed  be- 
ing 579  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with 
a  contour  interval  of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  area  155  miles 
of  primary  levels  were  run  and  54  permanent  bench  marks  were  es- 
tablished by  T.  A.  Green.  The  survey  of  the  Troy  quadrangle,  in 
Pinal  and  Gila  counties,  was  completed  by  Pearson  Chapman  and 
C.  F.  Eberly,  the  area  surveyed  being  250  square  miles,  for  publica- 
tion on  the  scale  of  1 :  62,500,  with  a  contour  interval  of  50  feet. 

California. — The  Department  of  Engineering  of  California  allotted 
$12,000  for  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topographic  surveys  in 
that  State,  and  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  allotted  a  like 
sum  for  the  same  purpose.     In  the  Sacramento  Valley  the  resurvey 


268  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

of  the  areas  covered  by  the  Lodi  and  Sacramento  reconnaissance  maps 
was  undertaken  and  resulted  in  the  completion  of  the  work  in  14 
quadrangles,  the  Carbondale,  Goose  Creek,  Clements,  Cosumnes,  Clay, 
Lockeford,  Waterloo,  Castile,  Headreach,  Gait,  Elkgrove,  Franklin, 
Bruceville,  and  Linden,  in  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  Solano,  and 
Amador  counties;  and  the  partial  completion  of  work  in  the  New 
Hope,  Woodbridge,  Mills,  Antelope,  Arcade,  Folsom,  Pleasant  Grove, 
and  Eoseville  quadrangles.  This  work  was  done  by  W.  E.  McKean, 
B.  A.  Jenkins,  E.  E.  Bartlett,  R.  M.  LaFollette,  Bayard  Knock,  and 
M.  A.  Knock,  the  total  area  resurveyed  being  890  square  miles,  for 
publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  31, 680,  with  contour  intervals  of  5  and 
10  feet.  For  the  control  of  these  quadrangles  373  miles  of  primary 
levels  were  run  and  61  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  b}^ 
L.  F.  Biggs  and  B.  A.  Jenkins.  In  addition  to  the  cooperative  sur- 
veys a  map  was  made  of  the  Coalinga  and  the  McKittrick-Sunset  oil 
districts,  which  occupy  an  irregular  strip  in  Fresno,  Kings,  San  Luis 
Obispo,  and  Kern  counties,  consisting  of  2,324  square  miles,  for  pub- 
lication on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet. 
This  work  was  done  by  E.  P.  Davis,  G.  E.  Davis,  J.  W.  Muller,  J.  E. 
Blackburn,  and  E.  M.  LaFollette.  The  survey  of  the  Big  Bar  quad- 
rangle, in  the  Trinity  National  Forest,  in  Trinity  County,  was  com- 
menced by  J.  P.  Harrison ;  and  that  of  the  Mount  Goddard  and 
Bishop  quadrangles,  in  the  Sierra  National  Forest,  in  Fresno  and 
Inyo  counties,  was  commenced  by  G.  R.  Davis,  the  area  surveyed  by 
both  being  674  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000, 
with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  the  nonco- 
operative . work  in  California  602  miles  of  primary  spirit  levels  were 
run  and  155  permanent  bench  marks  were  established  by  L.  F.  Biggs. 
Triangulation  control  for  the  Weaverville,  Big  Bar,  Sawyers  Bar, 
and  Seiad  Valley  quadrangles,  in  Trinity  and  Siskiyou  counties,  was 
completed  by  C.  F.  Urquhart,  who  occupied  21  triangulation  stations, 
7  of  which  are  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  points.  Control  for  ten 
15-minute  quadrangles  in  the  Sacramento  Valley,  in  Sacramento,  San 
Joaquin,  Amador,  Eldorado,  Placer,  Sutter,  Yuba,  and  Butte  coun- 
ties, was  completed  by  Mr.  Urquhart  and  C.  L.  Nelson,  76  new  tri- 
angulation stations  being  established.  For  the  control  of  the  Wood- 
bridge  and  Gait  quadrangles,  in  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  coun- 
ties, Mr.  Urquhart  ran  44  miles  of  primary  traverse.  For  the  addi- 
tional control  of  the  Davisville,  Clarksburg,  and  Eio  Vista  quad- 
rangles, in  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  counties,  101  miles  of  pre- 
cise levels  were  run  and  17  permanent  bench  marks  were  established 
by  L.  F.  Biggs. 

Idaho. — The  survey  of  the  Meadows  quadrangle,  in  the  Weiser 
National  Forest,  in  Washington  and  Boise  counties,  was  commenced 
by  C.  F.  Eberly  and  J.  G.  Hefty,  the  area  surveyed  being  162  square 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  269 

miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  inter- 
val of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  and  adjacent  areas  287  miles 
of  spirit  levels  were  run  and  62  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  Hefty  and  D.  A.  Maxwell. 

Idaho-Oregon. — The  Cambridge  and  Meadows  30-minute  quad- 
rangles, in  Washington  and  Boise  counties,  Idaho,  and  Union  County, 
Oreg.,  were  controlled  by  G.  T.  Hawkins,  who  located  9  triangulation 
points. 

Idaho-Wyoming -Utah. — The  Montpelier,  Cokeville,  Evanston,  and 
Kemmerer  quadrangles,  in  Bear  Lake  County,  Idaho,  Uinta  County, 
Wyo.,  and  Eich  County,  Utah,  were  controlled  by  G.  T.  Hawkins, 
who  located  13  triangulation  points. 

Nevada. — The  survey  of  the  Tonopah  quadrangle,  covering  an  area 
of  3,739  square  miles  in  Esmeralda  and  Nye  counties,  was  completed 
by  J.  E.  Blackburn,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  250,000,  with  a 
contour  interval  of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  area  268  miles 
of  primary  levels  were  run  and  51  permanent  bench  marks  were 
established  by  T.  A.  Green. 

O  re  gon-W  ashing  ton. — For  the  continuation  of  cooperative  topo- 
graphic surveys  in  Oregon  the  state  engineer  allotted  $2,500  and  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey  allotted  a  like  sum.  The  survey  of 
the  Umatilla  quadrangle,  in  Morrow  and  Umatilla  counties,  Oreg., 
and  Klickitat  County,  Wash.,  was  completed  by  C.  H.  Birdseye,  C.  F. 
Eberly,  C.  E.  Giffin,  and  Robert  Muldrow,  and  that  of  the  Eugene 
quadrangle,  in  Lane  County,  Oreg.,  was  begun  by  J.  P.  Harrison  and 
C.  E.  Giffin.  The  area  surveyed  was  837  square  miles,  113  of  which 
are  in  Washington,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a 
contour  interval  of  50  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  area  135  miles  of 
primary  levels  were  run  and  32  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished, 30  miles  of  levels  and  9  bench  marks  being  in  Washington. 
In  addition  to  the  cooperative  mapping,  the  survey  of  the  Mount 
Hood  special  area,  in  the  Bull  Run  National  Forest,  in  Clackamas 
and  Multnomah  counties,  was  continued  by  A.  H.  Sylvester  and 
Ralph  Cowgill,  the  area  completely  covered  being  329  square  miles, 
for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  interval  of 
100  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  and  adjacent  areas  92  miles  of 
primary  levels  were  run  and  24  permanent  bench  marks  were  estab- 
lished by  John  R.  Evans.  A  line  of  precise  levels  was  begun  by  L.  F. 
Biggs,  27  miles  being  completed,  and  6  permanent  bench  marks  were 
established. 

The  Umatilla  quadrangle,  in  Morrow  and  Umatilla  counties,  Oreg., 
and  Klickitat  County,  Wash.,  and  the  Pasco,  Wallawalla,  Wallula, 
and  Dayton  quadrangles,  in  Benton,  Columbia,  Garfield,  and  Walla- 
walla counties.  Wash.,  were  controlled  by  A.  H.  Sylvester  and  G.  T. 
Hawkins,  19  triangulation  points  being  located. 


270  TWENTY-NINTH   REPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Utah. — The  resurvey  of  a  portion  of  the  area  covered  by  the  Salt 
Lake  reconnaissance  map,  in  the  Uinta  National  Forest,  in  Wasatch, 
Summit,  and  Utah  counties,  was  begun  by  A.  E.  Murlin,  who  com- 
pleted the  work  on  the  Strawberry  Valley  quadrangle  and  commenced 
that  on  the  Soldier  Summit  quadrangle,  the  total  area  resurveyed 
being  862  square  miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000. 
with  a  contour  interval  of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  the  Calleo 
quadrangle,  in  Millard  County,  T.  A.  Green  ran  40  miles  of  primary 
levels  and  established  8  permanent  bench  marks. 

Washington. — The  survey  of  the  Mount  Baker  quadrangle,  in  the 
Washington  National  Forest,  in  Whatcom  and  Skagit  counties,  was 
commenced  by  Kobert  Muldrow,  the  area  surveyed  being  57  square 
miles,  for  publication  on  the  scale  of  1 :  125,000,  with  a  contour  inter- 
val of  100  feet.  For  the  control  of  this  quadrangle  39  miles  of  pri- 
mary levels  were  run  and  7  permanent  bench  marks  were  established 
by  Homer  M.  Hadley. 

OFFICE  WORK. 

The  drafting  of  the  following  sheets  was  completed:  Carbondale, 
Goose  Creek,  Clements,  Cosumnes,  Clay,  Lockeford,  Waterloo,  Cas- 
tile, Woodbridge,  Gait,  Elkgrove,  Franklin,  Bruceville,  Linden, 
Antioch  (first  named  Montezuma),  and  Coalinga  and  McKittrick- 
Sunset  oil  districts,  California ;  Tonopah,  Nev. ;  Umatilla,  Oreg. ;  and 
Strawberry  Valley,  Utah.  Progress  was  made  in  the  drafting  of 
sheets  as  follows:  Flagstaff,  Ariz.,  43  per  cent;  New  Hope,  Cal.,  and 
Mount  Hood  special,  Oregon,  each  50  per  cent. 

In  the  triangulation  and  computing  section  the  following  computa- 
tions were  made: 

Level  circuits  in  the  Bowie,  Chiricahua,  Pearce,  Wilcox,  Flagstaff, 
Grandview,  and  Williams  quadrangles,  in  Cochise  and  Coconino 
counties,  Ariz.,  were  adjusted. 

Office  computation  was  made  of  the  precise  line  of  levels  from 
Sacramento,  Cal.,  down  the  river.  Primary-level  circuits  in  the 
Folsom,  Gait,  Hatchville,  lone,  Lockeford,  Stockton,  and  Woodbridge 
(Cal.)  quadrangles  were  adjusted.  The  least-square  adjustment  of 
the  triangulation  done  in  California  in  1907  was  made  in  the  Sacra- 
mento office. 

For  the  control  of  the  Cambridge  and  Meadows  30-minute  quad- 
rangles (Idaho-Oregon)  the  least-square  figure  adjustment  and  final 
computation  of  geodetic  distances  and  positions  were  made.  Level 
circuits  in  the  same  area  were  adjusted.  For  the  control  of  the 
Montpelier,  Cokeville,  Evanston,  and  Kemmerer  quadrangles,  in 
Bear  Lake  County,  Idaho,  Uinta  County,  Wyo.,  and  Rich  County, 
Utah,  the  least-square  figure  adjustment  of  the  triangulation  was 
made  and  the  geodetic  positions  of  13  triangulation  stations  were 
computed. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  271 

For  the  completion  of  the  control  of  the  Furnace  Creek  and  Las 
Vegas  (Nev.)  quadrangles  computation  was  made  of  the  approximate 
positions  of  certain  points  located  during  the  preceding  season.  Level 
circuits  in  the  Tonopah  (Nev.)  quadrangle  were  adjusted. 

The  least-square  figure  adjustment  and  final  computations  of  geo- 
detic distances  and  positions  of  triangulation  stations  for  the  control 
of  the  Umatilla,  Benton,  Pasco,  Wallawalla,  Wallula,  and  Dayton 
quadrangles  (Wash.-Oreg.)  were  made.  Level  circuits  in  the  Blalock 
Island  and  Umatilla  quadrangles,  in  the  same  States,  were  adjusted. 

COMPILATION  OF  SPECIAL  NATIONAL-FOREST  MAPS. 

The  work  of  preparing  the  folios  of  the  atlas  of  the  national  forests 
was  continued  under  the  direction  of  A.  C.  Roberts. 

The  maps  were  made  on  the  scale  of  1  mile  to  the  inch  and  pub- 
lished with  6  townships  to  the  page.  All  the  work  of  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey,  the  General  Land  Office,  and  the  Hayden, 
Transcontinental,  and  Wheeler  surveys,  as  well  as  that  of  private 
surveys,  was  incorporated  in  the  maps.  The  status  of  all  lands  inside 
of  the  forests  was  obtained  in  greatest  detail  from  the  records  of  the 
General  Land  Office  by  expert  status  clerks,  and  the  land  classification 
and  the  improvements  in  the  forests  from  the  maps  of  the  Forest 
Service,  all  these  data  being  shown  in  colors  and  symbols  on  the 
compiled  maps. 

Folios  were  finished  during  the  fiscal  year  1907-8  for  the  following 
forests:  Gallatin,  Chiricahua,  Lewis  and  Clark,  Manti,  Payson, 
Beaver,  Wichita,  Trinity,  Olympic,  Sawtooth,  Klamath,  Madison, 
Blue  Mountain,  Mount  Graham,  Big  Belt,  Wasatch,  Bitterroot,  Priest 
River,  Sierra  Madre,  Bear  River,  Siskiyou,  Prescott,  San  Gabriel,  and 
Holy  Cross. 

The  maps  were  nearly  completed  for  the  Hell  Gate,  Stanislaus, 
Battlement  Mesa,  and  San  Bernardino  forests.  The  Gunnison,  Co- 
chetopa,  and  Tahoe  forest  maps  were  about  one-half  completed,  and 
work  was  started  on  the  maps  of  the  Lolo,  Arkansas,  Grand  Canyon, 
Huachuca,  La  Sal,  Santa  Catalina,  Santa  Rita,  and  Monticello  forests. 

The  work  was  greatly  retarded  during  the  latter  part  of  the  year 
owing  to  changes  in  boundaries  and  redisricting  of  national  forests. 

INSTRUMENTS  AND  TOPOGRAPHIC  RECORDS. 

During  the  year  all  the  topographic  instruments  in  the  office  wore 
examined,  and  all  those  found  to  be  worn  out,  useless,  or  of  obsolete 
types  were  condemned  by  a  committee  appointed  by  the  Director. 
Some  of  these  were  deposited  in  the  National  Museum  and  the  re- 
mainder were  sold  at  auction.  There  were  purchased  ten  15-inch  Y 
levels,  nine  telescopic  alidades,  twenty  20-foot  leveling  rods,  two 


272  TWENTY-NINTH   KEPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

6-inch  transits,  three  aneroid  barometers,  and  sixteen  steel  tapes ;  also 
an  air  pump  connected  with  a  mercurial  barometer  for  testing  ane- 
roids and  an  apparatus  for  engraving  numbers  on  instruments,  both 
of  which  have  already  proved  their  usefulness.  All  minor  repairs  to 
instruments  were  made  in  the  Survey  shop,  the  extensive  repairs  or 
remodeling  being  done  by  outside  contractors  as  heretofore. 

A  change  in  the  system  of  filing  topographic  records  was  adopted 
whereby  the  work  of  cataloguing  is  materially  reduced.  There  were 
2,225  new  records  catalogued  and  filed.  The  triangulation  and  lev- 
eling plats  of  all  States,  the  card  catalogue  of  triangulation  and 
primary-traverse  stations,  and  the  card  catalogue  of  bench-mark 
descriptions  and  elevations  were  brought  up  to  date. 

INSPECTION   OF   TOPOGRAPHIC    SURVEYING   AND    MAPPING. 

During  the  field  season  inspection  of  topographic  mapping,  com- 
pleted or  in  progress,  was  carried  on  by  J.  H.  Renshawe  in  the  north- 
eastern and  central  portions  of  the  United  States,  by  W.  M.  Beajnan 
in  the  southeastern  and  central  parts,  and  by  Frangois  E.  Matthes  in 
the  western  part.  All  States  in  which  work  was  in  progress  were 
visited  during  the  season,  and  the  parties  were  instructed  for  the 
purpose  of  maintaining  uniformity  of  style  and  system  in  the  expres- 
sion of  topographic  features. 

During  the  office  season  careful  attention  was  given  by  the  in- 
spectors to  the  final  drawing  of  topographic  sheets,  for  the  purpose 
of  eliminating  personal  characteristics  and  errors  of  expression. 

WATER-RESOURCES  BRANCH. 
ORGANIZATION. 

During  the  last  year  an  effort  has  been  made  to  maintain  as  much 
as  possible  of  the  investigations  of  the  water  resources  of  the  coun- 
try— work  formerly  carried  on  under  larger  but  still  insufficient  appro- 
priations. The  work  performed  may  be  divided,  as  formerly,  into  three 
parts:  First,  the  investigation  of  stream  flow  and  allied  problems; 
second,  the  investigation  of  the  occurrence,  sources,  and  amounts  of 
underground  waters  in  various  portions  of  the  country ;  and  third,  the 
investigation  of  the  quality  of  water,  both  surface  and  underground. 
A  combination  of  these  three  investigations  is  necessary  to  afford 
the  data  for  the  determination  of  water  resources  required  in  the 
appropriation  act. 

The  work  was  carried  on  under  the  direction  of  M.  O.  Leighton, 
chief  hydrographer,  assisted  by  John  C.  Hoyt,  assistant  chief  hydrog- 
rapher.  The  chief  hydrographer  was  designated  as  advisory  hydrog- 
rapher to  the  Inland  Waterways  Commission,  and  in  that  capacity 


TWENTY-NINTH  KEPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  273 

presented  a  report  on  the  possibility  of  preventing  floods  and  assist- 
ing navigation  in  the  Ohio  Valley  by  the  construction  of  upland 
reservoirs,  which  has  been  widely  discussed  in  engineering  and  popu- 
lar journals. 

STREAM-FLOW    INVESTIGATIONS. 

Tfye  total  number  of  river-measurement  stations  maintained  by 
the  water-resources  branch  during  the  fiscal  year  1907-8  was  630, 
of  which  367  stations  were  carried  on  independently  by  the  Geolog- 
ical Survey  and  263  stations  were  maintained  in  cooperation  with 
other  organizations. 

New  York  and  New  England  district. — The  great  reduction  in  the 
appropriation  for  the  past  fiscal  year  rendered  it  necessary  to  dis- 
continue a  large  amount  of  work  in  this  as  in  other  districts. 

Stream  measurements  were  made  in  this  district  at  53  stations, 
and,  in  addition,  river  profiles  and  lake  surveys  were  made  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Survey  Commission  of  the  State  of  Maine.  These  sur- 
veys covered  Chamberlain,  Allegash,  and  Telos  lakes,  in  the  Allegash 
Eiver  drainage;  Webster,  Second,  and  Grand  lakes,  in  the  East 
Branch  of  Penobscot  River  drainage;  Baskahegan  and  Mattawam- 
keag lakes,  in  the  Mattawamkeag  River  drainage;  Mattawamkeag 
River  from  mouth  to  mouth  of  Baskahegan  Stream;  Schoodie,  S'e- 
boois,  and  Endless  lakes,  and  Pleasant  Pond,  in  the  Piscataquis  River 
drainage.  The  amount  appropriated  by  the  State  of  Maine  was 
$3,200. 

The  State  of  New  York  also  cooperated  in  stream-measurement 
work,  the  state  legislature  having  granted  authority  to  the  state 
engineer  to  expend  $1,500  for  this  purpose.  This  sum  was  applied 
to  the  maintenance  of  13  stations.  The  New  York  state  water  sup- 
ply commission,  charged  with  the  duty  of  making  a  report  on  water 
powers  within  the  State,  availed  itself  of  the  organization  of  the 
Geological  Survey  for  the  maintenance  of  6  stations  in  connection 
with  its  work.  The  total  amount  appropriated  by  the  state  water 
supply  commission  for  this  purpose  was  $1,950. 

A  report  on  the  hydrography  of  the  Penobscot  River  basin,  deal- 
ing with  stream  flow,  quality  of  water,  floods,  navigation,  water 
power,  and  water  storage,  was  in  preparation  during  the  year  and 
is  nearly  completed. 

Work  in  this  district  was  under  the  charge  of  H.  K.  Barrows, 
district  engineer. 

Middle  Atlantic  States  distinct. — In  this  district,  which  covers 
the  States  of  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  Virginia,  and 
West  Virginia,  a  large  part  of  the  work  was  discontinued  for  lack 
of  funds.  Thirteen  stations  were,  however,  maintained  by  the  Geo- 
logical Survey,  in  addition  to  the  Pennsylvania  stations,  the  expenses 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 18 


274  TWENTY-NINTH    REPORT   OF    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

of  which  were  borne  by  the  state  water  supply  commission  of  Penn- 
sylvania. The  stations  maintained  in  the  State  of  Maryland  were 
supported  through  the  cooperation  of  W.  B.  Clark,  state  geologist. 

Work  in  this  district  was  under  the  charge  of  J.  C.  Hoyt,  assistant 
chief  hydrographer. 

Southern  Atlantic  States  district. — The  act  of  Congress  authoriz- 
ing the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  to  investigate  and  report  on  the 
watersheds  of  the  southern  Appalachian  and  White  Mountain 
regions,  with  reference  to  the  advisability  of  the  Government  pur- 
chasing and  setting  apart  these  regions  as  national  forest  reserves, 
made  it  possible  to  increase  the  work  in  this  district.  The  Secretary 
of  Agriculture  requested  the  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  to 
take  up  the  stream  investigations  involved  in  this  work  and  made 
an  allotment  therefor  of  $6,000.  Reports  on  the  relation  of  the 
southern  Appalachian  Mountains  to  water  power  and  to  inland 
navigation  were  presented  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and 
printed  as  two  circulars  of  the  United  States  Forest  Service,  and  a 
third  report,  on  floods,  is  now  being  prepared. 

Stream  measurements  were  made  in  this  district  during  the  year 
at  106  stations,  43  of  which  were  maintained  from  the  appropriation 
above  referred  to.  The  work  in  the  district  was  under  the  charge 
of  M.  R.  Hall,  district  engineer. 

Central  States  district. — The  important  investigations  in  this  dis- 
trict that  were  temporarily  discontinued  during  the  fiscal  year  1907 
on  account  of  the  great  reduction  in  appropriation  were  resumed 
during  the  latter  part  of  the  fiscal  year  1908.  These  investigations, 
relating  to  the  seasonal  distribution  of  stream  flow  and  its  relation 
to  floods,'  to  navigation,  and  to  water  poAver,  are  being  vigorously 
pushed. 

There  were  39  stations  maintained  in  this  district,  and  the  work 
was  under  the  charge  of  A.  H.  Horton,  district  engineer. 

Missouri  River  district. — In  this  district,  which  includes  the  States 
of  North  Dakota,  South  Dakota,  Montana,  and  northern  Wyoming, 
82  stream-measurement  stations  were  maintained,  and  the  work  was 
confined  chiefly  to  those  streams  available  for  irrigation.  In  the 
maintenance  of  stations  connected  with  irrigation  projects  under 
construction  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service  cooperated. 

Work  in  this  district  Avas  directed  by  Robert  Follansbee  and, 
later,  by  J.  E.  Stewart,  district  engineer. 

Denver  district, — This  district  includes  the  States  of  Colorado, 
southern  Wyoming,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Oklahoma,  and  Texas  and  the 
Territory  of  New  Mexico.  Of  the  72  river-measurement  stations 
maintained  in  the  district  during  the  year,  13  were  located  on  irriga- 
tion projects,  ;md  the  expenses  of  these  were  paid  by  the  United 
States  Reclamation  Service. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  275 

As  this  district  holds  the  sources  of  some  of  the  most  important 
streams  of  the  country,  the  work  here  is  of  especial  importance.  The 
memorable  suit  between  the  State  of  Kansas  and  the  State  of  Colo- 
rado concerning  the  diversion  of  the  waters  of  Arkansas  River  has 
emphasized  the  necessity  of  procuring  more  accurate  data  concerning 
all  matters  relating  to  the  utilization  of  water.  The  results  of  suits 
of  this  kind  not  only  have  local  interest  but  are  highly  important 
from  a  national  standpoint,  as,  with  the  growth  of  the  country,  inter- 
state suits  growing  out  of  stream  diversion  will  doubtless  become  more 
frequent. 

The  work  in  this  district  was  under  the  charge  of  W.  B.  Freeman, 
district  engineer. 

Great  Basin  district. — In  this  district,  which  comprises  the  States 
of  Idaho,  Utah,  and  Nevada,  stream  measurements  were  made  at  50 
stations.  The  United  States  Reclamation  Service  cooperated  in  the 
maintenance  of  project  stations  in  all  three  of  these  States,  while 
additional  cooperation  was  rendered  by  the  state  engineer  of  Nevada. 

Work  in  this  district  was  under  the  direction  of  E.  C.  LaRue,  dis- 
trict engineer. 

Columbia  River  district. — The  district  including  the  States  of 
Washington  and  Oregon  contains  water  resources  of  notable  interest 
and  value.  The  region  is  drained  by  the  Columbia,  one  of  the  largest 
rivers  on  the  continent,  a  stream  of  interstate  and  national  impor- 
tance. Although  enormous  developments  have  taken  place  in  this 
district,  it  can  hardly  be  said  that  more  than  a  beginning  has  been 
made,  and  the  necessity  for  thorough  knowledge  of  the  water  re- 
sources in  advance  of  settlement  is  fully  realized.  The  United  States 
Government  owns  vast  areas  in  this  region,  and  a  further  postpone- 
ment of  extensive  investigations  can  not  be  justified  under  any  proper 
standard  of  governmental  administration. 

Forty-five  stations  were  maintained  in  Washington  and  67  stations 
in  Oregon.  The  work  in  Oregon  was  conducted  in  cooperation  with 
the  state  engineer. 

The  work  in  this  district  was  directed  by  J.  C.  Stevens,  district 
engineer. 

California  district. — The  work  in  California  was  carried  on  in 
cooperation  with  the  State,  a  liberal  appropriation  having  been  made 
by  the  state  legislature  in  response  to  the  demand  of  citizens  who 
realize  that  industrial  development  is  almost  absolutely  dependent 
on  a  systematic  investigation  of  water  resources. 

River  measurements  were  made  at  73  stations,  and  observations  and 
surveys  looking  to  the  diffusion  of  information  concerning  the  con- 
servation of  water  supplies  were  also  made. 

The  stream-measurement  work  in  this  district  was  under  the  direc- 
tion of  W.  B.  Clapp,  district  engineer. 


276  TWENTY-NINTH  REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

In  addition  to  the  direct  investigation  of  stream  flow  throughout 
the  State,  an  investigation  of  the  laws  of  transportation  of  suspended 
material  in  rivers  was  carried  on  in  the  hydraulic  laboratory  main- 
tained at  Berkeley.  This  investigation  is  one  of  the  most  important 
ever  undertaken  by  the  United  States  Government,  for  it  affects 
questions  of  navigation  and  irrigation  throughout  the  country.  The 
Government  has  expended  many  millions  of  dollars  in  removing 
from  river  channels  the  debris  brought  down  by  floods,  and  this 
annual  expenditure  for  dredging  may  be  expected  to  continue  until  a 
scientific  study  of  the  whole  question  of  debris  transportation  shall 
have  found  a  solution  to  the  problem.  This  investigation  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  whole  purpose  of  the  Survey's  water  investiga- 
tions, namely,  the  ascertainment  of  the  basic  facts  upon  which  future 
corrective  development  of  river  channels  must  depend. 

The  debris  investigation  was  under  the  charge  of  G.  K.  Gilbert, 
geologist,  the  work  being  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  geologic 
branch. 

GROUND-WATER   INVESTIGATIONS. 

Investigations  of  the  underground  waters  of  the  United  States  were 
continued  during  the  fiscal  year  1907-8  as  during  previous  years, 
except  that  as  the  appropriations  were  less  the  work  was  necessarily 
continued  on  a  reduced  scale. 

The  most  comprehensive  general  investigation  under  way  during 
the  year  in  this  division  was  that  of  the  ground  waters  of  the  Atlantic 
Coastal  Plain.  This  work  was  undertaken  as  a  result  of  a  coopera- 
tive agreement  entered  into  between  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  and  the  state  geologists  of  the  Coastal  Plain  States.  The  geo- 
logic and  water-resources  branches  of  the  Survey  shared  the  federal 
portion  of  the  expense,  and  the  work  was  placed  under  the  general 
direction  of  M.  L.  Fuller,  continuing  under  his  charge  until  his  res- 
ignation from  the  Survey  in  the  autumn  of  1907.  T.  Way  land 
Vaughan  was  then  named  as  federal  representative,  and  the  work  was 
continued  under  his  supervision. 

Toward  the  close  of  the  year  work  in  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Texas, 
which  had  been  pursued  as  an  independent  investigation,  was  placed 
under  Mr.  Vaughan's  charge,  for  the  reason  that  the  Texas  Coastal 
Plain  is,  in  all  essential  particulars,  a  part  of  the  general  Coastal 
Plain  province. 

Prof.  C.  H.  Gordon  completed  during  the  summer  of  1907  the  field 
work  involved  in  two  investigations  in  northern  Texas,  one  covering 
the  north-central  portion  of  the  State  and  the  other  the  northeastern 
portion.  Professor  Gordon  resigned  from  the  Survey  to  accept  a 
position  as  professor  of  geology  in  the  University  of  Tennessee,  en- 
tering upon  his  duties  with  the  beginning  of  the  school  year.     His 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OP  GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  277 

university  duties  interfered  with  the  preparation  of  his  federal 
reports,  but  these  were  taken  up  at  the  end  of  May,  and  by  July  1 
substantial  progress  had  been  made  on  the  report  on  north-central 
Texas.     That  on  northeastern  Texas  will  be  delayed. 

A  report  in  preparation  by  Prof.  H.  E.  Gregory,  of  Yale  Uni- 
versity, on  the  ground  waters  of  Connecticut  was  submitted  during 
the  year  and  at  its  close  was  undergoing  revision. 

A  report  by  Prof.  A.  F.  Crider  on  the  ground  waters  of  eastern 
Arkansas  was  likewise  submitted  toward  the  close  of  the  year  and  is 
undergoing  revision. 

A  report  by  George  C.  Matson  on  the  ground  waters  of  the  blue- 
grass  region  of  Kentucky,  prepared  as  a  result  of  field  work  carried 
out  during  the  previous  fiscal  year,  was  submitted  for  publication 
toward  the  close  of  the  year. 

A  report  by  F.  G.  Clapp  on  the  ground  waters  of  southern  Maine, 
prepared  as  a  result  of  field  work  carried  out  during  previous  years, 
was  forwarded  for  publication  toward  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year. 

Substantial  progress  has  been  made  in  the  preparation  of  a  report 
on  the  ground  waters  of  the  State  of  Iowa,  in  which  Prof.  W.  H. 
Norton,  of  Cornell  College,  Mount  Vernon,  Iowa ;  Prof.  W.  S.  Hen- 
drixson,  of  Iowa  College,  Grinnell,  Iowa ;  and  H.  E.  Simpson,  of  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey,  cooperated. 

The  preparation  of  a  report  on  the  ground  waters  of  southern  Min- 
nesota has  been  continued  during  the  year  by  O.  E.  Meinzer,  acting 
in  cooperation  with  Prof.  C.  W.  Hall,  of  Minneapolis.  Mr.  Meinzer's 
share  of  the  work  was  completed  at  the  end  of  the  year,  and  it  is 
expected  that  Professor  Hall's  portion  will  soon  be  finished. 

Work  in  the  three  Pacific  Coast  States  has  been  continued  under  the 
general  direction  of  W.  C.  Mendenhall.  As  a  result  of  this  work  a 
report  on  the  ground  waters  of  south-central  Oregon,  by  G.  A.  War- 
ing, was  submitted  and  sent  to  the  Public  Printer  toward  the  close 
of  the  year.  Field  work  was  completed  by  Mr.  Waring  as  a  basis  for 
reports  on  the  ground  waters  of  the  Harney  basin,  in  southern  Ore- 
gon, and  on  the  ground  waters  of  the  lower  Yakima  Valley,  in  Wash- 
ington. The  Harney  basin  report  was  submitted  for  publication, 
and  that  on  the  Yakima  Valley  is  well  advanced  toward  completion. 
Reports  were  submitted  during  the  year  and  have  been  sent  forward 
for  publication  on  the  ground  waters  of  the  Indio  region,  California, 
by  W.  C.  Mendenhall,  and  on  the  foothill  belt  of  southern  California 
by  the  same  author. 

At  the  close  of  the  year  Mr.  Mendenhall  had  under  way  a  prelimi- 
nary report  on  the  ground  waters  of  the  San  Joaquin  Valley,  and  a 
bulletin  which  will  embody  the  geologic  results  attained  as  an  inci- 
dent to  the  ground-water  investigations  in  this  field. 


278  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

In  January  Mr.  Mendenhall,  whose  headquarters  had  theretofore 
been  in  Los  Angeles,  Cal.,  was  recalled  to  the  Washington  office,  and  at 
the  close  of  the  year  he  was  given  general  charge  of  the  underground- 
water  work  in  the  United  States. 

INVESTIGATIONS    OF    QUALITY   OF   WATER. 

Investigations  of  quality  of  water  have  been  made  under  the  gen- 
eral supervision  of  R.  B.  Dole,  assisted  by  Herman  Stabler,  H.  N. 
Parker,  W.  D.  Collins,  E.  B.  Phelps,  Chase  Palmer,  and  others. 

Surface  waters  of  the  United  States. — The  most  important  investi- 
gation of  quality  of  water  conducted  during  the  year  has  been  the 
continuation  of  a  study  of  surface  waters  commenced  in  1906,  as  de- 
tailed in  the  report  of  last  year.  In  connection  with  this  work  more 
than  50,000  samples  of  water  have  been  collected  from  the  principal 
lakes  and  streams  of  the  United  States,  and  about  4,800  analyses 
have  been  made.  The  analytical  work  of  this  study  has  been  com- 
pleted and  the  water-testing  laboratories  that  were  established  for 
its  performance  have  been  discontinued.  Reports  are  now  being  pre- 
pared discussing  the  analytical  results  in  relation  to  industrial  and 
municipal  uses  of  water,  chemical  denudation,  and  other  features. 

Analyses  of  underground  waters. — Besides  the  tests  of  surface 
waters,  about  300  mineral  analyses  of  well  and  spring  waters  have 
been  made  in  connection  with  underground-water  investigations  in 
Florida,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Virginia,  and  Texas.  It  has  been  dem- 
onstrated that  much  more  economical  and  satisfactory  results  are 
obtained  by  making  water  analyses  in  laboratories  established  and 
maintained  by  the  Survey  than  by  paying  private  laboratories  for 
such  work  or  depending  on  miscellaneous  analyses  that  may  have 
been  made  on  waters  from  the  regions  under  study.  Several  reports 
involving  results  of  work  of  the  water-testing  laboratories  on  under- 
ground waters  have  been  prepared  for  publication. 

California. — In  cooperation  with  the  state  board  of  examiners  of 
California,  the  investigation  of  the  quality  of  surface  waters  in  that 
State  has  been  continued.  A  chemical  laboratory  under  the  direction 
of  Walton  Van  Winkle,  assistant  chemist,  has  been  established  at 
Berkeley,  where  samples  of  water  from  stations  on  the  principal 
California  streams  are  analyzed.  Considerable  information  in  regard 
to  the  quality  of  underground  waters  has  also  been  obtained. 

Kansas. — In  cooperation  with  the  state  board  of  health  of  Kansas, 
H.  N.  Parker,  assistant  hydrographer,  has  continued  the  investigation 
of  the  quality  of  waters  of  the  State.  The  field  work,  which  involved 
the  complete  analysis  of  about  800  samples  of  water,  300  field  assays 
of  water,  and  the  collection  of  detailed  information  regarding  the 
waterworks  and  sewerage  systems  of  practically  every  municipality 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  279 

in  the  State,  was  completed,  and  the  last  half  of  the  year  was  spent 
in  preparation  of  a  report  for  publication. 

Pollution  investigations. — A  study  of  the  pollution  of  streams  by 
certain  industrial  wastes  and  of  methods  of  preventing  the  same  has 
been  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  sanitary  research  laboratory 
of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  E.  B.  Phelps,  assist- 
ant hydrographer,  has  made  extensive  original  research  into  the 
character  of  sulphite-pulp  waste  liquor  and  methods  of  utilizing  it, 
and  has  submitted  his  report  on  that  subject. 

Industrial  uses  of  water. — A  manuscript  on  the  industrial  uses  of 
water  has  been  partly  prepared  by  Herman  Stabler,  assistant  engi- 
neer. The  report  considers  in  detail  the  different  industrial  proc- 
esses in  which  water  is  used,  the  effect  of  impurities,  and  various 
methods  of  preparing  water  for  industrial  consumption. 

TECHNOLOGIC  BRANCH. 
ORGANIZATION. 

The  organization  of  this  branch  in  Washington  remained  the  same 
as  at  the  close  of  the  preceding  year,  embracing  the  expert  in  charge, 
Joseph  A.  Holmes ;  the  chief  engineer,  Herbert  M.  Wilson,  who  in  the 
absence  of  the  expert  in  charge  assumes  his  duties;  the  editorial 
assistants ;  and  the  general  clerical  force  engaged  on  the  correspond- 
ence, records,  supplies,  shipments,  accounts,  and  bibliography.  From 
the  Washington  office  directions  are  issued  to  officers  and  employees 
in  different  parts  of  the  country. 

FUELS    DIVISION. 

The  analyzing  and  testing  of  the  coals,  lignites,  and  other  mineral 
fuels  belonging  to  and  required  for  the  use  of  the  United  States,  in 
order  to  determine  their  fuel  value,  were  continued  during  the  year. 
The  work  of  the  fuels  division  by  sections  is  summarized  as  follows : 

CHEMICAL    SECTION. 

The  work  of  the  chemical  section  covered  in  general  all  analyses 
and  calorimeter  determinations  of  fuels,  including  coals  used  by  the 
Government;  the  chemistry  and  physics  of  the  combustion  of  fuels; 
the  heating  value  of  the  various  fuels  and  methods  of  determining  it ; 
and  the  by-products  obtainable  in  the  coking  of  coals,  mainly  from 
public  lands.  Physical  and  chemical  investigations  of  the  composi- 
tion of  fuels  and  of  the  gases  evolved  at  different  temperatures  and 
high-temperature  measurements  of  the  products  of  combustion  were 
made  by  J.  K.  Clement.  A  small  laboratory  was  maintained  at 
Washington  under  the  direction  of  G.  O.  Spitler  for  sampling  the 
coals  purchased  by  the  government  departments  in  that  city. 


280  TWENTY-NINTH   KEPOKT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

During  the  year  1,624  samples  of  coal  were  analyzed  under  the 
direction  of  F.  M.  Stanton,  the  work  involving  24,360  determinations. 
Calorimeter  tests  were  made  on  Illinois  and  Pennsylvania  coals 
to  determine  their  yields  in  by-products.  A  laboratory  investigation 
of  the  losses  of  moisture  and  gases  by  lignites  and  subbituminous 
coals  in  drying  was  completed.  Tests  were  made  by  H.  C.  Porter  on 
the  "  volatility  "  or  ease  of  volatilization  of  different  coals,  to  deter- 
mine the  smoke-producing  constituents  given  off  at  various  tempera- 
tures. An  investigation  of  California  petroleum  was  started  by 
Irving  C.  Allen,  480  samples,  covering  all  the  oil  fields  in  the  State, 
being  collected.  Research  work  was  conducted  by  J.  C.  W.  Frazer 
on  the  composition  of  coal,  involving  the  use  of  various  solvents  for 
the  hydrocarbons,  with  the  object  of  isolating  definite  compounds. 

A  laboratory  study  of  the  deterioration  of  coal  in  storage  was 
begun,  samples  of  seven  representative  coals  being  stored  under  dif- 
ferent conditions.  From  time  to  time  the  amount  and  composition 
of  gases  given  off  by  coal  in  closed  vessels  were  determined  and 
changes  in  the  character  of  the  coal  noted.     » 

The  experimental  work  done  at  the  former  chemical  laboratories 
in  St.  Louis  was  described  in  a  bulletin  (No.  323).  that  appeared 
during  the  year. 

STEAM-ENGINEERING    SECTION. 

Tests  were  made  at  Norfolk,  on  behalf  of  the  Government,  to 
determine  the  most  efficient  method  of  burning  certain  Virginia  and 
West  Virginia  coals  under  boilers.  In  addition  28  steaming  tests 
with  briquets  were  made  on  a  locomotive  and  20  on  the  U.  S.  torpedo 
boat  Biddle.  In  cooperation  with  the  Navy  Department  a  test  of 
briquets  under  service  conditions  was  made  on  the  battle  ship  Con- 
necticut. 

During  the  year  the  results  of  a  study  of  400  steaming  tests  made 
at  St.  Louis  were  published  in  a  bulletin  (No.  325)  and  the  results 
of  a  special  investigation  of  drafts  were  prepared  for  publication. 
A  report  dealing  with  experiments  in  heat  transmission  is  in  prepa- 
ration. 

The  work  of  the  steam-engineering  section  was  under  the  general 
direction  of  D.  T.  Randall.  W.  T.  Ray  conducted  investigations  on 
the  combustion  of  fuels  in  different  types  of  furnaces. 

PRODUCER-GAS    SECTION. 

About  1,251  tests  were  made  in  the  liquid-fuel  investigations,  in- 
cluding the  effect  of  various  adjustments  of  the  engines  on  their 
efficiency,  the  comparison  of  gasoline  as  a  power  producer  with 
denatured  alcohol,  and  the  results  of  diluting  the  fuels. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OP  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  281 

Producer-gas  tests,  numbering  7,  involving  55,965  observations, 
were  made  by  the  close  of  November,  when  the  gas  producer  and 
engines  were  dismantled  and  work  was  concentrated  at  Washington 
on  computing  and  tabulating  the  results. 

The  results  of  the  gasoline-engine  tests  at  Norfolk  have  been  com- 
piled for  publication  as  a  bulletin,  and  a  report  dealing  with  pro- 
ducer-gas tests  is  in  preparation. 

Under  D.  T.  Randall,  in  charge  of  fuel  efficiency  tests,  C.  D.  Smith 
continued  in  charge  of  the  producer-gas  section,  and  R.  M.  Strong 
was  engaged  on  investigations  of  liquid  fuels. 

INSPECTION    AND    SAMPLING    SECTION. 

The  inspection  and  sampling  section  has  been  under  the  super- 
vision of  J.  S.  Burrows.  Its  work  comprised  the  collection  of  mine 
and  car  samples  of  fuels  shipped  to  the  testing  plants,  and  also  the 
sampling  of  coals  purchased  by  various  departments  of  the  Govern- 
ment, 966  samples  being  collected  from  deliveries  to  different  gov- 
ernment buildings  in  Washington,  D.  C,  and  553  samples  being 
received  from  various  branches  of  the  government  service  in  different 
parts  of  the  country. 

A  report  on  the  mine  sampling  and  analysis  of  the  coals  tested  at 
Norfolk  has  been  submitted  for  publication.  A  bulletin  (No.  339) 
on  the  purchase  of  coal  under  government  and  commercial  specifica- 
tions on  the  basis  of  its  heating  value  was  published  during  the  year. 

SMOKE-ABATEMENT    SECTION. 

Supplementing  the  work  of  the  steam-engineering  section,  H.  W. 
Weeks,  of  the  smoke-abatement  section,  under  the  direction  of  D.  T. 
Randall,  compiled  data  on  the  methods  and  appliances  used  at  more 
than  500  power  plants,  in  nine  States,  where  bituminous  coals  were 
burned  under  boilers  without  smoke,  the  main  purpose  of  the  inquiry 
being  to  procure  a  basis  for  better  practice  at  government  plants. 
The  information  gathered  has  been  tabulated  for  publication.  A  pre- 
liminary statement  (Bulletin  334)  dealing  with  the  smoke  problem 
and  the  essentials  of  smokeless  combustion  was  published  during  the 
year. 

COKING  AND  WASHERY  SECTIONS. 

The  coking  section  at  Denver  continued  under  the  direction  of 
A.  W.  Belden,  and  the  washery  section,  also  at  Denver,  under  that  of 
G.  R.  Delamater.  During  the  fiscal  year  57  coking  tests  and  67 
washery  tests  were  completed,  the  samples  being  taken  from  coal 
seams  on  or  adjacent  to  public  lands  of  the  United  States.  The  tests 
were  made  with  a  view  to  determining  the  improvement  in  quality 


282  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

to  be  obtained  by  washing  and  the  possibility  of  making  satisfactory 
coke  from  particular  coals,  or  from  mixtures  of  different  coals. 

During  the  year  the  results  of  washing  and  coking  tests  of  coal  and 
cupola  tests  of  coke  made  by  the  fuel-testing  plant  at  St.  Louis  were 
published  in  a  bulletin   (No.  330). 

BRIQUET  SECTION. 

The  work  of  the  briquet  section,  under  the  charge  of  C.  T.  Malcolm- 
son,  was  conducted  at  the  Norfolk  fuel-testing  plant.  About  850  tons 
of  briquets  were  made,  of  which  460  tons  were  for  tests  on  naval  ves- 
sels, 320  tons  for  tests  on  locomotives,  and  70  tons  for  the  steam- 
engineering  section.  Absorption,  specific  gravity,  tumbler,  and  weath- 
ering tests  of  the  briquets  have  been  made;  also  flowing  tests  on 
binders  and  tests  of  oils  by  distillation. 

A  discussion  of  the  comparative  merits  of  various  substances  used 
as  binders  was  published  in  Bulletin  343.  Another  bulletin  giving  de- 
tails of  manufacture  and  the  results  of  chemical  and  physical  tests  of 
the  briquets  made  at  Norfolk  is  in  preparation.  The  results  of  steam- 
ing tests  with  briquets  will  be  published  separately. 

COAL    WASTE    AND    MINE    EXPLOSIVES    SECTION. 

Investigations  designed  to  prevent  waste  in  the  development  of  the 
nation's  fuel  supplies  and  to  lessen  danger  to  the  miner  from  explo- 
sions of  gas  or  dust  were  made  under  the  direction  of  Clarence  Hall. 
During  the  year  Mr.  Hall  visited  the  Darr  and  Naomi  mines  in  Penn- 
sylvania, the  Monongah  mine  in  West  Virginia,  and  the  Yolande  mine 
in  Alabama,  where  there  had  been  serious  explosions,  to  get  at  first 
hand  all  available  data  on  the  conditions  existing  before  the  disasters, 
the  exact  manner  in  which  the  explosions  were  propagated,  and  the 
results  of  the  explosions.  He  also  visited  the  Shoneberger  mine  near 
Pittsburg  while  it  was  on  fire. 

As  part  of  its  work  this  section  analyzed  samples  of  black  powder 
and  dynamite  for  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service;  it  also 
analyzed  dynamite  and  exploders  and  tested  blasting  machines  and 
electric  fuse  wires  for  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission,  besides  inspect- 
ing at  frequent  intervals  the  plants  at  which  the  explosives  used  by 
the  commission  are  manufactured.  Various  other  analyses  of  explo- 
sives were  made. 

A  preliminary  statistical  report  on  coal-mine  accidents  was  issued 
as  a  bulletin  (No.  333). 

STRUCTURAL- MATERIALS  DIVISION. 

Investigations  of  structural  materials  belonging  to  and  used  by  the 
United  States,  such  as  stones,  clays,  cements,  etc.,  were  continued  dur- 


TWENTY-NINTH    REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  283 

ing  the  year  at  the  structural-materials  testing  laboratories  in  Forest 
Park,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  The  work  was  directly  under  the  care  of  Rich- 
ard L.  Humphrey,  engineer  in  charge  of  the  division,  who  had  the 
assistance  of  a  corps  of  engineers,  chemists,  geologists,  and  others. 

LABORATORY    WORK. 

The  following  is  a  resume  of  the  operations  of  the  division : 
Summary  of  operations  of  the  structural-materials  division. 


Section. 

Test  pieces. 

Made. 

Tested. 

3,915 
1,104 

8  031 

Beam 

9,  764 

Block  

419  j             710 

Permeability 

1,964  1          1,860 

Shear. 

97                  32 

Tn  addition  to  the  above-enumerated  tests  the  following  analyses 
were  made  in  the  chemical  section : 

Steel 2,011 

Cement 1,113 

Rock 38 

Wire  screen 31 

Miscellaneous 355 

Also  analyses  of  water,  cement,  sand,  etc.,  and  631  determinations 
of  mortars,  cinders,  steel,  cements,  lime,  and  rocks  were  made  for  the 
United  States  Reclamation  Service. 

In  all  3,548  analyses  and  about  25,000  determinations  were  made. 

All  the  laboratory  work  undertaken  was  done  on  a  basis  of  cooper- 
ation with  the  ordnance-testing  laboratory  at  Watertown,  Mass.,  so 
that  duplication  might  be  avoided.  No  important  changes  in  the 
equipment  of  the  laboratories  were  made  during  the  year. 

FIELD  WORK. 

A  preliminary  examination  of  materials  about  Denver,  St.  Louis, 
and  San  Francisco,  as  well  as  a  detailed  study  of  the  structural  mate- 
rials about  Portland,  Oreg.,  and  Tacoma  and  Seattle,  Wash.,  was 
made  by  N.  H.  Darton,  geologist,  who  was  assigned  to  the  technologic 
branch.  Several  tons  of  sand,  gravel,  and  broken  rock  were  obtained 
at  Portland  and  Seattle  and  shipped  to  St.  Louis  to  be  tested  for 
their  value  in  concrete. 

Other  field  work  was  done  in  Illinois,  Iowa,  and  Missouri,  and 
samples  of  stone  and  sand  were  shipped  to  St.  Louis  from  several 
localities. 


284  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

PUBLICATIONS. 

A  bulletin  (No.  324)  on  the  San  Francisco  earthquake  and  fire; 
another  (No.  329)  describing  the  organization,  equipment,  and  opera- 
tion of  the  structural-materials  laboratories;  a  third  (No.  331)  on 
Portland  cement  mortars  and  their  constituent  materials;  and  a 
fourth  (No.  344)  treating  of  the  strength  of  concrete  beams  have 
been  published  during  the  year.  A  report  describing  fire-resisting 
tests  of  various  building  materials  has  been  submitted  for  publi- 
cation. 

SPECIAL    INVESTIGATIONS. 

The  following  special  problems  were  studied :  The  occurrence  and 
distribution  of  workable  peat  deposits,  by  C.  A.  Davis,  peat  expert; 
the  origin  of  coal,  by  C.  D.  White,  geologist;  microscopic  investiga- 
tions of  coal,  by  R.  Thiessen,  assistant  chemist;  and  the  occurrence  of 
gases  in  coal,  by  R.  T.  Chamberlin,  assistant  geologist. 

Mr.  Davis  visited  a  number  of  peat  bogs  in  the  Atlantic  States. 

Mr.  White  completed  a  study  of  the  relative  importance  of  oxygen 
and  ash  in  coal  as  affecting  its  heating  value,  based  on  the  large  num- 
ber of  ultimate  analyses  of  coal  and  lignite  made  by  the  fuels  division, 
and  prepared  a  report  on  his  findings.  Mr.  White  also  took  up  the 
experimental  treatment  of  the  lignites  of  North  Dakota  and  eastern 
Montana,  in  order  to  develop  methods  of  handling  that  will  give 
quantitative  as  well  as  microstructural  data.  Several  related  coals 
and  some  living  woods  were  included  in  these  studies  for  the  sake 
of  comparison. 

Mr.  Chamberlin,  in  connection  with  his  work,  visited  the  Monongah 
mine,  in  West  Virginia,  and  the  Naomi  and  Darr  mines,  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, after  disastrous  explosions,  and  collected  samples  of  mine  air, 
after  damp,  gas,  dust,  and  coal,  which  he  analyzed.  Comparative 
studies  on  the  mine-dust  samples,  charred  and  uncharred,  old  dust 
from  the  main  entries,  and  fresh  dust  obtained  near  the  coal  face 
have  been  in  progress. 

PUBLICATION  BRANCH. 

BOOK-PUBLICATION    DIVISION. 
SECTION   OF  TEXTS. 

The  publications  of  the  year  consisted  of  1  annual  report,  1  mono- 
graph, 2  professional  papers,  30  bulletins  (1  of  which  was  also  pub- 
lished in  7  separate  chapters)  and  13  advance  chapters  from  one 
other  bulletin,  22  water-supply  papers,  1  annual  report  on  mineral 
resources  for  190G  (also  published  in  45  separate  chapters),  5  advance 
elm  piers  from  the  annual  report  on  mineral  resources  for  1907,  and 
9  geologic  folios.    These  publications  were  the  Twenty-eighth  Annual 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY.  285 

Keport;  Monograph  XLIX;  Professional  Papers  53  and  56;  Bulle- 
tins 304,  309,  311,  313,  316  (volume  and  7  separates),  317  to  337, 
339,  13  separates  from  340,  and  342  to  344;  Water-Supply  Papers 
195,  197,  198,  199,  and  201  to  218;  Mineral  Resources  for  1906  (vol- 
ume and  45  separate  pamphlets)  and  5  separate  chapters  from  Min- 
eral Resources  for  1907;  geologic  folios  151  to  159,  inclusive.  Sum- 
maries of  these  publications  are  given  on  pages  11-20  of  this  report. 
They  comprise  10,149  pages,  those  of  the  last  fiscal  year  covering 
14,875  pages.  In  addition  to  the  publications  of  the  regular  classes 
many  circulars  and  pamphlets,  most  of  them  relating  to  administra- 
tion, were  published. 

During  the  year  20,691  pages  of  manuscript  were  prepared  for 
printing,  and  proof  sheets  for  10,827  final  printed  pages  were  read 
and  corrected,  this  work  involving  the  handling  of  4,479  galley  and 
16,140  page  proofs.  The  corresponding  figures  for  last  year  were 
26,912  manuscript  pages,  16,833  final  printed  pages,  7,112  galley 
proofs,  and  28,018  page  proofs. 

The  make-up  was  prepared  for  369  plates,  the  proofs  of  which 
were  also  read,  as  against  661  plates  so  prepared  last  year. 

Indexes  were  prepared  for  39  publications,  covering  7,538  pages, 
the  corresponding  figures  for  last  year  being  67  publications  and 
12,167  pages. 

Six  persons  have  been  employed  in  this  section  for  most  of  the 
year.  The  amount  of  work  recorded  is  considerably  less  than  that 
reported  last  year,  but  material  assistance  was  rendered  at  different 
times  in  reorganizing  the  work  of  the  section  of  distribution. 

SECTION    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Illustrations  were  prepared  for  1  annual  report,  3  professional 
papers,  25  jDulletins,  7  water-supply  papers,  2  volumes  of  mineral 
resources,  and  1  handbook  for  geologists.  These  illustrations  con- 
sisted of  175  maps,  713  sections  and  drawings,  3,325  paleontologic 
drawings,  586  photographs  (retouched),  and  144  miscellaneous  illus- 
trations. 

At  the  close  of  the  year  material  for  the  illustration  of  28  reports 
was  in  hand,  part  of  which  has  already  been  prepared.  The  com- 
mittee on  illustrations  has  rejected  during  the  year  433  illustrations, 
or  8  per  cent  of  the  number  submitted  to  the  publication  division. 

Proofs  to  the  number  of  1,858  were  received  and  compared  crit- 
ically. Not  only  have  many  proofs  been  carried  up  to  the  fourth 
revise,  but  considerable  preliminary  proof  reading  of  lithographic 
map  work  has  been  done  to  expedite  the  completion  of  the  lithographs 
by  the  contractors.  The  examination  of  the  printed  editions  of  403 
plate  inserts  delivered  by  the  various  contractors  at  the  Government 


286  TWENTY-NINTH   KEPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

Printing  Office  resulted  in  the  rejection  of  2,007  copies,  and  their 
reprinting  was  ordered  by  the  Public  Printer. 

During  the  year  182  electrotypes  were  furnished  to  outside  appli- 
cants not  connected  with  this  Survey,  and  45  cuts  were  reused  in  vari- 
ous reports. 

SECTION    OF    GEOLOGIC    MAPS. 

The  number  of  folios  published  and  prepared  for  publication  by 
this  section  was  less  than  usual  this  year,  and  the  drafting  force  was 
employed  part  of  the  time  in  compiling  data  for  the  geologic  map  of 
North  America  and  preparing  maps  for  other  geologic  reports.  At 
the  beginning  of  the  year  15  folios  were  on  file  or  in  course  of  publi- 
cation, and  4  were  transmitted  to  the  section  for  publication  during 
the  year.    Of  these  9  have  been  issued.     (See  pp.  19-20.) 

On  June  30,  1908,  but  one  folio,  Mercersburg-Chambersburg,  Pa., 
was  on  file  and  9  were  in  course  of  engraving  and  publication :  Aber- 
deen-Kedfield,  S.  Dak.;  Accident-Grantsville,  Md.-Pa. ;  Bellefourche, 
S.  Dak. ;  El  Paso,  Tex. ;  Franklin  Furnace,  N.  J. ;  Philadelphia,  Pa.- 
N.  J. ;  Santa  Cruz,  Cal. ;  Trenton,  N.  J.-Pa. ;  Watkins  Glen-Catatonk, 
N.  Y. 

SECTION   OF  TOPOGRAPHIC   MAPS. 

A  year  ago  the  editor  of  topographic  maps  reported  69  new  topo- 
graphic atlas  sheets  and  special  maps  which  had  not  yet  been  put  into 
.the  hands  of  the  engravers  and  34  in  process  of  engraving.  The 
corresponding  figures  on  June  30,  1908,  were  54  and  37.  The  acces- 
sions during  the  year  numbered  81  maps,  and  the  withdrawals  3  maps ; 
90  maps  were  published. 

Manuscripts  edited,  including  verification  or  correction  of  all  geo- 
graphic names:  Atlas  sheets  and  special  maps,  77;  corrections,  158 
maps.  Proof  read:  New  topographic  atlas  sheets  and  special  maps, 
90;  corrections,  158.  During  the  year  the  manuscripts  *of  179  map 
illustrations  to  be  included  in  33  volumes,  including  2  Senate  docu- 
ments, were  examined  and  edited.  Five  persons  were  engaged  in  the 
work  of  this  section  during  the  entire  year. 

SECTION    OF    DISTRIBUTION. 

There  were  delivered  to  the  section  of  distribution  during  the  year 
127  new  books,  9  folios,  87  new  maps,  127  reprints  of  maps,  and  15 
special  maps,  a  total  of  365;  the  totals  of  all  editions  being  332,523 
books,  42,231  folios,  and  534,477  maps;  grand  total,  909,231. 

During  the  year  333,705  volumes,  39,389  folios,  and  474,868  maps 
(including  369.521  sold),  a  total  of  847,962,  were  distributed. 

The  total  amount  received  and  turned  into  the  Treasury  as  a  result 
of  sales  of  publications  was  $17,013.56,  a  decrease  of  $1,619.75  from 
the  amount  received  during  the  year  1906-7. 


TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  287 

During  the  year  76,670  letters  were  received,  answered,  and  filed, 
being  7,210  fewer  than  for  the  preceding  year. 

DIVISION   OF   ENGRAVING   AND   PRINTING. 
MAPS,    FOLIOS,    AND    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year  103  atlas  sheets  and  special  maps 
were  on  hand  for  publication,  34  of  which  were  partly  engraved.  Of 
these,  3  were  afterward  withdrawn,  leaving  100.  The  accessions 
during  the  year  (comprising  new  maps,  reductions,  and  combina- 
tions) numbered  81  maps.  The  status  of  these  181  maps  on  June  30, 
1908,  was  as  follows : 

Published  during  the  year  or   in   press  at   its  close  (double 

sheets  counted  one) 90 

In  process  of  engraving 37 

Not  taken  up 54 

Besides  the  engraving  of  new  maps,  corrections  were  made  on  the 
copperplates  of  158  maps  hitherto  published.  Editions  of  214  maps 
were  printed  and  delivered  to  the  map  room.  Of  these,  87  were  new 
and  127  were  reprints  or  new  editions. 

Nine  geologic  folios  were  published  and  42,231  copies  printed  and 
delivered.  Nine  other  geologic  folios  were  partly  completed  at  the 
close  of  the  year. 

Under  contracts  with  the  Government  Printing  Office,  illustrations 
were  printed  for  the  following  publications:  Professional  Papers 
United  States  Geological  Survey,  Nos.  55,  60,  62,  63;  Bulletins  United 
States  Geological  Survey,  Nos.  318,  320,  321,  324,  335,  338;  congres- 
sional documents,  Sixtieth  Congress,  first  session — Senate  Documents 
Nos.  151  and  325,  Senate  Report  No.  580,  and  House  Document  No. 
719.  For  the  Government  Printing  Office,  also,  maps  of  9  bird  res- 
ervations, 2  national  monuments,  and  1  national  park  were  repro- 
duced and  printed.  For  the  Forest  Service  maps  of  27  national 
forests  were  reproduced,  printed,  and  delivered.  This  work  for  other 
branches  of  the  Government  amounted  to  $46,800.90,  and  the  division 
wTas  reimbursed  by  transfer  of  credit  on  the  books  of  the  United  States 
Treasury. 

Of  miscellaneous  matter  of  all  kinds  the  total  number  of  copies 
printed  was  over  two  million  and  required  over  seven  million  print- 
ings. The  total  number  of  copies  printed  of  maps,  folios,  and  mis- 
cellaneous matter  was  2,824,796,  requiring  over  eleven  million  impres- 
sions. There  were  also  299  transfer  impressions  made  and  sent  to 
contracting  printers. 

INSTRUMENT    SHOP. 

The  work  of  the  instrument  shop  consisted  in  overhauling  and 
repairing  surveying,  drafting,  and  engraving  instruments,  and  in 


288  TWENTY-NINTH  KEPOET   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

making  copperplates  and  electrotypes.  More  than  1,700  repairs  were 
made  to  instruments,  and  273  new  copperplates  and  35  electrotypes 
were  finished. 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  LABORATORY, 

The  output  of  the  laboratory  included  14,194  negatives,  of  which 
13,087  were  glass  and  1,107  were  paper;  42,763  prints,  of  which  11,650 
were  map  prints  and  31,113  were  mat  prints;  and  1,411  lantern  slides. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  BRANCH. 
EXECUTIVE   DIVISION. 

Correspondence,  records,  appointments,  supplies,  and  shipments. — 
The  total  amount  of  work  performed  in  this  section  was  considerably 
greater  than  that  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1907.  The  scope 
of  the  work  of  the  section  has  been  enlarged  ( 1 )  by  the  appointment 
of  a  purchasing  clerk,  whose  duty  it  is  to  make  arrangements  for  pur- 
chases of  all  material  procured  at  Washington  in  the  open  market, 
and  to  issue  the  orders  therefor;  (2)  by  the  establishment  of  a  "  fol- 
low-up "  system  on  all  correspondence  recorded  in  the  section;  (3)  by 
the  recording  of  a  greater  proportion  of  the  letters  received;  (4)  by 
the  establishment  in  the  section  of  the  sales  offices  for  local  cash  sales 
of  Survey  publications;  (5)  by  the  establishment  of  a  system  of  cost 
keeping;  and  (6)  by  the  increased  number  of  letters  filed.  Moreover, 
the  general  growth  of  the  Survey  manifests  itself  at  every  desk  in 
this  section. 

Mails,  files,  and  records. — During  the  year  107,283  pieces  of  mail 
were  received,  an  increase  of  2  per  cent  over  the  number  for  the 
previous  fiscal  year.  Of  this  mail,  20,218  pieces,  an  increase  of  more 
than  10  per  cent  over  the  number  for  1907,  contained  remittances  for 
sale  publications  of  the  Survey. 

The  recording  and  filing  of  correspondence  required  the  services  of 
three  clerks  throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  year.  The  number  of 
letters  mailed  through  the  section  was  66,860,  of  which  17,509  were 
registered. 

Personnel. — In  the  roster  of  secretarial  appointments  916  changes 
were  made  and  recorded  during  the  year,  as  compared  with  1,002  in 
the  previous  year.  Of  these  changes  335  were  new  appointments,  147 
separations  (4  by  death),  247  promotions,  and  9  reductions.  The 
remaining  178  changes  were  such  as  not  to  affect  the  total  number 
of  employees  or  the  pay  rolls,  and  included  extensions  of  limited  ap- 
pointments, changes  of  title,  changes  from  annual  to  per  diem  rating 
or  the  reverse,  the  designation  of  disbursing  agents,  etc.  The  decrease 
in  the  number  of  changes  recorded  is  accounted  for  by  the  change  in 
the  department  method  of  making  probationary  appointments  abso- 
lute. There  are  now  on  the  rolls  of  the  Survey  840  names,  an  increase 
of  188,  or  28.8  per  cent. 


TWENTY-NINTH   KEPORT    OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  289 

An  average  of  1,250  applications  for  leave  were  handled  per  month, 
or  15,000  for  the  year.  These  covered  11,331  days  of  annual  leave  and 
2,428J  days  of  sick  leave,  being  55  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  annual 
leave  and  12  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  sick  leave  which  it  is  permis- 
sible to  grant  under  the  law ;  also  8,508J  days  of  leave  without  pay. 
The  above  figures  of  leave  without  pay  do  not  cover  the  transfers  to 
state  pay  rolls,  nor  do  they  include  64  indefinite  furloughs,  which 
were  made  in  December  for  employees  of  the  technologic  branch. 

Property  accountability. — During  the  year  the  system  of  property 
accountability  by  custodians  for  various  branches  and  divisions  was 
continued  and,  in  addition,  a  custodian  of  office  property  was  desig- 
nated to  make  an  inventory  of  all  nonexpendable  property  in  Wash- 
ington.   This  inventory  was  nearly  completed  at  the  end  of  the  year. 

The  amount  derived  from  the  sale  at  public  auction  of  property 
examined  by  inspectors  and  found  unserviceable  was  $1,418.77.  Dur- 
ing the  preceding  fiscal  year  it  was  $2,946.29. 

Express  and  freight. — During  the  year  4,750  pieces  of  express  and 
freight,  of  which  1,092  pieces  were  outgoing  and  3,658  pieces  were 
received,  were  handled  by  the  shipping  clerk,  who  also  checked  641 
freight  and  express  accounts. 

Purchase  and  distribution  of  supplies. — The  present  system  con- 
centrates in  this  section  all  operations  connected  with  purchases  in 
Washington,  such  as  procuring  bids,  issuing  orders,  and  preparing 
vouchers,  and  requires  the  services  of  three  persons  during  most  of 
the  time.  During  the  year  2,220  requisitions  were  handled,  which 
involved  the  drawing  of  2,360  orders.  Under  the  system  of  drawing 
the  order  and  preparing  the  voucher  at  one  operation,  the  number  of 
vouchers  passed  was  the  same  as  that  of  orders  drawn. 

Stationery. — In  the  stationery  room  the  services  of  three  men  are 
required  for  handling  mails,  delivering  supplies  throughout  the  office 
and  packing  and  shipping  them  to  the  field  parties,  and  keeping  an 
account  of  the  charges  for  stationery  supplies.  During  the  year 
8,913  requisitions  for  blanks,  blank  books,  and  miscellaneous  supplies 
were  filled  from  stock  on  hand  and  447  requisitions  were  drawn  on 
the  department  for  supplies.  In  addition  to  this  work,  613  requisi- 
tions for  printing  were  made  on  the  department,  and  397  requisitions 
for  furniture  and  supplies. 

Administrative  bookkeeper. — All  transactions  of  the  Survey  re- 
quiring administrative  examination  and  check  are  handled  by  the 
administrative  bookkeeper,  who  acts  in  the  dual  capacity  of  audit 
clerk  and  bookkeeper.  A  satisfactory  system  of  accounts  and  double- 
entry  bookkeeping  was  adopted  at  the  beginning  of  the  year,  the  net 
results  of  which  are  given  in  the  following  table  of  classification  of 
disbursements,  the  repayments  shown  in  the  table  on  page  91  having 
been  deducted. 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 19 


290 


TWENTY-NINTH    REPORT    OF    GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 


O  © 


.ao3 


oS 


03  ©  a> 


©  ©  3 

o-5a 


M, 


>  s 

03  a 


cotMcooi 
.-ho  rieq 

O^HCO 

r^rfcN 


<MCO 

t^  <* 

•  T  :~ 
COO 

cmco 


&s 


HOWOaONHtOMOO) 

r-"  id  co    '  io  d  oi  co  o  ih  h*  in* 

t^ o  i-H      NoiHNocono 

CM  CO  C5  05©«JrtC50^ 

oo  cMccTi-^t^     t-h-hcvT 


HONCOMlOCOlON 
OO^HCMCOifiaOcO 
rHNOiN         CO  O  OS 


>OCM  j-HtH 


THf^OtNi-IOSCOCMO 

NrfOCOOlrtlOlOl-. 

-*  cocm  co>o 


cot^-*ooo>TticoaiTti(Mioo 
lOcococooiaJTj'cvicoTt'o'--' 

CO         l^-t^COi— "CO^OS^O'cH 


00  OS  -* 
i-H  Tj<  CO 


c-i  o  ai  o  co 


CO  'ti  "C  CO  CO  cN  CM  CM  i-i  i 

o  co  co oo  oi 

iO  OS  CO  00  >-t  c 


:.2  3 

i-e  o 


o  o_ 


£••8 

-i2  oo  o' 

Vj  «- 

O  ^    ""Jl  3  . 

'2  O  S  o 

*  •=  ip.i 

"eg  ^  C3  C3  , 


Z3  I-   C  '/> 


Eri5 


s 

I 


liillftll 

;  1-  4/  o  0-—  cu  3  a/  ai 


■  «>  iO  CO  00  tH  o  < 


O  03 
O  c3 

°a 


OS 


■  ooiot^o 


>  01  co  os  00  t— t-  < 

OS  Ol  t-  OS  OS-* 
CN^H  CM 


•afc. 


.a^p- 


O  03 

•a. 
a  pi  |e  K  « 

-p    -S^  § 

o   fto3  a 


&9p<2 


aa 


2  PS 


o  o  >> 

acl^ 

to  H  11 

9-£°< 

03  +^  O 

t-  o3  t_ 


.2  ft 

"03  & 


ssssss 


■vr 


Tjl   IO  O 

od^co 


OS  00  1^ 


CM  t^t- 

iO  CO  (^ 

0010 


JCOiOkOlO 


82 


OOOOOOOOiOCM 

dd-*cd«'ooi*NN 

OOCO        CO        CM  OJiO 
iO  O  CM  CM 


.   C/3 

.  a>_+2  o 
.,G  03  03  </j 

■  ou^g 

JV    OJ    CP    OJ    ^  ^    03 


.-I  CO  I-  00  CM  CO  I*. 

Oi  iO  O  O  CO  i-l  CO 
00  »C '  «0  (M  O  00  iO 


'/. . 


BO 


=>o 


5  O  g  Mi1 

*3  Sb.SiSS'fto 
rt^j  c3  03^;  £  OJ  O 

w  co  o  Ph  o  Ph  Ph  eq 


Si  0.2  H  O 

22  111 

a  pi  ft  o  c 

41   0)  O  6)  — 


CO  S 


o  uoi  in 
a>  B  cu  <u 

OKHrH 


TWENTY-NINTH  KEPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


291 


DIVISION    OF   DISBURSEMENTS   AND   ACCOUNTS. 

A  condensed  statement  covering  the  financial  transactions  of  the 
fiscal  year  is  given  below. 

Amounts  appropriated  for  and  expended  by  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Title  of  appropriation. 


Salaries,  office  of  Director 

Salaries,  scientific  assistants 

Skilled  laborers,  etc 

Gaging  streams,  etc 

Paleontologic  researches 

Chemical  and  physical  researches 

Preparation  of  illustrations 

Report  on  mineral  resources 

Books  for  library 

Rent  of  basement 

Rent  of  office  rooms 

Topographic  surveys 

Geologic  surveys 

Mineral  resources  of  Alaska 

Geologic  maps  of  United  States 

Surveying  forest  reserves 

Testing  fuel 

Testing  structural  materials 


Appropria- 
tion. 


$35, 

29, 

20, 

100, 

10, 

20, 

18, 

75, 

2, 

1, 

3, 

300, 

200, 

80, 

100, 

100, 

250, 

100, 


340.00 
900. 00 
000. 00 
000. 00 
000.  00 
000.  00 
280. 00 
000. 00 
000. 00 
500.  00 
000.  00 
000.  00 
000. 00 
000. 00 
000. 00 
000.00 
000. 00 
000. 00 


1,445,020.00 


Repay- 
ments. 


828,270.73 

3.42 

4.35 

10,655.00 

1,147.42 


16,418.19 

9,  022. 46 

107.  34 

46,802.74 

167.  40 

2,806.95 

945. 84 


116,351.84 


Available. 


$35, 

29, 

20, 

128, 

10, 

20, 

28, 

76, 

2, 

1, 

3, 

316, 

209, 

80, 

146, 

100, 

252, 

100, 


340. 00 
900. 00 
000.  00 
270. 73 
003. 42 
004.35 
935. 00 
147.  42 
000. 00 
500. 00 
000. 00 
418.19 
022. 46 
107. 34 
802.  74 
167. 40 
806.  95 
945. 84 


1,561,371.84 


Disburse- 
ments. 


$34, 603. 46 

29,  899.  99 

19, 964.  45 

127,406.96 

9, 970.  78 

19, 489.  44 

28, 448. 17 

72, 295. 64 

1,774.73 

1,  500. 00 

3,000.00 

316, 289. 47 

205, 527. 69 

79, 814. 42 

145, 671.  50 

97,702.25 

250, 588. 29 

99,  963. 04 


Balance. 


$736. 54 

.01 

35. 55 

863.  77 

32.64 

514. 91 

486. 83 

3,851.78 

225.27 


128. 72 
3,494.77 

292. 92 
1,131.24 
2, 465. 15 
2, 218. 66 


1,543,910.28  |      17,461.56 


LIBRARY. 

Accessions. — Inadequate  room  in  the  library  has  forced  the  continu- 
ance of  the  policy  of  discarding  books  to  make  room  for  accessions. 
During  the  twenty-six  years  of  its  existence  the  library  has  acquired, 
by  exchange  and  otherwise,  many  valuable  works  that  are  not  wholly 
of  geologic  interest.  Although  these  would  not  be  out  of  place  here 
if  shelf  room  were  ample,  they  have  been  removed  to  make  room  for 
works  more  frequently  consulted.  More  to  be  regretted  was  the  neces- 
sity of  discarding,  on  account  of  their  large  size,  a  number  of  periodi- 
cals, including  some  mining  journals;  but  the  discarded  books  are 
transferred  to  the  Library  of  Congress,  where  they  are  cared  for 
and  made  available  for  reference. 

In  the  Library  of  Congress  the  section  of  geology  is  unimportant, 
this  subject  being  left  for  the  Geological  Survey's  library  to  cover. 
The  Survey  library  is  therefore  coming  to  be  used  more  and  more 
by  geologic  students  and  writers,  both  resident  in  Washington  and 
visiting.  The  readers  in  the  library  this  year  numbered  8,580,  and 
the  books  loaned,  not  including  those  consulted  in  the  library,  9,270. 

Owing  to  the  more  rigid  scrutiny  of  accessions  the  increase  during 
the  year  was  less  than  usual.  About  10,000  items,  including  books, 
pamphlets,  periodicals,  and  maps,  were  added.  Notable  among  these 
are: 

Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society  of  London,  1878-1898.  21  volumes. 
Abhandlungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft,  Halle,  1853-1906.  22  volumes. 
Mitteilungen  der  Ungarischen  Geologischen  Gesellschaft,  1872-1882. 


292  TWENTY-NINTH   REPORT   OF   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

During  the  year  1,990  complete  volumes  were  added  to"  the  acces- 
sions record,  which  on  June  30,  1908,  shows  the  library  to  contain 
62,174  volumes.  This  number  is  exclusive  of  the  3,894  numbered 
volumes  that  have  been  transferred  to  the  Library  of  Congress. 

As  in  past  years,  the  exchange  list  has  been  supervised  in  the 
library.  All  publications  of  the  Survey  so  far  as  issued  have  been 
distributed  to  its  correspondents,  from  whom  a  large  proportion 
of  the  most  valuable  additions  to  the  library  are  received,  includ- 
ing the  transactions  of  all  the  known  geologic  societies  of  the  world, 
most  of  the  geologic  reports  issued  by  governments,  many  impor- 
tant private  monographs,  and  other  publications. 

The  appropriation  of  $2,000  for  purchase  of  books  enables  the 
library  to  acquire  about  70  periodicals,  the  principal  new  publica- 
tions of  geologic  interest,  and  occasionally  to  add,  through  purchase 
from  second-hand  dealers,  some  rare  out-of-print  works  long  needed. 

Catalogue. — About  one-sixth  of  the  contents  of  the  library  have  now 
been  completely  catalogued,  and  printed  entries  therefor  have  been 
incorporated  in  the  card  catalogue.  All  the  rest  are  briefly  entered 
in  the  library  records,  and,  being  classified  on  the  shelves,  are  avail- 
able when  called  for.  The  complete  cataloguing  is  continued  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  6,960  volumes  having  been  catalogued  and  shelf- 
listed  this  year. 

Practically  all  the  catalogue  entries  of  geologic  books  (except 
those  of  copyrighted  books)  that  are  printed  on  cards  for  sale  by 
the  Library  of  Congress  are  supplied  by  the  Survey  library,  1,106  of 
these  entries  having  been  furnished  during  the  last  year. 

A  card  catalogue  of  the  geologic  books  in  the  Library  of  Congress 
is  also  maintained  in  the  library  of  the  Survey,  as  an  adjunct  to  the 
catalogue  of  its  own  books. 

The  map  catalogue  includes  about  700  entries,  principally  of  maps 
published  in  the  United  States  by  the  various  state  surveys,  by  the 
Government  of  Great  Britain,  and  by  the  geological  surveys  of  Nor- 
way and  Sweden.  It  includes  also  folios  of  the  Geologic  Atlas  of 
the  United  States. 


REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL 
FOR  THE  INSANE. 


293 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  HOSPITAL. 


JiO AMD  OF  VISITORS. 


F.  M.  Gunnell,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  N., 

President  of  the  Board. 
Hon.  William  A.  Maury. 

G.  Lloyd  Magruder,  M.  D. 
Mrs.  G.  Gardiner  Hubbard. 
Mrs.  Kate  M.  Sharp. 


Walter  Wyman,  M.  D., 

Surgeon-General,  P.  H.  and  M.  E.  S. 
Mr.  Scott  C.  Bone. 
Brig.    Gen.    George    M.    Sternberg, 

U.  S.  A. 
Rev.  John  M.  Schick,  D.  D. 


Executive  Committee  of  the  Hoard. 

Messrs.  Gunnell,  Maury,  and  Sternberg. 

Chaplains. 


Rev.  Jas.  R.  Edwards. 
Rev.  W.  G.  Davenport. 


B.  R.  Logie,  M.  D. 


Alfred  Glascock,  M.  T>. 
Wm.  L.  Sheep,  M.  D. 


C.  R.  Bell,  M.  D. 


Rev.  C.  M.  Bart. 
Rev.  C.  O.  Isaac. 
Rev.  John  Chester,  D.  D. 

MEDICAL  STAFF. 
Superintendent. 

William  A.  White,  M.  D. 

First  Assistant  Physician. 

M.  J.  Stack,  M.  D. 

Assistant  Physicians. 

Harry  R.  Hummer,  M.  D. 
George  H.  Schwinn,  M.  D. 

Woman  Physician. 

Mary  O'Malley,  M.  D. 

Junior  Assistant  PJiysicians. 

Wm.  H.  Hough,  M.  D. 
A.  C.  Fitch,  M.  U. 
M.  Edith  Conser,  M.  D. 

Medical  Internes. 

M.  H.  Darnall,  M.  D. 
Pathologist. 

I.  W.  Blackburn,  M.  D. 

Psychologist. 

S.  I.  Franz,  A.  B.,  Ph.  D. 
Dentist. 

A.  D.  Weakley,  D.  D.  S. 


295 


296     REPORT    OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL    FOR   THE    INSANE. 

Ophthalmologist. 

Arthur  H.  Kimball. 

Veterinarian. 

John  P.  Turner,  V.  D.  M. 

Steward. 

Monie  Sanger. 

Purchasing  Agent. 

A.  E.  Offutt. 

Matron. 

H.  O'Brien. 

Chief  of  Training  School. 

K.  E.  Cramer. 

CONSULTING  STAFF. 

Internal  medicine. 

Dr.  S.  S.  Adams.  Dr.  Sterling  Ruffin. 

Dr.  G.  W.  Cook.  Dr.  James  D.  Morgan. 

General  surgery. 

Dr.  J.  Ford  Thompson.  Dr.  G.  T.  Vaughn. 

Lieut.  Col.  Wm.  H.  Arthur,  U.  S.  A.         Dr.  W.  P.  Carr. 

Gynaecology. 

Dr.  Joseph  Taber  Johnson.  Dr.  J.  W.  Bovee. 

Dr.  H.  L.  E.  Johnson.  Dr.  I.  S.  Stone. 

Ophthalmologist. 
Dr.  D.  K.  Shute.  Dr.  W.  K.  Butler. 

Laryngology. 

Dr.  C.  W.  Richardson.  Dr.  W.  A.  Wells. 

Dr.  J.  J.  Richardson.  Dr.  F.  T.  Chamberlin. 

Genito-urinary  diseases. 

Dr.  E.  F.  King.  Dr.  Wallace  Neff. 

Medical  zoology. 

Dr.  C.  W.  Stiles.  Dr.  Thomas  A.  Claytor. 

Bacteriology. 

Dr.  W.  B.  French.  Dr.  H.  D.  Giddings. 


REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE. 


Washington,  D.  C,  July  1,  1908. 
Sir:  The  Board  of  Visitors  of  the  Government  Hospital  for  the 
Insane  has  the  honor  to  submit  the  fifty-third  annual  report  of  the 
hospital,  consisting  of  the  report  of  the  superintendent  for  the  fiscal 
year  ended  June  30,  1908,  and  his  recommendations. 
Kespectfully, 

F.  M.  Gunnell,  M.  D., 
President  of  the  Board  of  Visitors. 
Wm.  A.  White,  M.  D., 
Superintendent,  Secretary  of  the  Board  ex  officio. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT. 

MOVEMENTS  OF  POPULATION. 

There  were  remaining  in  the  hospital  on  June  30,  1908,  2,733 
patients,  as  against  2,596  patients  remaining  June  30,  1907,  an  in- 
crease for  the  fiscal  year  of  137.  This  figure  is  unusually  large 
because  of  the  extraordinary  number  of  admissions  during  the  latter 
part  of  the  year,  and  the  increase  in  the  number  of  patients  in  the 
hospital  can  be  more  accurately  estimated  on  the  basis  of  the  average 
daily  population.  The  figures  from  this  standpoint  show  that  the 
average  daily  population  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  is  2,665, 
while  for  the  preceding  year  it  was  2,569,  showing  an  increase  of  96 
in  the  daily  average  number  of  patients  for  the  year.  During  the 
year  there  were  admitted  to  the  hospital  a  total  of  643  patients,  24 
more  than  last  year,  making  a  total  of  3,239  patients  under  treat- 
ment during  the  year.  Of  the  total  number  admitted,  342  were 
from  civil  life  and  301  from  the  Army,  Navy,  and  Public  Health 
and  Marine-Hospital  Service.  The  total  number  of  discharges  for 
the  year,  including  the  deaths,  was  506,  classified  as  follows:  Recov- 
ered, 155;  improved,  110;  unimproved,  33;  died,  201;  not  insane,  7. 

These  figures,  calculated  upon  a  basis  of  the  number  of  admissions, 
give  the  following  percentages:  Recovered,  24.10;  improved,  17.10; 
unimproved,  5.13;  died,  31.25. 

The  number  of  deaths,  namely,  201,  is  the  lowest  since  the  fiscal 
year  1901-2,  while  the  percentage,  based  on  the  average  number 
under  treatment,  namely,  7.54,  is  the  lowest  since  the  fiscal  year 
1886-87. 

As  regards  the  admission  rate,  a  notable  change  in  the  proportion 
of  District  patients  has  taken  place.     Whereas  the  number  of  admis- 

297 


298         REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

sions  of  District  patients  is  the  smallest  of  any  year  since  1901,  the 
number  of  admissions  from  other  sources  is  larger  than  it  has  been 
since  1903.  During  the  past  five  years  the  relation  of  the  number  of 
District  patients  admitted,  compared  with  all  others,  has  been, 
roughly,  as  two  to  one,  while  during  the  past  year,  owing  to  the 
decrease  in  the  number  of  District  patients  and  the  increase  in  all  of 
the  others,  the  proportion  is  almost  equal — 342  District  patients  as 
against  301  patients  from  other  sources. 

As  regards  the  total  population,  it  is  interesting  to  recall  that  Con- 
gress made  a  preliminary  appropriation  of  $50,000  in  1900  for  the 
preparation  of  plans  and  specifications  for  the  extention  of  the  hos- 
pital to  accommodate  1,000  patients.  The  total  number  of  patients 
remaining  in  the  hospital  on  June  30,  1900,  the  year  when  this  appro- 
priation was  made,  was  2,076,  and  the  superintendent  of  the  hospital 
in  his  report  for  that  year  states  that  "the  institution  would  at  the 
outside  accommodate  comfortably  and  conveniently  not  to  exceed 
1,600,  with  the  necessary  employees."  This  shows  that  at  that  time 
the  hospital  had  an  excess  or  approximately  500  patients.  Compar- 
ing the  number  of  patients  at  that  time  with  the  number  of  patients 
remaining  June  30,  1908,  namely,  2,733,  it  will  be  seen  that  there  has 
been  an  increase  of  657  patients,  so  that  the  1,000  beds  for  which  the 
extension  was  built  are  all  occupied,  and  within  the  past  few  months 
it  has  been  necesssary  to  put  additional  beds  in  certain  quarters  of  the 
institution.  During  the  year  the  old  " Annex,"  which  was  built  tem- 
porarily during  the  overcrowded  condition  of  the  hospital  previous  to 
the  erection  of  the  hospital  extension,  has  been  vacated  and  the  col- 
ored patients  who  were  housed  there  have  been  transferred  to  Gar- 
field 2,  White  Ash,  Dawes  Basement,  and  Garfield  Basement.  In 
addition  to  the  reoccupation  of  these  four  wards,  Cypress  ward  and 
Dix  1  Building  have  been  reoccupied,  after  having  been  thoroughly 
renovated. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS. 

The  necessary  grading  has  been  done,  top  soil  spread,  and  grass  seed 
sown,  completing  about  10,000  square  yards  of  lawn  on  the  plateau 
in  the  rear  of  J  and  K  buildings. 

In  the  rear  of  the  Richardson  Group,  450  linear  feet  of  new  macadam 
road  has  been  built,  720  feet  has  been  resurfaced,  and  1,800  linear  feet 
of  cobblestone  gutter  laid.  The  necessary  grading  has  been  done  and 
about  1,570  square  yards  of  concrete  base  put  in  for  the  new  vitrified 
block  driveway  near  the  laundry,  and  for  a  smaller  driveway  in  the 
rear  of  R  and  P  buildings.  One  thousand  two  hundred  linear  feet  of 
9  by  12  inch  concrete  base  has  been  put  in  and  a  contract  let  for  fur- 
nishing and  setting  1,200  linear  feet  of  granite  curb  for  these  drive- 
ways. One  hundred  and  thirty-two  thousand  vitrified  paving  blocks 
have  been  purchased  for  these  driveways,  and  also  for  the  proposed 
new  road  to  the  stable. 

A  considerable  amount  of  grading  has  been  done  in  the  rear  of  the 
laundry  and  a  cinder  road  built,  thus  making  the  rear  entrance  to  the 
laundry  accessible  to  teams. 

Steam  tables. — Ten  steam  tables  have  been  purchased  for  installa- 
tion in  the  serving  rooms  of  buildings  B,  C,  I,  K,  L,  M,  N,  and  R.  It 
is  hoped  that  these  will  materially  assist  in  getting  food  to  the  patients 
hot. 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL.  FOR  THE   INSANE.         299 

Manure  pit. — A  concrete  pit  for  the  storage  of  manure  has  been  con- 
structed near  the  greenhouses.  The  liquid  contents  of  this  pit  are 
distributed  to  the  flower  beds  in  the  different  greenhouses  by  means 
of  a  system  of  pumps  and  pipes. 

Coal  storage. — A  concrete  shovel  floor  30  by  130  feet  has  been  laid 
on  an  open  space  adjacent  to  the  power  house  to  provide  a  place 
for  the  open  storage  of  bituminous  coal. 

Home  for  male  nurses. — The  East  Lodge  Building,  which  is  being 
remodeled  for  a  home  for  male  nurses,  is  about  finished  and  will  be 
ready  for  occupancy  August  1.  This  building  has  lent  itself  admi- 
rably to  remodeling  for  this  purpose,  and  it  is  hoped  will  provide 
excellent  living  quarters  for  about  50  of  the  male  nurses.  By  remov- 
ing these  men  to  this  building  additional  accommodations  will  thus 
be  secured  for  patients. 

Laundry. — About  300  square  yards  of  new  cement  floor  has  been 
laid  in  the  laundry  to  replace  the  old  wooden  floor  that  was  badly 
decayed. 

Sterilizer. — The  large  sterilizer  which  was  purchased  of  the  Kny- 
Scheerer  Company  last  year  for  installation  in  the  laundry  has  been 
installed  and  is  in  operation.  It  works  very  satisfactorily,  and  is  of 
such  size  that  mattresses  can  easily  be  sterilized  in  it.  This  is  a  very 
valuable  addition  to  the  laundry  plant  and  gives  us  a  feeling  of 
security  in  being  equipped  to  handle  contagious  and  infectious 
diseases. 

Stone  steps. — The  stone  steps  to  Oak,  Walnut,  Cherry,  and  Birch 
wards,  which  were  in  an  unsightly  condition  by  reason  of  being 
chipped,  unevenly  worn,  out  of  line  and  level,  were  redressed  and 
reset.  Substantial  iron  railings  were  erected  for  each  set  of  steps. 
These  were  necessary,  as  in  the  winter  the  steps  are  so  slippery  as  to 
be  a  menace  to  the  patients  who  had  to  be  taken  up  and  down  them. 

West  Lodge  skylight. — A  large  skylight  has  been  installed  over  the 
main  stairway  in  the  West  Lodge.  This  is  an  interior  stairway, 
without  windows  or  other  openings  that  admit  the  light,  and  before 
the  erection  of  this  skylight  it  was  necessary  to  light  the  stairway 
by  electricity. 

New  plumbing. — The  work  of  installing  new  plumbing,  for  which  a 
contract  was  awarded  the  latter  part  of  last  year,  was  begun  in 
July,  1907,  and  finished  in  January,  1908.  Eight  toilet  rooms  were 
fitted  up  under  this  contract ;  six  of  these  are  in  the  old  main  build- 
ing, where  the  plumbing  was  not  only  old  and  worn  out,  but  was 
installed  in  the  old-fashioned  way,  inclosed  in  wood,  so  that  the 
lavatories  were  in  a  very  unsanitary  condition.  The  new  lavatories 
that  have  been  installed  all  have  tile  floors  with  exposed  piping  and 
marble  partitions. 

Fireproofing. — The  contract  which  was  awarded  last  June  for  the 
erection  of  fireproof  doors  has  been  completed.  Fifteen  stairways 
and  8  fire  walls,  containing  in  all  185  openings,  were  provided  with 
fireproof  doors  under  this  contract. 

New  stairways. — The  eight  flights  of  iron  stairways  contracted  for 
last  June  have  been  erected.  These  stairways  replace  flights  of  old 
wooden  stairs  to  cellars  and  attics  in  various  locations  throughout 
the  old  buildings. 

Fire  engine. — The  steam  fire  engine  contracted  for  last  June  has 
been   delivered.     This   is   a   Metropolitan  fifth-size   engine,  with  a 


300        REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

pumping  capacity  of  400  gallons  per  minute.  To  accommodate  the 
new  engine  some  minor  repairs  were  made  in  the  engine  house, 
involving  the  removal  of  a  brick  wall,  and  the  widening  of  the  tracks 
to  suit  the  wider  gauge  of  the  new  engine. 

Old  pump  house. — The  old  building  which  was  formerly  used  as  a 
pumping  station,  and  which  occupied  a  site  a  short  distance  from  the 
present  station,  has  been  torn  down.  This  building  had  reached 
such  a  state  of  dilapidation  as  to  render  it  unsafe. 

New  crib. — The  old  wooden  crib  at  the  river,  which  formed  a  sump 
from  which  the  supply  of  river  water  used  at  the  hospital  was  pumped, 
has  been  replaced  by  a  concrete  pit  16  by  16  by  16  feet.  The  old  crib 
had  a  lining  of  sheet  piling  driven  down  into  the  soft  marsh  mud. 
It  was  found  that  the  pressure  outside  the  crib  forced  this  soft 
material  under  the  piling  and  up  into  the  crib,  choking  the  inlet  and 
cutting  off  the  water  supply.  The  new  pit  has  a  concrete  bottom  as 
well  as  sides,  and  a  gate  controlling  the  flow  from  the  inlet,  so  that 
the  supply  can  be  cut  off  and  the  pit  emptied  and  cleaned  of  any 
sediment  that  may  accumulate.  The  installation  of  this  new  crib  is 
a  great  addition  to  the  fire  protection  of  the  hospital,  as  water  is 
pumped  from  this  crib  directly  into  the  fountain  basin  at  the  rear  of 
the  main  building,  from  which  the  fire  engine  would  derive  its  source 
of  supply  in  fighting  a  fire  in  that  neighborhood.  This  would  enable 
the  hospital  to  throw  at  least  two  good  streams  of  water  upon  a  fire, 
one  from  the  fountain  basin  and  one  from  the  fire  mains  which  are 
supplied  by  the  river  pumps.  This  is  of  great  importance,  as  the 
hospital  is  dependent  upon  its  own  department.  It  is  hoped,  how- 
ever, that  this  will  not  continue  long,  and  in  fact  arrangements  have 
already  been  made  by  the  District  Commissioners  to  lay  an  8-inch 
pipe  up  the  hill  as  far  as  the  hospital. 

Recitation  room. — Carrying  out  a  plan  which  was  formulated  some 
time  ago  for  the  remodeling  of  the  old  center,  one  of  the  rooms  here 
has  been  fitted  up  with  tablet  arm  chairs  and  blackboards  as  a  reci- 
tation room  for  the  classes  of  the  training  school.  This  room  will 
accommodate  32  students,  and  being  used  solely  for  this  purpose, 
models,  charts,  and  other  appurtenances  can  be  permanently  arranged 
therein. 

Gymnasium. — In  connection  with  the  hydrotherapy  room  in  B 
Building  a  small  gymnasium  has  been  installed.  This  is  found  to  be 
quite  useful  and  is  very  much  enjoyed  by  the  patients  who  take  the 
hydrotherapeutic  treatment. 

Circulating  library. — Another  one  of  the  rooms  in  the  old  center  has 
been  remodeled  and  fitted  up  with  steel  book  shelving.  All  of  the 
books  in  the  small  ward  libraries  throughout  the  hospital  have  been 
accumulated,  some  400  additional  volumes  have  been  purchased,  and 
a  circulating  library  for  the  general  use  of  the  hospital  has  been 
established  here.  The  library  has  approximately  3,000  volumes;  it 
has  been  completely  catalogued  and  a  printed  copy  of  the  catalogue 
is  distributed  in  each  ward  so  that  all  the  patients  of  the  hospital 
may  consult  it.  The  library  is  in  charge  of  a  librarian,  who  is  there 
Monday  and  Thursday  mornings.  The  patients  are  deriving  a  great 
deal  of  pleasure  from  this  source,  and  a  great  many  books  are  taken 
out  by  them. 


REPORT   OF   GOVEKNMENT   HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE.         301 

Record  room. — For  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  storage  capacity 
in  the  record  room,  which  has  been  rendered  necessary  by  the  growth 
of  the  work  in  this  office,  a  mezzanine  floor  was  installed  therein. 

Trees. — Last  summer  groups  of  dwarf  evergreens  were  planted  in 
front  of  B  and  C  buildings.  They  have  all  done  well  and  added  mate- 
rially to  the  appearance  of  the  grounds.  Several  evergreens  were 
also  planted  about  N  and  P  buildings.  Three  hundred  and  forty 
trees  were  purchased  in  April  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  nursery. 
These  include  175  shade  trees,  65  flowering  trees,  30  of  pendulous 
habit,  50  Japanese  maples,  and  20  evergreens.  These  have  been 
planted  and  are  doing  well.  These  trees  can  be  moved  at  the  proper 
season  and  planted  about  the  new  buildings  where  there  is  need  of 
shade. 

Amusement  hall. — Congress  has  made  an  appropriation  for  an 
amusement  hall,  and  plans  have  been  drawn  and  bids  for  its  con- 
struction have  been  asked. 

ENGINEERING  DEPARTMENT. 

Electrical. — The  work  of  the  electrical  engineer  has  been  largely 
confined  to  repair  and  renewal  of  the  present  installation  and  to  chang- 
ing over  wiring  in  buildings  that  were  being  remodeled.  During  the 
year  this  department  has  answered  to  1,803  repair  calls.  The  motors 
used  in  heating  and  ventilating  the  new  buildings  were  entirely  over- 
hauled previous  to  the  winter  season,  as  were  the  various  ventilating 
fans  that  are  used  throughout  the  hospital.  The  motor  used  to 
drive  the  Sturtevant  fan  for  ventilating  the  tunnels  was  temporarily 
connected  up  in  September  last  and  permanently  connected  in  the 
following  April.  Sixty-four  incandescent  lamps  in  the  detached  din- 
ing hall  have  been  replaced  by  four  arc  lamps.  The  installation  of 
electrical  wiring  has  been  completed  in  the  East  Lodge  and  a  number 
of  changes  in  the  locating  of  lighting  fixtures,  necessitated  by  con- 
struction work  in  the  various  parts  of  the  hospital,  have  been  com- 
pleted. 

Plumbing. — The  work  of  the  plumbing  department  has  been  largely 
confined  to  repairs  and  renewals.  Independent  hot-water  lines 
have  been  run  from  the  heaters  in  both  buildings  B  and  C  to  the  con- 
tinuous baths,  so  as  to  obviate  the  possibility  of  sudden  changes  of 
temperature. 

Sewers. — In  the  main  the  work  on  the  sewers  has  been  repair  work, 
but  in  several  instances  sewer  lines  have  been  changed  so  as  to  im- 
prove the  existing  conditions. 

Steam  fitting. — The  steam  lines  and  traps  in  the  new  tunnel  have 
been  overhauled.  Utensil  sterilizers  have  been  installed  in  the 
operating  room.  The  balance  of  the  work  in  this  department  has 
been,  in  the  main,  repairs  and  renewals. 

Water  system. — The  new  reservoir  at  the  pumping  station  has  been 
connected  up,  the  wells  cleaned  out,  and  the  output  of  water  from 
them  materially  increased.  For  some  weeks  past  the  engineer  has 
been  experimenting  with  these  wells  for  the  purpose  of  increasing 
their  efficiency  if  possible.  The  results  up  to  the  present  time  have 
been  encouraging.  From  time  to  time  where  it  has  been  necessary 
to  dig  up  valves  on  the  water  pipes  throughout  the  grounds,  man- 


302        REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE. 

holes  have  been  built  so  that  these  valves  in  future  will  be  more  easily 
accessible.  The  new  crib  at  the  river  has  been  finished,  as  previously 
mentioned.  The  water  supply  at  the  river  has  been  overhauled,  and 
the  fire  hydrants  kept  in  constant  repair. 

Boiler  House. — The  old  boiler  house  has  been  shut  down  for  the  sum- 
mer season,  the  connection  between  it  and  the  new  boiler  house  having 
been  put  into  service. 

Machine  work. — The  work  of  the  machine  shop  has  been  in  the  main 
repair  work.  Many  of  the  machines  throughout  the  hospital  have 
been  repaired,  while  the  pumps  and  compressors  at  the  pumping  sta- 
tion and  the  pumps  at  the  ice  plant  have  all  been  overhauled  and  put 
in  good  condition. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  DEPARTMENT. 
OFFICE    OF    THE    STEWARD. 

In  the  steward's  office  the  work  of  bringing  the  accounting  system 
into  conformity  with  the  most  approved  business  methods,  which  was 
described  in  the  last  annual  report,  has  been  continued.  The  first  of 
the  year  will  mark  the  beginning  of  the  end  of  this  work,  when  changes 
will  be  made  in  the  financial  office  that  will  finish  the  remodeling  of  the 
entire  accounting  system  of  the  hospital.  The  analysis  of  the  work 
of  the  hospital  has  been  a  long  and  tedious  task,  but  from  now  on  it  is 
hoped  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  some  satisfactory  results  in  cost 
accounting.  In  connection  with  the  analysis  of  the  accounts  of  the 
hospital  a  study  of  the  relations  of  the  various  employees  has  been 
made,  so  that  a  classified  table  of  all  the  positions  in  the  institution 
might  be  made  a  basis  for  our  pay  roll. 

In  connection  with  advertising  for  annual  supplies  for  the  hospital 
98  items  were  added  to  the  list  upon  which  bids  were  solicited,  making 
a  total  of  575  items  on  which  prices  were  asked. 

Matron. — The  matron  has  furnished  monthly  reports  of  the  work  of 
the  sewing  and  mending  rooms.  There  has  been  set  aside  in  the  base- 
ment of  the  old  center  building  a  condemning  room.  This  is  ex- 
pected to  prove  of  great  benefit,  the  aim  being  to  collect  all  the  con- 
demned material  in  one  place,  thus  precluding  the  possible  use  of  con- 
demned articles  over  again,  or  any  misappropriation. 

Mattress  shop. — The  number  of  mattresses  made  during  the  past 
year  was  greatly  increased  over  previous  years,  due  to  the  opening  of 
new  wards  and  the  increase  in  population. 

Laundry. — The  laundry  is  now  on  a  much  better  basis  than  ever 
before.  During  the  year  is  has  turned  out  an  average  of  48,000 
pieces  per  week,  and  an  analysis  of  the  cost  of  doing  this  work  indi- 
cates that  it  is  being  done  at  a  reasonable  figure.  During  the  year, 
besides  putting  into  operation  a  new  steam  sterilizer,  there  have  been 
installed  a  Bishop  starcher  and  a  Newark  shirt-ironing  machine. 
The  machinery  has  been  gone  over,  several  of  the  washers  have  had 
new  jackets  put  on,  and  one  of  the  mangles  a  steam  top  attached. 

Tin  shop. — The  various  tin  roofs  of  the  hospital  have  been  gone  over 
and  kept  in  fairly  good  shape,  so  that  there  are  very  few  complaints  of 
leaking  roofs.  The  tin  shop  is  now  manufacturing  many  articles  that 
previously  were  purchased. 


Keceivint;  iiroup 


Howard  Hall  Oroup 


Richardson  Group 


Night  Service 

Odontologist 

Optbalmologtst 

CM.  of  Training  School 

Bathni  aster 
Bathmistress 
Asso.  Pathologist 
Asso.  Clinical  Pathologist 
Asso.  Psychologist 
Asso. Physiological  Chemist 
Asso.  Histological  Pathol- 
ogist 
Asso-  Bacteriologist 


Constructing  Engineer 


I    ■mi  Sfwv/jni 


Civil  Service  Clerk 
I'os!  "ihre  clerk 
Record  Clerk 
File  Clerk 
Time  Clerk 
Clerks 


Med    Internes 


Mm, |    lulL-nie-, 


iii'J.-'ii,; 


[Night  Phone  Operat 

\Females  in  Training 


tiznr& 


[Charge  Nurses 
jciiarge  Attendants 

(Charge  Nurses 
Charge  Attendants 
Attendants 

[Charge  Nurses 

(Charge  Nurses 
Nurses 
Clniri:e  Aiteii'liinU 
Attendants 
Barbers 
(Charge  Nurses 


^Clerks 

JAsst.  Storekeeper 

Clothing  Clerk 

I'oreu'uHi.'tunf  Work  Room 
Forewoman  Mending  Room 
Foreman  of  Laundry 
Housekeeper 
Chambermaids 


I  ].!inl-|ervr 
Shoemakers 
Head  Cooks 


jButcbers  Helpers 


Head  Tinner 
Head  Painter 
Foremen  of  Laborers 
Railroad  Foreman 


Cardeuer 
Farm  Fore 


\  >p  i.  uli  urisL 
llenlsiiiuu 
\'i't.-i-iii;1ri;m 
Poult  rymen 


Supl.  ...1  ritobles 


Ileml  Dairyman 


:>ii';ui:lii!,;r-  \  HHpers 

;  i 'in nil m i*j  a-  Helpers 
;  Machinist  Helpers 
^Laborers 

Cabinet  Carpenters 
Brickluyers 

Plasterers 

^Tinners 
Painters 
Laborers 
Teamsters 

Laborers 
.Farm  nands 
\Toainsters 

Farm  Hands 
(Teamsters 

Farm  Hands 

Special 

l..ilxM,T-, 


}  Laborers 


j-Laborer.s 

>Hodcarriers 

i  Plasterer  Helpers 


(To  fa.v  vw  :;ul\) 


REPORT  OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE   INSANE.         303 
MEDICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  DEPARTMENTS. 

Training  school. — During  the  past  year  the  training  school  gradu- 
ated 17  nurses,  5  men  and  12  women.  While  this  is  about  the  average 
number  graduated  each  year,  we  could,  to  advantage,  use  more 
nurses  than  we  have,  especially  male  nurses.  The  efficiency  of  the 
ward  service  is  undoubtedly  very  materially  increased  by  educating 
our  employees  in  their  work.  At  the  present  time,  out  of  a  total  of 
86  wards  of  the  hospital,  43  are  in  charge  of  nurses.  While  it  would 
be  desirable  to  have  all  of  the  wards  in  charge  of  graduates,  still  this 
number  permits  all  of  the  wards  where  there  are  acute  cases  of 
insanity  or  serious  illness,  together  with  the  infirmary  wards,  to  be 
in  charge  of  trained  employees. 

The  last  annual  report  recorded  placing  two  of  the  four  wards  of  the 
male  infirmary  in  charge  of  female  nurses.  This  experiment  proved 
so  satisfactory  that  all  of  the  four  wards  of  this  building  are  now  in 
charge  of  women  nurses.  It  is  probable  that  additional  male  wards 
will  be  placed  in  charge  of  women,  as  the  result  of  our  experience  in 
this  building,  and  also  because  of  the  fact  that  a  materially  larger 
proportion  of  women  qualify  by  taking  the  training. 

Hydrotherapy. — In  the  hydrotherapeutic  department  1,199  patients 
have  received  a  total  of  22,210  baths. 

Ophthalmologist. — The  ophthalmologist,  Dr.  A.  H.  Kimball,  reports 
that  he  has  made  in  all  59  visits  to  the  hospital  during  the  year.  The 
following  is  a  list  of  examinations  and  treatments:  Eyes,  including 
179  refractions,  427;  ear,  90;  nose  and  throat,  105;  operations,  8; 
total,  630. 

Dentist. — The  dentist,  Dr.  A.  D.  Weakley,. reports  that  during  the 
year  he  has  examined  and  treated  a  total  of  602  patients.  The  char- 
acter of  the  work  done  is  shown  in  the  following  table : 

Dental  work  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  SO,  1908. 

Roots  and  teeth  extracted 330 

Mouths  cleaned 51 

Silver  fillings 80 

Cement  fillings 29 

Gutta  percha  fillings 77 

Teeth  treated 268 

Nerve  removed  and  canals  filled 6 

General  anesthetic 1 

Local  anesthetic 6 

Artificial  sets  of  teeth,  new 4 

Artificial  sets  of  teeth,  repaired 7 

Gold  and  porcelain  crowns,  new 2 

Gold  and  porcelain  crowns,  repaired 1 

Bridge  repaired 1 

Photograph]). — The  photographer  reports  that  during  the  year  he 
has  taken  450  photographs  of  patients  and  394  photographs  of 
pathological  specimens  and  miscellaneous  subjects. 

Contagious  and  infectious  diseases. — During  the  year  there  were  9 
cases  of  measles,  4  cases  of  German  measles,  1  case  of  mumps,  1  case 
of  typhoid  fever,  and  2  cases  of  malaria  in  the  hospital.  The  cases 
of  measles  were  immediately  isolated  when  discovered,  so  that  no 
spreading  of  the  disease  occurred  throughout  the  institution.  The 
case  of  typhoid  fever  was  a  male  employee,  and  on  investigation  it 
was  traced  to  outside  sources. 


304 


REPORT   OF  GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE. 


Surgery, — The  following  is  a  list  of  surgical  operations  which  were 
performed  during  the  year  with  the  results  in  each  case.  In  addition 
to  this  list  about  400  minor  surgical  cases  were  treated  during  the  year. 

Surgical  operations  -performed  during  the  year. 


Operation. 


Male. 


Female. 


Total. 


Result. 


Recov- 


ered,   proved. 


Im- 


Died. 


Amputation  of  breast  and  resection  of  rib 

Amputation  of  rectum 

Amputation  of  toe 

Appendectomy 

Cauterization  of  rectal  ulcers 

Curetment  of  uterus 

Cystotomy 

Excision  of  chronic  abscess  of  thigh 

Excision  of  infected  cervical  glands 

Excision  of  rectal  fistula 

Gastroenterostomy 

Gastrotomy 

Hemorrhoidectomy 

Herniotomy,  right  inguinal 

Hysterectomy 

Incision  of  abscess  of  axilla 

Incision  of  abscess  of  back,  cold 

Incision  of  alveolar  abscess 

Incision  of  infected  inguinal  glands 

Incision  of  isehio-rectal  abscess 

Incision  of  leg  for  phlegmonous  inflammation — 

Incision  of  tuberculous  synovitis 

Laparotomy  for  abscess  of  pancreas 

Laparotomy  for  intestinal  obstruction 

Multiple  incisions  of  infected  hand 

Multiple  incisions  of  scalp  and  face  for  erysipelas. 

Mastoidotomy 

Lumbar  puncture 

Paracentesis  abdominis 

Perineorrhaphy 


Removal  of  bullets  from  scalp  and  back 

Removal  of  infected  testicle 

Removal  of  keloids 

Removal  of  lipoma  of  thigh 

Suturing  of  triceps  and  brachialis  anticus  muscles. 

Thyroidectomy 

Tonsillotomy 

Tracheotomy 

Trephining  of  skull  for  cerebral  cyst 

Trephining  of  skull  for  localized  meningitis 

Urethrorhaphy 

Wiring  of  fracture  of  tibia 


Total. 


43 


25 


68 


57 


Tuberculosis. — Tuberculosis  has  been  diagnosed  in  11  cases  during 
the  year.  This  is  a  quite  satisfactory  showing,  as  will  appear  in  the 
analysis  of  deaths  from  tuberculosis  in  the  report  from  the  patho- 
logical laboratory.  It  will  be  seen  that  there  has  been  a  material 
decrease  in  the  number  of  cases  throughout  the  hospital. 

A  porch  for  colored  tubercular  patients  has  been  constructed  in  the 
rear  of  Oaks  D  ward.  It  is  inclosed  in  glass  similarly  to  the  other  sun 
parlors  in  different  parts  of  the  hospital,  and  accommodates  8  patients. 

Vaccination. — During  February  and  March  about  200  patients  and 
employees  were  vaccinated.  At  this  time  there  were  some  cases  of 
smallpox  in  the  city,  and  as  the  major  portion  of  the  hospital  popu- 
lation had  been  recently  vaccinated  only  such  additional  cases  as 
might  be  going  and  coming  to  the  hospital  and  who  might  convey 
the  disease  were  vaccinated. 


REPORT  OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE   INSANE.         305 

Staff  meetings. — On  the  15th  of  April  last  the  following  circular 
letter  was  sent  to  the  various  members  of  the  medical  staff: 

To  the  Medical  Staff:  The  receipt  of  this  letter  will  inaugurate  a  new  system  of  staff 
meetings,  which  will  be  held  daily,  with  the  exception  of  Sunday,  at  11  o'clock  a.  m., 
the  Sunday  meetings  being  hereby  discontinued.  The  meetings  will  be  presided 
over  by  the  superintendent,  or  in  his  absence  by  the  first  assistant  physician. 

It  is  believed  to  be  for  the  best  interests  of  the  patients,  for  the  greater  protection 
of  the  public,  for  safe-guarding  the  interests  of  the  hospital,  and  for  the  promotion  of 
the  scientific  knowledge  of  insanity  that  the  members  of  the  staff  meet  at  stated 
intervals  for  the  purpose  of  holding  consultations  regarding  the  several  patients  under 
their  care.  These  meetings  are  for  the  purpose  of  arriving  at  diagnoses  where  possible, 
of  discussing  the  advisability  of  paroles  and  discharges,  and  in  general  dealing  with  all 
questions  relative  to  the  mental  and  physical  condition  of  the  patients  and  the  best 
methods  of  their  treatment.  To  these  ends  there  will  be  prepared  in  the  office  a  list 
of  all  patients  as  they  are  admitted,  and  so  soon  as  their  histories  have  been  written 
they  will  be  read  at  staff  meeting,  when  the  conclusions  of  the  writer  may  be  criticised 
and  corrected.  This  will  provide  a  ready  means  of  checking  up  the  histories,  as  it 
will  be  expected  that  the  history  will  be  presented  in  each  case  within  a  reasonable 
time  after  admission.  In  every  instance  where  the  question  of  recovery  is  involved, 
or  parole  or  discharge  from  the  hospital  is  under  consideration,  the  case  shall  be  re- 
ported in  full  at  conference  for  the  purpose  of  inviting  the  opinions  of  the  several  mem- 
bers of  the  staff.  From  time  to  time  cases  about  which  difficulties  arise  may  be  pre- 
sented for  the  opinion  of  the  several  members  of  the  staff,  and  autopsy  reports  and 
further  histories  will  be  in  order,  especially  as  justifying,  or  otherwise,  clinical  diagnoses. 

Each  senior  member  of  the  staff,  will  be  called  upon  to  express  an  opinion  in  every 
case  presented,  and  a  stenographer  will  be  present  at  the  meetings  for  the  purpose  of 
recording  these  opinions.  These  opinions  will  be  briefed  by  the  stenographer  and 
presented  to  the  first  assistant  physician  for  his  0.  K.,  after  receiving  which  they  will 
be  filed  with  the  records  of  the  respective  cases  under  the  title  of  "  Conference  report.' l 

Since  the  date  of  the  above  letter  staff  meetings  have  been  held 
regularly  every  morning,  except  Sunday,  at  11  o'clock.  It  has  been 
found  by  experience  that  all  of  the  work  outlined  in  the  above  letter 
can  hardlv  be  done  at  these  meetings,  the  number  of  cases  under 
consideration  is  so  great.  Preference,  therefore,  is  given  to  the  cases 
of  patients  who  are  recommended  for  discharge.  No  patient  is  now 
discharged  from  the  hospital  without  having  his  case  read  in  full  at 
the  staff  meeting,  and  the  natient  himself  being  present,  so  that  he 
may  be  questioned  by  the  different  members  of  the  staff. 

It  is  felt  that  the  discharge  of  a  patient  from  a  hospital  of  this  sort, 
often,  at  least,  involves  grave  responsibilities,  and  our  experience 
thus  far  in  the  staff  meetings  is  that  these  responsibilities  are  met  in 
a  much  more  satisfactory  manner  by  the  thorough  discussion  that 
the  cases  thus  receive. 

PATHOLOGICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  128  post-mortem 
examinations  were  made,  about  64  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
deaths.  Of  these,  44  were  senile  dementia,  13  of  dementia  prsecox, 
11  of  chronic  dementia,  10  of  chronic  melancholia,  12  of  paresis,  7 
of  epileptic  insanity,  6  were  noted  as  arterio-sclero tic  dementia,  4  of 
chronic  mania,  4  of  imbecility,  2  of  manic  depressive  insanity,  2  of 
involutional  melancholia,  2  of  organic  dementia,  and  1  case  each 
of  acute  mania,  goitrous  psychosis,  exhaustion  psychosis,  psychosis  of 
Addison's  disease,  periodic  mania,  acute  mania,  terminal  dementia, 
alcoholic  dementia,  acute  confusional  insanity,  post-apoplectic 
dementia,  and  acute  delirious  mania.  These  terms  still  show  the 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 20 


306        REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE. 

influence  of  the  older  nomenclature  which  in  some  instances  has  not 
been  changed.  Of  the  number,  99  were  males  and  28  females;  the 
youngest  a  female  of  17  years,  the  oldest  a  man  aged  93  years. 

The  number  of  cases  of  senile  dementia  is  far  greater  than  of  any 
other  form,  being  of  course  correlative  with  the  advancing  years  of 
many  of  our  patients.  So,  also,  is  the  number  of  cases  of  arterio- 
sclerosis, various  degrees  of  which  were  found  in  76  cases ;  softening 
of  the  brain  dependent  thereon  were  found  in  23  cases.  Acute  white 
softening  of  thrombotic  origin,  with  extensive  destruction  of  the 
brain,  had  caused  sudden  death  in  3  cases.  Intracranial  hemorrhage 
was  found  in  4  cases,  of  the  cerebrum  in  2  cases,  of  the  meninges  in  1 
case,  and  of  pons  and  medulla  in  1  case.  In  1  case  an  intradural 
hemorrhage  had  taken  place  in  the  dorsal  portion  of  the  cord.  The 
principal  meningeal  changes  were  18  cases  of  internal  pachymeningitis 
of  various  degrees,  1  case  of  secondary  meningeal  tuberculosis,  1  of 
fibrino-purulent  lepto-meningitis.  Chronic  meningeal  changes  in 
some  instances  appearing  sufficient  to  cause  the  mental  failure  were 
found  in  many  cases,  and  the  meningo-encephalitis  of  paresis  was 
demonstrated  in  all  cases  of  this  disease.  Two  cases  of  chronic 
meningitis  with  cerebral  atrophy  and  arrest  of  development  were 
found  in  marasmatic  and  paralytic  patients  aged  respectively  17  and 
18  years.     The  brain  in  these  cases  weighed  663  and  730  grams. 

The  conditions  of  the  heart  were  as  follows:  In  18  cases  the  organ 
weighed  340  to  400  grams;  in  22  cases  the  weight  was  410  to  600 
grams;  only  one  weighed  as  high  as  750  grams.  The  smallest  heart 
weighed  90  grams,  occurring  in  a  marasmatic  youth  aged  18  years. 
Only  5  hearts  weighed  less  than  200  grams;  33  weighed  less  than  the 
normal  average.  Valvular  disease  either  as  incompetence  or  stenosis 
or  as  chronic  deformity  of  the  valves  was  noted  in  28  cases.  Minor 
pathological  conditions  of  the  valves  which  could  not  have  produced 
symptoms  have  not  been  included.  There  were  9  cases  of  chronic 
interstitial  myocarditis,  which  in  some  instances  had  caused  sudden 
death.  Four  cases  of  aneurism  of  the  aorta;  in  1  case  rupture  of  the 
sac  into  the  pericardium. 

,  Pulmonary  tuberculosis  showed  a  gratifying  reduction  since  last 
year  and  for  many^  years  previous.  Active  pulmonary  tuberculosis 
was  only  met  with  in  12  cases;  intestinal  auto-infection  in  5.  Latent 
tubercular  lesions  were  found  in  15  cases.  Taken  with  the  cases 
which  did  not  come  to  autopsy  there  were  only  15  cases  of  active 
tuberculosis  of  the  lungs  out  of  200  deaths  during  the  year.  The 
table  of  analysis  of  deaths  from  the  disease  and  cases  in  which  it  was 
found  at  autopsy  is  continued"  herewith, 


REPORT  OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE   INSANE. 


307 


Analysis  of  deaths  due  to  tuberculosis  for  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  1885-1908. 


Date. 


1885 

105 

1886 

102 

1887 

92 

1888 

120 

1889 

114 

1890 

140 

1891 

128 

1892 

153 

1893 

181 

1894 

167 

1895 

179 

1896 

187 

1897 

162 

1898 

197 

1899 

193 

1900 

184 

1901 

226 

1902 

177 

1903 

258 

1904 

243 

1905 

236 

1906 

202 

1907 

216 

1908 

201 

©  o 


zn 


72 
49 
79 
67 
108 
79 
96 
117 
115 
125 
119 
90 
85 
81 
94 
109 
92 
125 
103 
114 
114 
128 
128 


30 

43 

41 

47 

32 

49 

57 

64 

52 

54 

68 

72  | 
112 
112 

90 
117 

S5 
133 
140 
122 


73 


Total.  4,163   2,358   1,805 

i 


& 

c3 

g 

3  ■ 

3 

3    °3 

as 

3  o 

P<o 

^a 

o'3 

■ 

T3  <a 

2  « 

3,Q 

©  O 

^3 

o3  oT 

02+* 

a  © 

H  02 

£1 

© 

Q 

%6 

13 

18 

24 

26 

13 

9 

14 

14 

23 

19 

20 

22 

21 

13 

13 

13 

22 

34 

28 

27 

18 

20 

21 

23 

13 

15 

19 

17 

31 

22 

25 

17 

31 

27 

19 

20 

36 

25 

28 

15 

28 

18 

29 

18 

33 

16 

14 

12 

536 

460 

ih 

°-2  o, 


02^5 

©  3 


©  © 

If 

C5   © 

a  $.2 

Sag 
o  o  p. 


3 

1 

1 

6 

3 
10 

5 

9 

9 
13 

6 
11 

4 

3 

3 

6 
14 

7 
18 

5 

6  ; 

11 

15  I 
15  ! 


184       644 


S3  fa  Q)  —"■ 

lsf.a 

©*S^.2 

+3    ©    O^ 

OS" 

9     a 

fill 


o  ►/« 

02   ^   O 

Sol 

gji 

o     -3 

—■5  ° 

«  .tJ'73 
O  ?  C5 


a    « 


Be 


a)  a 


235 


o  <? 


©       ,£3 
I'd 


!  ©. 


^  i. 
©  3 

g| 

°S 

o 

T3  w 
A  © 

O 


257 


901 


21.9 
34.3 
20.6 
23.3 
28.0 
27.1 
24.2 
20.2 
28.1 
31.7 
20.6 
24.6 
17.2 
17.6 
23.3 
17.9 
25.0 
29.3 
22.5 
13.6 
15.2 
19.8 
22.2 
15.4 


21.6 


30.4 
37.5 
20.4 
25.3 
32.8 
29.6 
22.7 
23.0 
36.7 
34.7 
20.8 
28.5 
21.1 
23.5 
30.8 
24.4 
37.8 
29.0 
34.4 
19.4 
21.0 
25.4 
24.2 
21.0 


92 
78 
79 
106 
91 
120 
107 
140 
159 
139 
161 
166 
149 
178 
162 
159 
195 
158 
222 
215 
208 
173 
184 
187 


27.3  3,628 


Other  pulmonary  diseases  were  1  of  pneumonia  following  la  grippe, 
5  of  broncho-pneumonia,  7  of  pulmonary  gangrene,  1  of  chronic  bron- 
chitis, and  in  a  number  of  cases  debility  and  chronic  bronchial  catarrh 
had  resulted  in  hypostatic  pneumonia,  with  a  catarrhal  inhalation 
exudate. 

Interstitial  nephritis  was  of  frequent  occurrence;  there  were  57  cases, 
and  the  condition  entered  into  the  cause  of  death  in  9  cases.  Cystitis 
with  pyelo-nephritis  was  present  in  8  cases. 

Diseases  of  the  digestive  system  were  1  case  of  acute  colitis,  2  of 
calculous  cholecystitis,  2  of  cirrhosis  of  the  liver,  2  gastric  ulcer,  1  of 
hemorrhage  from  the  stomach,  1  of  hemorrhagic  pancreatitis,  and 
3  cases  of  peritonitis.  Two  deaths  from  appendicitis  with  peritoni- 
tis, 1  from  Addison's  disease. 

Tumors  were  represented  by  2  small  dural  tumors,  2  goitrous 
tumors,  3  of  carcinoma  of  the  stomach  with  metastasis  to  the  liver 
and  other  organs,  and  a  number  gf  uterine  fibromata,  often  multiple 
in  the  same  case. 

During  the  year  considerable  time  has  been  devoted  to  the  prepara- 
tion for  publication  of  a  work  on  "  Illustrations  of  Gross  Morbid 
Anatomy  of  the  Brain  in  the  Insane."  This  work  is  now  in  the  course 
of  publication  by  the  hospital;  it  consists  of  a  selection  of  75  plates, 
with  an  introduction  and  explanatory  text  for  each  plate.  The  plates 
are  the  result  of  careful  photographic  reproduction  of  pathological 
specimens,  many  of  which  have  been  carefully  retouched  and  worked 
over  in  crayon  on  bromide  enlargements  and  afterwards  rephoto- 
graphed  for  the  work.     The  subjects  illustrated  are  arterial  diseases, 


308         REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

arterio-sclerotic  softenings,  hemorrhages,  atrophies,  general  paralysis, 
meningeal  states,  scleroses,  hydrocephalic  conditions,  and  intracranial 
tumors.  The  work  is  for  gratuitous  distribution,  being  the  second 
publication  of  the  kind  issued  by  the  hospital. 

A  study  is  now  in  the  course  of  preparation  treating  of  the  gross 
pathological  conditions  of  the  brain  and  its  envelopes  in  200  cases 
of  epilepsy,  this  being  the  number  of  epileptics  which  have  come  to 
autopsy  since  the  establishment  of  the  pathological  department. 
The  preliminary  notes  of  this  study  show  that  a  considerable  number 
of  cases  of  the  disease  originated  in  gross  malformations,  as  in  early 
acquired  pathological  conditions  of  the  skull  membranes  and  brain. 

Another  work  on  which  much  has  already  been  done  is  the  con- 
tinuation of  observations  on  internal  pachymeningitis.  This  sub- 
ject was  first  made  the  basis  of  a  paper  published  in  the  annual  report 
of  the  hospital  in  1897,  in  which  197  cases  were  reported;  again  in  a 
paper  read  before  the  District  Medical  Society,  1904,  the  subject  was 
taken  up  and  61  additional  cases  were  added.  Since  then  72  cases 
have  been  added  to  the  list,  making  in  all  330  cases  of  the  disease, 
comprising  all  stages  from  the  earliest  manifestation  to  the  final  stage 
of  haematoma  and  hygroma.  A  few  histological  studies,  and  possi- 
bly some  experimental  work,  will  complete  this  study  which  may  then 
be  published. 

Two  cases  of  chronic  meningo-encephalitis  with  extreme  cerebral 
atrophy  and  marked  degeneration  of  the  descending  tracts  of  the 
spinal  cord,  occurring  in  early  life,  are  at  present  under  study. 

The  technician  in  microscopical  technology  reports  that  during  the 
year  1,200  microscopic  slides  have  been  made,  comprising  the  study 
of  6  cases  of  paresis,  5  spinal  cord  conditions,  and  other  work  for 
diagnostic  purposes  on  the  conditions  of  organs,  diagnosis  of  tumors, 
etc. 

Clinical  pathology. — The  clinical  branch  of  the  department  reports 
that  during  the  year  843  urinalyses  were  made,  with  negative  results 
in  533  cases;  positive  in  310.  Of  the  lesions  found  there  were  115  of 
nephritis  indicated  by  albuminaria  and  casts,  54  of  albuminaria  of 
undetermined  character,  hematuria  in  4  cases,  sugar  in  3  cases,  and 
specific  urethritis  in  2  cases.  The  diazo-reaction  was  done  in  1  case, 
cystitis  was  discovered  in  113  cases,  inflammation  of  uncertain  location 
in  12  cases. 

Blood  examinations  for  the  plasmodium  mal arise  were  made  in  80 
cases,  resulting  in  finding  the  parasites  in  21.  Blood  counts  were 
done  34  times;  for  leucocytes  18  times,  for  determination  of  the  red 
cells  in  15  cases.    Hemaglobin  tests  were  made  20  times. 

Sputum  was  examined  in  80  cases,  the  bacillus  of  tuberculosis 
found  in  9;  the  other  sputum  examinations  made  were  not  significant 
of  any  special  form  of  disease.  Stomach  contents  were  examined  in 
4  cases,  resulting  in  finding  hyperchlorhydra  in  all. 

PSYCHOLOGICAL  LABORATORY. 

During  the  year  there  have  been  examined  by  the  psychologist, 
both  on  the  wards  and  in  the  laboratory,  about  90  patients  who  have 
presented  unusual  conditions  of  difficulties  of  diagnosis.  These  ex- 
aminations are  aside  from  those  that  were  made  for  the  purpose  of 
scientific  investigation. 


REPORT  OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE.         309 

Investigations. — The  psychologist  makes  the  following  report  in 
regard  to  the  investigations  under  way  in  the  laboratory: 

(a)  The  careful  examination  of  a  number  of  patients  who  showed  evidence  of  a 
psychogenic  origin  of  the  mental  disease  has  been  undertaken.  Two  patients  of  this 
character  have  been  examined  carefully  and  at  length  at  different  times,  but  up  to 
the  present,  while  I  am  satisfied  of  the  cause  or  part  of  the  cause,  for  their  condition, 
it  has  not  been  possible  to  demonstrate  this  to  the  patients  and  to  obtain  from  them 
an  acknowledgment  of  the  truth  of  the  supposition.  In  these  cases  there  is  underlying 
the  mental  disease  some  hidden  set  of  associations  which  cause  the  patients  to  react  in 
ways  that  are  peculiar  to  them.  In  this  work  a  great  amount  of  time  is  demanded, 
because  of  the  necessary  microscopical  observations  of  the  patient  and  because  of  the 
full  and  free  discussions  with  the  patients  of  the  mental  phenomena.  There  is  great 
hope  of  cure  in  these  cases  should  it  be  possible  to  get  the  individuals  conversant  with 
their  condition  and  the  cause  therefor,  but  from  the  experience  gained  in  the  examina- 
tions conducted  up  to  the  present  time  it  seems  to  me  that  this  sort  of  investigation  or 
therapeutics  will  be  carried  out  most  speedily  and  to  the  best  interests  of  the  patient 
only  when  the  investigator  has  immediate  charge  of  the  patient  with  whom  the  in- 
vestigation is  being  done.  The  daily  and  almost  constant  contact  which  the  ward 
physician  has  with  the  patient  brings  with  it  a  dependence  of  the  patient  upon  the 
physician  and  the  confidence  necessary  to  obtain  the  proper  reactions.  All  the  in- 
vestigations of  this  character  which  have  so  far  been  published  have  been  carried  out 
by  those  who  were  in  control  of  the  individuals  with  whom  the  work  was  done,  and  it 
may  be  impossible  for  an  investigator  as  such  to  do  this  character  of  work.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  lack  of  time,  perhaps  also  lack  of  method,  on  the  part  of  the  ward 
physician  may  place  this  subject  beyond  investigation  here  under  the  present  circum- 
stances. It  is  intended  to  continue  the  work  and  if  nothing  more  is  accomplished  its 
practicability  will  have  been  demonstrated.  It  is  impossible,  therefore,  to  set  any  date 
at  which  this  work  may  be  completed,  for  so  much  depends  upon  the  individual 
patient  and,  as  has  been  said,  upon  the  amount  of  assistance  that  can  be  given  by  the 
other  members  of  the  staff. 

(6)  The  investigation  of  the  reflexes  in  a  large  number  of  patients  has  been  begun. 
So  far  as  I  am  aware,  there  have  been  only  incomplete  and  sporadic  correlations  of  the 
reflexes  in  the  different  forms  of  insanity,  and  it  is  not  too  much  to  expect  that  if  a  suffi- 
ciently large  number  of  patients  can  be  examined  carefully  the  diagnostic  value  of  the 
reflex  changes  will  be  made  more  apparent  than  it  is  at  present,  or  that  the  valueless- 
ness  of  the  present  methods  may  be  demonstrated.  Already  about  70  patients  have 
been  examined,  and  on  each  one  there  have  been  from  32  to  38  observations  made. 
To  complete  this  work  there  should  be  a  total  of  about  700  to  800  patients  examined. 
To  make  up  this  number  of  observations  would  require  constant  work  for  about  six 
weeks,  working  from  five  to  six  hours  a  day,  if  an  assistant  is  obtainable,  otherwise  it 
will  take  over  twice  as  long  to  complete.  It  should  be  said  that  the  records  already 
taken  were  obtained  with  the  assistance  of  some  of  the  junior  physicians,  but  since  the 
staff  meetings  have  been  in  progress  the  time  of  the  junior  physicians  has  been  more 
fully  occupied  with  other  matters,  leaving  them  little  opportunity  for  work  or  assist- 
ance of  this  character.  This  work  was  temporarily  discontinued  on  account  of  the 
failure  of  the  printer  to  furnish  the  requisite  number  of  printed  forms,  and  has  not  been 
continued  since  that  time  on  account  of  the  demands  of  other  work  which  was  in 
progress. 

In  addition  to  the  correlation  of  the  reflexes  in  a  large  number  of  individuals,  work 
is  in  progress  on  the  careful  examination  of  some  of  the  reflexes  in  certain  selected 
cases.  For  this  latter  work  I  have  devised  and  have  personally  constructed  two  pieces 
of  apparatus,  one  for  measuring  the  time  and  extent  of  the  knee  kick  and  the  time  of  the 
muscular  contraction  causing  the  knee  kick,  the  other  to  measure  the  amount  of  the 
changes  in  the  size  of  the  pupil  accompanying  accommodation  and  the  stimulation  of 
the  light  and  the  consensual  reflex  due  to  light  stimulation.  The  preliminary  stages 
in  the  knee-kick  investigation  have  been  passed.  The  apparatus  has  been  several  times 
changed  and  improved,  but  now  has  been  thoroughly  tested  and  found  satisfactory  for 
measuring  the  time  of  the  reaction.  Since  much  of  this  work  is  mechanical  in  char- 
acter, now  that  the  methods  have  been  devised  and  carefully  worked  over,  it  is  possi- 
ble to  collect  a  sufficiently  large  number  of  observations  and  measurements  and  to 
finish  a  part  of  this  work  and  to  get  it  ready  for  publication  within  about  four  to  six 
weeks,  if  all  the  available  time  is  spent  upon  it,  and  if  the  proper  kinds  of  patients  can 
be  obtained.  So  far  in  the  work  careful  measurements  of  the  time  of  reaction  in  two 
normal  individuals  has  been  determined  as  a  working  standard.  The  results  show  that 
the  average  time  for  one  of  these  individuals  is  0.045  second,  and  for  the  other,  0.051 


310        REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE   INSANE. 

second.  This  time  is  more  constant  than  that  of  the  simplest  voluntary  movement. 
Several  years  ago  I  found  that  in  cases  of  manic-depressive  insanity  with  retardation 
the  time  of  the  knee  kick  was  very  much  longer  than  this  time  from  normal  individuals, 
but  the  methods  used  at  that  time  were  not  so  accurate  as  the  ones  I  am  now  using. 
Should  it  be  found,  however,  that  there  is  a  regular  decrease  in  the  rapidity  of  the  reflex 
in  such  cases,  and  thus  the  earlier  findings  be  confirmed,  weshallhave  notonlya  better 
understanding  of  some  of  the  conditions  in  these  curable  cases  but  the  information  will 
give  us  the  clue  to  the  understanding  of  what  underlies  the  condition  of  depression, 
which  is  associated  with  the  true  retardation.  In  addition  to  the  investigation  of  the 
reflexes  in  cases  showing  retardation  I  am  taking  up  similar  work  on  paretics.  The 
ease  with  which  some  of  the  reflexes  are  fatigued  in  paresis,  a  fact  which  I  discovered 
some  time  ago,  opens  up  the  possibility  of  an  early  diagnosis  in  this  condition,  but  it  is 
premature  to  consider  the  matter  settled  until  many  more  individuals  have  been  tested. 

(c)  In  connection  with  several  members  of  the  staff  careful  observations  have  been 
made  in  a  number  of  cases  with  a  view  to  the  publication  of  the  results  so  soon  as  all 
the  work  can  be  done.  One  series  of  such  observations  has  been  made  on  a  case  of 
polyneuritis  with  Korsakow's  syndrome.  In  this  case  there  was  no  history  of  alcohol, 
lead,  or  other  poisoning  to  account  for  the  symptoms,  and  the  addition  of  certain 
hysterical  symptoms  make  the  case  exceptional  and  worthy  of  publication.  All  the 
clinical  work  on  this  research  has  been  finished.  The  autopsy  and  microscopical 
findings  have  not  yet  been  reported  in  full,  and  until  there  is  a  complete  examination 
of  the  spinal  cord  and  the  peripheral  nerves  it  would  be  unwise  to  prepare  the  material 
for  the  press.  Some  sections  of  the  spinal  cord  and  of  the  nerves  have  been  cut  and 
stained,  but  a  promise  of  a  further  examination  has  been  made.  So  soon  as  the 
pathologist  has  finished  the  preparation  of  the  specimens  illustrating  the  neurological 
changes  and  has  written  an  account  of  his  findings  an  article  embodying  the  results  of 
the  clinical  and  experimental  examinations  can  be  prepared. 

(d)  I  have  on  hand  the  results  of  a  completed  investigation  of  memory  and  appre- 
hension in  the  dementia  of  arterio-sclerosis.  On  account  of  other  work  this  material 
has  not  yet  been  carefully  worked  over,  but  it  probably  needs  no  additions. 

(e)  I  have  also  gone  over  the  results  of  an  investigation,  which  was  begun  about  ten 
years  ago,  on  muscular  and  nervous  fatigue,  to  determine  whether  or  not  it  was  worthy 
of  publication.  I  have  a  mass  of  records  taken  on  normal  individuals  which  bring  out 
some  points  that  have  not  hitherto  been  shown,  but  as  this  investigation  requires  the 
cooperation  of  a  number  of  normal  persons  it  may  be  impossible  to  finish  it  here.  The 
calculation  of  all  the  records  is  completed,  but  there  is  not  sufficient  material  to  warrant 
the  publication  of  the  results  that  are  now  on  hand. 

(/)  One  of  the  greatest  needs  I  have  felt  in  examining  patients  has  been  norms  for 
the  sensations  from  the  body.  Without  careful  examinations  on  a  number  of  normal 
people  the  examinations  of  mental  and  neurological  cases  can  not  well  be  gauged,  and 
I  have  begun  to  collect  observations  on  the  skin  sense  in  a  few  normal  individuals 
with  which  to  compare  similar  results  on  the  abnormal.  The  feature  most  easily 
noticed  and  most  often  studied  in  pathological  cases  is  a  change  in  the  ability  to  move 
or  to  correlate  movements,  and  little  attention  has  been  given  sensory  changes.  Many 
patients  complain  of  certain  feelings,  often  indefinite  in  character,  or  of  peculiar  sensory 
experiences  that  have  previously  been  dismissed  by  asserting  the  peculiar  sensations 
and  feelings  are  illusory  or  delusional.  All  these  feelings  and  sensations  must  have 
some  basis  in  the  organism,  either  stimulatory  or  lack  of  stimulation.  It  is  with  the 
object  of  determining  the  causes  of  these  feelings  and  sensations  in  the  abnormal  that 
this  research  has  been  projected  and  a  beginning  made.  We  must  first  have  the 
observations  in  a  number  of  normal  individuals,  as  has  been  said,  and  to  this  end  I 
have  already  gone  over  one  individual  very  carefully  so  as  to  map  out  on  the  body  the 
relative  sensitiveness  of  the  different  parts.  It  is  necessary  in  this  work  to  take  about 
one  hundred  distinct  areas  for  examination,  and  on  each  area  it  is  advisable  to  make 
at  least  ten  determinations.  This  makes,  with  each  individual  examined,  about  a 
thousand  experiments,  and  we  need  at  least  ten  normal  people  for  this  work.  Once 
the  data  for  normal  persons  have  been  obtained  it  will  be  possible  to  map  the  whole 
body  in  area  of  more  or  less  sensitivity,  so  that  in  any  pathological  case  a  comple  e 
examination  need  not  be  made  unless  the  case  demands  such.  The  acquisition  of 
results  such  as  are  attempted  will  place  us  in  a  position  to  go  over  carefully  such  cases, 
for  example,  as  show  deficient  feeling  of  reality,  and  instead  of  using  a  priori  methods 
will  give  data  showing  the  association  of  these  disorders  with  certain  sensational 
changes  or  the  nonassociation  with  the  sensations  that  have  been  investigated. 

(g)  At  the  time  of  writing  the  last  annual  report  I  noted  that  I  had  been  engaged  in 
preparing  a  scheme  for  the  complete  examination  of  the  mental  condition  of  the 
patients.    This  scheme  was  adopted  and  put  in  force  and  has  been  successfully  used 


REPORT   OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOK   THE    INSANE.  311 

since  that  time.  It  was  later  incorporated  as  a  chapter  of  While's  Outlines  of  Psy- 
chiatry, and  has  been  favorably  reviewed.  It  was  suggested  at  the  time  that  an 
enlargement  of  the  scheme,  to  make  a  short  book,  on  the  examination  of  the  insane, 
would  be  advisable  and  I  collected  materials  for  several  chapters.  The  pressure  of 
other  work  has  prevented  the  continuation  of  this  work,  which  is  not  strictly  investi- 
gation, but  which  is  undoubtedly  part  of  the  function  of  an  investigator  and  which  is 
just  as  strictly  scientific  as  a  research.  Work  of  this  character  should  not  be  done 
rapidly  and,  if  it  is  advisable  to  continue  it,  at  least  six  to  eight  months  will  be  requ  i  red 
for  its  completion.  This  is  on  the  assumption  that  the  book  should  not  be  written  as 
the  daily  work,  but  as  the  relief  work  from  the  daily  routine. 

(h)  The  investigation  of  the  functions  of  the  cerebrum,  with  special  reference  to 
the  association  areas,  has  not  been  continued,  but  it  is  hoped  that  time  will  permit 
the  completion  of  another  section  of  this  work  during  the  coming  year.  In  an  earlier 
paper  it  was  demonstrated  that  the  frontal  lobes  are  concerned  with  the  formation 
and  retention  of  simple  sensory-motor  habits,  and  material  is  at  hand  to  show  that  the 
posterior  association  areas  are  also  so  utilized.  From  the  results  in  hand  it  appears 
likely  that  the  new  work  will  demonstrate  that  the  anterior  and  the  posterior  areas 
are  used  simultaneously  in  the  formation  of  habits,  but  that  the  functions  are  different, 
the  anterior  being  in  control  of  the  motor  part  of  the  association  and  the  posterior  con- 
trolling the  sensory  part.  The  facts  which  have  been  gathered  from  clinical  studies 
support  this  view,  and  during  the  year  I  have  been  gathering  clinical  material  that 
bears  upon  this  question.  This  material  is  no  widely  scattered  in  American,  English, 
German,  French,  and  Italian  magazines  that  it  will  require  several  months  before  all 
of  it  can  be  gone  over  with  any  degree  of  thoroughness.  The  experimental  part  of  the 
work  can  be  carried  on,  however,  without  special  regard  to  the  clinical  material  that 
may  be  collected,  for  the  conclusions  may  be  definitely  formulated  only  from  the 
comparison  of  the  experimental  and  clinical  results,  and  the  clinical  studies  will  not 
influence  the  validity  or  the  general  character  of  the  experimental  studies. 

PUBLICATIONS. 

The  following  publications  by  members  of  the  hospital  staff  have 
appeared  during  the  year: 

By  William  A.  White,  M.  D.,  Superintendent: 

Outlines  of  Psychiatry,  pp.  vi+232. 

The  Nature  of  Insanity.     (Washington  Medical  Annals,  September,  1907.) 

Hospitals  and  Asylums  of  Europe.     (George  Washington  University  Bulletin, 
December,  1907.) 
By  Shepherd  Ivory  Franz,  A.  B.,  Ph.  D.,  Psychologist: 

Examination  of  the  Insane.  Being  Chapter  VII  of  White's  Outlines  of  Psychia- 
try, pp.  65-93. 

Psychology  at  two  international  scientific  congresses.  (Journal  of  Philosophy, 
Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  655-G59.     November,  1907.) 

Ueber  die  sogennante  Dressurmethode  fur  Zentralnervensystems-untersuchungen. 
(Zentralblatt  fur  Physiologie,  Vol.  XXI.     November,  1907.) 

Two  recent  international  scientific  congresses.  (Science,  n.  s.,  Vol.  XXVI,  pp. 
800-802.     December,  1907.) 

A  Noiseless  Room  for  Sound  Experiments.  (Science,  n.  s.,  Vol.  XXVI,  pp. 
878-881.     December,  1907). 

Neurology  at  the  Physiological  Congress,  Heidelberg,  1907,  and  at  the  Congress 
for  Psychiatry,  Neurology,  Psychology,  and  the  Nursing  of  the  Insane,  Amster- 
dam, September,  1907.  (Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology  and  Psychology, 
Vol.  XVIII,  pp.  91-99.     January,  1908.) 

Psychology  and  the  Medical  School.  (George  Washington  University  Bulletin, 
Vol.  VI,  pp.  7-15.     December,  1907.) 

The  Functions  of  the  Frontal  Lobes.  (George  Washington  University  Bulletin, 
Vol.  VI,  pp.  74-75.     December,  1907.) 

A  New  Method  of  Artificial  Respiration.  (George  Washington  University  Bul- 
letin, Vol.  VI,  pp.  72-73.     December,  1907.) 

On  Sleep.     Review  of  the  views  of  Claparede.     (Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psy- 
chology, and  Scientific  Methods,  Vol.  IV.  pp.  161-164.     March,  1908.) 
By  William  H.  Hough,  M.  D.,  Junior  Physician: 

Phlegmonous  Gastritis,   with   Report  of  Case.     (Washington   Medical   Annals, 
March,  1908.) 
By  Monic  Sanger,  Steward:  Perpetual  Inventories.     (The  Bookkeeper,  May,  1908.) 


312 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE. 


FARM  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEPARTMENTS. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  farm  and  garden  products  for  the 
fiscal  year  which  have  been  turned  into  the  storeroom  for  general 
use.  Included  in  these  totals  is  quite  a  quantity  of  garden  truck 
from  the  garden  recently  laid  off  back  of  the  Richardson  Group: 


Farm  and  garden  products. 


Apples barrels . . 

Apples,  crab bushels . . 

Apricots do 

Beans: 

Lima do 

String barrels . . 

Bect& bunches . 

Beets bushels. 

Cabbage heads. 

Carrots bunches . 

Cantaloupes 

Celery bunches . 

Cherries quarts. 

Chickens pounds . 

Corn,  green ears . 

Cucumbers 

Currants quarts. 

Duck pounds. 

Eggs dozens. 

Eggplant 

Goosebenk  s quarts . 

Grapes pounds. 

Honey do . . . 

Kale/ barrels. 

Lettuce heads. 

Milk gallons . 

Onions bunches. 

Onions barrels . 

Oyster  plant 


298 
5 
3 

219 
262 

10,  652 

97 

23,  301 

5,641 

8,561 

19,  231 

605 

1,314 

37,  315 

5,833 

300 

1,203 

5,702 

3,000 

10 

11,  625 
611 
851 

21,  964 

86,  484 

54,  746 

12 


Parsley bunches . . 

Parsnips barrels . . 

Peaches bushels. . 

Pears do 

Peas do 

Peppers,  green do 

Pork pounds.. 

Potatoes : 

Irish bushels. . 

Sweet do 

Radishes bunches . . 

Rhubarb do 

Spinach barrels. . 

Squash : 

Winter 

Summer 

Strawberries quarts . . 

Tomatoes bushels . . 

Turnips do 

Clover  and  timothy  hay,  green, 

tons * 

Ensilage,  corn,  green tons. . 

Corn  fodder do 

Corn,  ear bushels. . 

Hay,  timothy tons. . 

Wheat,  green do 

Clover  and  orchard  grass ...  do 

Oats,  green do 


16,  058 

197 

19 

27 

241 

68 

12,  984 

246 

1,050 

30,  795 

342 

161 

3.747 

14,  332 

654 

1,  134 

1,932 

143 

444 
20 
31 
2 
35 
36 
41 


The  following  list  shows  the  articles  made  and  repaired  in  the 
tailor  shop,  sewing  room,  mending  room,  and  mattress  shop : 


Work  of  tailor  shop,  sewing  room,  mending  room,  and  mattress  shop. 

ARTICLES    MANUFACTURED.  ARTICLES    MANUFACTURED— Continued. 


Aprons: 

Barbers 1 

Dining  room 27 

Gingham 212 

Kitchen 250 

Shoemaker  and  rubber 3 

White 653 

Bags: 

Broom 15 

Clothes 17 

Jelly 23 

B a  nds,  flannel 6 

Bibs 15 

lilouses 790 

Caps: 

Nurses',  rubber 20 

Skull... I 

Surgeons' 12 


Cases: 

Pillow,  cotton 3,  812 

•      Pillow,  rubber 1 

Chemise 814 

Cloths: 

Table,  long 135 

Table,  short 138 

Coats: 

Dentists' 2 

Dairy 12 

Jean 574 

Operating 6 

Overall 261 

Cords  and  tassi  Is 20 

Covers: 

Billiard  table 2 

Bolster 3 

Book 3 


REPORT    OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE    INSANE. 


313 


Work  of  tailor  shop,  sewing  room,  mending  room,  and  mattress  shop — Continued. 


ARTICLES   MANUFACTURED — continued . 

Covers — Continued . 

Brown  linen,  table 2 

Car 27 

Corset 2 

Cushion  and  couch 23 

Piano 1 

Screen 115 

Stand 511 

Swiss,  bureau 96 

Turkey  red 3 

Curtains: 

Cotton 2 

Holland 499 

Sash 18 

Swiss 68 

Transom . .' .      19 

Drawers: 

Boys'  canton  flannel , 8 

Men's  canton  flannel 2,  099 

Women's,  cotton 416 

Dresses: 

Denim 267 

Gingham 701 

Percale 92 

Night,  long 251 

Night,  short 235 

Miscellaneous 163 

Gowns,  operating 11 

Jackets,  boys' 2 

Mittens 8 

Pants: 

Boys' 10 

Citizen's 586 

Dairy 12 

Operating 3 

Overall 612 

Soldier 764 

Petticoats: 

Cotton 841 

Flannel 3 

Pillows 5 

Pieces,  corner 6 

Sacques,  dressing 4 

Sheets: 

Bath 2 

Double 28 

Single 4,949 

Shirts: 

Boys'  under 8 

Blue  flannel 9 

Canton  flannel 1,  438 

Check 2,  389 

Night 1,011 

Shirtwaists,  boys' 5 

Sides,  canvas 2 

Skirts: 

Percale 4 

Nurses' ,  dress 137 

Squares,  outing  flannel 3 

Strainers,  linen 53 

Strops,  razor 6 

Suits : 3 

Suits,  canvas 15 


articles  manupactued — continued. 

Ticks: 

Bolster 1 

Mattress,  double 3 

Mattress,  single 360 

Pillow 360 

Towels: 

Bath 2,575 

Roller 2,273 

Tea 2,699 

Underhandkerchief  s 1 

Vests 301 

Waists: 

Nurses' 46 

Under 6 

WORK   DONE   IN    MATTRESS    SHOP. 

Mattresses : 

Made 360 

Made  over 533 

Mats: 

Cloth,  braided 136 

Cloth,  drawn 48 

Cloth,  husk 50 

Hair  renovated pounds . .  22,  650 

Pillows: 

Made 1 360 

Made  over 595 

Made: 

Cushion,  circular 1 

Bolster 1 

Repaired : 

Clothing pieces. .  839 

Hose pairs. .  1, 144 

REPAIRS    AND    MISCELLANEOUS    WORK. 

Repaired : 

Clothes pieces . .  28,  471 

Hose,  pairs 1,  349 

Miscellaneous 10,  615 

Hemmed : 

Blankets 1,  939 

Napkins 1,  376 

Made: 

Bands 89 

Straps,  buckle 2, 124 

Names  sewed  on 10,  929 

Suits  pressed 26 

WORK     DONE     IN     HOWARD     HALL     WORK- 
ROOM. 

Made: 

Mats 264 

Mitts  and  pads 86 

Repaired : 

Clothes pieces . .  7,  645 

Shoes 335 

Socks pairs . .  505 

Chairs  caned 156 

Heel  plates  put  on 152 


314         REPORT    OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL   FOR    THE   INSANE. 

STOCK. 

The  following  is  a  detailed  statement  showing  the  work  done  by  the 
veterinarian  during  the  year: 

Work  of  the  veterinarian. 

Horses  examined  for  soundness  and  purchased 5 

Cows  inspected,  tuberculin  tested,  and  accepted 26 

Bulls  inspected,  tuberculin  tested,  and  accepted 2 

Cows  inspected  and  condemned  as  unprofitable 38 

Bulls  inspected  and  condemned 2 

Horses: 

Surgical  cases 30 

Medical  cases 6 

Cows: 

Surgical  cases 55 

Medical  cases 32 

Tuberculin  test  of  hospital  herd,  January  14-15,  1908: 

Cows  tested .- 137 

Bulls  tested 3 

Cows  reacting  (tuberculous) 1 

Operations:  Hogs 74 

During  the  year  the  hospital  lost  one  horse,  "Hector/'  through  a 
street-car  accident.  His  back  was  broken  by  a  collision  and  he  was 
humanely  destroyed.  There  were  no  horses  condemned  during  the 
year,  although  two  or  three  are  partially  unserviceable.  Five  horses 
were  purchased  during  the  year  after  being  examined  for  soundness. 

Five  cows  died  during  the  year;  2  of  forage  poisoning,  1  of  indiges- 
tion, 1  lymphadenoma,  and  1  from  traumatic  pericarditis.  In  addi- 
tion to  these  1  cow  was  found  dead  in  her  stall ;  1  was  destroyed  on 
account  of  paralysis,  and  a  third  on  account  of  rupture  of  the  dia- 
phragm, making  a  total  of  8  cows  lost  by  death,  disease,  or  accident. 
The  herd  was  given  its  annual  tuberculin  test  January  14-15,  1908. 
One  hundred  and  thirty-seven  cows  and  3  bulls  were  tested.  One 
cow  reacted  and  has  since  been  destroyed.  She  had  tuberculosis  of 
the  liver,  the  disease  being  localized.  This  very  small  loss  is  very 
gratifying  and  shows  that  this  disease  can  be  admirably  controlled  by 
the  constant  use  of  tuberculin  when  purchasing  animals,  and  making 
a  yearly  test  of  the  entire  herd. 

For  several  years  we  have  known  that  many  of  the  cows  were  unprof- 
itable, but  it  has  been  a  difficult  task  to  discover  them  on  account  of 
the  large  number  of  cows  in  the  herd,  the  uncertainty  of  the  descrip- 
tions given  by  the  milkers,  and  the  very  unreliable  records  of  the  herd. 
To  remedy  these  conditions  a  large  herd  book  was  purchased,  each  cow 
was  ear-marked,  and  a  complete  description  of  each  animal  was 
entered  in  the  herd  book.  Since  January  1,  1908,  the  milk  of  each 
cow  at  each  milking  is  carefully  weighed  and  recorded.  At  the  end 
of  the  month  the  production  of  each  cow  for  that  period  is  recorded  in 
the  herd  book,  which  also  gives  a  complete  record  as  to  the  time  of 
breeding,  the  birth  of  each  calf,  its  sex,  its  disposal,  and  the  final  dis- 
position of  the  cow.  By  these  means  we  are  weeding  out  the  un- 
profitable cows  and  are  only  keeping  such  as  make  a  fair  return  to  the 
hospital.  Thirty-eight  unprofitable  cows  have  been  sold  during  the 
year,  and  both  of  the  common  bulls. 

The  total  loss  to  the  herd  through  death,  destruction,  and  sold  as 
unprofitable  during  the  year  was  47  cows  and  2  bulls.  Up  to  June  30, 
26  cows  and  2  bulls  have  been  added  to  the  herd  through  purchase 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL,  FOR  THE   INSANE.         315 

and  17  cows  contracted  for  to  be  delivered  during  July,  1908.  There 
are  now  139  cows,  12  calves,  and  3  bulls  in  the  hospital  herd. 

The  large  number  of  unprofitable  cows  was  due  largely  to  the  age  of 
the  herd,  which  averages  over  12  years.  A  cow's  usefulness  decreases 
after  the  eighth  year  and  there  have  always  been  too  few  cows  pur- 
chased each  year  to  keep  the  herd  up  to  its  best  work. 

The  hospital  now  owns  3  registered  Holstein-Fresian  bulls  of  the 
best  producing  families.  Two  of  these  are  in  service  and  the  third  is 
7  months  old  and  is  kept  with  the  heifer  herd  at  Godding  Croft. 

There  are  now  12  heifers  started,  and  every  heifer  calf  from  a 
profitable  mother  is  retained  in  the  herd.  Each  calf  is  properly  ear- 
marked and  registered  in  the  herd  book.  The  calves  by  the  full- 
blood  bulls  began  to  arrive  in  June,  but  unfortunately  a  large  pro- 
portion have  been  males.  It  will  be  the  plan  to  raise  30  to  40  heifers 
each  year,  and  if  the  venture  is  successful  very  few  purchases  of 
cows  will  be  necessary  after  1910. 

Plans  have  been  made  for  a  heifer  shed  for  30  calves  at  Godding 
Croft  this  summer.  It  is  made  so  that  wings  can  be  added  as  neces- 
sary. To  supply  the  herd  with  new  stock  it  will  be  necessary  to 
have  60  heifers  growing  at  all  times  and  possibly  75  for  the  first  year 
or  two.  By  this  means  the  hospital  will  get  better  cows  and  run  no 
risk  of  becoming  infected  with  tuberculosis.  As  the  grade  of  cows 
improves  the  hospital  will  get  much  more  milk.  To  insure  an  ample 
supply  of  milk  at  least  200  milking  cows  should  be  kept  at  all  times. 
To  keep  200  to  250  cows,  more  of  the  farm  must  be  utilized  for  raising 
roughage  and  a  complete  up-to-date  system  of  rotation  of  forage 
crops  must  be  adopted.  It  is  realized  that  there  is  no  pasturage  at 
the  hospital  farm,  and  very  little  at  Godding  Croft,  hence  every 
pound  of  fodder,  grass,  silage,  etc.,  must  be  raised  and  cut  for  the 
cows.  It  is  possible  by  proper  methods  to  raise  an  abundance  of 
roughage  feed  on  the  farm,  with  the  possible  exception  of  part  of  the 
clover  hay. 

During  the  past  winter  all  hogs  slaughtered  on  the  farm  were 
inspected  post-mortem  and  any  parts  not  healthy  were  condemned. 

LEGISLATION. 

While  nothing  has  been  accomplished  during  the  past  year  in  the 
way  of  actual  legislation  looking  toward  bettering  the  condition  of 
the  insane,  still  a  great  deal  has  been  accomplished  in  securing  atten- 
tion to  this  subject.  During  the  early  part  of  the  session  of  Con- 
gress Mr.  Olcott,  of  New  York,  introduced  a  bill  (H.  R.  No.  12898), 
which  is  intended  to  remedy  some  of  the  existing  evils.  The  princi- 
pal feature  of  the  bill  is  the  doing  away  with  jury  trials  in  order  to 
commit  patients  to  the  hospital,  unless  such  trial  is  demanded  by 
the  patient,  or  by  some  one  in  his  behalf.  In  a  report  prepared  by 
Mr.  Olcott  setting  forth  the  reasons  for  this  legislation,  a  digest  of 
lunacy  legislation  in  each  State  of  the  Union  is  included,  and  it 
appears  from  the  digest  that  in  a  majority  of  the  States  it  is  not 
obligatory  unless  special  demand  therefor  is  made.  While  it  was  not 
possible  last  year  to  secure  the  passage  of  this  legislation,  the  bill  was 
very  carefully  considered,  and  was  reported  upon  favorably  by  the 
District  Commissioners,  the  Board  of  Trade,  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, and  the  corporation  counsel's  office.     The  amount  of  publicity 


316         REPOKT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

which  the  manner  of  committing  the  insane  was  afforded  by  the 
introduction  of  this  bill,  and  its  consideration  by  these  various  public 
bodies  resulted,  in  addition,  to  a  special  report  upon  the  care  of  the 
insane  in  the  District  of  Columbia  by  the  Society  of  Nervous  and 
Mental  Diseases,  and  also  a  special  report  on  the  same  subject  pre- 
pared by  the  Board  of  Charities  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  which 
latter  was  printed  as  a  Senate  document  (No.  283).  With  all  the 
amount  of  interest  which  has  been  stirred  up  on  this  subject,  and 
the  public  agitation  which  it  has  received,  it  seems  reasonable  to 
expect  legislation  in  the  near  future  which  will  result  in  a  material 
betterment  of  present  conditions. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  me  to  discuss  further  the  question  of  lunacy 
legislation  in  this  place,  as  I  have  been  over  the  whole  subject  in 
previous  annual  reports.  It  is  gratifying  to  know,  however,  that 
reforms  in  this  matter  are  being  agitated  in  various  parts  of  the 
United  States,  and  that  as  a  result  solutions  are  coming  to  the  front 
which  must  help  us.  The  District  of  Columbia  has  been  too  long  in 
the  background  in  this  matter,  and  it  is  time  that  conditions  were 
appreciated  and  something  done. 

ESTIMATES  FOR  THE  FISCAL  YEAR  1910. 

The  appropriations  recommended  for  the  fiscal  year  1909-10  are 
as  follows:  For  the  support,  clothing,  and  treatment  in  the  Govern- 
ment Hospital  for  the  Insane  of  the  insane  of  the  Army  and  Navy, 
Marine  Corps,  Revenue-Cutter  Service,  inmates  of  the  National 
Homes  for  Disabled  Volunteer  Soldiers,  persons  charged  with  or  con- 
victed of  crime  against  the  United  States  who  are  insane,  all  persons 
who  have  become  insane  since  their  entry  into  the  military  service  of 
the  United  States  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  hospital  and  who 
are  indigent,  including  purchase,  maintenance,  and  driving  of  neces- 
sary horses  and  vehicles,  and  of  horses  and  vehicles  for  official  use  of 
the  superintendent,  for  the  indigent  insane  admitted  from  the  District 
of  Columbia,  and  nonresident  insane  persons  under  temporary  care, 
the  sum  of  $609,400.  This  amount  is  based  on  2,770  patients,  at 
$220  per  capita.  Tins  number  is  arrived  at  by  estimating  the  prob- 
able increase  on  the  basis  of  what  the  increase  has  been  in  past  years. 
Pursuing  the  same  method  of  calculation  for  the  District  or  Columbia 
patients,  their  share  is  $301,400,  leaving  $308,000  to  be  provided  for 
in  the  sundry  civil  bill. 

The  last  year  shows  an  increase  in  the  daily  average  population  of 
the  hospital  of  96,  while  the  number  remaining  in  the  hospital  on 
June  30,  1908,  was  137  in  excess  of  the  number  remaining  at  the  close 
of  the  last  fiscal  year.  While  the  average  for  the  year  might  hardly 
indicate  that  2,770  patients  are  to  be  provided  for  for  the  coming 
fiscal  year,  inasmuch  as  the  average  for  the  last  year  was  about  2,665, 
still  the  population  at  the  close  of  the  year  was  2,773,  a  sudden 
increase  having  taken  place  toward  the  end  of  the  year.  It  is  of 
course  difficult  to  say  what  the  next  few  months  will  show,  but  a 
study  of  the  conditions  between  now  and  the  time  when  it  is  necessary 
to  hand  in  the  estimates  to  the  Treasury  Department  may  indicate  the 
desirability  of  a  revision  of  the  above  figures. 

For  expenses  in  returning  escaped  patients  to  the  hospital  the  sum 
of  $1,500  is  asked  to  be  set  apart.  A  decision  of  the  Comptroller 
prevents  the  payment  of  these  expenses  out  of  the  support  fund  of 


REPORT   OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE.         317 

the  hospital  and  makes  it  necessary  that  a  special  appropriation  be 
made  for  this  purpose. 

The  usual  authority  should  be  given  in  the  sundry  civil  bill  to  use 
$1,500  in  defraying  the  expense  of  removal  of  patients  to  their 
friends  on  leaving  the  hospital. 

A  further  provision  in  the  same  bill  is  necessary,  authorizing  the 
sum  of  $1,000  to  be  used  in  the  purchase  of  books,  periodicals,  and 
papers  for  the  use  of  the  hospital  and  for  the  medical  library. 

For  roadways,  walks,  and  grading,  $7,500  is  necessary  to  continue 
the  work  of  grading  the  grounds  and  providing  roadways,  walks,  and 
gutters,  and  for  making  necessary  repairs  and  renewals  of  those 
already  completed. 

For  general  repairs  and  improvements  the  sum  of  $50,000  is  asked. 

Recent  appropriations  for  repairs  that  have  been  granted  have 
been  for  $35,000.  The  estimated  value  of  the  entire  hospital  plant 
is  $5,000,000.  On  this  basis  of  valuation  the  repair  appropriation  is 
seven-tenths  of  1  per  cent.  There  have  been  added  to  the  hospital  by 
the  hospital  extension  15  new  buildings,  at  a  total  cost  of  $1,500,000. 
This  would  have  left  the  $35,000  repair  appropriation  1  per  cent  of 
the  estimated  cost  of  the  plant  previous  to  the  erection  of  the  hos- 
pital extension.  These  buildings,  however,  have  now  been  built  five 
years,  and  repairs  are  beginning  to  have  to  be  made  upon  them.  It 
is  thought,  therefore,  that  a  1  per  cent  basis  of  repair  appropriation 
is  entirely  reasonable.  Repairs  must  necessarily  not  only  increase 
as  the  size  of  the  plant  increases  but  increase  with  the  age  of  the 
several  buildings.  One  per  cent,  which  will  now  meet  the  necessary 
repairs,  might  possibly  in  future  years  be  inadequate.  It  is  hoped, 
therefore,  that  with  the  increasing  size  of  the  institution  and  with 
the  increasing  age  of  the  several  buildings  a  corresponding  increase 
in  the  repair  appropriation  may  be  granted. 

For  new  entrance  and  gate  house  $8,000  is  needed.  The  building 
of  the  hospital  extension,  with  the  location  of  the  offices  in  the  new 
administration  building,  has  removed  the  center  of  the  institution 
from  the  old  main  building  to  the  present  administration  building, 
and  makes  it  desirable  to  provide  a  new  main  entrance  at  the  north- 
ern extremity  of  the  administration  group. 

For  a  new  dairy  barn,  together  with  the  necessary  roadways  and 
grading,  and  the  extension  of  heat,  light,  and  water  systems,  $50,000. 

The  present  buildings,  comprising  the  barns,  piggery,  and  hennery, 
are  located  on  the  east  side  of  Nichols  avenue  and  immediately  front- 
ing upon  it.  Most  of  these  buildings  are  very  old  and  in  a  dilapidated 
condition.     One  of  these  barns  constantly  requires  repairs. 

A  recent  investigation  of  the  dairy  b}^  an  expert  from  the  Agricul- 
tural Department  showed  it  in  a  very  unfavorable  light,  and  indi- 
cated very  clearly  that  steps  should  be  taken  to  improve  the  condi- 
tions. This  can  only  be  done  in  a  satisfactory  and  economical  man- 
ner by  constructing  a  new  plant.  It  is  believed  that  with  the  pres- 
ent agitation  of  the  milk  problem  in  the  District,  which  is  resulting 
in  investigations  along  the  broadest  possible  lines,  it  would  be  advan- 
tageous, from  many  points  of  view,  for  the  Government  to  take  the 
initiative  in  constructing  a  model  and  up-to-date  dairy  plant.  There 
is  only  one  other  plant  in  the  District  owned  by  the  Government, 
namely,  the  Soldiers'  Home,  which  is  at  the  other  extreme  of  the 
District;  and  the  plant  at  this  hospital  is  in  very  poor  condition.  I 
believe  it  should  be  put  in  the  best  condition  possible  for  the  reasons 


318        REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

above  stated,  in  addition  to  the  fact  that  it  is  of  the  highest  impor- 
tance that  such  an  important  and  staple  article  of  diet  in  the  hos- 
pital as  milk  should  be  of  the  best  quality — fresh,  and  free  from  any 
suspicion  of  disease.  For  doing  this  work,  as  stated  above,  $50,000 
will  be  required.  I  secured  the  hearty  cooperation  of  the  Agricultu- 
ral Department  (to  which  I  desire  to  extend  my  thanks)  in  preparing 
plans  for  a  model  dairy.  Its  experts  have  been  over  the  situation 
and  plans  have  been  drawn  in  the  Department  and  estimates  pre- 
pared of  the  cost  of  construction.  It  will  therefore  be  possible  to 
go  to  Congress  with  the  most  approved  plans  for  this  type  of  building. 

To  enable  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  purchase  additional  land 
for  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane,  $50,000,  or  so  much 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary.  In  the  event  of  his  inability  to  make 
such  purchase,  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  shall  proceed  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  providing  a  site  for  the  Government  Printing 
Office,  in  so  much  of  the  act  of  July  1,  1898,  as  is  set  forth  on  pages 
648  and  649  of  volume  30  of  the  Statutes  at  Large,  to  acquire  the 
land  desired;  and  for  the  purpose  of  such  acquisition  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior  shall  have  and  exercise  all  the  power  conferred  upon 
the  Public  Printer  in  such  act.  This  appropriation  to  be  disbursed 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

The  need  of  additional  land  for  the  hospital  has  been  appreciated 
for  some  time,  and  each  successive  superintendent  for  many  years 
past  has  requested  appropriations  for  its  purchase.  The  need  of 
land  has  become  more  acute  of  late  because  all  of  the  new  construc- 
tion has  been  placed  upon  land  previously  used  for  farming  purposes, 
thus  restricting  the  output  of  the  farm  to  such  an  extent  that  it  is 
now  impossible  to  raise  enough  fodder  for  the  dairy  herd.  The  hos- 
pital is  increasing  in  size  at  the  rate  of  upward  of  100  patients  per 
annum,  and  more  buildings  must  be  added  in  the  near  future,  which 
will  still  further  infringe  upon  the  land  used  for  farming. 

For  the  construction  or  an  epileptic  group  to  accommodate  140 
patients,  $140,000  is  asked. 

The  hospital  has  been  increasing  rapidly  in  size  lately,  and  the 
thousand  beds  for  which  the  hospital  extension  was  constructed  are 
already  rilled.  In  certain  portions  of  the  hospital  we  are  beginning 
now  to  see  evidences  of  crowding.  It  is,  therefore,  the  part  of  wis- 
dom to  provide  for  further  growth,  and  in  making  this  provision  it 
is  deemed  desirable  to  build  such  extensions  as  will  enable  a  better 
classification  of  the  hospital  population.  Whereas  the  epileptics  are 
at  present  fairly  well  segregated,  they  are  in  wards  that  were  built 
for  a  different  class  of  patients.  The  buildings  of  an  epileptic  group 
can  be  so  constructed  as  to  admit  of  indefinite  extension,  and  will 
give  this  class  of  patients  a  character  of  surroundings  much  better 
suited  to  them  than  they  now  have,  while  the  wards  they  now  occupy 
can  be  used  for  the  general  purposes  of  the  hospital  population. 
The  estimated  cost  on  a  basis  of  $1,000  per  capita  is  considered  under 
all  present  conditions  to  be  reasonable. 

For  an  iron  fence  to  be  placed  along  the  frontage  of  the  hospital 
grounds  on  the  east  side  of  Nichols  avenue  the  sum  of  $14,000  is 
needed.  This  portion  of  the  hospital  grounds  is  occupied  by  four 
buildings  of  the  hospital  extension,  which  contain  approximately  350 
patients.  There  is  now  along  the  thoroughfare  a  dilapidated,  un- 
sightly wooden  fence,  which  it  is  desired  to  replace  with  a  substantial 
iron  one. 


REPORT  OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE.         319 

For  centralizing  power  and  heating.plant,  remodeling  the  electrical 
layout,  and  substituting  electrical  driven  for  steam-driven  machinery 
in  certain  places,  and  for  certain  other  purposes,  $100,000  is  asked  at 
this  time,  although  the  cost  of  all  the  changes  contemplated  will 
probably  exceed  this  figure  by  approximately  $45,000. 

There  are  at  present  two  centers  for  heating  the  hospital  buildings — 
one,  the  old  boiler  house,  which  was  and  still  is  used  for  the  old  hos- 
pital buildings,  the  other,  the  new  power,  heating,  and  lighting  plant, 
which  furnishes  heat  to  the  hospital  extension.  A  more  economical 
operation  of  the  heating  system  would  result  from  centralizing  these 
two  power  houses.  The  coal  would  not  require  as  much  handling, 
and  a  smaller  force  of  firemen  would  need  to  be  employed,  while  at 
the  same  time  the  heating  system  could  be  operated  to  better  advan- 
tage and  greater  efficiency.  The  old  boiler  house  is  a  very  old  building 
and  many  of  the  boilers  in  it  are  at  present  pretty  well  worn,  so  that 
in  the  course  of  a  comparatively  short  time  they  will  in  any  case  have 
to  be  replaced.  At  the  same  time  the  boiler  capacity  of  the  new 
power,  heating,  and  lighting  plant  is  already  hardly  equal  to  supply- 
ing the  buildings  of  the  new  hospital  extension  with  sufficient  heat 
during  the  coldest  part  of  the  winter,  so  that  additional  capacity  is 
already  required.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  the  rational  thing  to 
do  would  be  to  centralize  all  the  heating  apparatus  in  one  building. 

In  addition  to  the  reasons  set  forth  above  for  granting  this  appro- 
priation the  very  important  additional  reason  exists  that  the  plant  is 
too  large  a  plant  in  which  to  use  the  direct  current  for  distribution. 
The  alternating  current  can  be  used  to  much  better  advantage,  both 
as  regards  economy  and  efficiency.  While  this  alone  might  not  be 
sufficient  reason  for  its  installation  if  the  plant  were  to  remain  as  it  is, 
still  it  becomes  a  very  potent  reason  as  soon  as  additions  to  the  plant 
are  contemplated.  For  example,  the  immense  copper  mains  that  run 
to  the  Richardson  group  are  all  loaded  to  their  full  capacity,  and 
should  it  be  desirable  to  place  an  additional  building  in  connection 
with  this  group  it  would  be  necessary  to  run  a  feed  wire  from  the 
power  house  to  this  building,  a  distance  of  approximately  three-fourths 
of  a  mile.  To  run  a  wire  large  enough  to  distribute  direct  current 
with  a  sufficient  margin  for  a  reasonable  increase  would  mean  an 
immense  outlay  of  money  with  no  commensurate  gain  in  results,  in 
fact  with  a  distinct  loss,  as  it  is  impossible  to  run  a  direct-current  feed 
this  distance  without  some  leakage,  while  with  the  alternating  current 
there  is  practically  no  leakage  at  all.  This  particular  question  has 
arisen  in  connection  with  the  building  of  the  new  amusement  hall, 
the  appropriation  for  which  has  been  granted.  In  order  to  light  this 
hall  with  direct  current  a  very  material  sum  of  money  will  have  to  be 
expended  for  this  purpose  alone,  while  with  the  alternating-current 
installation  the  cost  of  running  the  mains  from  the  power  house  would 
be  relatively  inconsiderable. 

Another  reason  for  this  change  is  the  fact  that  the  direct-current 
mains  that  were  installed  in  the  tunnels  of  the  new  extension  have 
largely  had  their  insulation  destroyed  by  the  combination  of  heat  and 
moisture  therein.  Under  the  conditions  maintained  in  these  tunnels 
electric  wires  should  not  have  been  installed,  at  least  unless  they  were 
lead-covered.  It  seems  therefore  that  in  connection  with  removing 
the  wires  from  these  tunnels,  winch  will  certainly  have  to  be  done 
sooner  or  later,  the  reasonable  thing  to  do  is  to  change  the  whole 


320         REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

installation  to  an  alternating  .current  at  the  same  time.  Another 
condition  that  maintains,  and  which  is  dangerous  to  the  integrity  of 
the  present  installation,  is  the  wooden  conduit  which  carries  the  steam 
lines  and  electric  cables  from  the  power  house  to  the  hill  above.  This 
is  extremely  dangerous,  and  if  it  caught  fire  the  institution  would  run 
the  risk  of  being  deprived  of  both  heat  and  light.  At  the  time  the 
other  alterations  were  made,  as  described  above,  this  defect  could  also 
be  corrected. 

The  plan  of  procedure  is  to  lay  terra-cotta  conduit  in  cement  and 
run  lead-covered  wires  in  this  conduit,  gradually  substituting  at  the 
power  house  alternating  generators  for  the  direct-current  generators 
now  in  use,  and  as  various  circuits  are  completed  taking  the  large  cop- 
per wires  out  of  the  tunnels  entirely,  so  that  the  electrical  and  steam 
mains  will  be  permanently  separated.  These  changes  contemplate 
not  only  the  consolidation  of  the  power  plant  as  it  at  present  stands 
with  the  boiler  house  so  as  to  have  the  power  and  heating  plant  under 
one  roof,  but  also  contemplates  running  wires  to  the  pumping  station 
and  substituting  electrical-driven  machinery  there  for  that  at  present 
in  use.  This  will  centralize  the  power,  heat,  and  lighting  plants  in 
one  place  and  result  in  material  gain  both  in  economy  and  efficiency. 

The  general  plan  of  this  work  has  been  figured  out  to  cover  three 
years,  as  follows: 

Estimates  for  remodeling  heating  and  lighting  plant. 

SUMMARY  FOR  FIRST  YEAR. 

Consolidating  boiler  rooms $49,  000 

Installing  stokers 17, 000 

Installing  new  A.  C.  generator,  switchboard,  transmission  lines,  and  trans- 
formers   13, 000 

Building  conduit. 2, 000 

New  motor-driven  air  compressor 10, 000 

New  motor-driven  pumps  for  condensing  water 1,  500 

New  auxiliary  main 5, 000 

Total 97 ,  500 

Less  value  of  old  apparatus 5, 000 

92,  500 

SUMMARY   FOR    SECOND   YEAR. 

Building  conduit 4, 000 

Replacing  generator  and  installing  new  transmission  mains,  transformers, 

etc 20, 000 

Replacing  D.  C.  motors  with  induction  motors 10,  000 

New  pumps  for  pumping  well  water 2,  500 

New  arc  lamps 500 

Total 37, 000 

Less  value  of  old  apparatus 10, 000 

27, 000 

SUMMARY   FOR  THIRD   YEAR 

Replacing  small  generators  with  new  A.  C.  generators 8,  000 

Installing  new  switchboard,  transmission,  etc 5,  000 

Relay  air  compressor  at  pumping  plant 10,  000 

Replacing  D.  C.  motors  with  induction  motors 8,  000 

Total 31, 000 

Less  value  of  old  apparatus 5,  000 

26,  000 


REPORT   OF    GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE   INSANE.         321 
SUMMARY   OF   ESTIMATES. 

Support $623,  700 

Roadways,  walks,  and  grading 7,  500 

General  repairs  and  improvements 50,  000 

New  entrance  and  gate  house 8, 000 

New  dairy  barn,  with  necessary  roadways,  etc 50,  000 

Additional  land 50,  000 

Iron  fence  on  east  side  of  Nichols  avenue 14,  000 

Centralizing  power  and  heating  plant,  remodeling  electrical  layout,  etc. . .  100,  000 

Construction  of  an  epileptic  group  to  accommodate  140  patients 140,  000 

Total 1,  043,  200 

MEDICAL  STAFF. 

Appointments. — During  the  year  four  medical  internes,  three  males 
and  one  female,  were  appointed  from  the  civil-service  register  of 
eligibles.  They  were  David  G.  Willetts,  M.  D.,  Clarence  R.  Bell,  M.  D., 
William  L.  Sheep,  M.  D.,  and  M.  Edith  Conser,  M.  D. 

Separations. — Dr.  David  G.  Willetts,  medical  interne,  resigned 
December  31,  1907,  to  accept  the  position  of  pathologist  of  the 
Georgia  State  Sanitarium,  at  Milledgeville,  Ga.  Dr.  M.  H.  Darnall, 
medical  interne,  resigned  January  31,  1908,  to  enter  private  practice. 
Dr.  William  N.  Mebane,  medical  interne,  resigned  July  16,  1907,  to 
enter  private  practice  at  Hillsboro,  N.  C. 

Promotions. — Dr.  M.  Edith  Conser  was  promoted  from  the  position 
of  medical  interne  to  the  grade  of  junior  assistant  physician  on  Octo- 
ber 1,  1907.  Dr.  William  L.  Sheep  was  promoted  from  the  position 
of  medical  interne  to  the  grade  of  junior  assistant  physician  on 
April  1,  1908. 

Assignments. — Dr.  Nicholas  J.  Dynan,  medical  interne,  was  detailed 
July  27,  1907,  as  acting  assistant  surgeon,  Public  Health  and  Marine- 
Hospital  Service,  and  assigned  to  Ellis  Island,  N.  Y.,  to  assist  that 
branch  of  the  Service  in  the  detection  of  insane  immigrants.  He 
succeeded  in  this  position  Dr.  Alfred  Glascock,  who,  after  a  like  detail 
at  Ellis  Island,  has  returned  to  his  duties  at  the  hospital. 

GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS. 

The  rapid  and  continuous  growth  of  the  hospital  necessitating  the 
gradual  filling  up  of  the  various  wards,  the  providing  of  additional 
beds,  with  the  general  result  of  an  elimination  of  the  amount  of  space 
available  for  future  expansion,  forces  us  to  consider  the  problem  of 
taking  care  of  the  future.  I  am  reminded  in  this  connection  that 
from  time  to  time  in  the  history  of  the  institution  when  a  new  building 
has  been  erected,  it  has  been  supposed  that  that  building  was  going  to 
be  the  final  necessity,  and  that  no  further  expansion  would  take  place. 
In  each  instance,  however,  these  predictions  have  proved  to  be  erro- 
neous, and  when  we  consider  that  already  the  thousand  beds  for 
which  the  hospital  extension  was  built  are  filled,  and  that  on  June  30, 
1908,  there  were  137  more  patients  in  the  hospital  than  on  the  corre- 
sponding date  of  the  preceding  year,  it  becomes  a  matter  of  ordinary 
precaution  to  endeavor  to  forecast  future  growth  and  to  prepare  to 
meet  it.  Unlike  those  who  have  gone  before,  I  can  see  no  reason  for 
expecting  a  cessation  in  the  increase  in  the  number  of  insane  from  the 
several  sources  from  which  this  hospital  derives  its  population.     The 

58920— INT  1908— vol  1 21 


322         REPORT    OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE. 

personnel,  both  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  is  gradually  increasing,  and 
the  probabilities  are  that  it  will  further  increase  in  the  future,  while 
the  chances  are  greatly  against  any  decrease  in  this  direction.  The 
population  of  the  District  of  Columbia  is  increasing  materially  each 
year.  Last  year  the  police  statistics  indicated  approximately  an 
increase  of  9,000,  and  the  only  source  from  which  we  may  expect 
decrease  in  the  number  of  patients  is  from  the  National  Homes  for 
Disabled  Volunteer  Soldiers.  The  veterans  of  the  civil  war  are  dying 
off  very  rapidly,  but  even  at  the  rate  of  their  present  decrease  it  will 
be  several  years  before  they  all  disappear,  and  I  believe  that  the 
increase  in  the  Army,  the  Navy,  and  the  District  of  Columbia  in  the 
years  to  come  will  more  than  make  up  for  the  decrease  from  the 
Soldiers'  Homes. 

It  will  readily  be  seen,  therefore,  that  the  time  has  come  when  the 
problem  of  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane  should  be  con- 
sidered in  the  large,  and  a  broad  and  consistent  polic}"  outlined  for  its 
future  development.  The  female  department  of  the  hospital  is 
already  filled  beyond  its  nominal  capacity,  while  the  male  department 
is  using  practically  all  of  the  available  buildings  and  wards.  The 
frame  building  known  as  the  " Annex,"  which  was  built  some  yesirs 
ago  as  an  emergency  construction,  it  has  only  been  possible  to  vacate 
recently,  and  it  is  still  doubtful  whether  it  will  be  policy  to  tear  it 
down  or  not,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  it  is  a  type  of  building 
which  ought  not  to  be  maintained  upon  the  hospital  premises. 

We  are  thus  approaching  already  a  condition  of  crowding  in  the 
hospital,  a  condition  the  evils  of  which  we  know  only  too  well,  because 
we  have  so  recently  escaped  them.  I  may  say,  I  think  without  fear  of 
contradiction,  that  crowding  in  an  institution  of  this  character  is  of  all 
single  evils  perhaps  the  greatest.  It  interferes  in  every  way  with  the 
highest  efficiency  in  the  care  and  treatment  of  patients,  and  brings 
about  those  conditions  of  stir-up  and  unrest  among  the  population 
that  gives  rise  to  all  the  petty  disturbances  and  annoyances  that  keep 
an  institution  constantly  in  a  turmoil  of  complaints.  I  may  mention 
a  single  condition  from  which  the  institution  has  been  free  now  for 
over  two  years,  very  largely  I  believe  from  the  lack  of  overcrowding. 
I  refer  to  the  fact  that  during  this  period  of  time  there  has  not  been  a 
single  suicide  in  a  population  aggregating  over  3,000  patients  each 
year.  Unless,  therefore,  some  consistent  scheme  of  expansion  is 
formulated  for  the  future  we  are  threatened  with  all  of  these  evils 
which  impair  the  efficiency  of  an  institution  of  this  sort. 

The  policy  which  is  so  often  pursued  with  reference  to  hospitals 
of  adding  piecemeal  a  building  now  and  again  when  the  population 
becomes  overcrowded  is  far  from  being  the  best  way  to  deal  with  the 
problem.  The  method  of  growth  should  be  along  broad  and  well- 
defined  lines,  and  not  a  piecemeal,  patchwork  affair,  expressing 
itself  only  in  emergency  procedures  of  building. 

As  regards  the  size  or  an  institution  of  this  sort  which  can  be 
efficiently  and  properly  maintained,  there  is  much  difference  of 
opinion.  Personally  I  am  a  believer  in  large  institutions,  in  the 
main  because  of  the  economic  advantages  that  result.  The  buying 
of  supplies,  it  goes  without  saying,  will  be  cheaper  for  a  large  institu- 
I  ion  than  a  small  one,  while  the  top  cost  in  all  departments  is  mate- 
rially lessened.  At  the  same  time  departments  which  are  valuable 
may  be  maintained  at  a  relatively  inconsiderable  cost  in  a  large 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE   INSANE.         323 

institution  where  their  cost  of  maintenance  would  be  prohibitive  in 
a  small  one.  For  example,  scientific  departments  costing  $5,000  or 
$6,000  a  year  can  be  readily  maintained  in  an  institution  spending 
$600,000  or  $700,000  annually,  but  might  well  be  too  expensive  for 
an  institution  expending  only  $100,000  per  annum.  I  see  no  reason 
why,  provided  the  scheme  of  administration  is  changed  to  admit  of 
large  expansion,  an  institution  of  almost  any  magnitude  might  not 
be  efficiently  administered.  Nothing  of  course  but  failure  would 
result,  however,  if  an  effort  were  made  to  carry  on  such  an  institution 
along  the  same  lines  with  reference  to  its  administration  that  are 
efficient  in  a  small  institution.  I  may  say  in  regard  to  this  matter 
of  administration  that  in  the  various  changes  that  I  have  made  in 
the  administrative  department  of  this  hospital  I  have  kept  this  prob- 
lem constantly  in  mind,  and  that  the  administrative  department  is  in 
a  condition  which  will  enable  it  to  grow  indefinitely  and  adapt  itself  to 
the  conditions  of  an  ever  increasing  hospital  with  a  minimum  amount 
of  change. 

I  will  endeavor  now  to  outline  the  problems  which  must  be  con- 
sidered if  the  hospital  is  to  continue  in  its  present  condition  of  effi- 
ciency and  the  lines  along  which  development  naturally  will  proceed. 

Additional  accommodations. — In  the  first  place,  with  the  present 
condition  of  the  hospital  regarding  population,  and  with  the  reason- 
able expectation  of  a  continued  100  per  annum  increase,  it  is  time  to 
consider  the  question  of  providing  additional  buildings.  In  order  to  pro- 
vide additional  accommodations  to  the  best  advantage  in  a  growing 
institution  of  this  sort  it  would  seem  best  to  begin  the  construction 
of  colonies  for  separate  classes  of  patients.  The  first  one  that  would 
naturally  be  considered  at  this  time  is  an  epileptic  colony.  There  are 
at  present  in  the  hospital  approximately  150  epileptics.  Of  this  num- 
ber, the  white  women  are  well  housed  in  an  appropriate  building. 
The  white  male  epileptics  are  provided  for  in  wards  set  aside  for  that 
purpose,  which,  however,  were  not  especially  constructed  for  this  class 
of  patients.  It  would  therefore  be  better  in  arranging  for  the  growth 
of  the  institution  to  build  an  epileptic  colony  to  accommodate  about 
120  patients,  and  so  constructed  that  additional  quarters  could  be 
added  as  this  class  of  the  population  increases.  Thus  the  quarters 
which  are  now  used  for  epileptics,  and  which  are  not  well  adapted  for 
such  purposes,  could  be  utilized  for  the  general  population. 

The  same  method  of  treatment  recommends  itself  in  approaching 
the  tuberculosis  problem.  While  the  tubercular  patients  throughout 
the  hospital  are  at  present  well  accommodated  and  quite  efficiently 
segregated  from  the  rest  of  the  hospital  population,  still  they  are  dis- 
tributed pretty  widely  in  several  buildings,  and  it  would  be  advanta- 
geous to  accumulate  them  in  a  single  colony,  probably  in  a  rather 
remote  part  of  the  hospital  grounds.  The  quarters  which  are  now 
occupied  by  this  class  of  patients  would  then  become  available  for' 
general  purposes.  I  believe  too  that  in  the  not  very  distant  future  it 
may  be  necessary  to  provide  additional  accommodations  for  our 
criminal  insane.  The  present  building  used  for  taking  care  of  this 
class  of  cases,  Howard  Hall,  is  kept  pretty  well  filled  and  is  so  con- 
structed that  the  exercise  ground  inclosed  within  its  walls  is  already 
inadequate  for  the  number  of  patients  that  have  to  use  it.  Unfor- 
tunately it  can  not  be  enlarged,  as  it  is  inclosed  within  the  four  walls 
of    the    building.     If    the    criminal    population    should    materially 


324         REPOKT    OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE. 

increase,  conditions  would  become  very  undesirable  in  this  building, 
and  it  would  be  much  better  to  construct  a  special  department  for  this 
class  of  cases  which  would  lend  itself  to  increase  in  size  if  such  increase 
became  necessary.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  in  providing  for  the 
increased  growth  of  the  hospital  we  can,  in  accordance  with  the  plan 
outlined  above,  at  the  same  time  improve  the  surroundings  and  the 
classification  of  the  population. 

As  the  hospital  grows  it  will  also  become  necessary  to  consider  the 
question  of  housing,  under  proper  conditions  and  supervision,  the 
employees.  At  the  present  time  there  is  a  separate  home  for  the 
female  nurses,  who  are  provided  therein  with  pleasant  and  com- 
fortable surroundings,  and  at  the  same  time  are  subject  to  a  reason- 
able amount  of  administrative  supervision,  while  a  far  less  responsible 
class  of  employees,  for  example,  many  of  those  employed  in  the 
laundry,  kitchens,  and  dining  rooms,  is  permitted  practically  entire 
freedom  because  of  inadequate  facilities  for  housing  them.  These 
conditions  naturally  result  from  time  to  time  in  complaints  and 
complications  which  would  largely  be  done  away  with  if  the  class  of 
employees  in  question  could  be  cared  for  in  the  same  way  as  our  nurses. 
Such  methods  of  dealing  with  the  employees,  too,  makes  for  a  better 
esprit  de  corps  of  the  entire  employee  population.  The  home  for 
male  nurses,  which  is  now  practically  completed,  will  shortly  be  occu- 
pied, and  will  not  only  make  this  class  of  employees  much  more  com- 
fortable but  will  enable  the  utilization  of  the  rooms  they  now  occupy 
for  patients. 

Additional  land. — In  regard  to  the  general  solutions  offered  above 
for  the  expansion  of  the  hospital  it  becomes  necessary  again  to  refer, 
as  I  have  in  previous  reports,  to  the  question  of  the  need  for  additional 
land.  This  need,  perhaps,  is  best  shown  as  a  result  of  a  crop  survey 
recently  made  by  the  Agricultural  Department.  The  principal  idea 
of  this  crop  survey  was  to  get  data  which  will  enable  us  to  utilize  our 
land  to  better  advantage  in  the  raising  of  roughage  for  the  cows.  The 
hospital  maintains  a  herd  of  approximately  200  cows  from  which  it 
derives  its  supply  of  milk.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  milk  can  be 
procured  in  this  way  economically,  the  character  of  milk  which  the 
hospital  requires  can  not  be  bought  in  the  quantities  needed  for  any 
price  in  this  District.  It  therefore  becomes  essential  for  the  hospital 
to  maintain  its  own  dairy  herd,  and  of  course  it  is  economical  to  raise 
as  far  as  possible  the  forage  for  the  herd.  Inasmuch  as  we  were  not 
able  to  raise  sufficient  feed  we  asked  the  assistance  of  the  Agricultural 
Department.  In  summing  up  their  report  they  make  the  following 
significant  statement: 

It  will  be  seen  that  a  total  of  442  acres  is  needed  for  crops.  Counting  200  acres  of 
tillable  land  at  Godding  Croft  and  150  acres  at  the  home  nlace,  there  is  still  a  deficiency 
of  nearly  100  acres. 

This  report  was  made  when  there  was  in  view  only  an  increase  of 
the  forage  for  stock,  without  reference  to  the  use  of  land  for  truck 
gardening  or  for  other  purposes.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  at  the 
present  time  the  hospital  has  not  sufficient  land  on  which  to  raise 
the  necessary  feed  for  its  dairy  herd. 

As  the  hospital  has  been  growing  for  the  past  fifty  years,  practi- 
cally every  addition  in  the  way  of  building  construction  has  been 
made  upon  bmd  that  was  previously  used  for  fanning  purposes,  and 
it  has  now  been  many  years  since  any  additional  land  was  purchased. 


REPORT   OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPJTAL    FUR   THE    INSANE.         325 

At  the  present  time,  therefore,  we  not  only  need  more  land  for  the 
immediate  purposes  set  forth  above,  but  no  scheme  to  provide  for 
future  growth  of  the  hospital  can  be  considered  until  more  land  is 
purchased.  If  we  are  to  have  additional  land  at  all,  and  it  seems 
incredible  that  more  land  should  not  be  provided,  the  time  to  provide 
it  is  now,  before  the  laying  out  of  additional  buildings  becomes 
necessary,  so  that  when  these  building  propositions  come  to  be  con- 
sidered they  may  have  the  benefit  of  the  better  locations  that  addi- 
tional land  will  largely  afford^  For  example,  the  portion  of  the 
grounds  now  set  aside  for  the  female  population  is  practically  fully 
occupied.  The  natural  direction  for  the  expansion  of  this  population 
is  south.  The  hospital  does  not  own  any  further  land  in  this  direction 
upon  which  buildings  could  be  erected.  It  is  therefore  immediately 
desirable  that  this  adjoining  property  should  be  purchased. 

It  is  economically  desirable  if  land  is  going  to  be  purchased,  and  I 
think  I  have  shown  that  it  must  be  purchased  if  the  hospital  is  to  be 
efficiently  maintained,  that  it  should  be  purchased  now.  The  acquir- 
ing of  additional  land  has  been  recommended  time  after  time,  not 
only  by  myself,  but  by  preceding  superintendents,  but  up  to  the 
present  nothing  has  been  done.  Things,  however,  have  now  reached 
such  a  pass  that  it  would  seem  suicidal  to  put  off  action  longer.  In 
this  connection  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  price  of  land  adjoin- 
ing the  institution  is  gradually  but  constantly  advancing,  and  at  a 
conservative  estimate  it  has  doubled  since  the  need  for  additional 
land  was  first  appreciated.  These  prices  will  continue  to  advance, 
for  the  land  immediately  adjoining  the  hospital  is  being  rapidly 
settled  and  built  upon.  I  am  still  of  the  opinion  that  the  way  this 
matter  should  be  handled  is  in  accordance  with  the  recommendations 
which  are  set  forth  in  my  last  annual  report  in  the  following  words: 

Every  effort  on  the  part  of  the  hospital  to  buy  land  has  been  futile,  owing  to  the 
complications  that  have  arisen.  Prices  have  been  asked  for  property  which  were 
prohibitive,  and  all  efforts  to  buy  have  been  blocked  by  competing  owners.  While 
all  this  has  been  going  on,  the  price  of  land  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  has  been 
steadily  increasing,  so  that  land  that  could  have  been  bought  very  cheaply  only  a  few 
years  ago  could  not  be  purchased  now  for  five  times  the  amount  it  was  then  offered  for. 
The  only  way  which  I  can  see  will  relieve  this  situation  is  to  introduce  a  bill  providing 
for  a  detailed  hearing  on  the  subject  before  a  Congressional  committee.  The  hospital's 
needs  will  then  be  clearly  demonstrated,  and  results  could  not  then  be  influenced  by 
the  selfish  interests  of  property  owners.  The  committee  that  investigated  the  hos- 
pital at  the  last  session  of  Congress  recognized  the  needs  of  the  institution  in  this 
respect  and  reported  that  "it  would  be  advantageous  to  the  hospital  and  beneficial 
to  the  patients  if  additional  lands  could  be  obtained." 

Dairy  herd,  barns,  etc. — In  another  way,  but  bearing  indirectly 
upon  the  general  subject  of  expansion,  there  is  at  this  time  being 
carried  on  a  gradual  change  from  the  old  worn-out  herd  of  more  or 
less  profitless  cows  to  a  modern  high-class  herd  which  will  be  capable 
of  giving  all  the  milk  needed.  This  will  take  some  time  to  accom- 
plish, and  means  the  expenditure  of  some  thousands  of  dollars,  as  it 
is  proposed  to  raise  a  home  herd,  segregating  each  year  the  best 
heifer  calves  and  rearing  them  instead  of  purchasing  new  stock.  In 
connection  with  this  project  it  is  hoped  that  Congress  may  finally 
be  induced  to  grant  an  appropriation  for  a  new  dairy  barn  to  replace 
the  present  dilapidated  and  insanitary  structure  which  we  are  com- 
pelled to  use  and  which  makes  it  difficult  to  obtain  desirable  results 
in  the  production  of  milk.  The  removal  of  the  poultry  yard  from  its 
present  position  fronting  on  Nichols  avenue  to  Godding  Croft,  plans 


326  REPORT    OP    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR    THE    INSANE. 

for  which  are  now  in  course  of  preparation,  will  leave  a  space  sufficient 
to  provide  a  site  for  a  new  cow  barn. 

Changes  in  electrical  plant.— A  part  of  this  general  scheme  of  expan- 
sion, and  one  which  can  not  be  disregarded,  is  the  change  from  the 
direct  to  the  alternating  current  for  distributing  light  and  power  to 
the  different  portions  of  the  institution.  The  desirability  and  neces- 
sity for  these  changes  have  been  already  outlined  in  this  report  in 
considering  the  subject  of  estimates,  and  are  only  referred  to  again 
because  they  form  a  part  of  the  matter  being  considered  under  this 
general  head. 

Per  capita  cost. — The  hospital  has  frequently  been  criticised  for 
maintaining  an  unusually  high  per  capita  cost,  namely  $220  per 
annum.  In  connection  with  this  per  capita  certain  considerations 
are  interesting  and  instructive. 

The  per  capita  cost  of  maintenance  of  $220  was  first  made  in  1886, 
when  the  cost  of  the  principal  staple  articles  needed  by  the  hospital 
was  much  lower  than  it  is  at  present.  For  instance,  fresh  beef, 
which  was  in  1886,  0.0715  per  pound;  1891,  0.0543  per  pound;  1896, 
0.0687  per  pound;  1901,  0.0684  per  pound;  1904,  0.071J  per  pound; 
1905,  0.0673  per  pound;  1906,  0.0644  per  pound;  1907,  0.0611  per 
pound;  1908,  0.0698  per  pound,  and  is  at  this  writing  0.0775  per 
pound.  This  being  the  largest  single  item  we  purchase  it  makes  a 
good  comparison  of  the  increased  cost  of  living  and  precludes  any 
idea  of  reducing  the  per  capita  cost.  In  fact  the  annual  report  of  the 
Department  of  Commerce  and  Labor  on  the  cost  of  representative 
staple  articles,  which  has  just  been  issued,  shows  that  the  average 
for  the  year  1907  was  5.8  per  cent  higher  than  for  1906;  44.4  per 
cent  higher  than  for  1897,  and  29.5  per  cent  higher  than  the  average 
for  the  ten  years  from  1890  to  1899. 

By  comparison  during  the  past  few  years  many  institutions  similar 
to  this  have  increased  their  per  capita  cost,  a  few  being  included 
herewith.  Comparing  their  cost  at  the  time  of  the  investigation  of 
this  hospital  by  the  committee  of  Congress  in  1906  with  that  stated 
in  the  last  annual  report  shows  the  following  results :  Maryland  State 
Hospital,  $201.50  to  $209.84;  Middletown,  N.  Y.,  from  $177.49  to 
$189.43;  Northampton,  Mass.,  from  $176.81  to  $196.41;  St.  Law- 
rence, N.  Y.,  from  $176  to  $190.60;  Matteawan,  N.  Y.,  from  $181.05 
to  $194.59;  Manhattan,  N.  Y.,  from  $167.71  to  $172.82;  Connecticut 
Hospital  for  the  Insane,  from  $174.20  to  $186.15,  etc. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  while  the  per  capita  cost  of  the  hospital 
has  remained  stationary  during  all  of  this  period  of  time,  the  cost  of 
the  staple  articles  for  which  it  has  to  pay  in  the  way  of  supplies,  and 
also  in  the  way  of  labor,  have  gradually  and  progressively  increased. 
Comparison  of  per  capita  costs  is  of  course  rather  a  dangerous  way  of 
reaching  conclusions,  as  different  institutions  make  up  their  per  capitas 
by  entirely  different  methods.  From  a  careful  study  of  tins  matter, 
however,  I  think  I  may  safely  say  that  the  per  capita  of  this  hospital 
contains  every  item  that  should  by  any  possibility  be  included  in  it, 
while  the  per  capita  of  many  institutions  excludes  very  many  items. 
Thus  while  the  per  capita  of  this  hospital  has  been  standing  still,  the 
per  capita  of  other  institutions  has  been  gradually  increasing  and 
approaching  it,  while  several  institutions,  particularly  the  smaller 
ones,  have  already  exceeded  it. 


REPORT    OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE    INSANE. 

STATISTICAL  TABLES. 

Admissions  and  discharges. 

REMAINING  JUNE  30,  1907. 


327 


Males. 

Females. 

Total. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

824 
177 

27 
584 

34 
11 

8 
248 

858 
188 

35 

858 

188 

Public     Health    and    Marine-Hospital 

35 

Civil  life 

832 

445 

238 

683 

1,515 

Total 

1,612 

301 

1,913          445 

238 

683 

2,596 

ADMITTED  DURING  THE  YEAR. 


169 
61 

4 
147 

12 
4 

2 
73 

181 
65 

6 
220 

181 

65 

Public    Health    and    Marine-Hospital 

6 

Civil  life 

107 

64 

171 

391 

Total 

381 

91 

472 

107 

64 

171 

643 

DISCHARGED  DURING  THE  YEAR— RECOVERED. 


44 
31 

1 
25 

2 
1 

46 
32 

1 
38 

46 

32 

Public    Health    and     Marine-Hospital 

1 

Civil  life 

13 

20 

18 

38 

76 

Total 

101 

16 

117 

20 

18 

38 

155 

DISCHARGED  DURING  THE  YEAR— IMPROVED. 


Army 

Navy 

Public    Health 

Service 

Civil  life 


and    Marine-Hospital 


Total. 


24 


32 


64 


16 


16 


80 


26 


20 


10 


10 


30 


30 


78 
110 


DISCHARGED  DURING  THE  YEAR— UNIMPROVED. 


Army 

Navy 

Public    Health    and    Marine-Hospital 

Service 

Civil  life 

Total 


25 


24 


28 


29 


33 


DISCHARGED  DURING  THE  YEAR— NOT  INSANE. 


Army 

2 
2 

1 

3 
2 

1 

3 

Navy 

2 

Civil  life 

1 

1 

1 

2 

Total 

4 

2 

6 

1 

1 

7 

328 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE   INSANE. 


Admissions  and  discharges — Continued. 

DECEASED  DURING  THE  YEAR. 


Males. 

Females. 

Total. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

70 
8 

1 

54 

4 
1 

1 

17 

74 
9 

2 

71 

74 

9 

Public    Health    and     Marine-Hospital 

2 

Civil  life. .                          

27 

is"1 

45 

11G 

Total 

133 

23 

156 

27 

18 

45 

201 

REMAINING  JUNE  30,  1908. 


850 
188 

29 
601 

39 
13 

9 

269 

889 
201 

38 
870 

889 

Navy 

201 

Public    Health    and     Marine-Hospital 

38 

Civil  life 

480 

255 

735 

1,605 

Total 

1,668 

330 

1,998 

480 

255 

735 

2,733 

SUMMARY. 


Remaining  June  30, 1907 

Admitted  during  the  year 

1,612 
381 

301 
91 

1,913 
472 

445 
107 

238 
64 

683 
171 

2,596 
643 

Total  number  under  treatment 

1,993 

392 

2,385 

552 

302 

854 

3,239 

Discharged: 

Died 

133 
101 
64 
25 
4 

23 
16 
16 
3 
2 

156 
117 
80 
28 
6 

27 

20 

20 

4 

18 

18 

10 

1 

1 

45 

38 

30 

5 

1 

201 

Recovered 

155 

Improved 

110 

Unimproved 

33 

Not  insane 

7 

Total 

327 

60 

387 

71 

48 

119 

506 

Remaining  June  30,  1908 

1,668 

330 

1,998 

480 

255 

735 

2,733 

Admissions  and  discharges,  classified  according  to  sex,  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908, 
and  since  the  opening  of  the  hospital  in  1855. 


Year  ended  June  30, 1907. 

Since  opening  of  hospital 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Admitted 

472 

171 

643 

13,488 

3,809 

17,297 

Discharged: 

Recovered 

123 
80 
28 

156 
1,998 

39 

30 

5 

45 

735 

162 

110 

33 

201 

2,733 

4,629 
2,083 
381 
4,397 
1,998 

964 
768 
169 
1,173 
735 

5,593 

2,851 

550 

Improved 

Unimproved 

Died 

5, 570 

Remaining 

2,733 

Total  number  of  admissions 

13,488 

3,809 

17,297 

Percentage  of  total  admissions  recovered,  improved,  etc. 


Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Recovered 

34.32 
15.44 
2.82 
32.61 
14.81 

25.31 
20.17 
4.43 
30.79 
19.30 

32.34 

1  mpro\  <:<1 

16.  49 

Unimproved 

3.17 

Died 

32.20 

Remaining 

15.80 

Total 

100. 00 

100. 00 

100. 00 

REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE   INSANE.         329 

Monthly  changes  of  population. 


Admitted. 

Discharged. 

Died. 

Total 
dis- 
charged 
and 
died. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

1907. 
July 

53 

29 
24 
58 
42 
32 

21 
32 
48 
36 
65 
32 

17 
14 
15 
6 
14 
11 

10 
11 
20 
20 
10 
23 

70 
43 
39 

64 
56 
43 

31 
43 
68 
56 

37 
16 
9 
22 
24 
20 

17 
16 
13 

20 

9 
10 

I 

4 

8 

8 
6 
2 
6 

46 
26 
18 
30 
28 
28 

25 
22 
15 
26 
14 
27 

. 

6 
9 

31 
8 

14 

9 
14 
11 
11 
19 
15 

8 
2 
4 
3 
3 
6 

6 
2 
1 
3 
3 
4 

17 
8 
13 
34 
11 
20 

15 
16 
12 
14 
22 
19 

63 

August 

September 

October 

November 

December 

1908. 

January 

February 

March 

34 
31 
64 
39 
48 

40 
38 
27 
40 

75  !          14 
55            23 

36 

J  une 

4 

46 

Total... 

472 

171 

643 

231 

74 

305 

156 

45 

201 

506 

330 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE. 


o  ■*■» 

II 

us  § 


1 


NOOOOt-iOOO^NOINNMOOOONOiflOJINOINCOMOHfflOl^OlOOOOCO 


oo  rH  oo  oq  co  io  (M  i 


•  co  eft  co  <M  < 


odui^^cdcdt^cdodcdoocS 


a  =  § 


Ti'iod'^ddt-iNiocodcoNiocjd'^odi 


OOOOCOOOCNl»OrHCOe2<NOr- 


tfScO  COCN  O  " 


.'^OOHMCOHOOM'^COO'OQiOtOt 


IrtHHCq^H. 


'OiiOOCOONOMOlHlOOOafqaOMiOO^OC  -:i  l  -■ 


I  IN  (NCNCO- 


iTtl^iOlOU3"5tDO»10NhO)0)OOOHH(NN 


f<3 


& 


Eh  5 


§3 


i«OiNOONrHlM0500NOiM(»'*OOHtONOO'<t<iOC<50)N"0(N^cOrHNNrHt^iO(»I^O 


l<NCSl<M03<N<M<NCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO 


■  m^NtoooooiHi'NootONOno^HOoioi't 

00<00000«")MCONOC-HONOOOHO)00'000( 


i  O0  iO  »0  CO  cN  CO 
IWOOHN1NN 


t  CN  CN  <N  CO  CO  ■ 


lONOOiON      -cOiO 


ICO     -C0CN 


lr-CNiOCO(M 


KNOO'*N050005T-HH(Nt-'*MtDNO'*IN'0C0'*t0M(NHi0 


IHr-lMMCOHlOmm       •       ■  "^  rH  CO  CD  lO  CO  I-l  rH  CO  rH  rH  CN  CO  l-t  CO  I 


CO  »C  rH  O  rH  lO  00  rH  r»<  00  CO  CO  00  rH  <N  CO  CO   •   'CM   •  CO  rH  CN  CN  CO  IQ 


ICNCNCNCNCOCOCNKMCOCOCOCOIO-^IOIM'^COCO' 


COlOCOOOrHCOCO-^COOO-^C 

HNMiOOOOONt 

rHCMtNCOi 


>NtOONH«ffliO'         . 

)iocot-~.rricoiocot^t>.oooococ3iiot^o0a5000oi>t^co^' 


C0tNTt<lOlCt^rH00COCOOilOt^'OrH00CN00lOO5C35l 


IHNHHN, 


MMNCC"5NiOO«50>'*(N01MOONiOffl^OOM(»C'lC-)iOCONiONOWXOOO'ONMi(3 

«rj(lfl^noO!0!OOOOH(NOW01»a(»0»C<3Ha«)INNM*0'S,MOOHOO-*iOO^ 

HC<5lOiONHrtHHHH(N(NNNHH(N(NNM(NMMC<3NC<5Cv5COC<5MC>5 


i^hOKMhnhhO"* 


OffliO0)N0C'*'*O'<l,00'<),00OC0COHNMNai*NXaiHH00HC0O!*!DNCCI'*HMH 
(NM(NN'l,OONCOOONCTlOOC!M'<),0'<l'iOaiNCD'<l'C<5COOO!DNOOO(NCOO'*HNNCO<0 


os«)0)OHWcoTi,":ffli>i»aoHNn'tif5'.ONoo(SO 

>  iiO  io  «o  IQ  co  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  i  -  t—  " 

«5iAciNco»OHcim4iooKccoiO 

~>  CO  CO  to  co  co  CO  CO  I  - 


co  i-  r>- 1~- 1^  i-  t~  i  -  i^  i  -  t^  oo  oo  oo  oo 
.  _-*i6cot^ooasorHCM 

iO  lO  iflifliOiiJ'S    -    -   CO  (PCS    -  ■   '-     jOI-I-I-I-I~I-I-I-I-N00M00 

oooooocoooooooooc«ooooooccococxioooooooooocioooc»oooooocec»oo 


REPORT    OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE    INSANE. 


331 


^NOOOIOOMNHVN^^OON 
N»H»NOH«iNOO00f  fi  t^~ 

oScrfaiaSaiodr^o'coodt^t^cdt^cd 

NMONOH  Tji~co"o"0  oTil'  •>*  O  ^ 

cJc5rHa5c5c3oic5od^Hc5o5t^o6t>i 

TNHMN^  cTco  ©'  r-l2C)OOM 
00C000r0C0Oi-H00I--<T'©i-iaiCO'* 

tvoio'od^cot^cdi^csodait^r^cd 

HfflHOM  00~O  05  t>-~  00  OOTTfl  CJ  co 

MHCOOOOOlHHrtMONOKOOl 

,-i  ,_;  ^j  oTim-  do'iNooddoi^od^ 
=o  o"o"^"">o~oo  o  ^i  cTc^~cTio  t-  t^  g~ 

(OO'J'COM^iOCO'^MMOOH'* 

oot5cd^t't^ooc4iot»tdcdo6i-HiM' 

MlMIMtNfMCOCO^^fOCOCOCOCOCO 

i^^'c^Tr-.To^t^^Tc-Y  Vh~coo~c^  ^  on'  " 
(M'cS^Hodcjit^oiTfHTjicooicdt^t^c^ 

*»HM3N"303nNO^ON 
(NOiOOiOO-^t^i-KNt-OOt^IOOlO 

oco'r^oaJo^^odciaccoodcM'-H 

<M(M'M(M(MTlCO^'^COCClfOCOC0CO 
r~-  N  CO  O  O  -tfi  'tJ<"o  hSMOOWO 

oowroowoooHowoaN 
odt^oioJod^Hodo^'-HOCJC'ioiTf! 

H3fflOON'*OaOS>'J'1<SO 
(OcOONNQOOiOHMM^iOiOO 

r4~r4'^^r^rH'i4'i>rcj'c^*'c<r(r<r<N''c<rc^' 

HaiONiOHI'MtDCOOOOKO" 
OHNOONiOiOCOHiOOCOOOO 

rfcDOirOOJCO-^CCOOCOt^OOTl'r-HOi 

<O00N00OW*00Hi0NOll0S01 

toHooxio  coo  eo  in  aoooo  o  o  o 

HaoONMOPSWiOOiOUJHN 

odooo'o6o6^cdict^coo(5t-^3C»d 

Tl<00O)(N00«O00NC000^C/   ~ .    £ 

hnio  t^lo~oo";dlb~;o~aj~<f*l:H  oo  co  co  ' 

ONNNOOffiOHmCCVlOlfllON 

i^^i^i^^^e^c>r(>fc>f  e^fc-fc-fci'c'r 

■V*iOO00C1NfflNt>lOO!HC5  10" 

OOOOON^h-HioOONCOOOO^J 

■^coTTiTfi-<rTr-*|iO'Oiococococot>- 

MIOCNU    itiaOffiMNiNNCOOO" 
t^OSt»C<II^C«5'^,«Ot^00ua!O  CM  CO  h 

HHrtrtHHHNHNWINININIM 

<Nco'*Meooococo^r'<oo>o>o»0T31 

OOCOCOONOOlMCOt-OlOrH  o~io "o~ 
C0-*l'*ir0CO"OlOO2CO000000iO--0i.O 

CO  i-l  OCUO  fflCOMNO  lO^HNOM 
-"Ji^Hi-lCaCNCOCM-^^CO 


lOiOCOi-KOCOOiCOCMiO 


IHNIOOO«OOH( 


iNOOlf 


£S! 


M^NKJH  +? 


IM-H^rtN' 


N00  0>*O0>Hi0  00HOitC0HN 
COOOOOOOlOOiOCO-^OCOOfOOOO 

iHi-HCM<NCMCMCM!Nl-lr-l 


iHH(NM(NHi-(HHH 


'COCIOOOiONOIION^ONt-i 
INOI0005OHC0100000N00Q0N 


rorcooooL^oOTjia>rM'Ti-^co-Ht^(N 
t^Oit^cc-^ocoi-iroioooaiCMcoi^- 

CM  CM  CM  CM  CO  "^  TP  lO  >Q  lO  lO  -f  -^  ■*  ■* 


•*u:tDN 


332 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE  INSANE. 


Nativity  of  patients  admitted  during  the  year  and  since  the  opening  of  the  hospital  in  1855, 


During 
year. 

Since 
1855. 

During 
year. 

Since 
1855. 

Native  born: 

Alabama 

2 
3 

55 

33 

1 

28 

11 

118 

10 

35 

2,221 

21 

103 

237 

218 

16 

50 

41 

228 

51 

137 

1,313 

539 

113 

25 

58 

126 

1 

8 

89 

163 

4 

1,113 

152 

583 

5 

898 

52 

58 

137 

57 

2 

71 

1,742 

73 

74 

1 

493 

Foreign  born— Continued, 

Bohemia ' 

7 

Brazil 

1 

1 

California 

3 

2 

British  East  Indies ' 

6 

Colorado 

British  possessions 

1 

Connecticut 

British  West  Indies 



12 

Dakota 

3 

5 

1 
1 

145 

District  of  Columbia 

84 

1 

3 

10 

12 

2 

3 

3 

7 

4 

2 

29 

14 

8 

Cape  Verde  Islands 

1 

Chile    

1 

Georgia 

Coast  of  Africa 

2 

Illinois 

Costa  Rica 

1 

Cuba 

1 

7 

1 

Iowa 

Denmark 

46 

Kansas 

England 

Finland 

17 

377 

8 

France 

Germany 

Greece 

3 

26 

99 

Maine 

1,585 

7 

Massachusetts 

Holland ! 

17 

Michigan  

Philippine  Islands ' 

1 

Hungary ' 

16 

3 

6 

Iceland 

Ireland 

Italy 

Japan 

Korea 

Malta 

Mexico 

22 
3 

;;;;;;; 

1 

2,253 
72 

Nebraska 

•  2 
3 

7 

7 

New  Hampshire 

1 

3 

14 

10 
22 

4 

North  Carolina 

Newfoundland 

New  Grenada 

1 

3 

Ohio     . 

1 

Norway 

Nova  Scotia 

2 

1 

58 

32 
4 
5 

13 
5 
1 

3 

3 

23 

Panama 

1 

Poland 

1 

29 

Portugal 

8 

Prince  Edward  Island 

3 

Utah 

Prussia 

2 

33 

3 

Russia 

5 

69 

Sandwich  Islands 

3 

Saxony 

6 

Scotland 

4 


103 

112 

Sicily 

3 

g 

Total 

509 

11,567 

4 
3 

102 

70 
6 

Foreign  born: 

1 
2 

70 
1 

17 
8 
1 

Wales 

22 

West  Indies 

2 

26 

4 

5 

Unknown 

372 

Total 

134 

5,730 

Grand  total 

643 

17,297 

Age  of  patients  admitted  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


10  to  15  years 
15  to  20  years 
20  to  25  years 
25  to  30  years 
30  to  35  years 
35  to  40  years 
40  to  45  years 
45  to  50  years 


Male. 


Female. 

Total. 

1 

2 

9 

28 

12 

90 

20 

81 

26 

70 

26 

79 

21 

43 

14 

29 

50  to  60  years . 
60  to  70  years. 
70  to  80  years. 
80  to  90  years. 
Unascertained 

Total... 


Male. 


3fi 


Female 


472 


171 


Total. 


13 

49 

12 

94 

11 

47 

2 

13 

4 

18 

643 


REPORT   OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE.         333 

Civil  condition  of  patients  admitted  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Male. 


Single 

Married 

Widowed 

Divorced 

Unascertained . 

Total 


259 
117 


29 


472 


Female.    Total. 


171 


191 

107 

1 

35 


643 


Duration  of  mental  disease  of  patients  who.  died  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Under  one  month 

One  to  two  months 

Two  to  four  months 

Four  to  six  months    

Six  to  nine  months 

Nine  months  to  one  year 

One  year  to  eighteen  months. . 
Eighteen  months  to  two  years . 

Two  to  three  years 

Three  to  four  years 


Male. 

Fe- 
male 

Total. 

3 

1 

4 

3 

3 

3 

2 

5 

7 

2 

9 

6 

1 

7 

10 

2 

12 

9 

4 

13 

11 

5 

16 

21 

2 

23 

22 

4 

28 

Four  to  six  years 

Six  to  ten  years 

Ten  to  fifteen  years 

Fifteen  to  twenty  years 

Twenty  to  twenty-five  years. 

Over  twenty-five  years 

Unascertained 


Total. 


Male. 


Fe- 
male. 


Total. 


156 


201 


Ages  of  patients  who  died  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


15  to  20  years 
20  to  25  years 
25  to  30  years 
30  to  35  years 
35  to  40  years 
40  to  45  years 
45  to  50  years 


Male 


Fe- 
male. 


Total 


50  to  60  years 
60  to  70  years 
70  to  80  years 
80  to  90  years 
Over  90  years 

Total.. 


Male. 


Fe- 
male. 


Total. 


11  4  1  15 

40  6  46 

36  14  50 

19  3  22 

1    1 


156 


45 


201 


Ages  of  patients  discharged  recovered  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

10  to  20  years 

5 
54 
35 
11 

1 
11 

18 
3 

6 

65 
53 
14 

5 

7 

2 

7 

20  to  30  years 

60  to  70  years 

Total 

! 

a             in 

40  to  50  years 

117 

38                UK 

Physical  diseases  occurring  during  the  year. 


Male. 

Female. 

White. 

Colored. 

White. 

Colored. 

Disease. 

J 

o3 

ft 

ft 

a 
,g 

ft 

S 

o 

ft 

£ 

J 

ft 

i 

o 

ft 
£ 

4J 

l 

o3 
Ph 

O 
ft 

s 
- 

• 

MEDICAL. 

Acne  vulgaris 

3 

- 

3 

Amyotrophic  lateral  sclerosis 

1 

1 

Alopecia  areata 

1 
2 
'3» 

1 

Anaemia,  secondary 

2 

Angina  pectoris 

2 

Aneurism  of  aorta 

1 

1 

3 

334 


REPORT    OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE    INSANE. 


Physical  diseases  occurring  during  the  year — Continued. 


Male. 

Female. 

White. 

Colored. 

White. 

Colored. 

Disease. 

13 
.2 

ft 

a> 
>> 

o 

ft 

s 

1 

ft 

i 

o 
ft 

s 

43 

a 
.2 

ft 

o 
ft 

a 

■Si 

ft 

0    • 
ft 

a 

"3 
0 

medical— continued. 

1 
1 

1 

1 
2 
1A 

Asphyxia  during  epileptic  convulsion 

1 
1 

1 

2 
1 
5 
1 

11 

1 

...... 

1 

1 

Bronchitis 

Cardiac  dilatation 

53 

1 

3 

7 

3 

J 

8 

2           73 
3 

2 
8 

3 

22 
1 
2 
1 

17 
2 
1 
3 
5 

35 

11 
1 
4 
1 
1 
2 

3 

6 

un 

Carcinoma  of  liver 

1 
2 
2 
19 

Cerebral  congestion 

::::::r'T 

i 



Cerebral  hemorrhage 

1    . 

Cerebral  thrombosis 

3 

1                        fi 





1 
3 
18 

...... 



1 
15 

10    

4    

2 

4 
1 

1 

60 

12 



2 



6 
1 

9 

I 

::::::::::"::::::: 

1 

1 
1 

3 

1 



9 

II eat  prostration 

2 
2 

2 
3 
fi 

i 

3 
25 

""45" 

2 
25 

128 
2 
12 
2 

48 

24 

2 

2          9QQ 

| 

2 

21 
9 

4 
1 

4 

3 
5 

5 

2 
4 

Mumps 

Myocarditis 

Nephritis 

Neuralgia 

...... 

68 
3 

1 
1 

:::::::::::: 

1 
12 
1 

1 

6 
1 

1 



i 

6 
1 
3 

:::::: 



93 

::::::     S 

Neuro-retinitis 

2 
1 
2 
1 

L. 

2 

i 

! 

8 

1 

13 

(Edema  of  glottis 

Pancreatitis^hemorrhagic 

i 

1 

1 
1 
6 
3 
3 

10 
4 
2 
1 
1 
4 
1 
9 

l 

6 





i 

Pharyngitis 

2 

1 
2 
3 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

6 
21 

4 
2 
1 
1 
5 
2 
18 
3 
7 
fi 

Pneumonia,  hypostatic 

;        4 

Pyelitis 

1 

1 
1 
3 

1 

4 

2 

1 

5 
4 
10 
11 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

1 

11 

1 

1 

4 
2 

TonsOitis 

14 
5 

24 
..... 

3 

2 

5 
2 

11 

til 

Turberculosls 

11 

Typhoid  fever 

1 
2 
2 

973 

[Jrssmia 

2 

i  rrticarta. 

1 

1 

Total 

516 

101 

97 

3 

100 

70 

80 

G 

REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR  THE   INSANE. 


335 


Physical  diseases  occurring  daring  the  year — Continued. 


Male. 

Female. 

White. 

Colored. 

White. 

Colored. 

Disease. 

i 

Ph 

| 

>-> 
o 

ft 

a 

w 

1 
03 

Ph 

i 

a 

ft 

a 

w 

a 
.% 

o3 

Ph 

6 

I 

o 

ft 

a 

I 

08 

Ph 

I 

o 

P. 

a 

i 

o 

SURGICAL. 

G 

2 
1 
1 



1 
1 

1 

2 

1 

10 

Abscess  of  cervical  gland 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 
(i 
2 

1 

1 

Adenitis,  inguinal 

2 

8 

1 

1 



4 

1  :::::: 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 
2 

3 
2 

1 

2 



3 

2 

1 

1 

1 
2 
2 

1 

2 

2 

4 

3 

3 

6 

2 
1 
1 
5 

2 

1 

2 

1 

Erysipelas , 

5 
2 

2 

2 

12 

4 

4 

2 

1 

6 

2 

2 

2 

1 
1 
3 

1 

Fracture  of  metacarpal  bone 

1 

2 

3 

1 

Fracture  of  phalanx  of  fingers 

* 

i 

1 

1 
1 

1 

9 

1 

Fracture  of  ribs 

1 

1 

2 

Fracture  of  skull 

1 

1 

1 
5 

1 
3 
2 
15 
6 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

10 

1 

1 

Gonorrhoea 

!          1 

4 

1 
7 
1 

1 

4 

1           4 

1 

3 

30 

Hernia,  inguinal 

1 

10 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
5 
3 

! 
I 

1 

2 

2 

1 

8 

Orchitis 

1 

4 

Osteomyelitis 

1 

1 

Peritonitis 

"r :::::: 

1 

4 

i 

2 

1 

1 

Rectal  prolapse 

2 
3 

1 
2 

2 

3 

1 

6 



1 

1 
3 

1 

Sprain  of  knee 

■  ' 

1 

Spra  in  of  wrist 



Stricture  of  urethra ...   . 

3 



Tuberculosis  of  rib  with  abscess 

1    . 

Varicose  ulcers 

5 

:::;:::::::::: 

1                      1                        7 

Total 

128 

7 

17 

38 

8         2fi 

2         227 

336         REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL.  FOR   THE  INSANE. 

Forms  of  mental  disease  of  patients  admitted  during  the  year  ended  June  SO,  1908. 


Infection— Exhaustion  psychoses: 

Collapse  delirium 

Febrile  delirium 

Post-febrile  psychosis 

Toxic  psychoses : 
Endogenous- 
Uraemia  

Exogenous- 
Alcoholism  (other  than  Korsakow's  psychosis) . 

Morphinism 

Mixed : 

Paranoia  and  paranoid  states  not  otherwise  classified . . 

Manic  depressive  psychosis 

Dementia  praecox 

Paresis. 


Psychosis  associated  with  other  diseases: 
Psycho-neuroses — 

Epilepsy 

Hysteria 

Psychasthenia 

Other  nervous  diseases— 

Amyotrophic  lateral  sclerosis 

Chorea 

Exopthahnic  goitre 

Polyneuritis  (including  Korsakow's  psychosis) . 
Organic  disease  and  injury  of  the  brain— 

Arterio-sclerosis 

Syphilis 

Traumatism 

Diseases  other  than  nervous— 

Myxcedema 

Psychosis  associated  with  visceral  disease 

Involutional  melancholia 

Senile  psychosis 

Constitutional  inferiority 

Imbecility 

Not  insane 


Male. 


Total. 


44 
1 
2 

29 

45 
116 
33 


Female. 


106 
2 
22 
10 


Total. 


472 


171 


48 

1 

6 

37 

83 

170 

36 


34 
4 
2 

1 
1 
1 
2 

24 
7 
1 

1 

2 

4 

128 

2 

27 

10 


REPORT   OF    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL   FOR   THE   INSANE. 


337 


Causes  of  death  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Constitutional  diseases: 

Senility 

Diseases  of  circulatory  sys- 
tem: 

Aneurism  of  aorta 

Cardiac  valvular  disease. . 

Cerebral  arte rio-sclerosis. . 

Interstitial  myocarditis. . 
Diseasesof  digestive  system: 

Appendicitis  with  perito- 
nitis..  

Calculous  cholecystitis — 

Cirrhosis  of  liver 

Colitis 

Diarrhea 

Gastritis,  acute 

Pancreatitis,  hemorrha- 
gic  

Peritonitis 

Diseases  of  genito-urinary 
system: 

Cystitis 

Cystitis  with  pyelone- 
phritis  

Nephritis,  interstitial 

Nephritis,  suppurative... 
Diseases  of  glandular  system: 

Addison's  disease 

Goiter 

Splenic  ansemia 

Diseases  of  nervous  system: 

Bulbar  paralysis 

Cerebral  arterio-sclerosis 
with  softenings 

Cerebral  concussion  wnn 
fracture  of  skull 

Cerebral  congestion  with 


Cerebral  hemorrhage 

Cerebral  thrombosis 

Cerebral  softening,  acute 
white 

Cerebral  softenings,  syph- 
ilitic   


Male. 


Fe- 
male. 


Total. 


Disease. 


Diseases  of  nervous  system- 
Continued. 

Decubitis,  neuropathic. . . 

Epileptic  convulsions 

Hemorrhage     of     spinal 
membrane 

Lepto-meningitis 

Maniacal  excitement,  ex- 
haustion from 

Pachymeningitis,     gum- 
matous  

Paresis 

Paresis  with  pulmonary 
gangrene 

Paresis     with     pyelone- 
phritis  

Status  epilepticus 

Diseases  of  osseous  system: 

Fracture  of  femur 

Osteomyelitis 

Diseases  of  respiratory  sys- 
tem: 

Asphyxia  from  oedema  of 
glottis 

Bronchitis,  acute 

Bronchitis,  chronic 

Broncho-pneumonia 

Pneumonia,  hypostatic. . 

Pulmonary  congestion 

Pulmonary  gangrene 

Infectious  diseases: 

Epidemic  influenza 

Tuberculosis,  pulmonary. 

Tuberculosis,  peritoneal. . 
Local  diseases: 

Burn  of  buttocks 

Gangrene  of  foot 

New  growths: 

Carcinoma     of     cervex- 
uteri 

Carcinoma  of  liver 

Carcinoma  of  stomach 

Total 


Male. 


Fe- 
male. 


Total. 


15G 


201 


58920— int  1908— vol  1- 


-22 


338        REPORT   OF  GOVERNMENT  HOSPITAL  FOR  THE  INSANE. 

Summary  of  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 1907. 

RECEIPTS. 

On  hand,  as  stated  in  last  annual  report: 

Support $1, 414. 15 

Repairs 3,167.51 

Miscellaneous  receipts  from  patients 2, 015. 08 

Board  of  Marine-Hospital  Service  patients 2,  020. 21 

Disallowances. 30. 77 


8,647.72 

EXPENDITURES. 

House  furnishings,  fuel,  lights,  etc.: 

Furniture,  fixtures,  etc $3. 90 

Laundry  supplies 63. 60 

67. 50 

Dry  goods,  clothing,  books,  etc.: 

Shoes  and  slippers 1. 50 

Books  and  periodicals 188.  63 

Postage,  stationery,  etc .69 

190. 82 

Medical  supplies,  etc.: 

Dental  supplies,  etc 2. 00 

Repairs  and  improvements: 

Lumber,  etc 575. 00 

Hardware,  etc 1,  643. 54 

Engineers'  and  plumbers'  supplies 1, 134. 09 

Electrical  supplies 2,  677. 20 

6,  029. 83 

Salaries  and  wages: 

Mechanics,  etc 25. 00 

Ward  service 17. 97 

Laundry 2. 40 

45. 37 

Balance  in  United  States  Treasury: 

Support 193.  98 

Repairs 2, 118. 22 

2,312.20 

Total 8,  647. 72 

Summary  of  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 

RECEIPTS. 

Appropriated  for — 

Support $305,  800. 00 

District  of  Columbia  patients 289,  665. 13 

Marine-Hospital  Service  patients 8,  277.  50 

Repairs 35, 000. 00 

Buildings  and  grounds 85,  000. 00 

Board  of  patients 21,  247. 53 

Sale  of  stock 5,  744. 18 

Disallowances 161. 45 

Revision  of  auditor's  settlement 21. 69 

On  hand,  buildings  and  grounds 80,  578. 21 

On  hand,  extension  of  hospital 4,  694. 72 

836, 190.  41 


REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL  FOR   THE   INSANE.         339 

EXPENDITURES. 

Subsistence: 

Flour,  meal,  crackers,  etc $18,  798. 35 

Butterine,  milk,  cheese,  and  eggs 22,  606. 19 

Fresh  meats 33,497.46 

Salt  and  smoked  meats 25,  341. 87 

Fish  and  poultry 13,  394. 83 

Tea  and  coffee 8,  668. 62 

Sugar,  molasses,  etc 12,  940. 69 

Lard 4, 161. 24 

Fruits  and  vegetables 13.  589. 40 

Other  groceries 16,  669 .  11 


House  furnishings,  fuel,  lights,  etc.: 

Furniture,  fixtures,  etc 11,  391. 04 

Bedding 5,  792. 89 

Table  and  towel  linen 1,  079. 93 

Utensils,  crockery,  etc 2, 175. 18 

Kitchen  fittings,  etc 258. 34 

Laundry  supplies 6.  628. 25 

Carpets,  etc 738. 10 

Coal- 
Hard  4,  724. 62 

Soft 84,  773.  70 

Charcoal 12. 00 

Dry  goods,  clothing,  books,  stationery,  etc.: 

Boots,  shoes,  and  slippers 5,  334. 47 

New  clothing 4, 181. 81 

Clothing  material 9, 163. 15 

Hats 481. 31 

Notions 641.13 

Books  and  periodicals 744.  56 

Stationery,  postage,  etc 2,  597. 23 

Freight  and  hauling 231.  53 

Incidental  work,  etc 42. 91 

Photographic  supplies 193.  65 

Medical  supplies,  expended  for  amusements  of  patients,  etc.: 

Drugs,  medicines,  etc 6,  033. 42 

Alcoholic  stimulants 322. 17 

Instruments,  etc 376.  88 

Returning  eloped  patients 202.  50 

Amusement  of  patients 2,  018.  77 

Sending  to  their  homes 75.  70 

Pathological  supplies 681.  68 

Dental  supplies 53.  23 

Musical  instruments,  etc 26.  50 

Farm,  garden,  and  stable: 

Feed 10,  379.  85 

Implements,  horseshoes,  etc 448. 16 

Plants  and  seeds 1,  859.  89 

Manures,  etc 91.  00 

Live  stock 3,  003.  50 

Harness  and  repairs 120.  79 

Vehicles  and  repairs 704. 19 

Hay  and  straw 10, 149.  57 

Incidental  expenses 5.  60 


$169,667.76 


117,574.05 


23,  611.  75 


9,  790.  85 


26,  762.  55 


340         REPORT   OF   GOVERNMENT   HOSPITAL  FOR   THE   INSANE. 

Repairs  and  improvements: 

Lumber,  doors,  etc $7,  492. 34 

Hardware,  etc 11,  902.  71 

Engineers'  and  plumbers'  supplies 12.  430. 42 

Paints,  oils,  glass,  etc 4,  602. 34 

Roofing 181.  29 

Iron  work,  etc 7,  766.  20 

Sundry  small  repairs 48.  50 

Masons'  supplies 656. 99 

Electrical  supplies 1,  658.  88 

Building 5,  934. 43 

—    152,674.10 

Salaries  and  wages: 

Superintendent,  physicians,  and  general  office 51,  023.  76 

Ward  service 103,  619.  77  ' 

Inside  domestic  department 34,  521.  59 

Engineers'  department 33, 158.  90 

Farm  and  garden,  drivers,  etc 35,  363. 37 

Mechanics  and  helpers 28,  529.  92 

Laundry 11,572.14 

Sunday  service 500.  00 

298,289.45 

On  hand: 

Support 1,  738.  58 

Repairs 5,  204.  38 

Buildings  and  grounds 125,  942.  53 

Extension  of  hospital 4.  694.  72 

Payment  to  treasurer  to  take  up  protested  check 72.  29 

Lapsed  into  surplus  fund,  buildings  and  grounds 167.  40 

137,819.90 

Total 836, 190. 41 

The  following  summaries  of  population  and  expenditures  have 
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  a  resolution  of  the  National  Con- 
ference of  Charities  and  Corrections  adopted  May  15,  1906: 

Summary  of  population. 


Number  of  patients  at  beginning  of  fiscal  year 

Number  of  patients  received  during  the  year 

Number  of  patients  discharged  or  died  during  the  year 

Number  of  patients  at  end  of  fiscal  year 

Daily  average  number  of  patients 

Average  number  of  officers  and  employees  during  the  year. 


Male. 

Female. 

1,913 

683 

472 

171 

387 

119 

1,998 

735 

1,965 

699 

455 

260 

Total. 


2,596 

643 

506 

2,733 

2,664 

715 


Summary  of  expenditures . 

Current  expenditures: 

Salaries  and  wages $277,  611. 15 

( llothing 20,  650.  61 

Subsistence 291,  263.  89 

Ordinary  repairs 34,  875.  27 

Office,  domestic,  and  outdoor  expenses 37,  554. 10 

Extraordinary  expenses: 

New  buildings,  land ,  etc 

Permanent  improvements  to  existing  buildings 28,  366.  84 


Tot  al 690,  321.  86 


OF     INTERIOR,     1908. 


0(E3Eh 


C-,  & 


<EY     MAP     OF    THE    GROUNDS    OF    THE    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL     FOR     THE 


REPT.    DEPT.    OF 


\ 


1  J^ J)I^//'/tii/7==^:^/c^^M%^>  ssz^k 


* 


MAP    OF    THE    GROUNDS    OF    THE    GOVERNMENT    HOSPITAL    FOR    THE     INSANE. 


FIFTY-FIRST  ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COLUMBIA 
INSTITUTION  FOR  THE  DEAF  AND  DUMB. 


34 1 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  INSTITUTION. 


Patron. — Theodore  Roosevelt,  President  of  the  United  States. 

President. — Edward  Miner  Gallaudet,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D. 

Secretary. — Charles  S.  Bradley,  esq. 

Treasurer. — William  W.  W.  Parker,  esq. 

Directors. — Hon.  George  C.  Perkins,  Senator  from  California;  Hon.  Charles  N. 
Fowler,  Member  of  Congress  from  New  Jersey;  Hon.  Thetus  W.  Sims,  Member  of 
Congress  from  Tennessee,  representing  the  Congress  of  the  United  States;  Hon.  John 
W.  Foster,  Hon.  David  J.  Brewer,  Hon.  Francis  M.  Cockrell,  R.  Ross  Perry,  esq., 
Theodore  W.  Noyes,  esq.,  of  the  District  of  Columbia;  John  B.  Wight,  esq.,  of  New 
York. 

FACULTY  OF  GALLAUDET  COLLEGE. 

President,  and  professor  of  moral  and  political  science. — Edward  Miner  Gallaudet, 
Ph.  D.,  LL.  D. 

Vice-president,  and  professor  of  languages. — Edward  A.  Fay,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D. 

Emeritus  professor  of  natural  science,  and  lecturer  on  pedagogy. — Rev.  John  W. 
Chickering,  M.  A. 

Professor  of  history  and  English. — J.  Burton  Hotchkiss,  M.  A.,  Litt.  D. 

Professor  of  mathematics  and  Latin. — Amos  G.  Draper,  M.  A.,  Litt.  D. 

Professor  of  natural  science. — Charles  R.  Ely,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D. 

Professor  of  applied  mathematics  and  pedagogy. — Percival  Hall,  M.  A. 

Assistant  professor  of  natural  science. — Herbert  E.  Day,  M.  A. 

Assistant  professor  of  Latin. — Allan  B.  Fay,  M.  A. 

Assistant  professor  of  history  and  English,  and  librarian. — Albert  C.  Gaw,  M.  A., 
D.  C.  L. 

Instructor  in  English  and  Latin. — Elizabeth  Peet. 

Instructor  in  engineering. — Isaac  Allison,  E.  E. 

Instructor  in  gymnastics. — Albert  F.  Adams,  M.  A. 

Instructor  in  drawing. — Arthur  D.  Bryant,  B.  Ph. 

DEPARTMENT    OF   ARTICULATION. 

Professor  in  charge. — Percival  Hall,  M.  A. 

Instructors. — Annie  E.  Jameson;  Albert  C.  Gaw,  M.  A.,  D.  C.  L. 

Normal  fellows. — Ernestine  Faye  Ball,  M.  A.,  Ohio  State  University;  Orville 
Clark  Cone,  B.  A.,  Colgate  University,  New  York;  Edwin  Louis  La  Crosse,  B.  Ph., 
Union  College,  New  York;  Frank  Horace  Reiter,  B.  A.,  Muhlenberg  College, 
Pennsylvania. 

Normal  student. — Florence  Josephine  Ensworth,  Bainbridge  High  School,  New  York. 

FACULTY    OF   THE    KENDALL    SCHOOL. 

President. — Edward  Miner  Gallaudet,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D. 

Instructors. — James  Denison,  M.  A.,  principal;  Melville  Ballard,  M.  S.;  Theodore 
A.  Kiesel,  B.  Ph.;  Sarah  H.  Porter,  M.  A.;  Clara  Taliaferro;  Helen  Fay. 
Instructors  in  articulation. — Anna  S.  Gaw;  Elizabeth  Peet. 

DOMESTIC    DEPARTMENT. 

Supervisor  and  disbursing  agent. — Wallace  G.  Fowler. 

Attending  physician.— D.  Kerfoot  Shute,  M.  D. 

Matron. — Myrtle  M.  Ellis. 

Associate  matron. — Mary  E.  Schenck. 

Boys'  supervisor. — Frederick  W.  Schoneman,  B.  Ph. 

Girls'  supervisor. — Mattie  Maud  Holland. 

Master  of  shop. — Isaac  Allison,  E.  E. 

Farmer  and  head  gardener. — Edward  Mangum. 

342 


FIFTY-FIRST  ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COLUMBIA 
INSTITUTION  FOR  THE  DEAF  AND  DUMB. 


Columbia  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb, 

Kendall  Green,  Washington,  D.  G.,  October  2,  1908. 

Sir:  The  number  of  students  and  pupils  remaining  in  the  insti- 
tution July  1,  1907,  was  115;  admitted  during  the  year,  39;  since 
admitted,  42;  total,  196.  Under  instruction  since  July  1,  1907,  113 
males  and  83  females,  of  which  140  have  been  in  the  collegiate  depart- 
ment, representing  35  States,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Canada,  and 
Scotland,  and  56  in  the  primary  department.  Of  these  38  were 
admitted  as  beneficiaries  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  94  were 
admitted  to  the  collegiate  department  under  the  provisions  of  the 
act  of  Congress  approved  June  6,  1900.  During  the  fiscal  year  28 
were  discharged  from  the  institution  by  graduation  and  otherwise. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  17  colored  deaf-mutes  of  school  age, 
properly  belonging  to  the  District  of  Columbia,  have  in  pursuance 
of  law  been  admitted  through  this  institution  to  the  Maryland 
School  for  Colored  Deaf-Mutes. 

A  list  of  the  names  of  students  and  pupils  who  have  been  under 
instruction  in  this  institution  since  July  1,  1907,  will  be  found 
appended  in  this  report. 

HEALTH. 

Good  health  has  prevailed  generally  among  the  students  and  pupils 
during  the  year,  and  no  death  has  occurred  in  the  institution. 

COURSES   OF  INSTRUCTION. 

No  important  changes  have  been  made  in  the  courses  of  instruc- 
tion, but  it  has  been  decided  to  advance  the  requirements  for  admis- 
sion to  the  college  one  year,  this  change  to  go  into  effect  in  1909.  It 
has  been  found  necessary  to  make  this  advance  in  order  that  the 
standing  of  the  college  shall  compare  favorably  with  that  of  the  col- 
leges of  the  country.  A  circular  giving  detailed  information  as  to 
what  this  change  will  require  has  been  issued  and  sent  to  the  schools 
for  the  deaf  in  the  States. 

LECTURES. 

The  following  special  lectures  have  been  delivered  during  the  year: 

IN   THE    COLLEGE. 

Dartmoor  and  Its  Archaeological  Wonders,  by  President  Gallaudet. 

The  Dreyfus  Case,  by  Professor  Fay. 

The  Founding  of  St.  Augustine,  by  Professor  Hotchkiss. 

343 


344  COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION   FOR   THE  DEAF   AND   DUMB.       , 

On  Horseback  in  Virginia,  by  Professor  Draper. 

Moths  and  Butterflies,  with  exhibition  of  private  collection,  by  Professor  Ely. 

Government  Irrigation  Projects  in  the  West,  by  Professor  Hall. 

Cyrano  de  Bergerac,  by  Professor  A.  B.  Fay. 

Peter  the  Great,  by  Professor  Day. 

The  English  Origin  of  the  Federal  Republic  of  the  United  States,  by  Professor  Gaw. 

IN   THE    KENDALL   SCHOOL. 

Bunty  MacLeod,  the  Boy  Engineer,  by  Mr.  Denison. 

Brave  Boys;  by  Mr.  Denison. 

Abraham  Lincoln,  by  Mr.  Ballard. 

Conduct,  by  Mr.  Kiesel. 

President  Roosevelt  in  Yellowstone  Park,  by  Mr.  Bryant. 

Last  Days  of  Pompeii,  by  Mr.  Clark. 

Alaskan  Experiences,  by  Mr.  Underhill. 

Boyhood  of  Benjamin  Franklin,  by  Mr.  Michaelson. 

Sir  Isaac  Newton,  by  Mr.  Stone. 

RECEIPTS  AND   EXPENDITURES. 

The  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  year  under  review  will  appear 
from  the  following  detailed  statements: 

Receipts  and  expenditures,  maintenance  of  institution. 

RECEIPTS. 

Balance  from  old  account $109.  63 

From  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States 73,  000.  00 

Board  and  tuition 4,  425.  50 

From  treasurer  of  the  institution 2C0. 00 

Total 77,  735. 13 

EXPENDITURES. 

Salaries  and  wages $46,  896.  63 

Miscellaneous  repairs 310. 09 

Household  and  marketing 4, 147.  24 

Meats 5,  290.  96 

Groceries 3,  766.  26 

Butter  and  eggs 1,  921.  72 

Bread 1,  902.  78 

Medical  attendance  and  nursing 905.  05 

Telephone,  electric  clocks,  and  fire  alarms 506.  02 

Furniture- 217.  82 

Dry  goods 642. 17 

Gas 899. 10 

Fuel 3,729.85 

Feed 1,  662.  60 

Medicines  and  chemicals 297.  51 

Books  and  stationery 439.  05 

Hardware 375.  56 

Plants,  seeds,  and  tools 648.  76 

Blac •ksmithing 207.  75 

Carriage  repairs 337.  50 

Ice 385.06 

Live  stock 335.  00 

Incidental  expenses 295.  76 

Stamped  envelopes 63.  72 

Auditing  accounts 300.  00 

Printing 203. 55 

Led  ures 75. 00 

Gymnasium  apparatus 7.  62 

I  Harness  and  repairs 189.  55 

Balance 775. 45 

Total 77,735.13 


COLUMBIA   INSTITUTION   FOR   THE   DEAF    AND   DUMB.  345 

Receipts  and  expenditures,  special  repairs. 

RECEIPTS. 

Treasury  of  the  United  States $5, 000. 00 

EXPENDITURES. 

Lumber $373.  28 

Plumbing  and  steam  fitting 984.  24 

Mason  work 607. 15 

Paper  hanging 230.  65 

Painting  and  carpentry 571.  69 

Whitewashing 84.  00 

Slate  roofing 161.  03 

Asphalt  paving 878.  22 

Linoleum  on  halls 140.  00 

Paints,  oils,  and  glass 458.  58 

Hardware  and  tools 511. 16 

Total 5,  000. 00 

ESTIMATES    FOR   FISCAL   YEAR    ENDING    JUNE   30,    1910. 

The  following  estimates  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1910, 
have  already  been  submitted: 

For  the  support  of  the  institution,  including  salaries  and  incidental 
expenses,  for  books  and  illustrative  apparatus,  and  for  general  repairs 
and  improvements,  $77,000. 

For  repairs  to  the  buildings  of  the  institution,  including  plumbing 
and  steam  fitting,  and  for  repairs  to  pavements  within  the  grounds, 
$5,000. 

For  the  maintenance  and  tuition  of  colored  deaf-mutes  of  teachable 
age  belonging  to  the  District  of  Columbia  in  the  Maryland  School 
for  Colored  Deaf-Mutes,  as  authorized  in  an  act  of  Congress  approved 
March  3,  1905,  $6,000. 

The  first  estimate  is  larger  by  $4,000  than  the  amount  appropriated 
for  the  same  purpose  for  the  fiscal  year  1908 ;  it  is  larger  by  only  $2,000 
than  the  amount  estimated  for  the  fiscal  year  1909.  The  increase 
in  the  prices  of  many  provisions  led  us  to  ask  for  the  amount  we 
did  for  this  year,  and  as  conditions  in  regard  to  prices  remain  prac- 
tically unchanged,  we  are  confident  that  the  amount  asked  for  to 
cover  this  increase  is  not  unreasonable.  The  further  increase  of 
$2,000  is  asked  because  it  is  evident  to  the  board  that  the  salaries 
of  certain  of  our  professors  and  instructors  ought  to  be  moderately 
increased.  These  professors  and  instructors  have  served  several 
years  at  minimum  salaries  and  their  present  rates  of  compensation 
are  quite  below  the  maximum  which  has  been  allowed  in  our  insti- 
tution to  persons  performing  similar  services.  The  board  feels  that 
these  increases  of  salaries  are  entirely  reasonable  and  really  necessary, 
and  hopes  that  Congress  will  not  be  unwilling  to  grant  the  small 
amount  that  will  be  required  for  the  increase  in  salaries. 

The  estimate  for  repairs  is  the  same  as  has  been  granted  for  several 
years. 

The  estimate  for  the  education  of  the  colored  deaf-mutes  of  the 
District  is  somewhat  larger  than  the  amount  appropriated  for  this 
year,  but  it  is  believed  that  the  number  to  be  provided  for  will  be 
sufficiently  greater  to  demand  the  amount  which  is  asked  for. 


A4()  COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION   FOB  THE  DEAF  AND  DUMB. 

THE  EXERCISES   OF  PRESENTATION  DAY. 

The  public  anniversary  of  the  college  was  held  in  the  college  chapel 
on  Wednesday,  May  6. 

Rev.  Charles  Wood,  D.  D.,  pastor  of  the  Church  of  the  Covenant, 
offered  the  opening  prayer. 

The  orations  and  dissertations  delivered  by  members  of  the  gradu- 
ating class  were  as  follows: 

Child  Labor  and  Some  of  Its  Results,  Frederick  Wilhelm  Schoneman,  Illinois. 

The  Artist  in  Verse,  Belle  Harriet  Ren,  Nebraska. 

The  Value  of  Irrigation  to  this  Country,  Alvin  Lehman  Kutzleb,  Kentucky. 

The  Origin  of  the  Week,  Helen  Northrop,  Nebraska. 

Tennyson's  Point  of  View,  Alice  Gertrude  Neldon,  Ohio. 

PRESENTATION  OF  CANDIDATES  FOR  DEGREES. 

The  following  candidates  for  degrees  were  presented  by  Professor 
Fay,  vice-president  of  the  college. 


Degree  of  bachelor  of  philosophy, 

George  Herman  Harper,  Alabama. 

Leo  Ralph  Holway,  Illinois. 

Frederick  Wilhelm  Schoneman,  Illinois. 

Degree  of  bachelor  of  science. 


William  Cooper,  Massachusetts. 
Alvin  Lehman  Kutzleb,  Kentucky. 
Dean  Ellsworth  Tomlinson,  Minnesota. 


Degree  of  bachelor  of  arts. 

Mazie  Florence  Britt,  Kansas. 

Snowa  Pearl  Frost,  Kentucky. 

May  Winifred  Jones,  Ohio. 

Willie  Lee  Kilgore,  Texas. 

Fanny  Payson  Kimball,  Maine. 

Alice  Gertrude  Neldon,  Ohio. 

Helen  Northrop,  Nebraska. 

Belle  Harriet  Ren,  Nebraska. 

Odie  William  Underhill,  North  Carolina. 

Thomas  Stanton  Williams,  Kansas. 

Degree  of  master  of  arts. 

Henry  L.  Stafford,  Washington,  D.  C,  B.  A.,  Gallaudet  College,  1893. 
Robert  S.  Taylor_North  Carolina,  B.'A.,  Gallaudet  College,  1901. 
Oliver  C.  Stevens,  Michigan,  B.  A.,  Gallaudet  College,  1905. 

NORMAL   FELLOWS. 

Degree  of  master  of  arts. 

Edward  Lewis  Michaelson,  B.  A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  Minnesota. 
Isaac  Victor  Stone,  B.  S.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Jersey. 

NORMAL   STUDENTS. 

Margaret  Elizabeth  Compton,  Episcopal  Female  Institute,  Virgin  a. 
Winifred  Northrop,  Nebraska  Normal  College,  Nebraska. 


COLUMBIA   INSTITUTION    FOR  THE  DEAF   AND  DUMB.  347 

REMARKS  OF    PRESIDENT  GALLAUDET    CONFERRING  HONORARY 

DEGREES. 

"The  act  of  Congress  authorizing  and  empowering  the  board  of 
directors  of  this  institution  to  grant  and  confirm  degrees  carried 
with  it  the  power  to  confer  honorary  degrees.  This  power  has  not 
often  been  exercised  by  this  college,  but  as  we  last  year  completed 
fifty  years  in  the  life  of  the  institution  it  seems  fitting  to  exercise 
this  function  at  this  time,  and  I  have  the  honor  to  announce  that 
four  honorary  degrees  have  been  voted  by  the  board. 

"The  degree  of  master  of  arts  is  given  to  Mr.  Charles  S.  Deem, 
of  Jackson,  Miss,  a  gentleman  who  was  a  student  in  this  college  a 
number  of  years  ago.  He  has  been  for  twenty-four  years  an  instructor 
in  the  Mississippi  School  for  the  Deaf,  and  it  is  thought  fitting  that 
he  receive  from  the  college  where  he  nearly  completed  his  academic 
education  the  honorary  degree  of  master  of  arts. 

"The  degree  of  doctor  of  humane  letters  is  conferred  by  colleges 
upon  persons  who  have  attained  distinction  in  educational  and  other 
lines.  Our  board  of  directors  has  voted  to  confer  this  degree  on 
three  men  of  eminence  in  the  education  of  the  deaf: 

"Upon  Mr.  W.  H.  Addison,  who  has  been  for  more  than  twenty 
years  a  prominent  instructor  of  the  deaf  in  Scotland.  He  has  been 
for  a  number  of  years  at  the  head  of  the  institution  in  Glasgow.  He 
has  visited  the  schools  for  the  deaf  in  this  country  several  times,  and 
has  initiated  efforts  for  the  establishment  of  an  institution  for  the 
higher  education  of  the  deaf  in  Great  Britain.  It  has  been  deemed 
fitting  that  in  view  of  his  public  service  in  the  cause  of  the  education 
of  the  deaf  this  honor  should  be  conferred  upon  him  by  our  college. 

"Mr.  Francis  D.  Clarke,  of  Michigan,  has  been  for  almost  forty  years 
an  educator  of  the  deaf.  He  has  been  at  the  head  of  two  institutions 
for  the  deaf,  and  is  now  in  charge  of  the  Michigan  school.  He  has 
contributed  much  to  the  literature  of  our  profession  and  has  in  many 
ways  shown  himself  to  be  a  master  in  the  line  of  educational  work 
among  the  deaf  and  is  worthy  the  honor  shown  him. 

"Mr.  Charles  W.  Ely  has  been  for  more  than  thirty-five  years  the 
head  of  the  Maryland  School  for  the  Deaf.  He  was  an  instructor  of 
the  deaf  in  the  Ohio  institution  for  a  number  of  years  before  he  took 
charge  of  the  Maryland  school,  which  he  has  managed  so  successfully 
all  these  years.  He  has  in  many  ways  contributed  much  to  the  work 
of  educating  the  deaf,  and  we  feel  that  he  is  well  deserving  or"  the  honor 
which  has  been  given  him  by  the  vote  of  our  board." 

In  introducing  the  speaker  of  the  day,  President  Gallaudet  expressed 
his  great  pleasure  at  the  cordial  and  friendly  relations  which  have  long 
existed  between  the  students  of  Georgetown  University  and  those  of 
our  college,  and  between  the  faculties  of  the  two  institutions,  and  said 
that  it  was  most  agreeable  to  have  present  the  honored  president  of 
Georgetown  University,  who  had  kindly  consented  to  address  the 
students. 


348  COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION   FOR   THE  DEAF   AND  DUMB. 

President  Buel  then  delivered  the  following  address: 

PRESIDENT  BUEL'S  ADDRESS. 

"Mr.  President,  Gentlemen  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  and 
Candidates  for  Presentation  for  Degrees  :  It  is  a  great  pleasure 
for  me  to  come  here  to-day  to  speak  to  you,  and  I  esteem  it  a  high 
honor  that  I  have  been  selected  by  your  worthy  president,  Doctor 
Gallaudet,  to  address  you  on  this  occasion. 

"I  presume  that  on  occasions  such  as  this  the  one  who  is  selected 
to  give  the  address  is  expected  to  have  something  to  say  in  the  way  of 
friendly  advice  to  those  about  to  graduate.  It  has  been  some  weeks 
since  I  was  invited  to  give  this  address,  and  while  it  has  not  been  the 
uppermost  thought  in  my  mind  what  I  should  say  on  this  occasion,  I 
have  often  thought  of  what  good  advice  I  could  give  you,  what  whole- 
some advice  I  could  set  before  you. 

"  Several  events  that  have  occurred  within  recent  months  have 
directed  my  thoughts  toward  one  subject  in  particular,  and  I  can  not 
get  away  from  the  fact  that  it  seems  the  only  thing  I  can  say  to  you 
to-day.  At  first  you  may  think  it  strange  that  I  should  select  such  a 
subject  for  an  occasion  like  this,  but  I  hope  to  be  able  to  show  you 
that  there  is  method  in  my  madness.  I  wish  to  say  a  few  words  to 
you  on  the  subject  of  anarchy.  Not  that  I  imagine  for  a  moment 
that  you  are  anarchists.  On  the  contrary,  I  presume  that  you  have 
all  been  law-abiding  students. 

"Yet  it  seems  to  me  that  we  can  well  on  this  occasion  give  the  sub- 
ject some  thought. 

"We  are  fond  of  saying  that  we  English-speaking  people  are  a  law- 
abiding  people.  And,  generally  speaking,  this  is  true.  We  are  a  law- 
abiding  people,  but  little  given  to  anarchy,  while  the  Slavic  peoples 
and  the  Italians  and  others  that  we  can  think  of  have  a  reputation  of 
the  opposite  character. 

"Yet  in  our  country,  in  the  North,  East,  South,  and  West,  we  have 
seen  during  the  past  few  months  striking  instances  of  mob  rule;  we 
have  seen  people  taking  the  law  into  their  own  hands  not  only  in  the 
country  districts,  but  in  our  large  cities,  and  even  in  our  colleges  and 
universities.  We  have  read  in  the  newspapers  of  several  instances  of 
the  college  student  in  his  small  world  playing  the  part  of  the  anarch- 
ist, rising  up  and  refusing  to  obey  constituted  authority.  We  have 
seen  him  going  on  a  strike,  and,  if  we  can  believe  the  newspapers,  going 
so  far  that  all  the  civil  authority  of  the  State  was  not  able  to  restrain 
him  without  much  difficulty. 

"I  take  it  that  we  can  not  believe  everything  we  read  in  the  news- 
papers. I  think  there  is  often  much  exaggeration  in  the  statements 
made  therein.  Still,  I  suppose  there  is  some  foundation  for  what  we 
have  read,  and  that  in  these  cases,  both  in  our  country  at  large  and  in 
our  colleges,  there  have  been  evidences  of  anarchy — uprisings  against 
lawfully  constituted  authority. 

"  It  seems  to  me  that  we  who  claim  to  be  cultured  and  educated  peo- 
ple ( and  you,  my  dear  candidates  for  degrees,  who  are  soon  to  go  out  with 
<  he  seal  of  Gallaudet  College  upon  you,  you  are  going  to  join  the  ranks 
of  cultured  and  educated  men  and  women),  it  seems  to  me  that  it  is  our 
bounden  duty  to  uphold  the  ideal  of  a  law-abiding  people  and  to  dis- 
countenance  any  insubordination  to  lawful  authority  properly  exer- 
cised. 


COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION   FOR  THE  DEAF   AND  DUMB.  349 

"  In  order  that  we  may  more  clearly  see  why  we  should  as  educated 
and  cultured  men  and  women  discountenance  whatever  .tends  to  the 
disregard  of  lawful  authority,  I  would  ask  you  to  recall  with  me  the 
idea  of  society.  By  civil  society  we  mean  a  body  of  persons  collec- 
tively united  by  common  bonds,  under  common  authority,  united  for 
common  interests,  aims,  and  ends. 

"  Just  as  in  the  statue  of  marble  or  bronze  carved  out  by  the  sculptor, 
the  material  part,  the  rough  stone  or  block  of  bronze,  before  it  comes 
from  the  hands  of  the  sculptor  has  no  formal  shape,  so  that  by  his 
skill  he  makes  out  of  the  rough  marble  or  bronze  a  statue  of  George 
Washington,  or  a  statue  of  Abraham  Lincoln  or  of  General  Grant ;  so 
in  the  institution  we  speak  of  as  civil  society  there  is  a  material  ele- 
ment and  the  formal  part  that  brings  it  out  is  what  we  term  authority. 
And  it  is  the  exercise  of  this  authority  that  enables  members  of  society  by 
lawful  means  to  reach  a  common  end.  Thus  lawful  authority  implies 
the  right  of  making  laws  and  of  enforcing  them.  So  we  have  in  the  foot- 
ball team  or  the  baseball  nine,  eleven  men  and  nine  men,  and  the 
authority  of  the  captain  or  coach  which  is  exercised  over  that  baseball 
team  or  football  eleven  is  exercised  to  attain  success  on  the  gridiron 
or  the  diamond  according  to  the  rules  of  the  game.  And  penalties  are 
imposed  on  those  who  do  not  live  and  act  according  to  the  rules  of  the 
game. 

"  And  this,  too,  applies  to  civil  society.  Its  object  is  to  promote  the 
common  welfare.  Man  is  by  his  very  nature  a  social  animal.  He 
must,  if  he  follows  his  nature,  live  in  the  company  of  other  men. 

"Thus  arises  the  need  for  authority,  a  means  of  enforcing  order,  for 
as  the  poet  Pope  says,  '  Order  is  Heaven's  first  law,'  and  the  Holy 
Ghost  inscribes  in  Holy  Writ  that  the  opposite  state  is  where  disorder 
and  confusion  reign. 

"Where  we  have  law  and  order  we  have  peace  and  harmony,  and 
where  we  have  anarchy  and  insubordination  we  have  the  opposite. 
St.  Paul  in  his  letter  to  the  Romans  tells  us  that  all  authority  comes 
from  God,  and  that  therefore  he  who  resists  authority  resists  the  ordi- 
nance of  God,  and  that  they  that  resist  bring  to  themselves  damna- 
tion. Those  of  us  who  believe  that  Paul  is  an  apostle,  that  he  speaks 
words  put  into  his  mouth  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  must  then  believe  that 
resistance  to  lawful  authority  is  an  offense  in  the  sight  of  God. 

"In  this  country  of  ours,  where  we  have  government  of  the  people, 
for  the  people,  by  the  people,  the  question  arises  how  the  authority  of 
God  comes  in.  The  state  is  a  creature  of  God.  There  are  several 
theories  as  to  just  how  the  authority  of  God  is  exercised  in  a  country 
like  this.  The  view  that  appeals  to  me  most  is  that  when  we  choose 
our  presidents,  members  of  congress,  governors,  and  other  officials, 
we  designate  these  persons  on  whom  God  confers  the  authority.  And 
this  shows  us  the  great  mistake  of  taking  the  law  into  our  own  hands, 
of  rising  up  and  refusing  to  accept  authority. 

"As  I  said  in  the  beginning,  I  think  it  is  our  duty  as  educated,  culti- 
vated people  to  uphold  lawful  authority.  It  is  a  menace  to  our  nation 
that  we  can  have  in  our  midst  people  who  take  the  law  into  their  own 
hands,  using  the  torch  and  the  bomb  of  dynamite. 

"It  is  important  that  we  exercise  extreme  care  not  to  let  the  spirit 
of  disregard  to  lawful  authority  lay  hold  on  us.  Just  once  overstepping 
the  moral  law  has  seemed  to  good  men  a  danger.  They  trunk  it 
means  a  breaking  of  the  fiber  of  the  being,  that  it  sulhes  the  conscience, 


350  COLUMBIA   INSTITUTION   FOR   THE  DEAF   AND  DUMB. 

and  makes  it  easier  to  go  wrong  again.  May  it  not  be  true  in  nations 
as  with  individuals,  that  in  the  nation  where  there  are  cases  of  an- 
archy here  and  there  the  nation  may  have  its  moral  fiber  deterio- 
rated, if  not  disintegrated,  by  not  checking  this  disregard  of  lawful 
authority  at  the  very  beginning. 

"It  is  something  that  we  ought  to  bear  in  mind.  It  should  give 
us  pause  for  thought,  and  cause  us  to  reflect  that  upon  us,  the  edu- 
cated, cultivated  people  of  the  country,  rests  the  obligation  to  stand 
for  the  cause  of  law  and  order,  upon  the  preservation  of  which  depends 
the  safety  and  welfare  of  our  country. 

"This,  then,  is  the  thought  I  meant  to  put  before  you  to-day. 
You  are  going  out  in  a  few  weeks  from  the  institution  that  has  fos- 
tered you  and  trained  you.  You  will  go  to  all  parts  of  the  country, 
for  all  the  educational  institutions  of  Washington  are  more  or  less 
national  in  character.  You  come  from  North,  East,  South,  and  West. 
Carry  with  you  when  you  go  hence  those  high  principles  which  you 
have  learned  here.  Show  there  by  your  lives  in  the  communities  in 
which  you  reside  that  you  are  exerting  all  your  influence  on  the  side 
of  law-abiding  people,  keeping  ever  high  the  standard  of  obedience  to 
lawful  authority  properly  exercised. 

"In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  congratulate  you  that  you  have  come 
successfully  so  far  in  your  course,  and  I  take  it  that  you  who  have 
done  so  well  thus  far  will  finish  equally  well,  that  you  will  pass  your 
final  examinations,  and  that  you  will  go  forth  and  be  a  credit  not 
only  to  this  institution,  winch  has  fostered  you  so  carefully,  but  to 
our  whole  country  at  large.' ' 

The  exercises  of  the  day  were  closed  with  the  benediction  by  Rev. 
John  W.  Chickering,  emeritus  professor  in  the  college. 

CONFERRING    OF  DEGREES. 

On  the  closing  day  of  the  term,  June  17,  degrees  were  conferred  in 
accordance  with  the  recommendations  of  presentation  day. 

MEETING    OF    THE    CONVENTION    OF    AMERICAN 
INSTRUCTORS   OF  THE  DEAF. 

A  meeting  of  the  Convention  of  American  Instructors  of  the  Deaf, 
an  organization  chartered  by  Congress,  was  held  at  Ogden,  Utah,  July 
3-10,  in  the  State  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Blind  located  in 
that  city.  Professors  Hall  and  Gaw,  of  our  college  faculty,  repre- 
sented this  institution,  and  presented  papers  of  value.  Professor  Hall 
was  elected  secretary  of  the  convention  and  Professor  Gaw  was  assist- 
ant secretary  and  official  stenographer.  A  copy  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  convention  will  be  presented  to  Congress,  as  required  by  law. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted  by  order  of  the  board  of 
directors. 

E.  M.  Gallaudet,  President. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


COLUMBIA   INSTITUTION    FOR   THE   DEAF   AND   DUMB. 


351 


CATALOGUE  OF   STUDENTS  AND  PUPILS, 

IN  THE  COLLEGE. 


Alabama: 

G.  Herman  Harper. 

Walter  D.  Bell. 

Alton  M.  Bell. 
Arizona: 

Ethel  F.  Eaton. 
Arkansas: 

Ora  H.  Blanchard. 

James  S.  Bowen. 

Zeb  Edmiston. 

Dean  Horn. 

Mamie  L.  Wallace. 
California: 

Golda  M.  Fitzgerald. 

Leslie  A.  Elmer. 
Colorado: 

Mabel  J.  Jensen. 

John  C.  Clesson. 
Connecticut: 

Michael  Lapides. 
District  of  Columbia: 

Maud  E.  Edington. 
Florida: 

Alice  A.  Nicholson. 

Abbie  M.  Goff. 
Georgia: 

Henry  S.  Morris. 
Idaho : 

Leora  M.  Hughes. 

Lulu  M.  Lewis. 
Illinois: 

Leo  R.  Holway. 

Frederick  W.  Schoneman. 

Goldie  A.  Newman. 

Iva  M.  Robinson. 
Indiana: 

Leon  P.  Jones. . 
Iowa: 

Sarah  B.  Streby. 

Walter  F.  Poshusta. 

Luverne  S.  Byrne. 

Melvin  Lien. 

Ragnhilda  Lee. 

Erne  S.  Gifford. 

Elizabeth  R.  Rhoades. 

Hubert  B.  West. 

Ransom  H.  Arch. 
Kansas: 

Mazie  E.  Britt. 

Thomas  S.  Williams. 

Mary  J.  Gillman. 

M.  Edetha 'Williams. 

John  T.  Hower. 

Homer  E.  Grace. 

William  Schaefer. 

George  E.  Pinto. 

Cora  A.  Denton 
Kentucky: 

Snowa  P.  Frost. 

Alvin  L.  Kutzleb. 

Adolph  N.  Struck. 

Rose  K.  Bode. 


Maine: 

Fannie  P.  Kimball. 

Leo  K.  Holmes. 

Patrick  J.  Thibodeau. 
Manitoba: 

Charlotte  H.  Jameson. 

Archibald  H.  MacDonald. 

Archibald  Wright,  jr. 
Maryland: 

Thomas  J.  Blake. 
Massachusetts: 

Charles  A.  Malloch. 

William  Cooper. 
Michigan: 

Margaret  M.  Leveck. 

Harold  Preston. 

George  Burkart. 

Gottlieb  Bieri. 

George  F.  Gorman. 

Ida  M.  Linabury. 

Inez  I.  Snyder. 

Belle  Van  Ostrand. 

Norman  D.  McDonald. 

Otto  Buby. 
Minnesota: 

Dean  E.  Tomlinson. 

Frederick  J.  O'Donnell. 

Ellen  D.  Johnson. 

Clarence  Sharp. 

Philip  E.  Cadwell. 

Mary  M.  Fossan. 

Eva  Bush. 

Petra  F.  Fandrem. 
Mississippi: 

Shelby  W.  Harris. 
Missouri: 

Elmer  Talbert. 

Mary  I.  Morrison. 

Russell  P.  Handley. 

Jennie  F.  Susman. 
Nebraska: 

Hattie  B.  Ren. 

Helen  Northrop. 

Anna  V.  Johnson. 

Maude  E.  Roath. 

James  Morehouse. 

Eugene  Hogle. 
New  Jersey: 

Morton  H.  Henry. 
New  York: 

Arthur  B.  Dillon. 

Samuel  Cohen. 

Edwin  W.  Nies. 

Vernon  S.  Birck. 

Margaret  G.  Sherman. 
North  Carolina: 

Odie  W.  Underhill. 

Emma  L.  Pike. 

George  H.  Bailey. 

Virgie  A.  Haywood. 

Charles  E.  Jones. 

Harley  Brendall. 

Sarah  K.  Herring. 


352 


COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION   FOR   THE  DEAF   AND  DUMB. 


CATALOGUE  OF  STUDENTS  AND  PUPILS— Continued. 

IN  THE  COLLEGE— Continued. 


•North  Dakota: 

Gilbert  J.  Isackson. 

Carl  Anderson. 

Olga  Anderson. 
Oregon: 

Bird  L.  Craven. 

Emery  E.  Vinson. 

Harry  Gardner. 
Ohio. 

Winifred  M.  Jones. 

Alice  G.  Neldon. 

William  N.  Toomey. 

John  H.  Mueller. 

William  H.  Arras. 

Helena  Froelich. 

Emma  J.  Neumann. 
Pennsylvania: 

Francis  M.  Holliday. 

Philip  R.  Schroedel. 

Emily  A.  S.  Blackwood. 

Mary  H.  Burns. 

Hume  L.  Battiste. 

Carl  M.  Bohner. 

Charles  W.  W.  Campbell. 

J.  Wilbur  Gledhill. 

Frederick  H.  Hughes. 

William  W.  King. 


Pennsylvania — Continued. 

J.  Clarence  Reinmiller. 

Charles  E.  Sommer. 
Scotland : 

Angus  C.  Mclnnes. 
South  Carolina: 

Annie  L.  D wight. 
South  Dakota: 

Jessie  A.  Beardsley. 

Ella  S.  Olen. 

Ada  R.  Studt. 

Willie  L.  Kilgore. 

Robert  L.  Davis. 

Mary  B.  Sharp. 

Thomas  L.  Anderson. 

Grover  C.  Farquhar. 
Washington : 

Bertha  Thiessen. 

Alice  S.  Hammond. 
Wisconsin: 

Harry  Hansmann. 

Harold  Linde. 

Otto  Schulze. 

Helen  Wilcox. 
Wyoming: 

Baxter  W.  Mosey. 


IN  THE  KENDALL  SCHOOL. 


Delaware: 

Walter  Carmean. 

Robert  Johnston . 

Arthur  Long. 

Lewis  J.  Long. 

Raymond  Webb. 
District  of  Columbia: 

Raymond  Allen. 

Benjamin  Beaver. 

Frank  Berman. 

Wallace  Edington. 

Morton  W.  Galloway. 

William  A.  Gray. 

Frederick  D.  Hill. 

William  U.  Lynch. 

John  W.  McCauley. 

John  Mcintosh. 

John  C.  Miller. 


District  of  Columbia — Continued. 

James  A.  Nash. 

Francis  E.  Ridgeway. 

Joseph  P.  Riley. 

William  J.  Riley. 

Sylvan  J.  Riley. 

Charles  Shepherd. 

Leonard  Stark. 

Joseph  Stinson. 

Charles  Sullivan. 
Minnesota: 

Carl  Torell. 
New  Jersey: 

Frank  E.  W.  McMahon. 
New  York : 

Clinton  F.  C.  Ensworth. 
South  Carolina: 

Osgood  A.  Darby. 


FEMALES. 


Delaware: 

Ida  Ellingsworth. 
Cynthia  Hearne. 
Florence  Johnston. 
Isabelle  Long. 
Ellen  J.  McCabe. 
Mary  O'Rourke. 
Olivia  Peterson. 
Glendora  Tavlor. 


District  of  Columbia: 
Mary  E}.  Blocher. 
Caroline  E.  Cox. 
Myrtle  E.  Connick. 
Maud  E.  Edington. 
Louise  Golding. 
Beatrice  Holland. 
Elsie  Hutchins. 
Grace  G.  Kelly. 


COLUMBIA  INSTITUTION   FOR  THE  DEAF   AND  DUMB.  353 

CATALOGUE  OF  STUDENTS  AND  PUPILS— Continued. 

IN  THE  KENDALL  SCHOOL— Continued. 

females — continued. 

District  of  Columbia — Continued.  District  of  Columbia — Continued. 
Margaret  M.  Lewis.  Laura  Sykes. 

Ida  M.  Littleford.  Alice  Woolford. 

Matilda  Maddox.  Florence  Young. 

Annie  P.  Neitzey.  Illinois: 
Virgie  E.  O'Neill.  Rose  Edna  Congdon. 

Pearl  J.  Pearson.  West  Virginia: 
Sophia  Stansbury.  Frances  V.  Wagner. 

REGULATIONS. 

I.  The  academic  year  is  divided  into  three  terms,  the  first  beginning  on  the  Thursday 
before  the  last  Thursday  in  September  and  closing  on  the  24th  of  December,  the 
second  beginning  the  2d  of  January  and  closing  the  last  of  March,  the  third  beginning 
the  1st  of  April  and  closing  the  Wednesday  before  the  last  Wednesday  in  June. 

II.  The  vacations  are  from  the  24th  of  December  to  the  2d  of  January,  and  from 
the  Wednesday  before  the  last  Wednesday  in  June  to  the  Thursday  before  the  last 
Thursday  in  September. 

III.  There  are  holidays  at  Thanksgiving,  Washington's  Birthday,  Easter,  and 
Decoration  Day. 

IV.  The  pupils  may  visit  their  homes  during  the  regular  vacations  and  at  the  above- 
named  holidays,  but  at  no  other  time,  unless  for  some  special,  urgent  reason,  and  then 
only  by  permission  of  the  president. 

V.  The  bills  for  the  maintenance  and  tuition  of  pupils  supported  by  their  friends 
must  be  paid  semiannually  in  advance. 

VI.  The  charge  for  pay  pupils  is  $250  per  annum.  This  sum  covers  all  expenses 
in  the  primary  department  except  clothing,  and  all  in  the  college  except  clothing 
and  books. 

VII.  All  deaf-mutes  of  teachable  age,  of  good  mental  capacity,  and  properly  belong- 
ing to  the  District  of  Columbia,  are  received  without  charge.  To  students  from  the 
States  and  Territories  who  have  not  the  means  of  defraying  all  the  expenses  of  the 
college  course  the  board  of  directors  renders  such  assistance  as  circumstances  seem 
to  require,  as  far  as  the  means  at  its  disposal  will  allow. 

VIII.  It  is  expected  that  the  friends  of  the  pupils  will  provide  them  with  clothing, 
and  it  is  important  that  upon  entering  or  returning  to  the  institution  they  should  be 
supplied  with  a  sufficient  amount  for  an  entire  year.  All  clothing  should  be  plainly 
marked  with  the  owner's  name. 

IX.  All  letters  concerning  pupils  or  applications  for  admission  should  be  addressed 
to  the  president. 

X.  The  institution  is  open  to  visitors  during  term  time  on  Thursdays  only,  between 
the  hours  of  10  a.  m.  and  3  p.  m.  Visitors  are  admitted  to  chapel  services  on  Sunday 
afternoons  at  3  o'clock. 

XI.  Congress  has  made  provision  for  the  education,  at  public  expense,  of  the 
indigent  blind  of  teachable  age  belonging  to  the  District  of  Columbia.  Persons 
desiring  to  avail  themselves  of  this  provision  are  required  by  law  to  make  application 
to  the  president  of  this  institution. 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 23 


REPORT  OF  THE  FREEMEN'S  HOSPITAL. 


355 


FREEDMEN'S  HOSPITAL. 


BOARD  OF  VISITORS. 

GEORGE  W.  EVANS.  JOHN  J.  DARBY,  M.  D. 

JAMES  T.  PARKER. 

STAFF.     * 

W.  A.  WARFIELD,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  in  Chief. 

W.  C.  McNEILL,  M.  D.,  First  Assistant  Surgeon  and  Executive  Officer. 

CONSULTANTS. 

Medical— F.  J.  SHADD,  M.  D.;  ROBERT  REYBURN,  M.  D. 
Surgical.— NEIL  F.  GRAHAM,  M.  D. 
Obstetrical— THOMAS  C.  SMITH,  M.  D. 
Gynecological— J .  TABOR  JOHNSON,  M.  D. 

VISITING  STAFF. 
MEDICAL. 

January,  February,  March.— H.  W.  FREEMAN,  M.  D.;  J.  B.  NICHOLS,  M.  D 
April,  May,  June.—T).  W.  PRENTISS,  M.  D.;  GEO.  W.  CABANISS,  M.  D. 
July,  August,  September.— ROBT.  W.  BROWN,  M.  D.;  THOS.  MARTIN,  M.  D. 
October,  November,  December.— H.  W.  FREEMAN,  M.  D.;  J.  B.  NICHOLS,  M.  D. 


January,  February,  March. — E.  A.  BALLOCH,  M.  D. 
April,  May,  June.—WM.  A.  JACK,  Jr.,  M.  D. 
July,  August,  September.— WM.  A.  JACK,  Jr.,  M.  D. 
October,  November,  December.— V.  A.  BALLOCH,  M.  D. 
Necroscopist.—J).  S.  LAMB,  M.  D. 

OBSTETRICAL. 

January,  February,  March,  April— N.  R.  JENNER,  M.  D. 
May,  June,  July,  August— E.  D.  WILLISTON,  M.  D. 
September,  October,  November,  December.— J  NO.  R.  FRANCIS,  M.  D. 
Genito-urinary.—R.  A.  FOWLER,  M.  D. 

INTERNES. 

R.  R.JOHNSON,  M.  D.  W.  H.  WILSON,  M.  D. 

R.C.  HUNTER,  M.  D.  B.  M.  RHETTA,  M.  D. 

OUT-PATIENT  DEPARTMENT. 

MEDICAL. 

Monday.— SIDNEY  BEHREND,  M.  D.  Thursday.— E.  A.  TIGNOR.  M.  D. 

Tuesday.- -C.  A.  TIGNOR,  M.  D.  Friday.— HENRY  FREEMAN,  M.  D. 

Wednesday.— SIDNEY  BEHREND,  M.  D.  Saturday.— ALBERT  RIDGELEY,  M.  D. 

MINOR  SURGERY. 

Wednesday,  Friday.- PAUL  JOHNSON,  M.  D. 

EYE  AND  EAR. 

Tuesday,  Thursday,  Saturday.  -R.  S.  LAMB,  M.  D.;  CARL  HENNING,  M.  D. 

NOSE  AND  THROAT. 

Wednesday,  Saturday.— J.  J.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.;  R.  R.  WALKER,  M.  D. 

DERMATOLOGY. 

Friday.— H.  A.  ROBBINS,  M.  D.;  ARTHUR  J.  HALL,  M.  D. 

NERVOUS. 

Monday,  Thursday.— WM.  L.  ROBINS,  M.  D.;  J.  C.  TAPPIN,  M.  D. 

3  A  BAH  L.  TUFFS,  Directress  of  Training  School  MARY  J.  JONES,  Matron. 

II.  S.  POPE,  Phar.  D.,  Pharmacist.  HARRY  CARDOZO, Clerk. 

J.  L.  FITZGKRALD,  Assistant  Pharmacist.  L.  R.  WORMLEY,  Assistant  Clerk. 


356 


REPORT  OF  THE  FREEDMEN'S  HOSPITAL 


Washington,  September  9,  1908. 

Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  for  your  consideration  the  annual 
report  of  the  Freedmen's  Hospital  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 
1908. 

There  was  a  considerable  increase  in  the  work  over  the  previous 
year,  and  the  results  attained  have  been  correspondingly  satisfactory, 
notwithstanding  the  hospital  occupied  its  old  quarters  for  eight 
months  of  the  year,  with  all  its  attending  drawbacks. 

The  hospital  was  transferred  to  the  new  buildings  February  26, 
1908,  one  hundred  and  twenty-nine  patients  being  moved  without 
mishap.  The  completion  and  occupation  of  the  new  hospital  mark 
an  epoch  in  the  history  of  this  institution.  From  an  asylum  for  the 
aged  and  infirm,  it  has  grown,  by  reason  of  the  liberality  of  a  generous 
Government,  to  a  modern  institution,  first  class  in  every  respect,  the 
work  classified  into  several  departments,  with  an  organization  similar 
to  that  of  the  leading  hospitals  of  the  country,  differing  only  in  its 
relations  to  the  General  Government.  These  satisfactory  conditions 
are  the  direct  result  of  a  reorganization  which  began  May  12,  1898, 
when,  by  order  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  a  board  of  visitors, 
consisting  of  three  officials  of  that  department,  was  appointed.  The 
organization  thus  begun  and  subsequently  developed,  viewed  from 
an  administration  standpoint,  made  the  hospital  equal  to  the  best. 
The  practical  operation  of  the  plan  in  obtaining  results  and  safe- 
guarding the  interests  of  the  patients,  the  great  object  of  our  endeav- 
ors, after  all,  was  assured,  and  in  most  instances  the  grounds  for 
complaints  have  been  more  imaginary  than  real. 

There  were  154  patients  remaining  in  the  hospital  at  the  beginning 
of  the  year;  2,434  were  admitted  and  235  births  occurred  during  the 
year,  making  a  total  of  2,823  persons  under  care.  Of  this  number, 
1,964  were  received  as  residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  under 
contract  with  the  Board  of  Charities,  and  859  were  admitted  as  non- 
residents. A  total  of  2,692  were  discharged,  as  follows:  1,624  recov- 
ered; 632  improved;  113  unimproved;  36  not  treated;  287  died; 
leaving  131  in  the  hospital  at  the  beginning  of  the  current  fiscal  year. 
Fifty-four  of  the  deaths  occurred  within  twenty-four  hours  after 
entering  the  hospital,  their  condition  on  admittance  being  such  as  to 
render  hospital  aid  of  no  avail.  Every  year  this  class  of  patients  is 
larger  than  it  should  be,  due,  undoubtedly,  to  many  people  seeking 
the  hospital  as  a  last  resort. 

The  surgical  work  was  heavier  than  ever  before,  1,005  operations 
being  performed  with  a  mortality  of  13,  almost  99  out  of  every  100 
operations  being  successful. 

357 


358 


FREEDMEN  S   H0SPIT4L. 


The  following  cases  were  treated  in  the  out-patient  department: 
Medical,  1,641;  surgical,  573;  ear,  nose,  and  throat,  619;  eye,  417; 
gynecological,  283;  nervous,  317;  skin  and  geni to-urinary,  1.169 — a 
total  of  5,019,  which  is  388  more  than  the  previous  year. 

The  following  tables  show  in  detail  the  medical  and  surgical  work: 

Record  of  medical  and  surgical  diseases. 


bfio 

aS 

'3 

'3 

1 

Admitted. 

Discharged. 

>> 

Disease. 

White. 

Colored. 

"3 
0 

0 

X3 

> 
0 
n 

ft 

1 

g 

ft 

i 

p 

0) 

g 

O 

O 

6 

1 

i 
i 

6 

e 

"3 

I 

3 

'3 

1 

Bones,  joints,  and  lymphatics. 

Bones: 

Osteomyelitis— 

2 
2 

6 
1 

2 
4 
1 

3 
1 

1 

3 
1 
1 

9 

2 

20 

3 
13 
2 
4 
1 
10 
1 
9 
1 
8 
2 

1 
1 

""2 

1 

3 
2 

1 
....... 

6 
3 
2 

....„ 

""9" 
....... 

""4" 

""2 

2 
...„. 

12 
2 

...... 

3 
22 
5 
3 
1 
...... 

""2" 
5 

2 
5 

7 
1 

6 
6 

1 

3 

1 
1 

4 
1 
3 

16 

5 

25 

3 

17 
2 

14 
1 

21 
1 
9 
6 
9 
4 

3 
3 
4 

18 
6 

5 

44 
6 
4 
3 
2 

22 
5 
2 
5 

2 

4 

6 

1 

5 
5 

1 

3 
1 
1 

4 
1 

1 

14 

5 

20 

2 
5 

7 
1 

6 
5 
1 

3 

1 
1 

Tibia 

1 

i 
1 

Joints: 

1 

1 

1 

Luxations: 

Ulna 

Subluxations: 

4  i 

1     

Wrist . . . 

1 
15 

2 

Lymphatics: 
Adenitis— 

1 

1 

1 

5 

2 

1 

1 

3 
17 

1 

21           4 

Nervous  system. 

3 

17 
2 

10 

1 

■s 

9 

§ 
4 

3 
3 
4 

18 
6 

5 
1 

2 

1 

10 

l 

4 

Senile  dementia 

::;:i:::: 

1 
6 

"q 

Epilepsy 

3 

2 

3 

6 

4 

.... 

2 

3 
2 
2 

1 

i 

1 
2 

Locomotor  ataxia 

1 

2 

4 

Neuralgia: 

2 

1 
2 
6 

1 
2 
2 

8 

2 

Ovarian 

Neurasthenia 

3 

1 

2 
6 

2 

1 
1 
1 
3 
3 
1 

16 
1 
1 
2 
2 

10 
4 

2 

2 

"e 

Heart  and  blood  vessels. 

1 

3 

2 

Aneurism: 

1 

Carotid 

1 
1 

1  1 

Femoral 

1  1 

Popliteal 

1 

1 
2 

'h' 
3 
3 
3 

2           1 

Aortic  insufficiency 

2 
3 

2 
1 
5 
3 

2  .... 
2 :  1 

19  ! 

(i    

Aortic  stenosis 

Mitral  insufficiency 

'"&' 

4    

39          5 

6 
3 
3 

A  rterio-sclerosis 

1 

2 

2 

5 

1 

19 

5 

1 
1 
2 

20 
5 
2 
5 

?, 

4 

Varicose  veins 

freedmen's  hospital. 

Record  of  medical  and  surgical  diseases — Continued. 


359 


>> 

3 

1-5 

9 
§ 

Admitted. 

Discharged. 

>> 

Disease. 

White. 

Colored. 

3 

o 

•6 

o 

1 

s 

0 

H 
P. 

a 

•0 

i 
0 

M 

P 

.9 

a 

5 

+3 

g 

+» 
0 

d 
P 

0 

6 

1 

I 

6 

o3 
3 

6 

o3 

I 

1 

'oS 

1 

Ph 

Respiratory  system. 
Asthma: 

1 

2 

14 
23 

142 
9 
3 
1 
10 
1 

18 
13 

29 
3 

9 
1 

12 
2 
2 
5 
1 
1 

4 

2 

4 

123 

6 

....... 

4 

11 
5 

5 
3 

9 
5 
4 
1 
...... 

2 

3 

1 
1 
6 
3 

1 

8 
2 

5 
..... 

2 
...... 

2 

..... 

1 

4 
1 

6 
1 

6 

4 

...... 

...... 

19 
27 

277 

18 

4 

5 

14 

1 

32 
20 

49 
6 

18 
6 

16 
3 

8 
8 
3 

1 

7 
1 
1 
10 
4 
3 

21 
8 

30 
6 
1 
9 
3 
6 
3 

1 
6 
3 
1 

18 
2 
6 

61 
25 
13 
3 

42 
38 
13 
24 
5 
2 

19 
5 
1 

6 
3 

32 
6 
2 

7 
9 

243 
10 
2 
2 
8 

1 
3 

.... 

2 

5 
10 

.... 

19 
25 

277 
18 
4 
5 

2 

Bronchitis: 

10 
3 

2 
.... 

3 

6 

14    - 

1 

9 

12 

30 

6 

3 

1 
32 

Pneumonia: 

3 

20 
8 

3 

2 

10 

20    - 

Tuberculosis: 

Pulmonary 

5 

6 

12 

48 
6 

17 

1 

General 

Digestive  system. 
Appendicitis 

14 
5 

8 
2 
5 
5 

1 

1 

6    .. 

6 

14  I        2 

i 
1 

3    

2 

4    .... 

1 
3 
3 

7          1 

Enteritis 

8  ! 

Entero-colitis 

1 

3    .. 

i 

1 

6 
1 

1 
5 
4 

1 

18 
4 

29 
4 

1    .. 

Fistula: 

I 

1 

7 

Recto-vaginal 1 

:.:.:::: 

1  ::::: 

Recto-vesical 

1 

Gastro-enteritis 

4 

1 

....  4 

10 

Gastralgia 

1 

...... 

10 
5 

24 
6 

4 

Gastric  ulcer 

1 

1 
2 

1 

1 

1 

....  1 

....  1 
1 1.... 

3 
21 

8 

30 
6 
1 
9 
3 
6 
2 

Gastritis: 

Acute 

3 



1 

Hernia: 

Inguinal 

• 

I 
1 

Inguinal  strangulated. . . 

Umbilical 

Indigestion 

7 
2 
2 

1 

1 
3 

1 
1 

14 
1 

6 

46 

20 

13 

2 

32 
26 
13 
15 

4 

1 

13 
2 
1 

6 

1 
6 
o 

..... 

3 

1 

2 

Peritonitis 

1 

Liver: 

Cholelithiasis 

1 
5 
1 

1    

Cirrhosis 

2 

1 

6    

Hepatitis 

1 

3    

Diabetes  mellitus 

1 

1    

Genito-urinary  system. 

Cystitis: 

Acute 

11 

""'5 

18 
5 

8 

10 
9 
6 

20 
4 
2 

10 
2 

4 
2 
1 

30 

18 

...... 

20 
18 

7 

15 

3 

Chronic 

2      

Epididymitis 

e  ::::. 

Gonnorrhea: 

Acute 

3 

6 
4 

:::: 

7 
"5' 

55          6 

Chronic 

2 

25    

Hydrocele 

13   .. 

Hypospadias 

1 

3    

Nephritis: 

Interstitial 

4 

12 

8 

42    

Parenchymatous 

Orchitis 

6 

.'.:: 

3 

38    

13    

Phimosis 

1 

8 
1 



4 

24    

Prostatic  hypertrophy 

1 

5    

Pyelitis 

2      .   .. 

Stricture: 

Urethral 

Rectal 

4 
1 

2 

4 
3 

3 

2 

19    

5    

Gangrene  of  scrotum 

1 

1    

360 


FKEEDMEN7S   HOSPITAL. 

Record  of  medical  and  surgical  diseases — Continued. 


s. 

'3'"H 
'08 

Admitted. 

Discharged. 

>> 

Disease. 

White. 

Colored. 

O 

•6 

0 
ft 

s 

T3 

> 
O 
U 

ft 

i 

•6 
$ 

s 

0 

-d 
5 

"3 
0 

3 
*-> 

bfl§> 

6 

8 

4 

3 

I 

3 
3 

^3 

a 
'3 

i 

Constitutional  diseases. 
Debility: 

2 

4 

1 

11 

30 
13 
9 
2 

2 
11 
47 
13 

1 

24 
26 
3 
2 
34 
8 
5 
1 

1 

2 
...... 

15 
2 

1 

2 
11 

19 

1 

..„. 

10 

"""l2" 

1 

3 

7 

1 

15 

56 
22 
13 

2 

5 
30 
80 
18 

1 

39 

38 

3 

2 

48 

9 

5 

1 

1 

4 
2 

1 
1 
2 

1 
2 
3 

1 

1 
1 
2 
1 

3 
19 
18 
1 
7 
9 
1 
5 
3 

7 
8 

11 

1 

17 
5 

2 

2 

1 

3 

6 

1 

12 

48 

22 

13 

2 

5 
30 

78 
18 

1 

39 

37 

3 

2 

43 

9 

5 

1 

1 

2 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
2 
3 

1 

1 
1 
2 
1 

3 

18 
18 

1 

6 

9 

1 

5 

3 

7 
8 

11 
1 

17 
4 

1 

4 

1 

1 
9 

1 

28 
10 
4 

3 

16 
8 
6 
2 

3 

Rheumatism: 

Acute 

5 
3 
3 

6 
4 

2 
4 
3 

2 

8 

Chronic  articular 

Acute  inflammatory 

Syphilis: 

Hereditary 

1 

6 

10 

1 

"2" 

5 

Primary 

10 
45 

19 
28 
14 

1 
3 

Secondary 

4 
3 

2 
4 

2 

Tertiary 

Infectious  diseases. 
Erysipelas 

1 

Influenza 

3 

2 

4 

1 

34 

28 
1 

5 
7 
2 

Malaria 

1 

1 

1 

• 

Tetanus 

2 
5 

Typhoid 

2 

.... 

38 
9 

5 

Varicella 

Variola 

5 

.... 

Tumors. 
Angioma 

1 

1 
...... 

Carcinoma: 

Breast 

4 

1 
2 

1 
2 
2 
1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

Liver 

2 

1 

Stomach 

1 
1 

Bladder 

1 

1 
2 
3 

1 

Lipoma: 

Back 

Shoulder 

1 

Papilloma  of  bladder 

1 

Sarcoma: 

Breast 

1 
1 

1 

Jaw 

1 
1 

Knee 

1 

Buttocks 

1 

1 

Eye,  ear,  nose,  and  throat. 

Eye: 

Blepharitis 

1 

12 
10 
1 
4 
3 
1 
2 
1 

3 
2 

6 

1 

4 
2 

2 

6 

8 

....... 

4 

""'3' 
2 

4 
6 

4 

8 
1 

3 
11 

17 
1 
6 
6 
1 
4 
3 

6 

7 

11 

1 

17 
4 

Cataract 

1 

7 

1 

Conjunctivitis 

1 

Hernia  of  iris 

Iritis 

1 

2 

2    .... 

1 

Ophthalmia 

1 

Ulcer  of  cornea 

Ear: 

Otitis  media 

1 

Mastoiditis 

1 

Throat: 

Laryngitis 

1 

Odema  of  glottis... 

Tonsillitis: 

Acute 

]         4 

.... 

Chronic 

2 

.... 

1 

FREEDMEN7S   HOSPITAL. 
Record  of  medical  and  surgical  diseases — Continued. 


361 


a 

Ha 

'3 
'3 

i 

Admitted. 

Discharged. 

>> 

Disease. 

White. 

Colored. 

3 

0 

i 
g 

0 

i 

> 
0 

J-c 
Ph 

a 

13 

> 
0 

Sh 
ft 

I 

-a 

£ 
O 

i 

5 

0 

Eh 

3 

3 

l 

6 
3 

I 

a 
'3 

1 

Eye,  ear,  nose,  and  throat— Con. 
Pharyngitis: 

1 

1 

18 
6 

1 
4 

10 
2 

14 

3 

5 

1 

8 

6 

8 

28 

10 

10 

26 

3 

23 

3 

12 

21 
10 
29 
35 
7 
9 
16 
4 
4 
6 
1 
2 
3 
5 
2 
4 
8 
2 
4 
1 
2 
2 

30 
8 

1 
4 

18 

3 

5 

1 

8 

6 

8 

28 

11 

10 

27 

3 

23 

4 

15 

25 

10 

251 

247 

7 

10 

21 

5 

4 

6 

1 

2 

3 

5 

2 

4 

8 

2 

4 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

10 

1 
4 
4 
2 
3 
2 

7 
2 
1 

2 
1 

24 
3 

1 

15 

1 

2 

..... 

""§' 

25 

9 

2 

19 

6 
4 

30 
8 

1 
4 

18 

1 

5 

1 

8 

6 

8 

28 

11 

10 

24 

2 

23 

4 

1 

Nose: 

4 

Obstetrics  and  gynecology. 
Abortion: 

4 

3 

2 

3 
1 
3 
2 

i 

2 

1 

1 

3 

1 

Dysmenorrhea 

1 

1 

8 

1 

5 

3 

2 
2 
1 

2 
10 

1 

20 
1 
12 

21 

1 

Carcinoma  of  cervix 

1 
3 

4 

2 

Cystic  ovary 

3 
1 

15    .. 

Cystic   ovary    and  fibroid    of 

24 
10 

1 

Pregnancy 

22 

235 
235 
6 
8 
17 
5 
4 
4 
1 
2 
3 
4 
1 
4 
8 
1 
3 
1 
2 
2 

1 
1 
1 
8 

235         1fi 

235 
7 
10 
18 
5 
4 
4 
1 
2 
3 
5 
1 
4 
8 
2 
4 
1 
2 
2 

1 
1 
1 
8 
1 
4 
3 
2 
1 
2 

: 
2 
1 

2 
1 

12 

1 

Puerperium 

1 
5 

1 

2 

1 

3 

Salpingitis  and  cystic  ovary 

Lacerated  cervix 

2 

Ovaritis 

1 

1 

Infants  with  mothers 

Retained  placenta 

Retroflexion 

1 
1 

Retroversion 

Subinvolution 

Vaginitis 

Vulvitis 

Abscess,  infection,  etc. 

Abscess: 

Abdominal  wall 

1 

Alveolar 

1 

Axillary 

1 

1 

'   '4' 
...... 

1 

1 

Ischio-rectal 

1 

2 

6 

1 

2 

Liver 

1 
2 

Pelvic 

2 
3 
2 

Peri-urethral , 

4 
1 
1 
2 

4 
1 
1 

2 

1 

1 

Peri -tonsillar 

Psoas 

1 

1 
1 

2 

Carbuncle 

1 

7 
2 
1 

1 

Cellulitis: 

Hand 

2 

Arm 

1 

Leg 

Gangrene: 

Foot 

1 

1 

Leg 

362 


fkeedmen's  hospital. 

Record  of  medical  and  surgical  diseases — Continued. 


i. 

fl2 

"3 

"3 

§ 

Admitted. 

Discharged. 

Disease. 

White. 

Colored. 

"3 
t 
Eh 

i 
% 

o 

1 

1 

P. 

E 

hi 

T3 

> 

2 
p. 

| 

a 
P 

■a 

0) 

I 

o 
55 

■8 
ft 

*3 
o 
Eh 

d 

Si 

3 
'3 

6 

"3 

"3 

,2 

ad 

1 

Abscess,  infection,  etc. — Con. 

Ulcers: 

Foot 

3 

1 

4 
6 

1 

4 

1 
1 

2 
1 
2 

1 
1 
1 
3 

3 
1 
3 
2 
2 
1 
6 
3 
4 
1 
2 

1 
5 
1 
4 
2 
3 
2 
23 
1 

1 
1 
3 

1 
7 

4 
1 
2 
1 
5 

2 
3 

1 
1 

1 

13 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 

2 
2 

1 

3 

1 

1 

4 
2 

1 

3 

1 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 

2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
4 
2 
4 
1 
2 

1 
5 
1 
4 
2 
3 
1 
23 

Leg 

1 

1 
1 

2 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

4 
1 

...... 

1 

4 

Back 

Skin  diseases. 
Eczema 

1 

1 

Lupus 

1 

Sebaceous  cyst 

1 

2 
1 

Injuries. 
Burns: 

Arm  and  chest 

1 

Chest 

Body 

1 

1 

1 

Face 

1 
1 
1 
3 

2 

Legs 

1 
2 

1 

1 

1 
...... 

""4" 
...... 

...„ 

..... 

l 
...... 

i 

i 

2 

Fractures: 

Femur 

1 

Spine 

1 
2 
2 

1 
6 

1 
3 
1 
2 

1 
1 
1 
2 

1 

Colles 

2 
1 
2 
1 
4 
2 
2 
1 
2 

1 

5 
1 
4 
2 
3 
1 
20 
1 

1 
1 
3 

1 
6 

4 
1 
2 
1 
5 

2 
3 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Ribs 

2 

Jaw 

2 

1 

Skull... 

1 

2 

Fibula  and  tibia 

Contused— 

Back 

Chest 

Foot 

2 

Hand 

3 

2 

10 

1 

1 
1 

2 
1 
3 

2 
1 
2 

1 
4 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

9 

1 

...... 

1 
1 

Leg 

1 

10 

3 

Thigh 

i  : 

Arm 

1 
1 

3 
1 

7 

4 
1 
2 

Back 

Chest 

1 

Hand 

Scalp 

3 

1 

Lacerated- 

1 

Back 

Face 

Leg 

1    

Scalp 

5    

Abdomen 

2    

1 

3    

Face 

i ! 

1 

i  . 

Thigh 

1 

Alcoholism 

1 

2 

4 
1 
3 
1 
1 

6 

3 

13 

1    

Carbolic  acid 

1 

3    

1    

Opium 

1    

Chlorof  onn 

1 

1    

Total 

154 

149 

18 

1,196 

1,306 

2,823 

1,624 

032 

113      36 

287 

2,092       131 

FREEDMEN  S   HOSPITAL. 


363 


Operations  and  results. 


Operation. 


Diagnosis. 


Amputation. 


Appendectomy- 
Aspiration 

Cauterization.. 


Celiotomy: 

Salpingo   -   oophorec- 
tomy. 


H  y  s  t  e  r  o-salpingo- 

oophorectomy. 
Oophorectomy 


Hysterectomy. 


Hysterectomy    and 
appendectomy. 

Myomectomy 

Oophoro-myomectomj 

Hysterectomy,  vaginal 

Extraction    of   bullet 

and  suturing  of  liver 

and  gall  bladder. 

Salpingectomy 

Salpingo  -  appendec- 
tomy. 

Circumcision 

Colpotomy,  posterior 

Colporrhaphy  and  bladder 

fixation. 
Curettage 


Cystotomy,  suprapubic. 
Dilatation 

Dilatation  and  incision. . . 

Enucleation 

Excision 


Herniotomy. 


Extirpation. 


Gangrene  of  foot 

Gangrene  of  foot  and  leg 

Gangrene  of  toe 

Supernumerary  fingers  and  toes. 

Carcinoma  of  breast 

Hypertrophy  of  labia  majora — 

Tuberculosis  of  hip 

Diffuse  hypertrophy  of  breast... 

Gumma  of  leg 

Osteomyelitis  of  tibia 

Osteomyelitis  of  femur 

Tuberculosis  of  knee  joint 

Sarcoma  of  elbow  joint 

Sarcoma  of  femur 

Necrosis  of  fingers 

Tuberculosis  of  elbow 

Appendicitis 

Appendicitis,  suppurative 

Appendicitis,  gangrenous 

Hydrocele 

Pleurisy  with  effusion 

Phagedenic  chancroid 

Fissure  of  rectum 

Condylomata 


Bilateral    pyosalpinx    and   cystic 

ovary. 
Ectopic  pregnancy 

Cystic  degeneration  of  ovary  and 

salpingitis. 
Fibroid  of  uterus  and  cystic  ovary . . 


Cystic  ovary 

Papillomatous     degeneration     of 

ovary. 
Dermoid  cyst  of  ovary 

Multinodular  fibroid  of  uterus 

Fibroid    of   uterus    and   bilateral 


pyosalpinx,  cystic  ovary. 
Fibroid  of  uterus  and  appendicitis. 


Fibroid  of  uterus 

Fibroid  of  uterus  and  cystic  ovary. . 

Fibroid  of  uterus 

Bullet   wound   of   liver  and   gall 
bladder. 


Pyosalpinx 

Pyosalpinx  and  suppurative  ap- 
pendicitis. 

Elongated  prepuce 

Pelvic  abscess 

Cystocele  and  prolapse  of  uterus — 


Chronic  endometritis 

Varicose  ulcer 

Retained  placenta 

Necrosis  of  sternum 

Vesical  calculi 

Stricture  of  urethra 

Stricture  of  urethra  and   scrotal 


White.  Colored. 


Stricture  of  urethra  and  pe~ineal 
abscess. 

Cataract 

Tuberculosis  of  hip  joint , 

Fracture  of  skull 

Tuberculosis  of  knee  joint 

Hemorrhoids , 

Keloids 

Carbuncle 

Gumma  of  testicle 

Inguinal  hernia 

Inguinal  hernia  bilateral 

Inguinal  hernia  strangulated 

Ventral  hernia 

Umbilical  hernia 

Inguinal  adenitis 

Cervical  adenitis , 


27 


21 


21 


2      1 


4      1 
1     2 


364 


FBEEDMEN'S   HOSPITAL. 


Operations  and  results — Continued. 


Operation. 


Diagnosis. 


White. 


Colored. 


Extirpation , 
Incision 


Incision  and  drainage. 


Iridectomy 

Ligation 

Ligation  of  saphenous. 

Lumbar  puncture 

Prostatectomy 

Para  centesis 

Reduction 


Resection  of  knee  joint. . 
Resection  of  elbow  joint. 

Perineorrhaphy 

Suturing 


Trachelorrhaphy . 
Urethrotomy 


Popliteal  aneurism 

Sebaceous  cyst  of  scalp 

Cellulitis  of  foot 

Cellulitis  of  jaw 

Cellulitis  of  hand 

Ischio- rectal  abscess 

Large  abscess  of  thigh 

Peri-rectal  abscess 

Psoas  abscess 

Peri-urethral  abscess 

Hepatic  abscess 

Perineal  abscess 

Subphrenic  abscess 

Teno-synovitis  of  hand 

Cataract  senile 

Varicose  veins 

Varicose  veins 

Cerebro-spinal  meningitis 

Hypertrophy  of  prostate 

Hydroperi  toneum 

Fracture  of  scaphoid 

Fracture  of  tibia 

Fracture  of  patella 

Fracture  of  femur 

Fracture  of  humerus  and  wrist . 
Fracture  of  inferior  maxillary. . 

Dislocation  of  hip 

D  islocation  of  elbow 

Dislocation  of  humerus 

Tuberculosis  of  knee  joint 

Tuberculosis  of  elbow  joint 

Lacerated  perineum 

Ruptured  tendo,  Achilles 

Lacerated  scalp 

Lacerated  face 

Lacerated  arm 

Lacerated  hand 

Lacerated  thigh 

Lacerated  leg 

Lacerated  foot 

Lacerated  toes 

Incised  scalp 

Incised  face 

Incised  arm 

Incised  hand 

Incised  back 

Incised  leg .- 

Lacerated  cervix 

Stricture  of  urethra 


1 
5 
3 
1 
8 

10 
2 
2 
3 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
4 
3 
3 
6 
5 

11 
1 
2 
3 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 
4 
2 
1 
6 
1 
116 

38 

11 

37 
7 
7 

14 

9 

172 

36 
6 

18 
7 
6 
4 

Id 


Total. 


66     4  J588  |447    1,005   911 


...      4 

...      1 
3    ... 


1    ... 


Obstetrical  record. 


White. 

Colored. 

fl 
o 

0$ 

> 
88 

H 

P< 
o3 

h 

.fl 

Month. 

* 

fl 
o 

3  be 
£,fl 

OS 

0, 

i 

<u 

QJ 

Pn 

o 

fl 

03 

ci  £ 

,fl 

Pi 

6 

3 

ai 

Fl 

o3 

8 

e3 

53 

a> 

+J 

T3 
id 

<D 

% 

a 

73 

w 

a! 

O 

o 

o 

CS 

o 

3 

a 

pq 

2 

h 

En 

Pm 

Ph 

Ph 

hJ 

Pi 

w 

ffl 

kH 

Pm 

a 

July... 

12 
10 

9 

8 

21 

18 

2 
1 

2 

1 

1 

21 
17 

10 

11 

August 

1 

1 

i  .... 

9 ;  9 

q 

6 

15 

1 

15 

8         7 

15 
10 

12 

7 
7 

9 
7 

12 
7 

10 

24 
17 
24 
14 
17 

1 

2 

24 
15 
24 
14 
15 

16         8 

i     i 

9         8 

2 

1 
2 

1 

11        13 



9         5 

February 

1 

2    .... 

10  !      7 

16 

11 
11 
12 

19 

7 
7 
12 

35 
18 
18 
24 

2 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

.... 

25 

17 
17 
24 

14       16 

April 

1 

.... 

12         1 

May 

1 

8       10 

17         7 

Total 

132 

103 

245 

11 

4 

1 

13 

3 

228 

5       2 

133  j  102 

FREEDMEN7S   HOSPITAL. 

Emergencies. 


365 


White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Month. 

White. 

Colored. 

Month. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Total. 

July 

12 
8 

16 
8 
9 
6 

14 

1 
2 
1 

2 

60 
48 
70 
42 
61 
55 
28 

21 
12 
22 
11 
18 
11 
10 

94 
70 
109 
71 
89 
74 
52 

February 

March 

1 

11 
4 
6 

8 

..... 

...... 

25 
44 
41 
30 
36 

11 
20 
12 
8 
10 

37 

76 

September 

April 

57 

May 

44 

June 

55 

December 

Total 

103 

9 

540 

166 

818 

Cases  treated  in  out-patient  department. 


White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Diagnosis. 

White. 

Colored. 

Diagnosis. 

.2 

6 

1 

<D 
ft 

"eg 

3 

i 
I 

ft 

.2 

c3 

6 

ft 

3 

i 

ft 

Total. 

Medical. 
Anaemia 

1 

1 

1 

'2 

l\ 

7 
3 

17 

8 

307 

279 

27 

11 

18 

168 

5 

4 

60 

7 

37 

20 

5 

5 
3 

46 
18 
31 
76 
40 
55 
9 
44 
25 

67 
10 
2 

16 
2 
3 

7 

3 
3 

6 
8 
1 
3 

M  edi  cal— Continued. 
Typhoid  fever 

1 

84 

6 

l 

45 

1 
9 

2 

l 

2 

1 

..... 

6 
2 

140 
140 
12 
2 
8 
92 
5 

"18' 

1 

14 

6 

3 

1 
1 

15 
6 
9 
42 
16 
15 
3 
12 
6 

22 
2 

6 
..... 

3 

1 
...... 

5 

Tuberculosis 

1 

130 

Varicella 

7 

10 
4 
6 
3 

11 
6 

165 

130 

15 

8 
10 
74 

Vertigo 

18 

27 

Total 

Arterio  sclerosis 

21 

fi     936 

678 

6 
3 

1 

'"8 

"w 

1 
..... 

3 

..... 

8 

1 

1 
..... 

2 
3 

1 

1 

"io" 
iso" 

1,641 

Surgical. 

Adenitis: 

Cervical 

Asthma: 

Cardiac 

14 

22 

1 

1 
1 
5 
36 
1 
8 
6 

Bronchial 

Bronchitis: 

2 

6 

"B 

20 

Acute 

Inguinal 

25 

Chronic 

Abscess: 

2 

Cardiac  hypertrophy . . 
Cholera  infantum 

1 

Chest 

1 

Inguinal 

9 

Constipation 

2 

Balanitis 

5 

Chlorosis 

Contusion 

52 

Cirrhosis  of  liver 

4 
42 

6 
22 
14 

2 

4 
2 

30 
12 
22 
28 
24 
40 
6 
32 
18 

34 
8 
2 

9 

2 
2 
4 

2 
3 
4 
3 
1 
3 

Cholelithiasis 

2 

Dislocated  humerus 

g 

Diabetes  mellitus 

Dislocated  wrist 

7 

1 

9 

12 

Enteritis 

Fractures: 

Ulna 

6 
4 

6 

1 

19 

6 

10 
6 

Erythema 

6 

Gastralgia: 

Acute 

Clavicle 

4 

Gangrene: 

Foot 

Chronic 

6 

Gastritis: 

1 

Finger 

2 

Acute .♦. 

Hemorrhoids 

27 

Chronic 

Hernia 

7 

Intestinal  indigestion.. 
Influenza 

Infection: 

Hand 

6 

11 

Lumbago 

Back 

6 

Malaria 

Foot 

12 

15 

Marasmus 

Keloid 

8 
1 
1 
2 

4 

6 

22 

4 

8 
121 

10 

Mitral  insufficiency 

Lipoma 

4 

Mitral  stenosis 

1 

2 

Nephritis  : 

2 

Acute 1 

Chronic 

Sprain: 

Wrist 

1 

6 

Parotitis 

6 

Pleurisy: 

Acute 

1 

Stricture  of  urethra 

Ulcer  of  leg 

1 

23 
14 

Chronic 

Varicocele 

8 

Pertussis 

Vaccination 

271 

Total 

Pneumonia: 

2    ....    358 

213 

573 

Ear,  nose,  and  throat. 

Lobular 

19 
12 
1 

Rachitis 

Synovitis 

11 
6 

30 

Sciatica 

Ceruminous  impaction. 
Ethmoiditis 

18 

Stomatitis 



2 

366 


fkeedmen's  hospital. 

Cases  treated  in  out-patient  department — Continued. 


White.    Colored. 

Total. 

Diagnosis. 

White. 

Colored. 

Diagnosis. 

. 

& 

o3 

1 

Eh 

"ol 

1 

Ph 

<q 
o3 

a5 

1 

2, 

oj 

■2 

"oS 

1 

Total. 

Ear,  nose,  and  throat— 
Continued. 

Foreign  body  in  ear 

4 
28 

15 

22 
8 
4 
9 
8 

38 
15 

4 
51 

6 
41 

12 

41 
12 
2 
8 
12 

50 
18 
2 
40 

1 

60 
15 

10 

27 

63 
20 
6 
17 
20 

88 
33 

6 
91 

1 

1 

93 
23 

1 

Gynecological— Con- 
tinued. 

Menorrhagia 

42 

39 

25 

14 

4 

1 

23 

9 

8 

1 

42 

Hypertrophy  of  tonsils. 

Menopause 

39 

Hypertrophy  of  turbi- 

Pregnancy 

25 

""'I 

14 

Laryngitis: 

Pelvic  cellulitis 

4 

1 

Chronic 

1    

24 

Mastoiditis 

9 

Otitis  media 

Vaginitis 

8 

1 

Pharyngitis: 

Acute 

Total 

2 

281 

283 

Nervous  diseases. 
Cerebral  hemorrhage . . 

Polypus  of  nose 

8 
1 
1 
2 

..... 

15 
...... 

8 

21 

2 

1 

...... 

1 

101 

4 

..... 

Rhinitis 

Stricture  of  esophagus . 

8 

Stenosis  of  eustachian 

1 

32 

8 

Cerebral  embolism 

1 

tube 

1 

Tonsilitis: 

1 

Cerebral  syphilis 

2 

Acute 

Chorea 

1 

Chronic 

Epilepsy 

63 

77 

Tinnitus  aurium 

1 

Epilepsy,  idiopathic . . . 

1 

1 

6 

Total . . . 

2 

265 

352 

619 

8 

1 

22 

Eye. 

14 
9 
8 

20 

62 
19 
6 
2 
23 
3 
6 

18 
6 

12 
3 
3 
6 

4 

1 

6 
2 
6 

8 

3 

2 

32 

70 
8 
2 

2 
4 
1 
3 

12 

2 

8 
2 
8 
2 
..... 

1 
1 
1 

22 
12 
10 
55 

134 
27 

8 
4 

2I 

9 

30 

8 

20 
5 

11 
8 
4 
2 

7 
3 
7 

Hystero-neurasthenia . 
Hypochondriasis 

2 

1 

Astigmatism 

Neuralgia: 

1 

t 
1 

4 

1 

13 

Chalazion 

1 

1 

2 
1 

Intercostal 

7 

Conjunctivitis: 

Neurasthenia 

143 

Neuritis 

10 

Senile  debility 

4 

1 

Corneal  ulcer 

Locomotor  ataxia 

8 

8 

Total 

147 

170 

7 
2 

"22" 

3 

30 

..... 

41 

92 

64 

21 

4 

317 

Hordeolum 

Skin—Genito-urinary. 

12 

5 
42 

6 

62 

15 

22 

.   14 

8 
201 

2 

12 

4 

21 

1 

142 

180 
90 
16 

Iritis: 

Acute 

19 

Urticaria 

7 

Chancroid 

1 

43 

Chordee 

6 

Cystitis 

84 

Dermatitis 

18 

52 

14 

14 

Gonorrhea 

242 

Herpes 

2 

Tarsal  tumors 

Orchitis: 

2 

12 

Total 

3 

239 

173 

417 

Chronic 

4 

21 

Gynecological. 

1 

12 
22 

2 
42 
19 
12 

6 

13 

22 
2 
42 
19 
12 
6 

1 

Syphilis: 

Primary 

12 
6 
3 

246 

Secondary 

250 

Tertiary 

114 

Tinea  capitis 

20 

Total 

22 

855 

292 

1,169 

Lacerated  perineum . . . 

FREEDMEN7S   HOSPITAL. 

Occupation  of  patients. 


367 


White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Occupation. 

White. 

Colored. 

Occupation. 

i 

6 

a 

fa 

i 

fa 

1 

05 

-a 
fa 

i 

1 
1 

fa 

To'.al. 

2 

1 

9 

14 
3 
3 

12 
2 
5 

14 

2 

"'H' 

1 

....„ 

11 

15 
3 
4 

12 
5 
6 

17 
2 

17 

15 
8 

16 

1 

1 

918 

42 
3 

14 
2 
42 
4 
19 
14 
15 
5 
7 
438 
45 
4 
1 
8 
2 

Merchant 

4 

1 

11 

16 

19 

3 

10 

129 

""47" 
9 

15 

Messenger 

17 

Bellboy . . 

Miner 

19 

1 

Minister 

3 

Musician 

10 

Bricklayer 

3 

1 
3 

No  occupation 

Nurse 

11 

8 

195 

Butler 

9 

Painter 

3 

2 

.... 

10 

13 

Carpet  layer 

Paper  hanger 

Pharmacist 

2 

4 
3 
2 
2 
1 
33 
1 

""59" 

4 

Clerk 

4 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
"2 

9 

7 
5 

Physician 

2 

5 

Pianist 

2 

Cook. 

Plasterer 

1 
3 

3 

Policeman 

4 

Detective 

Porter 

33 

5 

'"39" 
1 

913 
"'44' 

Sailor 

5 

.... 

6 

3 
2 

Seamstress 

59 

Shoemaker 

13 
3 

4 

13 

14 

Soldier 

19 
1 
2 

6 
1 
2 

.... 

22 

Engineer 

1 
11 

1 
31 

4 
18 
14 
15 

1 

409 
...„ 

Steward 

5 

Stonecutter 

2 

Fireman 

Student 

37 
5 
11 
18 

62 
...... 

....„ 

23 

""9" 

105 

1 

Tailor 

6 

Teacher 

20 

Huckster 

Teamster 

18 

Iceman 

4 

Trained  nurse 

3 

Unknown 

5 

1 

45 

1 

37 

74 

29 

.... 

Valet 

1 

Laundress 

Waiter | 

37 

Lawyer 

1 
1 
8 

Waitress 

9 

Liveryman 

Watchman 

Total 

1 

.... 

3 

4 

Masseur 

1 

1 

149 

18 

1,064 

1,203 

2,434 

Nativity  of  patients. 


Wfc 

i 

ite. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Nativity. 

White. 

Colored. 

Nativity. 

I 

i 

i 

§ 

fa 

6 
fa 

1 

0 

1 

r® 
fa 

Total. 

Alabama 

3 

1 

4 
1 
1 
2 
4 

765 
5 
10 
1 
5 
1 
1 
1 
3 
5 

614 
7 
7 
1 

16 

1 

25 

North  Carolina 

Ohio 

2 
1 
1 
3 

.... 

22 

14 

37 

7 

61 

Arizona 

1 

23 

California 

1 

Oklahoma 

1 

Connecticut 

1 

1 

"376* 
4 
3 

Pennsylvania 

Porto  Rico 

2 

19 
2 
3 
3 
269 

36 
...... 

1 
314 

60 

Delaware 

1 

2 

3 

385 

1 
7 

2 

District  of  Columbia . 

8 

South  Carolina 

10 

Florida 

1 

18 
1 
4 
2 

.... 

5 

Georgia 

602 

Idaho 

1 

Washington 

1 

Illinois 

1 

1 

4 

West  Virginia 

Canada 



28 
1 
3 

29 
...... 

51 

Indiana 

3 

Iowa 

1 

4 

Kansas 

1 

"Y 
2 

356 
1 
3 

3 

7 

33 
18 
15 

4 

1 

4 

Kentucky 

2 

Germany 

7 

Louisiana 

3 

244 

3 

4 

Ireland 

33 

Maryland 

11 

2 

3 
1 

Italy 

18 

Massachusetts 

Russia 

15 

Mississippi 

4 

New  Hampshire 

1 

28 

1 

21 

49 

New  Jersey 

2 

3 

1 
9 

11 

1 

Total 

New  York 

8 

1 

149 

18 

1,064 

1,123 

2,434 

368 


fkeedmen's  hospital. 


Patients  admitted  each  year  for  the  past  thirty-four  years. 


Year  ending  June  30: 

1875 190 

1876 319 

1877 500 

1878 519 

1879 642 

1880 819 

1881 892 

1882 1,102 

1883 1,373 

1884 1,509 

1885 1,794 

1886 1,923 


Year  ending  June  30: 

1887 

1888 

1889 

1890 

1891 

1892 

1893 

1894 

1895 

1896 

1897 

1898 

Summary. 


2,017 
1,997 
2,074 
2,392 


373 
331 

422 

801 

476 

2,596 

2,815 

2,355 


Year  ending  June  30 : 

1899 2,374 

1900 2,427 

1901 2,414 

1902 2,408 

1903 2,677 

1904 2,907 

1905 2,918 

1906 2,207 

1907 2,366 

1908 2,669 


White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Male. 

Female. 

In  hospital  July  1, 1907 

4 
149 

1 
18 

60 

1,064 

132 

89 

1,203 

103 

154 

Admissions 

2,434 
235 

Births 

Total  under  care 

153 

19 

1,256 

1,395 

2,823 

Died 

287 

Discharged : 

Recovered 

1,624 
632 

Improved ! 

Unimproved 

113 

Not  treated 

36 

Total  died  and  discharged 

2,629 

In  hospital  July  1, 1908 

2 
06 

1 
4 

52 
588 

76 
447 

131 

Operations 

1,005 
911 

Results  of  operations: 

Recovered 

Improved 

69 

Unimproved 

12 

Died 

13 

Emergencies 

103 

9 

540 

166 

818 

Days'  maintenance  furnished  District  of  Columbia 
patients 

35,966 
18, 738 

Days'  maintenance  furnished  United  States  patierjts. 

Total  days'  maintenance 

1 

54, 704 

Smallest  number  of  patients  at  any  one  time 

114 

Largest  number  of  patients  at  any  one  time 

169 

Daily  average  number  of  patients 

142 

District  patients 

1,964 

Nonresidence  patients 

859 

Number  treated  in  out-patient  department 

49 

11 

2,800 

2,159 

5,019 

For  the  past  three  years  Congress  has  appropriated  $25,500  annually 
for  the  care  and  treatment  of  patients  admitted  to  the  hospital  from 
the  District  of  Columbia,  to  be  expended  under  contract  with  the 
Board  of  Charities.  This  yearly  appropriation  has  been  insufficient 
to  cover  the  bills  rendered  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  con- 
tract, the  District  being  in  arrears  $32,379.10  at  the  beginning  of  the 
current  fiscal  year,  as  is  shown  by  the  following  table : 

Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  admitted  from  July  1,  1905,  to  July  SO,  1908. 


Fiscal  year. 

Adults. 

Chil- 
dren. 

Babies. 

Total. 

Bills 
rendered. 

Payment 
received. 

Balance 
due. 

1906 

1,675 
1,809 
1,661 

96 
119 
119 

165 
167 
184 

1,936 
2,095 
1,964 

$38,223.75 
36, 184.  80 
34,470.55 

$25,500.00 
25,500.00 
25,500.00 

$12, 723.  75 
10, 684.  80 

1907 i 

1908 

8, 970. 55 

Total 

5,145 

334 

516 

5, 995 

108, 879. 10 

76,500.00 

32, 379. 10 

FREEDMEN  S    HOSPITAL. 


369 


It  is  respectfully  recommended  that  the  Commissioners  of  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia  be  requested  to  include  in  the  District  estimates  for 
the  fiscal  year  1910  a  sum  sufficient  to  liquidate  the  present  debt, 
and  that  their  future  estimates  be  based  upon  the  actual  number  of 
patients  admitted  to  the  hospital. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL  FOR  NURSES. 

The  work  in  this  department  has  been  much  above  the  average  in 
former  years.  The  process  of  eliminating  those  who  lag  so  far  behind 
as  to  interfere  with  the  progress  of  the  work  and  the  selection  of 
those  possessing  the  necessary  qualifications  has  added  materially  to 
the  efficiency  of  this  department.  Appointments  are  limited  to  those 
possessing,  in  addition  to  the  necessary  physical  qualifications,  a 
liberal  education. 

This  department  of  the  hospital  work  could  be  greatly  improved  if 
a  salaried  dietitian,  masseur,  and  eight  graduated  nurses,  one  for  each 
ward,  could  be  employed. 

Estimates  of  salaries  for  these  positions  have  been  submitted  to 
the  department  in  the  usual  way,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  necessary 
appropriation  can  be  secured  at  the  next  session  of  Congress. 

At  the  commencement  exercises,  held  May  20,  at  the  Andrew 
Rankin  Memorial  Chapel  the  following  were  graduated: 


Cornelia  Kellas  Briggs,  New  York. 
Kate  Esmynia  Douglass,  Rhode  Island. 
Vesta  Lee  Donaldson,  Tennessee. 
Jamima  Smith  Henderson,  New  York. 
Kate  Beatrice  Murphy,  District  of  Co- 
lumbia. 
Beatrice  Eugenia  Nicholas,  Maryland. 


Clara  Skinner  Denning,  New  York. 

Ada  Carolyn  Douglass,  Massachusetts. 

Julia  Fray,  West  Indies. 

Bertia  Lavenia  Jones,  Pennsylvania. 

Eva  May  Proctor,  New  Jersey. 

Alice  Eloise  Robinson,  South  Carolina. 

Angus  Reynolds,  Ohio. 


The  usual  course  of  lectures  was  delivered  by  the  following  staff: 

W.  A.  Warfield,  M.  D Gynecology  and  Abdominal  Nursing. 

W.  C.  McNeill,  M.  D Bacteriology  and  Urinalysis. 

Sarah  L.  Tuffs Practical  and  Theoretical  Nursing. 

H.  W.  Freeman,  M.  D Anatomy. 

Albert  Ridgley ,  M.  D Physiology. 

Wm.  A.  Jack,  jr.,  M.  D Surgery. 

C.  A.  Brooks,  M.  D Materia  Medica. 

N.  R.  Jenner,  M.  D Obstetrics. 

Jno.  R.  Francis,  M.  D Diseases  of  Children. 

F.  E.  Maxcy,  M.  D Medical  Nursing. 

M.  0.  Dumas,  M.  D Diseases  of  Eye  and  Ear. 

Anna  Combs Massage. 

Julia  W.  Shaw Dietetics. 

Applications,  withdrawals,  dismissals,  etc. 


Applications  received 146 

Applicants  taken  on  probation 23 

Accepted 16 


Dismissed 4 

Withdrawn 3 

Graduated 13 


Occupation  and  residence  of  graduates. 


1896. 


Ashton,  Luci  V.,  private  nurse,  Kansas 
City,  Mo. 

Blackburn,  N.  L.,  private  nurse,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

Burke,  Julia  (Mrs.  Phillips),  Jacksonville, 
Fla. 


1896— Continued. 

Fleetwood,  Sara  I.,  deceased,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Foust,  Isabella  L.,  private  nurse,  Win- 
ston, N.  C. 

Gibson,  Katherine  C,  Bureau  of  Engrav- 
ing and  Printing,  Washington,  D.  C. 


58920— int  1908— vol  1- 


-24 


370 


FREEDMEN  S   HOSPITAL. 


Occupation  and  residence 
1896— Continued. 

Green,  Anna  N.,  deceased. 

Owens,  Laura  A.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Pierce,  Letitia  (Mrs.  Blair),  Kansas  City, 
Mo. 

Ricks,  Antoinette  M.  (Mrs.  Demby),  Kan- 
sas City,  Mo. 

Robinson,  Annie  B .,  superintendent  and 
matron,  Good  Samaritan  Hospital, 
Charlotte,  N.  C. 

Shorter,  Sarah  A.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Simms,  Annie  A.  (Mrs.  Johnson),  Balti- 
more, Md. 

Smith,  Gertrude  (Mrs.  Thorn),  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Tyler,  Elizabeth,  private  nurse,  North- 
ampton, Mass. 

1897. 

Caldwell,  Amanda  J.  (Mrs.  Darrell),  Dal- 
las, Tex. 

Combs,  Annie,  massage  specialist,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Green,  Lucille  (Mrs.  Tibbs),  St.  Paul, 
Minn. 

Griffin,  G.  Josephine,  private  nurse, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Haithcock,  Ada,  private  nurse,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

King,  Annie  C.  (Mrs.  Hughes),  Rich- 
mond, Va. 

Rollins,  Willie  M.  (Mrs.  Frazier),  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Smith,  S.  May,  private  nurse,  Troy,  N.  Y. 

Thomas,  Annie  M.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Thompson,  Delia  R.  (Mrs.  Davis),  Vi- 
enna, Va. 

Underhill,  Katherine  P.  (Mrs.  Wm.  Mo- 
ten),  Washington,  D.  C. 

Webb,  Eva,  private  nurse,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Warner,  Florence  A.,  private  nurse, 
Springfield,  Mass. 

Young,  Lola  E.  M.,  private  nurse,  Green- 
ville, S.  C. 

1898. 

Bannister,  Carrie  J.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Bennett,  Florence  R.,  private  nurse,  Bal- 
timore, Md. 

Cabannis,  Martha  E.,  head  nurse,  Rich- 
mond Hospital,  Richmond,  Va. 

Carter,  Edith  M.,  private  nurse,  New 
Rochelle,N.  Y. 

Davis,  Annie  M.,  private  nurse,  Shelby- 
ville,  Tenn. 

Ennis,  Sarah  J.  (Mrs.  Brooks),  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 


of  graduates — Continued. 

1898— Continued. 

Gaines,  Mary  R.,  private  nurse,  Oakland, 
Cal. 

Geder,  Isabella,  private  nurse,  Bingham- 
ton,  N.  Y. 

Hurlong,  Mary  A.,  private  nurse,  Ashe- 
ville,  N.C. 

King,  Carrie  M.  (Mrs.  Foreman),  Buffalo, 
N.  Y. 

Robinson,  Amelia  A.,  private  nurse,  Nash- 
ville, Tenn. 

Russell,  Ruby  E.,  private  nurse,  Char- 
lottesville, Va. 

Stanton,  Priscilla  (Mrs.  Todd),  Pittsburg, 
Pa. 

Sumby,  Lillie  May,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Valentine,  J.  Ella,  private  nurse,  Leba- 
non, Ind. 

Whitson,  Clara  E.  (Mrs.  Howe),  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

1899. 

Banks,  Effie  P.  (Mrs.  Sykes),  Indianapo- 
lis, Ind. 

Brown,  Agnes  M.,  private  nurse,  Meyers- 
dale,  Pa. 

Coleman,  Georgia  A.,  private  nurse, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Dismond,  S.  Matthew  (Mrs.  Dibble),  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

Francies,  Bertha  A.,  head  nurse,  Home 
Hospital,  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Hairston,  Lula  C.  (Mrs.  Crews),  Winston, 
N.  C. 

Hankins,  Mintha  C,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Hendricks,  Eliza  R.  (Mrs.  Brown). 

Henry,  Lillian  M.,  private  nurse,  Down- 
ingtown,  Pa. 

Hoge,  Carrie  M.,  private  nurse,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Keemer,  Jessie  E.  (Mrs.  Robinson),  Prov- 
idence, R.  I. 

McEwen,  Irene  0.  (Mrs.  Green),  Pensa- 
cola,  Fla. 

Rich,  Anna,  private  nurse,  Hartford, 
Conn. 

Scott,  Helen  V.  (Mrs.  Cole)',  Swansboro, 
Ga. 

Thompson,  Isabella,  private  nurse,  New 
Orleans,  La. 

Wilson,  Emma  C,  private  nurse,  Mont- 
gomery, Ala. 

Williams,  Almira  E.,  deceased. 

1900. 

Clarke,  Mary  F.,  private  nurse,  Rich- 
mond, Va. 

Hamilton,  Priscilla,  deceased. 

Hawkins,  Nannie  E.,  private  nurse,  Char- 
lotte, N.C. 


freedmen's  hospital. 


371 


Occupation  and  residence  of  graduates — Continued. 


1900— Continued. 

Hunton,  Mary  A.  (Mrs.  Gordon),  St.  Louis, 
Mo. 

Johnson,  Hattie  B.,  private  nurse,  Mount 
Pleasant,  N.  C. 

Lewis,  Eva  P.,  private  nurse,  Manassas, 
Va. 

Mickens,  Macella  C,  private  nurse,  Pitts- 
burg, Pa. 

Middleton,  Haga  II.,  private  nurse, 
Charleston,  S.  C. 

Moody,  Annie  L.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Smith,  Cora  V.,  private  nurse,  Camden, 
N.J. 

Winneld,  Laura,  private  nurse,  Ware, 
Mass. 

1901. 

Allen,  Margaret  A.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Barks,  Susan  C,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Campbell,  B.  N.,  private  nurse,  Mont- 
gomery, Ala. 

Dey,  Mary  L.,  private  nurse,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

Hackley,  Mamie  E.  (Mrs.  Ash),  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

Hanson,  Carrie  L.,  private  nurse,  Balti- 
more, Md. 

Harrell,  Catherine  S.  (Mrs.  Butler),  Texas. 

Hunter,  Bessie,  private  nurse,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Jackson,  Eliza  A.,  private  nurse,  Rich- 
mond, Va. 

Jones,  Mary  J.,  matron,  Freedmen's  Hos- 
pital, Washington,  D.  C. 

Powell,  Gussie  D.,  private  nurse,  Rich- 
mond, Va. 

Rhone,  Charlotte  S.,  private  nurse,  New- 
bern,  N.  C. 

Robinson,  Frances  A.,  private  nurse, 
Newbern,  N.  C. 

Thomas,  Bertha  J.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Walcott,  Louisa  M.,  private  nurse,  Rock- 
hill,  S.  C. 

Whitley,  Florence  A.,  private  nurse, 
Newbern,  N.  C. 

1902. 

Adams,  Ella  C,  private  nurse,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

Baker,  Vera  L.,  head  nurse,  State  Hos- 
pital, Goldsboro,  N.  C. 

Booth,  Mary  S.,  private  nurse,  Bath,  Me. 

Delisse,  Augusta  V.,  private  nurse,  Brook- 
lyn, N.  Y. 

Dias,  Frances  C,  private  nurse,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

Johnson,  Gertrude  B.,  private  nurse, 
Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y. 


1902— Continued. 

Mason,  Corinna  (Mrs.  Phillips),  Spring- 
field, Mass. 

Nichols,  Florence  L.,  private  nurse,  New- 
ark, N.  J. 

Rogers,  Amanda,  private  nurse,  Indian- 
apolis, Ind. 

Roper,  Maggie  A.,  private  nurse,  Galves- 
ton, Tex. 

Thompson,  Rachel  A.  (Mrs.  Thomas),  de- 
ceased. 

1903. 

Browne,  E.  M.,  head  nurse,  Douglass  Hos- 
pital, Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Baltimore,  Mary  E.,  private  nurse,  Harris- 
burg,  Pa. 

Christie,  Sarah  E.,  private  nurse,  Chester, 
Pa. 

Coates,  Maiella  E.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Hargrave,  L.  S.,  private  nurse,  Trenton, 
N.  J. 

Johnson,  L.  D.,  private  nurse,  Warrenton, 
N.  C. 

Johnson,  Nellie  V.,  private  nurse,  Abbe- 
ville, S.  C. 

Latney,  Carrie  L.  (Mrs.  Bowie),  Washing- 
ton^. C. 

Love,  Ellen  V.,  private  nurse,  Lumber- 
ton,  N.  C. 

Purcell,  E.  J.,  private  nurse,  Brunswick, 
Ga. 

Rollins,  Clara  A.,  private  nurse,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Rutherford,  Anna  L.,  private  nurse, 
Kingston,  N.  C. 

Sharp,  Carrie  M.,  private  nurse,  Marion, 
Va. 

Valentine,  J.  L.  (Mrs.  Dial),  Jacksonville, 
Fla. 

Yarborough,  S.  V.  S.,  private  nurse,  Co- 
lumbus, Ga. 

1904. 

Baker,  Hattie  E.,  private  nurse,  Darling- 
ton, S.  C. 

Blackwell,  W.  Lucille  (Mrs.  Morris),  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

Carter,  Mary  E.,  private  nurse,  Rippon, 
W.  Va. 

Carter,  Elizabeth  V.,-head  nurse,  Mercy 
Hospital,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Grant,  Anna  E.,  private  nurse,  Savannah, 
Ga. 

Gilmore,  Mary  E.,  private  nurse,  Leaven- 
worth, Kans. 

James,  Aleathia  D.,  private  nurse,  Ro- 
chelle,  Fla. 

Jeffries,  Emma  M.,  private  nurse,  Red- 
bank,  N.  J. 


372 


FREEDMEN  'S    HOSPITAL. 


Occupation  and  residence 
1904— Continued. 

Jones,   Violet,   private  nurse,    Hartford, 
Conn. 

Lewis,  Louzetta  (Mrs.  Mitchell),  Mont- 
gomery, Ala. 

Richardson,  Erne  V.  (Mrs.  McCoy),  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Thomas,  Marie  E.  (Mrs.  Jones),  Topeka, 
Kans. 

1905. 

Braxton,  Margaret,  private  nurse,  Hart- 
ford, Conn. 

Brooks,  Alpha  E.,  private  nurse,  Insti- 
tute, W.  Va. 

Carter,  Marion  M.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Henderson,    Hattie    E.,    private    nurse, 
Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Holmes,  Julia  E.,  private  nurse,  Plain- 
field,  N.  J. 

Jefferson,    Roxanna   M.,    private   nurse, 
Bristol,  Tenn. 

Kidd,  Berta  M.  (Mrs.  Harris),  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Long,    Ida  E.,   private  nurse,    Newark, 
N.J. 

Maston,  Mary  J.,  head  nurse,  Red  Cross 
Sanitarium,  Louisville,  Ky. 

Scott,  Julia  E. ,  private  nurse,  New  Haven, 
Conn. 

Teabout,  Stella,  private  nurse,  Richfield 
Springs,  N.  Y. 

Taliaferro,  Olivia,  private  nurse,  Anacos- 
tia,  D.  C. 

Terry,  Jessie  C,  private  nurse,  Los  An- 
geles, Cal. 

Williams,  Daisy  M.  (Mrs.  Moten),  Sher- 
man, Tex. 

Williams,  Mary  T.,  private  nurse,  Ware 
Neck,  Va. 

Wilson,   Annabel,   private  nurse,   Balti- 
more, Md. 

1906. 

Barnes,  Annie,  private  nurse,  Baltimore, 

Md. 
Bearce,   Daisy  M.,  private  nurse,   Rye, 

N.  Y. 


of  graduates — Continued. 

1906— Continued. 

Burruss,  Mary  E.  (Mrs.  Wormley),  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Gordon,  Mary  B.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Hall,  Iona  M.,  private  nurse,  Troy,  Ohio. 

Henderson,  Sara  O.,  private  nurse,  New- 
port, R.  I. 

Johnson,  Harriett  C,  private  nurse, Cleve- 
land, Ohio. 

Lewis,  Willie  A.,  private  nurse,  Atlanta, 
Ga. 

Lucas,  Marion  V.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

McDougal,  Colota  M.,  private  nurse,  In- 
dianapolis, Ind. 

McKnight,  Viola,  superintendent  of 
nurses,  State  Hospital,  Petersburg,  Va. 

Marshall,  Mary  E.,  private  nurse,  Morris- 
town,  Tenn. 

Merritt,  Mary  E.,  superintendent  of 
nurses,  Mitchell  Hospital,  Leavenworth, 
Kans. 

1907. 

Bullock,  Blanche  V.,  private  nurse,  Rich- 
mond, Va. 

Childs,  Helen  D.,  private  nurse,  Lake- 
wood,  N.  J. 

Escoffery,  Lula  M.,  private  nurse,  At- 
lantic City,  N.  J. 

Harmon,  Nannie  M.,  private  nurse,  Tip 
Top,  Va. 

Porter,  Susan  H.,  private  nurse,  dean 
woman's  department,  Tuskegee,  Ala. 

Payton,  Lillian  M.,  operating  nurse, 
Freedmen's  Hospital. 

Peck,  Alice  M.,  private  nurse,  Baltimore, 
Md. 

Rose,  Julia  M.,  private  nurse,  Lynch- 
burg, Va. 

Slocum,  Mary  E.,  private  nurse,  Provi- 
dence, R.  I. 

Smith,  Minnie  M.,  private  nurse,  Am- 
herst, Mass. 

Taylor,  Loretta  P.,  private  nurse,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Wright,  Nena  J.,  private  nurse,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 


The  circular  of  information  sent  to  applicants  is  reprinted  below: 

The  Freedmen's  Hospital  Training  School  for  Nurses  is  established  to  give  a  two 
years'  course  of  training  to  women  who  desire  to  enter  the  profession  of  nursing. 

Applicants  may  be  received  at  any  time  during  the  year  when  there  is  a  vacancy. 
Those  wishing  to  obtain  this  course  of  instruction  must  apply  to  the  surgeon  in  chief 
of  the  Freedmen's  Hospital,  and  printed  instructions  will  be  furnished  respecting  the 
personal  information  to  be  given  by  applicants.  Letters  of  application  should  be 
accompanied  by  a  statement  from  a  clergyman,  testifying  to  good  moral  character, 
and  from  a  physician,  fortifying  to  sound  health  and  unimpaired  faculties.  Appli- 
cants must  be  between  2!  and  35  years  of  age,  of  at  least  average  height  and  physique, 
and  must  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  a  general  fitness  of  disposition  and  temperament 


373 

for  the  work  of  nursing.  It  has  been  the  practice  of  the  hospital  to  appoint  only 
unmarried  colored  women  (this  term  includes  widows).  Upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  superintendent  of  the  nurses  and  the  approval  of  the  surgeon  in  chief  they  will 
be  received  one  month  on  probation.  During  the  month  of  trial  and  previous  to 
being  accepted  as  a  pupil  in  the  school  the  applicant  must  be  prepared  for  an  exami- 
nation in  reading,  penmanship,  simple  arithmetic,  and  English  dictation.  The 
examination  is  to  test  the  applicant's  ability  to  read  aloud  well,  to  write  legibly  and 
accurately,  to  understand  arithmetic  as  far  as  fractions  and  per  cent,  and  take  notes  of 
lectures.  This  amount  of  education  is  indispensable  for  a  member  of  the  school,  but 
applicants  are  reminded  that  women  of  superior  education  and  cultivation  will  be 
preferred. 

During  the  probationary  month,  board,  lodging,  and  laundry  work  are  provided  by 
the  school.    The  probationer  provides  her  own  dress. 

The  training  school  authorities  reserve  the  ri^ht  to  terminate  the  connection  of  a 
pupil  with  the  school  at  any^  time  in  case  of  misconduct,  inefficiency,  or  neglect  of 
duty.  Those  who  prove  satisfactory  are  accepted  as  pupils  after  signing  a  written 
agreement  to  remain  at  the  school  for  two  years,  including  the  probationary  month, 
and  during  that  time  to  obey  the  rules  of  the  school  and  hospital  and  to  be  subordinate 
to  the  authorities  governing  the  same.  Pupils  reside  at  the  home  and  serve  as  assist- 
ants in  various  departments  of  the  hospital  for  the  full  two  years.  They  are  also 
expected  to  perform  any  duty  assigned  to  them  by  the  superintendent  of  nurses. 

After  the  month  of  probation  pupils  are  required,  when  on  duty,  to  wear  the  dress 
prescribed  by  the  hospital,  which  is  a  blue  gingham,  simply  made,  with  white  apron 
and  cap  and  linen  collar  and  cuffs.    Probationers  are  not  allowed  to  wear  this  dress. 

In  addition  to  their  board  and  lodging  and  a  reasonable  amount  of  laundry  work, 
the  nurses  will  be  provided  with  uniforms,  the  necessary  note  and  text-books,  also  $5 
per  month.  This  sum  is  not  given  as  pay  for  services  rendered,  it  being  considered 
that  their  education  during  that  time  is  a  full  equivalent  for  their  services. 

The  clay  nurses  are  on  duty^  from  7.30  a.  m.  to  7.30  p.  m.,  with  an  hour  off  for  dinner 
and  additional  time  for  exercise  or  rest.  The  pupils  have  a  right  to  one-half  of  Sunday 
and  are  often  given  a  half  day  in  the  week.  A  vacation  of  two  weeks  is  allowed  each 
year  during  the  summer.  In  sickness  the  pupils  are  cared  for  gratuitously,  but  the 
time  lost  must  be  made  up. 

The  course  of  instruction  is  given  by  visiting  and  resident  physicians  and  surgeons 
at  the  bedside  of  the  patients  and  by  the  superintendent  and  head  nurse.  A  regular 
course  of  lectures,  recitations,  and  demonstrations  is  also  given,  with  examinations 
at  stated  periods.  When  the  full  term  of  two  years  is  ended,  the  nurses  receive,  if 
they  pass  the  examination  and  are  otherwise  satisfactory,  a  diploma  certifying  to  the 
course  of  training  and  practice. 

COURSE    OF  TRAINING. 

The  instruction  includes: 

(1)  The  dressing  of  blisters,  burns,  sores,  wounds;  the  application  of  fomentations, 
poultices,  cups. 

(2)  The  administration  of  enemas  and  use  of  catheter. 

(3)  The  management  of  appliances  for  uterine  complaints. 

(4)  The  best  method  of  friction  to  the  body  and  extremities. 

(5)  The  management  of  helpless  patients;  making  beds,  moving,  changing,  giving 
baths  in  bed,  preventing  and  dressing  bedsores,  and  managing  positions. 

(6)  Bandaging,  making  bandages  and  rollers,  lining  of  splints. 

(7)  The  preparing,  cooking,  and  serving  of  delicacies  for  the  sick. 

They  will  also  be  given  instruction  in  the  best  practical  methods  of  supplying 
fresh  air,  warming  and  ventilating  sick  rooms  in  the  proper  manner,  and  are  taught 
to  take  care  of  rooms  and  wards,  to  keep  all  utensils  perfectly  clean  and  disinfected, 
to  make  accurate  observations  and  reports  to  the  physician  of  the  state  of  the  secre- 
tions, expectoration,  pulse,  skin,  appetite,  temperature  of  the  body,  intelligence  as 
to  delirium  or  stupor,  breathing,  sleep,  condition  of  wounds,  eruptions,  formation  of 
matter,  effect  of  diet,  or  of  stimulants,  or  of  medicine,  and  to  learn  the  management 
of  convalescents. 

The  teaching  will  be  given  by  visiting  or  resident  physicians  and  surgeons  at  the 
bedside  of  the  patients,  and  by  the  superintendent.  Lectures,  recitations,  and  dem- 
onstrations will  take  place  from  time  to  time,  and  examinations  at  stated  periods. 

When  the  full  term  of  two  years  is  ended,  the  nurses  thus  trained,  on  passing  a 
satisfactory  examination,  each  receive  a  diploma. 


374 

QUESTIONS   TO    BE    ANSWERED   BY   CANDIDATES.  > 

(1)  Name  in  full. 

(2)  Are  you  a  single  woman  or  widow? 

(3)  If  a  widow,  have  you  children;  how  many;  their  ages;  how  are  they  provided 
for? 

(4)  Are  you  otherwise  free  from  domestic  responsibility  so  that  you  are  not  liable 
to  be  called  away  during  the  two  years'  course? 

(5)  Your  present  occupation  or  employment. 

(6)  Your  former  employment,  if  any. 

(7)  Your  age  on  last  birthday. 

(8)  Date  and  place  of  birth. 

(9)  Height. 

(10)  Weight. 

(11)  In  what  schools  and  places  were  you  educated?  And  state  what  your  advan- 
tages have  been. 

(12)  Have  you  ever  been  in  any  other  hospital  or  training  school? 

(13)  Are  you  strong  and  healthy,  and  have  you  always  been  so? 

(14)  Are  your  sight  and  hearing  good? 

(15)  Have  you  any  physical  defects? 

(16)  Have  you  any  tendency  to  pulmonary  complaint? 

(17)  Have  you  ever  had  any  uterine  disease? 

(18)  The  names  in  full  of  two  persons  to  be  referred  to,  not  relatives;  and  state  how 
long  each  has  known  you;  if  previously  employed,  one  of  these  must  be  the  last 
employer. 

(19)  Have  you  read  and  do  you  clearly  understand  the  regulations? 

CONTRACT   SIGNED   BY   PUPIL   NURSES    ON    ENTERING  THE    SCHOOL. 

Washington,  D.  C, ,  190 — . 

I, ,  the  undersigned,  do  hereby  agree  to  remain  two  years  from  date 

a  pupil  of  the  above-named  institution,  and  promise  during  that  time  to  obey  the 
rules  of  school  and  hospital  and  to  be  subordinate  to  the  authorities  governing  the 
same. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

I  desire  to  renew  my  recommendation  of  last  year  as  regards  pay 
patients.  The  demand  for  some  provision  for  this  class  is  constantly 
growing  and  for  whose  care  and  treatment  Freedmen's  Hospital  is 
peculiarly  suitable.  Numbers  of  persons,  whose  presence  in  other 
hospitals  is  not  wanted,  would  be  welcomed  here.  They  are  able  and 
willing  to  pay  and  I  urge  that  some  provision  be  made  whereby  this 
class  of  patients  can  receive  treatment  in  this  hospital. 

The  erection  of  a  suitable  building  for  the  nurses'  home  I  con- 
sider as  the  most  pressing  need  at  present.  Until  this  building  is 
erected  the  nurses  will  be  compelled  to  occupy  one  of  the  wards  of 
the  hospital,  thus  limiting  the  space  intended  for  patients. 

A  fence  around  the  hospital  grounds  is  much  needed.  These 
grounds,  spacious  and  beautifully  shaded,  would  be  a  valuable 
auxiliary  to  the  work  of  the  hospital  if  they  could  be  inclosed  and 
properly  kept  and  if  noisy  persons  who  daily  annoy  patients  and 
attendants  could  be  excluded. 

Another  pressing  need  of  this  institution  is  the  employment  of  a 
skilled  anesthetist  with  a  salary  commensurate  with  the  importance 
of  the  position.  The  giving  of  an  anesthetic  is  second  in  importance 
only  to  the  work  of  the  surgeon  and  should  be  intrusted  only  to  one 
thoroughly  versed  in  this  important  work  of  the  operating  room. 

The  employment  of  an  assistant  engineer  and  an  additional  fireman 
is  urgent  and  should  not  be  delayed  much  longer.  When  the  engineer 
goes  off  duty  the  plant  is  left  in  charge  of  a  fireman,  whose  time  is  of 


freedmen's  hospital.  375 

necessity  divided  between  the  boiler  room  and  the  hospital  buildings, 
a  practice  which  is  regarded  as  unsafe  and  should  not  be  allowed  to 
exist,  but  can  not  be  remedied  until  sufficient  appropriation  is  had. 
The  following  estimates  of  appropriation  are  urgently  needed  for 
the  completion  of  the  new  hospital  and  accessories: 

Nurses'  home $45, 000. 00 

Grading 5, 000. 00 

Fence 12, 000. 00 

Total 52,000.00 

Receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  year. 
Receipts: 

Appropriation,  sundry  civil  bill — 

For  support $10,  500. 00 

Salaries 17,  000. 00 

Appropriation,   District  of  Columbia  appropriation  bill 
(under  contract  with  Board  of  Charities) 25,  500. 00 

$53, 000. 00 

Expenditures: 

Miscellaneous  (fuel,  light,  clothing,  forage,  medicine,  etc.)     16, 119. 33 

Subsistence 18, 127. 46 

Salaries 16, 806. 23 

51,053.02 

Very  respectfully, 

W.  A.  Warfield, 

Surgeon  in  Chief. 
The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


REPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  HOWARD  UNIVERSITY. 


377 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES. 

WILBUR    P.    THIRKIELD,    LL.    D.,   President   of   the    University. 
Judge  JOB  BARNARD,  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 
Mr.  GEORGE  H.  SAFFORD,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

Term  expires  1909. 

Rev.  A.  F.  BEARD,  D.  D.,  New  York  City. 
Hon.  HENRY  M.  BAKER,  Washington,  D.  C. 
President  E.  M.  GALLAUDET,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Rev.  CHARLES  WOOD,  D.  D.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Rev.  CHARLES  H.  RICHARDS,  D.  D.,  New  York  City. 
Judge  GEORGE  W.  ATKINSON,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Judge  STANTON  J.  PEELLE,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Dr.  JOHN  R.  FRANCIS,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Term  expires  1910. 

Judge  THOMAS  H.  ANDERSON,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Judge  JOB  BARNARD,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Rev.  F.  J.  GRIMKE,  D.  D.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mr.  WILLIAM  V.  COX,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dr.  BOOKER  T.   WASHINGTON,  Tuskeegee,  Ala. 

Mr.  HENRY  E.  PELLEW,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Bishop  BENJAMIN  TUCKER  TANNER,  LL.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Mr.  CUNO  H.  RUDOLPH,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Term  expires  1911. 

Mr.  J.  DOULL  MILLER,  New  York  City. 

Gen.  GEORGE  W.  BALLOCH,"  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dr.  J.  H.  N.  WARING,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Mr.  JOHN  F.  COOK,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Rev.  J.  E.  MOORLAND,  D.  D.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mr.  JACKSON  H.  RALSTON,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dr.  CHARLES  B.  PURVIS,  Boston,  Mass. 

Rev.  WILBUR  P.  THIRKIELD,  D.  D.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

HONORARY  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES. 

Hon.  WILLIAM  B.  ALLISON,"  Dubuque,  Iowa. 

Bishop  BENJAMIN  F.   LEE,  Wilberforce,  Ohio. 

Maj.  Gen.  OLIVER  O.  HOWARD,  Burlington,  Vt. 

Mr.  John  A.  COLE,  Chicago,  111. 

Hon.  JOSEPH  D.  SAYERS,  Texas. 

Mr.  S.  V.  WHITE,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Hon.  JOSEPH  H.  CHOATE,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Hon.  GEORGE  H.  WHITE,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Bishop  ALEXANDER  MACKAY-SMITH,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

PATRON  EX  OFFICIO. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  the  Hon.  JAMES  RUDOLPH  GARFIELD. 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 

WILBUR  P.  THIRKIELD,  LL.  D.,  President. 

Mr.  JOHN  F.  COOK.  I    Mr.  CUNO  II.  RUDOLPH. 

Hon.   HENRY  M.  BAKER.  Dr.  J.  H.  N.  WARING. 

Mr.   WILLIAM  V.  COX.  I    Judge  GEORGE  W.  ATKINSON. 

HEADS  OF  DEPARTMENTS. 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  :  KELLY  MILLER,  A.  M.,  Dean. 

The  Teachers'  College  :  LEWIS  B.  MOORE,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  Dean. 

The  School  of  Theology:   ISAAC  CLARK,  A.  M.,  D.  D,  Dean. 

The  School  of  Medicine:  ROBERT  REYBURN.  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Dean. 

The  School  of  Law  :   BENJAMTN  F.  LEIGHTON,  LL.  D.,  Dean. 

The  Commercial  College:   GEORGE  W.   COOK,  A.  M.,  LL.  M.,  Dean. 

The  Academy:   GEORGE  J.  CUMMINGS,  A.  M.,  Dean. 

The  School  of  Manual  Arts  and  Applied  Sciences  :  WALTER  S.  GRAFFAM,  B.  S.,  Director. 

a  Deceased. 
378 


REPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  HOWARD  UNIVERSITY. 


Howard  University, 
Washington,  D.  C,  July  15,  1908. 

Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  for  Howard  University  the  fol- 
lowing report,  showing  "  the  condition  of  the  institution  on  the  1st 
day  of  July,  embracing  therein  the  number  of  pupils  received  and 
discharged  or  leaving  the  same  for  any  cause  during  the  year  and  the 
number  remaining;  also  the  branches  of  knowledge  and  industry 
taught,  and  the  progress  made  therein."  The  report  of  the  treas- 
urer attached  shows  "  the  receipts  of  the  institution  and  from  what 
sources,  and  its  disbursements  and  for  what  objects." 

The  students,  1,091  in  number,  were  from  34  States  and  Terri- 
tories, from  Porto  Rico  4,  and  from  the  following  foreign  countries: 
Africa,  4;  British  West  Indies,  60;  Canada,  1;  Republic  of  Panama, 
1;  South  America,  7,  and  from  Santo  Domingo,  Haiti,  West  Indies, 
and  India  each  1. 

Of  these  128  graduated  as  per  statement  under  each  department. 

Howard  University  was  founded  in  1867  under  the  Freedmen's 
Bureau.  The  original  farm  purchased  for  the  site,  together  with  the 
buildings,  is  now  surrounded  by  the  city,  and  the  grounds  and  build- 
ings of  the  university  are  valued  at  over  $1,000,000.  The  university  has 
sent  but  over  2,500  graduates  from  the  several  departments,  who  have 
made  an  honorable  record  for  usefulness  and  large  service  among 
their  people.  The  enrollment  for  the  current  year  is  1,091  students. 
The  national  character  of  the  institution  may  be  judged  from  the 
fact  that  these  students  come  from  34  States  and  76  from  8  for- 
eign countries.  Howard  University  is  the  only  institution  where  the 
nation  directly  touches  the  education  of  the  negro.  While  millions 
of  dollars  have  been  appropriated  for  the  education  of  Indians  and 
the  Eskimos  of  Alaska  the  appropriations  to  this  university  have 
been  comparatively  small,  although  it  has  to  do  with  the  uplifting 
of  ten  millions  of  negroes  on  whom  have  been  placed  the  duties  and 
responsibilities  of  citizenship.  While  some  state  institutions  for 
negroes  are  maintained  in  the  South  yet  the  appropriations  for  the 
same  are  generally  limited  and  mostly  from  the  Morrill  fund.  Hence 
the  importance  of  this  institution  that  provides  for  the  training  of 
the  teachers,  physicians,  the  intellectual  and  moral  and  industrial 
leaders  and  helpers  of  a  race. 

For  convenience  I  render  a  detailed  report  by  departments. 

SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE. 

The  school  of  medicine  was  chartered  by  act  of  Congress  March  2, 
1867.  It  includes  the  medical,  dental,  and  pharmaceutic  colleges, 
and,  in  conformity  with  the  spirit  of  the  organic  law  of  the  university, 
is  open  to  all  persons  without  regard  to  sex  or  race  who  are  qualified 

379 


380 


HOWARD   UNIVERSITY. 


by  good  moral  character,  age,  and  required  preparation.  The  courses 
have  been  lengthened  to  four  years  and  the  sessions  now  extend  from 
October  1  to  June.  The  courses  of  study  cover  the  following  sub- 
jects: Anatomy,  physiology,  histology,  materia  medica,  therapeutics, 
electro-therapeutics,  general  chemistry,  organic  chemistry,  toxicology, 
obstetrics,  embryology,  practice  of  medicine,  surgery,  minor  surgery, 
hygiene,  pathology,  bacteriology,  gynecology,  pediatrics,  ophthal- 
mology, otology,  dermatology,  laryngology,  rhinology,  physical  diag- 
nosis, and  medical  jurisprudence.  The  curriculum  in  the  dental  col- 
lege comprises  anatomy,  physiology,  histology,  materia  medica, 
therapeutics,  chemistry,  toxicology,  metallurgy,  oral  surgery,  opera- 
tive and  prosthetic  dentistry,  dental  technic,  pathology,  bacteriology, 
hygiene,  and  medical  jurisprudence.  The  curriculum  in  pharmacy 
comprises  chemistry,  toxicology,  botany,  materia  medica,  therapeu- 
tics, pharmacy,  microscopy,  bacteriology,  urinalysis,  and  physiology. 
The  completion  of  the  new  Freedmen's  Hospital,  which  is  built  on 
an  adjoining  park  of  11  acres,  ceded  to  the  Government  by  the  uni- 
versity for  this  purpose,  will  give  to  the  school  of  medicine  excep- 
tionally fine  clinical  advantages. 

Students  in  attendance  in  the  school  of  medicine. 


Seniors 28 

Juniors 34 

Sophomores 55 

Freshmen 54 

Senior  dental 6 

Middle  dental 21 

First  year  dental 30 

Senior  pharmaceutic 9 

Middle  year  pharmaceutic 17 

First  year  pharmaceutic 20 

Special  students: 

Anatomy,  materia  medica, 
physiology,  and  physiologi- 
cal laboratory 4 


Special  students — Continued. 

Bacteriology  and  chemistry 2 

Bacteriology  and  pathology 1 

Chemistry,   histology,   materia 
medica,      physiology,      and 

physiological    laboratory  __  2 

Physiology 3 

Pharmacy 3 

Evening  students : 

Medical 14 

Dental 7 

Post  graduates 22 

Total 332 


Of  these,  24  received  the  degree  of  M.  D.,  5  received  the  degree  of  D.  D.  S., 
and  8  received  the  degree  of  Phar.  D. 

SCHOOL  OF  LAW. 

The  branches  taught  are  the  same  as  those  of  other  law  schools  in 
the  city  of  Washington,  as  follows : 

FIRST  YEAR. 

Blackstone's  Commentaries ;  Tiedeman  on  Real  Property,  as  far  as 
the  chapter  on  Trusts;  Darlington's  Personal  Property;  Lawson  on 
Contracts,  enlarged  edition;  Daniel  and  Douglass's  Elements  of  the 
Law  of  Negotiable  Instruments;  American  Cases  on  Contracts,  by 
Huffcutt  and  Woodruff,  and  Schouler  on  Domestic  Relations;  Hale 
on  Torts;  Clark  on  Criminal  Law. 


MIDDLE  YEAR. 


Andrew  Stephen's  Pleading;  Adams  on  Equity;  Shepard's  Selected 
Cases  in  Equity ;  Clark's  Criminal  Procedure ;  Greenleaf's  Evidence, 


HOWARD   UNIVERSITY.  381 

volume  1 ;  Tiedeman  on  Real  Property,  commencing  with  the  chapter 
on  Trusts;  Wambaugh's  Study  of  Cases. 

SENIOR  YEAR. 

Cooley's  Principles  of  Constitutional  Law;  Boyd's  Constitutional 
Law  Cases ;  Bateman's  Mercantile  Law ;  Clark  on  Corporations ;  Bur- 
dick  on  Partnerships ;  Burdick  on  Sales ;  Elliott  on  Insurance ;  Green- 
leaf  on  Evidence,  volumes  2  and  3 ;  Schouler's  Executors  and  Admin- 
istrators; Woolsey  on  International  Law. 

Students  in  attendance  in  the  school  of  laiv. 

Seniors 27 

Middlers 20 

Juniors 45 

Specials 5 

Total 97 

Of  these  25  received  the  degree  of  bachelor  of  laws. 

SCHOOL  OF  THEOLOGY. 

The  school  of  theology,  which  is  not  supported  in  any  degree  by 
Congress,  requires  no  doctrinal  tests,  is  interdenominational,  and  wel- 
comes the  patronage  of  all  who  are  preparing  for  moral  and  religious 
work,  makes  the  following  report: 

The  branches  taught  are  the  Scriptures  in  the  original,  the  English 
Bible,  biblical  history  and  antiquities,  systematic  theology,  church 
history,  homiletics,  Christian  missions,  pastoral  theology,  moral  phi- 
losophy, natural  theology,  evidences  of  Christianity,  elocution,  rhet- 
oric, and  vocal  music. 

There  are  three  courses — a  classical  and  an  English  day  course 
and  a  night  English  course.  Only  those  in  the  classical  course  study 
the  Scriptures  in  the  original. 

Various  denominations  are  represented  among  the  teachers  and 
students,  and  all  work  in  harmony.  Three  teachers  give  all  their 
time  to  the  work,  and  two  part  time. 

Students  in  attendance  in  the  school  of  tJieology. 

Seniors . S 

Middlers ! 12 

Juniors 12 

Specials 19 

51 

Evening  institute : 

Fourth  year 4 

Third  year : 12 

Second  year 12 

First  year 19 

47 

Total 9S 

Of  these  5  received  the  degree  of  bachelor  of  divinity,  and  12 
received  certificates. 


382  HOWARD   UNIVERSITY. 

COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES. 

The  students  are  classified,  as  in  other  American  colleges,  into 
seniors,  juniors,  sophomores,  and  freshmen. 

The  subjects  taught  are  as  follows:  Algebra,  geometry,  trigonom- 
etry, analytics,  calculus,  astronomy,  physics,  chemistry,  geology,  zool- 
ogy, botany,  mineralogy,  biology,  logic,  rhetoric,  history,  English 
literature,  Greek,  Latin,  French,  German,  psychology,  moral  philos- 
ophy, political  science,  international  law,  political  economy,  sociology, 
pedagogy,  theism,  modern  philosophy,  history  of  education,  and 
Bible  study.  The  Bible  is  studied  as  literature,  and  the  great  ethical 
principles  that  form  the  basis  of  social  and  moral  life  are  enforced. 

Students  in  attenadnce  in  the  department  of  college  of  arts  and  sciences. 

Seniors  IS 

Juniors 15 

Sophomores 24 

Freshmen 44 

Special  students 5 

Total 106 

Of  these  16  received  the  degree  of  A.  B. 

TEACHERS'  COLLEGE. 

This  college  is  the  department  of  pedagogy  for  the  study  of  edu- 
cational science  and  the  training  of  teachers.  The  purpose  of  the 
department  is  to  afford  opportunity,  both  theoretical  and  practical, 
for  the  training  of  teachers  of  both  sexes  for  elementary  and  sec- 
ondary schools,  and  by  instruction  and  direction  to  help  those  who 
desire  to  pursue  studies  and  investigations  in  the  science  of  education. 

The  work  aims  (1)  to  acquaint  the  students  with  those  principles 
and  .practices  of  education  which  have  changed  the  methods  of  secu- 
lar schools  and  established  them  upon  a  psychological  basis;  (2)  to 
lay  broad  culture  in  the  student  himself,  and  (3)  to  create  a  spirit  of 
enthusiastic  devotion  to  the  highest  of  all  work — the  instruction  of 
a  little  child. 

The  practice  school  is  the  laboratory  of  the  department.  Mem- 
bers of  the  senior  class  give  instruction  here  one  year  as  a  part  of  their 
required  training. 

The  following  subjects  are  taught:  Teachers'  course  in  English, 
physiology,  zoology,  physiography,  physics,  nature  study,  history, 
gymnastics,  Bible,  elocution,  psychology  (elementary  and  descrip- 
tive), history  of  pedagogy,  history  of  philosophy,  ethics,  philosophy 
of  education,  methods  of  teaching,  and  kindergarten  methods. 

The  junior  class  has  enjoyed  a  course  in  general  culture,  including 
reviews  of  popular  works  and  discussions  of  current  topics. 

Students  in  attendance  in  the  teachers'  college. 

Seniors 12 

Juniors 20 

Sophomores 5 

Freshmen 6 

Special   students 24 

Elementary  school 49 

Total 110 

Of  these,  ?>  received  the  degree  of  A.  B.,  4  received  the  degree  of 
Ph.  B.,  and  7  received  diplomas  of  graduation. 


HOWARD   UNIVERSITY.  383 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MANUAL  ARTS. 

The  department  of  manual  arts  is  closely  affiliated  with  the  teach- 
ers' college  and  the  academy,  in  order  to  serve  the  double  purpose  of 
giving  instruction  in  the  manual  arts,  and  also  of  training  teachers 
competent  to  teach  manual  training  in  the  graded  and  secondary 
schools.  The  demand  for  teachers  who  can  give  instruction  in  manual 
training  in  addition  to  an  academic  subject  is  frequent  and  urgent, 
and  the  trustees  felt  that  by  a  proper  correlation  of  the  industrial  and 
academic  work  they  could  make  this  department  of  the  university  of 
much  more  value  to  the  people  whom  Howard  University  must  elevate. 

The  subjects  taught  are  free-hand  and  mechanical  drawing,  wood- 
work, sheet-metal  work,  printing,  sewing,  weaving,  basketry,  garment 
making,  millinery,  and  cookery. 

The  courses  are  open  to  all  departments  of  the  university,  and  en- 
rolled students  as  follows : 

Printing  office 64 

Domestic  science  (cookery) 53 

Carpentry 81 

Drawing 60 

Sewing,  weaving,  basketry 54 

Total 312 

COMMERCIAL  COLLEGE. 

This  department  gives  a  business  course  and  English  high-school 
education  combined.  It  offers  courses  in  bookkeeping,  commercial 
law,  history,  civics,  etc.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  reading  and 
spelling,  grammar,  and  arithmetic,  as  will  appear  below.  The  fourth- 
year  class  is  the  highest  in  the  grade  of  study.  The  department 
maintains  special  classes  in  typewriting,  shorthand,  and  English 
grammar.  All  students  in  the  first-year  class  are  required  to  spend 
four,  hours  a  week  in  the  industrial  department.  The  instruction  is 
designed  to  fit  pupils  for  intelligent  citizenship  and  practical  busi- 
ness. 

The  following  branches  are  taught  in  the  various  classes:  Higher 
English,  mathematics,  stenography  and  typewriting,  physics,  book- 
keeping, political  economy,  civics,  commercial  law,  commercial  geog- 
raphy, sociology,  zoology,  physiology,  statistics,  and  history  of  com- 
merce. 

Students  in  attendance  in  the  commercial  college. 

Second-year  class 11 

Third-year  class 9 

Fourth-year  class 2 

Special    students 21 

Total 43 

ACADEMY  (PREPARATORY  DEPARTMENT) . 

The  academy  furnishes  a  broad  and  thorough  preparatory  course, 
fitting  for  the  college,  such  as  is  offered  in  the  best  academies  of  the 
country.     The  course  covers  four  years  of  study. 

In  the  senior  year  the  following  subjects  are  offered :  The  English 
classics,  mathematics,  Latin,  Greek,  German  or  French,  the  Bible  as 
literature,  essays,  and  discussions  during  the  year. 


884  HOWARD  UNIVERSITY. 

In  the  middle  year  the  following  subjects  are  taught:  Physics, 
chemistry,  algebra,  English  classics,  essays,  Latin,  Greek,  French  or 
German. 

In  the  submiddle  class  the  subjects  taught  are:  English  history, 
English  classics,  physical  geography,  geometry,  French  or  German, 
the  Bible,  and  manual  training,  such  as  carpentry,  printing,  etc. 

In  the  junior  year  the  subjects  taught  are:  English  composition, 
elementary  rhetoric,  ancient  history,  introductory  Latin,  the  Bible, 
music,  drawing,  physiology,  and  manual  training  four  hours  a  week. 

Students  in   attendance  in   academy. 

Seniors 21 

Middlers 34 

Submiddlers 71 

Juniors  153 

Special  students 18 

Total   297 

Of  these,  19  received  certificates  of  graduation. 
Respectfully  submitted. 

Wilbur  P.  Tiiirkield,  President. 
The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


APPENDIX. 


The  appropriation  bill  requires  the  proper  officer  of  the  university 
to  report  how  the  appropriation  is  expended,  and  in  compliance  with 
this  requirement  I  have  the  honor  to  add  the  following  statement : 

Expenditure  of  appropriation. 

Two  heads  of  the  college  of  arts  and  sciences  and  the  academy,  at  $1,600 

each $3,  200 

Four  professors  of  the  college  of  arts  and  sciences,  at  $1,500  each 6,  000 

One  associate  professor 1,  000 

One  professor  of  the  college  of  arts  and  sciences 750 

One  instructor  of  the  college  of  arts  and  sciences 1,  250 

One  professor  of  the  college  of  arts  and  sciences 1,  200 

One  assistant  to  a  professor  of  the  college  of  arts  and  sciences 72 

One  head  of  the  teachers'  college 2,000 

One  supervisor  of  the  practice  school 1,  000 

Two  instructors  of  the  teachers'  college,  $700  and  $850  each 1,  550 

Two  instructors  of  the  teachers'  college,  $800  and  $650  each 1, 450 

One  instructor  of  the  academy 500 

One  instructor  and  one  professor  of  the  academy,  $1,000  each 2,  000 

Two  instructors  of  the  academy,  $450  and  $400 850 

One  dean  of  the  commercial  college 300 

One  instructor  of  the  commercial  college 500 

Two  instructors  of  the  commercial  college,  $600  and  $700 1,  300 

One  director  of  music 800 

One  assistant  to  the  director  of  music 300 

One  librarian  and  one  matron,  $600  and  $500 1, 100 

One  secretary,  treasurer,  and  business  manager 2,  078 

One  president 3,  600 

Total,  instructors  in  academic  branches 32,  800 

One  dean  and  professor  in  the  school  of  law 1,  500 

Two  professors  in  the  school  of  law,  at  $1,500  each 3,000 

One  professor  and  librarian  in  the  same 1,  400 

Two  lecturers,  at  $500  each 1,000 

One  lecturer 300 


7,200 

The  sum  of  $8,000,  appropriated  for  the  manual  training  (indus- 
trial) department,  was  expended  as  follows: 

Expenditure  of  appropriation  for  manual-training  department. 

For    director    and    instructors   in    woodworking,    mechanical    drawing, 

printing,  domestic  science,  and  domestic  art $6,  300 

For  janitor  and  fireman 140 

For  gas,  fuel,  electricity,  equipment,  and  material  for  the  manual-train- 
ing department,  printing  office,  sewing,  millinery,  dressmaking,  and 
cooking  classes 1,  400 

7.  840 
Unexpended  balance  provided  for,  but  carried  over  to  year  190S-9 160 

S,000 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 25  385 


386  HOWARD  UNIVERSITY. 

The  university  has  already  expended  or  has  contracted  for  during 
the  year  about  $8,500  for  care  of  buildings  and  grounds,  of  which 
$7,000  was  appropriated  by  Congress.  The  appropriation  of  $1,500 
for  the  law  and  general  library  was  expended  or  contracted  for  under 
the  direction  of  the  library  committee,  about  $350  going  to  the  law 
department  library  and  the  balance  going  to  the  general  library.  The 
books  were  purchased  from  the  lowest  bidder  in  each  case.  The  bids 
were  all  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  and  the  purchases 
made  by  his  authority.  The  sum  of  $200,  appropriated  for  chemical 
apparatus,  was  used  by  the  professors  of  chemistry,  physics,  and  natu- 
ral history  after  submission  of  proposals  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Inte- 
rior. The  sum  of  $3,069.96  was  spent  for  fuel  and  lighting  for  the 
various  buildings,  of  which  $3,000  was  appropriated  by  Congress. 

ACCOUNT  PERTAINING  TO  CURRENT  EXPENSES  OF  ACADEMIC 
BRANCHES,  OFFICERS,  AND  PROFESSORS. 

Treasurer's   statement   of  receipts   and   disbursements  from  July   1,   1907,   to 

June  30,  1908. 

RECEIPTS. 

Balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 $47.30 

From  United  States  for — 

Salaries 32,  800.  00 

Chemical   apparatus 200.00 

Law  and  general  library 1,500.00 

Buildings  and  grounds 7,000.00 

Fuel 3,  000.  00 

From   rents 1,036.25 

From  income  from  investments 7,  9S2.  23 

From  students'  rooms 4,823.27 

From  incidental  fees 4,682.59 

From   bookstore 240.92 

From  insurance  loan 3,159.51 

From  loan  as  per  authority  of  board  of  trustees,  January  21,  1908__  5,  900.  00 

From  miscellaneous 1, 183.  31 


73,  555.  38 


EXPENSES. 

Salaries  "33,  613.  50 

Chemical   apparatus 200.00 

Law  and  general  library 855.93 

Buildings  and  grounds 5,745.10 

Fuel  and  light 3,069.96 

Repairs  of  buildings 1,056.69 

Care  of  grounds 444.84 

Gas  and   electricity 1,029.53 

Janitors,   firemen,  and  watchmen 2,501.26 

Insurance 3,  225.  25 

Miscellaneous   and   incidentals 8,470.70 

Interest  on  $15,000  to  school  of  medicine 750.00 

Bookstore 240.  98 

Account    insurance  loan 631.90 

Loans  of  1906  and  1907 8,400.00 

Transfer  to  school  of  medicine 1,050.00 

Balance  June  30,  1908 2,269.74 

73,  555.  38 


HOWARD   UNIVERSITY.  387 

School  of  theology: 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 $15.  68 

By  amount  from  A.  M.  A.  trustees — 

Stone  fund $1,750.00 

Theological  fund 1,050.00 

2,  800.  00 

By  collection  incidental  fees,  night  class 469.50 

By  collection  registration  fees,  day  class 100.00 

By  transfer  from  donation  account 125.00 

To  amount  paid  theological  professors 3,435.00 

To  refund  of  fees 11.  00 

To  advertising  and  supplies 57.90 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 6.  28 

3,  510. 18  3,  510. 18 

School  of  medicine: 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 148.36 

By  cash  F.  J.  Shadd,  treasurer 15,400.00 

By  cash  William  C.  McNeill,  assistant  to  treasurer 5,514.00 

By  registration  fees 495.00 

By  interest  on  $15,000 750.00 

By  transfer  from  current  expense  account 1,  050.  00 

By  amount  J.  H.  Purdy,  balance  pharmacy  laboratory  fees 82.  59 

To  professors,  lecturers,  and  janitors 18,  892.  00 

To  gas  and  electric  lighting  bills,  apparatus,  miscel- 
laneous supplies,  advertising,  catalogues,  labo- 
ratory supplies,  telephone 4,  259.  40 

To  refund  of  registration  fees 35.  00 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 253.  55 

23,  439.  95         23,  439.  95 

School  of  medicine  building  fund : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 50.  00 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 - 50.  00 

50.  00  50.  00 

School  of  law : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 98.08 

By  cash,  James  F.  Bundy,  secretary  and  treasurer 1,993.75 

By  United  States  for  salaries 7,  200.  00 

To  salaries  of  professors  and  lecturers 7,  200.  00 

To  fuel,  water  rent,  gas,  miscellaneous  and  office 

supplies,  printing,   etc 431.  3S 

To  salaries  of  secretary  and  treasurer,  assistant 

librarian,  and  janitor 400.  00 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 1,260.45 


9,  291.  83  9,  291.  83 


Department  of  manual  arts  and  applied  science : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 559.  74 

By  United  States  appropriation  "  Industrial  Department  " 8,  000.  00 

By  fees  from  students 311.  78 

By  cash  for  miscellaneous  printing  and  University  Journal 548.  60 

To  salaries  of  director,  instructors,  and  janitor 6,440.00 

To  miscellaneous  supplies,  equipment,  gas,  elec- 
tricity, supplies  for  classes  in  domestic  science, 
domestic  art,  printing  office,  lumber,  and  hard- 
ware    . 2,274.95 

To  stationery,  supplies,  and  labor,  printing  office-  456.34 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 248.  83 


9,  420. 12  9,  420. 12 


388  HOWARD   UNIVERSITY. 

General  endowment  fund: 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 $618. 33 

By  loans  paid 10,  500.  00 

By  refund  special  assessments 613. 14 

By  insurance  account  fire  Freedmen's  Hospital 2,085.74 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes $10,  000.  00 

To  special  assessments 1,  5S6.  01 

To  notary  and  appraiser  account  fire  Freedmen's 

Hospital 44.75 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 2, 186.  45 

13,  817.  21         13,  817.  21 

Frederick  Douglass  scholarship  fund: 

By  loans  paid 1,  400.  00 

By  interest 231.  08 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes 1,400.00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 231.  08 

1,  631.  08  1,  631.  08 

J.  K.  McLean  scholarship  fund: 

By  loans  paid 1,000.00 

By  interest 66.  00 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes 1,  000.00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 66.00 

1,  066.  00       1,  066.  00 

The  W.  W.  Patton  memorial  fund : 

By  interest .  60 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund .30 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 .  30 

.  60  .  60 

The  Mary  B.  Patton  scholarship  fund: 

By  interest 60.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 60.  00 

60.  00  60.  00 

The  Wm.  W.  Patton  scholarship  fund: 

By  interest 50.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 50.  00 

50.  00  50.  00 

The  F.  B.  Schoals  scholarship  fund: 

By  loans  paid 500.  00 

By  interest 306.  74 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes 500.00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 306.  74 

806.  74  806.  74 

The  Horace  Ford  scholarship  fund: 

By  interest 50.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 50.00 

50.  00  50.  00 

The  J.  W.  Alvord  scholarship  fund: 

By  interest 50.  00 

•     To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 50.00 

50.  00  50.  00 


HOWAED   UNIVERSITY.  389 

The  Orange  Valley  scholarship  fund : 

By  interest $50.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund $50. 00 


The  J.  P.  Thompson  scholarship  fund : 

By  loans  paid 

By  interest 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes. 
To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 


The  Wm.  E.  Dodge  scholarship  fund: 

By  loans  paid 

By  interest 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes. 
To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 


The  Edward  Smith  text-book  fund: 

By  balance  on  July  1,  1907 

By  interest 

To  amount  expended  for  books  for  students. 
To  balance  June  30,  1908 


The  Hartford  reading-room  fund : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 

By  interest 

To  amount  expended  for  supplies  for  library. 
To  balance  June  30,  1908 


Students'  aid  fund : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 

By  amount  transferred  from  specific  funds.. 

By  amount  account  loan  to  student 

To  amount  paid  students $1,  781.  93 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 


School  of  medicine  student-aid  fund : 

By  cash  F.  J.  Shadd,  treasurer 689.  75 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 $689.  75 


50.00 

50.00 

60.00 

13.60 

$60.  00 

13.  60 

73.60 

73.  60 

500.  00 

169.  72 

$500.  00 

169.  72 

669.  72 

669.  72 

18.28 

25.00 

$7.  44 
35.  84 

43.28 

43.28 

1.79 

20.00 

$21.  56 
.23 

21.79 

21.79 

1, 131.  07 

1,  638.  44 

1.27 

_  $1,  781.  93 

988.  85 

2,  770.  78 

2,  770.  78 

689.  75  689.  75 


Andrew  Rankin  Memorial  Chapel  fund : 

By  transfer  from  donation  account 150.  00 

To  interest  on  loan  of  November,  1894 $150.  00 


150.  00  150.  00 


Deposit  account: 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 314.  38 

By  amount  received  from  students  for  safe-keeping 1.  687.  97 

By  amount  received  from  students  for  keys 237.00 

By  amount  received  from  chapel  collections 199.13 

By  amount  received  for  laboratory  fees 245.  75 

By  amount  received  from  librarian,  fines 16.24 


390  HOWARD  UNIVERSITY. 

Deposit  account — Continued. 

To  amount  paid  students $1,  818.  25 

To  amount  paid  students  for  keys  returned 205.  00 

To  amount  paid  for  laboratory  supplies 216.  22 

To  amount  paid  for  library  supplies,  account  fines_  14.  79 

To  amount  paid  account  chapel  collections 183. 06 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 263. 15 

2,  700.  47         $2,  700.  47 

Alumni  professorship  fund : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 5.  64 

By  interest 1.26 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 $6.90 

6.  90  6. 90 

School  of  theology  alumni  fund : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 2.40 

By  interest 2.  40 

To  amount  paid  theological  student $4.80 

4.  80  4.  80 

Boarding  hall  account: 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 141.  58 

By  cash  received  for  board 8,771.28 

To  amount  paid  for  bills $8,  869.  89 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 42.  97 

8,  912.  86  8,  912.  86 

Thomas  Cropper  Riley  scholarship  fund : 

By  interest 50.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund $50.  00 

50.  00  50.  00 

Thad  Stevens  fund: 

By  interest 117.  50 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund $35.00 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 82.  50 

117.  50  117.  50 

Caroline  Patton  Hatch  fund :  t 

By  interest 11.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund $11.00 

11.  00  11.  00 

Pomeroy  scholarship  fund : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 81.94 

By  loans  paid 1,000.00 

By  interest 135.  00 

To  amount  invested  in  real  estate  notes $1,  000.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund 125.00 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 91.94 

1,  216.  94  1,  216.  94 

Agricultural  and  industrial  training: 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 ^ 1(5.95 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 16.95 

16.  95  16.  95 


HOWARD   UNIVERSITY. 


391 


Martha  Spaulding  scholarship  fund: 
By  interest 

To  amount  transferred  to  aid  fund- 


Library  fund : 

By  donations 

To  balance  June  30,  1908. 


Summer  school : 

By  balance  on  hand  July  1,  1907 
To  balance  June  30,  1908 


List  of  permanent  fund*. 


$370.  00 


370.  00 


Donation  account: 

By  donations ^ 

To  amount  transferred  to  chapel  fund $150.  00 

To  amount?  transferred  to  theological  department-  125.  00 

To  amount  transferred  to  deposit  account 25.00 

To  balance  June  30,  1908 99.  98 


399.  98 


$625.  00 


625.  00 


$74.  80 


r4.80 


$370.  00 


370.  00 


399.  98 


399. 

98 

625. 

00 

625.  00 

74. 

80 

74.80 


Name  of  fund. 


General  endowment  fund 

Martha  Spaulding  scholarship  fund. .. 

Douglass  scholarship  fund 

McLean  scholarship  fund 

W.  W.  Patton  memorial  fund 

W.  W.  Patton  scholarship  fund 

M.  B.  Patton  scholarship  fund 

Horace  Ford  scholarship  fund 

J.  W.  Alvord  scholarship  fund 

Orange  Valley  scholarship  fund 

F.  B.  Schoals  scholarship  fund 

J.  P.  Thompson  scholarship  fund 

Win.  E.  Dodge  scholarship  fund 

Thos.  Cropper  Riley  scholarship  fund. 

Edward  Smith  text-book  fund 

Hartford  reading-room  fund 

Thad .  Stevens  fund 

Caroline  Patton  Hatch  fund 

Alumni  professorship  fund 

Theological  alumni  fund 

Pomeroy  scholarship  fund 


June  30,  1908. 


Cash  in- 
vested. 


8137, 
7, 
4, 
1, 

1, 
1, 
1, 
1, 
1, 
6, 

5, 

1, 


Total 173, 170. 00 


402. 40 
000.00 
430.50 
000.00 
12.10 
000. 00 
200.00 
000.00 
000.00 
000.  00 
000.00 
260.  00 
000.  00 
000.  00 
500. 00 
400.  00 
200.  00 
200.  00 
25. 00 
40.00 
500.00 


Cash  on 
hand. 


82, 186. 45 


Total. 


81 39, 588.  S5 
7, 000.  00 
4,  430.  50 
1,000.00 
12.10 
1,000.00 
1,200.00 
1, 000.  00 
1,000,00 
1,000.00 
6,000.00 

260.00 
5,000.00 
1,000.00 

500.00 

400.00 
2, 200.  00 

200.  00 

25.00 

40.00 

2,  .500.  00 


2,186.45       175.356.45 


392 


HOWARD   UNIVERSITY. 

Recapitulation. 


Amount  pertaining  to  current  expenses  of  academic 

branches,  officers  and  professors 

Library  fund 

School  of  medicine  student  aid  fund 

School  of  medicine 

Medical  department  building  fund 

School  of  law 

School  of  theology 

Department  of  manual  arts  and  applied  science 

Summer  school 

Donations 

Board 

General  endowment  fund 

Students'  aid  fund 

Deposits 

F.  Douglass  scholarship  fund,  principal 

F.  Douglass  scholarship  fund,  interest 

J.  K.  McLean  scholarship  fund,  principal 

J.  K.  McLean  scholarship  fund,  interest 

Wm.  W.  Patton  memorial  fund,  interest 

Wm.  W.  Patton  scholarship  fund,  interest 

Mary  B.  Patton  scholarship  fund,  interest 

F.  B.  Schoals scholarship  fund,  principal 

F.  B.  Schoals  scholarship  fund,  interest 

Horace  Ford  scholarship  fund,  interest 

J.  W.  Alvord  scholarship  fund,  interest 

Orange  Valley  scholarship  fund,  interest 

Thad  Stevens  fund,  interest 

J.  P.  Thompson  fund,  principal 

J.  P.  Thompson  fund,  interest 

Wm.  E.  Dodge  fund,  principal 

Wm.  E.  Dodge  fund,  interest 

Smith  textbook  fund,  interest 

Reading  room  fund,  interest 

Thos.  Cropper  Riley  fund,  interest 

Andrew  E.  Rankin  chapel  fund 

Caroline  P.  Hatch  fund,  interest 

Martha  Spaulding  fund,  interest 

Pomeroy  scholarship  fund,  principal 

Pomeroy  scholarship  fund,  interest 

Alumni  professorship  fund,  interest 

School  of  Theology  alumni  fund,  principal 

School  of  Theology  alumni  fund,  interest" 

Agricultural  and  industrial  training 


Total 


Balance  on 

hand  July 

1,  1907. 


547. 


148. 36 
50.00 
98.08 
15.68 

559.  74 
74.80 


141. 58 

618. 33 

1,131.07 

314. 38 


18.28 
1.79 


81.94 
5.64 


2.40 
16.95 


3, 326.  32 


Received. 


$73, 508. 08 

625. 00 

689.  75 

23,291.59 


9. 193.  75 
3;  494. 50 
8, 860.  38 


8, 771. 28 

13, 198. 88 

1, 639.  71 


2,386.09 

1, 400. 00 

231.08 

1,000.00 

66.00 

.60 

50. 00 

60.00 

500. 00 

306.  74 

50.00 

50.00 

50.00 

117. 50 

60.00 

13.60 

500. 00 

169.  72 

25.00 

20.00 

50.00 

150.  00 

11.00 

370. 00 

1,000.00 

135.  00 

1.26 

40.00 

2.40 


Disbursed. 


$71,285.64 
"23,'i86.'40' 


8, 031. 
3, 503. 
9,171. 


29 


300. 00 


11, 630 
1,781 
2,437 
1,400 
231 
1,000 
66 

50 
60 

500. 

306 
50 
50 
50 
35 
60 
13 

500 

169 

7 

21 

60 

150 
11 

370 
1, 000, 

125 


146,520.75 


Balance  on 

hand  June 

30,  1908. 


$2, 269. 74 

625. 00 

689. 75 

253. 55 

50.00 

1,260.45 

6.28 

248. 83 

74.80 

99.98 

42.97 

2, 186. 45 

988.  85 

263. 15 


.30 


82.  50 


35.84 
.23 


91.94 
6.90 


16.95 


),  294. 46 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  CAPITOL  BUILDING  AND  GROUNDS. 


393 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
CAPITOL  BUILDING  AND  GROUNDS. 


Office  of  the  Superintendent, 
United  States  Capitol  Building  and  Grounds, 

Washington,  D.  C,  July  1,  1908. 
Sir:  I   have   the   honor   to   report   the   following   improvements, 
alterations,  and  repairs  at  the  Capitol  and  other  buildings,  under  the 
supervision  of  this  office,  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908: 

THE    CAPITOL. 

The  removal  of  a  number  of  important  committees  from  the  Capitol 
to  the  new  Office  Building  for  the  House  of  Representatives  made 
necessary  much  additional  work,  including  cutting  new  doorways, 
painting,  decorating,  and  plumbing,  by  which  the  committees  re- 
maining in  the  Capitol  building  have  been  supplied  with  more  space. 

Annually  a  large  amount  of  painting  and  decoration  is  done  in  the 
Capitol  building,  and  the  past  year  has  been  no  exception.  The 
following  rooms  were  painted,  some  being  decorated  also: 

Senate  wing:  Rooms  of  committees  on  Claims,  Census,  Foreign 
Relations,  Conference,  Interstate  Commerce,  Post-Offices  and  Post- 
Roads,  and  Enrolled  Bills,  also  the  Vice-President's  room,  Sergeant- 
at-Arms'  office,  and  the  various  corridors. 

House  wing:  Rooms  of  committees  on  Private  Land  Claims, 
Indian  Affairs,  Elections  No.  1,  Labor,  Expenditures  in  the  Treasury 
Department,  Foreign  Affairs,  Public  Lands,  Ways  and  Means,  Ap- 
propriations, Banking  and  Currency,  Commerce,  Railroads  and 
Canals,  Invalid  Pensions,  Judiciary,  Elections  No.  2,  and  Library. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  there  has  been  painted  and  decorated : 
The  press  gallery,  document  room,  Senators'  toilet  and  restaurant, 
Senate  wing;  and  the  folding  room,  file  room,  Members'  toilet,  and 
corridors  in  the  House  wing.  The  robing  room  of  the  Supreme 
Court  has  been  painted  and  decorated. 

Eight  modern  toilets  and  four  urinals  have  been  installed  in  the 
House  wing,  and  two  toilets  in  the  central  portion  of  the  building. 

Ten  additional  sets  of  revolving  doors  have  been  placed  at  the 
entrances  of  the  Senate  and  House  wings,  which  with  those  formerly 
installed,  completes  the  installation  for  all  the  outside  entrances  to  the 
Capitol  building. 

The  pediments  over  the  east  fronts  of  the  Senate  and  House  wings 
of  the  building  have  been  fireproof ed  about  the  adjacent  chimney 
flues,  and  additions  to  the  auxiliary  draft  over  the  Statuary  Hall  made. 

395 


396        SUPERINTENDENT    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES    CAPITOL. 

An  additional  fan  and  motor  of  12  horsepower  for  ventilation  has 
been  installed  over  the  attic  of  the  Senate  chamber. 

Necessary  repairs  to  the  plumbing,  windows,  floors,  and  roofs  of  the 
building  have  been  made. 

In  several  of  the  important  rooms  of  the  Senate  and  House  electric 
chandeliers  have  been  installed. 

The  usual  annual  repairs  to  the  lighting,  heating,  and  ventilating 
machinery,  have  been  made,  and  the  several  departments  have  been 
operated  without  interruption. 

The  total  number  of  items  in  the  foregoing  repair  work  during  the 
past  year  amounted  to  1,223,  of  which  number  84  were  important 
and  1,139  of  a  minor  character. 

CAPITOL,    GROUNDS. 

It  was  found  necessary  to  replace  815  feet  of  old  and  worn-out 
water  pipe,  with  new  3-inch  galvanized  pipe.  The  lawns  about  the 
Capitol  have  been  satisfactorily  cared  for,  and  together  with  the  trees 
and  shrubs  show  a  healthy  and  substantial  improvement.  Necessary 
repairs  to  the  walks  and  driveways  have  been  made. 

ENGINE    HOUSE,    SENATE    AND  HOUSE    STABLES. 

The  interior  and  exterior  of  the  engine  house  were  painted.  The 
stalls  reconstructed,  and  the  front  door  enlarged.  A  considerable 
number  of  repairs  to  floors,  stalls  and  plumbing  were  made  at  the 
Senate  and  House  stables. 

COURT-HOUSE,   DISTRICT    OF    COLUMBIA. 

The  most  important  item  of  improvement  at  the  court-house  has 
been  the  installation  of  two  electric  passenger  elevators.  This  work 
necessitated  the  changing  of  a  number  of  water,  steam,  and  sewer 
pipes.  Several  of  the  court  and  other  rooms  were  painted. .  Partitions 
were  erected  in  two  rooms  assigned  to  the  judges.  Repairs  to  floors, 
windows,  and  heating  plant  were  made,  and  a  large  amount  of  electric 
wiring  for  lighting  and  for  elevator  service  was  installed. 

BOTANIC    GARDEN. 

At  the  Botanic  Garden,  a  large  greenhouse  200  feet  long  was  built, 
and  the  several  other  greenhouses  and  the  heating  plant  and  walks  re- 
ceived needed  repairs. 

EXPENDITURES. 

The  expenditures  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  were  as 
follows : 

Expenditures  for  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  190S. 

CAPITOL    BUILDING    AND    REPAIRS. 

Pay  rolls $8,  670.  43 

Labor  by  voucher 5.  50 

Machinery  and  ironwork 026.  80 

Brushes,  .sponges,  and  soap 245. 47 

( 'arpenter  and  mill  work  and  lumber 2,  840.  58 

1 1  aid  ware 956.  28 

Lime,  brick,  and  sand 69.  70 

Paint,  oil,  and  glass 3,  318.  70 


SUPERINTENDENT    OE    THE    UNITED    STATES    CAPITOL.         397 

Concrete,  stone,  and  marble  work $746.  73 

Electric  wiring,  etc 153.  25 

Drawing  and  blueprint  materials 15. 18 

Office  vehicle 29.  30 

Hauling,  telegrams,  and  expressage 59. 19 

Plumbing  and  plumbing  material 3,  536. 25 

Elevators  and  repairs 1,  678.  08 

Roofing  and  tin  work 729.  28 

Painting,  decorating,  and  plastering 8,  293. 15 

Tile  and  tiling 71.  50 

Bronze  work 587.  40 

Stationery  and  books 64. 13 

Repairs  to  heating  and  ventilation 1,  106.  27 

Flags 59.  50 

Repairs  to  ranges,  stoves,  etc 339.  61 

Skylights ' 706.50 

Miscellaneous 3.  90 

Reserved  for  unpaid  bills 87.  32 

Total 35,  000.  00 

Amount  appropriated,  sundry  civil  bill  approved  March  4,  1907 30,  000. 00 

Appropriated,  urgent  deficiency  bill  approved  February  15,  1908 5,  000.  00 

35,  000.  00 

IMPROVING   THE    CAPITOL    GROUNDS. 

Labor $17,  750.  61 

Plants  and  seeds 401.  94 

Fertilizers 883. 15 

Tools  and  machinery 1,  691.  68 

Brushes,  brooms,  etc 347.  25 

Fuel 68.  82 

Plumbing  materials 1,  418. 14 

Hardware 18.  51 

Paving  and  repairs 1, 179.  43 

Freight  and  expressage 6.  65 

Hose  and  couplings 226. 15 

Lumber 14. 16 

Miscellaneous 107.  20 

Painting 175. 00 

Stationery 5.  85 

Removing  snow,  etc 705.  46 

Total 25,  000.  00 

Amount  appropriated,  sundry  civil  bill  approved  March  4,  1907 25,  000.  00 

LIGHTING    CAPITOL    AND    GROUNDS. 

Pay  rolls $20, 118. 41 

Incandescent  and  arc  lamps 2,  866.  21 

Wiremen,  wire,  and  material 8,  982.  09 

Fixtures 1,  301.  00 

Machinery,  iron  and  metal  work 2,  897.  98 

Tools,  etc 65.  71 

Hauling  and  expressage 7.  71 

Hardware 12. 34 

Nickel  plating 4.  50 

Electric  molding .• 49. 15 

Steam  pipe  and  fittings 145. 01 

Miscellaneous 14. 03 

Gas  and  electric  current 2,  442.  80 

Apparatus 137. 85 

Stationery 3. 40 

Reserved  for  unpaid  bills 3,  451.  81 

Total 42,  500. 00 


Appropriated,  sundry  civil  bill  approved  March  4,  1907 42,  500.  00 


398        SUPERINTENDENT    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES    CAPITOL. 

VENTILATING   FAN    AND    MOTOR,   SENATE    WING. 

Fan  and  motor  house $327.  53 

Lumber 64.  63 

Fan  and  motor 1,  625.  00 

Wire  and  cable ". 154.  96 

Ventilating  apparatus 789. 00 

Telegrams .63 

Brickwork 37.  50 

Unexpended  balance .75 

Total 3,  000.  00 

Appropriated,  sundry  civil  bill  approved  March  4,  1907 3,  000.  00 

ENGINE    HOUSE,   SENATE    AND    HOUSE    STABLES. 

Labor $74.  75 

Carpenter  and  mill  work  and  lumber 410. 47 

Roof  and  tin  work 219.  91 

Plumbing  and  material 74.  61 

Paint,  glass,  etc 30.  83 

Electric  wiring  and  material 1. 30 

Hardware 34.  20 

Painting  and  decorating 573. 00 

Ironwork 21.  82 

Sand 5.  26 

Brickwork 46.  25 

Reserved  for  unpaid  bills 7.  60 

Total 1,  500.  00 

Appropriated,  sundry  civil  bill  approved  March  4,  1907 1,  500.  00 

REPAIRS    TO     COURT-HOUSE     AND     NEW     ELEVATORS,     COURT-HOUSE,     DISTRICT     OF 

COLUMBIA. 

Carpenter  work,  lumber,  and  millwork $418.  00 

Electric  wiring  and  material 776. 13 

Painting  and  decorating 1,  284.  55 

Hardware 15.  20 

Lime,  sand,  cement,  etc 11.  87 

Plumbing  and  material 203.  65 

Paint,  glass,  etc 90.  64 

Elevators 11,  344.  09 

Ventilation 178.  50 

Cement  flooring 1,  108.  40 

Roofing 8.  63 

Reserved  for  unpaid  bills 1,  560.  34 

Total 17,  000.  00 

Appropriated,  sundry  civil  bill  approved  March  4,  1907 17,  000.  00 

SENATE  AND  HOUSE  OFFICE  BUILDINGS. 

The  progress  of  the  work  of  construction  of  the  House  and  Senate 
office  buildings  has  be<m  and  continues  to  be  satisfactory. 

The  House  Office  Building  reached  that  stage  of  construction  in 
January  of  the  present  year  that  permitted  the  House  of  Represent- 
atives to  dispose,  by  lot,  of  the  rooms  in  the  building  and  occupy 
the  same  during  the  last  session  of  Congress.  During  the  present 
sen  son,  the  incidental  work  left  undone  prior  to  the  session  is  being 
finished  up.  This  refers  to  the  completion  of  the  rotunda,  the  con- 
ference room,  the  post-office,  the  bathing  rooms  and  the  hallways 
adjacent.     During  the  last  session  of  Congress  provision  was  made, 


SUPERINTENDENT    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES    CAPITOL.         399 

by  appropriation,  for  constructing  the  approaches  to  the  building. 
This  work  is  now  going  on,  and  it  is  expected  that  it  will  be  practically 
completed  by  the  meeting  of  Congress.  The  large  court  or  the  build- 
ing will  also  be  treated  by  the  construction  of  a  fountain,  roadways, 
and  large  lawn. 

The  construction  of  the  Senate  Office  Building  is  also  progressing 
to  that  extent  that  strong  hope  is  entertained  that  the  office  suites 
in  the  building  can  be  occupied,  if  so  desired,  during  the  coming 
session  of  Congress.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  this  building  will  be 
in  better  shape  by  the  first  of  the  coming  year  than  the  House  Office 
Building  was  the  1st  of  last  January.  It  is  hoped  that  the  main 
approaches  to  the  Senate  Office  Building  will  also  be  well  along  by 
the  time  Congress  meets.  The  construction  of  much  of  this  approach 
work  is  purposely  laid  aside  until  some  determination  is  reached 
with  respect  to  the  proposed  purchase  of  property  between  the 
Union  Station  and  the  Capitol  building,  bills  for  which  have  already 
been  introduced  in  the  House  and  Senate.  The  determination  of  this 
question  will  largely  affect  the  character  of  the  remaining  approaches 
and  surroundings  of  the  Senate  Building. 

Arrangements  have  practically  been  completed  to  enter  into  the 
final  stages  of  construction  of  the  details  of  the  heating,  lighting, 
and  power  plant,  some  portions  of  which  I  think  will  be  available  for 
service  during  the  coming  session  of  Congress. 

Elliott  Woods, 
Superintendent  U.  S.  Capitol  Building  and  Grounds. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OE  YELLOWSTONE 
NATIONAL  PARK. 


58920— int  1908— vol  1 26  401 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  YELLOWSTONE 
NATIONAL  PARK. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

Yellowstone  National  Park, 

Office  of  Superintendent, 
Yellowstone  Park,  Wyo.,  October  15,  1908. 
Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  annual  report  of  conditions  in  the 
park  from  October  15,  1907,  to  the  present  date. 

The  Yellowstone  National  Park,  set  aside  by  act  of  March  1,  1872 
(sees.  2474  and  2475,  E.  S.,  17  Stat,  32),  is  located  in  the  States  of 
Wyoming,  Montana,  and  Idaho.  It  has  an  area  of  2,142,720  acres, 
and  an  average  altitude  of  about  8,000  feet. 

In  the  act  making  appropriations  for  the  sundry  civil  expenses  of 
the  Government,  approved  May  27,  1908,  an  appropriation  of  $2,500 
was  made  for  completing  the  survey  of  and  properly  marking  that 
portion  of  the  boundary  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  remaining 
unmonumented,  covering  an  estimated  distance  of  57  miles.  A  con- 
tract has  been  let,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Commissioner  of  the 
General  Land  Office,  and  in  all  likelihood  the  field  work  will  be  com- 
pleted this  season. 

TRAVEL. 

The  branch  line  of  the  Oregon  Short  Line  Railroad  from  Idaho 
Falls  to  the  western  boundary  line  of  the  park  was  completed  and 
ready  for  passenger  traffic  at  the  opening  of  the  tourist  season  of 
1908,  and  the  records  show  an  increase  of  visitors  to  the  park  through 
the  western  entrance  of  about  3,000  over  1907.  Of  this  increase  1,435 
traveled  by  the  Monida  and  Yellowstone  coaches,  1,282  by  the  Wylie 
Permanent  Camping  Company  coaches,  and  the  remainder  by  licensed 
personally  conducted  camping  outfits. 

The  aggregate  number  of  persons  taking  the  park  trip  over  the 
regular  route  during  the  season  of  1908  was  as  follows : 

Travel  in  park  during  season  of  1908. 

Yellowstone  National  Park  Transportation  Company,  entering  via  north- 
ern entrance 5,108 

Monida  and  Yellowstone  Stage  Company,  entering  via  western  entrance- _  3,  705 
Others  at  hotels,  traveling  with  private  or  government  transportation, 
bicyclers,  foot  travelers,  etc 368 


Total  with  regular  companies 9, 181 

Wylie  Permanent  Camping  Company: 

Entering  park  via  northern  entrance 2, 164 

Entering  park  via  western  entrance 1,  2S2 

3,  44ti 

Other  licensees  of  personally  conducted  camping  parties 1,  544 


Total  number  camping,  traveling  with  licensed  transportation 4,990 

Making  trip  with  private  transportation  as  "camping  parties" 4,577 


Total  number  of  visitors  making  tour  of  park  season  of  190S IS,  748 

403 


404  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

Short  trips : 

With  regular  companies,  stopping  at  hotels 488 

With  Wylie  Permanent  Camping  Company 57 

With  E.  L.  Robertson,  special  licensee  for  short  trips 249 

Total,    short    trips 794 

Grand  total  of  all  visitors  to  the  park,  season  of  1908 19,  542 

During  the  season  4,506  tourists  took  the  trip  across  Yellowstone 
Lake  with  the  T.  E.  Hofer  Boat  Company.  Of  this  number  about 
40  per  cent  were  traveling  with  the  Yellowstone  National  Park 
Transportation  Company,  about  35  per  cent  with  the  Monida  and 
Yellowstone  Stage  Company,  about  15  per  cent  with  the  Wylie  Per- 
manent Camping  Company,  and  the  balance,  about  10  per  cent,  came 
from  licensed  and  private  camping  parties.  Owing  to  inclement 
weather  this  company  was  delayed  in  getting  a  sufficient  number  of 
boats  on  the  lake  to  accommodate  all  travelers,  and  during  the  first 
half  of  the  tourist  season  was  obliged  to  refuse  many  who  desired 
to  make  the  trip  from  Thumb  to  Lake  Hotel  by  water. 

Travel  by  the  different  entrances. 

By  the  main  gate  on  the  north,  Gardiner  Station 10,  973 

By  the  Cooke  road,  northeast  corner,  Soda  Butte  Station 11 

By  the  government  road  from  Cody  on  the  east,  Sylvan  Pass  Station 762 

By  the  road  leading  from   Jackson  Hole  on   the  south,    Snake  River 

Station 624 

By  the  Madison  River  road  on  the  west,  Riverside  Station 7,172 

Total 19,  542 

ROADS,  CULVERTS,  AND  BRIDGES. 

The  following  notes  are  furnished  by  Capt.  E.  D.  Peek,  U.  S. 
Engineers,  as  to  the  work  performed  under  his  supervision: 

The  first  crew  began  work  on  April  20,  1908,  in  the  Gardiner  Can- 
yon, removing  slide  dirt,  and  making  necessary  fills  and  grading. 
The  second  crew  also  began  on  above  date  to  repair  the  sprinkler 
tanks  to  get  them  in  readiness  for  the  beginning  of  the  season.  A 
third  party  began  work  on  April  15,  cleaning  up  the  grounds  and 
irrigating  the  plaza  in  the  vicinity  of  Mammoth  Hot  Springs.  No 
work  could  be  carried  on  farther  into  the  Park  on  account  of  the 
snow. 

The  work  of  opening  the  roads  in  the  park  was  begun  on  May  20 
when  the  first  crews  were  sent  out.  The  deepest  snow,  as  always, 
exists  between  the  Upper  Basin  and  the  Thumb.  Two  crews  began 
work  on  this  piece  of  road,  one  coming  via  the  Upper  Basin  and  the 
other  via  the  Thumb.  The  three  cabins  on  the  Divide  had  been  put 
in  good  condition  last  fall  and  supplied  with  fuel,  so  that  the  men 
were  provided  for  and  were  not  required  to  sleep  in  the  snow.  The 
sheds  or  stables  at  the  above  points  were  also  supplied  with  hay,  so 
the  stock  suffered  no  hardship. 

The  roads  were  all  opened  for  tourist  travel  three  days  before  the 
opening  of  the  season  on  June  10.  The  difficulty  of  former  years  in 
the  snow  sections  has  been  greatly  overcome  by  marking  all  ditches 
and  culverts  with  poles.  As  soon  as  these  are  shoveled  out  the  water 
leaves  very  quickly  and  allows  the  roads  to  dry  up. 


YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK.  405 

The  roads  of  the  entire  park  were  graded  with  a  machine  as  soon 
as  the  weather  permitted,  which  was  in  the  latter  part  of  June. 

During  the  summer  the  following  portions  of  road  were  graveled 
and  resurfaced :  From  Gardiner  to  the  2-mile  post ;  across  Swan  Lake 
flat  to  Golden  Gate  and  beyond  to  Silver  Gate;  on  the  Norris  road 
from  10J  to  12J  miles;  on  the  Fountain-Upper  Basin  road  from  6J 
to  1\  miles;  on  the  Thumb  Lake  road  from  the  13-mile  post  to  the 
Lake  Hotel;  on  the  Lake-Canyon  road  from  the  Lake  Hotel  to  the 
2-mile  post.  Upward  of  25  miles  of  road  in  different  parts  of  the 
park  was  reditched,  regraded,  and  crowned. 

Minor  repairs  were  made  on  the  Cody  road  and  considerable  work 
done  upon  that  portion  lying  in  the  reserve  beyond  the  park.  The 
greater  portion  of  the  work  consisted  in  repairing  revetments  and 
the  Elk  Fork  bridge. 

Considerable  work  was  done  on  the  west  road  leading  to  the  Oregon 
Short  Line  Railway.  The  portion  of  road  from  the  5  to  the  7  mile 
post  was  relocated  and  changed  from  the  rolling  hills  to  a  grade  along 
the  river  bank.  This  was  a  very  marked  improvement,  on  account  of 
obviating  the  hills  and  the  dust,  which  was  excessive  in  the  sands  on 
the  hills. 

From  the  Madison  junction  to  the  lunch  station  on  the  Gibbon 
River  the  road  was  widened  in  14  places  to  allow  teams  to  pass  easily. 

Sprinkling  was  begun  July  1,  and  practically  continued  until 
September  10,  though  on  a  portion  of  the  system  it  continued  until 
September  20. 

The  mileage  of  roads  within  the  park  is  306,  and  the  portion  lying 
in  the  forest  reserve  is  111,  making  a  total  of  417  miles. 

The  bridge  across  Willow  Creek  was  replaced  by  a  6-foot  culvert 
and  a  fill;  bridges  over  Obsidian  Creek  and  Apollinaris  Creek  were 
also  replaced  by  4-foot  culverts  and  fills.  These  fills  were  only  some 
30  feet  long. 

The  bridge  over  Otter  Creek,  150  feet  long,  and  one  over  Alum 
Creek,  120  feet  long,  were  replaced  by  culverts  and  fills,  and  also 
bridges  at  1^  miles  beyond  the  Fountain  and  \\  miles  beyond  the 
Upper  Basin. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  over  50  new  culverts  were  placed.  Forty- 
six  were  made  of  corrugated  iron  and  the  balance  of  vitrified  tile. 

The  three  bridges  on  the  Gardiner-Mammoth  Hot  Springs  road 
were  redecked,  as  was  also  the  bridge  crossing  the  Madison  River  on 
the  western  road. 

FISH. 

Four  thousand  rainbow  trout  were  received  from  the  hatchery  at 
Spearfish,  S.  Dak.,  on  Ocotber  14,  1907,  of  which  number  200  were 
planted  in  Lava  Creek,  about  5  miles  east  of  Mammoth,  and  the 
balance,  3,800,  in  Arnica  Creek  and  other  small  streams  tributary  to 
Yellowstone  Lake. 

On  May  27  and  28, 10  cans  of  rainbow  trout  were  received  from  the 
same  station  and  planted  in  the  upper  Gibbon  River,  between  Norris 
and  Canyon,  and  on  the  same  date  55  cans  of  brook  trout  were  re- 
ceived, 12  of  which  were  placed  in  Glen  Creek,  and  the  balance  in 
Willow  Creek  and  tributaries. 

Ten  cans  of  rainbow  trout  were  received  from  the  Spearfish 
hatchery  on  September  5  and  planted  in  Grebe  Lake,  and  on  the 


406  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PAEK. 

same  date  10  cans  of  landlocked  salmon  (shipped  from  the  hatchery 
at  Bozeman,  Mont.)  were  received  and  planted  in  Duck  Lake  and 
tributaries  of  Yellowstone  Lake. 

Eeport  from  the  superintendent  of  hatcheries  in  the  park,  Mr. 
D.  C.  Booth,  has  not  yet  been  received. 

WIXD  ANIMALS. 

Antelope. — Judging  from  the  number  of  young  seen,  and  from  re- 
ports of  scouts  and  patrols,  the  increase  in  antelope  appears  to  be 
normal.  The  alfalfa  field  near  Gardiner  yielded  two  good  crops. 
The  yield  in  tonnage  is  greater  than  last  year  and  is  believed  to  be 
sufficient  to  carry  the  herds  of  antelope  and  deer  through  the  winter. 
Two  or  three  dozen  of  the  male  antelope  summered  in  and  near  the 
alfalfa  field  and  were  an  attractive  sight  to  visitors  entering  from 
Gardiner. 

The  three  antelope — 1  male  and  2  females — raised  on  the  bottle 
for  the  London  Zoological  Gardens  were  shipped  December  30,  last, 
in  care  of  Dr.  W.  T.  Hornaday,  director  Zoological  Gardens  of  New 
York,  who  kindly  received  and  had  them  properly  cared  for  until 
a  caretaker  arrived  from  London.  They  were  reported  as  having 
arrived  at  their  destination  in  good  condition. 

It  is  estimated  that  3  per  cent  of  the  herd  were  killed  by  coyotes 
during  the  past  winter  and  spring.  Evidence  was  found  of  one 
killed  by  poachers  close  to  the  wire  fence  on  the  north  line,  within 
2  miles  west  from  Gardiner.  A  small  band  drifted  out  of  the  park 
near  Gardiner  and  four  of  them  were  reported  killed.  The  re- 
mainder were  driven  back  into  the  park.  A  wire  fence  along  the 
north  line  extending  from  the  Yellowstone  and  Gardiner  junction 
about  4  miles  westward  to  a  mountain  bluff  was  constructed  some 
years  since  to  prevent  the  antelope  from  drifting  out  of  the  park  and 
down  the  Yellowstone  Valley.  The  preservation  of  the  herd  is  due 
to  this  fence  and  to  feeding  alfalfa  during  the  winter.  The  natural 
instinct  of  the  animal  carries  it  down  the  valleys  to  escape  the  cold 
storms  of  winter  in  the  higher  altitudes.  Sometimes  their  curiosity 
leads  a  few  to  crawl  out  under  the  bottom  wire  which  is  12  inches 
from  the  ground.  The  number  of  antelope  in  the  park  is  approxi- 
mately 2,000.  The  great  majority  of  these  now  winter  annually  in 
the  alfalfa  meadow  and  foothills  bordering  the  Gardiner  River,  near 
its  confluence  with  the  Yellowstone  River,  where  they  are  fed  alfalfa 
during  the  season  of  deep  snows,  within  plain  and  near  view  of  the 
people  of  Gardiner,  where  all  the  good  citizens  manifest  a  kindly 
disposition  and  concern  for  their  preservation  and  protection.  A 
number  of  people  visit  the  town  of  Gardiner,  at  the  northern  entrance 
to  the  park,  during  the  winter  months  to  see  the  antelope.  Many 
drive  up  the  Gardiner  Canyon  and  to  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  to  see 
the  mountain  sheep  and  deer. 

•Although  fine  specimens  of  our  native  wild  animals  may  be  seen 
in  confinement  in  many  city  parks  throughout  our  country,  the  sight 
is  not  nearly  so  interesting  and  instructive  as  to  see  these  beautiful 
wild  animals  in  their  natural  habitat,  where  they  have  practically 
become  tame  and  fearless  as  the  flocks  and  herds  of  domestic  animals, 
no  doubt  because  of  an  instinctive  conviction  that  in  this  particular 
nook  of  the  mountains  man  is  their  friend  and  not  their  enemy. 


YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK.  407 

There  is  a  value  in  mental  uplifting  in  this  sight  of  the  wild  animals 
in  their  natural  home,  practically  fearless  of  man,  as  well  as  in  the 
natural  scenic  beauties  of  this  wonderland. 

Buffalo. — Wild  herd:  Reports  from  scouts  and  patrols  state  that 
signs  of  two  buffalo  calves  were  seen  on  Mirror  Plateau  and  one  cow 
and  calf  were  seen  in  Pelican  Valley  during  the  season.  Scout  Wil- 
son reported  that  he  saw  10  buffalo  at  the  mouth  of  Mist  Creek  on 
Lamar  River  on  April  13.  On  September  7  Scout  McBride  saw  fresh 
tracks  of  2  buffalo  on  Boundary  Creek,  near  the  western  boundary, 
and  on  September  16  he  saw  20  buffalo  near  the  mush  pots  southwest 
of  Pelican  Cone  in  the  valley  of  Pelican  Creek.  From  these  reports 
it  is  evident  that  the  remnant  of  the  original  wild  herd  is  gradually 
increasing  in  numbers. 

Fenced  herd :  The  two  fierce  old  bulls  which  were  not  removed  to 
Lamar  Valley  with  the  herd  in  the  spring  of  1907  were  sold  under 
authority  of  the  department  and  the  proceeds  of  sale  forwarded  De- 
cember 17, 1907.  The  herd  now  in  the  fenced  pastures  in  Lamar  Val- 
ley shows  a  most  gratifying  improvement  in  condition  and  produc- 
tiveness. The  calves  reared  this  year  numbered  14,  as  against  5  last 
year  in  the  Mammoth  pasture  field.  The  herd  now  totals  74,  all  in 
fine  condition  save  one  very  old  cow.  Three  miles  of  strong  Montana 
anchor  wire  fence  have  been  built  around  the  new  pasture  and  hay 
meadow  during  the  year.  About  100  tons  of  hay  have  been  put  up 
for  winter  use  and  the  herd  transferred  to  the  new  pasture  of  lux- 
uriant native  grass.  While  considerable  work  has  been  accomplished 
during  the  year  in  construction  of  main  ditches,  head  gates,  and  lat- 
erals for  irrigation  of  the  hay  meadow,  it  is  quite  necessary  to  do 
much  more  work  in  that  line  in  order  to  insure  a  heavier  crop  of  hay 
and  a  greater  area  of  hay  land  for  the  future.  By  reason  of  the  deep 
snows  and  long  winters  the  herd  must  be  fed  hay  for  about  five 
months.  Allowing  25  pounds  for  each  grown  animal  per  day,  it 
will  require  fully  100  tons  for  the  55  grown  animals,  not  including 
the  5  yearling  and  the  14  calves.  It  is  my  intention,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  department,  to  grub  and  clear  of  willows  about  20  addi- 
tional acres  of  the  meadow  land  inclosed,  break  it  up,  and  seed  it  with 
timothy  and  red  clover,  which  grow  well  in  this  altitude,  in  order 
to  provide  sufficient  hay  for  the  increased  herd.  This  should  be 
done  each  succeeding  year  for  four  years,  in  order  to  secure  sufficient 
winter  supply  of  hay  for  a  constantly  increasing  herd.  In  order  to 
carry  out  this  plan  an  increase  in  the  appropriation  for  maintenance 
will  be  necessary.  In  1904  $2,500  was  appropriated  for  the  main- 
tenance of  the  buffalo,  which  at  that  time  numbered  28  head.  .The 
same  amount  has  been  appropriated  each  year  since,  although  the 
herd  has  gradually  increased  till  it  now  numbers  74  head. 

The  increase  in  males  has  been  so  much  greater  in  proportion  than 
females,  and  greater  than  is  necessary  for  successful  breeding,  that  I 
propose  on  June  1  of  next  year  to  transfer  a  number  of  bulls  (10  or 
12)  to  the  field  near  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  as  a  show  herd  for  the 
benefit  of  the  public  during  the  tourist  season.  The  increase  by  sex 
this  year  is  9  females  and  5  males ;  1  male  calf  died  from  injury.  The 
herd,  old  and  young,  consists  of  4  females  and  31  males. 

Bear. — The  black  bear  appear  to  have  increased,  and  although  the 
grizzlies  have  shown  a  goodly  number  of  cubs  this  season  Mr.  W.  H. 


408  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

Wright,  a  photographer  and  writer  who  spent  two  months  in  the 
park  this  summer  studying  the  habits  of  the  grizzlies,  informs  me 
that  they  are  not  so  plentiful  as  they  were  several  years  since  during 
his  former  visit  to  the  park.  Several  complaints  have  been  made  of 
bears  robbing  camping  parties  of  their  commissaries  and  breaking 
into  the  kitchens  of  the  guard  stations  and  road  crews,  doing  damage 
and  destroying  considerable  stores.  During  my  absence  from  the 
park  in  June  one  large  black  bear,  reported  dangerous  around  cottages 
at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  was  shot  by  the  order  of  Major  Allen, 
commanding  officer  of  the  troops  and  at  the  time  acting  superintend- 
ent of  the  park.  On  September  5  the  carcass  of  a  large  cinnamon 
bear  was  found  in  Prismatic  Lake.  It  was  so  thoroughly  cooked 
that  it  was  impossible  to  determine  the  cause  of  death. 

At  the  request  of  Dr.  Frank  Baker,  in  charge  of  the  National 
Zoological  Garden,  Washington,  D.  C,  one  grizzly,  aged  between  3 
and  4  years  and  weighing  500  pounds,  was  trapped  and  shipped  to 
Washington  July  23,  and  although  the  express  car  in  which  he  was 
carried  was  derailed  and  overturned,  Doctor  Baker  reported  his 
arrival  in  good  condition.  A  fine  young  mother  black  bear  and  two 
cubs  were  also  trapped  and  shipped  on  September  30  to  the  same 
place.  These  also  arrived  in  good  condition.  The  skin  and  skull  of 
one  grizzly  were  sent  December  19  to  the  National  Museum,  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  as  noted  they  would  be  in  my  annual  report  for 
1907,  and  receipt  has  been  acknowledged. 

The  bear  is  the  most  familiar  habitant  of  the  park.  During  the 
tourist  season  these  animals  may  be  seen  at  almost  any  time,  singly 
or  in  groups,  prowling  contentedly  through  the  woods  or  about  the 
garbage  refuse  of  the  hotels  and  permanent  camps. 

Beaver  and  marmot. — Beaver  and  marmot  are  abundant. 

Coyotes. — It  is  a  difficult  matter  to  keep  the  coyotes  down.  Since 
my  last  annual  report  (which  showed  99  coyotes  killed  in  that  year) 
97  more  have  been  killed.  The  growing  scarcity  of  antelope,  deer, 
and  sheep  in  the  States  bordering  on  the  park  and  the  increase  of 
these  animals  in  the  park  causes  the  coyotes  to  gather  here  for  their 
meat.  One  lynx  was  killed  during  the  year.  Also  one  red  fox  was 
shot  by  Scout  Graham  in  the  nighttime  in  mistake  for  a  coyote. 

Deer. — The  deer  (black-tailed)  show  a  normal  increase.  During 
the  deep  snows  and  severe  storms  300  to  400  mule  (black-tailed)  deer 
are  fed  hay  on  the  plaza  in  front  of  Mammoth  Hotel  and  Fort  Yel- 
lowstone. Many  of  them  feed  close  to  the  dwellings;  some  become 
quite  gentle  and  take  food  from  the  hand.  A  band  of  about  100 
feed  with  the  mountain  sheep  in  the  Gardiner  Canyon  and  on  the 
slopes  of  Mount  Evarts. 

The  white-tailed  deer  keep  apart  from  their  bigger  brothers  and 
sisters,  yet  they  feed  in  close  proximity  to  the  barracks  and  stables 
of  Fort  Yellowstone  during  the  severe  winter  weather.  The  increase 
in  the  deer  family  is  quite  perceptible  when  they  range  close  to  the 
houses  and  buildings  at  Mammoth  during  the  winter. 

Elk. — Information  from  all  available  sources  seems  to  justify  a 
conservative  estimate  of  between  25,000  and  30,000  elk  in  the  park. 
Mr.  Wells,  in  charge  of  the  buffalo  farm,  an  experienced  hunter  and 
a  man  of  good  judgment,  estimates  the  number  to  be  between  40,000 
and  50,000.     The  winter  storms  and  deep  snows  cause  large  bands 


YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PAKK.  409 

to  drift  out  of  the  park  down  the  valleys  of  the  Snake,  Madison, 
Gallatin,  and  Yellowstone  rivers,  where  many  are  properly  taken 
by  the  licensed  hunters,  who  are  each  entitled  to  kill  one  under  the 
laws  of  the  surrounding  States — Montana,  Wyoming,  and  Idaho. 
The  meat  hunter,  however,  often  risks  a  violation  of  the  law  to  pro- 
vide meat  for  his  family  and  some  for  sale;  while  the  head,  scalp, 
and  tooth  hunter  ruthlessly  kills  and  leaves  the  carcasses  to  rot. 

On  October  29  the  remains  of  a  dead  elk  were  found  about  3 
miles  west  from  the  town  of  Gardiner,  2  yards  inside  the  park  line. 
It  had  been  shot  and  the  head  taken. 

There  is  no  provision  for  feeding  the  elk  in  winter.  The}^  seem 
to  do  fairly  well  in  the  ordinary  winter,  but  when  the  snow  falls  to 
an  unusual  depth — say  one  winter  in  four — many  perish.  The  two 
elk  calves  (male  and  female)  raised  on  the  bottle  last  season  were 
shipped  to  the  park  commission,  Vancouver,  B.  C,  December  16,  and 
their  arrival  in  fine  condition  was  reported. 

Moose. — The  moose  are  gradually  increasing  on  the  marshes  of  the 
Upper  Yellowstone  River  in  the  southeast  and  the  Bechler  River 
marshy  areas  in  the  southwest.  On  June  26  a  bull  moose  was  seen 
3  miles  south  of  Upper  Basin  Station,  50  yards  from  the  road,  and 
one  was  sighted  on  Blacktail  in  September.  These  animals  are  seen 
frequently  by  patrols  from  Snake  River  Station.  Moose  signs  are 
reported  in  several  other  sections  of  the  park. 

Mountain  lions. — Mountain  lions  are  scarce.  One  was  killed 
during  the  year.  It  was  no  longer  necessary  to  keep  the  pack  of 
hounds  purchased  in  1893  for  the  extermination  of  mountain  lions, 
and  under  authority  from  the  department  the  pack  was  sold,  after 
advertisement,  to  the  highest  bidder. 

BIRDS. 

My  annual  report  for  1907  contained  some  notes  by  Dr.  T.  S. 
Palmer  on  the  summer  birds  of  the  park.  The  following  species  were 
seen  on  ponds  in  Lamar  Valley  on  August  28,  1908.  The  eared  grebe, 
black-necked  stilt,  wandering  tattler,  and  yellow-headed  blackbird. 
Dr.  Alexander  Lambert  reports  also  that  he  heard  the  "  squack  " 
of  the  black  and  white  night  heron  at  Yellowstone  Lake. 

FOREST  FIRES. 

There  was  no  damage  by  forest  fires  in  the  park  during  the  year. 
One  fire  caused  by  lightning  during  a  storm  near  Soda  Butte  Station 
was  extinguished  by  rainfall  before  causing  any  damage. 

POACHING. 

The  civilian  scouts,  with  one  exception,  rendered  effective  service 
in  preventing  poaching  and  arresting  poachers.  The  one  exception 
was  discharged  for  inefficiency.  He  had  formerly  been  a  soldier,  and 
his  discharge  showed  character  excellent. 

Poachers  and  other  violators  of  the  law  were  arrested  in  every 
quarter  of  the  park,  and  several  arrests  were  made  outside  the  park 
in  Wyoming  and  Montana  on  information  and  evidence  furnished 
by  park  scouts,  and  the  parties  were  convicted.  It  is  evident,  how- 
ever, that  many  poachers  escaped  arrest.  There  are  not  sufficient 
scouts  for  thorough  protection  against  poachers. 


410  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

Cases  tried  before  United  States  Commissioner  John  W.  Meldrum  in  Yellowstone 
National  Park  during  the  period  between  October  15,  1907,  and  October  14, 
1908. 

1907. 

Oct.  18.  United  States  v.  Jacob  Garnick.  Charge,  hunting  wild  animals  in 
Yellowstone  National  Park.  Defendant  fined  $50  and  costs  and 
forfeited  two  guns  and  five  traps. 

Oct.  21.  United  States  v.  John  Winegar  and  Charles  Mackert.  Charge,  having 
firearms  in  Yellowstone  National  Park  without  the  permission  of 
the  superintendent  thereof.  Defendant  Mackert  fined  $50  and  one- 
half  of  the  costs.  Defendant  Winegar — this  being  his  second 
offense — fined  $100  and  one-half  of  the  costs. 

Oct.  31.  United  States  v.  Samuel  E.  Nelson,  a  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge 
of  guard  station  Tower  Falls.  Charge,  killing  birds  in  Yellowstone 
National  Park.    Defendant  fined  $50  and  costs. 

Nov.  9.  United  States  v.  G.  V.  Allen,  private  soldier.  Charge,  carving  name  on 
tree  in  Yellowstone  National  Park.      Defendant  fined  $5  and  costs. 

Dec.  3.  United  States  v.  Fred  Chase,  Gus  Holtz,  and  Harry  Workman. 
Charge,  killing  elk  in  Yellowstone  National  Park.  Defendants  fined 
$100  each  and  costs. 

Nov.  21.  United  States  v.  Joseph  Strukly.  Charge,  hunting  wild  animals  in 
Yellowstone  National  Park.  Defendant  fined  $50  and  costs  with 
forfeiture  of  gun. 

Dec.     4.  United  States  v.  George  Broadbent.     Charge,  killing  elk  in  Yellowstone 
National  Park.    Defendant  fined  $100  and  costs. 
1908. 

Jan.  28.  United  States  v.  G.  J.  Gibson.  Charge,  hunting  wild  animals  in  Yellow- 
stone National  Park.  Defendant  committed  to  guardhouse  for  a 
period  of  fifty  days,  and  ordered  to  pay  costs  and  forfeit  gun,  traps, 
and  snowshoes. 

Apr.  20.  United  States  v.  Joseph  Duret.  Charge,  cutting  growing  timber  in 
Yellowstone  National  Park.    Defendant  ordered  to  pay  costs. 

June  23.  United  States  v.  John  K.  Jones.  Charge,  killing  a  woodchuck  in 
Yellowstone  National  Park.    Defendant  fined  $10  and  costs. 

July  11.  United  States  v.  Frank  Moore.  Charge,  carrying  firearms  in  Yellow- 
stone National  Park  without  the  permission  of  the  superintendent 
thereof.     Defendant  fined  $25  and  costs. 

Aug.  31.  United  States  v.  Bruno  Hoepfner.  Charge,  disorderly  conduct  and 
bad  behavior  within  the  limits  of  Yellowstone  National  Park.  De- 
fendant fined  $50  and  costs. 

Sept.  14.  United  States  v.  Grant  Hopkins  and  W.  O.  Dockstader.  Charge, 
larceny,  in  violation  of  section  5356  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the 
United  States.  Defendant  Hopkins  held  to  United  States  district 
court.     Defendant  Dockstader  discharged. 

THE  HOLD-UP   OF  AUGUST  24,  1908. 

The  unfortunate  event,  the  hold-up  of  seventeen  coaches,  surreys, 
and  spring  wagons  on  August  24,  and  the  robbery  by  one  man  of 
many  of  the  passengers  therein  at  a  point  on  the  main  road  between 
Old  Faithful  Inn  and  the  Thumb  of  Lake  Yellowstone,  and  about  4J 
miles  distant  from  the  former,  took  place  about  9  a.  m.  on  August  24. 

In  accordance  with  the  established  time  schedule,  the  first  coach  of 
Yellowstone  Park  Transportation  Company  loads  at  Old  Faithful 
Inn  at  7.30  o'clock  in  the  morning;  after  all  coaches  of  that  com- 
pany have  been  loaded,  the  Monida  and  Yellowstone.  Company 
coaches  are  loaded  at  same  point  and  follow  after.  These  are  fol- 
lowed in  turn  by  the  coaches  of  the  Wylie  Permanent  Camping 
Company — all  on  the  road  eastward  toward  the  Thumb. 

This  was  the  order  of  travel  on  morning  of  August  24.  As  a  pre- 
caution against  dust  and  against  accident  on  grades,  drivers  are  in- 
structed to  maintain  a  distance  of  approximately  100  yards  between 


YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK.  411 

coaches.  On  the  morning  in  question  eight  vehicles  were  not  molested 
by  the  robber.  It  appears  that  the  trooper  on  patrol  passed  the  point 
where  the  robbery  took  place  ahead  of  the  first  coaches.  The  interval 
between  the  eighth  and  ninth  coaches  in  order  of  travel  was  rather 
extended,  with  an  angle  of  the  road  intervening  in  a  narrow  defile, 
thickly  wooded  on  either  side.  The  ninth  vehicle  was  stopped  by  the 
robber  with  repeating  rifle  at  a  "  ready ;  "  and  in  vulgar,  blasphemous 
language  he  ordered  a  young  man  down  from  the  box  seat  and  made 
him  carry  a  sack  alongside  the  coach — into  which  passengers  were 
commanded  to  deposit  their  money  and  jewelry.  This  was  repeated 
with  each  of  the  sixteen  vehicles  following.  No  one  received  physical 
injury  excepting  one  passenger,  whose  actions  did  not  suit  the  robber 
and  who  was  disciplined  by  a  stroke  on  the  head  with  the  gun,  which 
was  discharged  at  the  same  time.  The  injury  was  not  reported 
serious.  Four  of  the  looted  coaches  belonged  to  the  Yellowstone 
Park  Transportation  Company,  five  to  the  Monida  and  Yellowstone 
Stage  Company,  and  eight  to  the  Wylie  Permanent  Camping  Com- 
pany. As  near  as  can  be  learned  by  the  separate  memoranda  handed 
in  by  the  passengers  the  losses  sustained  by  them  in  the  robbery 
aggregated  $1,363.95  cash  and  $730.25  in  watches  and  jewelry.  Upon 
being  liberated  the  first  coach  of  those  robbed  drove  rapidly  to  the 
camp  of  the  road  sprinkling  crew,  located  about  2  miles  east  of  the 
hold-up  point,  where  notice  was  given  and  a  messenger  dispatched  to 
Old  Faithful  Inn — distant  6  miles — with  news  of  the  robbery. 

The  agent  of  the  Yellowstone  Park  Transportation  Company  at 
the  inn  telegraphed  the  news  to  all  stations  in  the  park  and  notified 
the  detail  of  soldiers  stationed  at  Upper  Geyser  Basin,  within  a  few 
hundred  yards  of  the  inn.  He  also  states  that  he  notified  the  officer 
in  command  of  a  troop  of  cavalry  camped  in  the  Lower  Basin,  about 
9  miles  distant  by  the  old  road.  Telegraphic  notice  was  received  at 
Mammoth  Hot  Springs  Hotel  and  immediately  transmitted  to  my 
office  by  telephone.  The  message  was  repeated  to  Major  Allen,  who 
was  up  in  the  park,  and  he  was  requested  to  give  the  matter  his  per- 
sonal attention.  All  guard  stations  were  warned  and  instructed  and 
two  scouts  present  at  Mammoth  were  dispatched  to  the  scene.  They 
made  the  ride  (49  miles)  in  four  hours.  Major  Allen,  who  was  in 
the  park  with  General  Edgerly,  came  into  Mammoth  the  same  even- 
ing, and  on  the  following  morning  reported  that  he  had  given  the 
necessary  orders  to  his  troops  by  telephone  and  telegraph  from  X  orris. 
The  robber  was  on  foot,  and  disposed  of  a  few  pocketbooks  and  purses 
near  the  scene  of  the  robbery,  where  they  were  found  in  a  clump  of 
bushes.  One  of  these  contained  valuable  papers  and  all  were  re- 
turned to  their  respective  owners. 

The  trail  could  only  be  followed  a  short  distance.  The  robber 
had  apparently  taken  off  his  shoes  and  passed  into  a  densely  wooded 
region.  All  United  States  marshals,  sheriffs,  and  peace  officers  in 
surrounding  States,  counties,  and  towns  were  duly  notified  and  given 
description  of  the  robber,  as  nearly  as  could  be  ascertained  from 
tourists  and  drivers  in  the  hold-up. 

All  passengers  in  their  excitement  blamed  the  soldiers.  The  char- 
acter of  the  country  is  such  that  the  entire  Army  of  the  United  States 
could  not  prevent  an  evil-disposed  man  from  entering  the  park  with 
a  gun. 


412  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

On  the  date  of  the  hold-up  one  troop  was  on  practice  march  in 
the  park  and  was  camped  within  10  or  12  miles  from  Old  Faithful 
Inn.  One  troop  has  been  camped  in  Lower  Geyser  Basin  all  the 
season  and  one  troop  has  been  camped  on  Yellowstone  River  within  a 
mile  of  Lake  Hotel  all  the  season. 

So  far  it  has  been  impossible  to  locate  an  escaped  criminal  who 
was  convicted  of  poaching  in  the  park  and  escaped  from  confine- 
ment in  the  military  prison  at  Fort  Yellowstone  in  October  last. 
There  seems  to  be  a  well-grounded  suspicion  that  he  is  the  perpe- 
trator of  this  daring  highway  robbery.  It  is  a  slow  and  difficult 
task  to  conduct  a  systematic  search  for  this  criminal,  without  funds 
for  expenses,  by  correspondence  alone.  The  detectives  in  adjacent 
States,  with  whom  I  have  corresponded  since  the  robbery,  work  for 
a  per  diem  and  expenses  and  not  for  rewards  offered,  and  although 
they  have  been  informed  that  this  office  has  no  money  for  that  pur- 
pose, they  have  never  hesitated  to  give  any  information  in  their 
possession  in  regard  to  this  particular  matter. 

ESTIMATES. 

The  following  estimates  of  appropriations  required  for  the  ensuing 
fiscal  year  have  been  submitted:  For  administration  and  protection, 
including  salaries  aggregating  $7,880,  for  chief  clerk,  chief  scout,  5 
scouts,  and  1  teamster  and  messenger,  $9,530 ;  maintenance  of  buffalo, 
including  salaries  amounting  to  $1,920,  for  buffalo  keeper  and  as- 
sistant buffalo  keeper,  $3,547 ;  total,  $13,077. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

In  view  of  a  settlement  growing  at  the  terminus  of  the  railroad  on 
western  boundary  line,  it  is  recommended  that  an  appropriation  be 
asked  to  construct  a  wire  fence  of  5  miles  on  the  boundary  line, 
extending  from  the  Madison  Kiver  south,  with  a  gateway  on  road 
entering  from  the  railway  station.  This  fence  would  prevent  en- 
croachment on  the  park  grounds,  keep  out  loose  stock,  and  save  the 
destruction  of  park  game  by  settlers  close  to  the  line  at  this  point. 
The  area  along  this  line  is  in  part  thinly  wooded  and  in  part  devoid 
of  trees.  Estimate  for  this  fence  was  forwarded  to  the  department 
October  11,  1907. 

I  beg  to  renew  the  recommendation  made  in  my  last  annual  report 
to  place  the  government  and  protection  of  the  park  under  a  selected 
and  well-organized  civil  guard. 

Very  respectfully,  S.  B.  M.  Young, 

Superintendent, 

The  Secretary  or  the  Interior. 


RUL.ES  and  regulations. 


REGULATIONS  OF  JULY  2,   igo8. 

The  following  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  Yel- 
lowstone National  Park  are  hereby  established  and  made  public,  pur- 
suant to  authority  conferred  by  section  2475,  Revised  Statutes,  United 
States,  and  the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  7,  1894 : 

1.  It  is  forbidden  to  remove  or  injure  the  sediments  or  incrusta- 
tions around  the  geysers,  hot  springs,  or  steam  vents;  or  to  deface 
the  same  by  written  inscription  or  otherwise;  or  to  throw  any  sub- 
stance into  the  springs  or  geyser  vents;  or  to  injure  or  disturb,  in 
any  manner,  or  to  carry  off  any  of  the  mineral  deposits,  specimens, 
natural  curiosities,  or  wonders  within  the  park. 

2.  It  is  forbidden  to  ride  or  drive  upon  any  of  the  geyser  or  hot- 
spring  formations,  or  to  turn  stock  loose  to  graze  in  their  vicinity. 

3.  It  is  forbidden  to  cut  or  injure  any  growing  timber.  Camping 
parties  will  be  allowed  to  use  dead  or  fallen  timber  for  fuel.  When 
felling  timber  for  fuel  or  for  building  purposes  when  duly  authorized, 
stumps  must  not  be  left  higher  than  12  inches  from  the  ground. 

4.  Fires  shall  be  lighted  only  when  necessary,  and  completely 
extinguished  when  not  longer  required.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
exercised  at  all  times  to  avoid  setting  fire  to  the  timber  and  grass. 

5.  Hunting  or  killing,  wounding  or  capturing  any  bird  or  wild 
animal,  except  dangerous  animals  when  necessary  to  prevent  them 
from  destroying  life  or  inflicting  an  injury,  is  prohibited.  The  out- 
fits, including  guns,  traps,  teams,  horses,  or  means  of  transportation 
used  by  persons  engaged  in  hunting,  killing,  trapping,  ensnaring,  or 
capturing  such  birds  or  wild  animals,  or  in  possession  of  game  killed 
in  the  park  under  other  circumstances  than  prescribed  above,  will 
be  forfeited  to  the  United  States,  except  in  cases  where  it  is  shown 
by  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  outfit  is  not  the  property  of  the 
person  or  persons  violating  this  regulation,  and  the  actual  owner 
thereof  was  not  a  party  to  such  violation.  Firearms  will  only  be 
permitted  in  the  park  on  written  permission  from  the  superintendent 
thereof.  On  arrival  at  the  first  station  of  the  park  guard,  parties 
having  firearms,  traps,  nets,  seines,  or  explosives  will  turn  them  over 
to  the  sergeant  in  charge  of  the  station,  taking  his  receipt  for  them. 
They  will  be  returned  to  the  owners  on  leaving  the  park. 

6.  Fishing  with  nets,  seines,  traps,  or  by  the  use  of  drugs  or  explo- 
sives, or  in  any  other  way  than  with  hook  and  line,  is  prohibited. 
Fishing  for  purposes  of  merchandise  or  profit  is  forbidden.  Fishing 
may  be  prohibited  by  order  of  the  superintendent  of  the  park  in 
any  of  the  waters  01  the  park  or  limited  therein  to  any  specified 
season  of  the  year,  until  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior. 

413 


414  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

7.  No  person  will  be  permitted  to  reside  permanently  or  to  engage 
in  any  business  in  the  park  without  permission,  in  writing,  from  the 
Department  of  the  Interior.  The  superintendent  may  grant  authority 
to  competent  persons  to  act  as  guides  and  revoke  the  same  in  his  dis- 
cretion, and  no  pack  trains  shall  be  allowed  in  the  park  unless  in 
charge  of  a  duly  registered  guide. 

8.  The  herding  or  grazing  of  loose  stock  or  cattle  of  any  kind 
within  the  park,  as  well  as  the  driving  of  such  stock  or  cattle  over 
the  roads  of  the  park,  is  strictly  forbidden,  except  in  such  cases  where 
authority  therefor  is  granted  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  It 
is  forbidden  to  cut  hay  within  the  boundaries  of  the  park,  excepting 
for  the  use  of  the  wild  game,  and  such  other  purposes  as  may  be  au- 
thorized by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  or  the  park  superintendent. 

9.  No  drinking  saloon  or  barroom  will  be  permitted  within  the 
limits  of  the  park. 

10.  Private  notices  or  advertisements  shall  not  be  posted  or  dis- 
played within  the  park,  except  such  as  may  be  necessary  for  the 
convenience  and  guidance  of  the  public,  upon  buildings  on  leased 
ground. 

11.  Persons  who  render  themselves  obnoxious  by  disorderly  con- 
duct or  bad  behavior,  or  who  violate  any  of  the  foregoing  rules,  will 
be  summarily  removed  from  the  park,  and  will  not  be  allowed  to 
return  without  permission,  in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Inte- 
rior or  the  superintendent  of  the  park. 

12.  It  is  forbidden  to  carve  or  write  names  or  other  things  on  any 
of  the  mileposts  or  signboards,  or  any  of  the  platforms,  seats,  railings, 
steps,  or  any  structures  or  any  tree  in  the  park. 

Any  person  who  violates  any  of  the  foregoing  regulations  will  be 
deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  be  subjected  to  a  fine  as  pro- 
vided by  the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  7,  1894,  "  to  protect  the 
birds  and  animals  in  Yellowstone  National  Park  and  to  punish  crimes 
in  said  park,  and  for  other  purposes,"  of  not  more  than  one  thousand 
dollars,  or  imprisonment  not  exceeding  two  years,  or  both,  and  be 
adjudged  to  pay  all  costs  of  the  proceedings. 


INSTRUCTIONS  OF  JULY  2,  1908. 

(1)  The  feeding,  interference  with,  or  molestation  of  any  bear  or 
other  wild  animal  in  the  park  in  any  way  by  any  person  not  author- 
ized by  the  superintendent  is  prohibited. 

(2)  Fires. — The  greatest  care  must  be  exercised  to  insure  the 
complete  extinction  of  all  camp  fires  before  they  are  abandoned.  All 
ashes  and  unburned  bits  of  wood  must,  when  practicable,  be  thor- 
oughly soaked  with  water.  Where  fires  are  built  in  the  neighborhood 
of  decayed  logs,  particular  attention  must  be  directed  to  the  extin- 
guishment of  fires  in  the  decaying  mold.  Fire  may  be  extinguished 
where  water  is  not  available  by  a  complete  covering  of  earth,  well 
packed  down.  Care  should  be  taken  that  no  lighted  match,  cigar,  or 
cigarette  is  dropped  in  any  grass,  twigs,  leaves,  or  tree  mold. 

(3)  Camps. — No  camp  will  be  made  at  a  less  distance  than  100 
feet  from  any  traveled  road.     Blankets,  clothing,  hammocks,  or  any 


YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK.  415 

other  article  liable  to  frighten  teams  must  not  be  hung  at  a  nearer 
distance  than  this  to  the  road.  The  same  rule  applies  to  temporary 
stops,  such  as  for  feeding  horses  or  for  taking  luncheon. 

Many  successive  parties  camp  on  the  same  sites  during  the  season, 
and  camp  grounds  must  be  thoroughly  cleaned  before  they  are  aban- 
doned. Tin  cans  must  be  flattened  and,  with  bottles,  cast-off  clothing, 
and  all  other  debris,  must  be  deposited  in  a  pit  provided  for  the  pur- 
pose. When  camps  are  made  in  unusual  places  where  pits  may  not 
be  provided,  all  refuse  must  be  hidden  where  it  will  not  be  offensive 
to  the  eye. 

(4)  Bicycles. — The  greatest  care  must  be  exercised  by  persons  using 
bicycles.  On  meeting  a  team  the  rider  must  stop  and  stand  at  side  of 
road  between  the  bicycle  and  the  team — the  outer  side  of  the  road  if 
on  a  grade  or  curve.  In  passing  a  team  from  the  rear,  the  rider 
should  learn  from  the  driver  if  his  horses  are  liable  to  frighten,  in 
which  case  the  driver  should  halt  and  the  rider  dismount  and  walk 
past,  keeping  between  the  bicycle  and  the  team. 

(5)  Fishing. — All  fish  less  than  6  inches  in  length  should  at  once 
be  returned  to  the  water  with  the  least  damage  possible  to  the  fish. 
No  one  person  shall  catch  more  than  twenty  fish  in  one  day. 

(6)  Dogs. — Dogs  and  cats  are  not  permitted  in  the  park. 

(7)  Grazing  animals. — Only  animals  actually  in  use  for  purposes 
of  transportation  through  the  park  may  be  grazed  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  camps.  They  will  not  be  allowed  to  run  over  any  of  the 
formations,  nor  near  to  any  of  the  geysers  or  hot  springs;  neither 
will  they  be  allowed  to  run  loose  within  100  feet  of  the  roads. 

(8)  Hotels. — All  tourists  traveling  with  the  authorized  trans- 
portation companies,  whether  holding  hotel  coupons  or  paying  cash, 
are  allowed  the  privilege  of  extending  their  visit  in  the  park  at  any 
of  the  hotels  without  extra  charge  for  transportation.  However, 
twenty-four  hours'  notice  must  be  given  to  the  managers  of  the 
transportation  companies  for  reservations  in  other  coaches. 

(9)  Boat  trip  on  Yellowstone  Lake. — The  excursion  boat  on  Yellow- 
stone Lake  plying  between  the  Lake  Hotel  and  the  Thumb  Lunch 
Station  at  the  West  Bay  is  not  a  part  of  the  regular  transportation 
of  the  park,  and  an  extra  charge  is  made  by  the  boat  company  for 
this  service. 

(10)  Driving  on  roads  of  park. —  (a)  Drivers  of  vehicles  of  any 
description,  when  overtaken  by  other  vehicles  traveling  at  a  faster 
rate  of  speed,  shall,  if  requested  to  do  so,  turn  out  and  give  the  latter 
free  and  unobstructed  passageway. 

(b)  Vehicles,  in  passing  each  other,  must  give  full  half  of  the  road- 
way.    This  applies  to  freight  outfits  as  well  as  any  other. 

(c)  Racing  on  the  park  roads  is  strictly  prohibited. 

(d)  Freight,  baggage,  and  heavy  camping  outfits  on  sidehill  grades 
throughout  the  park  will  take  the  outer  side  of  the  road  while  being 
passed  by  passenger  vehicles  in  either  direction. 

(e)  In  making  a  temporary  halt  on  the  road  for  any  purpose, 
excepting  for  lunch  or  camp,  all  teams  and  vehicles  will  be  pulled 
to  one  side  of  the  road  far  enough  to  leave  a  free  and  unobstructed 
passageway. 

(/)  In  rounding  sharp  curves  on. the  roads,  like  that  in  the  Golden 
Gate  Canyon,  where  the  view  ahead  is  completely  cut  off,  drivers 


416  YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

will  slow  down  to  a  walk.  Traveling  at  night  is  prohibited  except 
in  cases  of  emergency. 

(g)  Transportation  companies,  freight  and  wood  contractors,  and 
all  other  parties  and  persons  using  the  park  roads  will  be  held  liable 
for  violation  of  these  instructions. 

(A)  Pack  trains  will  be  required  to  follow  trails  whenever  practi- 
cable. During  the  tourist  season,  when  traveling  on  the  road  and 
vehicles  carrying  passengers  are  met,  the  pack  train  must  move  off 
the  road  not  less  than  100  feet  and  await  the  passage  of  the  vehicle. 

(i)  During  the  tourist  season  pack  animals,  loose  animals,  or 
saddle  horses,  except  those  ridden  by  duly  authorized  persons  on 
patrol  or  other  public  duties,  are  not  permitted  on  the  coach  road 
between  Gardiner  and  Fort  Yellowstone. 

(k)  Riding  at  a  gait  faster  than  a  slow  trot  on  the  plateaus  near 
the  hotels  where  tourists  and  other  persons  are  accustomed  to  walk 
is  prohibited. 

(I)  Mounted  men  on  meeting  a  passenger  team  on  a  grade  will 
halt  on  the  outer  side  until  the  team  passes.  When  approaching  a 
passenger  team  from  the  rear  warning  must  be  given,  and  no  faster 
gait  will  be  taken  than  is  necessary  to  make  the  passage,  and  if  on 
a  grade  the  passage  will  be  on  the  outer  side.  A  passenger  team 
must  not  be  passed  on  a  dangerous  grade. 

(m)  All  wagons  used  in  hauling  heavy  freight  over  the  park  roads 
must  have  tires  not  less  than  4  inches  in  width.  This  order  does  not 
apply  to  express  freight  hauled  in  light  spring  wagons  with  single 
teams. 

(II)  Miscellaneous. — Automobiles  are  not  permitted  in  the  park. 
Persons  are  not  allowed  to  bathe  near  any  of  the  regularly  trav- 
eled roads  in  the  park  without  suitable  bathing  clothes. 

All  complaints  by  tourists  and  others  as  to  service,  etc.,  rendered 
in  the  reservation  should  be  made  to  the  superintendent  in  writing 
before  the  complainant  leaves  the  park. 

(12)  The  penalty  for  disregard  of  these  instructions  is  summary 
ejection  from  the  park. 

Information  relative  to  side  trips  in  the  park  and  the  cost  thereof 
can  be  procured  from  those  authorized  to  transport  passengers 
through  or  to  provide  for  camping  parties  in  the  park,  also  at  the 
office  of  the  superintendent. 


REGULATIONS  OF    OCTOBER  n,  1900,  GOVERNING    THE  IMPOUND- 
ING AND  DISPOSITION  OF  LOOSE  LIVE  STOCK. 

Horses,  cattle,  or  other  domestic  live  stock  running  at  large  or 
being  herded  or  grazed  in  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  without 
authority  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  will  be  taken  up  and 
impounded  by  the  superintendent,  who  will  at  once  give  notice 
thereof  to  the  owner,  if  known.  If  the  owner  is  not  known,  notices 
of  such  impounding,  giving  a  description  of  the  animal  or  animals, 
with  the  brands  thereon,  will  be  posted  in  six  public  places  inside  the 
park  and  in  two  public  places  outside  the  park.  Any  owner  of  any 
animal  thus  impounded  may,  at  any  time  before  the  sale  thereof, 
reclaim  the  same  upon  proving  ownership  and  paying  the  cost  of 


YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL  PARK.  417 

notice  and  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up  and  detention  of 
such  animal,  including  the  cost  of  feeding  and  caring  for  the  same. 
If  any  animal  thus  impounded  shall  not  be  reclaimed  within  thirty 
days  from  notice  to  the  owner  or  from  the  date  of  posting  notices,  it 
shall  be  sold  at  public  auction  at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  fixed 
by  the  superintendent  after  ten  days'  notice,  to  be  given  by  posting 
notices  in  six  public  places  in  the  park  and  two  public  places  outside 
the  park,  and  by  mailing  to  the  owner,  if  known,  a  copy  thereof. 

All  money  received  from  the  sale  of  such  animals  and  remaining 
after  the  payment  of  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up,  impound- 
ing, and  selling  thereof,  shall  be  carefully  retained  by  the  superin- 
tendent in  a  separate  fund  for  a  period  of  six  months,  during  which 
time  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  any  animal  may  be  claimed  by 
and  paid  to  the  owner  upon  the  presentation  of  satisfactory  proof  of 
ownership,  and  if  not  so  claimed  within  six  months  from  the  date 
of  sale  such  proceeds  shall  be  turned  into  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park  fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  keep  a  record  in  which  shall  be  set  down 
a  description  of  all  animals  impounded,  giving  the  brands  found  on 
them,  the  date  and  locality  of  the  taking  up,  the  date  of  all  notices 
and  manner  in  which  they  were  given,  the  date  of  sale,  the  name  and 
address  of  the  purchaser,  the  amount  for  which  each  animal  was  sold 
and  the  cost  incurred  in  connection  therewith,  and  the  disposition  of 
the  proceeds. 

The  superintendent  will,  in  each  instance,  make  every  reasonable 
effort  to  ascertain  the  owner  of  animals  impounded  and  to  give  actual 
notice  thereof  to  such  owner. 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 27 


REPORT  OF  THE  ACTING  SUPERINTENDENT  OF 
YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK. 


419 


REPORT  OF  THE  ACTING  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  YOSEMITE 

NATIONAL  PARK. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

Yosemite  National  Park, 
Office  of  the   Superintendent, 
Yosemite,  Coil.,  September  30,  1908. 

Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  following  report  of  the  con- 
dition of  affairs  in  the  Yosemite  National  Park  and  of  its  manage- 
ment during  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1908 : 

This  park  is  situated  in  Tuolumne,  Mariposa,  and  Mono  counties, 
Cal.,  and  originally  covered  an  area  of  about  1,512  square  miles. 
The  lands  embraced  therein  were  set  aside  by  act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved October  1,  1890  (26  Stat.,  650),  and  were  placed  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  By  the  act  of  Febru- 
ary 7,  1905  (33  Stat.,  702),  and  the  joint  resolution  of  June  11,  1906 
(34  Stat,  831),  the  boundaries  were  changed,  excluding  a  total  of 
555.94  square  miles  therefrom  and  including  a  total  of  168.35  square 
miles  not  previously  within  the  reservation,  making  the  present  area 
of  1,124.41  square  miles,  or  719,622.40  acres.  The  second  change  in 
boundaries  included  the  recession  of  Yosemite  Valley  and  Mariposa 
Big  Tree  Grove  to  the  Federal  Government. 

The  troops  detailed  by  the  War  Department,  in  compliance  with 
the  request  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  and  pursuant  to  General 
Orders,  No.  66,  dated  March  23,  1908,  Headquarters  Department  of 
California,  for  duty  in  the  Yosemite  National  Park,  consisting  of 
Troops  I  and  M,  Fourteenth  Cavalry,  and  a  detachment  of  Hospi- 
tal Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  left  the  Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  Cal., 
on  April  16,  1908,  and  marched  to  the  Yosemite  Valley,  arriving 
on  April  28.  All  the  supplies  and  equipment  which  had  been  shipped 
from  the  Presidio  of  San  Francisco  on  April  15  were  found  at  the 
camp  on  arrival. 

The  lack  of  a  full  quota  of  officers  with  the  command  was  a  great 
drawback,  but  unfortunately  could  not  be  remedied,  as  neither  of 
the  two  squadrons  stationed  at  the  Presidio  had  more  than  half 
the  authorized  number  of  officers  on  duty  with  them.  There  were 
but  four  officers  on  duty  at  headquarters  and  with  the  two  troops 
designated  for  duty  in  the  park.  This  number  is  totally  inadequate 
for  thorough  and  careful  performance  of  the  duties  required  of  the 
command,  and  it  is  urgently  requested  that  steps  be  taken  looking 
toward  an  increase  in  the  number  next  season. 

PATROLS. 

Fifteen  patrols,  varying  in  size  from  2  to  5  men  each,  were  sta- 
tioned at  various  points  throughout  the  park,  at  distances  varying 
from  20  to  75  miles  from  the  main  camp,  for  the  purpose  of  pre- 
venting trespassing  and  other  violations  of  the  regulations.     These 

421 


422  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

patrols  were  visited  and  inspected  by  an  officer  as  often  as  practicable, 
and  they  were  generally  found  to  be  performing  their  duties  in  an 
efficient  and  satisfactory  manner. 

GRAZING. 

No  sheep  whatever  crossed  the  border  and  only  an  inconsiderable 
number  of  cattle  have  been  found  within  the  park  limits,  and  these 
few  have  been  close  to  the  boundaries.  No  stock  has  been  driven 
through  the  reservation  by  permission  of  the  acting  superintendent. 

Mr.  J.  B.  Curtin,  owner  of  patented  lands  in  the  park,  when  en- 
deavoring to  secure  permission  for  cattlemen  to  graze  their  cattle 
upon  the  lands  of  the  Yosemite  National  Park,  made  the  statement, 
"  In  the  Yosemite  Park  there  are  patented  lands  which  the  owners 
have  used  for  rounding  stations,  and  allowed  their  cattle  to  run  in 
the  park  prior  to  the  enforcement  of  the  rigid  rules  regarding  graz- 
ing thereon."  This  permission,  however,  was  not  granted  by  the 
Department  and  Mr.  Curtin  kept  his  stock  off  the  park  lands.  He 
had  previously  grazed  cattle  on  some  1,200  acres  of  land  which  he 
owned,  or  which  being  patented,  was  leased  to  him,  and  same  being 
all  under  fence.  The  fence  was  erected  by  him  for  the  most  part  this 
summer,  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  an  officer  on  duty 
with  the  troops.  This  land  lay  within  sees.  16,  17,  and  18,  of  T.  2  S., 
R.  20  E.,  Mount  Diablo  meridian.  Other  than  this  no  stock  was 
pastured  within  the  limits  of  the  national  park. 

In  the  suit  of  J.  B.  Curtin  v.  H.  C.  Benson,  acting  superintendent, 
et  al.,  instituted  in  1905,  the  court  was  asked  to  restrain  the  acting 
superintendent  from  interfering  with  Curtin's  cattle  (which  had  been 
allowed  to  stray  in  the  park  and  the  adjoining  forest  reserve),  upon 
the  grounds  that  paragraphs  9  and  10  of  the  regulations  promulgated 
April  22,  1905  (now  paragraphs  7  and  8  of  the  regulations  of  Feb- 
ruary 29,  1908),  were  illegal  and  void.  These  paragraphs  read  as 
follows : 

Owners  of  patented  lands  within  the  park  limits  are  entitled  to  the  full  use 
and  enjoyment  thereof;  such  lands,  however,  shall  have  the  metes  and  bounds 
thereof  so  marked  and  defined  that  they  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  the 
park  lands.  Stock  may  be  taken  over  -the  park  lands  to  patented  lands  with  the 
written  permission  and  under  the  supervision  of  the  superintendent. 

The  herding  or  grazing  of  loose  stock  or  cattle  of  any  kind  on  the  Government 
lands  in  the  park,  as  well  as  the  driving  of  such  stock  or  cattle  over  the  same, 
is  strictly  forbidden,  except  in  such  cases  where  authority  therefor  is  granted 
by  the  superintendent. 

The  case  was  instituted  in  the  state  court,  but  later  removed  to  the 
United,  States  circuit  court  for  the  northern  district  of  California. 
The  decision  of  the  court  upheld  the  validity  of  the  regulations 
referred  to,  but  appeal  has  been  taken  by  the  plaintiff  to  the  Supreme 
Court  of  the  United  States.  It  is  not  likely  to  be  reached  on  the 
calendar  during  the  present  term. 

FOREST  FIRES. 

This  has  been  one  of  the  driest  years  in  the  history  of  the  park. 
There  were  no  late  spring  rains  and  but  very  little  snow  fell  during 
the  winter  months.  Early  in  June  the  country  was  exceedingly  dry, 
and  it  was  only  by  constant  vigilance  and  quick  action  that  the  entire 
perk  has  not  been  swept  by  forest  fires.  Three  fires  started  on  the 
floor  of    Yosemite  Valley,  due  unquestionably  to  lighted  cigars  or 


Y0SEM1TE    NATIONAL   PARK.  423 

cigarettes  having  been  thrown  from  stages,  as  they  were  discovered 
within  half  an  hour  after  the  passing  of  stages  along  the  roads. 
These  fires  were  promptly  extinguished  without  any  damage.  A 
large  fire  caused  by  lightning  started  on  the  southern  border  of  the 
park  near  Alder  Creek,  and  required  the  combined  efforts  of  the 
rangers  and  a  detail  of  12  men  to  extinguish  it.  About  1  square 
mile  was  burned  over.  A  large  fire  started  in  the  national  forest 
west  of  the  park,  near  Hog  ranch,  and  before  it  could  be  extinguished 
had  extended  over  about  5  square  miles,  doing  considerable  damage 
to  timber.  Another  fire  occurred  midway  between  the  Hetch  Hetchy 
Valley  and  McGill's  meadows,  and  though  a  large  force  was  sent  in 
charge  of  officers,  it  was  some  two  weeks  before  it  could  be  completely 
extinguished.  Great  credit  is  due  to  the  officers  and  men,  especially 
to  Captain  Wells,  for  their  energetic  efforts  and  success  in  stopping 
the  fire. 

GAME. 

Game  is  on  the  decrease.     Each  reduction  of  the  park  has  cut  off 
another  portion  of  the  winter  resort  of  game.     The  western   and 
southwestern  portions  of  the  park,  as  originally  established,  were  the 
principal  habitat  of  the  deer  and  the  only  winter  resort.    This  portion 
has  now  been  thrown  into  the  national  forest.     There  are  more  hunt- 
ing permits  granted  in  the  State  of  California  than  there  are  deer  in 
the  State,  and  as  every  person  is  allowed  by  law  to  kill  2  deer,  and 
does  kill  4  or  5  if  he  can,  it  can  readily  be  seen  what  small  chance  a 
deer  has  for  his  life.     This  portion  of  the  national  forest  has  not 
been  accessible  to  the  general  hunter  until  the  present  year,  but  now, 
with  the  new  railroad,  large  numbers  of  hunters  infest  this  country 
and  lie  along  the  border  of  the  park,  shooting  every  animal  that  is 
unfortunate  enough  to  cross  the  boundary  to  get  water.     As  water 
exists  in  but  few  localities  in  this  portion  and  mainly  in  springs 
or  very  short  streams  the  deer  are  forced  to  seek  such  points,  and  their 
location   is   readily   determined   by   the   deer   trail.      The    so-called 
hunters  secrete  themselves  along  these  trails  and  shoot  every  animal 
that  passes.     Extensive  and  careful  patrolling  has  been  done  within 
the  limits  of  the  park  to  prevent  hunting  therein,  and  it  is  believed 
that  but  few  hunting  parties  have  succeeded  in  remaining  therein. 
Had  my  instructions  been  complied  with  by  the  rangers  one  hunting 
party  would  have  been  arrested  and  put  out,  but  by  falsehood  and 
misrepresentation  this  party  made  the  rangers  believe  that  they  were 
without  arms  and  so  escaped.     I  went  in  person  to  look  them  up  and 
followed  their  trail  for  over  40  miles  in  one  day,  but  the}^  had  crossed 
the  border  before  I  could  overtake  them.     People  who  are  supposed 
to  be  gentlemen,  and  are  ordinarily  so  rated,  for  some  reason  consider 
that  it  is  not  dishonorable  to  tell  a  lie  about  the  arms  in  their  pos- 
session when  they  are  on  a  hunting  trip.     The  orders  are  explicit, 
that  whenever  a  number  of  men  are  encountered  anywhere  in  the 
park  that  their  packs  shall  be  inspected  exactly  as  a  person's  baggage 
is  on  entering  a  custom-house.     In  this  way  several  parties  have  boon 
detected  and  ejected  from  the  reservation.     Unless,  however,  steps 
are  taken  by  the  State  to  insure  the  arrest  and  punishment  of  vio- 
lators of  the  law  the  State  of  California  will  soon  be  without  door. 
A  number  of  bear  have  been  seen  during  the  season  and  also  a  number 
of  grouse  and  mountain  quail ;  more  than  were  seen  last  year,  but  >lill 
the  number  is  small. 


424  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

FISH. 

The  fish  hatchery  at  Wawona  was,  as  usual,  operated  this  year  by 
the  California  Fish  Commission.  About  300,000  fry  were  hatched  and 
distributed  in  the  waters  of  the  park,  the  troops  distributing  about 
100,000.  In  addition  to  this  there  were  netted  from  some  of  the 
smaller  streams,  which  were  dry  during  the  summer,  a  number  of  fish, 
which  were  then  placed  in  streams  that  had  not  been  previously 
stocked.  Some  of  the  streams  and  lakes  which  were  stocked  about 
ten  years  ago  have  now  become  so  full  of  fish  that  it  is  impossible  to 
make  a  cast  without  having  half  a  dozen  immediately  rise  to  the  flies, 
resulting  in  a  double  or  treble  catch.  No  better  fishing  ground  than 
the  mountain  streams  of  the  Yosemite  National  Park  exists  anywhere. 

FENCING. 

It  is  again  recommended  that  the  western  boundary  of  the  park  be 
fenced,  using  therefor  barbed  wire  and  international  steel  posts. 
There  has  been  no  trouble  this  year  from  trespassing  of  cattle  or  other 
stock,  except  upon  a  portion  of  the  western  and  southwestern  bound- 
ary. It  is  practically  impossible  to  protect  the  entire  western  line 
with  the  few  outposts  that  can  be  established,  and  there  results  some 
friction  with  the  owners  of  cattle  that  are  permitted  to  graze  in  the 
forest  reserve  immediately  up  to  the  boundary,  but  are  not  allowed 
to  graze  within  the  park.  All  of  this  friction  could  be  easily  avoided 
by  the  construction  of  a  fence  as  suggested.  It  would  require  about 
50  miles  of  fence,  which  could  readily  be  put  up  at  a  cost  of  not  more 
than  $10,000;  and  it  is  believed  that  this  would  be  one. of  the  wisest 
measures  that  could  be  adopted  for  the  prevention  of  friction  and 
misunderstanding  with  cattlemen. 

PATENTED  LANDS. 

I  can  but  repeat  what  I  said  in  my  last  annual  report  with  regard 
to  the  patented  lands  lying  within  the  limits  of  the  park,  and  urge 
even  more  strenuously  that  action  be  taken  looking  toward  the  acqui- 
sition by  the  Government  of  these  patented  lands. 

There  are  no  persons  now  living  upon  patented  lands  within  the 
limits  of  the  Yosemite  National  Park,  with  the  exception  of  Mr. 
Kibby,  at  Lake  Eleanor.  All  patented  lands  upon  which  people  were 
living  were  excluded  from  the  park  by  the  joint  resolution  of  June 
11,  1906.  The  only  patented  lands  now  retained  are  timber  claims 
and  a  few  claims  that  were  taken  up  under  the  homestead  act  and 
were  never  occupied  as  homesteads,  but  simply  used  as  a  pretext  for 
bringing  in  stock  to  stray  upon  the  public  lands.  These  private  lands 
are  no  longer  of  any  value  to  their  owners  as  there  is  not  sufficient 
grazing  on  them  to  keep  half  a  dozen  animals  during  summer.  The 
timber  claims  are  valuable  and  are  becoming  more  so  each  year.  Some 
of  the  finest  sugar-pine  timber  in  California  lies  within  the  limits  of 
the  park,  along  the  line  of  the  road  from  Wawona  to  Chinquapin 
station.  Lumbermen  from  Michigan  have  been  in  the  park  this  year 
inspecting  this  timber  and  have  obtained  an  option  for  its  purchase. 
The  large  tract  of  timber  land  which  formerly  was  in  the  park,  but 
was  excluded  by  the  act  of  February  7,  1905,  has  already  been  pur- 
chased by  a  lumber  company,  and  a  railroad  is  being  constructed 
directly  into  this  timber,  and  active  steps  are  being  taken  to  put  the 
lumber  upon  the  market.    The  Sugar  Pine  Lumber  Company,  which 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL  PARK.  425 

formerly  was  operating  about  40  miles  south  of  the  Yosemite  National 
Park,  has  now  completed  its  logging  road  (a  steam  narrow-gauge 
railroad)  to  within  2  miles  of  the  former  southern  limit  of  the  park, 
and  the  mountains  are  rapidly  being  denuded  of  all  timber.  This  is 
what  will  happen  to  the  timber  upon  all  the  patented  lands  within 
the  limits  of  the  park  in  a  very  short  time  unless  these  patented  lands 
are  purchased  by  the  Government  and  all  private  rights  within  the 
limits  of  the  park  extinguished.  This  is  a  matter  which  needs  urgent 
attention  and  should  no  longer  be  neglected.  It  would  be  greatly  to 
the  interests  of  the  Government  to  purchase  all  private  claims  within 
the  park  and  thus  extinguish  them.  The  necessity  of  preserving  the 
forest  in  this  portion  of  the  park  and  of  reducing  the  number  of  pri- 
vate claims  to  such  an  extent  as  would  justify  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment in  purchasing  the  remaining  claims  was  one  of  the  main  points 
which  caused  the  Yosemite  Commission  of  1904  to  recommend  the 
reduction  of  the  area  of  the  park.  This  commission,  as  has  every 
other  person  who  has  been  charged  with  the  welfare  of  the  park  or 
with  making  any  recommendations  with  regard  to  it,  recommended 
that  the  Government  immediately  purchase  and  extinguish  all  private 
rights.  The  acreage  of  timber  and  homestead  claims  in  the  park  is 
approximately  19,827  acres. 

TELEPHONE  SERVICE. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  the  War  Department,  sufficient  material 
was  obtained  for  constructing  a  telephone  line  from  the  Yosemite 
Valley  to  Hetch  Hetchy,  connecting  with  three  outposts,  one  at 
Crane  Flat,  one  at  Hog  ranch,  and  the  other  at  Hetch  Hetchy.  This 
line  was  well  put  up  in  an  exceedingly  short  space  of  time  by  Cap- 
tain Wells,  of  the  Fourteenth  Cavalry,  he  having  completed  the  en- 
tire 35  miles  within  fifteen  days.  The  work  of  patrolling  that  por- 
tion of  the  park  has  been  greatly  facilitated  by  the  use  of  this  tele- 
phone line,  and  the  connection  has  also  served  very  materially  in  the 
work  on  forest  fires.  Immediate  information  in  regard  to  fires  at 
Hog  ranch  and  Hetch  Hetchy  were  transmitted  by  this  means,  en- 
abling large  details  to  leave  the  valley  immediately  and  arrive  there 
about  two  and  one-half  days  earlier  than  they  otherwise  would  have 
been  able  to  do.  Incidentally,  it  was  found  of  great  convenience  by 
the  reporters  who  accompanied  the  supervisors  of  San  Francisco 
when  they  were  inspecting  the  Hetch  Hetchy  as  a  possible  reservoir 
site  for  a  water  system  for  San  Francisco.  The  Pacific  Telephone 
and  Telegraph  Company,  by  permission  of  the  department,  con- 
structed a  line  from  El  Portal,  the  terminus  of  the  Yosemite  Valley 
Eailroad,  to  the  Sentinel  Hotel,  in  Yosemite  Valley,  so  that  now 
both  telegraphic  and  telephonic  communication  can  be  had  with  the 
outside,  world,  which  greatly  facilitates  business  and  adds  much  to 
the  convenience  of  the  visitors. 

ROADS,  TRAILS,  AND  BRIDGES. 

The  condition  of  the  roads  in  and  about  the  Yosemite  Valley  is 
deplorable.  The  one  great  drawback  to  the  visitor's  pleasure  is  the 
fact  that  he  is  driven  over  rough  roads  so  dusty  that  when  he  arrives 
at  his  destination  his  dearest  friend  could  not  recognize  him.  Nearly 
every  visitor  states  "  I  can  not  see  why  something  is  not  done  to  the 
roads."     Many  add,  "  We  have  just  come  from  the  Yellowstone,  where 


4&6  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

all  the  roads  are  watered,  and  we  understood  that  such  was  the  case 
here;  had  we  known  it  was  so  dreadful  Ave  never  would  have  come." 
It  would  be  useless  to  attempt  to  put  in  a  water  system  by  which  the 
roads  could  be  sprinkled  until  the  roads  themselves  are  properly  con- 
structed, as  the  entire  pipe  line  would  be  destroyed  in  the  work  neces- 
sary to  properly  build  the  roads.  The  roads  should  be  widened, 
macadamized,  and  watered.  No  macadamized  road  can  be  prevented 
from  raveling  unless  it  is  watered  occasionally,  either  by  natural  rains 
or  artificially  by  sprinkling.  In  this  climate,  where  there  is  often  a 
period  of  four  or  five  months  in  which  no  rain  falls,  the  use  of 
sprinkling  carts  on  the  roads  is  absolutely  essential,  both  to  keep 
down  the  dust  and  to  prevent  the  road  from  breaking  up.  The  loca- 
tion of  the  main  road  from  the  terminus  of  the  Yosemite  Valley  Rail- 
road to  the  Sentinel  Hotel  is  definitely  fixed,  and  consequently  the 
work  on  this  road  can  be  proceeded  with  when  there  are  funds  avail- 
able for  the  purpose.  The  other  roads  should  be  carefully  laid  out 
with  the  view  to  having  them  placed  in  the  best  location  for  artistic 
effects  and  the  general  plan  adopted  at  once  before  any  great  amount 
of  work  is  put  upon  them.  It  is  urgently  requested  that  an  appro- 
priation of  not  less  than  $150,000  be  secured  for  putting  the  road 
from  El  Portal  to  the  hotels  in  proper  condition.  The  visitors  to  the 
valley  are  entitled  to  this  consideration,  and  to  my  mind  it  is  of  first 
importance. 

During  the  past  year  about  3  miles  of  the  worst  portion  of  the  road 
was  so  far  macadamized  as  to  be  ready  for  the  top  dressing.  A 
temporary  dressing  was  put  on,  which  has  worked  quite  well,  and  this 
portion  of  the  road  is  remarked  upon  by  every  person  coming  over  it. 
About  $17,000  was  expended  under  two  contracts  with  the  Warren 
Improvement  Company  last  year,  on  a  percentage  basis,  which  was 
found  to  be  most  satisfactory.  A  similar  contract  for  aligning, 
straightening,  and  macadamizing  the  road  on  the  south  side  of  the 
Merced  River,  which  will  aggregate  about  $13,000,  has  been  let  this 
year  to  Chadwick  &  Sykes,  and  work  thereon  is  in  progress. 

In  addition  to  the  15  miles  of  road  extending  from  El  Portal  to 
the  Sentinel  Hotel  there  are  about  15  miles  on  the  floor  of  the  valley. 
These  are  all  dusty  and  unpleasant  to  travel  upon,  and  should  receive 
attention  as  soon  as  the  main  road  is  repaired.  Besides  these  roads 
there  are  4  miles  of  road  leading  in  the  direction  of  Wawona,  which 
originally  lay  within  the  state  grant,  and  -1  miles  leading  toward 
Groveland,  which  was  formerly  a  part  of  the  Big  Oak  Flat  road. 
Other  than  these  all  roads  lying  within  the  park  are  toll  roads,  being 
the  Big  Oak  Flat,  Coulterville,  and  Wawona  roads,  which  are  kept  in 
fair  condition  by  the  corporations  owning  them,  and  the  Tioga  road, 
which  is  not  passable  except  for  people  on  horseback.  The  owners 
of  the  latter  road  attempt  to  keep  up  the  appearance  of  control  over 
said  road  by  sending  out  a  wagon  during  the  last  week  in  August  and 
cutting  their  way  through  the  woods,  sometimes  on  the  old  road  bed 
and  sometimes  off. 

There  are  three  main  trails  leading  from  the  floor  of  the  valley  to 
the  top  of  the  rim  about  the  valley.  These  trails  are  traveled  by 
about  10,000  people  each  season  and  require  constant  care.  They  are 
in  quite  good  condition,  but  it  needs  constant  work  to  maintain  them. 
The  total  length  of  these  trails  is  about  24  miles.  The  trails  through- 
out the  park  proper  are  in  fair  condition,  but  as  very  little  work  has 
been  done  on  them  since  they  were  originally  built,  some  need  repair- 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PARK. 


427 


ing.  This  can  readily  be  done  at  small  expense  by  employing  day 
labor.  The  following  trails  have  been  constructed  this  season  by 
Thomas  H.  Carter,  working  under  contract,  for  the  sum  of  $3,500: 
From  Rancheria  Mountain,  via  Bear  Valley,  to  Kerrick  Canyon; 
from  Kerrick  Canyon,  via  Slide  Canyon,  to  Matterhorn,  connecting 
with  existing  trails.  The  northern  part  of  the  park  is  noAV  practi- 
cally supplied  with  trails,  except  a  portion  leading  from  Lake 
Eleanor  over  toward  Twin  Lakes. 

The  following  bridge  improvements  have  been  made  during  the 
past  year :  The  Pohono  bridge  has  been  replaced,  and  the  iron  bridge 
near  the  Sentinel  Hotel  repaired,  for  $2,385  and  $993,  respectively, 
both  jobs  having  been  done  under  contract  by  the  Mervy-Elwell  Com- 
pany; and  the  bridge  over  the  Merced  River  above  Kenneyville 
(upper  bridge)  has  been  repaired  by  dav  labor,  the  total  expenditure 
being  $939.75. 

HETCH  HETCHY  VALLEY. 

The  Hetch  Hetchy  has  been  brought  more  prominently  to  the 
notice  of  visitors  this  year  than  ordinarily,  with  the  result  that  a 
larger  number  of  people  have  visited  it.  It  is  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting features  of  the  park  and  should  be  made  easy  of  access  by  a 
wagon  road,  which  could  be  built  at  a  very  reasonable  cost.  From 
this  valley  numerous  side  trips  by  easy  trails  are  available.  Lake 
Eleanor,  Lake  Vernon,  Rancheria  Mountain,  and  Till  Till  Valley 
are  all  within  an  easy  day's  ride  and  return  from  the  valley.  Tilden 
Lake,  Pleasant  Valley,  and  Jack  Mains  Canyon  are  within  an  easy 
day's  ride,  the  return  trip  being  made  the  following  day, 

CONCESSIONS. 

The  following  concessions  were  held  in  Yosemite  National  Park 
during  the  season  extending  from  November  1,  1907,  to  October  31, 
1908: 

Concessions  in  Yosemite  Park. 


Name. 


For  what  grantei 


Expiration. 


Animal 
rental. 


Leases. 


Cook,  J.  B 

Do 

Coffman  &  Kenney 
Jorgensen,  Chris... 


Permits. 

Numbers. 

Best,  H.  C 1 

Boysen,  J.  T 2 

Clark,  Galen 3 

Coffman  &  Kenney 4 

Degnan,  John  . . .  .* 5 

Degnan,  Mrs.  John 6 

Fiske,  Geo 7 

Folev,  D.J -. 8 

Leitch.B.  M 9 

Salter,  Nelson  L 10 

Cook.J.B 11 

Curry,  David  A 12 

Yosemite  Stage  and  Turnpike  Co.  13 

Sell,  W.  M M 

Yosemite  Transportation  Co 15 

Pillsbury,  A.  C 10 

Total 


Sentinel  Hotel 

Glacier  Point  Hotel 
Livery 

Studio . 


Oct.    31,1908 

do 

do 

Oct.    81.1914 


Studio;  sale  of  photographs Oct.    31,1908 

do do 

Residence do 

Blacksmith  shop do 

Residence do 

Sale  of  bread do 

Photography do 

Printing  office  and  sale  guide  books do 

Cabin  in  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove do 

and  sale  of  photographsand  curios. 
Merchandise  store  and  camping  out-    do 

fits. 

Public  camp Oct,    31,1909 

....do : Oct.    31,1908 

Transportation  and  stables do 

Publiccamp Oct.   31,1910 

Transportation  and  stables :  Oct.    31.1908 

Photography do 


$2, 000 

200 

1 


250 

250 

1 

•10 
20 
1 
20 
250 
20 

600 

600 

500 

1,250 

600 

2.  W0 
250 


9,603 


428  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

The  Coffman  &  Kenney  livery  lease  includes  numerous  buildings 
forming  what  is  locally  known  as  "  Kenneyville,"  also  large  tracts  of 
land  on  the  floor  of  the  valley.  A  new  lease,  running  for  a  period  of 
two  years,  will  be  granted  for  the  livery  privilege,  stables  and  dwell- 
ings, together  with  a  much  smaller  tract  of  land.  Although  this  firm 
had  previously  indicated  that  they  would  very  much  like  to  retain 
the  present  acreage,  but  were  willing  to  accept  the  lease  as  offered  by 
the  department,  they  later  made  application  through  Congressmen 
for  retention  of  the  same.  This  has  been  opposed  for  several  reasons, 
and  it  was  also  reported  against  by  Mr.  M.  O.  Leighton,  special  san- 
itary expert,  sent  from  the  department  to  investigate  the  conditions 
of  the  water  supply  and  drainage  in  the  Yosemite  Valley. 

The  Jorgensen  lease  includes  about  5  acres  of  land,  two  dwelling 
houses,  a  stable  and  other  outhouses,  located  in  the  immediate  vicin- 
ity of  Sentinel  Hotel — one  of  the  finest  sites  in  the  valley;  for  this 
lease,  and  the  privilege  of  selling  his  paintings,  he  pays  the  absurdly 
low  price  of  $1  a  year,  having  secured  this  concession  for  a  long  term 
from  the  state  commissioners,  when  it  became  apparent  that  the  val- 
ley would  be  receded  to  the  Federal  Government.  This  is  recognized 
as  an  unconscionable  bargain,  but  the  lease  was  so  framed  that  its 
revocation  is  practically  impossible. 

HOTELS    AND   CAMPS. 

Attention  is  again  invited  to  the  lack  of  first-class  hotel  accommo- 
dations. There  is  but  one  hotel  on  the  floor  of  the  valley,  which  was 
built  many  years  ago,  when  it  was  very  difficult  to  bring  in  material, 
and,  as  is  to  be  expected,  it  is  not  a  hotel  supplied  with  modern  con- 
veniences. It  is  well  managed  and  the  best  service  given  that  can  be 
expected  under  the  conditions,  but  a  new  hotel,  equipped  in  a  first- 
class  manner  in  every  respect,  is  quite  essential.  This  lease  includes 
considerable  land  not  now  occupied  or  used  by  Mr.  Cook,  which,  as 
has  been  recommended,  should  be  omitted  from  any  future  concession. 
A  heating  plant  and  other  improvements  to  the  hotels  have  been  in- 
stalled by  the  department,  at  a  cost  of  $4,000. 

As  yet  no  conclusions  have  been  reached  by  Mr.  Frank  A.  Miller 
in  the  selection  of  a  site  for  the  erection  of  a  $500,000  modern  hotel, 
in  pursuance  of  his  approved  application  for  such  privilege,  for  which 
a  ten-year  contract  will  be  executed  at  the  proper  time.  In  the  ab- 
sence of  definite  action  by  Mr.  Miller  the  department  has  signified  its 
willingness  to  extend  the  lease  of  the  Sentinel  and  Glacier  Point 
hotels  to  Mr.  J.  B.  Cook  for  the  period  of  one  year  from  November 
1,  1908,  in  order  that  tourists  may  not  be  without  the  necessary 
accommodations.  Certain  portions  of  the  tract  now  leased,  however, 
which  are  valuable  for  other  purposes,  are  likely  to  be  eliminated 
from  such  neAv  lease. 

"  Camp  Yosemite,"  located  near  Yosemite  Falls,  was  enlarged  and 
newly  equipped  during  the  past  season  by  Mr.  Cook,  the  licensee; 
"  Camp  Curry,"  immediately  beneath  Glacier  Point,  was  newly 
equipped  and  continued  without  increase  in  facilities;  "Camp 
Ahwahnee,"  W.  M.  Sell,  licensee,  situated  near  the  foot  of  the  Glacier 
Point  trail,  was  installed  this  year.  The  latter  camp  is  practically 
under  the  same  management  as  the  hotel  at  Fl  Portal,  just  outside  of 
the  park  boundary.     By  the  enlargement  of  the  first-mentioned  camp 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PARK.  429 

and  the  establishment  of  a  new  one  all  visitors  have  been  comfortably 
cared  for  and  there  has  been  no  overcrowding  during  the  season. 

RIGHTS  OF  WAY. 

By  the  acts  of  February  7,  1905,  and  June  11,  1906,  certain  por- 
tions of  the  park  were  eliminated  and  included  in  the  Sierra  National 
Forest  (a  part  of  which  is  now  known  as  Stanislaus  National  Forest), 
and  for  rights  of  way  over  such  segregated  portions  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior  was  authorized  to  exact  a  compensation,  the  proceeds 
from  such  sources  to  be  applied  to  the  Yosemite  National  Park  reve- 
nue fund  and  used  for  the  improvement  thereof.  The  following 
cases  have  been  considered  under  the  provisions  of  such  legislation : 

The  Yosemite  Valley  Railroad  Company,  running  from  Merced, 
Cal.,  was,  under  date  of  September  5,  1905,  granted  a  right  of  way 
up  the  Merced  River  Canyon  to  the  park  boundary,  for  which  it  pays 
an  annual  rental  of  $1,000.  On  account  of  topography  a  wagon 
road  was  necessary  to  get  the  passengers  from  the  terminus,  El  Portal, 
into  the  Yosemite  Valley,  and  this  the  company  constructed,  with 
the  permission  of  the  department,  at  a  total  cost  of  approximately 
$80,000  for  about  4J  miles  of  road,  and  when  completed  the  road  was 
turned  over  to  the  Government  to  be  a  public  highway,  subject  only 
to  the  control  of  the  United  States. 

The  Fresno  Traction  Company  in  1906,  during  the  pendency  of 
the  joint  resolution  accepting  the  recession  by  the  State  of  the  Yo- 
semite Valley  and  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove,  urged  Members  of 
Congress  to  have  the  bill  amended  so  as  to  eliminate  from  the  park 
a  strip  of  land  on  the  southwest,  to  enable  it  to  secure  a  right  of  way 
for  an  electric  railroad  to  reach  a  point  near  Yosemite  Valley  via 
Wawona,  to  carry  only  passengers,  baggage,  and  incidental  freight, 
but  not  to  include  the  conveyance  of  any  timber,  lumber,  or  like 
materials  cut  at  any  point  within  the  Yosemite  National  Park,  or 
nearer  thereto  than  Wawona,  without  the  permission  of  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior,  and  stipulating  that  it  would  purchase  not  less  than 
$25,000  worth  of  patented  timber  lands  along  such  route  (in  the 
segregated  portion),  with  a  view  to  the  better  preservation  of  the 
forests,  subject  to  an  option  of  the  Government  to  purchase,  and 
that  a  wagon  road  would  be  constructed  from  its  terminus  to  the 
system  of  roads  reaching  Yosemite  Valley.  Although  it  was  upon 
these  representations  that  the  second  segregation  took  place,  the 
Fresno  Traction  Company  has  as  yet  taken  no  action  toward  secur- 
ing the  right  of  way  referred  to. 

An  application  was  filed  by  Augustus  H.  Ward  for  a  right  of  way 
for  conduit  to  convey  water  from  the  Merced  River  at  a  point  lying 
on  patented  lands  alleged  to  be  in  his  ownership  to  a  power  house 
on  other  patented  lands  owned  by  him,  all  lying  in  the  segregated 
portion  of  Yosemite  National  Park,  for  the  purpose  of  generating 
electrical  power  for  commercial  purposes.  He  has,  however,  up  to 
the  present  time  refused  to  consent  to  pay  the  compensation  fixed  by 
the  department  and  was  not  permitted  to  commence  construction 
work. 

Application  was  made  by  H.  C.  Oakley  et  al.  for  rights  of  way  for 
dams,  flumes,  power  houses,  transmission  lines,  etc.,  within  the  Sierra 
National  Forest,  a  portion  lying  within  T.  4  S.,  Rs.  26  and  27  E., 


430  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PAKK. 

M.  D.  M.,  in  the  first  segregation  from  the  park,  and  permits  were 
issued  last  year  by  the  Forest  Service,  providing,  among  other  things, 
that  the  permittees  should  "  begin  bona  fide  construction  within 
twelve  months  and  complete  within  four  years  after  notice  from  the 
forester  that  construction  may  begin,  unless  the  time  is  extended  by 
written  consent  of  the  forester."  An  extension  of  time  was  granted 
to  September  1,  1908,  but  no  construction  work  was  done,  and  a  com- 
pensation contract  has  not  yet  been  executed  with  the  Interior  Depart- 
ment. 

The  Sierra  Ditch  and  Water  Company  (transferee  of  William  Ham 
Hall)  was,  under  date  of  July  30,  1908,  granted  a  right  of  way  for 
the  Cherry  Valley  reservoir  site,  in  sees.  16, 17,  20,  21,  27,  28,  32,  and  33, 
T.  2  N.,  E.  19  E.,  M.  D.  M.,  covering  about  630  acres  of  land  owned 
by  the  United  States,  located  entirely  upon  the  segregated  portion 
now  in  the  Stanislaus  National  Forest.  The  compensation  was  fixed 
by  the  department  at  $945  per  annum,  the  company  to  pay  addi- 
tional amounts  for  the  timber  cut  or  submerged. 

Under  date  of  May  20,  1908,  the  Pacific  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company  was  granted  special-use  permits  to  extend  its  line  through 
the  Sierra  National  Forest  to  the  Yosemite  National  Park  boundary, 
and  from  such  point  into  Yosemite  Valley,  the  consideration  being 
the  free  use  of  such  facilities  for  government  business  to  or  from  the 
park,  with  a  provision  that  a  rental  may  be  exacted  when  the  circum- 
stances warrant. 

One  H.  M.  Kuns  secured  a  permit  from  the  Forest  Service  during 
the  present  year  to  construct  a  ditch  to  convey  water  from  the  Merced 
River  for  the  operation  of  a  stamp  mill  for  crushing  ore  taken  from  a 
mine  owned  by  him,  the  Interior  Department  consenting,  in  this  and 
other  instances  to  make  no  charge  where  the  exercise  of  the  privilege 
inures  only  to  the  benefit  of  the  applicant.  The  right  is  reserved, 
however,  to  exact  compensation  when  commercial  use  is  made  of  the 
privileges  granted. 

SAN  FRANCISCO  WATER  SUPPLY. 

In  1907  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  granted  a  hearing  at  San 
Francisco  in  regard  to  reopening  the  matter  of  granting  reservoir 
rights  of  way  in  the  Hetch  Hetchy  Valley  and  at  Lake  Eleanor,  in 
the  Yosemite  National  Park,  for  the  furnishing  of  an  adequate  supply 
of  Sierra  water  for  the  city  of  San  Francisco,  under  an  application 
of  James  D.  Phelan,  former  mayor  of  the  city,  which  had  been  filed 
October  15,  1901,  later  assigned  to  the  city,  and  denied  by  the  de- 
partment. Mr.  Marsden  Manson,  C.  E.,  city  engineer,  department  of 
public  works,  was  given  authority  to  act  for  the  city,  and  after  ex- 
tended hearings,  conferences,  and  the  submission  of  briefs  for  and 
against  the  proposition,  the  Secretary,  in  the  exercise  of  the  discre- 
tion vested  in  him  by  the  act  of  February  15,  1901,  reinstated  the 
Phelan  application  on  May  11,  1908,  and  granted  the  option  which 
the  city  of  San  Francisco  desired,  until  the  matter  could  be  submitted 
to  the  voters  and  definite  action  taken,  upon  the  filing  of  certain 
stipulations  affording  ample  protection  to  the  park  lands  and  to  the 
rights  of  the  Modesto  and  Turlock  irrigation  districts  to  the  use  of 
the   flow   of  the   Tuolumne   River,     The   stipulations   also   provide, 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PARK.  431 

among  other  things,  that  the  Lake  Eleanor  site  shall  be  developed  to 
its  full  capacity  before  beginning  the  development  of  the  Hetch 
Hetchy  site. 

EMPLOYEES. 

There  are  5  regular  employees  in  the  park  administrative  force ;  a 
supervisor,  at  $1,200  per  annum;  a  chief  electrician,  at  $1,200;  a 
plumber,  at  $1,000;  one  park  ranger,  at  $1,000,  and  one  at  $900.  The 
$ ollowing  are  employed  during  the  tourist  season  only :  An  assistant 
electrician,  at  $90  per  month,  and  a  stenographer,  at  $75  per  month. 

BUILDINGS. 

There  are  46  buildings  in  the  valley,  all  but  1  are  frame,  the  excep- 
tion being  the  Le  Conte  memorial  lodge,  which  is  constructed  of  stone. 
These  buildings  constitute  the  residences,  barns,  stables,  and  out- 
houses used  by  the  concessioners  and  the  department.  The  power 
house  is  a  frame  building,  in  god  condition,  but  the  installing  of 
the  machinery  was  very  poorly  done,  and  there  is  great  need  of  re- 
pairs. The  barns  and  stables  are  all  in  good  condition.  The  resi- 
dences are,  for  the  most  part,  unsightly  and  totally  unsuited  to  the 
valley.  The  building  occupied  by  the  supervisor  is  a  log  cabin,  built 
forty-odd  years  ago  and  is  in  imminent  danger  of  collapsing.  The 
house  occupied  by  Mr.  Degnan  is  rather  an  attractive  cottage  and  is  in 
good  condition.  The  hotel  buildings  in  the  main  are  very  old  and 
rather  dilapidated,  and  are  not  in  keeping  with  the  valley  itself. 
The  superintendent's  office  is  a  frame  building,  the  most  recently 
constructed  of  any;  this  was  simply  a  patched-over  building  moved 
from  another  locality,  but  it  is  still  serviceable.  The  village,  so 
called,  has  grown  up  since  1900,  and  resembles  the  temporary  houses 
built  for  a  county  fair  more  than  the  residences  and  offices  of  a 
government  institution. 

POWER  PLANT,  WATER  DISTRIBUTION,  AND  SANITATION. 

The  power  plant  is  at  present  in  a  precarious  condition,  due  to  the 
fact  that  the  pipe  furnishing  the  water  runs  through  a  tunnel  of 
loose  earth  and  rock,  which  tunnel  has  already  caved  in,  and  there  is 
imminent  danger  of  the  plant  being  put  out  of  commission  at  any 
moment.  The  reports  submitted  to  the  department  by  Mr.  Leighton 
on  September  22  and  December  4,  1907  (Appendix  B),  are  respect- 
fully referred  to  as  showing  the  urgency  of  this  matter.  The  pipe 
of  this  line  is  of  very  thin  material,  being  of  the  riveted  form  made 
in  sections  with  slip  joints  similar  to  ordinary  stove  pipe.  The  in- 
stallation of  the  machinery  was  also  very  defective,  as  is  shown  by  the 
report  of  the  chief  electrician  herewith  (Appendix  C).  The  capacity 
of  the  plant  should  be  increased.  All  the  power  that  it  can  supply  is 
now  disposed  of,  and  as  it  is  highly  probable  that  there  will  be  an 
increased  demand  for  both  power  and  light  it  would  also  be  a  good 
business  proposition.  The  matter  of  increasing  the  water  supply  for 
the  power  house  is  closely  connected  with  the  installation  of  a  proper 
water  distribution  system  throughout  the  valley.  At  present  the  sys- 
tem is  very  imperfect;  the  water  supply  itself  is  excellent,  coming 
from  a  spring  at  the  head  of  one  of  the  small  canyons,  but  the  dis- 


432  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

tributing  system  is  in  a  deplorable  condition.  It  consists  of  the 
cheapest  form  of  riveted  pipe,  which  has  been  laid  for  some  time,  and 
is  constantly  breaking  and  causing  an  infinite  amount  of  trouble  and 
annoyance.  As  shown  by  Mr.  Leighton's  estimate,  it  would  cost 
about  $40,000  to  put  in  the  proper  pipe  for  supplying  the  power 
house  and  the  water  for  the  distributing  system  as  far  as  the  power 
house.  The  distributing  system  for  the  valley  proper  would  cost 
$122,370  more.  It  is  earnestly  requested  that  at  least  $40,000  be 
secured  during  the  next  fiscal  year.  Early  in  the  season  certain  sug- 
gestions of  Mr.  Leighton  relative  to  sewage  disposal  at  Camp  Ahwah- 
nee,  Camp  Curry,  and  Kenneyville,  the  collection  of  garbage  from 
hotels,  etc.,  were  carried  out. 

UNDERBRUSH. 

Attention  is  again  invited  to  the  necessity  for  removing  the  under- 
brush and  young  trees  that  have  taken  complete  possession  of  the 
floor  of  the  valley  during  the  last  fifteen  years.  As  it  is  at  present, 
the  floor  of  the  valley  resembles  a  jungle.  The  views  from  nearly  all 
points  along  the  road  have  been  cut  off,  and  the  trees  are  so  thick 
that  none  of  them  can  possibly  amount  to  anything.  If  the  trees 
were  thinned  out,  careful  selection  being  made  to  leave  the  best,  a 
beautiful  forest  could  be  secured  instead  of  the  thicket  which  now 
exists. 

VISITORS. 

The  total  number  of  visitors  to  the  valley  during  the  past  season  of 
1908  Avas  about  8,850,  an  increase  of  1,748  over  the  previous  year.  Of 
this  number,  about  7,381  came  in  over  the  Yosemite  Valley  Railroad, 
and  were  transported  from  El  Portal  to  the  valley  by  the  Yosemite 
Transportation  Company.  This  number  was,  however,  largely  made 
up  of  excursions  for  which  reduced  rates  were  paid.  One  thousand 
four  hundred  and  sixty-nine  people  came  in  by  private  conveyance, 
either  in  wagons  or  on  horseback.  Of  the  7,381  tourists,  3,012  took 
the  trip  from  the  valley  to  the  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove  with  the 
Yosemite  Stage  and  Turnpike  Company.  Many  of  the  people  who 
came  in  by  private  conveyance  also  drove  through  to  the  Mariposa 
Big  Tree  Grove,  though  the  percentage  was  probably  not  very  great. 

The  7,381  tourists  were  distributed  among  the  camps  and  hotels 
approximately  as  follows:  Sentinel  Hotel,  2,777;  Camp  Yosemite, 
2,004;  Camp  Curry,  1,350;  and  Camp  Ahwahnee,  1,250.  About 
2,000  of  these  also  spent  one  night  at  Glacier  Point  Hotel  or  camp. 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PARK.  433 

ESTIMATES. 

The  following  are  the  estimates  for  the  expenditures  required  dur- 
ing the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1910  : 

Estimates  for  fiscal  year  1910. 

FOR    THE   PROTECTION    AND    IMPROVEMENT   OF    YOSEMITE   VALLEY. 

1.  Day  labor  in  repairing  existing  trails,  roads,  culverts,  etc $4,000 

2.  Care  of  camps,  policing,  sanitation,  etc 3,000 

3.  Pay  of  chief  electrician 1,200 

4.  Pay  of  assistant  electrician,  seven  months 630 

5.  Pay  of  supervisor 1,200 

6.  Pay  of  plumber 1,000 

7.  Pay  of  stenographer,  ten  months 750 

8.  Pay  of  stenographer,  two  months 100 

9.  Purchase  of  draft  animals 600 

10.  Purchase  of  three  water  carts  to  be  used  in  the  watering  of  roads__  2, 100 

11.  Purchase  of  three  teams  for  water  carts 2,  400 

12.  Purchase  of  forage  for  three  teams  to  be  used  on  water  carts 1,  500 

13.  Purchase  of  forage  for  draft  teams 500 

14.  Purchase  of  material  and  installation  of  water  system  as  far  as  the 

power  house 40,  000 

15.  Purchase  of  material  and  installation  of  water  distribution  system.-  123,  000 

16.  For  construction  of  macadamized  roads 150,000 

17.  For  the  removal  of  underbrush,  dead  timber,  etc 20,  000 

18.  Building  of  quarters  for  the  supervisor  to  replace  present  unservice- 

able building 2,  500 

19.  For  the  purchase  of  the  necessary  pipe  and  water  tanks  to  provide 

for  road  sprinkling 18,000 

Total 372,480 

FOR  THE  PROTECTION   AND  IMPROVEMENT   OF   THE  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK  PROPER. 

1.  For  the  necessary  wire,  brackets,  insulators,  and  nails  to  construct  a 

telephone  system  connecting  Yosemite  Valley  with  outposts,  200 

miles  $2, 000 

2.  Pay  of  two  park  rangers 2,000 

3.  For  the  construction  of  a  barbed-wire  fence  with  international  steel 

posts  along  the  western  boundary  of  the  park,  about  60  miles 10,000 

4.  For  the  construction  of  a  trail  from  Mirror  Lake  via  Mount  Wat- 

kins  to  Lake  Tenaya,  15  miles,  more  or  less 3,500 

5.  Construction  of  a   trail   from   Merced  Lake  up  the   Merced  River 

Canyon  to  the  head  of  the  Merced  near  Isberg  Pass,  25  miles, 

more  or  less 5,000 

6.  Construction  of  trail  from  the  head  of  Lyell  Fork  meadows  to  the 

foot  of  the  glacier  on  Lyell,  8  miles,  more  or  less 1,000 

Total 23,500 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

1.  It  is  urgently  recommended  that  an  appropriation  of  not  less 
than  $150,000  be  secured  for  the  widening,  macadamizing,  and 
watering  of  the  main  road  leading  from  El  Portal  to  the  Sentinel 
Hotel.     This  is  of  first  importance. 

2.  That  the  water  system  be  enlarged  and  the  power  plant  increased. 

3.  That  ample  hotel  accommodations  be  provided. 

4.  That  all  patented  lands  lying  within  the  present  limits  of  the 
park  be  condemned  and  purchased  by  the  Government,  especially 
the  timber  claims,  on  which  the  timber  is  likely  to  be  soon  destroyed 
if  not  purchased. 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 28 


434 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PARK, 


5.  That  the  western  boundary  be  fenced. 

6.  That  a  permanent  military  post  be  established. 

7.  That  Congress  enact  a  law  defining  what  is  prohibited  in  the 
Yosemite  National  Park  and  fixing  a  penalty  for  the  violation  of  the 
same.  Every  acting  superintendent  of  the  park  has  felt  the  necessity 
for  and  has  recommended  the  enactment  of  laws  prescribing  penal- 
ties for  violations  of  the  rules  and  regulations.  Even  when  laws  or 
regulations  are  violated,  no  way  is  provided  for  bringing  the  offend- 
ers to  trial,  there  being  no  United  States  commissioner  or  district 
court  within  100  miles  of  the  park.  I  strongly  recommend  that  the 
Yosemite  National  Park  be  made  a  United  States  court  district  and 
a  resident  commissioner  be  appointed.  The  rangers  could  serve  as 
deputy  marshals  without  interfering  with  their  other  duties.  If 
appropriate  legislation  is  enacted  and  a  commissioner  appointed, 
trespassing  upon  the  park  could  more  readily  be  brought  to  an  end 
and  without  causing  the  friction  which  sometimes  arises  from  en- 
forcing the  rules  and  regulations  with  the  means  at  hand.  The  rigor- 
ous enforcement  thereof  with  the  present  facilities  puts  a  stop  to 
trespassing,  but  causes  complaint. 

Very  respectfully, 

H.  C.  Benson, 
Major  Fourteenth  Cavalry, 
Acting  Superintendent  Yosemite  National  Park. 

The  Secretary  or  the  Interior. 


APPENDIXES. 

APPENDIX  A. 

ROADS  IN  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK. 

Department  of  the  Interior 


United  States  Reclamation  Service, 

Phoenix,  Ariz.,  December  10, 1907. 

Dear  Sir:  In  accordance  with  your  orders  I  visited  the  Yosemite  Park  and 
consulted  with  Major  Benson  concerning  roads  already  built  and  to  be  built  in 
and  about  the  park. 

Since  you  were  there  Major  Benson  has  built  about  a  mile  of  road  on  the 
left-hand  side  of  the  river  and  has  very  greatly  improved  a  section  of  the  road 
on  the  right-hand  side  of  the  river  just  above  the  entrance  to  the  park.  The 
first  roads  to  be  constructed  and  made  into  first-class  highways  are  as  follows : 

First.  The  main  road  leading  from  the  entrance  of  the  park  just  above  El 
Portal  to  the  Yosemite  Valley.  This  road  as  now  constructed  is  too  narrow  in 
most  places,  too  irregular  in  its  grades,  and  improperly  surfaced.  It  will  be 
necessary  to  widen  it,  so  as  to  have  a  total  width  of  from  14  to  20  feet,  depend- 
ing upon  the  topography.  It  will  probably  be  cheapest  to  surface  the  lower  end 
of  this  road  with  material  to  be  found  along  the  line  of  the  railroad  a  compara- 
tively short  distance  below  El  Portal.  The  material  above  El  Portal  is  nearly 
all  a  very  fine-grained  granite,  which  under  traffic  will  crush  into  dust.  This 
road  should  be  kept  watered,  as  over  it  will  pass  practically  all  the  traffic  that 
enters  the  park.  This  can  readily  be  done  by  building  water  tanks  at  frequent 
intervals  and  supplying  these  tanks  from  the  springs  and  small  waterfalls  along 
the  line.  It  will  require  quite  a  large  amount  of  pipe  and  a  number  of  tanks,  but 
with  the  material  at  present  in  the  park  it  will  be  impossible  to  maintain 
this  road  in  any  shape  unless  it  is  kept  well  watered. 

Second.  The  roads  within  the  boundaries  of  the  valley  leading  to  the  various 
points  of  interest.  These  roads  now  exist  as  simple  driveways  cut  out  through 
the  undergrowth  and  with  the  least  amount  of  work  done  on  them  that  was 
possible.  By  careful  location  and  construction  they  can  be  made  into  first-class 
roads  20  feet  wide  without  serious  expense  per  mile. 

Third.  Roads  leading  from  the  valley  to  points  of  interest  at  the  top  of  the 
cliffs  surrounding  the  valley.  One  of  these  roads  will  start  near  the  Sentinel 
Hotel,  follow  up,  in  a  general  way,  the  Merced  River  above  the  present  power 
house,  thence  winding  upward  past  Vernal  and  Nevada  falls,  turning  west- 
ward until  it  crosses  Illilouette  Creek,  will  finally  reach  Glacier  Point.  This 
road,  if  properly  located,  could  be  built  so  as  to  give  along  almost  its  entire 
course  a  magnificent  view  of  the  Yosemite  Valley. 

Fourth.  Another  road  joining  this  road  at  Glacier  Point  can  be  built  follow- 
ing along  the  top  and  as  near  the  edge  of  the  cliffs  as  possible,  in  a  general 
westerly  direction  until  it  finally  joins  the  present  Wawona  road,  winding  back 
down  this  road,  or  better,  over  a  new  road  built  later  to  take  its  place,  back  into 
the  Yosemite  Valley. 

Later  on  other  roads  can  be  laid  out  along  the  same  general  lines  on  the 
north  side  of  the  valley. 

About  $150,000  can  be  most  advantageously  spent  next  year  upon  the  roads 
already  existing  in  the  valley  and  the  road  from  El  Portal  to  Yosemite.  If  a 
regular  appropriation  of  about  $150,000  a  year  can  be  secured  after  this,  the 
roads  and  trails  in  and  around  this  valley  will  after  a  few  years  compare 
favorably  with  those  in  the  Yellowstone  Park.     An  appropriation  of  a  much 

435 


436  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

less  amount  would  necessitate  an  organization  which  would  increase  the  price 
per  mile  of  the  road  materially. 

In  the  future  I  would  suggest  that  all  bridges  be  made  arch  bridges  of  either 
reenforced  concrete  or  granite.  The  cost  of  a  first-class  reenforced  concrete 
bridge,  including  its  abutments  and  approaches,  is  really  not  so  very  much 
greater  than  that  of  a  steel  bridge  when  its  abutments  and  approaches  are 
taken  into  consideration.  The  concrete  bridge  is  much  more  satisfactory  from 
a  maintenance  as  well  as  from  an  artistic  point  of  view. 

I  would  also  recommend  that  all  structures  of  whatever  kind  forming  parts 
of  these  roads  be  of  the  most  permanent  character,  as  experience  on  the  roads 
constructed  in  Arizona  has  proved  that  first-class  construction  is  more  econom- 
ical in  the  end.  In  four  years  we  have  practically  replaced  every  wooden 
structure  we  had  on  our  road,  except  some  of  the  main  bridges  which  are 
located  in  places  where  they  can  readily  be  inspected  and  painted.  We  would 
not  have  used  wooden  bridges  at  all  on  our  roads  if  the  roads  had  been 
designed  for  permanent  use. 

Appropriations  for  building  and  repair  of  roads  in  the  Yosemite  National  Park 
should  be  in  such  form  that  the  details  of  its  expenditure  should  be  left  to  the 
judgment  of  the  man  in  charge.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  foresee  how  much 
of  the  money  available  must  be  spent  on  bridges,  on  equipment,  and  on  labor. 
If  possible,  the  appropriation  should  be  obtained  in  such  form  as  not  to  hamper 
Major  Benson  in  any  way. 

Very  respectfully,  Louis  C.  Hill, 

Supervising  Engineer, 

Hon.  James  R.  Garfield, 

Secretary  Department  of  the  Interior,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 
United  States  Reclamation  Service, 

Dear  Sir  :  Your  letter  of  December  16  was  received  upon  my  return  from  Roose- 
velt. Some  of  the  information  desired  by  you  can  only  be  obtained  after  careful 
surveys  have  been  made  over  the  lines  of  the  proposed  roads.  The  following, 
however,  is  an  approximate  statement  as  to  the  length  and  average  cost  of  these 
roads.  Excepting  that  portion  of  the  road  in  the  canyon  just  above  El  Portal, 
all  the  roads  in  the  bottom  of  the  park  proper  should  average  $12,000  to  $15,000 
per  mile.  The  road  from  Yosemite  to  Glacier  Point,  which  will  pass  Vernal  and 
Nevada  Falls  and  swing  along  the  edges  of  the  bluff,  will  have  a  length  of 
about  14  miles,  5  miles  of  which  might  cost  as  high  as  $40,000  per  mile  and  the 
remaining  9  miles  with  surfacing  will  probably  average  about  $25,000  per 
mile.  The  road  from  Glacier  Point  running  generally  in  a  westerly  direction 
along  the  tops  of  the  cliffs  joining  the  Wawona  road  and  following  it  part  of 
the  way  down  into  the  valley,  will  have  a  length  of  about  18  miles  and  will 
probably  ultimately  cost  $20,000  a  mile,  including  surfacing. 

I  did  not  investigate,  and  can  not  very  well  do  so  from  the  maps,  the  roads 
on  the  north  side  of  the  Yosemite  River  which  should,  some  time  in  the  far 
future,  be  built  to  the  top  of  El  Capitan  and  to  the  top  of  Yosemite  Falls.  These 
roads  will  probably  cost  somewhat  less  per  mile  than  those  on  the  south  side 
of  the  river. 

Of  course,  the  costs  stated  here  are  estimates  based  simply  on  the  knowledge 
of  the  cost  of  building  roads  in  a  somewhat  similar  country.  An  accurate 
estimate  could  only  be  made  after  careful  surveys  of  the  proposed  roads  had 
been  made. 

The  road  from  Yosemite  via  Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls  to  the  top  of  Glacier 
Point  would  make  the  road  down  at  Fish  Creek  appear  rather  insignificant. 
The  highest  point  at  Fish  Creek  is  about  800  feet  above  the  bottom,  while  at 
Glacier  Point  the  highest  point  is  about  3,500  feet  above  the  valley. 

I  recommended  that  a  sum  of  money  be  appropriated  to  have  surveys  made  of 
the  proposed  roads  in  order  that  the  appropriation  for  the  roads  can  be  ex- 
pended to  the  best  advantage  by  Major  Benson,  as  it  can  be  when  he  has  the 
whole  scheme  mapped  out  beforehand. 

Wry  respectfully,  Louis  C.  Hill, 

Supervising  Engineer. 

Hon.  James  R.  Gabpield, 

Secretary  Department  of  the  Interior, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL  PARK.  437 

APPENDIX  B. 

SANITARY  CONDITIONS  AND  WATER  SUPPLY. 

En  Route  from  Duluth,  Minn., 

September  27,  1907. 

My  Dear  Mr.  Secretary:  In  compliance  with  your  request,  made  during  the 
visit  of  the  Inland  Waterways  Commission  to  Cleveland,  that  I  prepare  a  state- 
ment concerning  the  conditions  in  Yosemite  Valley,  I  respectfully  present  the 
following : 

Shortly  after  leaving  Yosemite  Valley  I  forwarded,  through  the  Director  of 
the  Geological  Survey,  a  recommendation  that  no  further  concession  be  granted 
for  Camp  Curry  on  its  present  site,  and  setting  forth  briefly  my  reasons  therefor. 
Since  that  time  the  proprietor  of  Camp  Curry  has  forwarded  to  you  a  protest 
against  the  enforcement  of  any  change  in  his  camp  site,  a  copy  of  which  he 
kindly  sent  to  me.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  if  he  desires  to  confine  the  capacity 
of  his  camp  to  200  guests,  there  will  be  no  difficulty  in  making  sanitary  the  sur- 
roundings at  the  present  site.  The  principal  reason  for  my  original  recommen- 
dation was  that  it  was  Mr.  Curry's  professed  intention  to  increase  his  capacity 
to  500  guests.  In  view  of  his  statement  that  he  would  prefer  to  reduce  his 
capacity,  rather  than  be  compelled  to  move  his  camp,  I  recommend  that  a  con- 
cession be  granted  for  the  present  site,  on  condition  that  he  confine  the  capacity 
of  his  camp  to  200  guests,  and  upon  the  further  condition  that  he  immediately 
construct  a  sewerage  and  a  sewage-disposal  system,  according  to  plans  approved 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

The  most  important  consideration  in  connection  with  the  maintenance  of 
Yosemite  Valley  as  a  tourist  resort  is  the  water  supply.  The  present  supply  is 
entirely  inadequate,  although  of  superior  quality.  It  is  derived  from  a  spring 
at  the  foot  of  Glacier  Point.  Occasionally  it  is  necessary  to  draw  upon  the 
power  pipe  line  running  from  an  intake  on  Merced  River,  about  one-half  a  mile 
above  the  power  house,  to  the  site  of  the  present  power  plant.  It  may  confi- 
dently be  expected  that  with  the  increase  of  travel  into  the  valley  the  capacity 
of  the  spring  will  be  overtaxed  within  a  short  time.  Indeed,  if  proper  distri- 
bution equipment  were  installed  in  the  valley  it  would  have  been  insufficient 
during  the  last  season.  I  am  therefore  of  the  opinion  that  it  will  be  necessary 
to  abandon  the  spring  as  a  source  of  supply  for  the  valley,  and  draw  the  entire 
supply  from  the  upper  Merced  River.  This  change  should  be  made  as  soon  as 
possible,  and  there  is  involved  the  expenditure  of  a  considerable  sum  of  money. 

The  present  pipe  line,  power  plant,  water-distribution  service,  etc.,  were 
installed  when  the  valley  was  in  state  ownership.  The  pipe  line  conducting 
the  water  to  the  power  house  is  constructed  of  the  cheapest  possible  material, 
a  thin  riveted  pipe,  made  in  sections  with  slip  joints,  somewhat  similar  to  tbose 
of  the  ordinary  stovepipe.  No  riveting  was  done  at  these  joints,  and  the  pipe 
along  its  entire  length  is  constantly  in  a  leaky  condition.  In  addition  to  this,  the 
material  is  so  thin  that  it  has  rusted  through  in  several  places.  Furthermore, 
through  a  part  of  the  distance  the  pipe  was  laid  in  a  sort  of  tunnel,  constructed 
through  an  accumulation  of  loose  bowlders,  sand,  etc.  The  tunnel  is  entirely 
without  reenforcement  and  is  constantly  caving,  so  that  at  the  present  time 
it  is  impossible  to  inspect  the  pipe  line  for  a  considerable  distance,  and  there 
is  imminent  danger  that  the  caving  tunnel  will  release  a  bowlder  of  sufficient 
weight  to  collapse  the  thin  pipe  and  shut  off  the  power  plant  entirely.  The 
whole  construction,  so  far  as  the  pipe  line  is  concerned,  is  an  engineering  botch, 
suggesting  an  entire  lack  of  responsibility  on  the  part  of  former  authorities  in 
charge  of  the  valley,  or  worse.  It  is  absolutely  necessary  that  some  steps  be 
taken  at  the  earliest  moment  to  replace  the  pipe  line;  otherwise  the  valley 
may  be  in  darkness  during  the  next  tourist  season. 

Inasmuch  as  it  will  be  necessary  to  replace  the  pipe  line,  I  recommend  that 
it  be  made  of  a  size  sufficient  to  supply  all  the  power  that  may  reasonably  be 
needed  in  the  valley  and  also  to  supply  at  least  1,000.000  gallons  a  day  for 
consumption  by  settlers  and  campers.  It  is  probable  that  there  are  only  a  few 
days  in  any  tourist  season  that  the  consumption  of  1.000,000  gallons  per  day 
would  be  required,  nevertheless  I  believe  it  wise  to  install  up  to  that  capacity, 
principally  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  it  would  insure  an  excellent  fire  protec- 
tion, and  again  because  no  one  can  tell  how  heavy  the  traffic  into  the  valley 
will  become  under  the  new  management  and  increased  transportation  facilities. 


438  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

I  will  present  later,  in  a  detailed  report,  specifications  and  estimates  of  cost  for 
such  a  pipe  line. 

The  water-distribution  service  in  the  valley  is  worse,  if  it  is  possible,  than 
the  pipe  line  above  described.  It  is  built  largely  of  the  same  material,  has  an 
enormous  leakage,  and  is  a  constant  source  of  annoyance  and  expense  for 
repairs.  It  is  my  purpose  to  recommend  a  new  distribution  system,  consisting 
of  two  6-inch  mains  running  down  the  valley  along  the  two  main  roads  on 
each  side  of  the  river,  and  after  being  reduced  to  3  inches  in  diameter  a  short 
distance  below  the  Sentinel  Hotel  to  be  carried  down  to  a  junction  at  El  Capi- 
tan  Bridge.  Proper  taps  should  be  made  from  this  water  main,  and  especially 
should  there  be  hydrants  located  along  the  roads  for  tire  protection.  Smaller 
hydrants  should  also  be  installed  at  the  camp  sites.  I  will  present  specifica- 
tions and  estimates  for  this  in  a  later  communication. 

At  the  present  time  the  public  camp  sites  in  the  valley  are  all  above  Yosemite 
Hotel,  the  reason  being  that  the  water  in  Merced  River  below  is  polluted,  and, 
with  the  exception  of  Bridal  Veil  Creek,  there  is  no  other  water  supply  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  valley.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  I  propose  to  recommend  a 
somewhat  extended  water  distribution  system  as  far  as  El  Capitan  Bridge. 
With  proper  hydrant  facilities,  campers  will  not  be  forced  to  use  the  polluted 
Merced  water.  After  considerable  thought  I  am  forced  to  the  belief  that  it  will 
be  impossible  to  maintain  the  waters  of  Merced  River  in  a  condition  fit  for 
domestic  consumption  in  the  raw  state.  It  would,  of  course,  be  possible  to 
purify  the  sewage  matter  now  discharged  into  the  river  from  the  Sentinel 
Hotel  and  other  places  similarly  situated,  but  this  will  in  no  wise  guarantee  a 
sufficiently  pure  water  supply  from  the  Merced  River.  Wherever  people  are 
closely  gathered  in  camps,  hotels,  etc.,  it  may  be  expected  as  a  certainty  that  the 
natural  drainage  of  this  occupied  land  will  be  sufficiently  contaminated  to  be 
dangerous.  In  fact,  the  surreptitious  pollutions  from  camp  sites  may  always 
prevail,  unless  a  battalion  of  troops  be  placed  in  charge  of  the  valley,  and  I 
doubt  whether  this  number  of  guardians  would  be  effectual.  Therefore  it  is  my 
belief  that  the  Government  should  accept  the  position  that  the  pollution  of 
Merced  River  is  unavoidable  and  prepare  its  policy  and  its  improvement  in 
Yosemite  Valley  with  that  in  view.  The  distribution  of  water  through  the  pipe 
lines  above  noted  will  obviate  the  necessity  for  using  the  river  water,  and  I  will 
present  in  a  later  communication  detailed  plans  and  estimates  for  such  pro- 
tective works  as  appear  to  be  necessary  to  install  at  such  places  as  Yosemite 
Hotel,  Camp  Curry,  etc. 

The  present  pasturage  concession  of  Coffman  and  Kenney  should  be  revoked 
as  soon  as  the  legal  requirements  and  proprieties  in  the  matter  will  permit. 
This  concession  is  a  large  one  and  contains  several  first-class  camp  sites,  to 
which  visitors  in  the  valley  should  have  free  admission. 

It  is  my  purpose  to  recommend  further  a  daily  collection  of  garbage  through- 
out the  entire  valley  during  the  tourist  season.    This  work  should  be  placed  in 
the  hands  of  a  superintendent,  and  not  left  to  the  individual  concessioners. 
Very  respectfully,  yours, 

M.  O.  Leighton, 
Chief  Hydrographer,  U.  Sf.  Geological  Surrey. 

The  Honorable  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 
United  States  Geological  Survey, 

Water  Resources  Branch, 
Washington,  D.  C,  December  Jh  1901. 
Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  a  report  of  my  investigation  of  the 
sanitary  conditions  in  Yosemite  Valley,  California,  together  with  certain  recom- 
mendations designed  for  the  improvement  of  these  conditions. 

Yosemite  Valley  may  be  divided  into  two  parts  with  reference  to  its  sanitary 
condition — that  above  Sentinel  Hotel  and  that  below.  This  condition  is  largely 
controlled  by  the  quality  of  water  In  Merced  River.  Above  Sentinel  Hotel  the 
river  is  regarded  as  unpolluted  and  the  campers  are  accustomed  to  use  the 
water  for  drinking  purposes.  Below  this  hotel  the  water  is  grossly  polluted  and 
the  superintendent  of  the  park  very  properly  refused  to  permit  campers  to 
occupy  any  of  the  sites  along  the  lower  portion  of  the  valley.     There  is  little 


YOSEMTTE    NATIONAL   PARK.  439 

water  during  the  camping  season  except  that  from  the  Merced.  There  are  many 
excellent  camp  sites  in  the  lower  end  of  the  valley,  fully  as  attractive  as  those 
in  the  upper  end;  yet,  under  the  present  conditions,  they  will  continue  to  be 
unavailable. 

It  will  be  impossible  to  exclude  polluting  substances  from  Merced  River  after 
it  reaches  the  valley  camps.  This  is  especially  true  of  that  part  below  Sentinel 
Hotel  and  the  surrounding  village.  A  large  amount  of  sewage  must  be  dis- 
charged from  these  buildings,  and,  although  it  is  possible  to  introduce  sewage- 
purification  systems  which  will  render  the  effluent  nonputrescible  and 
chemically  satisfactory,  these  systems  furnish  no  absolute  safeguard  against 
the  escape  into  the  river  of  disease  germs  that  may  be  in  the  sewage.  Such 
escape  would  surely  occur  occasionally  and  it  is  these  occasional  pollutions  of, 
water  supplies  that  have  caused  the  greatest  and  most  explosive  outbreaks  of 
typhoid  fever  that  have  occurred  in  the  United  States. 

Above  Sentinel  Hotel  there  is  no  direct  pollution ;  nevertheless,  the  water 
can  not  be  regarded  as  fit  for  human  consumption  at  all  times.  Wherever  people 
congregate  in  large  or  small  numbers  it  may  be  regarded  as  certain  that  there 
will  be  incidental  and  sometimes  surreptitious  pollutions  that  can  not  be 
guarded  against  and  that  are  the  result  of  thoughtlessness  or  intent.  In  ad- 
dition to  this,  the  drainage  from  occupied  land  into  the  river  can  not  be  regarded 
as  at  all  times  safe.  Therefore,  my  first  recommendation  is  that  no  attempt  be 
made  to  retain  Merced  River  in  its  pristine  purity,  and  that,  while  sewage- 
purification  systems  should  be  installed  so  that  the  river  will  not  become  foul, 
no  dependence  should  be  placed  on  this  part  of  the  river  as  a  source  of  water 
supply.  It  is  therefore  recommended  that  a  new  water  supply  system  be 
installed,  the  specifications  concerning  which  are  given  in  the  following 
paragraphs : 

SEWAGE   DISPOSAL. 

The  present  methods  of  sewage  disposal  in  the  public  camps  seem  to  be 
fairly  satisfactory.  This  is  largely  due  to  the  diligence  of  the  superintendent. 
With  the  increase  of  travel  in  the  valley  and  the  occupation  of  new  camp  sites, 
and  especially  if  water  supplies  are  conducted  to  these  sites,  special  provisions 
should  be  made  for  taking  care  of  the  sewage.  Each  site  should  be  provided 
with  an  improved  form  of  sink  and  drain,  the  proper  use  of  which  should  be 
enforced. 

The  sewage-disposal  system  at  Camp  Yosemite  is  sufficient  for  the  present 
needs.  It  is  a  broad  irrigation  system  which  will  probably  give  satisfaction 
for  a  few  years.  The  ground  upon  which  the  sewage  is  now  turned  is  not  the 
best  that  could  be  desired,  but,  so  long  as  it  works  with  the  present  satisfaction, 
I  recommend  that  no  change  be  made. 

The  sewage-disposal  system  at  Camp  Curry  is  quite  unsatisfactory.  Certain 
references  were  made  to  this  in  a  preliminary  report,  and  a  recommendation 
was  made  that  the  proprietor  of  this  camp  be  allowed  to  retain  his  concession 
provided  he  limits  the  capacity  of  his  camp  to  200  guests  and  installs  a  sew- 
erage system  in  accordance  with  instructions.  I  recommend  in  this  case  that 
a  line  of  pipe  be  laid  from  the  various  receptacles  in  the  camp  across  the  road 
and  terminate  in  the  orchard  which  is  now  a  part  of  the  Coffman  and  Kenney 
concession.  This  ground  is  well  suited  for  subirrigation,  and  a  series  of  distri- 
bution pipes  should  be  laid  so  that  the  effluent  from  the  camp  will  be  distributed 
over  a  wide  area.  The  pipe  from  the  camp  should  lead  into  a  small,  tightly 
cemented  cesspool,  from  near  the  top  of  which  the  distribution  system  should 
run.  This  will  provide  retention  for  the  solid  matter  in  the  sewage  and  only 
the  overflow  or  liquid  matter  will  be  distributed  into  the  ground. 

A  similar  arrangement  should  be  made  for  the  group  of  buildings  in  the  sec- 
tion known  as  Kenneyville  and  for  such  other  sections  as  from  time  to  time 
grow  up  in  the  valley. 

The  main  village,  the  nucleus  of  which  is  Sentinel  Hotel,  should  be  provided 
with  a  main  intercepting  sewer  of  a  diameter  of  8  inches,  which  shall  conduct 
all  the  sewage  down  along  the  river  bank  to  a  point  at  which  there  is  a  suit- 
able area  for  the  construction  of  a  septic  tank  in  which  the  sewage  can  be  par- 
tially purified  before  it  is  discharged  into  the  river. 

No  special  directions  can  be  given  concerning  the  details  of  the  various 
sewerage  systems  above  recommended.  The  construction  should  be  in  charge 
of  a  competent  person,  and  the  work  should  be  done  at  the  expense  of  the 
concessioners.  The  adaptability  of  any  particular  system  of  sewage  disposal 
depends  on   local  conditions,   and  wherever   small   systems  are  installed,   like 


440  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL  PARK. 

those  above  recommended,  the  details  of  construction  must  be  varied  according 
to  these  conditions.  I  respectfully  submit  as  an  appendix  to  this  report  some 
detailed  specifications  concerning  the  sewage-disposal  system  proposed  at  Curry 
Camp,  which  is  the  most  urgent  at  the  present  time.  In  view  of  the  expense 
and  the  uncertainties  attached  to  the  sewage-disposal  system  at  the  main  vil- 
lage and  the  present  fairly  satisfactory  conditions  there,  I  recommended  that 
the  consideration  of  this  matter  be  postponed  for  another  year.  Other  improve- 
ments hereinafter  recommended  will  occupy  the  entire  attention  of  the  Yosemite 
Valley  administration  and  will  consume  all  the  money  that  Congress  can  be 
expected  to  provide. 

WATER-SUPPLY    SYSTEM. 

The  main  water  supply  of  The  valley  has  been  discussed  above  and  it  has 
been  suggested  that  an  artificial  system  be  installed  and  so  extended  that  it  can 
be  used  at  the  various  public  camps  in  the  valley  as  well  as  by  the  conces- 
sioners. 

The  water  supply  now  delivered  in  pipes  to  certain  concessioners  in  Yosemite 
Valley  is  derived  from  a  spring  at  the  foot  of  Glacier  Point.  The  distribution 
system  is  inadequate  in  every  way,  and  the  pipe  materal  is  of  the  cheapest  sort 
and  is  rapidly  deteriorating.  The  system  requires  constant  supervision  and 
numerous  repairs.  The  quality  of  this  water  is  above  reproach,  but  even  now 
it  is  taxed  beyond  the  limit  of  capacity.  It  has  been  found  necessary  to  pro- 
vide an  auxiliary  by  tapping  the  power  pipe  line  running  to  the  electric  light 
station.  With  the  great  increase  of  camping  in  the  valley  and  the  consequent 
extension  of  the  distribution  system  this  supply  will  be  quite  insufficient.  I 
recommend  that  a  new  supply  be  installed,  the  source  of  which  shall  be  Merced 
River  up  above  the  valley  and  near  the  point  of  the  present  intake  of  the 
power  house.  The  river  above  this  point,  and  in  fact  the  entire  drainage  area, 
can  be  maintained  in  sanitary  condition.  Campers  can  be  excluded  and  the 
whole  situation  will  be  ideal  for  the  conservation  of  purity. 

The  proposal  to  install  a  new  water  supply  involves  other  considerations 
immediately  related  thereto,  and  which  can  not  well  be  considered  separately. 
These  matters  relate  to  the  present  power  plant  and  appurtenances,  together 
with  the  water-distribution  system  in  the  valley.  The  condition  of  the  pipe  line 
leading  from  the  intakes  to  the  power  plant  has  been  described  in  a  preliminary 
report.  It  is  in  a  precarious  condition  and  liable  to  be  totally  disabled  at  any 
time.  It  will  be  necessary  to  install  a  new  pipe  line  if  the  electric  light  plant  is 
to  be  maintained.  In  installing  this  new  pipe  line  it  will  be  advisable  to  make 
it  of  a  capacity  sufficient  to  produce  twice  the  amount  of  power  now  afforded  at 
the  station.  This  additional  power  will  be  needed  in  a  short  time,  as  the 
capacity  of  the  generators  does  not  greatly  exceed  present  demands.  In  addi- 
tion to  this,  the  new  pipe  should  be  made  large  enough  to  supply  to  the  valley 
a  maximum  of  1,000,000  gallons  of  water  per  day.  This  is  a  considerably  greater 
amount  of  water  than  is  needed  for  domestic  consumption  in  the  valley  except 
during  the  heaviest  tourist  season,  which  obviously  covers  only  a  few  weeks  of 
each  year.  Nevertheless  the  heaviest  demands  should  be  satisfied.  The  main 
purpose,  however,  of  so  large  a  supply  is  fire  protection.  This  is  especially 
necessary.  Its  usefulness  would  not  be  confined  merely  to  subduing  fires  in 
buildings  now  erected  in  the  valley,  but,  if  the  system  were  properly  installed, 
it  would  be  extremely  useful  in  quenching  incipient  forest  fires,  which,  as  you 
are  well  aware,  are  exceedingly  serious  in  that  part  of  the  country.  This  would 
involve  the  purchase  and  maintenance  of  several  hose  reels  equipped  with  long 
lines  of  fire  hose. 

Pipe  lines. — No  instrumental  surveys  were  made  at  the  time  of  my  visit  to  the 
valley,  and  therefore  the  estimates  hereinafter  given  are  not  based  on  precise 
measurements.  Distances  were  measured  principally  by  foot  traverse  and  by 
sealing  the  new  Yosemite  Valley  topographic  sheet  recently  made  by  the  Geo- 
logical Survey.  Liberal  factors  of  safety  have  been  allowed.  It  is  recommended 
that,  the  new  pipe  line  be  taken  out  of  tiie  river  about  400  feet  south  of  the  pres- 
ent intake,  that  is.  farther  up  the  river,  and  be  conducted  to  the  power  house  by 
a  new  route,  which  is  for  many  reasons  far  better  than  that  now  used  by  the 
present  pipe  line.  The  approximate  distance  along  this  route  to  the  power  house 
is  3,000  feet.  The  construction  of  a  new  road  from  the  power  house  to  the  intake 
point  is  involved  in  (his  project.  Along  this  route  could  be  provided  a  suitable 
grade  for  the  now  pipe  line.  Such  an  Improvement  would  cost  not  over  $4,500. 
It  will  ho  necessary  in  any  event  to  construct  a  road  over  which  to  transport 
materials  of  construction,  and  the  additional  expense  involved  in  making  a  per- 
manent highway  will  be  small. 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL  PARK.  441 

If  a  single  pipe  line  is  laid  it  should  be  30  inches  in  diameter.  In  many  re- 
spects it  would  be  better  to  install  two  pipe  lines  21  inches  in  diameter.  The 
first  cost  would  be  greater  if  the  smaller  pipes  were  laid,  but  they  would  be  far 
easier  and  less  expensive  to  transport  and  handle,  and  there  would  be  the  addi- 
tional advantage  that  if  one  of  the  lines  were  disabled  the  water  supply  would 
not  be  completely  cut  off.  It  may  be  stated  in  passing  that  the  transportation 
charges  constitute  an  unusually  heavy  proportion  of  the  expense,  the  prevailing 
rate  from  San  Francisco  to  the  valley  being  $0,015  per  pound.  The  pipe  should 
be  of  wrought  iron  or  steel,  coated  with  tar,  asphaltum,  or  similar  material  to 
provide  against  corrosion.  The  weight  of  30  inches  of  spiral  riveted  pipe  would 
be  79  pounds  per  linear  foot,  or  about  120  tons;  and  if  provided  in  15-foot 
lengths,  would  consist  of  about  200  pieces.  I  estimate  the  cost  of  this  pipe,  in- 
cluding transportation  charges  and  laying,  as  follows: 

3,000  feet  wrought-iron  pipe,  30-inch,  at  $7.56  f.  o.  b.  San  Francisco, 

Cal $22,600 

Freight  on  240,000  pounds  above  pipe,  from  San  Francisco  to  Yosemite 
Valley,  at  $0.015° 3,600 

Excavation  and  laying,  at  $2  per  foot6 6,000 

Four  15-inch  valves,  two  low-pressure  for  head  of  lines,  and  two  high- 
pressure  for  foot  of  lines,  including  transportation  and  installation 800 

Engineering,  contingencies,  etc.,  15  per  cent 5,  000 

Total 38,000 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  should  be  constructed  a  low  dam,  consisting 
of  very  heavy  stone  laid  across  the  narrow  part  of  the  channel  just  below  the 
proposed  intake,  so  that  a  sufficient  head  may  be  retained  on  the  intake  during 
seasons  of  low  water.  This  need  not  be  a  tight  dam,  but  may  be  constructed 
by  placing  heavy  bowlders  in  the  river  to  provide  a  partial  obstruction  of  the 
channel  and  thereby  increase  the  stage.     This  would  cost  about  $1,500. 

About  15  yards  of  concrete  construction  would  be  necessary  for  retaining 
walls  and  forebay,  which,  at  $8  per  cubic  yard,  would  cost  $1,200. 

The  total  estimate  for  the  pipe  line  is  therefore  about  $40,000. 

Whether  or  not  the  remainder  of  the  improvements  herein  proposed  are  pro- 
vided for  during  the  next  season,  this  pipe-line  improvement  should  be  insisted 
upon.     The  conditions  there  at  the  present  time  are  grave. 

Distribution  system. — There  is  recommended  a  distribution  system  consist- 
ing of  6-inch  and  3-inch  mains  laid  along  the  route  shown  on  accompanying 
map.  The  route  marked  in  black  indicates  6-inch  pipe,  while  that  marked  in 
red  indicates  3-inch  pipe.  There  is  proposed  in  all  about  33,700  feet  of  6-inch 
pipe,  the  total  cost  of  which,  including  materials  and  laying  and  exclusive  of 
freight  and  transportation  charges,  would  be  $30,330.  There  would  also  be 
necessary  54,800  feet  of  3-inch  pipe,  the  total  cost  of  which,  on  the  same  basis, 
would  be  $43,840.  The  distribution  system  would  have  to  be  supplied  with 
gates,  as  marked  on  the  map.  Those  proposed  consist  of  twenty  6-inch  gates, 
which,  at  $15  each,  would  cost  $300;  and  twenty  3-inch  gates,  which,  at  $5  each, 
would  cost  $100.  The  total  charge  for  pipe,  laying,  gates,  including  transporta- 
tion, is  estimated  as  follows: 

Pipe  system  c $74, 170 

Fire  hydrants 8,  500 

Gates    400 

Engineering,  contingencies,  etc 12,500 

Freight  from  San  Francisco  d 26,800 

Total    122,  370 

a  Could  be  greatly  decreased  by  using  United  States  teams  from  El  Portal. 

6  Based  on  costs  at  Philadelphia,  which  involved  deep  trenches  and  back  fill- 
ing. Pipe  now  under  consideration  would  lie  mostly  on  surface  of  ground,  with 
very  little  trenching.  No  deduction  made  from  rates  (Philadelphia)  on  this 
account,  and  factor  of  safety  is  thereby  afforded. 

cThis  does  not  include  cost  of  fittings,  such  as  bends,  Y's,  elbows,  etc.,  but 
the  cost  of  laying  here  included  is  based  on  experience  at  ^Washington,  D.  C, 
where  there  is  deep  trenching.  The  system,  at  Yosemite  would  lie  close  to  the 
surface  and,  therefore,  the  cost  of  trenching  would  be  nominal;  the  balance 
would  more  than  provide  for  cost  of  fittings. 

d  Could  be  greatly  decreased  by  using  United  States  teams  from  El  Portal. 


442  YOSEMITE   NATIONAL   PARK. 

It  will  be  noted  from  the  above  that  no  provision  is  made  for  taps  and  local 
connections.  This  has  purposely  been  omitted  from  the  present  estimate  for 
two  reasons:  First,  it  will  not  be  possible  to  put  the  new  water-supply  system 
into  commission  during  the  next  season,  and  therefore  an  estimate  of  the  tap 
and  connections  is  not  an  immediate  necessity ;  second,  before  making  such  an 
estimate  it  would  be  necessary  to  consider  all  the  local  conditions  in  connection 
with  the  needs  for  taps,  etc.  This  largely  depends  upon  the  future  policy  with 
reference  to  the  maintenance  of  camps  and  permanent  improvements  now 
erected  or  to  be  erected  in  the  valley. 

If  it- is  proposed  to  open  up  the  camp  sites  below  Sentinel  Hotel  for  occupancy, 
the  entire  system  above  proposed  will  be  necessary.  If,  however,  it  is  believed 
unwise  to  make  a  request  for  the  total  appropriation  at  the  present  time,  cer- 
tain portions  of  the  system  can  be  judiciously  omitted  and  the  cost  thereby 
reduced.  It  will  be  noted  upon  examintion  of  the  map  that  the  proposed 
distribution  system  provides  for  cross-distribution,  so  that  if  any  particular 
length  of  line  is  ever  disabled  the  supply  will  not  be  cut  off,  but  will  be  con- 
tinued through  the  several  by-passes.  It  would  be  possible,  for  example,  to 
omit  the  3-inch  main  running  along  the  north  side  of  the  river  from  the  present 
military  post  to  El  Capitan  Bridge,  and  provide  for  the  development  of  the 
camp  sites  only  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  at  the  present  time.  The  6-inch 
main,  running  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  from  the  power  house  to  Sentinel 
Hotel,  could  be  omitted  and  the  local  usage  on  that  side  could  be  supplied  with 
branches  running  across  the  river  to  such  places  as  Curry  Camp,  Le  Conte 
Memorial,  etc.  If  it  is  believed  wise  to  develop  the  system  in  this  way,  I  shall 
be  pleased  to  submit  estimates  of  the  proposed  cost. 

It  is  respectfully  suggested  that,  in  the  event  that  it  shall  be  deemed  unwise 
to  request  an  appropriation  covering  the  entire  improvement,  an  estimate  be 
made  of  the  cost  of  a  new  pipe  line  and  a  small  additional  sum  to  provide  for 
proper  instrumental  surveys,  and  a  minute  consideration  of  the  distribution 
system.  This  would  involve  a  request  for  an  appropriation  of  $42,000.  In 
addition  to  this,  it  is  recommended  that  the  sum  of  $3,000  be  included  for  survey 
of  reservoir  sites  on  Yosemite  and  Bridal  Veil  creeks,  and  for  estimate  of  cost 
of  building  reservoirs  to  supply  water  for  Yosemite  and  Bridal  Veil  falls  dur- 
ing the  summer  season,  when  said  falls  are  usually  dry.  It  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  no  camping  be  allowed  in  the  vicinity  of  or  above  Mirror  Lake. 
This  body  of  water  should  be  kept  free  from  pollution,  as  it  provides  an  excel- 
lent source  of  ice  supply  for  the  valley. 

A  system  of  garbage  removal  is  recommended,  the  same  to  be  conducted  by 
the   federal   authorities   during   the  camping   seasons,   with   strict   regulations 
concerning  the  administration   of  the  same,   and,   if  possible,   proper  charges 
should  be  made  to  the  campers  for  maintenance  thereof. 
Very  respectfully, 

M.  O.  Leighton, 

Chief  Hydrngrapher. 

Approved : 

H.  C.  Rizer, 

Acting  Director. 

To  the  Honorable  the  Secretary  oe  the  Interior. 


APPENDIX  C. 

POWER  PLANT. 

Yosemite,  September  2//,  1908. 
Sir:  By  the  consent  of  Maj.  H.  C.  Benson,  superintendent  in  charge,  I  re- 
spectfully submit  this  report  regarding  the  condition  of  our  electric  plant  and 
water-power  system.  The  feed  pipe  is  2,250  feet  long,  22  inches  in  diameter,  of 
about  No.  16  sheet-iron  pipe,  riveted  together  on  seams,  and  pressed  together  at 
joints.  The  gauge  pressure  at  nozzles  is  G5  to  70  pounds  per  square  inch.  The 
headgate  consists  of  a  flimsy  wooden  affair,  raised  and  lowered  by  crowbars. 
This  headgate  is  set  at  tire  lower  end  of  an  open  forebay,  which  is  about  75 
feel  in  length,  which  is  a  regular  trap  for  snow  and  ice  in  winter,  and  for  drift, 
sand,  and  leaves  in  summer. 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PARK.  443 

The  feed  pipe  enters  a  tunnel  200  feet  in  length  just  below  the  headgate. 
The  tunnel  was  cut  through  broken  up  surface  formation  consisting  of  bowlders 
and  earth,  liable  to  shift  at  any  time;  in  fact,  a  part  of  the  tunnel  is  now  caved 
in  on  the  pipe.  This  took  place  while  the  State  still  had  charge  here.  After 
the  department  took  charge,  we  entered  the  tunnel  and  retimbered  where  it  was 
badly  needed  and  drove  lagging  between  the  pipe  and  ground  at  the  cave,  finding 
iT  impossible  on  account  of  the  condition  of  the  surrounding  ground  to  remove 
the  earth  resting  on  the  pipe  and  to  retimber.  In  the  electric  plant  we  have  two 
generators  connected  with  two  water  wheels.  The  foundations  are  very  poor, 
being  all  of  wood  set  on  the  ground,  then  filled  in  around  with  concrete,  which 
extends  down  only  about  2  inches  from  the  top  of  mud  sills.  This  allows  a 
great  deal  of  vibration,  although  we  have  braced  every  way  we  could  to  prevent 
it,  yet  as  long  as  the  foundations  are  in  their  present  condition  it  will  continue 
and  cause  unsatisfactory  operation.  The  high  tension  wiring  in  the  station  is 
laid  in  shallow  wooden  gutters  resting  on  the  ground  under  the  floor  and  is 
supported  on  porcelain  knobs.  In  fact,  the  wiring  of  buildings  throughout  the 
valley  was  originally  done  in  a  dangerous  and  unworkmanlike  manner ;  we 
are  overcoming  this  danger,  however,  by  rewiring  the  buildings,  more  than  half 
of  which  was  completed  last  winter,  and  the  balance  can  probably  be  done  this 
fall  and  winter. 

I  would  respectfully  recommend  a  new  electric  plant  and  water-power 
system  for  the  Yosemite  Valley,  with  a  capacity  of  250  or  300  horsepower,  as 
all  future  wants  would  thus  be  provided  for.  The  capacity  of  the  present 
plant  will  soon  be  taxed  should  we  have  a  call  for  more  lights,  which  we  no 
doubt  will,  even  if  every  part  of  the  system  were  in  first-class  condition.  As 
the  load  increases  the  strain  on  the  plant  also  increases,  and  sooner  or  later, 
under  the  present  conditions,  there  will  be  a  breakdown. 

With  a  new  plant  of  larger  capacity  we  could  run  twenty-four-hour  service, 
thus  providing  electric  power  to  consumers  for  heating,  culinary  purposes,  and 
in  any  place  where  heat  or  power  is  used.  This  would  greatly  increase  the 
income  from  the  plant.  The  water  power  could  be  obtained  without  detracting 
from  the  beauty  of  the  waterfalls,  etc.,  and  the  tunnel  mentioned  could  be 
eliminated  from  the  new  line,  as  it  would  be  less  expensive  to  run  around  the 
hill  than  to  fix  up  the  tunnel.  I  would  also  recommend  that  the  supply  cables 
be  run  in  an  underground  conduit.  The  poles  the  State  put  in  will  soon  have 
to  be  renewed ;  some  of  them  are  pretty  badly  decayed  now.  With  the  under- 
ground system  this  expense  would  be  overcome,  as  from  time  to  time  the  poles 
will  all  have  to  be  renewed,  since  this  locality  causes  poles  to  decay  quite 
rapidly.  Also  we  would  thus  do  away  with  unsightly  pole  lines  running 
through  the  park. 

Very  respectfully,  C.  W.  Tucker, 


Secretary  of  the  Interior, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Chief  Electrician. 


APPENDIX  B. 

RULES  AND  REGULATIONS. 

Regulations  of  February  29,  1908. 

The  following  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  Yosemite 
National  Park,  including  the  Yosemite  Valley  and  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove, 
are  hereby  established  and  made  public,  pursuant  to  authority  conferred  by  the 
acts  of  Congress  approved  October  1,  1890,  February  7,  1905,  and  June  11,  1906 : 

1.  It  is  forbidden  to  injure  or  disturb  in  any  manner  any  of  the  mineral 
deposits,  national  curiosities,  or  wonders  on  the  government  lands  within  the 
park. 

2.  It  is  forbidden  to  cut  or  injure  any  timber  growing  on  the  park  lands,  or 
to  deface  or  injure  any  government  property.  Camping  parties  will  bo  allowed 
to  use  dead  or  fallen  timber  for  fuel. 


444  YOSEMTTE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

3.  Fires  should  be  lighted  only  when  necessary  and  completely  extinguished 
when  not  longer  required.  The  utmost  care  must  be  exercised  at  all  times  to 
avoid  setting  fire  to  the  timber  and  grass. 

4.  Hunting  or  killing,  wounding  or  capturing  any  bird  or  wild  animal  on  the 
park  lands,  except  dangerous  animals  when  necessary  to  prevent  them  from 
destroying  life  or  inflicting  an  injury,  is  prohibited.  The  outfits,  including 
guns,  traps,  teams,  horses,  or  means  of  transportation  used  by  persons  engaged 
in  hunting,  killing,  trapping,  ensnaring,  or  capturing  such  birds  or  wild  ani- 
mals, or  in  possession  of  game  killed  on  the  park  lands  under  other  circum- 
stances than  prescribed  above,  will  be  taken  up  by  the  superintendent  and  held 
subject  to  the  order  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  except  in  cases  where  it  is 
shown  by  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  outfit  is  not  the  property  of  the  person 
or  persons  violating  this  regulation  and  the  actual  owner  thereof  was  not  a 
party  to  such  violation.  Firearms  will  only  be  permitted  in  the  park  on  written 
permission  from  the  superintendent  thereof. 

5.  Fishing  with  nets,  seines,  traps,  or  by  the  use  of  drugs  or  explosives,  or  in 
any  other  way  than  with  hook  and  line  is  prohibited.  Fishing  for  purposes  of 
merchandise  or  profit  is  forbidden.  Fishing  may  be  prohibited  by  order  of  the 
superintendent  in  any  of  the  waters  of  the  park,  or  limited  therein  to  any  speci- 
fied season  of  the  year,  until  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

6.  No  person  will  be  permitted  to  reside  permanently,  engage  in  any  business, 
or  erect  buildings,  etc.,  upon  the  government  lands  in  the  park,  without  permis- 
sion, in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  The  superintendent  may 
grant  authority  to  competent  persons  to  act  as  guides  and  revoke  the  same  in 
his  discretion.  No  pack  trains  will  be  allowed  in  the  park  unless  in  charge  of  a 
duly  registered  guide. 

7.  Owners  of  patented  lands  within  the  park  limits  are  entitled  to  the  full 
use  and  enjoyment  thereof;  such  lands,  however,  shall  have  the  metes  and 
bounds  thereof  so  marked  and  defined  that  they  may  be  readily  distinguished 
from  the  park  lands.  Stock  may  be  taken  over  the  park  lands  to  patented 
lands  with  the  written  permission  and  under  the  supervision  of  the  superin- 
tendent. 

8.  The  herding  or  grazing  of  loose  stock  or  cattle  of  any  kind  on  the  govern- 
ment lands  in  the  park,  as  well  as  the  driving  of  such  stock  over  the  same,  is 
strictly  forbidden,  except  in  such  cases  where  authority  therefor  is  granted  by 
the  superintendent. 

9.  No  drinking  saloon  or  barroom  will  be  permitted  upon  government  lands 
in  the  park. 

10.  Private  notices  or  advertisements  shall  not  be  posted  or  displayed  on 
the  government  lands  within  the  reservation,  except  such  as  may  be  necessary 
for  the  convenience  and  guidance  of  the  public. 

11.  Persons  who  render  themselves  obnoxious  by  disorderly  conduct  or  bad 
behavior,  or  who  may  violate  any  of  the  foregoing  rules,  will  be  summarily 
removed  from  the  park  and  will  not  be  allowed  to  return  without  permission, 
in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  or  the  superintendent  of  the  park. 

No  lessee  or  licensee  shall  retain  in  his  employ  any  person  whose  presence  in 
the  park  shall  be  deemed  and  declared  by  the  superintendent  to  be  subversive 
of  the  good  order  and  management  of  the  reservation. 

12.  The  superintendent  designated  by  the  Secretary  is  hereby  authorized  and 
directed  to  remove  all  trespassers  from  the  government  lands  in  the  park  and 
enforce  these  rules  and  regulations  and  all  the  provisions  of  the  acts  of  Con- 
gress aforesaid. 


INSTRUCTIONS    OF    FEBRUARY   29,    1908. 

1.  Interference  with  or  molestation  of  any  bear  or  other  wild  animal  in  the 
park  in  any  way  by  any  person  not  authorized  by  the  superintendent  is  pro- 
hibited. 

2.  Fires. — The  greatest  care  must  be  exercised  to  insure  the  complete  extinc- 
tion of  all  camp  fires  before  they  are  abandoned.  All  ashes  and  unbnrned  bits 
of  wood  must,  when  practicable,  be  thoroughly  soaked  with  water.  Where  fires 
are  buill  in  the  neighborhood  of  decayed  logs,  particular  attention  must  be 
directed  t<»  the  extinguishment  of  tires  in  the  decaying  mold.  Fire  may  be 
extinguished   where  water   is  not  available  by  a   complete  covering  of  earth 


YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PAKK.  445 

well   packed   clown.     Care   should   be  taken   that  no    lighted   match,   cigar,   or 
cigarette  is  dropped  in  any  grass,  twigs,  leaves,  or  tree  mold. 

3.  Camps. — No  camp  will  be  made  except  at  designated  localities.  All  camp- 
ers in  Yosemite  Valley  shall  first  report  at  the  office  of  the  superintendent  for 
assignment  to  camping  sites,  and  will  not  change  camps  without  permission, 
nor  shall  fires  be  lighted  in  Yosemite  Valley  or  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove  with- 
out the  express  permission  of  the  superintendent.  Blankets,  clothing,  ham- 
mocks, or  any  other  article  liable  to  frighten  teams  must  not  be  hung  near  the 
road.  The  same  rule  applies  to  temporary  stops,  such  as  for  feeding  horses  or 
for  taking  luncheon. 

Many  successive  parties  camp  on  the  same  sites  during  the  season,  and  camp 
grounds  must  be  thoroughly  cleaned  before  they  are  abandoned.  Tin  cans 
must  be  flattened,  and  with  bottles,  cast-off  clothing,  and  all  other  debris  must 
be  deposited  in  a  pit  provided  for  the  purpose.  When  camps  are  made  in 
unusual  places  where  pits  may  not  be  provided,  all  refuse  must  be  hidden  where 
it  will  not  be  offensive  to  the  eye. 

4.  Bicycles. — The  greatest  care  must  be  exercised  by  persons  using  bicycles. 
On  meeting  a  team  the  rider  must  stop  and  stand  at  side  of  road  between  the 
bicycle  and  the  team — the  outer  side  of  the  road  if  on  a  grade  or  curve.  In 
passing  a  team  from  the  rear  the  rider  should  learn  from  the  driver  if  his 
horses  are  liable  to  frighten,  in  which  case  the  driver  should  halt  and  the 
rider  dismount  and  walk  past,  keeping  between  the  bicycle  and  the  team. 

5.  Fishing. — All  fish  less  than  6  inches  in  length  should  at  once  be  returned 
to  the  water  with  the  least  damage  possible  to  the  fish.  No  one  person  shall 
catch  more  than  50  fish  in  one  day. 

6.  Dogs. — Dogs  are  not  permitted  in  the  park. 

7.  Stages. — Stages  entering  Yosemite  Valley  shall  stop  at  each  hotel  or  per- 
manent camp  in  the  order  of  location,  so  that  passengers  may  exercise  the  right 
of  selection. 

8.  Driving  on  roads  of  park. —  (a)  Drivers  of  vehicles  of  any  description 
when  overtaken  by  other  vehicles  traveling  at  a  faster  rate  of  speed  shall,  if 
requested  to  do  so,  turn  out  and  give  the  latter  free  and  unobstructed  passage- 
way. 

(&)  Vehicles,  in  passing  each  other,  must  give  full  half  of  the  roadway. 
This  applies  to  freight  outfits  as  well  as  any  other. 

(c)  Freight,  baggage,  and  heavy  camping  outfits  on  sidehill  grades  through- 
out the  park  will  take  the  outer  side  of  the  road  while  being  passed  by 
passenger  vehicles  in  either  direction. 

(d)  Transportation  companies,  freight  and  wood  contractors,  and  all  other 
parties  and  persons  using  the  park  roads  will  be  held  liable  for  violations  of 
these  instructions. 

(e)  Mounted  men  on  meeting  a  passenger  team  on  a  grade  will  halt  on  the 
outer  side  until  the  team  passes.  When  approaching  a  passenger  team  from 
the  rear  warning  must  be  given,  and  no  faster  gait  will  be  taken  than  is  neces- 
sary to  make  the  passage,  and  if  on  a  grade  the  passage  will  be  on  the  outer 
side.     A  passenger  team  must  not  be  passed  on  a  dangerous  grade. 

(/)  All  wagons  used  in  hauling  heavy  freight  over  the  park  roads  must  have 
tires  not  less  than  4  inches  in  width.  This  order  does  not  apply  to  express 
freight  hauled  in  light  spring  wagons  with  single  teams. 

9.  Miscellaneous. — Automobiles  are  not  permitted  in  the  park. 

No  person  shall  drive  or  ride  faster  than  a  walk  over  any  of  the  government 
bridges  within  the  park. 

Persons  with  animals  using  trails  must  keep  therein;  leaving  the  trails  for 
the  purpose  of  making  short  cuts  will  not  be  permitted. 

Persons  are  not  allowed  to  bathe  near  any  of  the  regularly  traveled  roads  in 
the  park  without  suitable  bathing  clothes. 

Campers  and  all  others,  save  those  holding  license  from  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior,  are  prohibited  from  hiring  their  horses,  trappings,  or  vehicles  to 
tourists  or  visitors  in  the  park. 

All  complaints  by  tourists  and  others  as  to  service,  etc.,  rendered  in  the 
reservation  should  be  made  to  the  superintendent  in  writing  before  the  com- 
plainant leaves  the  park. 

10.  The  penalty  for  disregard  of  these  instructions  is  summary  ejection  from 
the  park. 


446  YOSEMITE    NATIONAL   PAKK. 

ItEGULATIONS    OF    FEBRUARY   29,    1908,    GOVERNING    THE    IMPOUNDING   AND    DISPOSI- 
TION of  Loose  Live  Stock. 

Horses,  cattle,  or  other  domestic  live  stock  running  at  large  or  being  herded 
or  grazed  in  the  Yosemite  National  Park  without  authority  from  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior  will  be  taken  up  and  impounded  by  the  superintendent,  who  will 
at  once  give  notice  thereof  to  the  owner,  if  known.  If  the  owner  is  not  known, 
notice  of  such  impounding,  giving  a  description  of  the  animal  or  animals,  with 
the  brands  thereon,  will  be  posted  in  six  public  places  inside  the  park  and  in 
two  public  places  outside  the  park.  Any  owner  of  an  animal  thus  impounded 
may,  at  any  time  before  the  sale  thereof,  reclaim  the  same  upon  proving  owner- 
ship and  paying  the  cost  of  notice  and  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up 
and  detention  of  such  animal,  including  the  cost  of  feeding  and  caring  for  the 
same.  If  any  animal  thus  impounded  shall  not  be  reclaimed  within  thirty  days 
from  notice  to  the  owner  or  from  the  date  of  posting  notices,  it  shall  be  sold  at 
public  auction  at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  superintendent 
after  ten  days'  notice,  to  be  given  by  posting  notices  in  six  public  places  in  the 
park  and  two  public  places  outside  the  park,  and  by  mailing  to  the  owner,  if 
known,  a  copy  thereof. 

All  money  received  from  the  sale  of  such  animals  and  remaining  after  the 
payment  of  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taki::g  up,  impounding,  and  selling 
thereof,  shall  be  carefully  retained  by  the  superintendent  in  a  separate  fund 
for  a  period  of  six  months,  during  which  time  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale 
of  any  animal  may  be  claimed  by  and  paid  to  the  owner  upon  the  presentation 
of  satisfactory  proof  of  ownership,  and  if  not  so  claimed  within  six  months 
from  the  date  of  sale  such  proceeds  shall  be  turned  into  the  Yosemite  National 
Park  fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  keep  a  record  in  which  shall  be  set  down  a  descrip- 
tion of  all  animals  impounded,  giving  the  brands  found  on  them,  the  date  and 
locality  of  the  taking  up,  the  date  of  all  notices  and  manner  in  which  they 
were  given,  the  date  of  sale,  the  name  and  address  of  the  purchaser,  the  amount 
for  which  each  animal  was  sold  and  the  cost  incurred  in  connection  therewith, 
and  the  disposition  of  the  proceeds. 

The  superintendent  will,  in  each  instance,  make  every  reasonable  effort  to 
ascertain  the  owner  of  animals  impounded  and  to  give  actual  notice  thereof  to 
such  owner. 


T.4N 


T.  3 1ST 


T.2N/ 


yo  Semite  mnomL  PARK 

SHOWING  BOUNDARIES 
E  STABLISHED  BY  ACT  OF  C ON GRE  S  S 


APPROVED  JUNE  11,1906 

Legend 

■■  New  Boundaries. 

fed  Existing  / 

f^\  Roads  suggested  for  adequate  system. 

fcd  Ex/sting  trails. 

L-  i  Trails  suggested  for  adequate  system 

Recommended  in  Report  of 

Yosemite  Park  Comn 
dated Aug.3/,1304 

i  Permanent patro/  stations  suggested. 
lyj  Permanent  patrol  sub-stations  suggested 
I  □ !  Permanent  military  post  suggested. 


R.22E.    Sierra  R.23E.        Forest         R.24E.     Reserve    R25E. 


K.26E. 


REPORT  OF  THE  ACTING  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  THE 

SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL  GRANT 

NATIONAL  PARKS. 


447 


REPORT  OF  THE  ACTING  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  THE  SEQUOIA 
AND  GENERAL  GRANT  NATIONAL  PARKS. 


Office  of  the  Acting  Superintendent, 

Camp  Sequoia,  Cal., 

September  15,  1908. 
Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  a  report  relative  to  the  condition 
of  affairs  in  and  the  management  of  the  Sequoia  and  General  Grant 
National  Parks  during  the  season  of  1908. 

SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK. 

Sequoia  Park  is  located  in  Tulare  County,  Cal.,  and  has  an  area  of 
about  250  square  miles,  or  160,000  acres;  it  lies  300  miles  southeast 
of  San  Francisco,  and  may  be  reached  via  the  Southern  Pacific  Rail- 
road to  Visalia;  thence  via  the  Visalia  Electric  Railway  Company  to 
Lemon  Cove,  and  by  stage  from  that  point  to  the  Giant  Forest,  the 
Mecca  of  all  visitors  who  come  to  see  the  "big  trees."  The  park  was 
set  aside  by  the  act  of  September  25,  1890  (26  Stat.,  478),  supple- 
mented by  the  act  of  October  1,  1890  (26  Stat.,  650),  and  placed 
under  the  control  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

The  above  area  comprises  approximately  87,160  acres  of  magnifi- 
cent merchantable  timber,  57,768  acres  of  woodland  (firewood), 
5,760  acres  of  grass  land,  and  9,312  acres  of  desert  land.  The  local 
names  of  lumber  trees  in  the  order  of  predominance  are  white  fir, 
sugar  pine,  yellow  pine,  sequoia,  Jeffry  pine,  red  fir,  cedar,  foxtail 
pine,  silver  pine,  white  pine,  and  juniper;  of  firewood  trees,  oak, 
juniper,  willow,  cottonwood,  red  alder,  sycamore,  maple,  ash,  white 
pine,  mahogany,  red  bud,  false  elm,  nutmeg,  laurel,  and  buckeye. 
The  average  number  of  board  feet  per  acre  in  the  merchantable  tim- 
ber is  32,000,  and  each  acre  of  woodland  is  estimated  to  produce  22 
cords  of  wood. 

In  addition  to  the  interesting  points  shown  on  the  tabulated  state- 
ment with  this  report  there  are  many  places  of  note  outside  the  park, 
among  which  may  be  mentioned  the  Kern  and  Kings  River  canyons, 
Farewell  Gap,  Mount  Vanderver,  Mineral  King,  Sawtooth  Peak,  and 
Moose  Lake.  Inside  the  park,  but  not  yet  accessible  by  either  road 
or  trail,  are  many  places  which  one  given  to  exploring  would  be  glad 
to  visit,  such  as  Big  Baldy,  Little  Baldy,  Castle  Rocks,  Mount  Silli- 
man,  Marble  Cave,  Panther  Creek,  Dennison  Mountain,  Homers 
Nose,  and  others. 

GENERAL  GRANT  NATIONAL  PARK. 

This  park,  which  lies  northwest  of  Sequoia  Park,  one-half  in  Tulare 
County  and  the  other  half  in  Fresno  County,  Cal.,  has  an  area  of  4 
square  miles.  The  distance  from  Camp  Sequoia,  in  Sequoia  Na- 
tional Park,  to  the  ranger's  cabin,  in  the  center  of  General  Grant  Na- 
tional Park,  is  35  miles,  but  the  distance  between  the  boundaries  of 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 29  449 


450  SEQUOIA  AND   GENERAL,   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

the  two  reservations  is  probably  not  more  than  8  miles  by  trail.  The 
park  is  60  miles  from  Visalia,  on  both  the  Southern  Pacific  and  Santa 
Fe  lines,  and  is  best  reached  by  wagon  road  from  Sanger,  on  the 
Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  The  main  attraction  is  the  grove  of 
great  sequoia  trees,  including  the  "General  Grant,"  which  is  sur- 
passed in  size  only  by  the  " General  Sherman"  tree,  in  Sequoia  Park, 
and  on  account  of  its  accessibility  has  become  the  favorite  camping 
place,  in  summer,  of  many  people  of  the  San  Joaquin  Valley. 

The  park  was  set  aside  by  the  act  of  October  1,  1890  (26  Stat.,  650), 
and  placed  under  the  control  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  in  the 
same  manner  as  Sequoia  Park. 

GUARDING  THE  PARKS. 

Upon  the  request  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  the  War  De- 
partment, and  pursuant  to  G.  O.,  No.  56,  Headquarters  Department 
of  California,  Troop  G,  Fourteenth  Cavalry,  with  medical  officer  and 
hospital  corps  detachment  (3  officers  and  57  enlisted  men),  left  the 
Presidio  of  San  Francisco,  on  May  12,  1908,  en  route  for  the  Sequoia 
National  Park,  reached  Kaweah  on  the  25th  of  the  month,  and  the 
march  was  resumed  again  on  May  30  to  this  camp.  I  was  compelled 
to  leave  the  troop  at  Fresno  while  en  route,  and  Second  Lieut.  N.  H. 
Davis  took  command  until  my  return  to  the  parks  June  26,  and  per- 
formed the  duties  of  acting  superintendent  during  such  period. 

On  May  1,  1908,  prior  to  leaving  the  Presidio,  a  long  and  compre- 
hensive troop  order  was  issued.  This  is  mentioned,  as  that  order, 
among  other  things,  designated  the  camp  site  of  the  troops,  as  in 
previous  years,  at  Camp  Sequoia,  on  Sequoia  Creek,  2  miles  west  of 
the  Giant  Forest.  The  outposts  were  designated  as  follows:  No.  1, 
at  Pocky  Gulch;  No.  2,  Cloughs  Cave;  No.  3,  Cold  Springs;  No.  4, 
Atwells  Mill;  No.  5,  Buck  Canyon,  and  No.  6,  General  Grant  Park. 
They  were  the  same  as  those  heretofore  occupied,  and  guarded  all 
the  main  entrances  to  the  parks.  The  outposts  were  changed  once 
a  month,  in  order  to  give  the  men  a  knowledge  of  the  country  and  to 
eliminate,  as  much  as  possible,  the  element  of  sameness  from  the  work. 

The  duty  of  the  troops  is  to  preserve  and  protect  the  trees,  plants, 
birds,  animals,  fishes,  mineral  deposits,  and  natural  curiosities,  to 
prevent  forest  fires  and  the  unauthorized  use  of  government  lands 
by  trespassers  and  by  cattle  and  sheep.  Firearms  are  permitted 
in  the  reservations  only  by  written  permission  of  the  superintendent, 
and  must  be  sealed,  except  those  of  the  troops  and  rangers.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  paid  to  seeing  that  fires  of  camping  parties  are 
completely  extinguished  when  camps  are  vacated.  Trespassers 
and  persons  who  misbehave,  or  who  fail  to  observe  the  rules  and  regu- 
lations, are  summarily  ejected  from  the  parks. 

Some  member  of  each  of  the  detachments  posted  as  above  stated 
made  a  daily  patrol  of  from  12  to  15  miles,  and  from  questioning 
tourists,  the  park  rangers,  and  making  frequent  inspections  I  am 
convinced  that  these  patrols  were  actually  and  conscientiously  per- 
formed. The  following  is  the  mileage  covered  by  the  different  out- 
post detachments  during  the  season:  General  Grant  Park,  1,128 
miles;  Buck  Canyon,  1,132  miles;  Pocky  Gulch,  1,200  miles;  Cold 
vSprings,  1,236  miles;  Atwells  Mill,  1,236  miles,  and  Cloughs  Cave, 
1,224  miles.  The  total  of  7,156  miles  covers  routine  work  and  not 
messenger  service  and  unforeseen  rides. 


SEQUOIA  AND   GENERAL  GRANT   NATIONAL  PARKS.  451 

GENERAL   CONDITIONS. 

Tourists  begin  to  come  into  the  parks  about  June  15,  subsequent 
to  the  repair  work  on  roads  and  trails.  This  gives  ample  time  for  a 
thorough  inspection  by  the  officer  in  charge  of  mail  coaches,  pleasure 
vehicles,  etc.,  used  by  Messrs.  Broder  &  Hopping  in  the  transporta- 
tion of  passengers,  under  the  provisions  of  their  contract  with  the 
department.  The  camp  site  of  Broder  &  Hopping  should  also  be 
inspected  at  this  stage  and  put  into  shape  for  incoming  visitors.  A 
like  inspection,  and  cleaning  up,  if  need  be,  should  be  made  of  all 
camping  places  along  the  Giant  Forest  road  and  prominent  trails.  It 
is  recommended  that  parties  repairing  the  roads  and  trails  next 
season  be  required,  as  they  reach  the  old  camp  sites  above  mentioned, 
to  dig  pits  and  bury  all  refuse  found,  and  at  the  same  time  post 
sanitary  notices.  A  contingent  fund  in  the  hands  of  the  acting 
superintendent,  for  the  temporary  employment  of  men  to  clean  up 
paper,  lunch  boxes,  bottles,  etc.,  of  picnicking  parties  along  roads  and 
trails,  would  greatly  improve  conditions. 

PARK  REGULATIONS. 

The  tourists  m  general  are  inclined  to  observe  the  park  rules  and 
regulations,  but  now  and  then  there  are  some  exceptions.  During  the 
present  season  there  have  been  3  ejectments — two  of  individuals  and 
one  of  a  family,  and  2  rifles  were  taken  up  for  retention  till  the  end  of 
the  season,  the  owners  having  tampered  with  the  seals.  It  is  hoped 
the  sealing  of  firearms  will  not  be  discontinued  in  these  reservations. 
The  present  practice  of  sealing  arms  and  permitting  the  owners  to 
carry  them  into  or  through  the  parks  without  other  hindrance,  as  long 
as  the  seals  are  not  tampered  with,  seems  to  work  very  satisfactorily. 

FOREST  FIRES. 

Several  fires  occurred  during  the  season,  all  small  and  doing  little 
damage,  save  one  near  the  Mount*  Whitney  Power  Company's  plant. 
This  was  outside  of  the  park  boundaries,  but  so  close  that  men  of  this 
command  were  sent  to  assist  in  fighting  it;  the  fire  lasted  four  days — 
from  July  18  to  21,  inclusive — burned  over  2,500  acres,  and  the  loss  to 
the  company  was  about  $1,000.  Damage  to  the  parks  from  forest  fires 
has  been  but  $150  since  their  creation — a  remarkable  showing. 

GAME. 

Mountain  lions,  wildcats,  wolves,  and  coyotes  are  troublesome,  and 
rangers  and  soldiers  have  orders  to  exterminate  them  wherever 
found.  Rattlesnakes,  the  wolverine,  porcupine,  skunk,  and  hawk 
should  be  added  to  the  above  list. 

Deer  are  numerous  and  very  gentle;  small  bands  of  4  and  5  (and 
once  7)  were  frequently  seen  in  camp  during  the  season.  Park 
rangers  and  old  timers  who  live  in  the  vicinity  state  that  it  takes,  on 
an  average,  2  deer  a  week  for  a  mountain  lion's  larder,  and  a  pack 
of  hounds  would  materially  assist  in  the  extermination  of  the  latter. 
Bear  are  numerous  in  Sequoia  Park,  and  their  tracks  along  the  Giant 
Forest  road — big,  little,  and  middle  sized — would  indicate  an  in- 
crease in  this  interesting  family.  Quail  are  numerous,  but  grouse 
scarce.  Squirrels,  both  of  the  gray  and  Douglas  varieties,  as  well  as 
foxes,  chipmunks,  and  woodchucks,  are  plentiful. 


452  SEQUOIA  AND  GENEKAL   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

In  1905  a  small  herd  of  elk,  16  in  number,  was  put  in  what  is  called 
the  "elk  park/'  near  the  center  of  the  Sequoia  Park,  and  are  said  to  be 
increasing.  This  inclosure  is  a  fine  grazing  tract,  and  could  easily 
support,  both  as  to  feed  and  running  area,  many  more  animals  of  the 
ruminant  tribe.  It  contains  40  square  miles,  and  varies  in  elevation 
from  1,000  to  7,000  feet,  with  ideal  climatic  conditions.  It  is  therefore 
recommended  that  Congress  be  asked  for  an  appropriation  of  $10,000 
for  the  purchase  and  installation  of  a  herd  of  buffalo.  Salt  should  be 
provided  for  deer  and  elk. 

The  park  rangers  are  deputy  game  wardens  of  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia, and  as  such  are  in  a  position  to  bring  offenders  against  the 
state  game  laws  to  justice  in  nearly  every  instance. 

FISH  AND   FISHING. 

Although  no  fish  have  been  planted  this  season  by  the  troops,  I 
understand  that  the  California  state  fish  commission  has,  upon 
requisition  of  the  Visalia  Sportsman  Club, supplied  80,000  rainbow  and 
20,000  eastern  brook  trout,  which  were  successfully  liberated  in  the 
parks  by  the  rangers.  There  are  myriads  of  tiny  trout  in  several  of  the 
streams,  largely  due  to  the  number  planted  by  my  predecessor,  Capt. 
Kirby  Walker,  last  year,  and  fishing  is  excellent.  It  is  particularly 
good  around  Hocketts  Meadow,  Quinn's  Horse  camp  and  Cabin 
Meadow  country;  five  gentlemen  and  one  lady  personally  known  to 
me  caught,  on  August  20,  22,  and  24,  a  total  of  242  trout,  some  of 
which  were  14  inches  long  and  the  majority  about  10  inches. 

DRIVING  LIVE   STOCK  THROUGH  PARKS. 

During  the  present  season  two  herds  of  cattle  have,  with  permission 
of  the  acting  superintendent,  passed  through  the  Sequoia  Park,  and 
none  through  General  Grant  Park.  The  first  herd  passed  over  the 
Mineral  King  road  from  west  to  east  July  6  and  7 ;  the  second,  early  in 
September,  passed  through  the  southeastern  township  from  east  to 
west.     No  sheep  have  been  in  the  reservations  this  year. 

BIG   TREES   AND   OTHER  NATURAL  FEATURES. 

The  big  trees  rank  first  among  the  natural  features  of  the  parks; 
they  are  found  only  in  the  south  central  portion  of  California,  and 
grow  in  a  peculiar  red  soil  at  an  altitude  of  from  5,000  to  7,500  feet, 
varying  in  size,  according  to  age,  from  saplings  to  trees  with  a  dia- 
meter of  36  feet,  and  sometimes  300  feet  in  height.  They  are  fitted  by 
nature  for  almost  everlasting  life  and  are  remarkably  tenacious  of 
existence;  many  may  be  seen  burned  almost  through  at  the  base  and 
still  flourishing  at  the  top. 

The  " General  Sherman"  tree,  in  Sequoia  National  Park,  has  the 
reputation  of  being  the  largest  tree  in  the  world ;  the  second  in  size  be- 
ing the  " General  Grant"  tree,  34  feet  in  diameter  and  107  feet  in 
circumference.  I  have  seen  10  groves  of  sequoias,  of  which  7  are  in 
these  reservations.  The  Giant  Forest  grove  contains  a  half  million  of 
trees,  of  which  5,000  or  more  are  over  15  feet  in  diameter.  The  next 
grove,  in  order  of  importance,  is  the  one  on  the  South  Fork  of  the 
Kawoah  River,  the  third  at  Atwell's  Mill.  Other  groves  are  somewhat 
smaller. 


SEQUOIA   AND   GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL   PARKS. 


453 


There  are  many  interesting  mountain  peaks,  the  most  popular  and 
accessible  crag  being  Moro  Kock.  A  trail  this  year  completed  to  Twin 
Lakes  has  opened  up  travel  to  many  beautiful  lakes;  Twin  Lakes  are 
9,200  feet  above  sea  level,  with  areas  of  20  and  3  acres.  Lake  Evelyn 
has  an  elevation  of  10,000  feet  and  Hockett's  Lake  8,500  feet.  I 
recommend  the  extension  of  the  boundaries  of  the  parks  by  Congress 
to  include  Sequoia  Lake,  just  outside  of  General  Grant  Park,  and 
picturesque  mountain  peaks  and  waterfalls  surrounding  Sequoia 
Park.  Farewell  Gap  is  a  typical  pass,  at  an  elevation  of  10,000  feet. 
On  August  28  the  writer  and  a  detachment  went  through  10  feet  of 
snow  at  this  pass.  The  meadows,  which  are  numerous  and  extensive, 
are  considered  ideal  as  camping  spots,  although  they  are  little  used  at 
the  present  time. 

The  caves  in  order  of  importance  are  Paradise,  dough's,  Marble, 
and  Palmer's,  all  in  the  limestone  belt  of  Sequoia  Park.  Paradise 
Cave  was  discovered  in  1901,  and  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of  access 
(by  a  long,  tortuous,  steep  and  makeshift  road  and  trail),  much  ex- 
ploration has  yet  to  be  undertaken.  It  is  very  large  and  has  great 
possibilities  for  development.  Money  should  be  furnished  next 
season  for  the  development  of  this  cave,  for  making  a  proper  road  and 
trail  to  it,  and  for  an  iron  gate  to  keep  out  vandals,  who  are  already 
working  on  its  stalactites,  stalagmites,  and  other  beautiful  features. 
Clough's  Cave  is  readily  accessible  to  the  public,  and  has  been  visited 
by  a  number  of  persons  the  past  season.  Vandals  are  also  at  work 
here,  and  an  iron  gate  is  required. 

In  the  following  table  are  given  the  principal  points  of  interest, 
including  distances,  directions,  and  manner  of  reaching  from  the 
Giant  Forest: 


Showing  points  of  interest  in  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  national  parks. 


Name. 

Dis- 
tance. 

Direc- 
tion. 

Road  or 
trail. 

Alti- 
tude. 

Best 
means  of 
reaching. 

Remarks. 

Miles. 

Feet. 

Camp  Sequoia 

2 

SW. 

Road 

5,500 

Horse    or 

Camp  of  United  States  troops. 

Moro  Rock 

2 

SE. 

...do 

0,710 

WtlgOD. 

...do 

Magnificent  view. 

Crescent  Meadow. . . 

1| 

SE. 

Trail 

6,500 

Horse 

Pretty  mountain  meadow;  good  camp- 
ing place. 
Huge  log  once  used  as  hunter's  cabin, 

Log  Meadow 

u 

SE. 

...do 

7,1113 

...do 

also  chimney  tree;  good  camping 
place. 
Huge  hollow  fallen  log,  174  feet  long, 

Circle  Meadow 

1 

E. 

...do 

6,700 

...do 

which  can  be  walked  through,  also 

Wolverton's  house  tree;  good  camp- 
ing place. 

Pretty  mountain  meadow;  good  camp- 
ing place. 

Largest  tree  in  the  world,  118  feet  in 

Long  Meadow 

3 

NE. 

...do 

8,000 

...do 

Sherman  Tree 

2 

NE. 

...do 

7,210 

...do 

circumference  and  36  feet  in  diam- 

eter. 2S0  feet  high. 

Admiration  Point. . 

8 

W. 

Road  and 
trail. 

4,600 

...do 

Beautiful    scenery.     Precipitous  clin*. 
2, 029  feet,  can  be  looked  over. 

Marble       Fork 

4 

\Y. 

Road 

5,000 

Wagon 

Fine  mountain    stream    and    bridge. 

Bridge. 

Good  place  for  picnicking  and  bath- 
ing; fair  fishing;  good  camping  place. 

Marble  Fork  (Twin 

6 

NE. 

Trail 

6,719 

Trail 

Beautiful    scenery.     Good    place    for 

Lakes   Trail 

picnicking;  fair  fishing;  good  camp- 

Crossing). 

ing  place. 
Bowlder  and  log  cabin  used   by  old 

Wolverton's  Cabin. 

8 

NE. 

...do 

7,500 

Horse 

trapper  and  hunter  named  Wolver- 

ton  prior  to  creation  of  park  1  y  Con- 

gress;  fair    fishing;    good   cainping 

plaoe. 

454  SEQUOIA  AND   GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

Showing  points  of  interest  in  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  national  parks — Continued. 


Name. 


Dis- 
tance. 


Direc- 
tion. 


Road  or 
trail. 


Alti- 
tude. 


Best 
means  of 
reaching. 


Remarks. 


Cahoon  Meadow 

Twin  Lakes 

Alta  Peak 

Alta  Meadow 

Buck  Canyon 

Halstead  Meadow.. 


Dorst  Creek. 
Stony  Creek. 


Bear  Trap  Meadow. 


General    Grant 
Park. 


Paradise  Cave 

Oriole  Lake 

Clough'sCave 

Hookett's  Meadow . 
Lake  Evelyn 


Miles, 

10 


10 


Cabin  Meadow. 


Quinn's     Horse 
Camp. 


Elk  Park 

Hospital  Rock 
Atwell'sMill.. 


NE. 
NE. 


Trail. 
..do.. 


Feet. 
8,200 


9,000 


E.       ...do 11,211 


E. 
SE. 


...do 9,000 

...do 4,200 


NW.    ...do :  8,400 


NW. 
NW. 

NW. 

NW. 

sw. 
s. 
s. 

SE. 

SE. 
SE. 
SE. 


SE. 


.do... 

.do... 


Road  and 
trail. 


..do 


..do. 


Trail. 


...do 


.do. 


..do. 


...do 


Trail. 


Horse. 

...do... 


6,500 
6,500 

7,000 
6,600 

5,800 
5,700 
4,300 

5,500 
8,000 


Horse  and 
foot. 


Horse. 
...do... 


Road  and    8, 750 
trail. 


,500 


2,000 


3,000 


6,500 


..do 

..do 

..do 

..do 

..do 

Horse    or 
wagon. 

..do 

Horse 


..do 


..do 


.do 


.do 


..do 


..do 


..do 


Fine  mountain  meadow.  Excellent 
place  for  outing,  as  wood,  grass,  etc., 
is  abundant;  good  camping  place. 

Deep  mountain  lake  situated  in  gran- 
ite pocket;  one  of  the  most  interest- 
ing and  beautiful  sights  in  Sequoia 
Park;  good  camping  place. 

From  this  peak  a  better  panoramic 
view  may  be  obtained  of  the  terrain 
of  the  Sequoia  Park  than  from  any 
other  height. 

Fine  scenery  and  good  picnic  ground; 
good  camping  place. 

Deep  mountain  gorge— a  fit  place  for 
mountaineers  only  to  visit,  as  it  is 
in  extremely  rough  country. 

Fine  mountain  meadow.  Good  place 
for  outing.  Is  on  the  route  between 
Giant  Forest  road  and  General 
Grant  Park;  fair  fishing;  good  camp- 
ing place. 

Fine  mountain  stream,  3  miies  from 
magnificent  Sequoia  grove;  good 
camping  place. 

Pretty  mountain  stream,  with  good, 
though  small,  grazing  meadows  in 
vicinity;  good  fishing;  good  camping 
place. 

Fine  meadow  named  from  old  log  bear 
trap,  which  is  still  standing;  good 
fishing;  good  camping  place. 

Contains  the  General  Grant  tree,  one 
of  the  largest  in  the  world,  also  the 
Fallen  Monarch  and  others  of  inter- 
est; good  camping  place. 

Large  cave  not  yet  fully  explored. 
Contains  many  features  full  of  inter- 
est, and  very  beautiful. 

Small,  deep  mountain  lake  surrounded 
by  beautiful  forest;  fair  fishing;  good 
camping  place. 

Interesting  cave  near  camp  of  detach- 

.  ment  of  United  States  troops.  Fine 
large  spring  of  water  at  the  camp; 
fair  fishing;  good  camping  place. 

Fine  mountain  meadow,  headquar- 
ters of  park  ranger.  Hockett's  Lake, 
Sand  Meadow,  and  Mitchell's 
Meadow  in  immediate  vicinity;  ex- 
cellent fishing;  good  camping  place. 

Deep  mountain  lake,  3  miles  from 
Hockett's  Meadow.  Contains  some 
very  large  trout;  fair  fishing;  good 
camping  place. 

Beautiful  meadow,  halfway  between 
Hockett's  Meadow  and  Quinn's 
Horse  Camp;  excellent  fishing;  good 
camping  place. 

Headquarters  of  park  ranger.  Fine 
soda  springs  1  mile  from  cabin. 
Lemonade  of  water  from  these 
springs  tastes  as  though  made  of 
Apollinaris  water;  excellent  fish- 
ing; good  camping  place. 

Section  of  Sequoia  Park  set  aside  for 
herd  of  elk,  where  these  animals 
wander  about  undisturbed;  excel- 
lent fishing;  good  camping  place. 

Huge  rock  supposed  to  have  been  oc- 
cupied by  a  prehistoric  race.  Nu- 
merous hieroglyphics  painted  on  it; 
good  fishing;  good  camping  place. 

Small  settlement  and  mill  near  camp 
of  detachment  of  United  States 
troops.  Some  huge  Sequoia  stumps 
may  be  seen  here  where  trees  were 
cut  prior  to  creation  of  park;  fair  fish- 
ing; good  camping  place. 


SEQUOIA  AND   GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL   PARKS.  455 

PATENTED   LANDS. 

The  question  of  the  Government's  acquiring  all  private  holdings  in 
these  parks  to  avoid  troublesome  questions  of  administration,  which 
now  arise  frequently  through  the  presence  of  this  class  of  lands  and 
as  a  means  of  protecting  the  big  trees  which  may  be  located  thereon, 
I  notice  from  former  reports  has  received  the  attention  of  the  Depart- 
ment year  after  year.  II.  R.  bill  11777  and  Senate  bill  7257,  Sixtieth 
Congress,  first  session,  brought  the  subject  before  Congress  in  substan- 
tially the  same  manner  as  in  previous  years,  to  provide  a  means  of 
acquiring  title  and  making  appropriation  to  carry  the  same  into  effect, 
but  the  bills  are  still  pending,  although  favorable  reports  have  been 
made  thereon  several  successive  years  by  the  department  and  the 
Public  Lands  Committee  in  one  branch  of  Congress. 

In  the  Sequoia  National  Park  there  are  3,716.96  acres  of  patented 
land,  valued  in  1903  at  $70,734,  and  in  the  General  Grant  Park  160 
acres,  valued  at  $1,100.  There  is  always  the  possibility  of  a  strong 
corporation  securing  rights  on  these  lands  and  seriously  embarrassing 
the  Government  in  its  administration  of  the  parks. 

HEADQUARTERS    CAMP. 

With  respect  to  a  camping  place  for  the  troop  doing  duty  in  the 

Earks,  my  choice  would  not  be  Camp  Sequoia,  although  this  camp 
as  been  occupied  the  entire  season.  Never  having  been  in  Sequoia 
Park  before,  the  main  camp  was  naturally  selected  in  accordance 
with  the  ideas  of  my  predecessors,  and  after  selection  it  was  not  prac- 
ticable to  break  up  and  move.  The  following  reasons  may  be  stated 
as  to  the  advantages  of  Marble  Fork  over  Sequoia  Creek  as  a  camp 
site:  First,  water  supply  never  failing  and  bathing  facilities  good;  at 
Camp  Sequoia  the  water  was  very  low  this  season,  the  stream  used 
by  officers  dried  up,  and  bathing  facilities  limited.  Second,  the  water 
at  Marble  Fork  and  the  small  streams  flowing  into  it  at  bridge  come 
from  high  up  in  the  mountains,  running  over  huge  rocks  and  bowlders, 
and  is  quite  cold  and  pure;  that  at  the  present  camp  runs,  in  some 

E laces,  through  decaying  vegetation,  and  is  not  as  pure  as  it  should 
e.  Third,  the  terrain  in  the  vicinity  of  the  proposed  camp  is  of  such 
a  nature  as  to  prevent  camping  parties  from  getting  above  it  on  either 
of  the  streams, -which  is  not  the  case  at  Camp  Sequoia.  Fourth,  the 
proposed  site  would  cut  the  hauling  distance  of  supplies  by  2  miles. 
Fifth,  the  latter  is  more  open  and  exposed  to  the  sunlight.  Sixth, 
the  character  of  the  soil  is  such  as  to  do  away  with  the  great  amount 
of  dust  which  now  prevails  at  Camp  Sequoia. 

MILITARY  POST. 

For  the  sake  of  health,  economy,  administrative  purposes,  and 
comfort,  neat,  inexpensive  frame  buildings  (log-cabin  style  would  be 
better,  as  the  material  could  be  cut  close  at  hand)  should  be  built  for 
the  troops  on  the  Marble  Fork  of  the  Kaweah  River,  at  the  point 
which  I  have  favored  for  the  new  headquarters  camp.  These  build- 
ings should  include  quarters  for  officers  and  men,  latrines,  stables 
(sheds)  for  troop  and  quartermasters  stock,  storehouses,  bath 
houses,  and  administration,  bakery,  and  post-exchange  buildings. 


456  SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

Although  a  storehouse  and  incinerator  were  put  up  this  year  at 
Camp  Sequoia,  the  location  is  not  the  choice  of  the  writer.  The 
authority  for  their  erection  at  the  present  site  had  been  obtained 
theretofore,  and  as  they  were  necessary  and  the  advantages  of  the  pro- 
posed headquarters  camp  on  the  Marble  Fork  were  not  then  so  appar- 
ent, no  objection  was  made  at  the  time.  The  view  was  also  taken 
that  such  structures  could  later  be  moved  without  any  great  expense. 

POST-OFFICE. 

At  the  present  time  there  is  a  post-ofhce  established  at  Broder  & 
Hopping's  camp  during  the  summer  months.  For  the  convenience 
of  the  government  (Interior  and  War  Departments),  troops  on  duty, 
employees,  and  tourists  in  the  park,  it  is  thought  the  post-office 
should  be  moved  to  the  troop  headquarters  and  made  a  money-order 
office,  so  that  public  business  could  be  expedited  at  all  times. 

ACCOMMODATIONS. 

There  are  no  hotels  in  either  park.  In  Sequoia  National  Park  the 
firm  of  Broder  &  Hopping  maintains,  under  contract  with  the  de- 

{)artment,  a  transportation  and  permanent  camp  service.  The  estab- 
ishment  is,  in  my  opinion,  very  remote  from  first  class.  I  believe 
the  members  of  the  firm  are  thoroughly  honest  and  good  people,  but 
they  do  not  seem  to  understand  the  proper  running  of  a  concern  like 
a  summer  or  mountain  resort,  as  this  is.  They  have  a  few  cheap  tents, 
a  cook  house,  and  dining  cabin,  and  a  small  store,  the  group  being 
called  "Camp  Sierra."  A  good  many  people  from  the  country  and 
the  small  towns  of  the  San  Joaquin  Valley  camp,  on  their  own  account, 
all  about  Camp  Sierra,  and  make  the  sanitary  conditions  very  bad. 
It  must  be  understood  that  the  establishment  of  Broder  &  Hopping 
is  on  patented  land,  the  owner  of  which  is  not  in  sympathy  with  the 
rules  and  regulations  of  the  Interior  Department,  thus  making  en- 
forcement of  sanitary  rules  difficult  and  embarrassing. 

The  magnificence  of  the  Giant  Forest,  and  the  grandeur  of  the 
parks  in  general,  makes  it  imperative  that  a  hotel  of  the  first  class 
should  be  established  at  or  near  the  place  now  occupied  by  Broder  & 
Hopping. 

TOURISTS. 

Broder  &  Hopping  this  year  carried  through  the  Sequoia  National 
Park  318  tourists;  besides  these,  they  accommodated  at  Camp  Sierra 
224;  300  more  came  in  their  own  conveyances  and  camped  in  the 
Giant  Forest  independently  of  Broder  &  Hopping's  establishment. 
The  above  total,  842,  visited  the  big  trees  this  season,  and  409  visited 
other  points  in  the  park;  grand  total  for  Sequoia  National  Park,  1,251. 
Ranger  L.  L.  Davis  reports  1,773  persons  as  having  visited  the  Gen- 
eral Grant  National  Park  during  the  season.  These  figures  for  the 
two  parks  compare  favorably  with  the  totals  for  1907,  which  were  900 
and  1,100,  respectively. 


ROADS   AND   TRAILS. 


The  Giant  Forest  and  Mineral  King  roads  admit  of  improvement 

by  widening  throughout,  or  at  stated  distances,  for  the  safe  passing 

teams,    and   some   treatment  for   minimizing  the   dust.     If   the 


y 


ANN.     REPT.     DEPT.     OF    INTERIOR,    M 


A.  ATWELL'S  MILL  ON   PATENTED   LAND,   SEQUOIA  PARK. 


B.  MARBLE  FORK  BRIDGE  ON   GIANT  FOREST  ROAD. 


ANN.     REPT.     DEPT.     OF    INTERIOR, 


BUENA  VISTA   POINT,    GIANT   FOREST   ROAD. 


SEQUOIA  AND   GENERAL   GRANT   NATIONAL   PARKS.  457 

widening  is  found  impracticable,  a  system  of  colored  streamers 
should  be  devised  for  the  purpose  of  signaling  teams  at  dangerous 
curves  and  grades,  which  arrangement  would  of  course  involve 
careful  observance  of  instructions  by  all  travelers.  Dust  on  the 
mountain  thoroughfares  is  something  frightful,  and  I  believe  that  the 
use  of  oil  thereon,  as  in  other  parts  of  California,  would  be  a  great 
improvement. 

In  the  spring  of  1908  existing  trails  were  improved,  at  a  cost  of 
$2,300,  to  make  them  ready  for  the  tourist  travel.  The  trail  mileage 
completed  this  season  in  Sequoia  National  Park  and  the  cost  thereof 
were  as  follows:  Twin  Lakes  trail,  2  miles,  81,199;  Buck Canvon trail, 
8J  miles,  $2,511.43;  Cold  Springs  trail,  3|  miles.  $1,783.35;  Marble 
Falls  trail,  three-fourths  of  a  mile,  $301.24.  A  little  over  a  mile  of 
new  road  was  constructed  in  General  Grant  Park,  extending  from 
headquarters  camp  via  Hound  Meadows,  in  the  northeastern  portion, 
at  a  total  cost  of  $949.41.  Trails  in  the  park  are  good,  but  those  in 
the  surrounding  forest  reserve  not  so  good. 

It  is  recommended  that  extension  work  on  roads  and  trails  be  com- 
menced in  the  spring  of  each  year,  rather  than  in  July  or  August. as 
this  is  the  time  when  the  ground  is  in  the  best  condition  for  working. 
Road  and  trail  work  should  be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the 
chief  ranger,  Mr.  Walter  Fiy,  as  he  is  in  the  park  permanently, 
whereas  the  army  officer  who  is  acting  superintendent  for  the  season 
is  there  only  a  few  months.  Mr.  Fry  understands  the  work  and  is 
competent  in  every  respect. 

TELEPHONE  LINES. 

The  telephone  system  is  not  complete,  and  considerable  construc- 
tion work  is  still  to  be  done,  but  the  present  facilities  have  greatly 
aided  in  securing  quick  information  as  to  forest  fires  in  and  about  the 
parks.  A  line  is  needed  to  connect  the  Sequoia  headquarters  camp 
with  General  Grant  Park  and  the  outposts  at  Cold  Springs.  At  wells 
Mill,  and  Buck  Canyon.  It  was  planned  this  season  to  bring  the  out- 
ysts  named  within  the  system,  but  as  there  have  been  several  tires  in 
another  section  the  acting  superintendent  decided  to  run  the  line 
from  Three  Rivers  to  Quinns  Horsecamp,  via  Cloughs  Cave  and  the 
ranger's  cabin  at  Hocketts  Meadow.  At  the  end  of  the  season 
miles  had  been  completed  and  added  to  the  line,  at  an  approximate 
cost  of  $3,418.75,  and  communication  established  with  Hocketts 
Meadow. 

PARK   RANGERS. 

The  park  rangers,  Messrs.  Walter  Fry.  C.  W.  Blossom.  H.  T. 
Britten,  and  L.  L.  Davis,  are  intelligent,  loyal,  and  faithful  men, 
performing  well  the  duties  required  of  them.  They  have  been 
serving  the  Government  for  some  years,  and.  in  my  opinion,  should 
receive  increased  compensation.  When  the  pay  rate  was  estahlis 
travel  to  these  parks  was  less  and  the  duties  of  rangers  n< 
important  as  at  the  present  time. 

The  qualifications  required  of  an  applicant  for  this  class  of  posit 
are  somewhat  as  follows:  That  he  must  be  an  experienced  moun- 
taineer and  woodsman,  familiar  with  camp  life,  a  good  horseman  and 
packer,  capable  of  dealing  with  all  classes  of  people;  should  know  the 


458  SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

history  of  the  parks  and  their  topograpgy,  something  of  forestry, 
zoology,  and  ornithology,  and  be  capable  of  handling  laboring  parties 
on  road,  trail,  telephone,  bridge,  and  building  construction.  These 
men,  in  the  performance  of  their  duties,  travel  on  horseback  from 
3,000  to  6,000  miles  a  year,  must  face  dangers,  exposure,  and  the  risk 
of  being  sworn  into  the  penitentiary  through  the  evil  designs  of 
others. 

Mr.  Fry,  the  chief  ranger,  who  is  also  in  charge  of  the  parks  most 
of  the  year,  uses  a  typewriter,  and  does  considerable  clerical  work  for 
the  Interior  Department.  Expenses  of  living  are  increasing,  and 
men  with  similar  qualifications  in  the  Forest  Service  receive  much 
higher  compensation. 

The  cabins  occupied  by  the  rangers  require  painting  outside,  and 
should  be  made  more  homelike  and  comfortable  inside.  The  erection 
of  a  stable  or  barn  for  each  ranger  would  also  be  an  improvement, 
and  it  is  recommended  that  4  or  5  acres  of  meadow  land  be  fenced 
around  cabins  as  pastures  for  their  horses. 

ACTING   SUPERINTENDENT. 

The  acting  superintendent  has  ample  work  to  perform  in  the  way 
of  administration  and  the  enforcement  of  the  rules  and  regulations, 
which  could  be  made  a  little  more  forceful  than  at  present,  and  the 
supervision  of  road,  trail,  and  other  improvement  work  can  very 
properly  be  delegated  to  the  chief  ranger,  who  has  charge  of  such 
work  when  the  troops  are  not  in  the  parks.  The  latter,  of  course, 
should  be  accountable  to  the  officer  in  charge  during  the  tourist 
months.  As  a  matter  of  information,  it  may  be  stated  that  the 
writer  traveled  a  distance  of  800  miles  during  the  period  of  eighty 
days  spent  in  the  reservations.  A  clerk  for  the  acting  superintendent 
is  required  to  properly  handle  the  business  of  the  office.  A  capable 
sergeant  of  my  troop  performed  this  work  during  the  past  season  and 
was  allowed  pay  by  the  department  upon  my  recommendation. 

MOUNT  WHITNEY  POWER  COMPANY. 

The  Mount  Whitney  Power  Company  was  granted  a  right  of  way, 
by  contract  with  the  department  dated  February  25,  1907,  for  the 
construction  of  flumes,  ditches,  etc.,  in  the  Sequoia  National  Park, 
to  divert  water  from  the  middle  fork  of  the  Kaweah  River,  and  convey 
it  to  a  power  house  outside  the  reservation,  for  the  purpose  of  generat- 
ing electrical  power  for  commercial  purposes,  in  accordance  with 
approved  maps  and  field  notes,  a  rental  of  2 J  per  cent  of  the  gross 
receipts  to  be  exacted  after  the  plant  is  completed  and  put  in  opera- 
tion. The  company,  as  part  compensation,  offered  to  build  a  $25,000 
wagon  road  along  the  said  right  of  way,  and  the  portion  heretofore 
constructed  is  good,  although  the  work  is  progressing  very  slowly. 

SANITATION. 

This  was  one  of  the  most  important  subjects  that  came  to  light 
this  season,  and  the  matter  was  at  once  taken  up  with  the  depart- 
ment. It  was  found  that  the  two  principal  points  frequented  by 
tourists,  Camp  Sierra  in  the  Giant  Forest  and  the  camp  site  at  Gen- 
eral Grant  Park,  were  not  only  insanitary,  but,  on  account  of  refuse 
lying  about,  most  unpleasing  to  the  eye. 


SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL  GRANT   NATIONAL  PARKS.  459 

Doctor  Lincoln,  the  surgeon  at  headquarters,  was  ordered  to  make 
a  sanitary  inspection  of  these  camps  and  report.  These  reports 
were  forwarded  to  the  department,  and  by  order  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior  a  set  of  rules  was  formulated  and  issued  by  the  acting 
superintendent.  The  sanitary  rules  formulated  and  posted  at 
appropriate  places  were  as  follows: 

CAMP   SITES. 

In  selecting  a  camping  ground  it  should  be  at  a  sufficient  distance  from  the  water 
source,  stream,  or  spring  not  to  be  objectionable  to  those  who  may  wish  to  camp  in 
the  neighborhood  and  use  the  same  water  source  at  the  same  time. 

DISPOSAL    OF    KITCHEN    REFUSE    AND    OTHER    WASTE. 

Kitchen  refuse,  cans,  vegetable  parings,  and  tops,  bones,  soiled  and  cast-off  wearing 
apparel,  boxes,  paper,  etc.,  should  be  buried  or  burned. 

A  pit  at  least  3  feet  deep  and  of  sufficient  size  to  accommodate  all  such  waste 
material  must  be  dug  and  the  daily  quantity  of  material  kept  covered  with  earth  in 
order  that  flies  and  an  odor  may  not  be  present.  The  pit  must  be  covered  with  earth 
to  the  surface  level  on  the  abandonment  of  the  camping  ground. 

WATER   SOURCE. 

The  washing  of  linen,  bathing,  or  the  casting  of  any  objectionable  material,  such 
as  cans,  linen,  soap,  vegetables,  or  fruit  coverings,  etc.,  into  a  sp>ring  or  water  source 
or  about  its  margins,  which  is  used  either  in  the  immediate  vicinity  or  below  for 
human  consumption,  as  well  as  the  watering  of  animals  above  any  camping  site,  is 
strictly  prohibited. 

ANIMALS. 

All  animals  should  be  kept  a  sufficient  distance  from  camping  grounds  not  to  litter 
the  ground  and  make  unfit  for  use  the  area  which  may  be  later  used  as  tent  sites. 
Animals  should  not  be  tethered  near  to  or  in  the  bed  of  any  stream  or  spring,  whether 
the  same  is  running  or  dry.  All  animals  must  be  watered  below  all  camps  adjacent 
to  such  stream  or  spring.  Dogs  must  be  kept  tied  and  not  allowed  to  swim  in  or  other- 
wise soil  the  stream  along  which  campers  may  be  living.  The  placing  of  animal 
refuse  or  manure  on  camping  or  possible  camping  sites  adjacent  to  streams  or  springs, 
or  their  dry  runs,  or  on  roads,  is  strictly  forbidden.  Dead  animals  must  be  buried 
at  least  one-fourth  of  a  mile  from  the  camping  sites  and  at  a  sufficient  depth  not  to  be 
uncovered  by  bears  and  other  animals. 

LATRINES,  SINKS,  PRIVIES. 

It  is  forbidden  for  anyone  to  soil  or  in  any  way  write  upon  or  mutilate  any  of  the 
structures  erected  for  public  convenience.  In  places  where  such  structures  are  not 
provided  campers  must  make  pits  or  sinks,  in  size  2  feet  by  3  feet  by  3  feet  deep 
(larger  and  deeper  if  the  number  of  individuals  requires)  and  keep  same  covered 
daily  with  dry  earth  to  prevent  odor  and  presence  of  flies.  These  sinks  must  be  well 
outside  of  individual  and  camp  sites  and  a  considerable  distance  from  streams  and 
springs,  and  on  abandonment  of  the  camp  must  be  covered  entirely  with  earth  to  at 
least  the  level  of  the  surrounding  surface. 

ABANDONMENT   OF   CAMP. 

On  abandoning  a  camp  all  pits  must  be  filled  and  all  camp  and  kitchen  refuse  as 
mentioned  above  buried  or  burned  and  the  ground  left  free  from  all  objectionable 
material  to  the  end  that  the  site  may  be  suitable  for  future  pleasure  seekers. 

Troopers  and  rangers  are  instructed  to  see  that  these  rules  are  strictly  enforced. 

ESTIMATES   FOR  FISCAL  YEAR   1910. 

SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK. 

Salaries  of  3  park  rangers,  $4,000;  construction  of  40  miles  of 
additional  wagon  road  (at  $4,000  per  mile),  $160,000;  widening  21 
miles  of  Giant  Forest  road  to  18  feet  (19  miles  at  $900  and  2  miles 
at  $3,000),   and  providing   drainage   culverts  (19   miles   at   S200), 


460  SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

$26,900;  construction  of  90  additional  miles  of  trail  (at  $325  per 
mile)  and  improvements  to  existing  trails,  $31,250;  telephone  line, 
40  additional  miles  (at  $150  per  mile),  $6,000;  miscellaneous, 
$6,050;  total,  $234,200. 

GENERAL  GRANT  NATIONAL  PARK. 

Salary  of  1  park  ranger,  $1,200;  road  construction,  $1,250;  water 
supply  to  campers'  sites,  $1,500;  sanitary  improvements,  $700;  for 
reforestation,  $500;  miscellaneous,  $1,350;  total,  $6,500. 

CONCLUSION. 

My  duty  would  not  be  properly  performed  if  I  did  not  thank  the 
men  of  my  troop,  the  park  rangers,  the  foremen  of  road  and  trail 
working  parties,  and  others  in  the  vicinity  of  Three  Rivers,  for  their 
cordial  and  spontaneous  aid  in  connection  with  the  park  administra- 
tion. Especially  are  thanks  due  First  Lieut.  H.  F.  Lincoln,  Medical 
Reserve  Corps,  for  his  valuable  assistance  in  sanitary  measures;  Mr. 
Walter  Fry,  chief  park  ranger,  for  his  unselfishness  and  extreme 
loyalty  in  all  cases;  and  to  Sergt.  C.  O.  McKinney,  Troop  G,  who,  as 
clerk  in  the  office  of  the  acting  superintendent,  labored  intelligently 
and  faithfully  during  the  season. 

Very  respectfully,  C.  C.  Smith, 

Captain,  Fourteenth  Cavalry, 

Acting  Superintendent  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  National  Parks. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


RULES   AND   REGULATIONS. 

SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK. 
General  Regulations  of  March  30,  1907. 

1.  By  act  of  Congress,  approved  September  25,  1890,  the  tract  of 
land  in  the  State  of  California  described  in  township  18  south  and 
ranges  30  and  31  east,  and  also  sections  31,  32,  33,  and  34,  in  town- 
ship 17  south  and  range  30  east,  and  by  act  of  Congress,  approved 
October  1,  1890,  the  adjoining  tract  described  as  townships  15  and 
16  south,  ranges  29  and  30  east,  and  also  township  17  south,  range 
30  east,  except  above-mentioned  sections  31,  32,  33,  and  34,  have 
been  set  apart  for  a  public  park,  and  the  same  shall  be  known  as  the 
1 '  Sequoia  National  Park. ' ' 

2.  The  park  by  said  act  is  placed  under  the  exclusive  control  of 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  and  these  rules  and  regulations  are 
made  and  published  in  pursuance  of  the  duty  imposed  on  him  in 
regard  thereto. 

3.  It  is  forbidden  to  injure  or  disturb  in  any  manner,  any  of  the 
mineral  deposits,  natural  curiosities,  or  wonders,  on  the  Government 
lands  within  the  park. 

4.  It  is  forbidden  to  cut  or  injure  any  timber  growing  on  the  park 
lands.  Camping  parties  will  be  allowed  to  use  dead  or  fallen  timber 
for  fuel. 

5.  Fires  shall  be  lighted  only  when  necessary  and  completely 
extinguished  when  not  longer  required.  The  utmost  care  must  be 
exercised  at  all  times  to  avoid  setting  fire  to  the  timber  and  grass. 

6.  Hunting  or  killing,  wounding  or  capturing  any  bird  or  wild 
animal  on  the  park  lands,  except  dangerous  animals  when  necessary 
to  prevent  them  from  destroying  life  or  inflicting  an  injury,  is  pro- 
hibited. The  outfits,  including  guns,  traps,  teams,  horses,  or  means 
of  transportation  used  by  persons  engaged  in  hunting,  killing,  trap- 
ping, ensnaring,  or  capturing  such  birds  or  wild  animals,  or  in  posses- 
sion of  game  killed  on  the  park  lands  under  other  circumstances  than 
prescribed  above,  will  be  taken  up  by  the  superintendent  and  held 
subject  to  order  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  except  in  cases 
where  it  is  shown  by  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  outfit  is  not  the 
property  of  the  person,  or  persons,  violating  this  regulation  and  the 
actual  owner  thereof  was  not  a  party  to  such  violation.  Firearms 
will  only  be  permitted  in  the  park  on  written  permission  from  the 
superintendent  thereof. 

7.  Fishing  with  nets,  seines,  traps,  or  by  the  use  of  drugs  or  explo- 
sives, or  in  any  other  way  than  with  hook  and  line,  is  prohibited. 
Fishing  for  purposes  of  merchandise  or  profit  is  forbidden.  Fishing 
may  be  prohibited  by  order  of  the  superintendent  of  the  park  in  any 
of  the  waters  of  the  park,  or  limited  therein  to  any  specified  season 
of  the  year,  until  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

461 


462  SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL   GRANT    NATIONAL  PARKS. 

8.  No  person  will  be  permitted  to  reside  permanently,  or  to  engage 
in  any  business  on  the  Government  lands  in  the  park  without  per- 
mission, in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  The  super- 
intendent may  grant  authority  to  competent  persons  to  act  as  guides 
and  revoke  the  same  in  his  discretion,  and  no  pack  trains  shall  be 
allowed  in  the  park  unless  in  charge  of  a  duly  registered  guide. 

9.  Owners  of  patented  lands  within  the  park  limits  are  entitled 
to  the  full  use  and  enjoyment  thereof;  such  lands,  however,  shall 
have  the  metes  and  bounds  thereof  so  marked  and  defined  as  that 
they  may  be  readily  distinguished-  from  the  park  lands.  Stock  may 
be  taken  over  the  park  lands  to  patented  lands  with  the  written  per- 
mission and  under  the  supervision  of  the  superintendent. 

10.  The  herding  or  grazing  of  loose  stock  or  cattle  of  any  kind  on 
the  Government  lands  in  the  park,  as  well  as  the  driving  of  such  stock 
or  cattle  over  the  same,  is  strictly  forbidden,  except  in  such  cases 
where  authority  therefor  is  granted  by  the  superintendent. 

11.  The  sale  or  use  of  intoxicating  liquors  on  the  Government 
lands  in  the  park  is  strictly  forbidden. 

12.  Private  notices  or  advertisements  shall  not  be  posted  or  dis- 
played on  the  Government  lands  within  the  reservation,  except  such 
as  may  be  necessary  for  the  convenience  and  guidance  of  the  public. 

13.  Persons  who  render  themselves  obnoxious  by  disorderly  con- 
duct or  bad  behavior,  or  who  may  violate  any  of  the  foregoing  rules 
may  be  summarily  removed  from  the  park  and  will  not  be  allowed 
to  return  without  permission,  in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior  or  the  superintendent  of  the  park. 

14.  The  superintendent  designated  by  the  Secretary  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  remove  all  trespassers  from  the  Govern- 
ment lands  in  the  park  and  enforce  these  rules  and  regulations  and 
all  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  aforesaid. 


Regulations  of  March  30,  1907,  Governing  the  Impounding  and  Disposition  of 

Loose  Live  Stock. 

Horses,  cattle,  or  other  domestic  live  stock  running  at  large  or 
being  herded  or  grazed  on  the  Government  lands  in  the  Sequoia 
National  Park  without  authority  from  the  superintendent  of  the 
park,  will  be  taken  up  and  impounded  by  the  superintendent,  who 
will  at  once  give  notice  thereof  to  the  owner,  if  known.  If  the  owner 
is  not  known,  notices  of  such  impounding,  giving  a  description  of 
the  animal  or  animals,  with  the  brands  thereon,  will  be  posted  in 
six  public  places  inside  the  park  and  in  two  public  places  outside  the 

Eart.  Any  owner  of  an  animal  thus  impounded  may,  at  any  time 
efore  the  sale  thereof,  reclaim  the  same  upon  proving  ownership 
and  paying  the  cost  of  notice  and  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking 
up  and  detention  of  such  animal,  including  the  cost  of  feeding  and 
caring  for  the  same.  If  any  ainmal  thus  impounded  shall  not  be 
reclaimed  within  thirty  days  from  notice  to  the  owner  or  from  the 
date  of  posting  notices,  it  shall  be  sold  at  public  auction  at  such 
time  and  place  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  superintendent  after  ten  days' 
notice,  to  be  given  by  posting  notices  in  six  public  places  in  the  park 
and  two  public  places  outside  the  park,  and  oy  mailing  to  the  owner, 
if  known,  a  copy  thereof. 


SEQUOIA  AND   GENERAL  GRANT   NATIONAL  PARKS.  463 

All  money  received  from  the  sale  of  such  animals  and  remaining 
after  the  payment  of  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up,  impound- 
ing, and  selling  thereof,  shall  be  carefully  retained  by  the  superin- 
tendent in  a  separate  fund  for  a  period  of  six  months,  during  which 
time  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  any  animal  may  be  claimed 
by  and  paid  to  the  owner  upon  the  presentation  of  satisfactory 
proof  of  ownership;  and  if  not  so  claimed  within  six  months  from  the 
date  of  sale  such  proceeds  shall  be  turned  into  the  Sequoia  National 
Park  fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  keep  a  record  in  which  shall  be  set  down 
a  description  of  all  animals  impounded,  giving  the  brands  found  on 
them,  the  date  and  locality  of  the  taking  up,  the  date  of  all  notices 
and  manner  in  which  they  were  given,  the  date  of  sale,  the  name  and 
address  of  the  purchaser,  the  amount  for  which  each  animal  was 
sold  and  the  cost  incurred  in  connection  therewith,  and  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  proceeds. 

The  superintendent  will,  in  each  instance,  make  every  reasonable 
effort  to  ascertain  the  owner  of  animals  impounded  and  to  give 
actual  notice  thereof  to  such  owner. 


GENERAL  GRANT  NATIONAL  PARK. 

1.  By  act  of  Congress,  approved  October  1,  1890,  the  tract  of 
land  in  the  State  of  California  described  as  sections  5  and  6,  in  town- 
ship 14  south,  range  28  east,  of  Mount  Diablo  Meridian,  and  also 
sections  31  and  32  of  township  13  south,  range  28  east  of  the  same 
meridian,  have  been  set  apart  for  a  public  park,  and  the  same  shall 
be  known  as  the  u General  Grant  National  Park,"  "General 
Grant"  being  the  name  by  which  the  Great  Tree  therein  is  so  widely 
known. 

All  other  provisions  of  the  General  Grant  Park  regulations  are  the 
same  as  those  for  Sequoia  National  Park. 


SKCTCH  Of  THl 

SEQUOIA  AND  GENERAL  GRANT  NATIONAL  PARKS 
SIERRA    FOREST  RESERVE 

To  Accompany  Report  of  ft* 

ActingSuperirrlwdenlofSititmit  tndGtumlGmif national 'Fbrks 
1908 


REPORT  OF  THE  ACTING  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  MOUNT 
RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK. 


58920— int  1908— vol  1 30  405 


REPORT  OF  THE  ACTING  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  MOUNT 
RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK. 


Orting,  Wash.,  September  30, 1908. 

Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  following  report  of  the  condi- 
tion of  the  affairs  in  and  the  management  of  the  Mount  Rainier  Na- 
tional Park  in  the  State  of  Washington  for  the  season  of  1908. 

By  the  act  of  Congress  approved  March  2,  1899  (30  Stat.,  993), 
certain  tracts  of  land  therein  described,  lying  in  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington, were  set  aside  for  the  benefit  and  enjoyment  of  the  people  of 
the  United  States,  to  be  known  as  the  "  Mount  Rainier  National 
Park."  This  park  is  18  miles  square,  with  an  area  of  207,360  acres, 
and  lies  wholly  within  the  Rainier  National  Forest.  The  summit  of 
Mount  Rainier  is  about  1^  miles  southwest  of  the  center  of  the  park, 
but  the  reservation  includes  substantially  the  whole  mass  of  the  moun- 
tain proper  with  its  wonderful  glaciers. 

The  park  by  said  act  is  placed  under  the  exclusive  control  of  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  who,  among  other  things,  is  authorized  to 
establish  rules  and  regulations  and  cause  adequate  measures  to  be  taken 
for  the  preservation  of  the  natural  curiosities,  timber,  mineral  de- 
posits, game,  etc.,  and  the  removal  of  unlawful  occupants  or  tres- 
passers. The  regulations  heretofore  issued  were  substantially 
amended  to  meet  existing  conditions  and  reissued  under  date  of  June 
10,  1908 ;  automobile  regulations  were  also  necessary  to  properly  pro- 
tect the  traveling  public  in  the  park. 

PATROLS. 

The  valleys  within  the  park  are  separated  by  high  and  broken 
ridges,  which  render  any  continuous  route  of  travel  or  patrol  extend- 
ing thoughout  the  reservation  impracticable.  It  is  naturally  divided 
by  its  topography  into  four  separate  districts  formed  by  the  water- 
sheds of  the  larger  streams. 

The  Nisqually  district  is  the  most  accessible  and  the  most  impor- 
tant. It  includes  the  government  road,  the  hotels,  and  the  most 
usually  traversed  trails.  Nearly  all  of  the  tourist  travel  is  confined 
to  the  valley  of  the  Nisqually  and  to  the  open  parks  known  as  "  Para- 
dise Valley  "  and  "  Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground. "  Longmire 
Springs  is  about  a  half  day's  journey  by  rail  and  stage  from  the  city 
of  Tacoma.  On  account  of  the  ease  with  which  this  place  and  the 
vicinity  can  be  reached  it  is  becoming  a  popular  resort,  and  the  duties 
of  the  rangers  stationed  near  it  are,  during  the  summer  season,  in 
some  ways  like  those  of  the  guardians  of  a  suburban  park.  During 
the  summer  of  1907  the  Nisqually  district  was  in  charge  of  one  park 
ranger.    He  was  assisted  by  two  forest  rangers  who  extended  their 

467 


468  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK. 

patrol  in  the  adjacent  National  Forest  to  the  park.  Since  January, 
1908,  a  ranger  has  been  on  duty  at  the  entrance  to  the  park  on  the 
government  road.  It  is  necessary  to  station  a  ranger  at  this  point 
constantly  during  the  summer  months  in  order  to  receive  automobile 
permits  and  to  prevent  camping  parties  from  taking  firearms  into  the 
reservation.  On  May  1  an  additional  ranger  went  on  duty  at  Long- 
mire  Springs.  His  patrol  extends  from  that  place  to  Paradise  Valley 
and  Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Grounds.  The  Puyallup  watershed  in- 
cludes the  valleys  of  this  stream  and  its  tributaries,  and  the  Spray 
Park  region.  There  has  been  little  tourist  travel  in  this  district  dur- 
ing the  past  year.  It  is  an  interesting  country  and  presents  many 
natural  attractions,  but  there  are  no  roads  or  hotel  accommodations, 
and  their  absence  probably  accounts  for  the  small  number  of  visitors. 
Prospectors  are  numerous.  In  the  autumn  the  forests  along  the  bound- 
ary are  frequented  by  hunting  parties  whose  inroads  upon  the  park 
can  be  prevented  only  by  constant  vigilance.  Fairfax,  a  coal-mining 
village  at  the  terminus  of  one  of  the  branch  lines  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railway  Company,  is  5  miles  distant  from  the  western  bound- 
ary of  the  park.  Several  of  the  residents  are  not  in  sympathy  with 
either  state  or  federal  game  laws.  Some  of  them  keep  hounds  for 
the  purpose  of  running  deer,  and  are  always  ready,  for  a  small  re- 
muneration, to  assist  the  more  disreputable  sportsmen  of  Tacoma  and 
Seattle  in  their  hunting  expeditions.  This  district  was  in  charge  of 
a  ranger  until  December  31,  1907.  It  was  thought  that  no  patrol 
would  be  necessary  except  where  there  was  fire  danger  and  during  the 
months  when  the  game  was  not  protected  by  the  state  law.  There  is, 
however,  reason  to  believe  that  after  the  removal  of  the  ranger  several 
instances  of  game  trespass  occurred.  Measures  have  since  been  taken 
for  the  employment  of  a  ranger  in  this  district  throughout  the  year. 

The  White  Eiver  district  is  located  in  the  remote  northern  and 
eastern  part  of  the  reservation.  The  rangers  made  occasional  trips 
into  this  region,  but  were  not  able  to  protect  it  properly.  It  is 
exposed  to  danger  of  forest  fire  and  to  game  trespass  by  prospectors. 
Arrangements  were  made  for  the  employment  of  an  additional  ranger 
to  patrol  this  district  during  the  summer  months  of  1908.  The  com- 
pletion of  the  trail  now  in  process  of  construction  over  the  high  divide 
between  the  Carbon  and  White  river  valleys  will  greatly  facilitate 
guarding  the  remoter  parts  of  the  park. 

There  is  little  travel  of  any  kind  in  the  Cowlitz  River  district. 
The  Cowlitz  Glacier  is  sometimes  visited  by  tourists  who  reach  it  by 
crossing  smaller  glaciers  east  of  Paradise  Valley.  Occasionally  ex- 
peditions are  made  up  the  Muddy  Fork  Ridge  by  settlers  and  Indians. 
The  region  between  Mount  Rainier  and  the  main  range  of  the  Cas- 
cades is  little  known  and  extremely  rough  and  broken.  The  summit 
of  the  Cascades  beyond  the  park  is  an  open  country  and  easily 
traveled,  and  is  utilized  for  sheep  pasturage.  This  stock  is  grazed 
under  permit  from  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  number 
and  location  of  the  bands  are  known  to  the  rangers.  There  is  no 
difficulty  in  keeping  the  sheep  from  crossing  the  park  line.  The 
present  conditions  do  not  warrant  the  employment  of  a  park  ranger 
for  the  Cowlitz  district  exclusively. 

The  location  and  altitude  of  the  park  result  in  weather  conditions 
which  make  it  peculiarly  difficult  to  maintain  an  efficient  and  econom- 


MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL.  PARK.  469 

ical  patrol.  The  season  of  tourist  travel  and  of  fire  danger  is  vari- 
able, but  it  commonly  extends  from  the  last  of  June  to  the  middle  of 
September.  During  these  months  there  is  urgent  need  of  a  constant 
patrol  in  all  the  frequented  parts  of  the  reservation.  In  the  spring 
and  fall  the  rangers  are  engaged  in  the  repair  and  construction  of 
trails.  During  the  rest  of  the  year  their  duties  consist  in  the  pro- 
tection of  game,  and  there  are  long  periods  when  the  depth  of  soft, 
wet  snow  and  almost  incessant  storms  make  any  attempt  at  patrol 
both  impracticable  and  useless.  It  is  evident  that  a  large  number  of 
rangers  are  needed  in  summer,  and  that  there  is  occupation  for  but 
few  in  winter.  However,  it  can  not  be  expected  that  rangers  who  are 
good  woodsmen  and  who  combine  the  other  necessary  qualifications 
of  firmness,  discretion,  and  business  ability  can  be  secured  by  the  offer 
of  employment  for  a  few  months  during  the  summer.  The  organiza- 
tion of  an  efficient  ranger  force  requires  the  permanent  employment 
of  men  who  can  be  depended  upon  to  be  thoroughly  devoted  to  their 
occupation.  On  the  whole,  it  seems  to  me  that  most  of  the  rangers 
in  the  park  should  be  employed  throughout  the  year,  and  I  believe 
that  their  exertions  during  the  summer  would  compensate  for  the 
periods  of  enforced  idleness  during  the  winter.  The  use  of  a  suitable 
uniform  by  rangers  is  recommended. 

FOREST  CONDITIONS. 

There  are  occasional  instances  of  diseased  trees,  but  the  timber 
throughout  the  park  seems  on  the  whole  to  be  in  a  thrifty  condition 
and  free  from  insect  depredations.  Ground  rot  and  conk  are  not  so 
prevalent  as  they  are  at  a  lower  elevation.  On  the  subalpine  areas  in 
the  park  the  growth  of  the  trees  is  very  slow  and  reproduction  poor. 
In  Paradise  Valley  and  in  the  other  mountain  parks  trees  require  from 
one  hundred  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  years  to  attain  a  diameter  of  12 
inches.  Since  their  destruction  would  be  a  permanent  injury  to  the 
park  the  utmost  care  should  be  taken  to  prevent  them  from  being  cut 
or  killed  by  fire. 

GAME. 

Deer  are  abundant  in  many  parts  of  the  park.  They  are  particu- 
larly numerous  in  the  valleys  of  the  Puyallup  and  the  Mowich  rivers 
and  on  the  ridges  between  these  streams.  They  are,  however,  seldom 
seen  by  the  tourists  who  take  the  usual  trip  over  the  government  road 
to  Longmire  Springs,  and  thence  to  Paradise  Valley.  The  dense 
undergrowth  prevents  the  deer  from  being  visible  along  the  govern- 
ment road,  and  the  open  parks  are  not  frequented  by  them  to  any 
great  extent.  During  the  winter  many  of  the  deer  leave  the  park  and 
seek  the  forests  at  a  lower  elevation;  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington prohibit  hunting  them  at  this  time  of  the  year.  These  laws  are 
now  more  strictly  enforced  than  they  were  formerly,  and  it  is  to  be 
trusted  that  most  of  the  deer  will  survive  to  return  to  their  accus- 
tomed summer  range  in  the  park. 

Goats  are  now  found  only  in  the  high  mountains.  They  can  still 
be  seen  in  bands  of  from  15  to  30  in  the  Sluiskin  Range  and  are  not 
uncommon  elsewhere  in  the  northern  and  eastern  part  of  the  reserva- 
tion. They  have  not,  so  far  as  I  have  been  informed,  been  seen  about 
Paradise  Valley  during  the  last  year.    Whether  these  interesting  ani- 


470  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL.  PARK. 

mals  have  actually  decreased  during  the  past  few  years,  or  whether 
they  have  only  retired  to  the  remoter  parts  of  the  park,  I  am  unable 
to  state.  Their  disappearance  from  Paradise  Valley  may  be  ac- 
counted for  by  the  blasting  on  the  government  road,  and  I  have  reason 
to  believe  that  in  the  summer  of  1907  the  band  about  Glacier  Basin 
was  shot  at  by  prospectors.  This  was,  however,  an  exceptional  case; 
there  have  been  few  instances  in  which  they  have  been  disturbed  in 
any  way.  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  the  number  is  slowly  dimin- 
ishing, and  that  this  is  due  mainly  to  restricted  range.  They  have 
almost  entirely  disappeared  from  the  mountains  in  the  adjacent 
national  forest,  where  they  were  once  common  at  a  much  lower  ele- 
vation than  where  they  are  now  found  in  the  park. 

Bears  are  fairly  numerous,  but  no  more  so  than  in  the  other  unset- 
tled parts  of  the  State.  Cougars  are  not  uncommon,  and  it  is  prob- 
able that  they  kill  a  great  many  of  the  deer  in  the  park. 

Firearms  are  prohibited  in  the  reservation  except  under  written 
permit  from  the  acting  superintendent.  Requests  to  carry  guns  are 
usually  denied.  It  is  thought  that  a  revolver  is  sufficient  for  protec- 
tion against  such  wild  animals  as  are  found  in  the  park.  No  firearms 
of  any  description  are  allowed  in  the  vicinity  of  Longmire  Springs 
and  Paradise  Valley,  on  account  of  the  danger  of  accident,  to  the 
tourists. 

FISH. 

Some  trout  are  found  in  the  streams,  but  they  are  small  and  not 
plentiful.  The  rivers  are  turbid  in  the  summer  time  when  the 
glaciers  are  in  motion,  and  the  smaller  streams  are  too  rapid  to  be 
well  stocked  with  fish. 

ROADS,  TRAILS,  AND  AUTOMOBILES. 

The  government  road,  constructed  under  the  direction  of  Maj.  H.  M. 
Chittenden,  U.  S.  Engineer  Corps,  and  Assistant  Engineer  Rick- 
secker,  has  been  extended  several  miles  beyond  Longmire  Springs. 
The  total  length  from  the  western  boundary  of  the  forest  reserve 
was,  on  July  1,  1908,  14  miles,  and  about  11  miles  is  still  to  be  con- 
structed. Work  was  still  further  extended  after  the  fiscal  year,  and 
the  road  is  now  built  to  beyond  Narada  Falls.  It  was  thrown  open 
to  the  public  as  far  as  the  Nisqually  Glacier  July  14,  and  is  the  first 
road  constructed  by  the  United  States  to  reach  a  glacier.  It  has 
rendered  the  southern  part  of  the  park  easily  accessible  and  greatly 
increased  the  amount  of  tourist  travel. 

During  the  season  of  1908,  117  permits  were  issued  for  automobiles 
to  enter  the  park  by  the  government  road.  It  is  well  adapted  for 
their  use  by  the  even  grade  and  the  roadbed,  which  is  very  good 
during  the  summer  months.  Their  use,  except  under  strict  regula- 
tions as  to  speed,  would  be  attended  with  considerable  danger.  The 
road  contains  many  abrupt  curves,  and  there  are  few  places  between 
the  park  boundary  and  Longmire  Springs  where  an  automobile 
approaching  at  any  considerable  rate  of  speed  could  be  seen  in  time 
to  avert  a  collision.  The  danger  that  would  result  in  exceeding  the 
speed  limit  is  well  understood  by  the  owners  of  automobiles,  and  with 
a  few  notable  exceptions  they  are  desirous  of  observing  the  regula- 


MOUNT  EAINIER   NATIONAL.  PARK.  471 

tions.  Every  effort  was  made  by  the  rangers  to  enforce  the  rules 
governing  automobiles  and  to  so  regulate  the  use  of  the  road  as  to 
prevent  any  danger  of  a  collision.  One  accident  was  reported.  In 
this  instance  a  stage  wagon  containing  several  passengers  was  over- 
turned; the  occupants  were  unhurt,  but  the  wagon  and  horses  sus- 
tained some  damage.  The  owners  of  automobiles  derive  a  great  deal 
of  pleasure  from  the  use  of  the  road,  and  I  do  not  think  that  there 
is  now  any  very  general  objection  to  them  on  the  part  of  the  public. 
The  road  is  used  to  some  extent  by  private  vehicles,  but  principally 
by  stages  and  by  freight  wagons  hauling  supplies  for  the  camps  on 
that  part  of  it  which  is  still  under  construction.  The  stage  drivers 
and  freighters,  who  know  when  to  expect  automobiles  and  whose 
teams  are  accustomed  to  them,  do  not  consider  them  dangerous. 

The  Carbon  River  trail,  from  the  northwest  corner  of  the  park  to 
the  Carbon  Glacier,  was  washed  out  by  the  floods  of  the  preceding 
winter.  It  was  rebuilt  and  in  part  relocated.  A  route  to  continue 
this  trail  over  the  divide  to  White  River  was  laid  out  and  work  upon 
it  commenced  in  the  summer  of  1908.  The  Paradise  Valley  trail 
was  graded  and  repaired  and  a  trail  was  constructed  from  Longmire 
Springs  to  Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground.  It  is  very  desirable 
that  the  trails  in  the  Carbon  and  White  river  watersheds  be  extended. 

The  following  extract  is  taken  from  a  report  of  Major  Chittenden 
to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  dated  October  21,  1907,  relative  to 
trail  and  other  improvement  work : 

The  one  great  attraction  of  this  park  is  the  mountain  that  gives  it  its  name. 
The  first  purpose  of  the  improvement  work  should  therefore  be  to  make  this 
attraction  as  accessible  as  possible  to  tourists.  A  great  many  visitors  desire  to 
ascend  the  mountain,  and  I  thoroughly  approve  the  suggestion  to  do  some 
necessary  work  to  provide  for  the  comfort  and  safety  of  parties  making  the 
climb.  Under  present  conditions  it  is  necessary  to  spend  one  night  on  a  bare 
rock,  without  a  semblance  of  shelter  or  means  of  essential  comfort.  The  next 
night  is  spent  in  the  crater  at  the  summit,  where  there  is  a  degree  of  natural 
warmth  but  no  shelter.  At  one  point  on  the  ascent,  viz,  at  Gibraltar  Rock, 
there  is  a  dangerous  passage  that  should  be  improved.  There  ought  to  be 
constructed  a  fairly  good  trail  from  the  Camp  of  the  Clouds  up,  and  two  shel- 
ters— one  at  Camp  Muir,  at  the  end  of  the  first  stage  of  the  climb,  and  the  other 
in  the  crater. 

A  bridle  trail  around  the  mountain  just  under  the  glacier  line  is  absolutely 
essential  to  the  proper  policing  of  the  park,  and  very  necessary  for  the  con- 
venience of  tourists  if  they  are  really  to  have  access  to  the  attractions  of  the 
park.  The  trail  should  be  so  located  that  in  time  it  may  be  enlarged  into  a 
wagon  road. 

RAXGER  CABINS. 

Two  cabins  were  built  under  the  supervision  of  the  rangers.  One 
is  at  the  entrance  to  the  park  and  one  is  near  Longmire  Springs. 
Both  were  well  designed  and  finished.  The  rangers  have  shown  a 
commendable  pride  in  making  the  surroundings  attractive  by  clear- 
ing away  the  brush  and  logs  and  setting  out  wild  flowers. 

PROSPKCTIXG. 

Prospecting  has  been  carried  on  in  the  park  for  many  years  and 
traces  of  the  precious  metals  have  been  found  in  several  localities. 
The  formation  of  the  rock  does  not,  however,  justify  the  presumption 
that  mineral  exists  in  paying  quantities.    The  results  of  such  devel- 


472  MOUNT   KAINIER   NATIONAL    PARK. 

opment  work  as  has  been  performed  has  usually  shown  that  the  sup- 
posed veins  terminated  at  a  slight  depth  below  the  surface.  The  total 
number  of  locations  which  have  been  made  from  time  to  time  is  very 
large,  but  most  of  them  have  been  abandoned.  On  the  greater  pro- 
portion nothing  has  ever  been  done  beyond  the  posting  of  a  notice 
of  the  location  and  the  filing  of  it  in  the  office  of  the  county  auditor. 
Some  of  them  were  taken  in  good  faith  and  in  a  few  instances  consid- 
erable money  and  labor  have  been  expended  in  developing  them. 
There  are  no  mines  in  the  park  from  which  any  profit  is  derived 
except  from  the  sale  of  stock.  In  general  it  may  be  said  that  prac- 
tical miners  and  men  who  are  qualified  as  experts  by  experience  and 
professional  training  are  not  engaged  in  mining  operations  in  the 
park. 

The  Washington  Mining  and  Milling  Company  has  located  39  lode 
claims  in  the  reservation  and  employed  from  7  to  15  men  throughout 
the  year.  They  have  erected  a  number  of  buildings  and  dug  250  feet 
of  tunnel  besides  making  several  excavations.  A  considerable  amount 
of  development  work  has  been  done  in  the  Glacier  Basin  by  Mr.  Nils 
Starbo.  He  has  put  up  a  small  sawmill  with  which  he  cuts  timber 
for  use  on  his  claim.  At  the  head  of  the  Mowich  River,  in  Spray 
Park,  there  is  an  abandoned  mine  upon  which  there  must  have  been 
an  expenditure  of  several  thousand  dollars.  The  cabins  are  well 
constructed  and  still  in  good  repair.  Several  claims  have  been 
located  near  Longmire  Springs,  most  of  them  upon  land  which  has 
some  prospective  value  for  business  purposes.  One  claim  adjoins 
the  hotel  site  belonging  to  the  heirs  of  James  Longmire.  I  could 
find  upon  it  no  indications  of  mineral  except  a  small  open  cut  expos- 
ing a  hydrated  oxide  of  iron,  of  no  commercial  value,  locally  desig- 
nated as  mineral  paint.  The  improvements  consisted  of  a  log  cabin, 
which  the  Longmires  have  used  as  a  meat  house. 

By  act  of  Congress  approved  May  27,  1908,  the  location  of  mining 
claims  under  the  mineral-land  laws  of  the  United  States  was  pro- 
hibited within  the  Mount  Rainier  National  Park.  The  act  provides 
that  existing  rights  previously  acquired  in  good  faith  should  not  be 
affected.  Where  it  appears  that  there  has  been  no  actual  discovery 
and  that  the  land  is  being  held  for  other  purposes  than  its  mineral 
value,  and  where  the  mining  law  has  not  been  complied  with,  a  careful 
investigation  should  be  made,  and  whenever  the  facts  warrant  such 
action,  the  proper  measures  taken  to  cancel  the  claims. 

The  records  of  the  auditor  of  Pierce  County  indicate  that  48  min- 
ing claims  were  located  in  the  park  during  the  year  ended  June  30, 
1908.  Of  this  number  35  were  located  after  the  passage  of  the  act 
of  May  27,  1908,  which  prohibited  the  location  of  mining  claims 
within  the  park. 

TRAVEL. 

Two  thousand  six  hundred  and  twenty-six  visitors  entered  the 
park  by  way  of  the  government  road;  of  this  number  153  were 
campers  who  remained  three  or  more  days.  Two  hundred  persons 
were  known  to  have  visited  the  northern  part  of  the  reservation,  en- 
tering by  way  of  Fairfax.  The  total  number  of  visitors  was  2,826, 
an  increase  of  758  over  last  year.  The  number  of  prospectors  is  not 
definitely  known,  but  there  must  have  been  nearly  100. 


MOUNT   RAINIER   NATIONAL   PARK.  473 

HOTELS  AXD  CAMPS. 

There  are  two  hotels  at  Longmire  Springs.  The  National  Park 
Inn  is  operated  by  the  Tacoma  Eastern  Railroad  Company  upon  the 
site  held  under  lease  granted  by  the  Department  of  the  Interior. 
There  are  sleeping  rooms  in  the  hotel  sufficient  for  00  persons,  and  75 
can  be  accommodated  in  the  tents  used  in  connection  with  it.  The 
meals  furnished  were  good,  and  the  accommodations  generally  met 
with  the  approval  of  the  public.  One  thousand  five  hundred  and 
forty-eight  guests  were  entertained. 

The  Longmire  Springs  Hotel  is  located  on  patented  land  owned  by 
the  heirs  of  James  Longmire,  deceased,  who  obtained  patent  under 
the  mining  laws.  This  "tract  contains  several  mineral  springs  which 
are  objects  of  interest  to  the  tourists  and  may  have  some  medicinal 
value.  For  this  reason,  and  because  the  private  ownership  of  the 
tract  may  interfere  with  the  administration  of  the  park,  its  pur- 
chase by  the  Government  is  desirable.  The  present  managers  of  the 
hotel  require  their  guests  to  observe  the  regulations  governing  the 
park,  and  have  always  been  ready  to  assist  the  rangers  in  preventing 
game  trespass  and  forest  fires.  The  buildings  are  old  and  very 
roughly  constructed,  and  the  grounds  are  not  kept  in  such  a  way  as 
to  add  to  the  attractions  of  the  park.  The  number  of  guests  regis- 
tered at  the  Longmire  Springs  Hotel  during  the  year  was  925. 

The  tent  camp  hotel  operated  by  Mr.  John  L.  Reese  under  per- 
mit is  located  in  Paradise  Valley  about  one-half  mile  east  of  the  Nis- 
qually  Glacier.  The  accommodations  provided  were  good.  The 
number  of  guests  entertained  during  the  year  was  1.375.  A  permit 
was  granted  to  Mr.  George  B.  Hall  to  maintain  a  tent  camp  at  Three 
Lakes,  in  Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground.  It  was  not  opened  until 
after  June  30,  1908. 

PRIVILEGES. 

In  addition  to  the  hotel  under  lease  to  the  Tacoma  Eastern  Rail- 
road Company  and  the  tent  camp  privileges  granted  during  the 
season  of  1908  to  Messrs.  Reese  and  Hall,  there  have  been  granted 
permits  as  follows:  To  George  B.  Hall,  to  maintain  a  livery  stable 
at  Longmire  Springs;  to  L.  G.  Linkletter,  for  a  photographic  conces- 
sion at  such  point;  and  to  the  Tacoma  Baggage  and  Transfer  Com- 
pany and  to  John  Longmire,  for  the  transportation  of  passengers  in 
and  through  the  park,  using  therefor  6  wagons  and  1  wagon,  re- 
spectively. 

ESTIMATES. 

Estimates  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year  are  as  follows:  Salaries  of 
superintendent,  2  regular  and  3  temporary  park  rangers.  S5.150; 
roads,  trails,  protection  from  forest  fires,  etc.,  $1,850;  total.  ^7.000. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

It  is  of  the  first  importance  to  provide  for  the  adequate  protection 
of  the  trees  and  animals  of  the  park.  Improvements  can  be  made  at 
any  time,  but  the  effects  of  forest  fires  at  a  high  altitude  are  irrep- 
arable, and  it  is  not  easy  to  replace  large  game  in  any  locality  in 
which  it  has  become  extinct.     An  efficient  ranger  force  should  be 


474  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL.  PARK. 

organized  to  protect  the  natural  attractions  of  the  park  and  a  system 
of  trails  constructed  which  will  make  it  practicable  to  maintain  a 
thorough  patrol.  Two  rangers  should  serve  throughout  the  year 
and  three  additional  rangers  be  on  duty  during  the  summer  months. 
A  ranger  cabin  is  required  in  the  Carbon  Kiver  Valley.  I  have  esti- 
mated that  $150  will  be  required  for  the  repair  of  existing  trails.  An 
emergency  fund  of  $300  should  be  kept  on  hand  for  use  in  the  event 
of  a  large  forest  fire,  to  hire  extra  labor. 

I  have  further  to  recommend  that  an  examination  be  made  of  the 
mining  claims  in  the  park  by  a  competent  geologist,  and  that  the  18.2 
acres  of  patented  land  known  as  the  Longmire  tract  be  purchased  by 
the  Government. 

Very  respectfully,  G.  F.  Allen, 

Acting  Superintendent. 

The  Secretary  or  the  Interior. 


RULES  AND  REGULATIONS. 


GENERAL  REGULATIONS  OF  JUNE  10,  1908. 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  conferred  by  the  acts  of  Congress  ap- 
proved March  2, 1899,  and  May  27,  1908,  the  following  rules  and  reg- 
ulations for  the  government  of  the  Mount  Rainier  National  Park,  in 
the  State  of  Washington,  are  hereby  established  and  made  public: 

1.  It  is  forbidden  to  injure  or  disturb  in  any  manner  any  of  the 
mineral  deposits,  natural  curiosities,  or  wonders  on  the  government 
lands  within  the  park. 

2.  It  is  forbidden  to  cut  or  injure  any  timber  growing  on  the  park 
lands,  or  to  deface  or  injure  any  government  property.  Camping 
parties  will  be  allowed  to  use  dead  or  fallen  timber  for  fuel. 

3.  Fires  should  be  lighted  only  when  necessary  and  completely  ex- 
tinguished when  not  longer  required.  The  utmost  care  must  be  exer- 
cised at  all  times  to  avoid  setting  fire  to  the  timber  and  grass. 

4.  Hunting  or  killing,  wounding  or  capturing  any  bird  or  wild 
animal  on  the  park  lands,  except  dangerous  animals  when  necessary 
to  prevent  them  from  destroying  life  or  inflicting  an  injury,  is  pro- 
hibited. The  outfits,  including  guns,  traps,  teams,  horses,  or  means 
of  transportation  used  by  persons  engaged  in  hunting,  killing,  trap- 
ping, ensnaring,  or  capturing  such  birds  or  wild  animals,  or  in  pos- 
session of  game  killed  on  the  park  lands  under  other  circumstances 
than  prescribed  above,  will  be  taken  up  by  the  superintendent  and 
held  subject  to  the  order  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  except  in 
cases  where  it  is  shown  by  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  outfit  is  not 
the  property  of  the  person  or  persons  violating  this  regulation  and 
the  actual  owner  thereof  was  not  a  party  to  such  violation.  Fire- 
arms will  only  be  permitted  in  the  park  on  written  permission  from 
the  superintendent  thereof. 

5.  Fishing  with  nets,  seines,  traps,  or  by  the  use  of  drugs  or  explo- 
sives, or  in  any  other  way  than  with  hook  or  line,  is  prohibited. 
Fishing  for  purposes  of  merchandise  or  profit  is  forbidden.  Fishing 
may  be  prohibited  by  order  of  the  superintendent  in  any  of  the 
waters  of  the  park,  or  limited  therein  to  any  specified  season  of  the 
year,  until  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

6.  No  person  will  be  permitted  to  reside  permanently,  engage  in 
any  business,  or  erect  buildings,  etc.,  upon  the  government  lands  in 
the  park,  without  permission,  in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior.  The  superintendent  may  grant  authority  to  compentent 
persons  to  act  as  guides  and  revoke  the  same  in  his  discretion.  No 
pack  trains  will  be  allowed  in  the  park  unless  in  charge  of  a  duly 
registered  guide. 

•!75 


476  MOUNT  EAINIER  NATIONAL.  PARK. 

7.  Owners  of  patented  lands  within  the  park  limits  are  entitled  to 
the  full  use  and  enjoyment  thereof;  such  lands,  however,  shall  have 
the  metes  and  bounds  thereof  so  marked  and  defined  that  they  may 
be  readily  distinguished  from  the  park  lands.  Stock  may  be  taken 
over  the  park  lands  to  patented  lands  with  the  written  permission  and 
under  the  supervision  of  the  superintendent. 

8.  Hereafter  the  location  of  mining  claims  under  the  mineral-land 
laws  of  the  United  States  is  prohibited  within  the  park.  Persons 
who  have  heretofore  acquired  in  good  faith  rights  to  any  mining  loca- 
tion or  locations  shall  not  be  permitted  to  injure,  destroy,  or  interfere 
with  the  retention  in  their  natural  condition  of  any  timber,  mineral 
deposits,  natural  curiosities,  or  wonders  within  said  park  outside  the 
boundaries  of  their  respective  mining  claims  duly  located  and  held 
under  the  mineral-land  laws. 

9.  The  herding  or  grazing  of  loose  stock  or  cattle  of  any  kind  on 
the  government  lands  in  the  park,  as  well  as  the  driving  of  such 
stock  or  cattle  over  the  same,  is  strictly  forbidden,  except  in  such 
cases  where  authority  therefor  is  granted  by  the  superintendent. 

10.  No  drinking  saloon  or  barroom  will  be  permitted  upon  govern- 
ment lands  in  the  park. 

11.  Private  notices  or  advertisements  shall  not  be  posted  or  dis- 
played on  the  government  lands  within  the  reservation,  except  such 
as  may  be  necessary  for  the  convenience  and  guidance  of  the  public. 

12.  Persons  who  render  themselves  obnoxious  by  disorderly  conduct 
or  bad  behavior,  or  who  violate  any  of  the  foregoing  rules,  will  be 
summarily  removed  from  the  park  and  will  not  be  allowed  to  return 
without  permission,  in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  or 
the  superintendent  of  the  park. 

No  lessee  or  licensee  shall  retain  in  his  employ  any  person  whose 
presence  in  the  park  shall  be  deemed  and  declared  by  the  superin- 
tendent to  be  subversive  of  the  good  order  and  management  of  the 
reservation. 

13.  The  superintendent  designated  by  the  Secretary  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  remove  all  trespassers  from  the  govern- 
ment lands  in  the  park  and  enforce  these  rules  and  regulations  and  all 
the  provisions  of  the  acts  of  Congress  aforesaid. 


REGULATIONS    OF  JUNE    io,  1908,    GOVERNING    THE    IMPOUNDING 
AND  DISPOSITION  OF  LOOSE  LIVE  STOCK. 

Horses,  cattle,  or  other  domestic  live  stock  running  at  large  or 
being  herded  or  grazed  in  the  Mount  Rainier  National  Park  without 
authority  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  will  be  taken  up  and 
impounded  by  the  superintendent,  who  will  at  once  give  notice 
thereof  to  the  owner,  if  known.  If  the  owner  is  not  known,  notice  of 
such  impounding,  giving  a  description  of  the  animal  or  animals,  with 
the  brands  thereon,  will  be  posted  in  six  public  places  inside  the  park 
and  in  two  public  places  outside  the  park.  Any  owner  of  an  animal 
thus  impounded  may,  at  any  time  before  the  sale  thereof,  reclaim  the 
same  upon  proving  ownership  and  paying  the  cost  of  notice  and  all 
expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up  and  detention  of  such  animal,  in- 
cluding the  cost  of  feeding  and  caring  for  the  same.     If  any  animal 


MOUNT   KAINIER   NATIONAL  PARK.  477 

thus  impounded  shall  not  be  reclaimed  within  thirty  days  from 
notice  to  the  owner  or  from  the  date  of  posting  notices,  it  shall  be 
sold  at  public  auction  at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  fixed  by  the 
superintendent  after  ten  days'  notice,  to  be  given  by  posting  notices 
in  six  public  places  in  the  park  and  two  public  places  outside  the 
park,  and  by  mailing  to  the  owner,  if  known,  a  copy  thereof. 

All  money  received  from  the  sale  of  such  animals  and  remaining 
after  the  payment  of  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up,  impound- 
ing, and  selling  thereof,  shall  be  carefully  retained  by  the  superin- 
tendent in  a  separate  fund  for  a  period  of  six  months,  during  which 
time  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  any  animal  may  be  claimed  by 
and  paid  to  the  owner  upon  the  presentation  of  satisfactory  proof 
of  ownership,  and  if  not  so  claimed  within  six  months  from  the  date 
of  sale  such  proceeds  shall  be  turned  into  the  Mount  Rainier  National 
Park  fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  keep  a  record  in  which  shall  be  set  down 
a  description  of  all  animals  impounded,  giving  the  brands  found  on 
them,  the  date  and  locality  of  the  taking  up,  the  date  of  all  notices 
and  manner  in  which  they  were  given,  the  date  of  sale,  the  name  and 
address  of  the  purchaser,  the  amount  for  which  each  animal  was  sold 
and  the  cost  incurred  in  connection  therewith,  and  the  disposition  of 
the  proceeds. 

The  superintendent  will,  in  each  instance,  make  every  reasonable 
effort  to  ascertain  the  owner  of  animals  impounded  and  to  give  actual 
notice  thereof  to  such  owner. 


REGULATIONS  OF   JUNE  iq,   1908,  GOVERNING  THE  ADMISSION   OF 

AUTOMOBILES. 

Pursuant  to  authority  conferred  by  the  act  of  March  2,  1899  (30 
Stat.,  993),  setting  aside  certain  lands  in  the  State  of  Washington  as 
a  public  park,  the  following  regulations  governing  the  admission  of 
automobiles  into  the  Mount  Rainier  National  Park,  during  the  season 
of  1908,  are  hereby  established  and  made  public: 

1.  No  automobile  will  be  permitted  within  the  metes  and  bounds  of 
the  Mount  Rainier  National  Park  unless  the  owner  thereof  has  first 
secured  a  written  permit  from  the  acting  superintendent,  G.  F.  Allen, 
Orting,  Wash. 

2.  Applications  for  permits  must  show:  (a)  Name  of  owner,  (b) 
number  of  machine,  (c)  name  of  driver,  and  (d)  inclusive  dates  for 
which  permit  is  desired,  not  exceeding  one  year,  and  be  accompanied 
by  a  fee  of  $5  for  each  machine. 

Permits  must  be  presented  to  the  acting  superintendent  or  his  au- 
thorized representative  at  the  park  entrance  on  the  government  road. 
The  permittee  will  not  be  allowed  to  do  a  transportation  business  in 
the  park  without  license  therefor  from  tile  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

3.  The  use  of  automobiles  will  be  permitted  on  the  government 
road  as  far  as  completed  from  the  western  boundary  of  Mount  Rainier 
National  Park  to  beyond  Longmire  Springs,  between  the  hours  of 
9  a.  m.  and  11  a.  m.,  and  between  the  hours  of  3.30  p.  m.  and  5.30 
p.  m.,  but  such  machines  must  be  kept  in  advance  of  the  stages. 

During  these  hours  teams  may  meet  automobiles.  At  all  other 
times  automobiles  are  excluded  from  the  use  of  roads  within  the  park. 


478  MOUNT  RAINIER   NATIONAL.   PARK. 

4.  When  teams  approach,  automobiles  will  take  position  on  the 
outer  edge  of  the  roadway,  regardless  of  the  direction  in  which  they 
are  going,  taking  care  that  sufficient  room  is  left  on  the  inside  for 
passage  of  teams. 

5.  Automobiles  will  stop  when  teams  approach  and  remain  at  rest 
until  teams  have  passed  or  until  teamsters  are  satisfied  regarding  the 
safety  of  their  teams. 

6.  Speed  will  be  limited  to  6  miles  per  hour,  except  on  straight 
stretches  where  approaching  teams  will  be  visible,  when,  if  no  teams 
are  in  sight,  this  speed  may  be  increased. 

7.  Signal  with  horn  will  be  given  at  or  near  every  bend  to  announce 
to  approaching  teams  the  proximity  of  an  automobile. 

8.  Teams  have  the  right  of  way,  and  automobiles  will  be  backed, 
or  otherwise  handled,  as  necessary,  so  as  to  enable  teams  to  pass  with 
safety. 

9.  Violation  of  any  of  the  foregoing  rules  will  cause  the  revocation 
of  permit ;  will  subject  the  owner  of  the  automobile  to  any  damages 
occasioned  thereby,  and  to  ejectment  from  the  reservation;  and  be 
cause  for  refusal  to  issue  a  new  permit  to  the  owner  of  the  machine 
without  prior  sanction  in  writing  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


R.VamjnXZ  46"5°' 


REPORTS  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  MESA  VERDE 

NATIONAL  PARK  AND  J.  WALTER  FEWKES, 

IN  CHARGE  OF  EXCAVATION  AND 

REPAIR  OF  RUINS. 


479 


REPORT  OF  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL 

PARK. 


Office  of  the  Superintendent, 
Mancos,  Colo.,  September  4,  1908. 

Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  following  report  on  the  man- 
agement of  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
June  30,  1908. 

By  act  of  Congress  approved  June  29,  1906  (34  Stat.,  616), 
certain  tracts  of  land  in  Montezuma  County,  Colo.,  adjacent  to  the 
Southern  Ute  Indian  Reservation,  were  reserved  and  withdrawn  from 
settlement,  entry,  sale,  or  other  disposal,  and  set  apart  as  a  public 
reservation  to  be  known  as  the  "  Mesa  Verde  National  Park."  The 
area  of  this  tract  is  65.5  square  miles,  or  41,920  acres,  and  the  altitude 
of  the  highest  point,  Point  Lookout,  is  8,700  feet  above  sea  level  and 
2,000  feet  above  the  Montezuma  Valley,  the  southern  rim  of  which 
follows  the  park  boundary  line  on  the  north  for  miles. 

The  park  is  placed  under  the  exclusive  control  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  who  is  authorized  to  prescribe  such  rules  and  regula- 
tions and  establish  such  service  as  he  may  deem  necessary  for  the 
care  and  management  of  the  park,  and  for  the  preservation  from 
injury  or  spoliation  of  the  ruins  and  other  works  and  relies  of  pre- 
historic or  primitive  man  within  the  limits  of  the  reservation,  and  to 
grant  permits  for  the  examination,  excavation,  and  ether  gathering 
of  objects  of  antiquity  by  any  person  or  persons  deemed  properly 
qualified  to  conduct  the  same,  provided  they  are  undertaken  only  for 
the  benefit  of  some  reputable  museum,  university,  college,  or  other 
recognized  scientific  or  educational  institution,  with  a  view  to  in- 
creasing the  knowledge  of  such  objects  and  aiding  the  general  ad- 
vancement of  archaeological  science. 

The  act  also  provides  that  all  prehistoric  ruins  situated  within  5 
miles  of  the  boundaries  of  the  park,  on  Indian  and  public  lands  not 
alienated  by  patent  from  the  ownership  of  the  United  States,  shall  be 
under  the  custodianship  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  to  be  admin- 
istered by  the  same  service  established  for  the  custodianship  of  the 
park.  The  area  of  this  5-mile  strip  is  about  274  square  miles,  or 
175,360  acres. 

The  Rio  Mancos  cuts  through  the  park  and  abutting  5-mile  strip 
from  northeast  to  southwest,  forming  a  canyon  L,000  to  2,000 
deep.  On  both  sides  of  this  gorge,  more  especially  to  the  west, 
narrow  lateral  canyons  of  like  depth  and  even  more  picturesque 
beauty  cut  the  mesa  into  shreds,  producing  successions  of  huge  prom- 
ontories, sculptured  ledges,  and  bold,  jagged  cliffs.  The  Navaho, 
Cliff,  Moccasin,  and  Ute  are  the  principal  canyons  which  enter  the 
Mancos  from  the  north.  These,  with  their  numerous  Branches,  fur- 
nish the  labyrinth   of  cliffs   in    the  high    and   almost    inaccessible 

5S920— int  1908— vol  1 01  « v ' 


482  MESA  VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

recesses  of  which  we  find  the  abandoned  homes  of  the  ancient  inhabit- 
ants. The  Fort  Lewis,  Grass,  and  Webber  canyons,  running  into 
Mancos  Canyon  from  the  east,  contain  many  ancient  ruins,  but  are 
rather  less  picturesque  than  those  on  the  west. 

Within  the  park  jurisdiction  are  many  notable  prehistoric  ruins, 
the  cliff  dwellings  comprising  a  group  of  great  importance  to  the 
study  of  American  archaeology. 

The  principal  and  most  accessible  ruins  are  the  Spruce  Tree  House,0 
located  near  the  head  of  a  draw  of  Navaho  Canyon,  originally  con- 
taining about  130  rooms,  built  of  dressed  stone  laid  in  adobe  mortar, 
with  the  outside  tiers  chinked  with  chips  of  rock  or  broken  pottery; 
the  Cliff  Palace,  located  about  2  miles  east  of  the  Spruce  Tree  House, 
in  a  left  branch  of  the  Cliff  Canyon,  consisting  of  a  group  of  houses 
with  ruins  of  146  rooms,  including  20  round  kivas,  or  ceremonial 
rooms,  and  a  tapering  loopholed  tower,  forming  a  crescent  of  about 
100  yards  from  horn  to  horn,  which  is  reputed  to  be  one  of  the  most 
famous  works  of  prehistoric  man  in  existence;  the  Balcony  House,  a 
mile  east  of  the  Cliff  House,  in  Cliff  Canyon,  containing  about  25 
rooms,  some  of  which  are  in  almost  perfect  condition.  In  each  of 
these  villages  is  an  elaborate  system  of  fortifications,  with,  in  some 
cases,  walls  2.3  feet  thick  and  20  feet  high,  watchtowers  30  feet  high, 
and  blockhouses  pierced  with  small  loopholes  for  arrows. 

These  villages  and  other  important  ruins,  particularly  the  Spring 
House,  Long  House,  and  Mug  House,  are  located  on  the  Southern 
Ute  Indian  Reservation,  within  the  5-mile  strip  surrounding  the 
park,  where  the  park  jurisdiction  is  not  exclusive,  and  when  tourist 
travel  increases  the  preservation  and  protection  of  such  objects  of 
antiquity  will  no  doubt  be  more  difficult  than  for  the  ruins  on  park 
lands. 

GENERAL  STATEMENT. 

The  present  superintendent  arrived  in  Mancos,  Colo.,  and  formally 
took  charge  on  August  31,  1907.  Headquarters  were  established  and 
furnished  in  rooms  in  the  Bauer  Bank  Building,  in  Mancos. 

The  first  work  of  the  superintendent  was  to  inspect  the  park  and 
determine  what  service  would  be  necessary  for  the  immediate  ad- 
ministration thereof.  It  was  found  that  the  services  of  one  park 
ranger  would  be  needed;  this  was  recommended,  and  appointment 
made  as  authorized.  As  nothing  had  been  done  toward  the  im- 
provement and  organization  of  the  park,  it  was  found  necessary  to 
do  some  temporary  work,  pending  the  acceptance  of  permanent  plans 
for  its  management  and  development.  Workmen  were  employed  to 
clear  away  the  rubbish  left  by  the  camping  parties  of  previous  years, 
and  to  put  the  grounds  around  Spruce  Tree  House,  which  for  the 
present  affords  the  most  agreeable  camping  place  for  travelers,  in 
proper  condition.  For  the  present  the  cabin  which  has  stood  for 
some  years  at  this  place  was  allowed  to  remain  for  temporary  use. 
All  unsightly  debris  was  removed  and  orders  given  that  in  the  future 
no  rubbish  would  be  allowed  to  accumulate  about  camps  or  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  principal  ruins. 

o  More  recenl  and  reliable  data  in  regard  to  Spruce  Tree  House  will  be  found 
in  the  report  of  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes. 


MESA  VERDE    NATIONAL  PARK.  483 

In  May,  1908,  it  was  found  necessary  to  employ  two  additional 
rangers  to  assist  in  the  care  of  the  park  and  serve  as  guides  to  trav- 
elers during  the  tourist  season.  It  was  also  found  necessary  to  em- 
ploy a  clerk  for  a  short  time  during  the  spring  to  keep  the  office  open 
during  the  absence  of  the  superintendent  in  the  park. 

ROADS  AND  TRAILS. 

The  entrance  to  the  park  could  be  effected  only  by  means  of  horse 
trails,  which  had  never  been  properly  constructed,  and  were  in  bad 
condition.  In  order  to  prepare  for  travel  during  the  season  of  1908, 
the  principal  trail  was  repaired  and  improved. 

It  is  absolutely  necessary,  if  the  park  is  ever  to  fulfill  the  pur- 
poses for  which  it  was  created,  to  build  a  road  for  carriages  and 
other  vehicles  from  the  boundary  to  the  principal  ruins.  Compara- 
tively few  travelers  are  willing  to  undertake  the  long  and  difficult 
horseback  ride,  up  a  steep  and  dangerous  trail,  and  over  10  miles  of 
rough  country,  to  reach  the  ruins.  No  matter  how  great  may  be 
their  interest  in  these  remarkable  remains  of  antiquity,  they  do  not 
feel  like  undergoing  the  hardships  and  expense  which  must  now  be 
incurred  to  reach  them. 

The  expense  of  conducting  the  excavations,  developing  the  water 
supply,  and  of  improvements  of  every  kind,  is  very  great  because 
of  this  lack  of  a  suitable  highway.  All  supplies,  tools,  and  material 
have  to  be  transported  by  means  of  pack  animals  at  present,  and  this 
expense  could  be  materially  lessened. 

In  the  fall  of  1907  Mr.  George  Mills,  United  States  deputy  sur- 
veyor, under  contract  with  the  department,  commenced  to  survey  a 
practicable  route  for  a  wagon  road  from  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  park  through  the  reservation  and  a  portion  of  the  5-mile  strip 
to  the  Spruce  Tree  House.  This  survey  was  completed  in  the  spring 
of  this  year  and  accepted,  but  until  adequate  appropriation  is  made 
by  Congress  the  expensive  portion  of  the  road  building,  at  the  point 
where  it  leads  up  onto  the  mesa,  can  not  be  undertaken  to  advantage. 
No  preliminary  work,  except  in  clearing  chaparral  along  a  portion 
of  the  route  of  survey,  was  practicable  to  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year, 
on  account  of  lack  of  funds.  An  allotment  of  $1,900  was,  however, 
made  from  the  current  appropriation  for  such  work  as  could  be  done 
upon  the  mesa  at  a  relatively  small  expense,  covering  work  from  the 
Spruce  Tree  House  to  station  668,  on  the  line  of  survey,  and  '2  miles 
of  trail  from  such  station,  as  well  as  a  trail  system  to  connect 
Spruce  Tree  House,  Cliff  Palace,  Peabody  House  and  Balcony  House. 
This  amount  will  all  be  practically  expended  by  October  15,  but  as 
the  expense  of  some  of  the  trail  work  was  greater  than  anticipated, 
the  road  construction  may  not  be  extended  quite  to  the  point  planned. 
I  have  submitted  an  estimate  of  $15,000  as  the  amount  required  to 
complete  the  wagon  road  as  surveyed. 

It  is  suggested  that,  as  the  park  was  created  for  the  purpose  of 
making  the  ancient  ruins  therein  accessible  to  the  traveling  public, 
there  should  be  another  carriage  road  constructed  wholly  upon  the 
mesa,  touching  the  points  of  greatest  scenic  and  historic  interest. 
The  most  favorable  route  would  probably  be  from  Spruce  Tree  House 
along  the  rim  of  Navaho  Canyon,  touching  Alcove  !Iou>e.  Navaho 
Point,  the   Swallows'   Nest,   Peabody   House,   and   Casa    Colorado; 


484  MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

thence  across  the  mesa  to  Cliff  Canyon,  at  a  point  overlooking  the 
ruins  of  Cliff  Palace,  Cedar  House,  and  the  Fewkes  Canyon  group; 
thence  around  to  Cliff  Palace  and  across  to  Balcony  House  on  Kuin 
Canyon,  from  which  point  it  should  return  in  a  direct  line  to  Spruce 
Tree  House.  This  road  would  be  about  8  miles  in  length,  and  the 
cost  of  construction  comparatively  small. 

Because  of  the  great  depth  of  the  canyons,  cutting  the  mesa  from 
north  to  south,  the  expense  of  building  a  road  to  some  of  the  most 
interesting  ruins  in  the  western  part  of  the  park  is  too  great  for  it 
to  be  undertaken  at  present,  although  trails  could  be  built  for  $500 
from  Spruce  Tree  House  to  the  important  ruins  of  Garfield  Canyon 
and  its  tributaries  and  bring  them  within  four  hours'  ride  of  the 
former  ruin. 

WATER  SUPPLY. 

The  natural  water  supply  of  the  park  was  found  to  be  quite  lim- 
ited, and  entirely  insufficient  for  future  use.  In  February,  1908,  the 
question  of  improving  and  developing  the  supply  was  taken  up. 
Under  the  advice  of  a  competent  engineer  and  stone  mason  plans 
were  prepared  and  submitted.  These  were  found  acceptable  to  the 
department;  and  in  pursuance  thereof,  contracts  were  let  for  the 
building  of  a  dam  at  the  head  of  Spruce  Tree  Canyon  for  the  pur- 
pose of  storing  water  for  stock.  This  was  finished  in  May,  and  with 
some  improvements,  found  necessary  after  the  coming  of  the  rainy 
season,  will  be  entirely  adequate  for  the  purpose  for  which  it  was 
designed. 

In  order  to  increase  the  supply  of  water  for  domestic  purposes,  it 
was  deemed  advisable  to  conserve  the  water  of  the  spring  at  Spruce 
Tree  House  by  the  building  of  cisterns.  These  were  included  in  the 
contract  for  the  building  of  the  dam  and  completed  at  about  the  same 
time.  For  the  purpose  of  conveying  the  water  from  the  spring  to 
the  cisterns,  and  to  catch  the  seepage  from  the  canyon  walls,  a  trench 
was  constructed  under  a  separate  contract.  The  supply  of  water 
provided  for  by  these  improvements  appears  to  be  ample  for  all  pres- 
ent requirements. 

EXCAVATION  AND  REPAIR  OF  RUINS. 

The  sum  of  $2,000  having  been  set  aside  for  the  purpose  of  exca- 
vating and  repairing  ruins  during  the  fiscal  year,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes  began  the 
excavation  of  Spruce  Tree  House  on  May  6.  This  work  continued 
during  the  months  of  May  and  June,  until  the  appropriation  was 
exhausted.  This  ruin,  which  was  formerly  filled  with  rubbish  and 
in  a  condition  to  fall  rapidly  into  further  decay,  was  completely 
cleared  of  all  loose  stones,  dirt,  and  other  debris.  Walls  that  were 
found  to  be  in  a  dangerous  condition  were  properly  repaired  and 
strengthened,  and  such  restoration  was  done  as  seemed  necessary  for 
the  preservation  of  the  buildings.  Such  antiquities  as  were  found 
were  forwarded  to  the  National  Museum  at  Washington.  One  hun- 
dred and  fourteen  living  rooms  were  excavated,  and  eight  kivas,  or 
ceremonial  chambers.  Two  rooms  of  the  latter  class  were  completely 
restored,  after  the  plans  of  similar  rooms  found  in  the  neighboring 
ruin  of  Peabody  House.     A  fuller  account  of  the  excavation   and 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK.  485 

repair  of  Spruce  Tree  House,  by  Doctor  Fewkes,  the  director  of  the 
work,  is  given  by  the  report  and  illustrations  of  Doctor  Fewkes 
which  follow.  Brass  name  plates  have  been  placed  on  all  of  the 
larger  ruins. 

TRAVEL. 

No  great  amount  of  travel  in  the  park  is  to  be  expected  until  it  is 
made  accessible  by  the  building  of  proper  roads  and  trails.  As  no 
record  was  kept  of  the  number  of  travelers  until  January  of  the 
present  year,  it  is  not  possible  to  give  an  accurate  statement  of  the 
total  number,  though  it  may  be  estimated  at  about  80.  In  the  future 
all  visitors  will  be  required  to  register  in  a  book  kept  for  that  pur- 
pose, so  that  the  number  can  be  accurately  reported.  Besides  regular 
travelers  and  tourists,  the  park  has  already  become  a  favorite  resort 
for  students  of  archaeology  and  ethnology.  In  addition  to  the  scien- 
tific work  under  Doctor  Fewkes,  above  mentioned,  10  students  of  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology,  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Edgar 
L.'  Hewett,  director  of  American  archaeology  for  the  Archaeological 
Institute  of  America,  have  pursued  studies  among  the  ruins  of  the 
Mesa  Verde. 

FOREST  FIRES. 

No  forest  fires  have  occurred  in  the  park  during  the  period  covered 
by  this  report. 

GAME. 

Some  deer  have  been  seen  in  the  park  in  winter.  There  has  been 
no  unlawful  killing  of  game,  except  by  the  Ute  Indians,  whose  reser- 
vation falls  partly  within  the  park  jurisdiction.  It  is  thought  that 
this  can  be  prevented  in  the  future  through  an  understanding  with 
the  officers  of  the  Indian  Service.  The  amount  of  game  can  be 
increased  by  the  development  of  the  water  supply  in  the  remote 
canyons.  Suggestions  for  this  purpose  will  be  made  in  a  future 
report. 

ORDER  IN  THE  PARK. 

Suitable  places  have  been  designated  for  campers,  and  all  visitors 
to  the  ruins  were  conducted  by  the  park  rangers,  or  other  persons 
duly  authorized  by  the  superintendent.  No  unlawful  excavations 
have  been  made,  and  it  was  not  found  necessary  to  expel  any  per- 
son for  disorderly  conduct  or  violation  of  the  park  regulations. 

LANDS. 

At  the  time  of  the  creation  of  this  park  there  were  360  acres  of  pat- 
ented lands,  560  acres  in  unpatented  entries,  and  school  sections  16 
and  36  granted  to  the  State,  aggregating  2,080  acres.  For  adminis- 
trative purposes  these  private  holdings  should  be  eliminated  by  Con- 
gress making  adequate  appropriation  for  the  purchase  thereof.  In 
the  5-mile  limit  outside  the  park  boundaries  there  were  patented  lands 
aggregating  31,535.98  acres,  unpatented  entries  aggregating  13,890.16 
acres,  and  lands  granted  to  the  State  aggregating  4,920  acres.  The 
Indian  Office  reports  that  there  are  no  allotted  lands  in  that  portion 
of  the  Southern  Ute  Reservation  within  the  5-mile  strip. 


486  MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

An  investigation  made  in  1906  by  Mr.  M.  K.  Shaler,  of  the  Geo- 
logical Survey,  demonstrates  that  there  are  workable  coal  beds  under- 
lying all  of  the  park  lands  as  far  as  the  northern  rim  of  the  mesa,  as 
well  as  the  portion  of  the  5-mile  strip  coinciding  with  the  Southern 
Ute  Indian  Eeservation,  upon  which  are  located  the  principal  ruins. 

Mr.  George  S.  Todd,  of  Cortez,  Colo.,  who  had  made  a  coal  location 
in  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  after  these  lands  were  reserved  from 
entry,  and  who  made  application  for  patent  after  the  creation  of  the 
park  and  had  his  claim  rejected  by  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 
Land  Office,  endeavored,  during  the  last  session  of  Congress,  to  secure 
legislation  (S.  bill  6818)  which  would  permit  him  to  enter  the  park 
under  the  coal-land  laws  of  the  United  States.  It  is  understood  that 
the  department  does  not'  favor  the  passage  of  such  legislation,  and 
in  the  absence  of  authority  in  the  park  act  for  the  granting  of  privi- 
leges and  leases  his  application  for  permission  to  work  the  coal  lands 
claimed,  later  presented  to  the  department,  was  denied. 

PRIVILEGES. 

The  act  setting  aside  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  is  defective 
in  that  no  provision  was  made  authorizing  the  Secretary  of  the  Inte- 
rior to  grant  privileges  or  lease  sites  for  the  entertainment  and 
accommodation  of  tourists,  etc.,  or  for  using  the  revenues  derived 
from  such  privileges,  leases,  etc.,  in  the  care  and  management  of  the 
park.  H.  R.  bill  19861  which  was  introduced  last  session  by  Hon. 
Warren  A.  Haggott,  to  permit  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  upon 
terms  and  conditions  to  be  fixed  by  him,  to  grant  leases  and  permits 
for  the  use  of  the  lands  and  development  of  the  resources  of  the  park 
and  5-mile  strip,  is  broad  enough  to  cover  rights  of  way,  coal  mining, 
grazing,  etc.,  in  addition  to  features  for  the  accommodation  of  vis- 
itors. The  importance  of  the  passage  of  this  legislation  at  an  early 
date  can  not  be  overestimated. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

1.  Road  building. — The  principal  work  on  the  main  road  surveyed 
to  lead  through  the  park  should  be  continued  at  the  earliest  prac- 
ticable date,  and  an  additional  carriage  road  constructed  around  the 
mesa  between  the  main  ruins  and  scenic  points  of  interest.  The  ex- 
tension of  the  trail  system  is  very  necessary,  especially  to  reach  the 
important  outlying  ruins. 

2.  Excavation  and  repair  of  ruins. — The  work  of  Doctor  Fewkes 
at  Spruce  Tree  House  fully  demonstrates  that  provision  should  be 
made  for  the  early  excavation  and  repair  of  Cliff  Palace,  Balcony 
House,  Peabody  House,  The  Swallows'  Nest,  Casa  Colorado,  Norden- 
skiold  House,  Cedar  House,  and  the  ruins  in  Fewkes  Canyon,  this 
to  be  followed  later  by  similar  work  on  the  ruins  in  Garfield  Canyon 
and  its  tributaries.  It  is  also  desirable  that  many  of  the  smaller 
and  less  conspicuous  ruins  be  put  in  order  as  soon  as  possible,  and 
that  the  burial  mounds  throughout  the  park  be  excavated  and  the 
specimens  therein  recovered  and  preserved. 

3.  Local  museum. — In  his  report  to  the  Department  of  the  Interior, 
on  which  was  based  the  act  of  Congress  creating  the  Mesa  Verde 
National  Park,  Dr.  Edgar  L.  Hewett  recommended  not  only  the 
excavation  and  repair  of  the  principal  ruins,  but  also  that  all  objects 


MESA   VERDE   NATIONAL   PARK.  487 

of  antiquity  obtained  thereby  be  kept  in  a  museum  within  the  park 
for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  the  life  that  existed  in  these  ancient 
cliff  villages.  I  can  not  too  strongly  urge  that  this  recommendation 
be  adopted.  Nowhere  else  can  these  objects  be  so  instructive  as  if 
restored  to  their  proper  places  in  the  houses,  or  kept  in  a  museum 
near  at  hand.  This  is  now  the  general  practice  in  Mexico,  Italy, 
Greece,  Egypt,  and  other  foreign  countries  where  there  are  noted 
ruins. 

4.  Custodian's  house. — It  is  recommended  that  a  house  be  con- 
structed at  Spruce  Tree  House  so  that  a  custodian  may  reside  per- 
manently near  the  ruins,  and  thus  be  enabled  to  give  closer  attention 
to  their  care,  as  well  as  to  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  travelers. 
Such  a  house  can  here  be  built  most  economically  of  stone.  The 
greater  part  of  the  necessary  building  material  can  be  obtained  on  the 
ground. 

5.  Telephone  line. — As  it  is  25  miles  from  Mancos,  the  nearest 
outfitting  point,  to  the  ruins,  a  telephone  line  is  needed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  keeping  the  park  officers  informed  concerning  the  movements 
of  parties  and  other  matters  relating  to  the  .administration  of  the 
park.  It  is  recommended  that  provision  be  made  for  such  a  line 
during  the  coming  year. 

6.  Legislation. — The  private  holdings  in  the  park  should  be 
eliminated,  and  provision  made  for  the  granting  of  privileges  and 
the  use  of  revenues  derived  therefrom,  by  appropriate  legislation  at 
an  early  date. 

ESTIMATES. 

The  following  estimates  of  appropriation  required  for  the  ensuing 
fiscal  year  have  been  submitted:  Salaries  of  superintendent,  park 
rangers,  etc.,  and  incidental  expenses,  $4,G00;  continuation  of  wagon 
road  construction,  $15,000;  excavation  and  repair  of  ruins,  $8,000; 
construction  and  furnishing  of  office  and  residence  for  the  superin- 
tendent, $2,500;  telephone  line,  18  miles,  $1,800;  trail  improvements, 
$500 ;  total,  $32,400.  ^ 

Respectfully  submitted. 

Hans  M.  Randolph, 

Superintendent. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


IUJXES  AKD  REGULATIONS. 
GENERAL  REGULATIONS  OF  MARCH   19,   1908. 

Pursuant  to  authority  conferred  by  the  act  of  Congress  approved  June  29, 
1906,  the  following  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  Mesa  Verde 
National  Park,  in  Colorado,  are  hereby  established  and  made  public  and  ex- 
tended as  far  as  applicable  to  all  prehistoric  ruins  situated  within  5  miles  of  the 
boundaries  thereof  on  Indian  and  public  lands  not  alienated  by  patent  from  the 
ownership  of  the  United  States: 

1.  It  is  forbidden  to  injure  or  disturb,  except  as  herein  provided,  any  of  the 
mineral  deposits,  natural  curiosities,  wonders,  ruins,  and  other  works  and  relics 
of  prehistoric  or  primitive  man,  on  government  lands  within  the  park  or  the 
ruins  and  other  works  or  relics  of  prehistoric  man  on  government  lands  within 
5  miles  of  the  boundaries  of  the  park. 

2.  Permits  for  the  examination  of  ruins,  the  excavation  of  archrelogical  sites, 
and  the  gathering  of  objects  of  antiquity,  will,  upon  application  to  the  Secre- 


488  MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

tary  of  the  Interior  through  the  superintendent  of  the  park,  be  granted  to 
accredited  representatives  of  reputable  museums,  universities,  colleges,  or 
other  recognized  scientific  or  educational  institutions,  with  a  view  to  increas- 
ing the  knowledge  of  such  objects  and  aiding  the  general  advancement  of 
archaelogieal  science,  under  the  conditions  and  restrictions  contained  in  present 
or  future  regulations  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  carry  out 
the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  June  8,  1906,  entitled  "An  act 
for  the  preservation  of  American  antiquities." 

3.  Persons  bearing  arckselogical  permits  from  the  Department  may  be  per- 
mitted to  enter  the  ruins  unaccompanied  after  presenting  their  credentials  to 
the  superintendent  or  other  park  officer.  Persons  without  archaelogieal  permits 
who  wish  to  visit  and  enter  the  ruins  shall  in  all  cases  be  accompanied  by  a 
park  ranger,  or  other  person  duly  authorized  by  the  superintendent. 

4.  The  superintendent  is  authorized,  in  his  discretion,  to  close  any  ruin  on 
government  lands  within  the  park  or  the  5-mile  limit,  to  visitors  when  it  shall 
appear  to  him  that  entrance  thereto  would  be  dangerous  to  visitors  or  might 
result  in  injury  to  walls  or  other  insecure  portions  thereof,  or  during  repairs. 

5.  The  superintendent  is  authorized,  in  his  discretion,  to  designate  the  place 
or  places  to  be  used  by  campers  in  the  park,  and  where  firewood  can  be  obtained 
by  them.  All  garbage  and  refuse  must  be  deposited  in  places  where  it  will  not 
be  offensive  to  the  eye  or  contaminate  any  water  supply  on  the  park  lands. 

6.  It  is  forbidden  to  cut  or  injure  any  timber  growing  on  the  park  lands, 
except  as  provided  in  paragraph  5  of  these  regulations;  but  dead  or  fallen 
timber  may  be  taken  by  campers  for  fuel  without  obtaining  permission  therefor. 

7.  Fires  should  be  lighted  only  when  necessary  and  completely  extinguished 
when  not  longer  required.  The  utmost  care  must  be  taken  at  all  times  to  avoid 
setting  fire  to  the  timber  and  grass. 

8.  Hunting  or  killing,  wounding  or  capturing  any  bird  or  wild  animal  on  the 
park  lands,  except  dangerous  animals  when  necessary  to  prevent  them  from 
destroying  life  or  inflicting  an  injury,  is  prohibited.  The  outfits,  including 
guns,  traps,  teams,  horses,  or  means  of  transportation  used  by  persons  engaged 
in  hunting,  killing,  trapping,  ensnaring,  or  capturing  such  birds  or  wild  animals, 
or  in  possession  of  game  killed  on  the  park  lands  under  other  circumstances 
than  those  prescribed  above,  will  be  taken  up  by  the  superintendent  and  held 
subject  to  the  order  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  except  in  cases  where  it  is 
shown  by  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  outfit  is  not  the  property  of  the  person 
or  persons  violating  this  regulation  and  the  actual  owner  thereof  was  not  a 
party  to  such  violation.  Firearms  will  be  permitted  in  the  park  only  on  written 
permission  from  the  superintendent. 

9.  No  person  shall  be  permitted  to  reside  permanently  or  to  engage  in  any 
business  on  the  government  lands  in  the  park  without  permission,  in  writing, 
from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  The  superintendent  may  grant  authority 
to  competent  persons  to  act  as  guides  and  revoke  the  same  in  his  discretion, 
and  no  pack  trains  will  be  allowed  in  the  park  unless  in  charge  of  a  duly 
registered  guide. 

10.  Owners  of  patented  lands  within  the  park  limits  are  entitled  to  the  full 
use  and  enjoyment  thereof;  such  lands,  however,  shall  have  the  metes  and 
bounds  thereof  so  marked  and  defined  as  to  be  readily  distinguished  from  the 
park  lands.  Stock  may  be  taken  over  the  park  lands  to  patented  lands  with  .the 
written  permission  and  under  the  supervision  of  the  superintendent. 

11.  The  herding  or  grazing  of  loose  stock  or  cattle  of  any  kind  on  the  govern- 
ment lands  within  the  park,  as  well  as  the  driving  of  such  stock  or  cattle  over 
the  same,  is  strictly  forbidden,  except  in  such  cases  where  authority  therefor 
is  granted  by  the  superintendent. 

12.  The  sale  of  intoxicating  liquors  on  the  government  lands  in  the  park  is 
strictly  forbidden. 

13.  Private  notices  or  advertisements  shall  not  be  posted  or  displayed  on  the 
government  lands  within  the  park,  nor  upon  or  about  ruins  on  government 
lands  within  the  5-mile  strip  surrounding  the  same,  except  such  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  convenience  and  guidance  of  the  public. 

14.  Persons  who  render  themselves  obnoxious  by  disorderly  conduct  or  bad 
behavior,  or  who  may  violate  any  of  the  foregoing  rules,  will  be  summarily 
removed  from  the  park  and  will  not  be  allowed  to  return  without  permission, 
in  writing,  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  or  the  superintendent  of  the  park. 

15.  The  aot  creating  the  park  provides  that  any  person  or  persons  who  may, 
without  having  secured  proper  permission  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
willfully  remove,  disturb,  destroy,  or  molest  any  of  the  ruins,  mounds,  build- 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK.  489 

mgs,  graves,  relics,  or  other  evidences  of  an  ancient  civilization  or  other  prop- 
erty in  said  park,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction 
before  any  court  having  jurisdiction  of  such  offenses  shall  be  fined  not  more 
than  $1,000  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  twelve  months,  or  such  person  or 
persons  may  be  fined  and  imprisoned,  at  the  discretion  of  the  court,  and  shall 
be  required  to  restore  the  property  destroyed,  if  possible. 

Any  person  or  persons  guilty  of  such  vandalism  upon  government  lands 
within  the  5-mile  strip  will  be  liable  to  a  penalty  of  $500  or  imprisonment  of 
not  more  than  ninety  days,  or  both,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court,  as  provided 
in  the  act  of  Congress  approved  June  8,  1900,  entitled  "An  act  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  American  antiquities." 

16.  The  superintendent  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  remove  all  trespassers  from  the  government  lands 
in  the  park  and  to  enforce  these  rules  and  regulations  and  all  the  provisions  of 
the  act  of  Congress  creating  the  same. 

The  Indian  police  and  field  employees  of  the  General  Land  Office  are  required 
to  cooperate  with  the  superintendent  in  the  enforcement  of  these  regulations  as 
regards  the  5-mile  strip  surrounding  the  park. 

REGULATIONS  OF  MARCH  19,  1908,  GOVERNING  THE  IMPOUNDING 
AND  DISPOSITION  OF  LOOSE  LIVE  STOCK. 

Horses,  cattle,  or  other  domestic  live  stock  running  at  large  or  beiag  herded 
or  grazed  on  the  government  lands  in  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  without  au- 
thority from  the  superintendent  of  the  park  will  be  taken  up  and  impounded 
by  the  superintendent,  who  will  at  once  give  notice  thereof  to  the  owner,  if 
known.  If  the  owner  is  not  known,  notices  of  such  impounding,  giving  a  de- 
scription of  the  animal  or  animals,  with  the  brands  thereon,  will  be  posted  in 
six  public  places  inside  the  park  and  in  two  public  places  outside  the  park. 
Any  owner  of  an  animal  thus  impounded  may,  at  any  time  before  the  sale 
thereof,  reclaim  the  same  upon  proving  ownership  and  paying  the  cost  of 
notice  and  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up  and  detention  of  such  animal, 
including  the  cost  of  feeding  and  caring  for  the  same.  If  any  animal  thus 
impounded  should  not  be  reclaimed  within  thirty  days  from  notice  to  the  owner 
or  from  the  date  of  posting  notices,  it  shall  be  sold  at  public  auction  at  such  time 
and  place  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  superintendent  after  ten  days'  notice,  to  be 
given  by  posting  notices  in  six  public  places  in  the  park  and  two  public  places 
outside  the  park  and  by  mailing  to  the  owner,  if  known,  a  copy  thereof. 

All  money  received  from  the  sale  of  such  animals  and  remaining  after  the 
payment  of  all  expenses  incident  to  the  taking  up,  impounding,  and  selling 
thereof,  shall  be  carefully  retained  by  the  superintendent  in  a  separate  fund 
for  a  period  of  six  months,  during  which  time  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of 
any  animal  may  be  claimed  by  and  paid  to  the  owner  upon  the  presentation  of 
satisfactory  proof  of  ownership ;  and  if  not  so  claimed  within  six  months  from 
the  date  of  sale,  such  proceeds  shall  be  turned  into  the  Mesa  Verde  National 
Park  fund. 

The  superintendent  shall  keep  a  record  in  which  shall  be  set  down  a  descrip- 
tion of  all  animals  impounded,  giving  the  brands  found  on  them,  the  date  and 
locality  of  the  taking  up,  the  date  of  all  notices  and  manner  in  which  they  were 
given,  the  date  of  sale,  and  the  name  and  address  of  the  purchaser,  the  amount 
for  which  each  animal  was  sold,  and  the  cost  incurred  in  connection  therewith, 
and  the  disposition  of  the  proceeds. 

The  superintendent  shall  in  each  instance  make  every  reasonable  effort  to 
ascertain  the  owner  of  animals  impounded  and  give  actual  notice  thereof  to 
such  owner. 


REPORT  ON  EXCAVATION  AND  REPAIR  OF  THE  SPRUCE  TREE 
HOUSE,  MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL  PARK,  COLORADO,  IN  MAY 
AND  JUNE,  1908.  

INTRODUCTION. 

Sir:  The  author  devoted  the  last  two  months  of  the  fiscal  year 
1908  to  the  excavation  and  repair  of  the  Spruce  Tree  House,  one  of 
the  largest  ruins  of  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park.  This  work  was 
made  possible  through  the  liberal  and  sympathetic  support  of  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  acting  in  conjunction  with  the  Smithsonian 
Institutions  This  action  marks  the  entrance  of  the  Interior  De- 
ment into  a  new  field  of  activity,  the  excavation  and  repair  of  our 
prehistoric  ruins,  and  is  a  step  of  no  small  importance  viewed  from 
both  the  educational  and  the  scientific  standpoint. 

The  author  chose  this  ruin  in  preference  to  others — work  upon 
which  would  have  been  more  striking — for  several  reasons.  It  was 
believed  that  the  available  appropriation  would  be  about  large 
enough  to  complete  the  excavation  and  repair  of  a  ruin  of  this  size, 
whereas  it  was  thought  too  small  for  a  larger  one  like  the  magnificent 
Cliff  Palace.  Moreover,  the  site  of  this  ruin  had  many  advantages. 
Spruce  Tree  House  is  situated  near  the  place  where  all  visitors  camp 
after  their  long  and  hard  trip  up  the  mesa,  and  is  naturally  the  first 
large  cliff  ruin  which  is  seen  by  those  who  visit  the  park.  If  prop- 
erly cleaned  out,  repaired,  and  labeled,  it  would  convey  a  good  idea 
of  a  cliff  dwelling  and  thus  serve  as  a  type  in  the  subsequent  exami- 
nation of  the  others.  Fortunately,  Spruce  Tree  House  presents  all 
the  important  architectural  features  found  in  other  Mesa  Verde  ruins. 
It  is  easy  of  access,  has  an  abundant  water  supply  near  by,  and  is 
within  a  convenient  distance  of  the  most  famous  ruins  of  the  park. 
The  impressions  which  a  visitor  obtains  from  it  are  lasting,  and, 
if  correct  ones,  must  be  of  great  aid  in  the  interpretation  of  the 
structure  of  other  ruins,  where  relations  of  parts  are  less  apparent 
since  the  walls  are  hidden  under  rubbish  and  fallen  walls.  The 
Spruce  Tree  House  is  an  excellent  ruin  to  serve  as  a  type  and  is  well 
situated  for  that  purpose. 

EDUCATIONAL  IDEAL. 

The  manual  work  at  the  Spruce  Tree  House  consisted  mainly 
of  cleaning  out  rooms  and  repairing  walls  and  plazas.  The  thought 
that  was  ever  in  the  mind  of  the  author  was  to  make  it  more  at- 
tractive to  visitors  and  to  increase  its  educational  value.  In  the 
progress  of  the  work  it  was  found  necessary  to  give  considerable  time 
to  undertakings  that  are  apparently  only  distantly  related  to  excava- 
tion and  repair.     Of  this  nature  may  be  mentioned  the  construction 

0  Tlio  author  was  assigned  this  work  hy  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian,  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  who  allotted  $2,000  for  the  purpose.  This  report 
considers  the  more  general  aspects  of  the  work  at  Spruce  Tree  House  and  leaves  many 
technical   details  for  a   later  consideration. 

490 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK.  401 

of  channels  to  turn  the  water  from  the  ruin,  the  building  of  trails, 
labeling  objects  of  interest,  and  grading  the  approaches  to  the 
ruin,  which  was  almost  inaccessible  when  work  began.  While 
none  of  these  undertakings,  except  possibly  the  first  mentioned,  could 
be  called  expensive,  all  were  essential  to  put  the  ruin  in  repair  for 
preservation.  Without  proper  drainage  all  repair  work  would  have 
been  futile  or,  at  least,  only  of  temporary  value. 

While  the  ideal  of  work  at  Spruce  Tree  House  was  to  develop 
in  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  a  "  type  ruin  "  from  which  visitors 
could  become  acquainted  first  hand  with  the  general  features  of  pre- 
historic buildings  called  cliff  dwellings,  it  was  also  planned  to  show 
the  meaning  of  their  different  parts,  the  construction  and  essential 
features  of  the  rooms,  their  arrangement  and  special  uses.  Follow- 
ing the  ideals  of  the  Institution,  with  which  the  author  is  connected, 
he  has  sought  to  increase  by  excavation  and  repair  the  educational 
value  of  Spruce  Tree  House.  It  is  hoped  by  him  that  visitors  can 
now  obtain  much  clearer  ideas  of  a  cliff  house  than  before  the  work 
was  undertaken. 

REPAIR   NOT   RESTORATION. 

Archaeological  experts  may  differ  in  their  judgments  regarding  the 
extent  of  work  necessary  to  repair  a  ruin  as  much  mutilated  as 
Spruce  Tree  House.  It  is  difficult  to  determine  a  strict  line  of  de- 
markation  between  repair  and  restoration  work.  The  author  has 
sought  to  avoid  any  restoration  which  would  involve  him  in  any 
theoretical  questions  even  when  he  had  good  reasons  to  adopt  an 
obvious  interpretation.  He  has  endeavored  to  preserve  the  pic- 
turesque character  of  the  walls  when  possible  and  has  not  attempted 
to  foist  on  the  observer  any  theory  of  construction  that  was  not 
clearly  evident.  Before  the  repair  of  a  magnificent  ruin  like  Cliff 
Palace  could  be  attempted  work  on  a  small  ruin  like  the  Spruce  Tree 
House  was  almost  necessary.  No  one  without  some  such  experience 
in  repair  work  should  be  intrusted  with  the  excavation  and  repair 
of  this  important  ruin. 

METHOD   OF  EXCAVATION  AND   REPAIR. 

Another  ideal  in  the  author's  work  at  Spruce  Tree  House  has 
been  so  to  treat  the  ruin  as  to  make  it  an  object  lesson  for  archaeo- 
logical students,  showing  by  this  means  how  ruins  should  be  exca- 
vated and  repaired.  Hitherto,  with  the  exception  of  the  work  under 
the  author's  direction  at  Casa  Grande,  by  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, archaeological  field  work  in  the  Southwest  has  been  devoted 
mainly  to  making  collections  of  pottery  and  small  portable  antiqui- 
ties. In  the  effort  to  gather  these  minor  antiquities  the  walls  of 
ruins  have  been  mutilated  and  left  practically  without  any  thought 
of  protection  from  the  elements.  Architectural  data  have  been 
sacrificed  to  obtain  collections  of  those  small  objects  which  have  a 
commercial  value  or  will  make  an  artistic  impression  when  arranged 
on  the  shelves  of  a  museum.  It  is  hoped  that  the  work  done  at 
Casa  Grande  Ruin  in  Arizona  and  the  Spruce  Tree  House  in  Mesa 
Verde  National  Park  the  past  season  may  influence  archaeologists 
to  even  greater  care  in  the  treatment  of  the  ruins  they  are  permitted 
to  excavate  in  the  Southwest.     Our  responsibiliy  in  this  work  ia 


492  MESA   VEEDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

very  great,  for  we  are  dealing  with  precious  data,  which  belong  to 
posterity  as  well  as  to  the  present  generation.  The  author  believes 
he  has  no  right  to  tear  down  walls  and  despoil  prehistoric  cemeteries 
for  any  other .  purpose  than  the  advancement  of  knowledge.  In 
his  opinion  beginners  and  those  without  training  or  experience 
should  not  be  allowed  to  take  charge  of  archaeological  work  without 
direction  on  any  of  the  great  ruins  of  the  Southwest.  The  author 
writes  this  in  a  spirit  of  humility,  for  he  has  been  conscious 
throughout  his  work  of  the  great  responsibility  which  has  rested 
upon  him  in  the  excavation  and  repair  of  one  of  the  finest  ruins  in 
the  Mesa  Verde  Park,  and  would  gladly  welcome  any  suggestion  that 
would  throw  more  light  on  the  many  difficult  problems  that  present 
themselves  to  the  field  worker  in  this  new  archaeology. 

The  intention  of  the  author  has  not  been  the  reconstruction  but  the 
repair  of  Spruce  Tree  House.  Walls  in  danger  of  falling,  especially 
those  that  have  suffered  a  thrust  from  the  perpendicular,  have  been  so 
treated  as  to  prevent  their  falling.  No  radical  reconstruction  of 
rooms  has  been  attempted ;  the  Avails  have  not  been  built  up,  but  the 
sky  lines  remain  practically  as  they  were  before  the  excavations  were 
begun. 

It  was  found  in  excavating  kivas  and  those  rooms  situated  in  front 
of  the  village  that  a  considerable  repair  of  walls  was  necessary  to 
preserve  the  original  structure  of  the  rooms  and  their  connection  with 
those  chambers  situated  in  the  deeper  regions  of  the  cavern.  The 
defensive  wall  forming  the  front  of  the  village  had  to  be  built  up  in 
places  above  the  level  of  the  plazas  a  Some  sections  of  the  plaza  floor 
were  so  damaged  that  much  work  was  necessary  to  restore  them  to 
their  former  level. 

PROTECTION  FROM  TORRENTS. 

One  source  of  injury  to  Spruce  Tree  House  was  the  dripping  water 
that  in  rainy  weather  falls  over  the  canyon  rim  above  it,  thus  often 
destroying  whole  sections  of  the  exposed  walls.  This  water  is  the 
drainage  from  a  large  extent  of  country  covered  with  cedars  lying 
east  of  the  canyon.  In  heavy  rains,  when  this  overflow  becomes  a 
torrent,  its  force  is  sufficient  to  wash  out  mortar  from  the  walls,  caus- 
ing the  buildings  to  fall  when  their  foundations  are  undermined.  In 
order  to  obviate  this  difficulty  as  far  as  possible,  there  was  blasted  out 
of  the  solid  rock  a  crescentic  trench  254  feet  long,  averaging  2  feet 
deep  by  3  feet  wide,  situated  at  its  middle  point  60  feet  back  from 
the  canyon.  The  water  from  the  cedars  is  deflected  by  this  channel 
from  the  rim  of  the  mesa  above  Spruce  Tree  House  to  points  on  the 
rim  rock  beyond  the  north  and  south  ends  of  the  ruin,  where  it  falls 
over  the  cliff  without  endangering  aboriginal  masonry, 

REPAIR  OF  WALLS. 

The  floors  of  all  the  rooms  had  been  dug  into  by  those  in  search  of 
small  objects  supposed  to  exist  below  them,  so  that  repairs  were  nec- 
essary in  almost  every  room.  This  work  was,  however,  of  small 
account  and  comparatively  easy,  necessitating  simply  filling  in  cavi- 
ties with  adobe.     The  repair  of  foundations  of  walls  which  had  been 

a  The  lettering  of  the  plazas  corresponds  to  the  designation  of  the  related  kivas. 


ANN.     REPT.     DEPT.     OF    INTERIOR,     1 


SPRUCE   TREE   HOUSE   FROM   THE  SOUTHWEST,    BEFORE  AND  AFTER    REPAIR. 


REPT.    DEPT.    OF    INTERIOR,     1908. 


SPRUCE   TREE   HOUSE,    PLAZA   D,    BEFORE   AND  AFTER   REPAIR. 


ANN.     REPT.     DEPT.     OF    INTERIOR, 


SPRUCE  TREE  HOUSE 


1                  1 

o              *S' 
SCAl£T   OF 

r 

3o'\<^'    \ 

( 

-4ts      :- 

PLAN   OF  SPRUCE  TREE   HOUSE. 

A.-H,  ceremonial  rooms  or  kivas;  1-72,  secular  n»otns:  2,  ossuary;  12,  warrior's  room,  cb,  corn 
bin;  cr,  corn  grinding  place;  d,  air  deflector;  e,  entrance  to  kiva  from  adjacent  room;/p, 
fireplace;  8,  symbolic  entrance  to  the  underworld;  ST,  spruce-tree  stump;  V,  ventilator 


MESA  VERDE   NATIONAL,  PARK.  493 

broken,  or  of  holes  that  had  been  knocked  through  walls0  to  admit 
light  was  more  difficult.  Some  of  the  last-mentioned  breaks  were 
left  unrepaired,  especially  those  where  windows  or  doorways  had  been 
enlarged,  rendering  it  no  longer  possible  to  discover  the  original 
form  of  the  wall.  Several  high  walls  which  were  badly  cracked  were 
mended,  and  in  one  or  two  cases  extensive  repair  work  was  done  on 
walls  that  had  sprung  away  from  their  attachment  to  the  cliffs  and 
were  in  danger  of  falling.  It  was  not  the  custom  of  the  ancient 
masons  to  firmly  tie  or  bind  the  corners  of  their  buildings  so  that 
in  the  process  of  time  these  angles  had  opened  and  the  walls  spread  so 
far  apart  that  huge  gaps  were  visible.  The  walls  would  have  fallen 
within  a  few  years  had  not  extensive  repair  work  been  done  on  sev- 
eral of  these  corners.  Whenever  it  was  possible  leaning  walls  or 
those  in  danger  of  falling  were  braced  by  attachment  to  firmer  stand- 
ing walls,  and  in  one  or  two  instances  it  was  necessary  to  construct 
a  buttress  breast  high  to  hold  up  a  wall  that  could  not  be  otherwise 
saved.  Almost  the  whole  front  wall  of  a  large  square  room  situ- 
ated back  of  kiva  H  had  fallen,  leaving  its  upper  part  near  the  roof 
of  the  cave  partly  hanging  in  the  air  and  almost  destitute  of  sup- 
port. This  large  gap  was  filled  and  the  old  wall  is  no  longer  in 
danger  of  falling. 

The  appearance  of  Spruce  Tree  House  before  and  after  excavation 
and  repair  is  shown  in  Pis.  I  and  II  from  photographs  furnished 
by  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

GROUND  PLAN  OF  RUIN. 

The  most  important  addition  to  Nordenskiold's  ground  plan  of 
Spruce  Tree  House  resulting  from  the  author's  excavations  was 
uncovering  the  bounding  wall  formerly  hidden  from  view  under  the 
debris  on  top  of  the  talus  in  front  of  the  rooms  and  kivas.  Only 
fragments  of  this  wall  were  evident  when  excavation  work  began, 
and  the  relation  of  kivas  to  plazas  did  not  appear.  An  accurate 
knowledge  of  the  walls  in  this  region  gives  one  a  new  and,  for  the 
first  time,  a  correct  idea  of  the  general  appearance  of  the  ruin. 

The  front  wall,  which  was  replaced  to  a  uniform  height  of  3  feet, 
was  probably  breast-high  when  the  village  was  inhabited.  It  seems 
to  have  served  as  a  protective  wall,  but  it  also  formed  one  side  of  the 
plazas  containing  the  kivas  and  other  dwellings.6 

NUMBER  OF  ROOMS  AND  DIMENSIONS. 

The  total  length  of  Spruce  Tree  House  was  found  to  be  216  feet, 
its  width  at  the  widest  part  89  feet,  There  were  counted  in  the 
Spruce  Tree  House  114  rooms,  the  majority  of  which  were  secular, 
and  8  ceremonial  chambers  or  kivas  (PL  III).  Nordenskiold  num- 
bered 80  of  the  former  and  7  of  the  latter,  but  in  this  count  he 
apparently  did  not  differentiate  in  the  former  those  of  the  first, 
second,  and  third  stories.  Spruce  Tree  House  was  in  places  3  stories 
high;  the  third-story  rooms  had  no  artificial  roof,  but  the  wall  of 
the  cave  served  that  purpose.     Several  rooms,  the  walls  of  which  are 

«  Tt  is  reported  th.it  giant  powder  or  dynamite  was  used  by  those  who  broke  down 
these  walls. 

6As  a  rule,  no  buildings  were  constructed  on  top  of  a  kiva,  and  their  roofs  were  on 
the  same  level  as  the  adjacent  plazas. 


494  MESA  VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

now  2  stories  high,  formerly  had  a  third  story  °  above  the  second,  but 
their  walls  have  now  fallen,  leaving  as  the  only  indication  of  their 
former  union  with  the  cave  lines  destitute  of  smoke  on  the  top  of  the 
cavern.  Of  the  114  rooms,  at  least  14  were  uninhabited,  being  used 
as  storage  and  mortuary  chambers.  If  we  eliminate  these  from  the 
total  number  of  rooms  we  have  100  inclosures  which  might  have  been 
dwellings.  Allowing  4  inhabitants  for  each  of  these  100  rooms 
would  give  about  400  persons  as  an  aboriginal  population  of  Spruce 
Tree  House.  But  it  is  probable  that  this  estimate  should  be  reduced, 
as  not  all  the  100  rooms  were  inhabited  at  the  same  time,  there  being 
evidence  that  several  of  them  had  occupants  long  after  others  were 
deserted.  Approximately,  Spruce  Tree  House  hacl  a  population  not 
far  from  350  people,  or  about  100  more  than  that  of  Walpi,  one  of 
the  best-known  Hopi  pueblos. 

GENERAL  CHARACTER  OF  WALLS. 

The  walls  of  the  rooms  are  constructed  of  dressed  stone  generally 
firmly  set  in  adobe  mortar,  the  pointing  of  which  is  sometimes 
strengthened  by  the  insertion  of  small  stones  or  fragments  of  pottery. 
The  relatively  large  amount  of  mortar  used  by  the  ancient  masons 
in  the  joints  between  stones  is  a  source  of  weakness  especially  in 
those  outside  walls  that  were  subjected  to  melting  snow  or  driving 
sleet  and  rain.  The  interiors  of  those  rooms  situated  under  the  cliff 
are  but  little  worn ;  they  were  generally  smoothly  plastered,  often  left 
rough,  but  seldom  needed  repair.  The  one-storied  rooms  have  as  a 
rule  lost  their  roofs,  but  many  with  two  stories  have  them  entire. 
The  walls  of  the  third  story  generally*reach  to  the  top  of  the  cavern 
and  its  overhang  serves  as  their  covering.  As  a  rule  the  form  of  all 
living  roQms  is  square  or  quadrilateral  on  the  ground  floor.  There 
are,  however,  triangular,  pentagonal,  and  round  rooms,  as  that  near 
the  south  entrance  to  the  ruin  which  may  have  served  for  defense. 
Fireplaces  are  ordinarily  situated  in  one  corner  of  the  room,  but  in 
circular  chambers  they  lie  near  the  middle. 

An  examination  of  the  walls  of  Spruce  Tree  House  before  repair 
made  evident  that  the  masonry  of  this  cliff  dwelling  varies  in 
excellence  in  different  sections  of  the  village.  Some  of  the  walls  are 
constructed  of  nicely  dressed  stones  carefully  laid,  tied  at  the  corners, 
and  smoothly  plastered.  These  would  be  a  credit  to  a  white  mason, 
but  other  walls  are  carelessly  made  of  irregular  stones,  crudely  laid 
and  roughly  plastered.  These  differences  lead  to  the  belief  that  many 
masons  and  plasterers,  some  of  indifferent  skill,  others  adepts,  con- 
structed these  rooms.  There  are  indubitable  evidences  that  the  walls 
of  this  cliff  house  were  constructed  at  different  times.  None  of  the 
building  stones  are  too  heavy  to  be  carried  by  one  person,  and  the 
plastering  shows  in  many  places  the  imprints  of  human  hands.  No 
trowels  or  instruments  for  pressing  mortar  were  used;  the  walls  are 
not  wholly  plumb,  nor  are  their  surfaces  perfectly  plain,  except  in 
rare  instances.  The  majority  of  building  stones  were  obtained  from 
the  floor  of  the  cave,  but  some  were  transported  from  the  bottom  of 
the  canyon. 

0  On  the  author's  plan  of  Spruce  Tree  House,  from  a  survey  by  Mr.  S.  G.  Morley,  the 
third  story  is  Indicated  by  crosshatchlng,  the  second  by  parallel  lines,  and  the  first  has 
no  markings. 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK.  495 

The  best  preserved  walls,  as  would  naturally  be  expected,  lie  far 
back  in  the  cavern,  sheltered  by  the  overhanging  cliff.  The  front 
walls  of  the  village  had  been  considerably  mutilated,  the  thick  mortar 
in  the  joints  having  been  washed  out  by  water  dripping  upon  it  from 
the  canyon  rim,  and  storms  breaking  upon  them  for  centuries.0  These 
sources  of  destruction  have  been  most  harmful  and  have  done  more 
to  destroy  the  ruin  than  all  other  causes  combined. 

REFUSE  HEAPS. 

The  very  deepest  part  of  the  cavern  was  a  large  space  destitute  of 
rooms  and  not  used  for  habitation,  but  apparently  for  a  refuse  heap 
or  burial  place.  The  fact  that  this  large  inclosure  contains  much 
debris  of  all  kinds  would  indicate  that  it  was  probably  used  by  the 
ancients  as  a  dumping  place  in  which  the  dead  may  have  been  buried. 
The  refuse  it  contains  has  been  pretty  well  dug  over  by  "  pottery 
diggers  "  who  have  found  one  or  more  desiccated  bodies  (mummies) 
and  accompanying  mortuary  objects.  To  facilitate  their  work  they 
have  broken  down  large  sections  of  rooms  inclosing  it  to  let  in  light 
or  air.  No  systematic  excavation  was  attempted  by  the  author  in 
this  place,  for  a  similar  smaller  refuse  heap  in  the  southern  section 
was  thoroughly  cleaned  out,  and  nothing  of  importance  rewarded  a 
very  difficult  week's  work  in  the  oppressive  alkaline  dust  of  this 
region.  It  is  stated  that  turkeys  were  kept  here,  and  bird  droppings 
add  considerable  force  to  this  theory.  In  the  dry  guano  and  rubbish 
that  covers  the  floor  of  these  caves,  everything  becomes  desiccated,  and 
several  desiccated  bodies  (mummies)  of  small  mammals  and  lizards 
were  excavated;  the  refuse  could  not  be  moved  without  inhalation  of 
dry  dust  which  makes  the  work  if  not  dangerous  at  least  trying  to  the 
breathing  organs.  Evidences  of  isolated  rooms,  backed  up  against 
the  rear  cave  wall,  were  found  in  the  largest  of  these  refuse  places. 
It  is  quite  impossible  that  these  were  human  habitations.  The  roof 
of  the  cave  is  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  smoke,  showing  that  fires 
were  often  made  in  this  section  of  the  town. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  ROOMS. 

Future  visitors  to  Spruce  Tree  House  will  find  that  there  are  two 
or  three  types  of  rooms  in  the  Mesa  Verde  cliff  villages.  One  type  is 
evidently  a  living  room,  rectangular  or  quadrilateral  in  shape,  with 
well-plastered  floor,  in  one  corner  of  which  is  commonly  a  fireplace. 
Another  type,  called  kivas,  has  a  circular  form,  is  subterranean,  and, 
like  all  religious  chambers,  preserves  ancient  characters  which  are 
highly  instructive.  The  secular  rooms  differ  but  little  from  those 
throughout  the  pueblo  area,  but  the  kivas  present  many  significant 
variations  in  different  geographical  locations. 

SECULAR  ROOMS. 

The  rooms  of  Spruce  Tree  House  are  topographically  divided 
into  two  groups  by  a  court  or  street,  running  east  and  west,  situated 
about  midway  between  the  north  and  south  ends  of  the  village.  This 
street  is  entered  from  the  plaza  in  which  kiva  G  is  situated,"  and  has 
many  fireplaces.     In  the  northern*  division  of  the  ruin  there  are  five 

°  In  laying  their  walls  the  aboriginal  masons  appear  not  to  have  pressed  the  stones 
together  sufficiently  to  make  a  lasting  union,  but  left  thick  layers  of  adobe  between  them 
which  on  exposure  to  water  rapidly  washed  out. 


496  MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

kivas°  and  in  the  southern  section  three.  The  majority  of  the  secu- 
lar rooms,  comprising  the  oldest,  are  situated  in  the  northern  divi- 
sion. The  row  of  rooms  bordering  the  street  on  the  south  end  of  the 
northern  division  contains  some  of  the  best  walls  in  Spruce  Tree 
House.  The  roofs  and  floors  are  well  preserved  and  the  walls  show 
the  best  masonry  in  the  whole  ruin.  The  varied  coloring  of  the 
plaster  indicates  that  it  was  done  at  different  times.  It  may  well 
have  been  that  this  was  the  most  aristocratic  part  of  the  village ;  cer- 
tainly the  houses  here  were  constructed  by  the  most  clever  masons  and 
are  now  the  best  preserved.  Their  roofs  and  floors  are  in  as  fine  con- 
dition to-day  as  when  the  place  was  inhabited.  They  have  lateral 
doorways  and  well-made  windows  opening  into  the  street.  Entrances 
through  upper  or  second  floor  doorways  appear  in  some  cases  to  have 
been  accomplished  by  means  of  foot  holes  in  the  side  of  the  wall, 
which  are  now  visible.  Notched  logs  were  placed  along  the  street 
to  be  used  by  visitors.  The  rooms  are  dark  and  were  probably  sleep- 
ing chambers,  the  fireplaces  in  the  courts  indicating  that  much  of 
the  cooking  was  done  in  the  adjacent  plaza  and  court. 

The  rooms  of  Spruce  Tree  House  are  well  furnished  with  door- 
ways, both  lateral  and  vertical,  the  latter  being  very  few  in  number. 
Some  of  the  lateral  openings  are  rectangular  in  form,  slightly  nar- 
rowed above;  others  are  T-shaped.  Many  examples  of  the  latter 
have  the  lower  part  filled  in  with  masonry,  reducing  them  to  rec- 
tangular openings,  and  a  few  are  entirely  walled  in,  shutting  off  all 
entrances,  a  circumstance  that  would  indicate  that  these  rooms  were 
abandoned  while  yet  others  were  inhabited. 

The  sills  of  those  doors  which  have  a  solid  stone  threshold  are  often 
much  worn,  showing  frequent  use.  The  lintels  are  commonly  slabs 
of  stone,  but  they  may  likewise  be  made  of  split  sticks  set  in  mortar. 
Similar  sticks  are  likewise  sometimes  let  into  the  sides  of  the  door- 
ways. The  tops  of  many  of  the  openings  were  partially  arched  over 
with  mud,  making  a  semicircular  jamb  that  holds  in  place  the  flat 
stone  which  closed  the  opening.  To  secure  in  place  the  stone  slab 
which  closed  the  entrance  the  inhabitants  used  a  stick  that  was  held 
in  place  by  eyelets  made  of  osiers,  one  on  each  side.  One  of  these 
doors  was  restored  in  its  original  form. 

WOODEN  BEAMS  AND  LADDERS. 

It  is  remarkable  how  many  old  wooden  beams  and  rafters  still 
remain  in  their  original  positions  in  the  Spruce  Tree  House.  Their 
appearance  indicates  that  the  ruin  never  suffered  any  general  con- 
flagration. This  abundance  of  beams  is  in  marked  contrast  to  the 
condition  at  Cliff  Palace  where,  as  pointed  out  by  Nordenskiold, 
there  is  a  great  scarcity  of  wood  of  any  shape.  There  is  nothing  to 
indicate  any  great  conflagration  at  Cliff  Palace,  and  probably  the 
wood  was  removed  from  its  walls  to  be  used  in  the  construction  of 
buildings  in  the  neighboring  cliff  houses.5     No  fragments  of  ladders 

°  There  is  a  numerical  relationship  between  the  population  and  the  number  of  kivas 
which   has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily  worked  out. 

*  There  are  many  large  cliff  dwellings  in  the  neighborhood  of  Cliff  Talace  that  have 
never  been  described.  A  topographical  archaeological  survey  is  much  needed  to  de- 
termine how  many  ruins  of  all  kinds  there  are  in  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park.  The 
iccount  we  have  of  the  ruins  In  this  region  is  the  excellent  memoir,  now  somewhat 
Incomplete,  by  Gustav  Nordenskiold,  "The  Cliff  Dwellers  of  the  Mesa  Verde."  This 
beautifully  illustrated  work  is  repeatedly  referred  to  in  the  following  pages. 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK.  497 

or  holes  for  the  same  were  noticed  in,  the  floors  of  kivas.  Charred 
rafters  often  reduced  to  charcoal  in  some  rooms  showed  that  the 
woodwork  of  some  of  the  kivas  must  have  been  burnt  and  the  change 
in  color  of  the  walls  to  a  bright  red  indicates  that  the  heat  of  the 
conflagration  in  these  rooms  was  intense. 

BALCONY. 

The  second  tier  of  rooms  of  plaza  Z>,  as  shown  by  the  projecting 
ends  of  rafters,  had  a  balcony,  a  small  section  of  which  can  still  be 
seen  at  the  north  end.  Long  poles  formerly  extended  above  these 
projecting  beams,  which  they  connected,  and  these  poles  supported 
wattlings  and  cedar  bark  covered  with  adobe.  Along  this  platform 
the  dwellers  in  rooms  in  the  second  story  passed  from  doorway  to 
doorway,  and  by  it  they  were  enabled  to  enter  their  own  rooms.  The 
evidences  are  that  there  were  two  balconies,  one  above  another,  at  this 
point,  but  all  traces  of  the  floor  of  the  highest  of  these  except  a  few 
ends  of  rafters  have  disappeared.  In  a  wall  under  this  balcony,  as 
was  not  uncommon  in  some  cliff  dwellings,  there  is  found  a  stone 
projecting  from  its  face  which  served  as  a  step  to  reach  the  lowest 
doorway. 

STONE   BINS. 

In  one  corner  of  a  room  back  of  plaza  H  there  is  a  stone  box  or 
closet,  the  sides  of  which  are  formed  of  slabs  set  upright,  on  the  upper 
edges  of  which  is  luted  in  place  a  cover  having  a  square  hole  cut 
in  one  corner.  This  stone  is  not  level,  but  inclines  slightly  outward 
from  the  wall.  The  use  of  this  closet  is  unknown.  A  somewhat 
similar  stone  bin  occurs  in  the  northeast  corner  of  plaza  L7,  but,  unlike 
it,  has  no  covering  slab  and  is  situated  in  the  corner  of  a  plaza  instead 
of  a  room.  It  seems  natural  to  regard  it  as  a  corn  bin.  The  meaning 
of  the  stone  inclosures  in  one  corner  of  plaza  G  is  unknown. 

CIRCULAR  ROOMS. 

The  most  interesting  room  in  the  south  division  is  circular  in  form 
and  stands  at  the  right  of  the  visitor  as  he  follows  the  street  from 
kiva  G  to  the  rear  of  the  cave.  It  would  at  first  sight  seem  from  the 
shape  of  this  room  and  the  number  and  arrangement  of  holes  in  its 
wall  that  it  was  a  bastion  for  defense.  But  these  orifices  admit  of 
an  explanation  quite  different  from  portholes.  They  may  be  the 
openings  through  which  the  sun  priest  watched  the  setting  sun  to 
determine  the  times  for  ceremonies.  This  room  is  somewhat  iso- 
lated from  the  others  and  is  furnished  with  rectangular  openings 
like  windows  in  front  and  rear,  but  as  these  openings  are  small  and 
not  easily  passable,  the  probability  is  that  the  entrance  was  from 
above. 

The  ground  outline  of  another  circular  room,  which  may  possibly 
have  been  a  tower,  the  existence  of  which  escaped  all  previous  observ- 
ers, was  traced  at  the  south  end  of  the  ruin  just  beyond  kiva  H. 
From  its  position  this  room  was  believed  to  be  a  bastion  for  defence, 
so  placed  as  to  command  the  entrance  to  the  village  from  its  south 
end.  The  broken  wall  and  fireplace  of  this  room  were  repaired. 
58920— int  1908— vol  1 32 


498  MESA   VEKDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

WARRIORS'  ROOM. 

One  of  the  problematical  rooms  of  Spruce  Tree  House  lies  in  the 
northern  division  back  of  plaza  G  in  the  row  east  of  its  kiva.  This 
small  room  has  a  lateral  doorway,  the  sill,  as  are  others,  somewhat 
raised  above  the  level  of  the  plaza.  The  remarkable  feature  of  this 
room  is  a  banquette  extending  around  its  three  sides,  the  remaining 
side  or  that  opposite  the  door  being  the  clilf  or  rear  of  the  cave.  This 
room  resembles  in  certain  particulars  one  in  Cliff  Palace,  described  by 
Nordenskiold,  but  differs  from  his  description  in  certain  important 
details  of  structure.  Its  construction  is  so  exceptional  that  one  could 
hardly  call  it  a  living  room  and  it  is  too  elaborately  made  for  a  stor- 
age chamber.  There  is  a  shallow  vertical  passageway  in  the  south 
corner  near  where  the  banquette  joins  the  side  of  the  cliff,  which  has 
some  unknown  meaning.  Nordenskiold,  in  discussing  a  similar  room 
in  the  Cliff  Palace,  appears  "  to  regard  it  as  marking  the  transition  to 
the  rectangular  estufa  of  the  Mold  Indians."  As  he  points  out,  it 
differs  "  from  the  estufas  in  the  absence  of  the  characteristic  passage 
and  also  of  the  six  niches.  Furthermore,  they  often  contain  several 
stories,  and  in  every  respect  but  the  form  resemble  the  rectangular 
rooms."  It  rarely  happens  that  secular  rooms  are  built  above  kivas; 
in  fact,  such  a  condition  would  be  ceremonially  an  impossibility. 
The  meeting  places  of  warriors  are  exceptional  in  this  regard,  and 
from  this  and  other  reasons  this  chamber  is  considered  by  the  author 
as  a  room  of  the  warriors,  or  an  assembly  place  for  councils.  This 
room  adjoins  that  in  which  three  child  "  mummies  "  are  said  to  have 
been  found  and  from  which  the  author  exhumed  the  skeleton  of  an 
adult.    It  needed  little  repair  and  was  put  in  good  condition. 

DETAILS  OF  CONSTRUCTION. 

In  the  middle  of  plaza  G  there  is  a  rude- ware  vase  set  in  the  floor 
with  opening  level  with  the  surface.  This  is  probably  the  cavity 
where  offerings  were  ceremonially  deposited,  and  corresponds  in  a 
general  way  with  shrines  in  the  middle  of  the  ITopi  plazas,  one  of 
the  best  known  of  which  is  the  so-called  sipapu  used  in  the  Walpi 
snake  dance.  The  rooms  at  the  south  end  of  the  ruin  follow  a  ledge 
slightly  elevated  above  the  general  level.  Here  are  also  small  in- 
cisures, or  bins,  constructed  of  stone,  that  remind  one  of  storage  cysts. 
Below  these  on  the  horizontal  surface  of  the  cliff  there  are  broad 
depressions  worn  in  the  rock  by  rubbing  stone  weapons,  like  axes,  and 
narrow  grooves  showing  the  impression  of  pointed  implements.  Here 
are  also  several  good  fireplaces,  from  the  smoke  of  which  the  top  of 
the  cave  has  been  considerably  blackened.  It  was  necessary  to  repair 
one  of  the  storage  cysts,  which  had  been  almost  completely  destroyed. 

It  was  customary  for  the  inhabitants  of  the  cliff  houses  to  lay  an 
irregular  wall,  without  mortar,  on  the  tops  of  other  walls.  One  of 
the  high  walls  at  the  south  end  of  the  ruin  has  a  collection  of  these 
stones,  the  use  of  which  has  led  to  considerable  speculation.  These 
rude  walls  served  as  wind  or  snow  breaks. 

MURAL  PAINTINGS. 

Several  different  pigments  or  colored  sands  were  used  in  ornament- 
ing the  wall  plastering,  the  most  common  colors  being  pink,  yellow, 
brown,  white,  and  red.    The  lower  half  of  the  rooms  had  a  decorated 


MESA  VERDE    NATIONAL.  PARK.  499 

dado,  colored  dark  red,  which  was  finished  on  the  upper  edge  with 
rows  of  dots  interspersed  with  triangular  symbols.  On  the  edge  of 
the  dado  of  room  24  there  are  two  figures  that  Nordenskiold  identifies 
as  birds,  but  one  of  these  appears  more  like  a  quadruped  with 
recurved  horns,  reminding  one  of  a  mountain  sheep.a  On  the  higher 
part  of  another  wall  of  the  same  room,  which  is  painted  white,  there 
is  a  rectangular  figure  inclosing  geometrical  designs  like  those  that 
occur  on  pottery.  A  terraced  white  figure  on  the  wall  of  room  11 
overlooking  kiva  G  is  like  an  inverted  Hopi  symbol  of  a  rain  cloud. 
Kiva  A  has  on  one  of  its  buttresses  two  indistinct  triangular  figures. 
This  symbol  is  not  unknown  to  the  Hopi  women,  who  use  it  in  orna- 
menting their  house  walls  and  as  a  design  for  decoration  of  their  blan- 
kets. In  these  cases,  however,  the  position  of  the  triangle  is  inverted. 
The  triangle  symbol  is  commonly  interpreted  by  them  to  represent 
the  butterfly,  but  in  some  cases  it  is  a  highly  conventionalized  rain- 
cloud  design.  Its  meaning  among  the  people  of  Spruce  Tree  House 
may  be  the  same. 

LIKENESS  TO  PUEBLOS. 

While  there  is  a  general  similarity  in  the  form  and  size  of  dwelling 
rooms  in  Spruce  Tree  House  and  those  of  inhabited  Hopi  pueblos 
like  Walpi,  there  is  a  marked  difference  in  the  construction  of  their 
sacred  rooms,  called  "  kivas."  This  remark  applies  also  to  ceremonial 
rooms  elsewhere  in  the  Southwest,  so  that  we  might  base  subdivisions 
in  our  classification  of  the  pueblo  subculture  areas  on  the  form  of 
their  kivas.  It  may  also  be  pointed  out  that  owing  to  the  conserva- 
tion which  is  always  present  in  the  construction  of  everything  con- 
nected with  sacred  edifices  the  kiva  often  retains  the  oldest  or  prehis- 
toric architecture. 

CEREMONIAL  ROOMS   OR  KIVAS. 

Spruce  Tree  House  has  eight  kivas,  seven  of  which  are  indicated 
by  circles  in  Nordenskiold's  plan.  These  kivas  are  circular  in  form, 
subterranean  in  position,  and  in  structure  essentially  alike;  their 
structure  is  characteristic  of  those  elsewhere  on  the  Mesa  Verde,  in 
the  McElmo,  San  Juan,  and  Chaco  canj^ons.  All  Spruce  Tree  House 
kivas  lie  in  front  of  dwellings  except  one,  A,  which  fills  an  interval 
between  the  back  wall  of  the  cliff  and  buildings  before  it.  On  this 
and  other  accounts  this  kiva  is  believed  to  be  one  of  the  oldest  in  the 
village.  As  this  kiva  has  double  walls  evidently  those  first  built  did 
not  please  the  builders.  The  present  and  latest  constructed  kiva  is 
circular  and  lies  inside  an  older  one,  which  has  an  oval  shape.  Both 
of  these  structures  were  excavated  and  put  in  thorough  repair. 

EXCAVATION  AND  REPAIR  OF  KIVAS. 

When  the  repair  work  on  Spruce  Tree  House  was  begun,  the  cavities 
of  all  kivas  were  full  of  rocks  which  had  fallen  from  the  neighboring 
buildings,  and  the  plazas  were  covered  above  the  level  of  the  bases  of 
adjacent  rooms.  The  upper  walls  of  the  kivas  breaking  and  falling 
had  contributed  to  the  mass  of  debris  in  the  vicinity,  so  that  although 
roughly  indicated  by  depressions  the  walls  and  floors  of  the  kivas 

n  In  one  place  he  callsthem  birds;  in  another,  a  bird  and  a  mountain  sheep. 


500  MESA  VERDE    NATION AL  PARK. 

were  wholly  concealed  and  their  extent  impossible  to  make  out. 
(PI.  II.)  All  kivas  except  one,  B,a  were  excavated  to  their  floors  and 
that  portion  of  their  walls  which  had  fallen  was  built  up  to  the  level 
of  the  adjacent  plazas.  This  repair  work,  especially  in  kiva  Z7,  where 
almost  the  whole  wall  of  the  neighboring  eastern  rooms  had  fallen, 
took  much  time  and  thought.  Two  kivas,  C  and  F,  were  roofed  and 
provided  with  ladders,  following  as  a  model  that  of  a  kiva  in  the 
"  House  with  the  Square  Tower  "  (Peabody  House) ,  in  which  parts  of 
the  roof  still  remain.6  In  the  restoration  of  this  portion  of  the  kiva 
the  author  fortunately  had  the  aid  of  Mr.  A.  V.  Kidder,  who  has 
specially  studied  the  ruins  of  the  Mesa  Verde  region. 

The  pedestals  of  all  the  kivas  were  repaired  and  when  necessary 
pointed  and  plastered.  Kiva  F,  near  the  stump  of  the  old  spruce 
tree  c  which  gave  the  ruin  its  name,  was  roofed  and  provided  with  a 
ladder,  but  as  the  inner  wall  was  considerably  broken  down  and  the 
pedestals  destroyed  the  aboriginal  method  of  construction  of  the 
roof  could  not  well  be  followed  in  all  particulars  as  completely  as 
kiva  C.  On  account  of  the  exposure  of  this  room  to  falling  water 
from  the  edge  of  the  cliff  above  the  ruin,  a  drain  was  laid  in  Port- 
land cement  on  the  roof  to  convey  water  falling  on  the  top  of  this 
kiva  to  the  edge  of  the  talus. 

As  the  Spruce  Tree  House  kivas  average  less  than  15  feet  in 
diameter,  these  chambers  are  considerably  smaller  than  the  quad- 
rilateral Hopi  kivas,  from  which  they  likewise  differ  in  certain  de- 
tails of  construction  necessitated  by  their  form,  which  has  brought 
about  an  entirely  different  mode  of  construction  of  roofs. 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  A  KIVA. 

Each  kiva  has  two  sections,  a  lower  and  an  upper.  (PL  IV,  fig.  1.) 
The  lower  part  has  walls  about  3  feet  high  ending  in  a  bank,  on  which 
at  intervals  there  are  six  square  buttresses  which  separate  corre- 
sponding recesses  and  support  the  beams  of  the  roof.  Between  these 
buttresses  are  left  recesses,  formed  by  the  outside  wall,  which  rises  to 
the  height  of  the  roof.  This  lower  wall,  like  all  others,  was  plastered 
and  shows  marks  of  fire  or  smoke  but  not  of  a  general  conflagration. 
In  the  lower  wall  we  found  niches  or  small  cubby-holes  a  few  inches 
square,  which  were  receptacles  for  paint,  meal,  or  small  objects.  Each 
buttress  has  a  peg  on  its  top  projecting  into  the  kiva  just  under  the 
roof;  and  in  the  surface  of  the  banquette  in  kiva  C  there  is  set  a  small 
roughly  made  bowl,  the  rim  of  which  is  on  the  level  of  the  bank. 

The  floor  of  the  kiva  is  generally  plastered,  but  in  kiva  E  the  solid 
surface  of  a  rock  was  cut  down  on  the  west  side  several  inches  as  a 
part  of  the  floor.  A  little  eccentric  in  the  floor  there  is  a  circular 
pit,  F,  filled  with  wood  ashes,  which  served  as  the  fireplace.  About 
halfway  from  this  depression  to  the  opposite  wall  of  the  room  there 
is  in  the  floor  of  every  kiva  a  small  hole,  G,  lined  with  a  neck  of  a 

a  An  old  codar  tree  stands  in  the  middle  of  this  kiva. 

* NordenskiBld's  figure  of  the  roof  of  the  kiva  in  the  House  with  a  Square  Tower 
(IVabody  House)  is  inexact.  The  logs  of  the  roof  are  represented  as  laid  simply  one 
above  another  with  their  ends  crossing  and  not  in  triplets  as  is  described  above.  The 
spaces  between  logs  built  up  as  indicated  by  Nordenskiold  would  be  too  large  to  be  filled 
with  sticks  or  cedar  bark. 

"This  old  tree  was  cut  down  by  Nordenskiold  to  determine  the  age  of  Spruce  Tree 
[louse  by  counting  the  rings.  Its  gigantic  trunk  is  now  rotting  in  the  canyon,  but  the 
Btump  Is  fairly  well  preserved,  lying  just  west  of  kiva  F.  The  roots  from  this  spruce 
had  penetrated  into  the  kiva,  causing  considerable  barm.  A  small  scion  of  the  old  tree 
was  planted  in  the  talus  near  kiva  11  to  take  the  place  of  the  original  spruce. 


FIG.   1.— INTERIOR  OF  KIVA  AND  VENTILATOR. 


FIG.   2.— ROOF  OF   KIVA   C. 

A,  inner  wall;  B,  outer  wall;  C,  buttress;  D,  external  opening  of  ventilator  in  the  plaza; 
K,  air  deflector;  I-',  fireplace;  S,  symbolic  opening  into  underworld;  H,  peg  for  ceremo- 
nial paraphernalia;  U,  first  set  of  peripheral  logSOf  the  roof:  L>,  second  set  of  peripheral 
log's  of  the  roof;  1A  third  set  of  peripheral  logSOf  the  roof;  L>,  logs  in  intervals  between 
main  beams  of  the  roof;  M,  shredded  cedar  bast;  N,  mud  covering  of  the  roof;  SS,  cross 
section  of  ventilator.    The  arrow  shows  direction  of  the  air  currents. 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL,   PARK.  501 

roughly  made  bowl.  This  opening,  which  is  barely  large  enough  to 
insert  the  hand,  represents  symbolically  the  ceremonial  entrance 
to  the  underworld,  is  the  same  as  that  which  the  Hopi  call  the 
sipapu.  Around  this  hole,  marking  the  place  on  the  floor  where 
altars  were  erected  in  ancient  ceremonies,  were  performed  archaic 
rites,  and  through  it  the  priests  addressed  the  gods  of  the  underworld, 
even  believing  that  they  could  communicate  wTith  the  dead.  The 
nature  of  ceremonies  about  the  symbolic  entrance  to  the  underworld 
will  be  found  by  consulting  the  descriptions  of  the  Hopi  kiva  rites 
elsewhere  published  by  the  author.  All  sipapus  and  other  features 
of  structure  of  the  kiva  floors  were  put  in  good  condition. 

VENTILATORS  OF  KIVAS. 

Between  the  kiva  fireplace  and  the  adjacent  side  of  the  room  there 
is  set  in  the  floor  an  upright  slab  of  stone,  <?,  about  2  feet  high,  which 
is  often  replaced  by  a  rectangular  wall.0  The  side  of  the  kiva  facing 
this  screen  has  a  rectangular  opening  that  communicates  with  a 
horizontal  passageway  and  opens  into  a  vertical  flue,  the  external 
orifice  of  which  is  in  the  plaza  or  outside  the  outer  wall  of  the  kiva. 
The  upright  stone  or  wall  served  as  a  deflector  which  distributed  the 
fresh  air  supplied  to  the  kiva  from  outside  the  room  by  the  flue 
above  mentioned.  This  air  entered  the  kiva  through  the  vertical 
and  horizontal  passageway  and  was  deflected  by  the  upright  stone 
around  the  room  on  the  level  of  the  floor.  The  smoke  rose  from 
fireplace  and  passed  out  the  kiva  through  the  hatch  in  the  middle  of 
the  roof,  fresh  air  being  supplied  to  take  the  place  of  the  heated  air 
and  smoke  by  the  ventilator.     (See  PI.  IV,  fig.  2,  ventilator.) 

The  true  use  of  this  vertical  passageway,  which  had  puzzled  all 
previous  investigators,  was  detected  by  the  author  the  first  time  he 
built  a  fire  in  kiva  G  after  finishing  its  roof.  A  draft  was  found 
blowing  down  the  vertical  passagewa}^  strongly  enough  to  extinguish 
a  lighted  match.  In  those  kivas  that  are  situated  near  the  outer  wall 
there  was  formerly  an  elbow  in  the  vertical  section  of  the  fresh-air 
shaft  at  its  outer  end  just  below  the  floor  of  the  plaza,  so  that  this 
opening  of  the  fresh-air  box  was  outside  the  bounding  wall  of  the 
plaza. 

ENTRANCES  TO  KIVAS. 

There  are  other  openings  in  the  circular  wall  of  the  kiva  at  the 
level  of  the  floor,  some  of  which  are  large  enough  to  admit  the  body, 
and  communicate  with  tunnels  ample  in  size  for  passage.  In  the 
floor  of  one  of  these  there  are  steps,  and  by  means  of  these  passage- 
ways one  could  pass  under  the  plaza  from  the  kiva  to  an  adjacent 
room.  A  good  illustration  of  these  passageways  as  shown  in  the 
accompanying  plan  is  found  in  e,  kiva  E.  A  person  can  enter  a  ver- 
tical passage  in  the  corner  of  room  35  and  descend  by  use  of  steps  to 
a  short  tunnel  that  takes  him  through  the  opening  into  the  kiva. 
There  is  a  similar  passageway  which  opens  externally  in  the  middle 
of  plaza  C.  It  can  not  be  that  the  openings  and  passages  above 
described  were  the  main  entrances,  but  rather  private  doorways  for 

"  This  screen,  d,  in  Spruce  Tree  House  kiva  is  not  curved  as  shown  in  the  diagram 
given  hy   Nordenskiold  of  another  kiva. 


502  MESA  VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK. 

priests  on  ceremonial  or  other  occasions;  the  chief  entrance  was 
probably  by  means  of  a  ladder  through  a  hatchway  in  the  middle  of 
the  roof. 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  KIVA  A. 

The  structure  of  kiva  A  is  most  remarkable,  differing  from  the 
other  seven  ceremonial  rooms  of  the  Spruce  Tree  House.  When 
first  seen  it  had  the  appearance  of  one  kiva  within  another,  the  first 
or  largest  being  of  oblong  shape  with  remnants  of  a  banquette  show- 
ing two  pedestals  on  the  north  side;  the  second  or  inner  kiva  being 
almost  circular,  was  apparently  the  last  occupied.  In  constructing 
the  circular  wall  of  that  last  mentioned  the  builders  apparently 
utilized  the  southwest  part  of  the  larger  room  and  those  pedestals  or 
buttresses  that  were  situated  in  this  section.  Kiva  J.,  as  previously 
stated,  is  the  only  one  built  close  under  the  overhanging  rim  rock,  and 
is  the  only  one  with  buildings  in  front  of  it.  The  roof  of  this  kiva 
apparently  formed  a  kind  of  plaza  surrounded  on  three  sides  by 
houses,  the  wall  of  the  cave  forming  the  fourth. 

There  were  never,  apparently,  any  rooms  above  this  kiva,  but  on 
one  side  a  room  of  the  second  story  is  supported  by  a  column — an 
exceptional  feature  in  pueblo  construction.  The  foundations  of  this 
wall  are  two  logs  curved  to  conform  with  the  wall,  and  under  the 
middle  of  these  is  the  stone  pillar.  This  feature,  so  far  as  the  author 
knows,  is  unique,  and  this  is  the  only  instance  among  the  cliff  houses 
of  the  wall  of  a  room  supported  by  a  pillar  of  masonry. 

RESTORATION    OF  A   KIVA. 

In  order  to  show  as  much  as  possible  of  the  construction  of  the 
kiva  and  its  relation  to  other  buildings,  two  of  these  circular  cham- 
bers, G  and  F,  were  roofed  in  aboriginal  fashion,  following  for  a 
model  the  kivas  in  Peabody  House,  where  the  roof  of  two  kivas  are 
partially  preserved.  From  these  reconstructions  the  visitor  can  read- 
ily see  the  structure  of  the  prehistoric  roof  both  from  the  inside  and 
from  without,  where  the  relation  to  the  adjacent  plaza  is  evident. 

The  six  buttresses  with  which  every  kiva  is  furnished  stand  on  the 
banquette  and  support  the  logs  which  hold  up  the  roof,  but  they  are 
secondary  to  the  main  beams,  which  are  two  logs  placed  parallel  to 
each  other,  spanning  the  top  from  wall  to  wall.  These  parallel  logs 
are  placed  far  enough  apart  to  allow  a  hatchway  between  them,  and 
their  ends  rest  on  the  outer  walls  of  the  kiva,  their  upper  side  being 
level  with  the  surface  of  the  kiva. 

The  roof  (PL  IV,  fig.  2,  roof  of  kiva  C)  is  constructed  as  follows: 
Three  logs  arranged  side  bjr  side  span  the  intervals  between  adjacent 
buttresses,  their  ends  resting  on  the  flat  top  of  these  supports.  Ex- 
tending from  each  set  of  these  logs  and  resting  on  their  middle  are 
three  other  logs,  L  2,  also  arranged  side  by  side.  These  in  turn  support 
three  others,  L  3,  as  shown  in  the  diagram.  Upon  the  last  mentioned 
rest  other  smaller  logs,  some  of  which  are  placed  parallel  with  the 
two  beams  that  span  the  kiva,  others  fill  in  the  interstices  between 
those  already  laid.  Over  these  logs  and  beams  are  fitted  wTattlings, 
split  logs,  and  cedar  bark,  over  which  is  spread  a  thick  layer  of  adobe, 
which  is  so  laid  as  to  bring  the  top  of  the  roof  to  the  level  of  the  ad- 
jacent plaza.     There  is  some  doubt  as  to  how  high  the  kiva  hatch 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL    PARK.  503 

rose  above  the  level  of  the  top  of  the  kiva.  but  in  the  restoration  of 
kiva  C  two  short  beams  connect  the  two  parallel  logs  spanning  the 
kiva.  forming  two  sides  of  the  square  hatchway.  These  connecting 
beams  support  a  number  of  split  cedar  trunks,  the  ends  of  which  rest 
on  the  logs  extending  from  the  buttresses.  These  logs,  like  the  re- 
maining roof  beams,  are  covered  with  mud  and  brought  up  to  the 
level  of  the  surrounding  plaza. 

Doors  and  door  jambs  of  the  two  kivas,  which  were  roofed,  were 
constructed  from  planks,  but  the  ladders  and  all  supports  of  the  roof 
were  made  from  logs  divested  of  bark  and  arranged  in  aboriginal 
fashion.  This  is  the  only  attempt  ever  made  to  restore  the  com- 
plicated roof  of  a  cliff-house  kiva,  and  it  is  believed  that  from  the 
educational  standpoint  the  result  is  one  of  the  most  important  in  the 
repair  work  at  Spruce  Tree  House. 

Xordenskiold  finds  a  resemblance  in  the  construction  of  the  roof  of 
a  kiva  to  that  of  a  Xavajo  "  hogan."  The  problem  of  roofing  a  circu- 
lar kiva  and  a  round  dwelling  is  the  same,  but  has  been  solved  in 
several  ways  by  different  peoples.  There  is  no  resemblance  in  the 
construction  of  the  roof  of  a  hogan  and  a  kiva.3 

SIGXBOABDS  axd  labels. 

Spruce  Tree  House  was  treated  as  a  museum  specimen,  the  parts 
of  which  required  many  labels  to  explain.  The  author  painted  many 
legends  on  the  different  walls  of  the  rooms  to  guide  visitors.  Especial 
attention  was  given  to  labeling  kiva  G.  its  different  parts  being  indi- 
cated by  numbers  which  refer  to  a  large  label  painted  in  full  sight 
on  the  kiva  wall. 

A  signboard  stating  dimensions  of  the  ruin,  number  of  rooms,  and 
kivas  was  placed  in  a  conspicuous  position  on  the  large  cedar  of  kiva 
B.  Other  signboards.  "  Balcony."  "  Wall  Painting."  and  "  Burial 
Chamber."  were  set  up  in  appropriate  places.  Two  old  stairways, 
consisting  of  foot  holes  cut  in  the  wall  of  the  canyon,  were  also 
properly  labeled.  Dwelling  rooms  were  numbered  with  black  paint ; 
when  there  were  more  than  one  tier  of  rooms  bounded  by  the  same 
vertical  walls  different  stories  were  indicated  as  follows :  Second 
story.  1  2 :  third  story  1  3.  The  kivas  were  lettered  A-H.  It  was 
the  'intention  of  the  author  to  answer  by  these  labels  questions  ordi- 
narily asked  by  visitors.  The  numbering  and  lettering  is  to  facilitate 
descriptions  and  references.  The  name  "  Spruce  Tree  House."  printed 
on  a  brass  plate,  is  firmly  affixed  to  the  outer  wall  of  room  49. 

APPROACHES  TO  RFIX. 

In  order  to  procure  water  for  the  mason's  work,  a  trail  310  feet 
long  was  constructed  along  the  edge  of  the  talus  from  the  north  end 
of  the  ruin  to  the  tanks  that  have  lately  been  constructed  near  the 
spring  at  the  head  of  Spruce  Tree  Canyon.  This  trail  was  found  to 
have  an  easier  grade  than  that  crossing  the  canyon  and  approaching 
the  ruin  from  the  south  side,  thus  rendering  the  ruin  more  easily 
accessible.     It  connects  with  that  from  the  opposite  side  of  the  can- 

a  Mr.    S.   G.   Morley.   who   camped   with   the   author   a   short   time   in  June,   writes   that 
the   kivas   of   the   Cannon-hall    Puf-hlo.    a    rim-rock    ruin    in    the    McElmo.    where    he   sub- 
sequently worked,  are  identical  with  those  of  Spruce  Tree  House.     This  evidence   - 
a  homogeneity  of  culture  in  the  prehistoric  people  who  inhabited  the  McElmo  and  those 
of  the  Mesa  Verde. 


504  MESA  VERDE    NATIONAL  PARK. 

yon  to  the  spring,  so  that  one  can  ride  horseback  from  the  spring  to 
the  outer  wall  of  the  ruin.  An  approach  of  this  kind  was  formerly 
impossible  to  any  large  ruin  of  the  Mesa  Verde  Park.  The  old  trail 
from  the  bottom  of  the  canyon  to  the  ruin,  entering  it  at  the  north 
end,  has  been  improved  and,  although  steeper,  will  probably  be  found 
more  convenient  by  visitors. 

COLLECTIONS. 

The  rooms  and  courts  of  Spruce  Tree  House  have  been  industriously 
dug  over  by  "  pottery  seekers "  in  quest  of  "  curios,"  so  that  few 
specimens  were  expected  in  the  work  undertaken  by  the  author. 
Almost  every  floor  had  been  opened  and  every  possible  hiding  place 
where  the  ancients  could  bury  their  dead  out  of  sight  had  been  sought 
out  and  excavated.  As  it  was  currently  reported  that  this  ruin  had 
been  thoroughly  rifled  and  had  yielded  many  valuable  specimens,  it 
is  regarded  as  remarkable  that  any  specimens  still  remained. 

Although  the  objects  obtained  were  not  very  numerous,  those  that 
were  found  were  instructive  and  form  a  good  nucleus  of  what  is 
hoped  may  be  a  large  national  collection  from  the  Mesa  Verde.  Be- 
tween 500  and  600  specimens  were  found,  of  which  the  most  valuable 
were  sent  to  the  Smithsonian  collection  for  study.  A  large  number 
of  the  duplicates  and  all  the  heavier  objects  were  placed  under  lock 
and  key  in  kiva  F.  Shell  objects  were  almost  unknown,  and  no  speci- 
mens of  turquoise  rewarded  our  work.  The  following  account  of  a 
few  of  the  most  important  objects  may  serve  as  an  introduction  to  a 
more  extended  report  which  will  be  prepared  later: 

Several  skulls  and  human  bones  were  exhumed  in  the  course  of  the 
author's  work  at  Spruce  Tree  House.  The  best  of  the  former,  evi- 
dently not  buried  with  much  care,  was  taken  from  the  fresh- air  pas- 
sage of  kiva  D.  A  fairly  complete  skeleton,  with  accompanying 
mortuary  objects,  evidently  interred  with  care,  was  found  in  room  9 
near  where  the  desiccated  bodies  of  children  are  said  to  have  been 
formerly  exhumed.  There  were  several  fragments  of  human  bones 
scattered  here  and  there  where  they  had  apparently  been  thrown  or 
dropped  by  those  who  had  dug  open  other  burial  places.  Dried 
fragments  of  sinews,  or  even  skin,  adhered  to  some  of  these  bones. 

Several  good  axes  were  brought  to  light,  among  others  one  with 
the  handle  still  attached.  There  was  a  very  massive  ax  and  several 
long,  smooth  ones,  not  unlike  those  called  tcamahias,  that  form  con- 
spicuous objects  on  the  Hopi  altars  at  Walpi.  Some  of  the  stone 
mauls  were  very  large  and  all  have  pits  on  opposite  sides,  to  relieve 
the  strain  of  the  blow  on  the  muscles  of  the  hand  and  forearm. 
These  were  probably  the  implements  with  which  the  building  stones 
were  dressed,  and,  most  remarkable  of  all,  with  which  the  rock  floor 
of  kiva  G  was  cut  down  to  a  depth  of  over  6  inches  at  one  point. 

Two  stone  slabs  with  a  notch  in  one  edge  were  discovered.  The 
use  of  these  stones  is  not  known,  but  they  have  been  compared  to 
sandal  lasts.  The  large  collection  of  stone  grinders  and  hand  stones 
for  metates,  many  of  which  were  too  heavy  to  be  brought  down  the 
mesa,  was  left  in  one  of  the  kivas  under  lock  and  key.  Among  these 
were  many  metates  and  several  paint  mortars.  Several  whole  pieces 
of  decorated  pottery  with  characteristic  designs  and  many  broken 


MESA   VERDE    NATIONAL   PARK.  505 

fragments0  which  can  be  repaired  were  excavated  at  Spruce  Tree 
House.  The  most  unusual  form  and  one  as  yet  not  figured  or  de- 
scribed from  this  ruin  had  a  circular  decorated  cover  that  fits  into  a 
groove  like  a  teapot  lid.  There  is  a  rich  symbolism  in  the  decorated 
pottery,  the  majority  of  the  figures  being  geometrical,  life  figures 
being  very  rare.  A  majority  of  the  pottery  objects  are  shallow  food 
bowls,  but  there  are  likewise  vases  and  dippers.  A  broken  decorated 
ladle  made  of  black  and  white  ware  has  a  rattle  in  the  handle. 
Pottery  disks  with  holes  in  the  middle  are  interpreted  as  counters 
used  in  some  prehistoric  game.  The  collection  of  bone  awls,  needles, 
bone  dirks,  bodkins,  and  scrapers  from  Spruce  Tree  House  is  large 
and  the  forms  varied.  Among  them  is  a  bone  dirk  in  its  original 
sheath  made  of  cedar  bark  and  several  good  skin  scrapers  made  of 
deer  bones.  There  is  likewise  a  bone  whistle  and  bone  ornaments. 
The  stones  used  by  some  prehistoric  medicine  man  to  represent 
cardinal  points  in  ceremonies  for  rain  were  found  in  kiva  H. 

Among  the  different  kinds  of  bones  of  animals  occurring  in  the 
refuse  heaps  those  of  birds  predominate,  and  many  of  these  were 
recognized  as  belonging  to  the  turkey,  which  was  apparently  domesti- 
cated by  the  inhabitants  of  the  Mesa  Verde  cliff  dwellings. 

A  cloth  headband  having  a  loop  at  each  end,  in  one  of  which  is  a 
string,  is  one  of  the  best  preserved  specimens  of  woven  work  from 
the  Mesa  Verde.  This  remarkable  specimen  closely  resembles  one 
figured  by  Nordenskiold,  but  appears  to  be  somewhat  better  made. 
There  were  also  fragments  of  cloth,  bundles  of  twine,  and  netting, 
but  no  piece  of  cloth  as  large  as  that  figured  by  Nordenskiold  was 
found  in  the  excavations.  The  most  remarkable  wooden  objects  in 
the  collection  are  planting  sticks  or  dibbles,  prayer  sticks,  and  wooden 
slats  which  recall  Hopi  chief's  badges.  A  spindle  with  wooden  whorl 
shows  that  the  Hopi  method  of  spinning  was  identical  with  that  in 
vogue  in  prehistoric  Colorado.  A  lignite  button  is  almost  identical 
with  a  gorget  found  by  the  author  in  a  ruin  on  the  Little  Colorado 
River  in  1896.  A  small  fetish  representing  a  human  being  is  a 
rarity  among  modern  pueblos.  A  stone  cylinder  recalls  a  similar 
object  which  Nordenskiold  interprets  as  a  fetish.  The  inhabitants 
of  Spruce  Tree  House  kindled  fire  in  the  same  way  as  the  Hopi  and 
used  the  same  kind  of  fire  board  and  drill,  one  of  which  was  collected. 

Several  fine  sandals  and  basketry  fragments  were  found  in  the 
refuse  heap.  A  woven  ring  like  those  placed  on  the  head  to  support 
jars  of  water  and  a  wad  of  cornshucks,  resembling  a  Hopi  girl's 
chignon,  are  instructive  specimens.  If  the  latter  be  rightly  inter- 
preted, the  girls  in  prehistoric  villages  of  Mesa  Verde  wore  their 
hair  in  whorls  above  their  ears,  as  is  the  case  with  maids  to-day  at 
Walpi. 

Several  of  the  specimens  collected  at  Spruce  Tree  House  are  prac- 
tically identical  with  those  used  by  the  Hopia  twenty  years  ago. 
There  was  nothing  showing  a  more  advanced  stage  of  culture. 

J.  Walter  Fewkes, 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

°  No  piece  of  pottery  from  Spruce  Tree  House  has  ever  been  figured.  With  the  re- 
paired specimens  the  author's  collection  from  this  ruin  numbers  20  fine  objects  of  this 
kind. 


REPORT  OX  WIND  CAVE,  CRATER  LAKE,  SULLYS  HILL, 

AND  PLATT  NATIONAL  PARKS,  CASA  GRANDE 

RUIN.  AND  MINNESOTA  NATIONAL 

FOREST  RESERVE. 


507 


REPORT  ON  WIND  CAVE,  CRATER  LAKE,  SULLYS  HILL,  AND 
PLATT  NATIONAL  PARKS,  CASA  GRANDE  RUIN,  AND  MIN- 
NESOTA NATIONAL  FOREST  RESERVE. 


WIND  CAVE  NATIONAL  PARK. 

'  By  the  act  of  Congress  approved  January  9,  1903  (32  Stat,  765) ; 
a  tract  of  land  containing  10,522  acres  in  the  State  of  South  Dakota, 
12  miles  east  of  the  town  of  Hot  Springs  and  the  same  distance  south- 
east of  Custer,  was  reserved  and  withdrawn  from  settlement,  entry, 
sale,  and  other  disposition,  and  set  apart  as  a  public  park,  to  be 
known  as  the  "  Wind  Cave  National  Park." 

The  park  is  placed  under  the  exclusive  control  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  who,  among  other  things,  is  authorized  to  prescribe 
rules  and  regulations  and  establish  such  service  as  may  be  deemed 
necessary  in  its  management  and  protection,  and,  in  his  discretion, 
to  rent  or  lease  the  cave  from  which  the  park  takes  its  name,  and 
also  parcels  of  land  for  the  erection  of  buildings  for  the  accommo- 
dation of  visitors.  The  fund  arising  from  such  rentals  is  covered 
into  the  Treasury  and  made  available  for  expenditure  in  the  care  and 
improvement  of  the  park. 

At  the  time  of  the  creation  of  the  park  there  were  10  entries  cover- 
ing lands  therein,  aggregating  1,519.15  acres,  5  of  which,  covering 
799.76  acres,  have  since  been  canceled,  and  the  remaining  5  entries 
have  been  found  proper  in  all  respects  and  patents  issued  therefor, 
as  follows : 

NE.  i  NW.  i  and  NW.  i  NE.  h  sec.  35,  T.  5  S.,  R.  5  E.,  Black  Hills  meridian ; 
Jonathan  C.  West ;  F.  C.  3003,  patented  December  31,  1904 ;  80  acres. 

SE.  \  NE.  \  and  lots  1  and  2,  sec.  2,  T.  6  S.,  R.  5  E. ;  George  A.  Stabler ;  F.  C. 
2666 ;  patented  September  11,  1905 ;  159.39  acres. 

SE.  i,  sec.  2,  same  township  and  range;  Susanna  D.  McDonald;  C.  E.  3770; 
patented  December  10,  1895 ;  160  acres. 

NE.  i,  sec.  11,  same  township  and  range;  Kate  M.  Stabler;  F.  C.  2600;  pat- 
ented September  26,  1902 ;  160  acres. 

NW.  I,  sec.  12,  same  township  and  range;  Margarethe  Drenkhahn;  F.  C. 
2434 ;  patented  May  8,  1901 ;  160  acres. 

This  gives  a  total  of  719.39  acres  for  patented  lands  remaining  in 
the  park,  which,  for  administrative  purposes,  should  be  eliminated 
through  appropriation  by  Congress  for  their  purchase. 

The  State  of  South  Dakota  has  completed  making  lieu  selections 
of  lands  outside  the  park  for  school  sections  16  and  3G,  located  within 
the  reservation,  granted  by  the  statehood  act  of  February  20,  1899 
(25  Stat.,  676). 

Mr.  Seth  Bullock,  now  marshal  for  the  district  of  South  Dakota, 
with  the  consent  of  the  Attorney-General,  has  been  continued  in 
general  charge  of  the  reservation,  in  an  advisory  capacity,  and  the 

509 


510   *  NATIONAL  PARKS. 

superintendent,  Mr.  William  A.  Rankin,  confers  with  him  in  regard 
to  its  administration.  This  course  has  aided  very  much  in  the 
effective  management  during  the  past  season. 

A  revocable  privilege  has  been  granted  to  the  wife  of  the  super- 
intendent, in  the  absence  of  other  accommodations  in  the  park,  to 
furnish  meals  to  tourists  at  50  cents  each,  which  service  has  proved 
very  satisfactory  in  the  past.  The  superintendent  recommends  that 
the  old  building  heretofore  occupied  for  serving  these  meals,  which 
was  constructed  in  1893  by  John  Stabler  and  sons,  and  is  now  in  a 
very  dilapidated  condition,  be  torn  down  and  removed.  He  suggests 
that  some  one  willing  to  construct  a  good,  substantial  hotel  in  the 
park  be  given  the  privilege  to  do  so. 

During  the  season  eight  permits  were  granted  for  the  transporta- 
tion of  passengers  in  and  through  the  reservation,  at  the  rate  of  $50 
per  vehicle,  such  fee  being  charged  in  the  case  of  liverymen,  outfitters, 
and  others  operating  for  profit.  One  of  these  permits  was  for  auto- 
mobile transportation. 

No  applications  were  received  for  the  driving  of  cattle  or  other 
stock  through  the  park. 

The  first  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  Wind  Cave  Na- 
tional Park  were  promulgated  June  10,  1908,  and  provide,  among 
other  things,  as  follows : 

1.  It  is  forbidden  to  remove  or  injure  the  specimens  or  formation  in  and 
around  the  Wind  Cave,  or  to  deface  the  same  by  written  inscription  or  other- 
wise, or  to  injure  or  disturb  in  any  manner  or  carry  off  any  of  the  mineral 
deposits,  specimens,  natural  curiosities,  or  wonders  on  the  government  lands 
within  the  park.  0 

2.  No  person  shall  be  permitted  to  enter  the  cave  unless  accompanied  by  the 
superintendent  or  other  park  employee,  or  by  competent  guides. 

Regulations  corresponding  to  those  heretofore  issued  for  the  other 
national  parks,  providing  for  the  impounding  of  loose  live  stock 
found  in  the  Wind  Cave  National  Park,  were  also  promulgated. 
Settlers  and  stock  owners  in  the  vicinity  have  protested  against  the 
execution  of  such  regulations,  claiming  that  they  have  always  used 
the  park  lands  as  a  free  range,  and,  as  the  park  is  not  fenced,  would 
find  it  very  difficult  to  keep  their  stock  outside  of  the  boundaries. 
Such  persons  were  given  a  reasonable  time  to  remove  the  trespassing 
stock,  and  the  enforcement  of  the  impounding  regulations  was  tem- 
porarily suspended. 

It  will  apparently  be  necessary  to  construct  a  fence  entirely  around 
the  park  as  a  protective  measure  against  trespassing  stock,  and  an 
appropriation  for  such  purpose  is  recommended. 

There  have  been  no  forest  fires  in  or  near  the  park  during  the  year. 

Wild  animals  are  quite  numerous,  especially  the  prairie  wolf. 
Others  are  the  black-tail  deer,  white-tail  deer,  badger,  prairie  dog, 
skunks,  squirrels,  and  porcupine,  the  last  named  doing  a  great  deal 
of  damage  to  trees.  There  are  also  a  few  grouse,  quail,  ducks,  and 
numbers  of  hawks,  eagles,  robins,  thrushes,  woodpeckers,  and 
magpies. 

About  $1,500  was  expended  during  the  past  fiscal  year  for  improve- 
ments as  follows:  Repairing  roads  and  bridges,  repairing  fences, 
leveling  up  trails  in  Wind  Cave  and  repairing  stairs,  opening  up  new 
chambers  in  the  cave,  purchase  of  flag  and  flagstaff,  etc. 

It  is  reported  that  the  roads  to  the  southern  entrance  are  in  good 
condition,  but  need  widening  out  to  allow  room  for  the  passing  of 


NATIONAL  PAKKS.  511 

teams.  The  bridges  are  also  in  fair  condition,  but  the  superintend- 
ent suggests  the  use  of  building  stone  to  be  found  in  the  park  for 
replacing  the  piling  under  the  spans  with  stone  abutments. 

During  the  year  the  registry  of  visitors  to  the  park  showed  a  total 
of  3,171,  an  increase  of  420  over  the  number  of  tourists  in  1907. 
None  of  this  number  camped  in  the  reservation  for  more  than 
one  day. 

An  estimate  for  an  appropriation  of  $5,400  for  the  protection  and 
improvement  of  the  park  has  been  submitted  to  Congress.  This  in- 
cludes salary  of  the  superintendent  and  $2,800,  the  estimated  cost 
of  fencing  the  park  to  prevent  depredations  by  live  stock. 

CRATER  LAKE  NATIONAL  PARK. 

By  the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  22,  1902  (32  Stat.,  202),  the 
tract  of  land  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  parallel  43°  4'  north  lati- 
tude, south  by  42°  48'  north  latitude,  east  by  the  meridian  122°  west 
longitude,  and  west  by  the  meridian  122°  16'  west  longitude,  having 
an  area  of  249  square  miles,  or  159,360  acres,  in  the  State  of  Oregon, 
and  including  Crater  Lake,  was  reserved  and  withdrawn  from  settle- 
ment, occupancy,  or  sale  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  and 
dedicated  and  set  apart  forever  as  a  public  park  or  pleasure  ground 
for  the  benefit  of  the  people,  to  be  known  as  "  Crater  Lake  National 
Park." 

The  act  setting  aside  these  lands  for  park  purposes  differed  from 
legislation  creating  other  national  parks  in  that  it  provided,  among 
other  things,  that  the  reservation  should  be  open  "  to  the  location  of 
mining  claims  and  the  working  of  the  same."  It  was  not  believed, 
however,  to  be  the  purpose  of  this  provision  to  extend  the  mining 
laws  to  the  reservation  without  limitation,  but  only  to  authorize  the 
location  and  working  of  mining  claims  therein  in  such  manner  as  not 
to  interfere  with  or  prejudicially  affect  the  general  purpose  for 
which  the  reservation  was  established.  The  regulations  for  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  park,  which  were  reissued  June  10, 1908,  clearly  define 
the  conditions  under  which  this  privilege  is  to  be  exercised. 

The  Geological  Survey  has,  at  the  request  of  this  department, 
undertaken  a  topographic  resurvey  of  this  reservation,  with  a  view  to 
securing,  for  administrative  purposes,  a  map  which  will  be  authentic 
in  every  particular. 

Since  the  date  of  the  superintendent's  last  report,  various  improve- 
ment work  on  buildings  and  fences  was  completed,  also  the  installa- 
tion of  the  hydraulic  ram  for  pumping  water  to  the  superintendent's 
office  and  residence,  and  the  making  of  a  ditch  to  carry  off  the  waste 
water  from  the  ram  and  for  irrigating  the  surrounding  grounds. 

Upon  the  approach  of  the  winter  season,  in  November,  the  boat  on 
Crater  Lake  and  all  tools  and  implements  were  properly  housed,  the 
flooring  was  removed  from  bridges,  and  the  fences  braced  to  with- 
stand the  weight  of  the  heavy  snows,  which  commonly  fall  to  a  depth 
of  6  or  8  feet  at  the  south  iine  of  the  park  and  from  12  to  20  feet 
at  the  superintendent's  residence.  November  22,  1907,  the  superin- 
tendent and  his  family  left  the  reservation,  but  a  few  visits  were 
made  thereto  during  the  winter  months. 

In  May  of  the  present  year  the  superintendent  returned  to  his 
residence  in  the  park,  finding  all  property  in  good  condition  with 


512  NATIONAL  PAKKS. 

the  exception  of  the  barn,  which  had  been  injured  by  the  wind  or 
lightning.  Park  Ranger  H.  E.  Momyer  was  employed  to  assist  in 
the  management  of  the  reservation  during  the  tourist  months. 

Work  was  then  inaugurated  on  improvements.  Two  temporary 
structures  were  erected  for  the  use  of  workmen,  roads  and  trails  to  a 
total  of  about  20  miles  repaired  and  improved,  the  barn  repaired, 
and  about  2  miles  of  fence  constructed  to  inclose  pasture  and  meadow 
lands.  The  roofs  of  buildings  are  made  with  three-fourths  pitch  in 
order  that  the  snow  may  slide  off  instead  of  crushing  them  in. 

The  road  system  is  as  follows:  One  road  entering  the  park  at  the 
southern  boundary  and  running  in  a  northwesterly  direction  along 
the  Anna  Creek  Canyon  a  distance  of  8  miles,  and  terminating  at 
the  Crater  Lake  post-office;  a  second  entering  the  reservation  from 
the  west,  running  in  a  due  easterly  direction,  and  terminating  at  the 
same  point;  and  a  third  beginning  at  the  post-office  and  running 
northeasterly  a  distance  of  5  miles  to  the  rim  of  the  crater.  These 
have  been  kept  in  good  condition  for  travel  by  all  kinds  of  vehicles, 
but  the  superintendent  reports  that  further  improvements,  such  as 
widening,  straightening,  and  providing  turnouts,  are  necessary. 

There  are  four  trails  in  the  park  at  the  present  time ;  one  leading 
from  the  rim  of  the  crater  down  to  the  waters  of  Crater  Lake,  with  a 
descent  of  901  feet  in  a  distance  of  2,365  feet;  one  from  the  super- 
intendent's headquarters  to  the  pinnacles  on  Sand  .Creek  and  Mount 
Scott,  and  trails  from  headquarters  to  Union  Peak  and  Bybee  Creek. 
The  first-mentioned  trail  is  much  used  by  visitors,  and  it  is  important 
that  it  be  kept  continually  in  a  good  condition.  Iron  posts  and  2,400 
feet  of  cable  were  purchased  last  year  for  the  improvement  of  this 
trail,  but  the  small  appropriation  for  the  current  year  would  not  per- 
mit of  the  utilization  of  such  material,  and  only  temporary  repairs 
could  be  made.  The  other  trails  are  at  present  little  more  than  mere 
tracks  of  horses  from  one  point  to  another. 

The  superintendent  suggests  that  the  trail  to  Sand  Creek  and  Mount 
Scott  should  be  speedily  converted  into  a  good  wagon  road,  to  fill 
the  demand  of  visitors  that  the  beautiful  scenery  be  made  accessible ; 
also  that  new  trails  be  constructed  along  the  rim  of  the  crater  to  the 
Watchman  and  Glacier  Peak,  and  from  the  present  wagon  road  to 
the  crater,  to  Crater  Peak,  and  down  along  Sun  Creek. 

At  the  time  of  the  creation  of  the  park  there  were  15  land  entries, 
covering  2,395.33  acres,  12  of  which,  totaling  1,914.22  acres,  have  been 
patented;  homestead  entry  No.  2415  (160  acres),  of  John  Fitzgerald, 
for  S.|N.|  of  sec.  17,  T.  32  S.,  R.  7*  E.,  was  canceled  by  General 
Land  Office  letter  of  November  13,  1908;  homestead  entries  Nos. 
2620  and  2660,  of  John  Wallace  Dickey  and  Louis  Stanosheck,  total- 
ing 321.11  acres,  are  still  intact  upon  the  General  Land  Office  records 
pending  report  from  the  local  land  office  on  adverse  proceedings 
brought  against  the  same.  Included  in  the  total  of  2,395.33  acres 
is  a  considerable  portion  of  homestead  entry  No.  2415  and  timber 
land  entries  Nos.  2116  and  2120  (now  patented),  which  extend  be- 
yond the  park  boundary  line. 

The  title  of  the  State  of  Oregon  to  school  sections  16  and  36  within 
the  park  boundaries  had  been  extinguished  before  the  creation  of 
the  reservation,  by  selection  of  other  land  in  lieu  thereof,  except  a 
tract  containing  192.20  acres  in  the  N.  \  of  sec.  16,  T.  32  S.,  R.  7£  E., 
which  has  since  been  disposed  of  by  the  State  to  private  parties. 


NATIONAL  PARKS.  513 

The  department  recommends  the  condemnation  and  purchase  of  all 
private  claims  with  a  view  to  better  administration.  The  superin- 
tendent believes  that  in  the  near  future  summer  resort  homes  may 
be  established  upon  such  lands,  which  will  increase  the  difficulties 
of  administration  and  also  add  to  the  aggregate  sum  which  the  Gov- 
ernment will  eventually  have  to  pay  the  owners. 

The  following  permits  were  issued  during  the  season  for  the  driv- 
ing of  stock  through  the  park :  In  May  to  Henry  Gordon,  250  head, 
en  route  to  Fort  Klamath;  in  August  to  A.  V.  Morrison,  of  Trail, 
Oreg.,  12  head"  but  the  stock  has  not  yet  been  taken  through;  and 
in  September  to  J.  C.  Pelton  &  Co.,  100  head,  en  route  from  Prospect 
to  Fort  Klamath,  which  stock  also  failed  to  pass  through. 

The  number  of  valuable  game  animals  appears  to  be  increasing. 
Deer  and  black  bears,  lynx  and  coyotes  were  plentiful  during  the 
past  summer,  and  panthers  were  seen  in  small  numbers.  There  have 
been  no  depredations  by  these  predatory  animals.  Of  the  smaller 
game  and  birds,  there  are  squirrels,  chipmunks,  pine  martins,  fishers, 
grouse,  timber  pheasants,  oriole,  black-headed  jay,  camp  robber  or 
Rocky  Mountain  jay,  and  the  snowbird.  Broods  of  young  ducks 
have  been  observed  upon  Crater  Lake,  also  flocks  of  wild  ducks  rest- 
ing from  their  migratory  flights,  but  it  is  thought  the  elevation  of 
the  lake,  6,177  feet  above  sea  level,  gives  a  climate  too  cold  for  the 
natural  habitat  of  wild  waterfowl.  When  the  snow  falls,  all  game 
animals,  with  possibly  the  exception  of  the  black  bear  and  small  fur- 
bearing  animals,  as  well  as  all  birds,  migrate  to  a  lower  and  warmer 
climate.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  no  wintering  grounds  are  now 
available  in  the  park,  the  superintendent  recommends  the  extension 
of  the  park  boundaries  to  include  a  lower  section  of  the  country  on 
the  slope  of  the  Cascade  Mountains,  to  afford  the  necessary  protec- 
tion to  game. 

Fishing  has  been  permitted  in  Crater  Lake  from  July  1  to  Septem- 
ber 30  with  hook  and  line,  each  person  being  limited  to  five  fish  in  one 
day.  The  only  species  in  Crater  Lake  are  the  rainbow  and  lake 
trout;  there  were  no  fish  in  the  lake  naturally,  but  these  were  planted 
about  twenty  years  ago,  and  the  increase  has  not  been  encouraging. 
In  Anna  Creek,  below  the  falls,  there  is  the  Dolly  Varden  trout. 
There  are  no  fish  in  the  other  park  waters,  and  the  Secretary  of 
Commerce  and  Labor  has  been  requested  to  investigate  the  condi- 
tions, and  if  practicable  have  the  Commissioner  of  Fish  and  Fisheries 
supply  some  good  varieties  for  Crater  Lake  and  all  other  waters  in 
Crater  Lake  National  Park. 

No  forest  fires  have  been  reported  during  the  past  year,  with  the 
exception  of  a  small  one  which  started  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Pinnacles 
on  Sand  Creek  about  September  1.  This  was  gotten  under  control 
and  extinguished  before  it  had  gained  much  headway. 

Accommodations  are  provided  for  tourists  by  Mr.  Will  G.  Steel, 
of  Portland,  Oreg.,  under  license  from  this  department,  at  camps 
maintained  near  the  superintendent's  residence  and  at  the  lake.  Ap- 
proximately 500  persons  were  cared  for  during  1908,  but  few  of  this 
number  came  into  the  reservation  by  the  transportation  service 
operated  by  Mr.  Steel,  the  great  majority  using  private  conveyances. 
In  connection  with  the  wagon  transportation  and  camp  privilege 
Mr.  Steel  was  also  permitted  to  place  a  gasoline  launch  and  a  number 
of  rowboats  upon  the  lake. 

58920— int  1908— vol  1 33 


514  NATIONAL   PARKS. 

A  registration  book  was  kept  to  ascertain  the  number  of  visitors 
to  the  park,  but  for  various  reasons  not  half  of  the  number  were 
registered.  The  approximate  total  for  the  season,  including  campers 
and  transient  tourists,  has  been  placed  at  5,275,  which  would  indicate 
that  the  popularity  of  the  park  is  increasing  from  year  to  year. 

Estimates  have  been  submitted  to  Congress  for  the  ensuing  fiscal 
year,  as  follows :  Salaries  of  superintendent  and  two  temporary  park 
rangers,  and  allowance  to  superintendent  for  the  keep  of  one  horse, 
$1,965;  construction  and  repair  of  roads  and  trails,  $15,800;  con- 
struction and  repair  of  bridges,  $2,500;  miscellaneous,  $1,480;  total, 
$21,745. 

SULLYS  HILL  PARK. 

This  reservation,  set  aside  by  executive  proclamation  dated  June 
2,1904,  under  the  act  approved  April  27,  1904  (33  Stat.,  319),  con- 
tains about  780  acres.  It  is  located  on  the  south  shore  of  Devils  Lake, 
North  Dakota,  having  about  2  miles  of  shore  line,  with  its  western 
boundary  1  mile  east  of  the  Fort  Totten  Indian  School.  Inasmuch  as 
no  appropriation  has  been  made  for  the  care  and  protection  of  this 
reservation  Mr.  Charles  M.  Ziebach,  in  charge  of  the  Indian  Indus- 
trial School,  Fort  Totten,  has  been  continued  as  acting  superinten- 
dent, and  required  to  exercise  the  necessary  supervision  and  control 
over  the  same  until  appropriation  is  made  therefor  by  Congress. 

The  tract  is  well  wooded  and  has  an  ample  supply  of  water  and 
many  rugged  hills,  among  which,  on  the  western  boundary,  lies  what 
is  known  as  "  Sullys  Hill."  In  the  southwestern  part  is  a  small  body 
of  water  known  as  "  Sweet  Water  Lake,"  west  of  which  the  surface 
is  generally  level  and  the  soil  good. 

Approximately  50  persons  camped  in  the  park  for  three  days  or 
more  during  the  past  summer,  and  200  spent  one  day  in  sight-seeing. 

The  steamboat  landing  is  at  least  2  miles  from  the  park,  and  the 
acting  superintendent  recommends  the  building  of  a  dock  to  allow 
boats  to  land  within  the  park  limits,  to  make  it  more  accessible  for 
visitors.  Until  this  in  done,  as  well  as  repair  work  upon  roads,  con- 
struction of  new  ones,  the  walling  up  of  springs,  etc.,  the  reservation 
is  not  likely  to  be  patronized  to  any  extent.  There  are  no  buildings 
or  improvements  of  any  kind  in  the  park. 

An  estimate  for  an  appropriation  of  $3,000  for  the  protection  and 
improvement  of  the  park  has  been  submitted  to  Congress. 

PLATT  NATIONAL  PARK. 

By  the  acts  of  Congress  of  July  1,  1902  (32  Stat.,  641),  and  April 
21,  1904  (33  Stat.,  220),  629.33  and  218.89  acres,  respectively,  at  the 
town  of  Sulphur,  Okla.  (then  Indian  Territory),  were  segregated  as 
the  "  Sulphur  Springs  Reservation,"  which  designation,  by  joint 
resolution  approved  June  29,  1906,  was  changed  to  "  Piatt  National 
Park." 

The  park,  with  a  total  area  of  848.22  acres,  extends  in  irregular 
form  a  distance  of  approximately  3  miles  from  northeast  to  south- 
west along  Sulphur  Creek,  including  a  portion  of  Rock  Creek,  which 
empties  into  Sulphur  Creek,  and  has  a  circuit  of  9  miles. 

Within  the  park  are  33  known  mineral  and  2  nonmineral  springs. 
The  principal  groups  are  the  Bromide  and  Bromide-Sulphur  springs 


NATIONAL   PARKS.  515 

in  the  southwestern  part  of  the  park,  Beach  and  Pavilion  springs  in 
the  northwestern  corner,  and  the  Wilson  group  in  the  southern  part. 
Sulphur  springs  predominate,  but  there  are  also  bromide,  soda,  and 
iron  varieties.  The  Antelope  and  Buffalo  springs,  nonmineral  in 
character,  are  situated  at  the  extreme  northeastern  end  of  the  Piatt 
National  Park,  with  an  elevation  of  1,083  feet  above  sea  level,  and  an 
approximate  discharge  of  5,000,000  gallons  daily  into  Sulphur  Creek. 
The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  mineral  springs  which  have 
been  to  some  extent  developed  and  improved,  together  with  the  esti- 
mated daily  flow  in  each  case : 

Gallons. 

Bromide  Springs  (3) 275 

Bromide-Sulphur 250 

Taff  or  Black  Sulphur 500 

Hillside 129,600 

Pavilion  Springs  (7) 200,600 

Beach  Springs  (3) 125,000 

Wilson 1,000 

Jericho 200 

The  amount  of  water  per  capita  used  on  the  premises,  or  taken 
away  for  individual  use,  averages  one-half  gallon  daily.  This 
statement  applies  to  all  but  the  Wilson  and  Jericho  springs,  from 
which  the  amount  taken  is  inconsiderable. 

Regulations  for  the  park  were  promulgated  by  the  department 
June  10,  1908,  those  theretofore  in  force  having  been  found  totally 
inadequate  to  properly  protect  the  park.  Section  5  provides  as 
follows : 

No  person  shall  remove  from  any  of  the  bromide,  iron,  or  soda  springs  more 
than  one  gallon  of  water  in  any  one  day,  nor  remove  from  any  of  the  other 
springs  more  than  five  gallons  in  any  one  day,  nor  shall  any  water  be  taken 
therefrom  for  commercial  purposes  except  in  pursuance  of  a  license  issued 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  Whenever  in  his  judgment  the  circumstances 
warrant,  the  superintendent  may  prohibit  the  use  of  the  waters  of  any  of  the 
springs  in  the  park  other  than  for  immediate  drinking  purposes  at  such  springs, 
the  facts  in  such  case  to  be  reported  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

In  spite  of  all  efforts  to  prevent  it,  the  superintendent  reports  that 
small  quantities  of  water  have  been  taken  surreptitiously  from  the 
Bromide,  Beach,  and  Pavilion  springs.  No  water  has  been  taken 
by  permission  for  commercial  purposes.  On  account  of  the  popularity 
of  Bromide  Spring,  and  the  small  daily  flow,  it  has  been  necessary 
to  restrict  the  amount  of  water  which  can  be  taken  by  each  individual, 
and  early  in  the  fiscal  year  a  watchman  was  placed  at  this  point  to 
oversee  the  distribution  of  the  water  and  maintain  order  in  the 
vicinity. 

The  number  of  arrests  for  all  causes  was  11,  the  cases  being  dis- 
posed of  as  follows:  Bound  over  to  await  action  of  grand  jury,  2; 
convictions,  2 ;  expulsions  from  park,  2 ;  admonished  and  discharged, 
7.  The  authority  given  under  the  new  regulations  is  broader  than 
before,  and  furnishes  the  means  for  punishing  or  restraining  a  certain 
lawless  element  in  the  vicinity  of  the  park.  The  Department  of 
Justice,  upon  the  request  of  the  Interior  Department,  appointed 
Mr.  G.  E.  Nicholson  as  a  United  States  commissioner,  to  reside  at 
Sulphur,  Okla.,  and  persons  violating  the  rules  and  regulations  can 
now  be  brought  before  him  and,  if  the  offense  warrants,  be  bound 
over  for  the  action  of  the  grand  jury,  which  meets  only  at  points  re- 
mote from  the  park;  this  is  a  great  improvement  and  the  effect 


516  NATIONAL   PARKS. 

should  be  salutary.  The  department  has  been  advised  of  attempts 
to  blackmail  persons  in  the  Piatt  National  Park,  impersonation  of 
officers  and  threats  against  the  lives  of  the  rangers  because  of  the 
enforcement  of  the  regulations,  and  such  cases  have  been  brought 
to  the  attention  of  the  United  States  attorney  for  the  eastern  dis- 
trict of  Oklahoma. 

The  superintendent's  office  and  residence  buildings  have  been  con- 
nected by  telephone  with  the  quarters  of  the  employees  in  different 
portions  of  the  park,  a  chain  of  incandescent  lights  was  installed  in 
West  Central  Park,  and  the  work  of  protecting  the  park  from  dam- 
age, nuisances,  and  forest  fires  has  thereby  become  more  effective. 

Approximately  6,000  head  of  domestic  animals  were  driven 
through  the  park  in  the  daytime.  Stockmen,  when  marketing  their 
animals  during  fhe  extreme  hot  weather  of  summer,  usually  make 
night  drives,  intending  to  reach  Sulphur  in  time  to  ship  early  the 
following  day.  The  number  given  does  not  include  the  herds  passing 
at  a  late  hour  in  the  night.  The  time  of  the  park  rangers  has  been 
largely  taken  up  in  removing  trespassing  live  stock  from  the  park. 
A  few  dairymen  and  stock  owners  living  near  by  have  made  a  prac- 
tice for  years  of  allowing  their  animals  to  graze  therein,  and  have 
resented  all  efforts  to  prevent  them.  The  number  of  domestic  ani- 
mals driven  off  of  the  reservation  was,  by  actual  count,  11,041,  and  to 
perform  such  service  the  rangers  rode  4,398  miles.  To  overcome  this 
undesirable  condition  the  department  recently  authorized  the  con- 
struction of  a  suitable  fence  to  inclose  the  Piatt  National  Park,  at  an 
approximate  cost  of  $2,500,  provision  to  be  made  for  suitable  open- 
ings, etc.,  and  lanes  crossing  the  reservation,  and  work  on  such 
improvements  is  practically  completed. 

The  superintendent  reports  that  special  pains  have  been  taken  to 
protect  the  animals  and  birds  and  to  prevent  abuses  of  the  privilege 
of  fishing  in  the  park.  Fishing  is  now  permitted  with  hook  and  line, 
and  this  privilege  appears  to  have  popularized  the  resort  to  a  con- 
siderable extent.  The  following  species  of  animals,  birds,  and  fishes 
make  the  park  their  home:  A  few  wolves  and  wild  cats,  rabbits, 
squirrels,  badgers,  porcupines;  quail  in  great  abundance,  redbirds, 
larks,  doves,  blackbirds,  and  common  varieties,  blue  jays,  mocking 
birds,  snipe,  pigeons,  plover,  birds  of  paradise,  robins,  yellow-ham- 
mers, kingfishers,  hawks,  and  eagles ;  black  bass,  a  few  trout  and  red 
horse,  sunfish,  suckers,  and  catfish.  The  pure  cold  water  of  Sulphur 
Creek  is  reported  as  especially  adapted  to  the  propagation  of  the 
more  desirable  species  of  edible  fish,  such  as  trout  and  black  bass. 
The  stocking  of  such  stream  with  these  species  would  no  doubt  add 
to  the  attractiveness  of  the  park.  The  Secretary  of  Commerce  and 
Labor  has  been  requested  to  investigate  the  conditions,  and,  if  prac- 
ticable, stock  Sulphur  Creek  with  some  good  varieties  of  fish  from 
the  Bureau  of  Fish  and  Fisheries. 

Besides  the  office  building  of  the  superintendent,  there  are  5  resi- 
dence buildings  for  employees  and  5  pavilions,  the  latter  located  at 
Bromide,  Hillside,  and  Seven  springs,  and  at  an  artificial  spring  near 
the  "  Vendome."  There  are  10  rest  houses  near  the  more  frequented 
springs  in  West  Central  Park  and  on  the  public  camp  grounds. 
Most  of  the  buildings  and  a  few  of  the  pavilions  are  in  need  of  repairs 
and  painting. 


NATIONAL   PARKS.  517 

The  superintendent  has  submitted  an  estimate  of  $250  for  deflect- 
ing the  course  of  the  road  which  now  crosses  the  park  at  its  widest 
point,  so  as  to  give  an  easier  grade,  obviate  the  expenditure  of  over 
$600  for  a  culvert  at  Sulphur  Run,  and  abate  the  dust  nuisance  at 
the  springs  and  the  residence  of  the  superintendent.  The  present 
grade  of  this  road  is  6  per  cent  in  certain  portions ;  it  washes  badly 
and  requires  frequent  repairs.  The  construction  of  the  "  Brookside" 
trail,  which  meanders  along  Sulphur  Creek,  crossing  and  recrossing 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  principal  falls,  has  made  this  the  second  greatest 
thoroughfare  of  the  park. 

The  success  of  the  wire  suspension  bridge  recently  constructed  at 
Bromide  Springs  exceeds  the  expectations  of  its  most  enthusiastic 
advocates.  It  carries  an  average  of  500  persons  daily,  and  during 
the  three  months  of  its  constant  use  has  not  needed  a  moment's  care 
or  attention.  The  superintendent  reports  receiving  an  inquiry  from 
London  in  regard  to  it.  The  Davis  Avenue  Bridge,  upon  which 
certain  temporary  repairs  were  made  last  winter,  is  again  sagging 
and  becoming  unsafe.  The  department  has  authorized  preliminary 
work  on  the  construction  of  a  suitable  bridge  to  replace  this  struc- 
ture, and  also  to  place  a  stone  arch  bridge  with  turret  effects  across 
Sulphur  Creek,  in  West  Central  Park.  The  estimated  cost  of  these 
two  bridges  is  from  $10,000  to  $11,000. 

The  salaries  of  the  park  force  aggregated  $5,780  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended  June  30,  1908.  The  following  improvements,  repairs,  etc., 
were  made  during  the  same  period :  Improvement  of  springs,  creeks, 
fords,  falls,  etc.,  $1,057.74;  construction  and  repair  of  bridges, 
$1,213.58;  surveys  for  sanitary  sewer,  $761.90;  domestic  water  sup- 
ply, $674.09 ;  repairs  to  buildings,  $590.67 ;  filling  holes,  removing 
debris  and  underbrush,  mowing  weeds,  and  construction  of  trail, 
$429.89;  and  miscellaneous  service,  repairs,  etc.,  $607.07,  a  total  of 
$5,334.94. 

The  Bland  Hotel,  which  was  appraised  and  paid  for  by  the  Gov- 
ernment under  the  act  of  April  21,  1904,  after  the  segregation  of  the 
lands  now  included  in  the  park,  was  this  year  purchased  and  removed 
by  C.  E.  Higinbotham,  of  Sulphur,  the  contract  price  being  $7,011. 
It  had  become  dilapidated  and  a  danger  to  visitors. 

Efforts  have  been  made  by  the  department  to  secure  proposals  for 
privileges  in  the  park,  for  the  convenience  of  the  public,  but,  although 
the  field  appears  to  be  a  very  promising  one  for  privileges  such  as 
rowboats  on  Eock  Creek;  refreshment  stands,  including  the  sale  of 
cigars,  daily  papers,  souvenirs,  etc. ;  making  and  selling  photographs; 
and  the  taking  of  water  from  the  Beach  or  other  mineral  springs  for 
bottling,  shipment,  or  sale;  only  three  licenses  have  been  granted — 
one  for  a  refreshment  stand,  to  W.  O.  Bourlancl,  at  a  nominal  rental 
for  the  first  year,  and  two  photographic  privileges,  the  latter  not  in- 
cluding the  occupation  of  any  ground  in  the  park.  These  were  issued 
at  the  beginning  of  the  current  fiscal  year,  and  no  other  meritorious 
applications  for  concessions  have  been  received.  Within  the  past  two 
years  the  mineral  waters  were  shipped  from  Sulphur  in  considerable 
quantities,  and  fair  prices  realized,  and  there  is  apparently  no  reason 
for  thinking  that  the  demand  has  diminished,  if  we  consider  the 
reputation  which  some  of  the  springs  have  gained  for  their  medicinal 
qualities. 


518  NATIONAL   PAKKS. 

The  revenues  for  the  year  were  practically  nothing,  if  the  sale 
of  the  Bland  Hotel  be  excepted.  The  balance  available  July  1,  1908, 
for  protection,  preservation,  and  improvement  of  the  Piatt  National 
Park,  was  $27,777.3.6.  It  is  probable  that  the  current  year  will 
reduce  the  available  funds  to  about  $5,000. 

Estimates  were  submitted  to  Congress  last  year  for  the  construc- 
tion of  a  sewer  system,  with  laterals  to  intersect  others  connecting 
with  the  city  of  Sulphur's  system  to  carry  off  of  the  reservation  the 
drainage  and  sewage,  which,  owing  to  the  topographic  conditions, 
now  run  into  and  contaminate  the  creeks  and  springs  of  the  park. 
The  approximate  cost  of  the  work  is  $30,000,  of  which  the  city  should 
be  required  to  pay  one-half.  No  appropriation  was  made,  and  the 
matter  has  again  been  presented  in  the  estimates  for  the  next  fiscal 
year. 

In  1907  the  city  of  Sulphur  was  granted  temporary  permission 
to  take  water  from  Sulphur  Creek,  just  below  what  is  known  as 
"  Little  Niagara,"  a  cascade,  for  domestic  water  supply  and  fire  pro- 
tection, to  the  extent  of  100,000  gallons  of  water  daily.  The  pro- 
vision was  made  that  the  city  should  construct  a  500,000-gallon 
storage  reservoir  outside  the  park  limits,  but  this  requirement  has 
not  yet  been  complied  with.  It  is  stated  that  the  city  is  in  financial 
straits,  can  not  get  the  money  to  make  such  improvements,  and  will 
endeavor  to  have  Congress  authorize  the  use  of  this  water  perma- 
nently and  with  less  restrictions. 

Approximately  25,000  persons  coming  by  rail  and  1,000  by  wagon, 
the  latter  camping  for  three  days  or  more,  have  visited  the  park 
during  the  past  fiscal  year.  As  shown  by  the  records  at  Bromide 
Springs,  the  attendance  there  was  106,332,  and  no  record  was  main- 
tained for  the  first  two  months  of  the  year.  Many  of  these  were 
citizens  of  Sulphur,  visiting  the  springs  each  day,  who  were  counted 
each  time.  Although  no  record  was  kept  at  other  springs,  it  is 
probable  that  there  was  a  still  greater  attendance  at  the  Pavilion 
Springs,  which  are  somewhat  closer  to  the  city. 

The  season  opened  later  than  usual,  notwithstanding  which  the 
number  of  visitors  exceeded  all  previous  records.  The  park  and  the 
city  of  Sulphur  have  recognized  advantages  for  the  holding  of  gen- 
eral conventions,  religious,  educational,  fraternal,  and  other  gather- 
ings. These  assemblages  have  been  permitted  during  the  past  year 
to  occupy  suitable  grounds  for  the  purpose  in  East  Central  Park, 
after  receiving  permission  from  the  superintendent,  which  is  granted 
under  certain  restrictions  imposed  by  the  department  for  the  welfare 
of  the  park.  The  accommodations  have  repeatedly  been  taxed  to 
the  utmost. 

A  topographic  survey  of  the  Piatt  National  Park,  which  will  show 
the  location  of  springs,  the  drainage,  etc.,  has  been  inaugurated 
by  the  Geological  Survey  at  the  instance  of  the  department,  with  a 
view  to  the  production  of  complete  and  authentic  maps  of  the  reser- 
vation for  administrative  purposes.  The  name  of  Sulphur  Creek 
has,  by  authority  of  the  United  States  Board  on  Geographic  Names, 
been  changed  to  "  Travertine." 

In  addition  to  matters  heretofore  covered,  the  superintendent 
makes  the  following  recommendations: 

A  stone  and  iron  building  of  two  rooms  near  the  superintendent's 
office  for  a  calaboose,  or  holdover,  for  men  and  women  arrested  and 
awaiting  trial  before  the  United  States  commissioner. 


NATIONAL   PAKKS.  519 

An  electric-light  plant  for  the  park,  operated  by  water  power  from 
Antelope  and  Buffalo  springs. 

A  fish  hatchery  near  the  head  of  Sulphur  Creek. 

The  employment  of  a  scientific  forester  for  the  reforestation  of 
denuded  portions  of  the  park. 

The  establishment  of  a  summer  camp  for  a  squadron  of  cavalry 
from  Fort  Sill  or  some  other  convenient  military  post. 

The  expenses  attendant  upon  the  management  of  this  reservation, 
and  the  carrying  into  effect  of  necessary  improvements  to  springs 
and  roads,  and  the  construction  of  bridges,  etc.,  have  so  depleted  the 
park  revenues  that  an  appropriation  by  Congress  in  the  near  future 
will  be  absolutely  necessary.  No  appropriation  has  heretofore  been 
made  for  the  park,  but  an  estimate  for  the  protection  and  improve- 
ment thereof  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1910,  in  the  sum  of 
$20,000,  has  been  submitted  to  Congress. 

CASA  GRANDE  IIUIN. 

This  reservation  is  located  near  Florence,  Ariz.,  about  18  miles 
northeast  of  Casa  Grande  station,  on  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad, 
and  contains  about  480  acres.  It  was  set  aside  by  executive  order 
dated  June  22, 1892,  under  the  act  approved  March  2, 1889  (25  Stat., 
961). 

Casa  Grande  is  an  Indian  ruin  of  undetermined  antiquity,  which 
was  discovered  in  1694  by  Padre  Kino,  a  Jesuit  missionary.  This 
great  house  is  said  to  be  the  most  important  ruin  of  its  type  in  the 
Southwest,  and  as  such  it  has  strong  claims  for  archaeological  study, 
repair,  and  permanent  preservation.  It  is  built  of  puddled  clay, 
molded  into  walls  and  dried  in  the  sun,  and  is  of  perishable  character. 
The  main  building  was  originally  five  or  six  stories  high  and  cov- 
ered a  space  59  feet  by  43  feet  3  inches.  The  walls  have  been  gradu- 
ally disintegrating,  owing  to  the  action  of  the  elements.  A  corru- 
gated iron  roof  has  heretofore  been  erected  over  this  building  to  pro- 
tect it,  so  far  as  practicable,  from  further  decay. 

Surrounding  Casa  Grande  proper  is  a  rectangular  walled  inclosure 
or  "  compound,"  having  an  area  of  about  2  acres.  In  this  inclosure, 
which  has  been  called  "  Compound  A,"  there  have  recently  been  ex- 
cavated a  number  of  buildings  or  clusters  of  rooms,  and  others  are 
known  to  exist  which  have  not  yet  been  excavated.  Two  other  com- 
pounds have  been  discovered  and  designated,  respectively,  "  Com- 
pound B  "  and  "  Compound  C."  The  former  has  been  the  scene  of 
operations  during  the  past  year,  but  the  latter  has  not  yet  been  ex- 
cavated and  is  still  in  the  form  of  a  mound.  The  three  compounds 
together  constitute  what  is  known  as  the  "  Casa  Grande  "  group  of 
ruins. 

The  custodian,  Mr.  Frank  Pinkley,  who  resides  on  the  reservation, 
reports  that  the  ground  plan  of  the  ruins  was  increased  by  some 
57  or  58  rooms,  a  number  of  large  plazas,  and  surrounding  walls, 
making  the  total  number  of  rooms  now  open  on  the  ground  floor  over 
a  hundred,  and  as  the  result  of  the  last  two  winters'  work  by  Doctor 
FeAvkes,  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  the  points  of  interest  to  visitors 
have  been  materially  increased. 

Mr.  Pinkley  recommends  that  appropriation  be  secured  for  the 
erection  of  a  museum  building  near  the  Ruins  to  shelter  the  results 


520  NATIONAL   PARKS. 

of  future  excavations,  and  to  place  the  household  utensils,  war  and 
agricultural  instruments,  and  other  objects  belonging  to  the  pre- 
historic people  in  proper  relation  to  the  architecture  and  environ- 
ment, to  facilitate  the  study,  from  a  scientist's  point  of  view,  of  any- 
one phase  of  the  aboriginal  life. 

There  are  to  the  east  of  the  Casa  Grande  Ruin  two  other  groups  of 
ruins,  which  the  custodian  reports  are  on  land  thrown  open  to  settle- 
ment, and  one  of  which  is  endangered  by  the  proposed  construction 
of  a  railroad,  and  he  suggests  that  such  ruins  be  added  by  Congress 
to  the  reservation  now  existing. 

An  appropriation  of  $3,000  was  made  in  the  sundry  civil  act  of 
March  4,  1907,  for  the  excavation  of  the  Casa  Grande  Ruin,  to  be 
expended  under  the  supervision  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

The  following  excerpt  has  been  furnished  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  from  the  report  of  Dr.  J.  Walter 
Fewkes,  on  the  excavation  and  repair  work  at  Casa  Grande  Ruin,  in 
1907-8 : 

During  the  last  year  the  appropriation  for  the  continuance  of  the  excavation 
and  repair  of  Casa  Grande,  in  Pinal  County,  Ariz.,  was  disbursed  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  through  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes,  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology.  A  technical  report  on  the  scientific  results  of  this  work  will  be  pub- 
lished later  by  the  institution.  A  few  general  results  that  are  of  popular  inter- 
est from  the  educational  point  of  view  are  here  briefly  considered. 

The  excavation  and  repair  work  at  this  ruin  was  done  mainly  by  Pima 
Indians  living  on  the  adjacent  reservation.  The  distribution  of  an  appropriation 
of  this  size  among  Indian  laborers  was  important  in  its  economic  as  well  as  its 
educational  aspect.  It  not  only  gave  them  employment,  but  also  increased  their 
self-respect  by  stimulating  a  lasting  interest  in  their  land  and  history. 

The  work  at  Casa  Grande  revealed  the  important  fact  that  there  were  many 
more  prehistoric  buildings  on  the  reservation  than  were  suspected  when  it  was 
set  aside  for  the  protection  of  the  ruin.  The  facts  discovered  by  excavations 
point  to  a  large  ancient  population  and  to  the  great  antiquity  of  some  of  the 
buildings  lately  brought  to  light.  The  plain  around  the  historic  Casa  Grande 
wTas  once  dotted  with  large  buildings  constructed  by  a  prehistoric  race,  scat- 
tered among  which  were  clusters  of  houses  like  Mexican  jacales,  in  which  the 
people  lived.  Habitations  with  walls  supported  by  upright  logs  apparently 
formerly  lined  the  banks  of  a  network  of  irrigation  ditches  and  fringed  the 
large  reservoirs  or  wells.  The  humble  dwellings  of  the  people  once  inhabiting 
Casa  Grande  are  now  represented  for  the  greater  part  only  by  mounds  that 
rise  a  few  feet  above  the  plain,  while  of  the  art  remains  of  the  ancient  occu- 
pants there  are  few  traces  except  fragments  of  pottery  strewn  over  the  surface 
of  the  plain.  This  condition  of  prehistoric  human  life  about  Casa  Grande 
appears  to  have  been  not  unlike  that  found  in  ancient  Mexico.  Large  pyramids, 
foundations  of  temples,  and  massive  walled  buildings  devoted  to  public  pur- 
poses towered  above  the  lowly  habitations  of  the  people.  These  latter  have 
disappeared ;  the  very  massive  character  of  the  former  has  led  to  their 
preservation. 

These  great  buildings  devoted  to  public  purposes,  as  temples,  granaries,  or  cita- 
dels, in  this  "prehistoric  city  of  the  desert"  belong  to  characteristic  structures 
of  the  Gila  Valley  called  "compounds.".  A  typical  compound  is  a  rectangular 
area  generally  oriented  about  north  and  south,  surrounded  by  thick  walls  built 
of  concrete  (caleche)  inclosing  plazas,  courts,  large  houses,  and,  as  we  now  know, 
from  excavations  of  the  last  year,  small  fragile-walled  habitations  like"  jacales," 
in  which  the  common  people  lived.  Casa  Grande  had  at  least  five,  possibly  six, 
of  these  compounds  in  its  neighborhood,  scattered  over  the  reservation  a  few 
hundred  feet  apart.  Each  of  the  different  compounds  has  its  characteristic 
arrangement  of  rooms,  so  distinctive  that  one  is  tempted  to  ascribe  to  these 
buildings  separate  functions,  to  people  them  with  sociological  divisions  of  the 
tribe,  or  to  refer  them  to  priesthoods  having  somewhat  different  rituals.  Near 
these  larger  compounds  (here  have  been  discovered  smaller  buildings  with  many 
rooms,  Inaptly  designated  as  "clan  houses,"  evidently  construetc1  for  specific 
purposes,  possibly  ceremonial  in  nature. 


NATIONAL   PARKS.  521 

The  work  at  Casa  Grande  in  1907-8  began  with  the  excavation  and  repair  of 
compound  B  (PI.  I),  situated  over  800  feet  north  of  compound  A  (PL  II),  the 
scene  of  archaeological  activity  in  the  previous  year.  The  general  appearance  of 
compound  B  before  work  on  it  began  suggested  to  several  observers  two  pyramidal 
mounds  resting  on  a  more  or  less  rectangular  platform.  These  mounds  and 
platform  were  surrounded  by  other  mounds,  which  investigation  has  determined 
to  be  piles  of  debris,  chance  accumulations  of  earth,  possibly  refuse  of  the  pre- 
historic buildings  of  the  neighboring  compound. 

The  mounds  were  supposed  to  cover  houses  like  Casa  Grande,  the  rooms  of 
which  were  filled  with  fallen  walls  and  drifting  sand,  but  this  supposition  could 
be  proven  only  by  excavations.  The  results  (PI.  I)  show  that  the  pyramidal 
mounds  were  artificial  foundations  for  rooms,  and  that  they  were  formed  by 
accumulations  of  earth  deposited  during  many  years. 

The  discovery  that  the  pyramidal  mounds  of  compound  B  were  stratified,  or 
that  they  were  built  up  in  stages,  as  the  presence  of  parallel  floors  alternating 
with  debris  clearly  shows,  is  regarded  as  an  important  contribution  to  our 
knowledge  of  their  antiquity.  It  appears  from  the  evidence  that  the  pyramids 
were  formed  in  the  following  manner  :  In  the  earliest  epoch  houses  occupied  part 
of  the  areas  now  covered  by  the  two  great  pyramids.  These  houses  had  cement 
floors  and  walls  supported  by  upright  logs.  After  a  time  the  walls  of  these 
habitations  fell,  covering  their  floors  to  the  height  of  2  or  3  feet.  Upon  this 
fallen  mass  later  was  built  another  series  of  houses,  each  with  a  cemented  floor, 
fireplace,  and  upright  logs  supporting  walls.  In  course  of  time  these  walls,  like 
their  predecessors,  fell,  covering  the  second  tier  of  houses.  This  process  went 
on  for  years,  and  we  are  now  able  to  trace  five  well-plastered  floors  one  above 
the  other,  separating  by  hardened  clay  the  fallen  remains  of  the  house  walls. 
Toward  the  top  of  the  pyramids  the  thickness  of  the  deposit  between  successive 
floors  diminishes,  but  the  floors  at  this  altitude  are  better  preserved. 

If  we  had  some  time  standard  by  which  the  ages  of  the  successive  strata  of 
fallen  debris  between  the  floors  could  be  measured,  it  would  be  possible  to  calcu- 
late the  age  of  these  pyramids,  but  at  present  no  criterion  of  this  kind  is  avail- 
able. Serving  as  borders  of  these  pyramids  there  is  a  double  wall,  or  rather 
one  massive  wall  within  another,  forming  a  terrace  reminding  one  of  a  step  in  an 
ancient  Mexican  temple  foundation. 

Two  kinds  of  rooms  occur  in  compound  B — those  with  massive  walls  and 
others  with  fragile  walls  supported  by  upright  logs.  The  latter  type  of  rooms 
may  be  still  further  divided  into  two  groups,  those  above  ground  and  those 
below,  dugouts  or  subterranean  in  construction. 

The  rooms  with  massive  walls  in  this  inclosure,  as  in  compound  A,  served  as 
temples,  granaries  for  storage  of  corn,  or  citadels  for  protection  from  foes ;  the 
houses  with  fragile  walls  resemble  in  construction  some  of  the  historic  habita- 
tions of  Pimas  and  Papagos.  Previous  to  the  excavation  work  last  winter  rooms 
of  this  kind  had  never  been  recognized  within  the  Casa  Grande  compounds,  or 
in  their  neighborhood.  It  is  probable  that  clusters  of  these  habitations  dotted 
the  whole  extent  of  the  plain  now  embraced  in  the  Casa  Grande  Reservation. 

Both  thick-walled  rooms  and  those  with  more  perishable  walls  supported  by 
upright  logs  are  found  mainly  in  the  plazas,  but  the  latter  occur  also  on  top  of 
the  pyramids. 

The  typical  habitation  of  the  common  people  of  Casa  Grande  was  rectangular 
in  form.  Midway  in  the  length  of  the  cemented  floor  is  a  circular  depression 
filled  with  wood  ashes  and  called  the  "  fire  hole."  Nothing  remains  of  the  walls 
of  these  rooms  but  their  foundations,  imperfectly  held  together  by  more  or  less 
decayed  vertical  logs,  the  mud  or  clay  with  which  the  interstices  between  the 
logs  were  filled  having  fallen  on  the  floor.  As  one  or  more  of  the  logs  belonging 
in  front  of  the  fireplace  are  generally  missing,  it  is  thought  that  this  indicates  a 
break  in  the  wall,  and  that  the  entrance  of  the  room  was  situated  about  the 
middle  of  the  long  side.  When  these  houses  were  deserted  their  walls  fell  as 
soon  as  their  supports  decayed,  but  the  former  positions  of  the  supporting  logs 
are  indicated  by  holes  containing  sand  or  decayed  wood. 

That  the  outlines  of  the  ancient  dwellings  might  not  be  lost,  new  logs  were 
substituted  for  these  in  their  former  holes. 

Tbe  discovery  that  the  habitations  of  the  ancient  people  of  Casa  Grande  were 
to  all  intents  culturally  the  same  as  modern  Pimas  and  Papagos  is  believed  to 
be  an  important  contribution  to  the  problem  of  the  kinship  of  the  former  in- 
habitants of  the  Casa  Grande  compounds.  The  objection  has  always  been  raised 
to  the  theory  that  the  Pimas  were  descendants  of  tbe  inhabitants  of  Casa  Grande, 
that  the  former  when  discovered  lived  in  small  buildings  like  jacales.  while 


522  NATIONAL   PARKS. 

the  latter,  from  what  archaeology  taught,  dwelt  in  massive  houses.  Evidence 
was  unearthed  at  Casa  Grande  that  the  people  of  compound  B  had  dwellings  not 
unlike  the  Indians  of  Pima  stock  who  inhabited  the  Gila  Valley  at  the  advent 
of  the  Spaniards. 

The  discovery  of  subterranean  rooms  in  compound  B  is  a  novel  and  most 
instructive  one.  These  rooms  were  made  by  excavating  a  square  or  retangular 
hole  in  the  ground,  plastering  its  sides  for  the  walls  and  its  bottom  for  a  floor. 
One  of  these  rooms  lies  directly  under  the  foundations  of  the  east  wall  of  the 
compound  a  short  distance  from  the  northeast  angle.  This  room  has  a  smoothly 
plastered  floor  in  which  is  a  fire  hole.  Evidently  this  subterranean  room  was 
built,  inhabited,  and  deserted  before  the  wall  of  the  compound  above  it  was  con- 
structed. In  order  to  preserve  the  evidence  of  subterranean  rooms  under  walls 
of  the  compound,  supports  were  built  below  the  wall  and  a  roof  was  placed 
above  it  to  protect  it  from  the  rain.  This  roof  is  shown  in  Plate  I  near  the 
right-hand  angle  of  the  bird's-eye  view  of  the  compound. 

On  the  west  side  of  compound  B,  where  the  bounding  wall  is  highest,  a 
row  of  shallow  pits  was  discovered  at  a  depth  of  7  feet  below  the  original 
surface.  From  their  appearance  there  can  hardly  be  a  doubt  that  the  caleche 
or  clay  used  in  the  construction  of  the  walls  was  mixed  in  these  pits,  and  their 
occurrence  below  the  foundations  of  the  west  wall  shows  that  it  was  constructed 
after  the  remaining  boundary  of  the  compound. 

The  terraced  form  of  the  pyramids  recalls  that  of  the  foundations  of  Mexican 
temples,  and  is  one  of  many  indications  of  a  southern  relationship  of  the  build- 
ers of  the  desert  cities  of  the  Gila. 

Wooden  steps  were  conveniently  placed  at  certain  places,  so  that  a  visitor  can 
easily  mount  the  pyramids  and  examine  the  various  rooms.  A  bridge  connecting 
the  top  of  the  west  wall  of  the  compound  and  the  neighboring  refuse  heap  ena- 
bles one  to  see  the  many  ancient  pits  used  for  mixing  concrete  found  along  the 
foundation  of  the  west  wall.  Labels  were  placed  at  certain  places  to  guide 
visitors,  and  a  large  placard  containing  historical  data  was  also  posted  for 
their  information. 

The  inhabitants  of  Casa  Grande  disposed  of  their  dead  in  two  ways — by 
cremation  and  by  inhumation  in  their  rooms.  Both  methods  of  burial  occur  in 
compound  B.  Skeletons  of  infants  were  found  in  rooms  on  top  of  the  larger 
pyramids,  and  bones  of  adults  occurred  under  a  few  feet  of  soil  at  the  southern 
end  of  the  compouud.  In  the  level  space  between  the  extramural  mound  and 
a  few  feet  from  the  north  wall  of  the  compound  there  was  brought  'uto  view  by 
the  spade  a  vase  covered  with  a  thin  saucer  or  plate.  This  vessel  was  full  of 
calcined  human  bones,  some  of  which  were  well  enough  preserved  to  enable  one 
to  determine  that  they  belonged  to  an  adult. 

Compound  C  lies  due  west  of  compound  B,  and  is  oriented  in  the  same  gen- 
eral direction.  It  has  a  massive  surrounding  wall  but  no  central  temple  or 
citadel.  Apparently  the  whole  inclosure  was  occupied  by  perishable  dwellings 
of  late  construction. 

To  the  east  of  compound  B,  about  equidistant  with  compound  C,  where  was 
formerly  a  low  mound  on  which  grew  scrubby  greasewood  bushes,  there  was 
discovered  a  rectangular  building,  the  central  temple  or  citadel  of  compound 
D.  On  excavation  the  mound  resolved  itself  into  a  massive  walled  building  not 
unlike  some  of  the  buildings  in  compound  A.  On  one  of  the  highest  walls  black 
paintings  of  human  hands  were  still  visible. 

The  most  successful  excavation  and  repair  work  of  the  winter  was  done  on 
the  mounds  which  have  been  given  the  name  "  clan  house  A,"  situated  750  feet 
east  of  compound  A.  When  work  began  in  this  vicinity  two  large  mounds  were 
visible  among  the  mesquite  trees,  but  there  were  no  walls  above  ground. 

The  excavations  at  this  point  revealed  the  foundations  and  walls  of  a  rec- 
tangular building  (PI.  II)  113  feet  long  by  50  feet  wide,  containing  11  rooms, 
a  central  plaza,  and  annex  on  the  south  side.  This  annex  is  composed  of  2 
rooms,  one  of  which  contained  a  tomb  made  of  concrete  placed  on  a  raised 
platform.  In  this  receptacle  were  bones  and  mortuary  offerings,  indicating  a 
man  of  importance,  possibly  a  chief  priest.  The  adjacent  walls  were  decorated 
with  colored  figures  representing  birds.  The  main  part  of  the  building  ex- 
tended easl  and  west  and  contained  11  rooms,  the  same  number  that  originally 
existed  in  the  historic  building,  Casa  Grande.  On  the  south  side  there  were  5 
rooms,  on  the  north  4,  and  on  the  west  1.  The  most  centrally  placed  room,  which 
had  the  highest  walls,  differs  from  all  others  in  this  particular:  In  the  middle 
there  stood  a  high-backed  seal  made  of  concrete.  It  is  suspected  that  this  scat 
was  occupied  by  the  chief*  priest  during  ceremonies. 


NATIONAL   PARKS.  523 

Fragments  of  a  low  wall  were  brought  to  light  near  this  great  building  in 
such  positions  that  it  is  suspected  that  this  was  the  citadel  of  another  com- 
pound, the  boundary  wall  of  which  is  yet  to  be  traced. 

The  base  of  all  walls,  both  inside  and  outside,  of  compound  A  and  clan  house 
A  were  carefully  protected  with  Portland  cement  and  ditches  were  dug  to 
carry  away  the  excess  of  water  from  their  foundations. 

A  few  hundred  feet  north  of  compound  A  is  an  oval  depression  surrounded 
by  a  low  bank  which  has  been  the  cause  of  some  speculation.  Some  archaeol- 
ogists suppose  this  bank  covered  walls  of  a  building,  others  that  it  is  an 
oval  ruin  with  hidden  rooms.  The  theory  that  it  was  a  place  for  thrashing 
wheat  with  horses  has  had  advocates.  The  excavations  of  the  past  year  show 
that  the  bank  is  constructed  of  sand  and  is  without  walls,  indicating  that  the 
depression  was  a  reservoir  or  well. 

It  w>as  a  custom  of  the  Papagos  and  Pimas  a  generation  ago,  and  even  now 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  Territory  of  Arizona,  to  roast  mescal  plants  in 
huge  subterranean  pits  by  means  of  stones  heated  in  great  fires.  This  custom 
was  not  unknown  at  Casa  Grande  and  several  of  these  roasting  places  have 
been  excavated  and  labeled  for  the  information  of  visitors. 

The  aim  of  all  excavation  and  repair  work  at  Casa  Grande  was  to  increase 
the  educational  value  of  the  ruin.  It  was  the  hope  to  make  it  more  attractive 
to  visitors  and  at  the  same  time  to  protect  its  walls  for  posterity. 

Casa  Grande  in  its  present  condition  is  a  type  ruin  illustrating  the  archi- 
tectural features  of  the  great  houses  of  the  Gila  and  Salt  River  Valleys.  By 
an  examination  of  the  repaired  structures  one  can  get  a  good  idea  of  the  main 
characteristics  of  the  architecture  prevalent  in  one  of  the  great  prehistoric 
culture  areas  of  the  Southwest. 

No  appropriation  for  improvements  or  excavations  was  made  for 
the  fiscal  year  1909,  but  an  estimate  of  appropriation  in  the  sum  of 
$2,500  has  been  submitted  to  Congress,  for  the  construction  of  a 
building  for  custodian's  quarters  and  the  exhibition  of  archaeological 
specimens,  to  cover  the  fiscal  year  1910,  expenditures  thereof  to  be 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

MINNESOTA  NATIONAL  FOREST  RESERVE  IN  MINNESOTA 

The  act  of  January  14,  1889  (25  Stat.,  643),  entitled  "An  act  for 
the  relief  and  civilization  of  the  Chippewa  Indians  of  Minnesota  " 
provided  for  the  sale  of  the  lands  ceded  by  the  Indians  as  "pine 
lands  "  and  "  agricultural  lands  "  for  the  benefit  of  the  Indians. 

The  act  of  June  27,  1902  (32  Stat.,  400),  amendatory  of  the  act  of 
January  14,  1889,  makes  provision  for  the  examination  and  classifi- 
cation of  the  lands  and  for  the  sale  of  timber  on  the  pine  lands,  in 
connection  with  which  are  the  following  provisos : 

That  in  cutting  the  timber  on  two  hundred  thousand  acres  of  the  pine  lands, 
to  be  selected  as  soon  as  practicable  by  the  Forester  of  the  Department  of 
Agriculture,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  on  the  follow- 
ing reservations,  to  wit,  Chippewas  of  the  Mississippi,  Leech  Lake,  Cass  Lake, 
and  Winnebigoshish,  which  said  lands  so  selected  shall  be  known  and  herein- 
after described  as  "  forestry  lands,"  the  purchaser  shall  be  required  to  leave 
standing  five  per  centum  of  the  pine  timber  thereon  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
forestation, as  hereinafter  provided,  said  five  per  centum  to  be  selected  and 
reserved  in  such  manner  and  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  Forester  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  approved  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior:  Provided  further,  That  there  shall  be  reserved 
from  sale  or  settlement  the  timber  and  land  on  the  islands  in  Cass  Lake  and 
in  Leech  Lake,  and  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres  at  the  extremity 
of  Sugar  Point,  on  Leech  Lake,  and  the  peninsula  known  as  Pine  Point,  on 
which  the  new  Leech  Lake  Agency  is  now  located,  which  peninsula  approxi- 
mates seven  thousand  acres,  and.  in  addition  thereto  ten  sections  in  area  on  said 
reservations  last  aforesaid,  to  be  selected  by  the  Forester  of  the  Department 


524  NATIONAL   PARKS. 

of  Agriculture,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  in  lots  not 
less  than  three  hundred  and  twenty  acres  each  in  contiguous  areas,  and  noth- 
ing herein  contained  shall  interfere  with  the  allotments  to  the  Indians  hereto- 
fore and  hereafter  made.  The  islands  in  Cass  and  Leech  lakes  and  the  land 
reserved  at  Sugar  Point  and  Pine  Point  Peninsula  shall  remain  as  Indian 
land  under  the  control  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior. 

After  prescribing  certain  conditions  to  be  imposed  upon  purchasers 
of  such  timber,  and  laying  down  rules  for  scaling  the  timber  cut,  it 
is  provided  as  follows: 

After  the  merchantable  pine  timber  on  any  tract,  subdivision,  or  lot  shall 
have  been  removed,  such  tract,  subdivision,  or  lot  shall,  except  on  the  forestry- 
lands  aforesaid,  for  the  purposes  of  this  act,  be  classed  and  treated  as  agri- 
cultural lands,  and  shall  be  opened  to  homestead  entry  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  this  act :  Provided,  That  on  the  forestry  lands  aforesaid,  as  soon 
as  the  merchantable  pine  timber  now  thereon  shall  have  been  removed  from 
any  tract,  subdivision,  or  lot,  as  herein  provided,  such  tract,  subdivision,  or  lot 
shall,  without  further  act,  resolution,  or  proclamation,  forthwith  become  and 
be  part  of  a  forest  reserve,  the  same  as  though  set  apart  by  proclamation 
of  the  President  in  accordance  with  the  act  of  Congress  approved  March 
third,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-one,  and  subsequent  laws  amending  and 
supplementing  the  same,  and  shall  be  managed  and  protected  in  accordance 
with  their  provisions  and  the  rules  and  regulations  made  and  to  be  made 
in  furtherance  thereof:  And  provided  further,  That  on  said  forestry  lands 
aforesaid  said  pine  timber  shall  be  cut  clean,  except  as  to  the  five  per  centum 
as  hereinbefore  provided,  and  removed  under  the  supervision  and  direction 
of  the  Forester  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  in  accordance  with  rules 
and  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by  him  and  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior,  and  the  said  Forester  shall  have  power  at  all  times  to  patrol  and 
protect  said  lands  and  forests,  and  to  enforce  all  rules  and  regulations  made 
by  him  as  aforesaid. 

In  July  of  1903,  the  Department  of  Agriculture  called  attention 
to  the  necessity  for  the  patrol  and  protection  of  the  ten  sections  of 
land  reserved  from  sale  and  expressed  doubt  as  to  which  of  the  two 
departments,  Agriculture  or  Interior,  had  jurisdiction  in  the  matter. 
Subsequently  it  was  determined  that  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
was  charged  with  administration  and  protection  of  said  lands  and 
accordingly,  under  date  of  August  28,  1903,  the  Commissioner  of 
the  General  Land  Office  was  advised  as  follows : 

These  lands  were  coded  by  the  Indians  charged  with  a  trust  for  their  own 
benefit  and,  by  the  act  of  January  14,  1889,  were  to  be  disposed  of  for  their 
benefit  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  cession.  In  so  far  as  the  amendatory  act 
of  June  27,  1902,  operates  to  divert  either  the  lands  or  the  timber  thereon  from 
the  uses  contemplated  by  the  agreement  of  cession,  it  must  receive  a  strict 
construction,  as  being  in  derogation  of  the  express  dedication  of  the  lands  to 
a  specific  trust.  These  ten  sections  are  not  a  part  of  or  classed  with  the  two 
hundred  thousnnd  acres  of  land  specifically  designated  to  constitute  a  forest 
reserve.  There  is  no  declaration  or  provision  bringing  them  within  the  de- 
scriptive phrase  "forestry  lands,"  used  in  the  act.  They  are  a  part  of  "the 
timber  and  land"  which  are  "reserved  from  sale  or  settlement."  It  is  not 
specified  that  they  "  shall  remain  as  Indian  land  under  the  control  of  the 
Department  of  the  Interior,"  as  is  done  in  respect  to  the  islands  in  Cass  and 
Leech  lakes  and  the  tracts  at  Sugar  Point  and  Pine  Point,  but,  as  pointed  out, 
they  are  not  within  the  forest  reserve  provision  of  the  act,  and  no  other  dis- 
posal of  them  is  made  or  direction  given  for  their  care  or  protection.  The 
mere  reservation  of  those  lands  from  sale  for  an  indefinite  period  and  for  an 
undeclared  purpose  does  not  take  them  out  of  the  class  of  Indian  trust  lands, 
nor  does  it  transfer  the  care  and  control  of  them  from  this  department. 

Neither  the  manner  of  their  selection,  which  is  to  be  "with  the  approval  of 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,"  nor  any  other  provision  of  law  relating  to  these 
lands  can  be  construed  as  implying  an  intention  to  remove  them  from  the  con- 
trol of  this  department.  The  jurisdiction  over  these  lands  remains  where  it 
was  before  their  reservation  from  sale  or  settlement. 


NATIONAL   PARKS.  525 

If  it  be  deemed  necessary  that  special  precaution  be  taken  for  the  protection 
of  these  lands  you  will  consider  the  matter  and  submit  a  plan  with  a  draft  of 
rules  and  regulations,  if  that  be  necessary.  If  upon  consideration  your  office  is 
of  opinion  that  additional  legislation  is  needed,  you  will  so  report  with  recom- 
mendation as  to  the  form  of  such  legislation. 

You  submit  a  further  question,  not  referred  to  by  the  Forester  of  the  Agri- 
cultural Department,  as  to  jurisdiction  over  the  "  forestry  lands  "  after  they 
shall  have  become  a  part  of  the  forest  reserve.  As  soon  as  the  timber  is 
removed  from  any  tract  of  these  lands  that  tract  becomes  at  once  a  part  of  the 
forest  reserve,  the  same  as  though  set  apart  by  proclamation  of  the  President 
under  the  act  of  March  3,  1891  (26  Stat.,  1095,  1103),  and  subsequent  laws 
amending  and  supplementing  the  same,  "and  shall  be  managed  and  protected  in 
accordance  with  their  provision,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  made  and  to  be 
made  in  furtherance  thereof."  Forest  reserves  set  apart  under  said  act  are 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  and  managed  and  protected  under  rules  and  regula- 
tions prescribed  by  this  department.  This  provision  clearly  devolves  the  man- 
agement and  protection  of  tracts  that  become  a  part  of  a  forest  reserve  upon 
this  department.  Immediately  following  that  is  a  further  proviso  which  pre- 
scribes that  the  timber  on  the  forestry  lands  shall  be  cut  and  removed  under 
the  supervision  and  direction  of  the  Forester  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture 
"  in  accordance  with  rules  and  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by  him  and  approved 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  and  the  said  Forester  shall  have  power  at  all 
times  to  patrol  and  protect  said  lands  and  forests,  and  to  enforce  all  rules  and 
regulations  made  by  him  as  aforesaid."  The  rules  and  regulations  the  Forester 
is  thus  authorized  to  enforce  are  those  relating  to  the  removal  of  timber  from 
said  land  which  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  and 
the  whole  tenor  of  this  proviso  shows  that  it  was  intended  to  relate  to  the  time 
during  which  the  timber  is  being  cut  and  removed  and  that  it  was  not  intended 
to  interfere  with  the  preceding  proviso,  placing  said  lands  in  a  forest  reserve 
subject  to  the  control  of  this  department.  This  conclusion  is  further  supported 
by  a  subsequent  paragraph  of  said  act  which  provides  for  the  appointment  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  of  a  superintendent  and  assistants  and  defines 
their  duties  as  follows: 

"  Whose  duties  shall  be  to  supervise  the  cutting  and  scaling  of  the  timber 
sold  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  and  to  see  that  the  rules  and  regulations 
prescribed  by  the  Forester  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  are  complied  with, 
and  generally  to  perform  such  services  in  and  about  the  sale  of  the  pine  timber 
on  said  lands,  and  the  cutting  of  the  same  therefrom,  and  the  care  and  pro- 
tection of  all  timber  on  said  lands,  as  may  be  required  of  them  by  said  Forester 
and  said   Secretary." 

After  a  careful  consideration  of  the  various  provisions  of  the  law  in  ques- 
tion, the  department  is  of  opinion  that  the  duly  of  managing  and  protect- 
ing these  forestry  lands  after  they  shall  have  become  a  part  of  a  forest  reserve 
rests  with  this  department.  Whatever  is  to  be  done  by  the  Forester  of  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  respect  to  the  timber  on  these  lands,  both  as  to 
the  cutting  and  removal  thereof  and  as  to  the  care  and  preservation  of  that 
left  standing  for  the  purpose  of  reforestation,  is  to  be  done  in  cooperation  with 
this  department  and  with  the  approval  thereof. 

Mr.  Henry  Page,  custodian  of  the  Minnesota  National  Forest  Re- 
serve, or  the  "  Ten  Sections  National  Forest,"  Minnesota,  as  it  is  other- 
wise known,  submits  the  following  report  of  operations  during  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908: 

Number  fires  covering  more  than  one  acre 5 

Number  fires  covering  less  than  one  acre 12 

Total  number  fires 17 

Estimated  number  of  acres  burned  over 170 

Total  expenses  incurred  for  assistance  in  extinguishing  forest  fires  on 

the  Ten  Sections  National  Forest $20.  00 

In  addition  to  this,  much  valuable  assistance  was  given  in  extinguishing  fires 
above  enumerated  by  the  available  forces  under  the  supervision  of  William  O'Neil, 
superintendent  of  logging,  and  Supervisor  G.  E.  Marshall,  of  the  Forest  Service. 
There  were  also  many  fires  put  out  just  as  they  had  started  to  burn  by  forest- 


526  NATIONAL   PARKS. 

service  patrol  along  the  Great  Northern  Railway  right  of  way  between  Cass 
Lake  and  Cuba,  not  enumerated  above. 

Under  authority  of  the  act  of  June  21,  1906  (34  Stat.,  351),  bids  were  called 
for  covering  the  sale  of  all  merchantable  down  pine  timber  and  firewood  on  the 
"  Ten  Sections."  No  bids  were  received  for  the  firewood.  Bids  were  received 
for  the  merchantable  down  timber  as  follows,  viz: 

(1)  Burlington  Lumber  Company,  $9.20  per  M  for  white  pine,  $8.20  per  M  for 

nory  pine.     Bid  was  for  all  merchantable  down  timber  on  the  "  Ten  Sec- 
tions."    Certified  check  for  $3,445.62. 

(2)  H.  R.  King,  $6  per  M  for  white  pine,  $6  per  M  for  nory  pine.     Bid  was  for 

all  merchantable  down  timber  on  the  "  Ten  Sections."     Certified  check 
for  $2,466.60. 

(3)  J.  Neils  Lumber  Company,  $9.10  per  M  for  white  pine,  $9.10  per  M  for 

nory  pine.     Bid  was  for  all  merchantable  down  timber  on  the  "  Ten  Sec- 
tions."    Certified  check,  $3,741.01. 

The  bid  of  the  J.  Neils  Lumber  Company  was  accepted,  and  on  January  20, 
1908,  said  company,  through  its  contractor,  George  Cochran,  commenced  logging 
operations  on  said  purchase,  and  operations  are  still  in  progress,  but  will  be 
completed  before  the  expiration  of  the  contract,  which  allows  until  September 
1,  1908,  in  which  to  complete  the  cutting  and  removal  of  the  down  timber.  One 
scaler  has  been  employed  on  this  work  since  January  23,  1908,  at  a  salary  of 
$90  per  month  and  his  actual  necessary  traveling  expenses.  In  addition  to  scal- 
ing, he  has  been  required  to  remain  with  the  sawyers  to  see  that  no  green  tim- 
ber was  cut. 

There  has  been  cut  and  scaled  on  this  purchase,  to  June  30,  1908 : 

Feet 

White  pine 522,  390 

Nory  pine 2,  630,  840 

Total 3, 153,  230 

Average  number  logs  to  the  thousand  feet,  12.9+. 

Total  value  of  timber  to  June  30,  1908,  was  $28,694.42,  of  which  all  has  been 
paid  in,  except  the  scale  bill  for  June,  1908,  amounting  to  $3,806.71,  which 
amount  is  not  due  until  August  14,  1908. 

The  salary  of  scaler  employed,  January  23,  1908,  to  June  30,  1908,  amounts 
to  $390,  with  no  traveling  expenses  so  far  as  reported  to  me. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  stubs  and  rampikes  were  not  included  in  the  estimate 
of  the  down  timber  on  the  "  Ten  Sections,"  also  to  the  fact  that  the  purchaser 
contracted  the  cutting  and  delivery  of  this  timber  at  a  stipulated  price  per 
log,  instead  of  per  thousand,  the  usual  way  of  letting  contracts,  which  brings 
in  every  piece  of  timber  with  10  feet  or  more  of  merchantable  timber  in  it,  a 
considerable  portion  of  which  would  not  be  considered  merchantable  timber 
by  any  lumberman,  there  will  be  quite  a  large  overrun.  The  contract  as  let 
by  Mr.  Neils  has  resulted  in  the  removal  of  a  large  quantity  of  stuff  which  would 
not  have  been  removed  if  under  a  contract  by  the  thousand  feet,  and  has 
helped  materially  in  cleaning  up  the  land.  In  order  to  get  the  logs  out  to  the 
lake  or  railroad,  it  was  necessary  to  brush  out  roads,  and  it  is  now  possible, 
as  a  result,  to  travel  with  a  horse  and  buggy  on  every  subdivision  included 
in  the  Ten  Sections  National  Forest,  except  two,  as  far  as  the  work  has  pro- 
gressed up  to  this  time. 

The  work  so  far  has  been  done  in  a  satisfactory  and  creditable  manner  by 
the  contractor,  and  I  believe  he  is  endeavoring  to  live  up  to  all  the  provisions 
of  his  contract. 

By  the  act  of  March  3,  1908,  entitled  "An  act  amending  the  act  of 
January  14,  1889,  and  acts  amendatory  thereof,  and  for  other  pur- 
poses," the  land  embraced  in  the  Ten  Sections  National  Forest,  above 
mentioned,  was  made  a  part  of  a  national  forest  in  Minnesota,  estab- 
lished by  said  act,  and  the  supervision  thereof  transferred  to  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture. 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  HOT 
SPRINGS  RESERVATION. 


527 


REPORT  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  HOT  SPRINGS 
RESERVATION. 


Office  of  the  Superintendent, 
Hot  Springs,  Arlc.,  October  1,  1908. 
Sir:  I  submit  herewith  the  following  report  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended  June  30,  1908,  being  the  second  since  I  assumed  charge  of  the 
Hot  Springs  Reservation,  and  the  thirty-first  annual  report  since  the 
reservation  was  established.  It  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  advise 
you  that  the  past  year  has  been  a  prosperous  one,  and  that  the  finan- 
cial disturbances  throughout  the  country  have  had  no  appreciable 
effect  in  decreasing  the  number  of  visitors  who  came  here  for  the 
curative  properties  of  the  hot  waters,  but  on  the  contrary,  the 
attendance  exceeded  all  previous  records. 

GENERAL    STATEMENT. 

Close  attention  has  been  given  during  the  year  to  keeping  the 
mountain  roads  on  the  reservation  in  good  condition,  and  several 
hundred  loads  of  cement  gravel  were  used  for  the  purpose.  A  num- 
ber of  severe  storms,  accompanied  by  high  winds,  occurred  during  the 
spring  months,  destroying  many  large  trees  and  causing  landslides 
on  Hot  Springs  Mountain,  which  filled  up  the  gutters,  obstructed  the 
roads,  and  caused  washouts.  To  prevent  a  recurrence  of  this  in  the 
future,  authority  was  obtained  to  construct  retaining  walls,  where 
most  needed,  on  the  upper  sides  of  roads  on  this  mountain.  In  two 
months'  time  the  regular  reservation  force,  with  some  additional  help, 
built  stone  retaining  walls  1,676  feet  in  length,  averaging  44  feet 
high,  2  feet  thick,  pointed  up  and  finished  with  cement.  All  the 
stone  used  was  obtained  on  the  mountain,  and  the  total  cost  of  this 
work  was  $495.  The  space  back  of  the  wall  was  filled  in  with  leaves 
and  earth,  honeysuckle  and  other  vines  planted,  and  what  had  been 
a  rough  bank  of  clay  and  dirt,  destitute  of  grass,  was  changed  into 
a  green  background  restful  to  the  eye.  Following  the  construction 
of  these  walls  the  slope  above  was  thoroughly  cleaned  of  loose  stones 
and  underbrush,  and  the  dead  leaves  raked  off  to  protect  the  young 
pines  in  case  of  forest  fires.  All  the  dead  and  down  timber  on  Hot 
Springs,  North  and  West  mountains  was  cut  into  firewood  and  up- 
ward of  100  cords  were  hauled  and  stacked  on  the  reservation  near 
the  government  free  bath  house  for  use  during  the  coming  winter. 
The  underbrush  was  also  cleared  off  and  burned  as  a  precautionary 
measure  against  fire. 

After  familiarizing  myself  with  the  details  of  affairs  on  the  reser- 
vation, I  became  satisfied  that  good  administration  required  some 
changes  in  the  policy  which  hitherto  had  been  pursued  in  the  manage- 
ment thereof.     Among  other  matters  I  found  that  the  Government 

529 

r,S920— int  1008— vol  1 34 


530  HOT   SPEINGS   KESERVATION. 

had  invested,  upon  the  recommendation  of  my  predecessor,  about 
$1,000  for  installing  a  pump  and  motor  to  pump  water  to  the  free  bath 
house  and  was  spending  about  $200  a  year  for  motor  power.  While 
the  Government  was  put  to  this  expense  a  number  of  bath  houses  on 
the  reservation  and  three  off  the  reservation,  as  well  as  one  hotel,  were 
being  supplied  with  water  by  gravity.  The  act  of  March  3,  1891,  pro- 
vides that  the  Army  and  Navy  Hospital,  the  free  bath  house,  and  the 
bath  houses  authorized  shall  be  supplied  with  hot  water  in  the  order 
named.  My  construction  of  this  law  was  that  Congress  intended  that 
the  free  bath  house  should  be  supplied  with  water  before  any  bath 
house  or  hotel,  and  that  supplying  bath  houses  off  the  reservation 
with  water  by  gravity,  and  necessitating  the  purchase  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  a  pump  and  motor  and  payment  of  $200  a  year  for  power  for 
the  free  bath  house,  was  not  in  accordance  with  the  spirit  of  the  law. 
I  found  there  would  be  no  practical  difficulty  in  furnishing  the  free 
bath  house  with  all  the  water  needed  by  gravity  direct  from  the 
springs  (about  45,000  gallons  daily),  and  this  I  proceeded  to  do  at  a 
very  slight  expense  by  relaying  some  of  the  water  pipes.  The  pump- 
ing was  then  discontinued.  In  making  this  change  one  hotel  off  the 
reservation  was  required  to  pump  water  for  its  bath  house  instead  of 
receiving  it  by  gravity,  and  two  bath  houses  on  the  reservation  were 
required  to  pump  water  for  their  cooling  tanks,  which  were  situated 
too  high  to  receive  water  by  gravity  from  the  reservoir  supplying 
their  hot  water  for  bathing. 

An  additional  cooling  tank,  with  a  capacity  of  14,600  gallons  was 
built  on  the  grounds  of  the  free  bath  house.  At  a  small  expense  this 
tank  was  connected  by  piping  with  the  office  building  and  also  with 
the  water  main  along  the  reservation  in  front  of  the  bath  houses,  and 
the  city  water  disconnected.  All  the  cold  water  now  used  on  the  reser- 
vation, in  the  official  residence  and  grounds,  the  office  building,  the 
free  bath  house,  the  government  barns,  and  for  watering  the  lawns, 
shrubbery,  and  flower  beds  is  drawn  from  the  cooling  tanks  constructed 
during  the  past  year.  With  nearly  500,000  gallons  of  hot  water  run- 
ning to  waste  daily  it  was  not  deemed  good  administration  for  the 
Government  to  pay  a  local  water  company  30  cents  a  thousand 
gallons  for  cold  water,  when  by  the  construction  of  two  cooling  tanks 
at  a  cost  not  exceeding  $300,  an  unlimited  supply  of  cold  water  would 
be  available  at  all  times  for  use  on  the  reservation. 

THE    FOUNTAIN    STREET    COLD    SPRING. 

The  cold-water  spring  on  Fountain  street  is  the  only  one  of  its 
kind  in  the  central  part  of  the  city  where  cold  water  can  be  had  free, 
and  during  the  busy  season  and  in  the  summer  many  thousands  of 
gallons  are  carried  away  in  gallon  bottles  and  pails  for  family  use. 
Finding  that  the  supply  at  times  was  running  low  I  had  the  spring, 
which  is  on  the  north  side  of  Hot  Springs  Mountain,  opened  up,  the 
walls  extended  and  cemented  and  the  bottom  deepened,  with  the 
result  that  the  flow  has  more  than  doubled,  necessitating  larger  tiling 
in  the  pavilion  to  hold  the  water.  The  increased  supply  has  been 
such  as  to  meet  all  demands,  which  have  become  very  heavy.  The 
spring  is  very  popular  and  much  resorted  to  by  visitors,  many  of 
whom  make  use  of  one  of  the  two  footpaths  leading  from  it  to  the 
mountain  roads  above.     During  the  year  these  footpaths  were  made 


HOT   SPRINGS   RESERVATION.  531 

over  with  cement  gravel  and  the  grade  rendered  easier  by  putting  in 
several  places  a  number  of  dressed  stone  steps  8  feet  long,  about  30 
in  all  being  used.  The  walks  were  protected  from  washouts  by 
cement  gutters  and  catch  basins  were  put  in  below  and  connected 
with  tile  pipe  to  carry  off  the  surface  water.  A  substantial  stone 
and  cement  wall,  150  feet  long,  4  J  feet  high,  was  also  built  on  the 
side  of  one  of  the  paths  which  borders  on  the  residence  grounds, 
where  the  grade  is  very  heavy. 

RECEIPTS  AND  EXPENDITURES  FOR   FISCAL  YEAR  1908." 

RECEIPTS. 

Balances,  June  30,  1907: 

In  Treasury $6,  989.  36 

In  hands  of  chief  disbursing  clerk  of  department 380.  70 

In  hands  of  superintendent  and  special  disbursing  agent, 

Hot  Springs  Reservation 50.  22 

Repayment  into  Treasury .81 

Total  balance $7,  421.  09 

Receipts: 

Water  rents  for  fiscal  year 24,  240.  00 

Ground  rents  for  fiscal  year 3,  850.  00 

Total  receipts 28,  090.  00 

Grand  total 35,  511.  09 

EXPENDITURES. 

Di-^ursements: 

Salaries  for  fiscal  year $14,  872.  00 

Incidentals,  repairs  and  miscellaneous  sup- 
plies        4, 017.  19 

Expended  by  special  disbursing  agent $18,  889.  19 

Expended  by  the  department 2, 103.  22 

Paid  on  Auditor's  certificates  by  the  Treasury 16.  37 

Total  expenditures- $21,  008.  78 

Balances,  June  30,  1908: 

In  Treasury 13,  963.  80 

In  hands  of  chief  disbursing  clerk  of  department 477.  4S 

In  hands  of  superintendent  and  special  disbursing  agent, 

Hot  Springs  Reservation 61.  03 

Available  balance  Hot  Springs  fund,  July  1,  1908 14,  502.  31 

Grand  total 35,  511.  09 

The  number  of  baths  given  by  the  various  bath  houses  and  the 
government  free  bath  house  during  the  year,  was  as  follows: 

Total  number  of  paid  baths 697,  449 

Total  number  of  complimentary  baths 16,  405 

Total  number  of  baths  at  free  bath  house 184, 150 

Grand  total 898,  004 

The  above  totals  exceeded  those  for  1907  by  31,094,  2,224  and 
21,430  baths,  respectively. 

a  A  pamphlet  entitled  "  Laws'  and  Regulations  relating  to  the  Hot  Springs  Reserva- 
tion," compiled  in  the  department,  gives  a  statement  of  all  appropriations  and  revenues 
of  this  reservation,  from  March  3,  1877,  to  December  31,  1907. 


532 


HOT  SPRINGS   RESERVATION. 


BATH    HOUSES. 


The  following  table  shows  the  amount  of  business  done  by  each 
bath  house  during  the  year,  the  number  of  tickets  sold,  the  number 
of  baths  given,  and  the  total  receipts  after  deducting  the  amount 
paid  for  tickets  redeemed.  The  total  net  receipts  amounted  to 
$197,235.70,  an  increase  over  the  previous  year  of  $1,367.80.  The 
amount  paid  to  bath  attendants  under  the  rates  fixed  by  the  depart- 
ment, which  came  from  the  bathers  and  is  not  included  in  the 
purchase  price  of  bath  tickets,  is  given  in  a  separate  table. 


Business  of  bath  houses,  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Arlington 

Eastman  o 

Park& 

Alhambra 

Lamar 

Magnesia 

Horseshoe 

Hale 

Imperial 

Palace 

Ozark 

Maurice 

Majestic 

Rockafellow 

Rammelsberg 

Hot  Springs 

Superior 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary 

"Waverly 

Rector 

Ozark  Sanitorium 

Great  Northern 

Moody 

Crystal 

Total 


,107 
338 
265 
,667 
,120 
,562 
.368 
,200 
,195 
,075 
,575 
,567 
,339 
,340 
,862 
656 
798 
584 
860 
544 
165 
469 
735 
267 


952 

119 

167 

1,099 

1,195 

574 

994 

792 

665 

1,032 

2,121 

962 

389 

778 

1,274 

371 

341 

176 

512 

343 

19 

344 

406 

415 


158 


405 


781 


28 


27,718    16,040  11,384 


7,640 
871 
528 

1,500 
926 
530 
721 

3,162 
571 
858 

1,595 
324 
685 
757 

3,135 
822 
233 
240 
70S 

1,199 
145 

1,510 
747 
939 

30,346 


41,667 
9,159 
7,763 
47,497 
37,187 
39,172 
39,389 
36,282 
32,216 
54,753 
99,905 
63,851 
32,694 
36.677 
59; 092 
18,308 
20.461 
14.264 
23,888 
16,053 
3,790 
14,939 
20,242 
10,696 

779,945 


3.893 

990 
1,185 
6,337 
4,376 
4, 162 
2,366 
2,819 
2,989 
7,286 
9,335 
8,954 
5.014 
2.794 
6.335 
1,837 
1,863 

360 
2,931 
1,791 

327 
1.836 
2,116 

600 


37,774 
8,169 
6,578 
41,160 
32,811 
35,010 
37,023 
33*,  463 
29,227 
47,467 
90,570 
54,897 
27.6S0 
33.883 
52,757 
16,471 
18,598 
13.904 
20.957 
14  262 
3,463 
13,103 
18,126 
10,096 


82,496  ,697,449 


ft  . 
£3 


616 


325 

1,679 

2,036 

366 

726 

519 

599 

1,324 

1,265 

139 

726 

128 

1,216 

477 

435 

1.148 

'695 

687 

105 

923 

144 

127 


11,946.50 

495.  50 

592.  75 

1,584.25 

1,531.85 

1,040.50 

473. 20 

986.  70 

1,195.60 

1.821.70 

1,867.00 

3,134.00 

1,754.90 

838.  40 

950.  25 

643.  05 

558.  90 

108. 15 

879.  55 

627. 15 

98.20 

642.70 

846.  65 

150.10 


16,405   24,767.55    197,235.70 


$18,303.50 

3  901.50 

2,671.35 

9,886.50 

11,137.90 

8. 364.90 

7,335.25 

11,292.00 

11,038.45 

11,413.30 

17,152.00 

18,439.30 

9,253.60 

9.800.55 

7.789.50 

5,330.15 

5,350.00 

4,004.65 

6,073.75 

4,834.35 

996.30 

4,363.50 

6,016.15 

2,487.25 


«  Two  months,  ten  days  only. 


b  Two  months,  twenty  days  only. 


BATH  RATES  AND  ATTENDANTS'  FEES. 

Although  the  year  has  been  a  prosperous  one,  as  evidenced  by  the 
statement  of  the  income  received,  certain  bath  houses,  as  soon  as  the 
bathing  season  began  to  decline,  started  to  "cut"  the  maximum 
rates  established  by  the  department  to  be  charged  for  baths,  in  order 
to  compete  for  the  custom  of  the  lower-priced  nouses.  This  did  not 
extend  to  all  the  higher  and  better  class  of  bath  houses,  but  it  was 
sufficient  to  demoralize  prices,  and  caused  sharp  criticism.  This 
policy,  I  am  glad  to  say,  was  not  indulged  in  by  any  of  the  bath 
houses  off  the  reservation,  but  was  confined  entirely  to  the  houses  on 
the  reservation,  which  realize  large  profits  and  enjoy  privileges  not 
accorded  to  the  others.  The  cut  prices  prevail  during  the  dull  sea- 
son, but  as  soon  as  the  tide  of  visitors  comes  the  prices  go  up  again. 
In  order-  to  effectually  stop  the  practice,  I  recommend  that  when  a 
bath  house  cuts  the  maximum  rate  established  by  the  department, 


HOT   SPEINGS  RESERVATION. 


533 


that  the  new  rate  be  made  the  maximum  rate  for  said  bath  house. 
This  will  prevent  a  return  to  the  higher  rate  when  the  busy  season 
advances  and  put  the  bath  house  among  the  lower-priced  houses 
whose  business  they  seek  to  share  only  during  the  quiet  season.  If 
the  Government  is  powerless  to  establish  and  maintain  minimum  as 
well  as  maximum  rates,  it  can  at  least  absolutely  control  the  maximum 
price  to  be  charged,  and  when  the  higher-priced  houses  realize  that  if 
they  cut  prices  in  quiet  times  to  take  away  the  business  legitimately 
belonging  to  the  moderate-priced  houses,  which  maintain  the  same 
rates  throughout  the  year,  they  will  have  to  abide  by  the  reduced 
rate  thereafter  and  not  be  allowed  to  return  to  the  higher  prices 
with  the  advent  of  increased  business,  the  practice  of  cutting  rates 
will  come  to  a  sudden  end. 

I  submit  herewith  a  table  of  the  bath  rates  now  in  force.     A  few 
changes  will  be  recommended  later  to  the  department. 

Table  of  maximum  rates  for  course  of  21  baths  and  for  single  baths. 


Name  of  bath  house. 


Arlington 

Alhambra 

Majestic 

Eastman 

Great  Northern 

Hale 

Horseshoe 

Hot  Springs. .. 

Imperial 

Lamar 

Magnesia 

Maurice 


Twenty- 

Single 

one 

baths. 

bath. 

$10. 00 

$0. 50 

5.  00 

.30 

7.00 

.40 

10.00 

.50 

7.00 

.40 

7.00 

.40 

5.00 

.30 

7.00 

.40 

8.00 

.45 

7.00 

.40 

5.00 

.30 

7.00 

.40 

Name  of  bath  house. 


Twenty- 
one 

baths. 


O  zark $4. 00 

Ozark  Sanitorium 6. 00 

Park 10.00 

Palace : ;  7. 00 

Rockafellow 6. 00 

Rammelsberg 3. 00 

Superior 6. 00 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary j  6. 00 

Waverly 6. 00 

Mood  v 1  8. 00 

Crystal  (colored) ;  5.00 

Rector j  7. 00 


Single 

bath. 


SO.  25 
.35 
.50 
.40 
.35 
.20 
.35 
.35 
.35 
.45 
.30 
.40 


The  Secretary  of  the  Interior  also  fixes  the  rate  charged  by  the 
attendants,  which  is  $3  per  course  of  21  baths,  or  15  cents  for  a  single 
bath  in  all  bath  houses,  regardless  of  their  rate.  There  are  employed 
in  the  24  bath  houses  102  male  attendants,  51  male  helpers,  45  female 
attendants,  and  13  female  helpers,  a  total  of  211.  The  fees  paid  to 
such  attendants  for  the  past  fiscal  year  are  embodied  in  the  following 
table : 

Attendants1  fees  during  fiscal  year. 


Bath  houses. 

Gross 
amount 

received. 

Amount 
returned 

by 
redemp- 
tion bal  n 
tickets. 

Net 
amount 
received. 

Arlington 

Eastman 

$0,075.00 
1,322.65 
1,124.20 
6, 874.  50 
5,  409.  90 
5,626.50 
5, 703. 15 
5,262.30 
4,  (.(18. 15 
7,901.70 

14,449.50 
9, 192.  00 
4,  703.  25 

$573.  95 
148.  05 
177.  75 
9.50.  55 
656.  40 
624.  30 
283.  80 
422.  85 
448.  35 
780.  60 
1,400.25 
1,343.10 
752.10 

$5, 501. 05 
1, 174. 00 
946.  45 
5,923.95 
4,753.50 
5,002.20 
5, 419.  35 
4,839.45 
4,219.80 
7,121.10 

13,049.25 
7,849.50 
3,951.15 

Park.   

Alhambra 

Lamar 

Magnesia 

Hale..     . 

Imperial 

Palace 

Ozark 

Maurice..   . 

Bath,  houses. 


Gross 

amount 
received. 


Rockafellow 

Rammelsberg 

Hot  Springs 

Superior 

St.  Joseph's  Iiif'y.- 

Waverly 

Rector 

Ozark  Sanitorium. 
Great  Northern... 

Moodv 

Crystal 

Total 


$5,300.55 
8, 582.  40 
2,647.80 
2,949.45 
2,052.00 
3,454.20 
2, 326.  35 
545.  25 
2, 170.  50 
2,926.05 
1,564. 35 


112,832.30   11 


Amount  1 
returned        Net 

redT^   Sved 
tionbath  r< 

tickets. 


$419.  10 
950.  2n 

275.  55 

279.  45 

54.00 

439.  65 

49.05 
275.  40 
317.  40 

90.  00 


$4,881.45 
7,632.15 

2,670.00 

1,998.00 
3,014.55 

2,057.70 

496.  20 

1.S95. 10 
2,608.65 

1 ,  47  t  35 


15    100,851.15 


534 


HOT   SPRINGS    RESERVATION. 


WATER    RENTS. 

My  recommendation  of  last  year  for  an  increase  in  the  water  rates 
from  $30  to  $60  per  tub  a  year,  and  of  the  ground  rent  of  the  Arling- 
ton Hotel  from  $2,500  to  $5,000  per  annum  having  received  the 
approval  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  the  same  was  put  in  effect 
January  1,  1908,  and  made  applicable  under  the  law  to  leases  of 
13  bath  houses  as  of  that  date,  and  to  2  more  leases  later  this  year. 
During  1909,  5  additional  bath  houses  will  come  within  the  operation 
of  the  law,  leaving  4  which  can  not  be  required  to  pay  the  increased 
rate  until  1910-11  under  the  terms  of  their  leases. 

An  examination  of  the  tables  which  follow,  giving  the  amounts 
paid  the  Government  for  water,  and  the  income  received  by  the  bath 
nouses  both  on  and  off  the  reservation  during  the  year,  show  an  in- 
crease in  the  net  earnings  per  tub  over  last  year  in  a  majority  of  the 
houses  where  the  water  rents  were  advanced.  It  will  be  observed 
from  the  table  relating  to  bath  houses  on  the  reservation  that  the 
general  average  net  earnings  is  $390.63  per  tub;  $9.05  per  tub  in 
excess  of  last  year. 

One  bath  house  which  last  year  realized  $718  per  tub,  fell  off  this 
year  to  $716,  while  another  one  which  last  year  showed  net  earnings 
of  $552,  this  year  shows  $625,  an  increase  of  $73  per  tub. 

The  tables  showing  the  business  done  fully  justify  the  advance  in 
rates  for  the  water  supplied,  and  demonstrate  that  the  bath  houses, 
at  least  those  well  managed,  continue  to  make  very  large  profits  on 
the  amount  of  capital  invested. 

Rental  paid  for  water  and  income  received  by  bath  houses  on  Hot  Springs  Reservation, 

year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Bath  houses. 


Arlington 

Imperial 

Lamar 

Horseshoe 

Maurice 

Magnesia 

Palace 

Ozark 

Rammelsbcrg 

Superior 

Hale 

Total 

ADDITIONAL  WATER  SUPPLIED 

Arlington  Hotel 


No. 

tubs. 


293 


23 


Tubbage 
paid. 


6  $1,575 
6  1,125 
6  1,800 

900 
6  1, 080 

900 
6  1,035 

780 

540 

6  720 

6  1,170 


11,625 


6  1,035 


Net 
receipts. 


•$18,303.50 
11, 038. 45 
11,137.90 

7,335.25 
18,439.30 

8,364.90 
11,413.30 
17,152.00 

7,789.50 

5, 350.  00 
11,292.00 


127,616.10 


Gross 
earnings 
per  tub. 


! $522. 95 
441.53 
278.45 
244.  50 
768. 30 
278.  96 
496. 23 
659.  69 
432. 75 
334. 37 
434. 61 


in 


Net 
earnings 
per  tub. a 


d  $472. 10 
418.35 
229. 99 
210. 40 
712. 30 
244.  73 
444.  99 
625.78 
397.62 
261.  68 
383.  00 


(/) 


Assessed 
valuation. 


$10, 000 
8,000 
6,500 
6,000 
8,000 
6,000 
7,000 
5,000 
4,500 
6,000 
8,000 


75,000 


Yearly- 
taxes. 


$205.  00 
164.  00 
133.  25 
123.  00 
164.  00 
123.  00 
143.  50 
102.  50 
92.25 
123.  00 
164.00 


1, 537.  50 


a  The  tubbage  and  taxes  have  been  deducted. 

6  Tubbage  rates  increased  during  fiscal  year. 

c  Includes  receipts  from  additional  tubs  in  Arlington  Hotel. 

d  Earnings  figured  on  basis  of  bath  house  tubbage  only. 

«  Total  general  average  gross  earnings  per  tub,  $435.  55. 

/  Total  general  average  net  earnings  per  tub,  $390. 63. 

The  following  table  gives  detailed  information  concerning  the 
bath  houses  off  the  reservation.  This  does  not  show  the  amount  of 
taxes  paid,  for  the  reason  that  nearly  all  the  bath  houses  are  con- 
nected with  hotels  or  have  apartments  to  let  and  the  assessment 
covers  both  hotels  and  bath  nouses,  and  are  not  separated  on  the 
assessors'  books. 


HOT    SPRINGS   RESERVATION 


535 


Rental  paid  for  water  and  income  received  by  bath  houses  off  Hot  Springs  Reservation, 

year  ended  June  30,  1908. 


Bath  houses. 


E  astman  c 

Park  e 

Alhambra 

Majestic 

Rockafcllow 

Hot  Springs 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary 

Waverly 

Rector 

Ozark  Sanitorium 

Great  Northern 

Moody 

Crystal 

Total 

ADDITIONAL   WATER   SUPPLIED 

Eastman  Hotel  h 

Park  Hotel  h 

Moody  Hotel  h 

Ozark  Sanitorium  h 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary  h 

Horse  Pool 

Total 


Number 
tubs. 


Tubbage !        Net 
paid.     \  receipts,  a 


d $1,800 
d  1,800 

720 
d900 

540 
d720 

240 
<*750 

360 
dlSO 
f*855 

360 

540 


S3, 901.  50 
2,671.35 
9,886.50 
9,253.60 
9,800.55 
5,330.15 
4,004.65 
6,073.75 
4,834.35 
996.  30 
4,363.50 
6,016.15 
2,487.25 


Gross 
earnings 

per  tub.& 


Gross 

earnings 

less  tub- 

bage.b 


897.  52 
66.78 
411.93 
462.68 
544.47  | 
333.13 
500.57  i 
303.68  I 
402.86 
249.07  I 
229.65 
501.34 
155.45  I 


251 


9,765   69,619.60  |    (/) 


$52.  52 
21.83 
381.  93 
417.68 
514. 47 

265.  63 
470.  57 

266.  18 
372. 86 
204.  07 
184. 60 
471.34 
125.  45 


W 


i?A 

1        1 

d  1,080  ' 

5 

d225    ! 

?, 

60    

6 

d270 

2 

60    

i?, 

120    

41 

1,815  ! ! 

1 

a  Includes  receipts  from  additional  tubbage  allowed. 

b  Earnings  figured  on  basis  of  bath  house  tubbage  only. 

c  Open  two  months  ten  days. 

d  Tubbage  rates  increased  during  fiscal  year. 

e  Open  two  months  twenty  days. 

/  Total  general  average  gross  earnings  per  tub,  $283.67. 

g  Total  general  average  gross  earnings,  less  tubbage,  $240. 62. 

A  Used  in  private  bathrooms. 

i  Including  extra  water  sufficient  to  supply  1  tub,  authorized  by  Department  letter  of  Jan.  13,  1891. 

j  Water  sufficient  to  supply  2  tubs. 


GROUND    LEASES    TO    BATH    HOUSES. 

I  again  call  to  the  attention  of  the  department  the  injustice  of  the 
lease  system,  which  permits  the  owners  of  bath  houses  on  the  reser- 
vation to  occupy  land  on  the  reservation  front  worth  not  far  from  a 
million  dollars,  without  paying  ground  rent  for  the  use  of  the  same, 
and  to  renew  my  former  recommendation  that  you  bring  this  matter 
to  the  attention  of  Congress  with  a  recommendation  that  the  act  of 
March  3,  1891,  be  amended,  so  as  to  confer  authority  on  the  Secretary 
to  require  the  lessees  of  bath  houses  on  the  reservation  to  pay  a  rental 
for  the  ground  occupied,  based  on  a  fair  rate- of  interest  on  the  value 
of  the  same. 

The  bath  houses  have  enjoyed  long  leases  and  all  the  benefits  of 
the  money  spent  by  the  Government  to  improve  and  beautify  the 
reservation  so  as  to  make  it  attractive  to  the  visitors,  without  addi- 
tional outla}^"  on  their  part.  During  the  past  ten  years  the  total  re- 
ceipts of  the  bath  houses  about  doubled,  and  they  have  received  unu- 
sually large  returns  on  the  amount  of  capital  invested. 

The  11  reservation  bath  houses  have  great  advantage  over  those 
off  the  reservation  in  securing  business,  on  account  of  their  close  prox- 
imity to  the  hot  springs,  which  causes  many  persons  to  believe  that 
the  water  is  consequently  more  efficacious  than  those  some  distance 
away,  a  fallacy  long  ago  exploded,  as  the  hot  water  is  delivered  at  all 
the  bath  houses  off  the  reservation  30°  to  35°  hotter  than  can  be 


536  HOT   SPRINGS  RESERVATION. 

used  for  bathing.  I  have  heretofore  given  my  reasons  why  I  believe 
it  is  only  fair  and  equitable  to  the  Government,  which  has  to  stand 
all  the  expense  of  maintaining  and  protecting  the  springs  and  the 
entire  reservation,  that  the  bath  houses  as  a  whole,  which  realize 
large  profits  annually,  should  pay  a  fair  rate  for  the  use  of  the  land 
they  now  occupy.  I  have  not  the  slightest  doubt  if  the  present  leases 
could  be  vacated  and  re-let  b}^  competition  for  a  tenure  of  years, 
requiring  the  persons  acquiring  them  to  pay  the  full  value  for  the 
buildings  and  replace  the  same  with  modern  buildings,  the  Govern- 
ment could  derive  an  annual  income  five  times  greater  than  that 
now  received. 

All  the  bath  houses  now  having  the  use  of  the  hot  water  should 
stand  on  the  same  level,  and  no  advantage  shown  to  any  one.  This 
can  only  be  accomplished  by  a  modification  of  the  existing  law  so  as 
to  permit  the  department  to  require  the  payment  of  ground  rent  by 
the  lessees  on  the  reservation. 

THE    GOVERNMENT    FREE    RATH    HOUSE. 

The  attention  of  the  department  was  directed  in  my  last  annual 
report  to  the  fact  that  the  government  free  bath  house  is  far  below 
the  standard,  that  the  inside  arrangement  of  the  house  is  very  faulty, 
that  some  of  the  cooling  rooms  have  no  direct  outside  light  or  ventila- 
tion and  are  insanitaiy.  I  desire  to  renew  my  former  recommen- 
dation that  this  condition  be  remedied. 

The  main  building  was  constructed  in  1890,  but  various  additions 
were  made  in  1891,  1893,  1898,  and  1899.  In  1902  Congress  appro- 
priated $25,000  for  remodeling  and  enlarging  the  building,  but  the 
money  was  mainly  used  in  constructing  and  fitting  up  two  wings  to 
the  old  building,  the  same  being  completed  in  1904.  The  work  was 
done  by  contract,  and  the  results  show  that  poor  materials  were  used, 
and  that  the  Government  did  not  get  a  fair  equivalent  for  its  money. 
The  plastering  on  the  walls  disintegrated  and  will  have  to  be  replaced, 
the  woodwork  decayed,  hundreds  of  feet  of  iron  pipe  were  embedded 
in  cinders  under  cement  floors  and  rusted  out,  necessitating  a  change 
in  the  system  and  the  installing  of  new  pipe;  the  asbestos  roof  and 
tin  gutters  were  of  such  poor  material  that  they  also  have  rotted  and 
rusted  out,  causing  bad  leaks,  and  a  new  roof  will  be  required.  The 
building  as  it  stands  is  not  creditable  to  the  Government,  requiring 
constant  repairs,  and  lacking  in  sanitary  features.  With  an  annual 
expenditure,  however,  of  a  few  hundred  dollars  the  building  can  be 
maintained  in  a  fair  condition  for  a  few  years  longer,  but  as  soon  as 
sufficient  funds  are  available  from  the  revenues  of  the  reservation 
and  can  be  spared,  a  new  modern  bath-house  building  should  bo 
erected  and  fully  equipped  in  all  respects  with  the  latest  bathing 
appliances,  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  thousands  of  poor,  helpless,  and 
diseased  persons  who  avail  themselves  of  the  act  of  Congress  providing 
for  "  maintenance  of  free  baths  for  the  invalid  poor  of  the  United 
States,"  and  come  here  seeking  restoration  to  health. 

A  number  of  much  needed  improvements  were  made  during  the 
year  under  the  authority  of  the  department,  which  have  not  only 
increased  the  bathing  facilities  but,  what  is  more  important,  made 
it  more  potent  for  curing  many  cases  and  greatly  benefiting  hundreds 
of  other  affected  persons  who  came  here  and  availed  themselves 
of  the  law  permitting  the  free  use  of  the  hot  waters.  My  recom- 
mendation of  last  year  for  the  installation  of  " pools"  in  place  of  indi- 


HOT   SPRINGS  RESERVATION. 


537 


vidual  tubs  having  received  the  approval  of  the  department,  which 
recommendation  was  based  upon  the  observation  and  opinions  of 
leading  doctors,  who  for  many  years  had  an  opportunity  of  carefully 
studying  the  results  of  both  the  pool  and  tub  systems,  10  pools 
were  installed  during  the  year,  6  in  the  white  men's,  1  in  the  colored 
men's,  2  in  the  white  women's,  and  1  in  the  colored  women's  depart- 
ment. These  pools  replaced  32  tubs  and  the  change  was  made  with- 
out interrupting  bathing,  except  to  curtail  the  bathing  hours  two  and 
a  half  hours  each  day.  The  changes  and  construction  of  the  pools 
were  made  by  the  regular  employees  on  the  reservation  force,  who 
cheerfully  worked  nights  in  order  to  hasten  the  completion  of  the 
same.  Twenty-four  tubs  were  retained  for  individual  cases.  The 
installation  of  the  pools  was  immediately  followed  by  a  marked  in- 
crease in  the  number  of  bathers.  During  the  first  seven  months  of 
the  year,  when  tubs  only  were  used,  the  average  number  bathed 
daily  was  424,  but  during  the  last  five  months  when  the  pools  were 
in  use  the  daily  average  increased  to  618.  The  change  has  fully 
doubled  the  bathing  facilities  of  the  house,  and  it  is  now  practicable 
to  bathe  900  daily  without  overtaxing  its  capacity. 

The  following  is  the  record  of  the  free  bath  house  during  the 
year.  About  one-tenth  of  the  males  bathed  were  veterans  of  the 
civil  war: 

Applications  for  free  baths 6,  224 

Tickets  issued  on  original  application 8, 103 

Applications  refused '. 436 

Tickets  reissued  on  original  application „ 3,  491 

White  males , 4,  245 

White  females 751 

Colored  males 1, 455 

Colored  females *. 740 

Total  number  of  baths  given  during  the  year 184, 150 

Average  number  bathed  daily  during  the  first  seven  months 424 

Average  number  bathed  daily  during  last  five  months. 618 

LEASES. 

The  different  individuals  and  corporations  now  holding  leases  for 
hot-water  privileges  from  the  government  reservation,  also  ground 
leases,  together  with  the  date  and  expiration  of  said  leases,  are  given 
in  the  folio  wins:  table : 


Name  of  bath  house,  etc. 

Lessee. 

Tubs. 

Date  of  lease. 

Expiration 
of  lease. 

Alhambra 

Alhambra  Bath  House  Co 

24 

Feb.   28.1894 

Feb.  27,1914 

Arlington 

Majestic ' 

Ozark  Sanitorium 

Arlington  Hotel  Co 

3.3     Mar.     3, 1892 
20     Tan.      1.1  903 

Mar.     2, 1912 

Avenue  Hotel  Co 

Dec.   31,1912 

Ozark  Sanitorium  Co.  a 

4 
40 
19 
26 
30 
16 
25 
40 
30 
24 
26 
23 
40 
12 
18 

8 
16 
20 

Sept.  16.1905 
Nov.  26,1892 
May  25,1897 

Jan.      1, 1893 
Jan.      1,1895 
Jan.      1, 1903 
Jan.      1, 1902 
Jan.     1, 1897 
Jan.      1,1895 
Jan.      1,1807 
Jan.     1, 1904 
Jan.      1,1907 
May    12,1892 
Apr.   16.1904 
July     1,1901 
Feb.     1, 1904 
Sept.  15, 1896 
Mar.  24,1893 

Sept.  15,1907 
Mar  11,1912 
May  14,1912 

Eastman 

Great  Northern 

Hale 

Horse  Shoe 

Hot  Springs 

Imperial 

Lamar 

Magnesia 

Maurice 

Ozark 

Palace 

New  York  Hotel  Co 

Roots  <t  Eastman  a 

Dec.   31,1907 

D.  Fellows  Piatt 

Doc.    31,1909 

C.  H.  V.  and  G.  M.  Smith 

Dec.    31,1912 

Chas.  N.  Rix  and  Marv  E.  Barns  a 

M.  C.  Tombler  and  G.  II.  Bucks taff. . . . 
Chas.  B.  Piatt 

Dec.  31,1906 
Pec.  31,1916 
Dee.    31,1909 

Dec.    31,1916 

P.  P.  Sorrells  and  F.  B.  Latta 

Dec.  31,1913 

Dec.   ; 

Park 

Rector 

Rockafellow 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary 

Superior 

Waverly 

Park  Hotel  Co 

May   11,1912 

Elias  W.  Rector 

Apr.   15,1914 

Time  30, 1916 

Mahala  J.  Rockafellow 

Sister  Scholastica 

Jan.    31,1914 

Robert  Proctor  and  R.  A.  Simpson  a. . 
New  Waverly  Hotel  Co 

Sept.  14, 1906 
Mar.  23,1913 

a  Tenants  holding  over. 


538 


HOT   SPRINGS   RESERVATION. 


Name  of  bath  house,  etc. 


Lessee. 


Rammelsberg. 


Gilbert  E.  Hogaboom,  Aaron  II.  and 
Milo  R.  Buckstaff,  Sinclair  Main- 
lands 

Moody Nicholas  M.  Moody 

Crystal Colored  Knights  of  Pythias 

Horse  Pool Simon  Cooper 

Eastman  Hotelc j  New  York  Hotel  Co 

Park  Hotelc j  Park  Hotel  Co 

Moody  Hotel  c Nicholas  M  Moody 

O^ark  Sanitorium  c Ozark  Sanitorium  Co.  a 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary  c Sister  Scholastica 

^unngKeote,.c.:::::::::) -^1^^  note,  co 

Ground  lease ;  Hot  Springs  Mountain   Observatory 

I      Co. 


Tubs. 


Date  of  lease. 


Dec.    31,1906 


July  1, 1900 
Aug.  1, 1903 
Jan.  7, 1908 
May    12,1892 

do 

July  1, 1900 
Sept.  16, 1905 
Feb.     1, 1904 


■Mar.     3, 1892 
Oct.    16,1903 


Expiration 
of  lease. 


Dec.   31,1908 


June  30,1910 
July  31,1913 
Oct.  29,1912 
May   11,1912 

Do. 
June  30,1910 
Sept.  15, 1907 
Jan.    31,1914 

Mar.     2, 1912 

Aug.  31,1913 


a  Tenants  holding  over. 

b  Water  sufficient  to  supply  2  tubs. 

c  Water  used  in  private  bath  rooms. 

d  Including  extra  water  sufficient  to  supply  1  tub;  authorized  by  department  letter  of  Jan.  13, 1891. 

The  total  tubbage  of  the  various  houses,  including  the  Eastman, 
Arlington,  Park,  and  Moody  hotels,  Ozark  Sanitorium,  and  St.  Joseph's 
Infirmary,  under  the  act  of  April  12,  1904,  was  608  on  June  30,  1908. 
Keduced  tubbage  authorized  from  July  1  for  the  Great  Northern, 
Lamar,  and  Crystal  bath  houses  makes  the  present  total  594  tubs. 

HOT    SPRINGS    MOUNTAIN    OBSERVATORY. 

The  steel  observation  tower  on  the  summit  of  Hot  Springs  Moun- 
tain, which  was  constructed  on  the  one  acre  of  ground  leased  under 
date  of  October  16,  1903,  to  the  Hot  Springs  Mountain  Observatory 
Company,  in  accordance  with  plans  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior,  has  been  fairly  welt  patronized  by  visitors  during  the  past 
year,  but  has  not  realized  that  degree  of  prosperity  justified  by  the 
investment  made.  The  tower  is  well  constructed  and  affords  a  mag- 
nificent view  of  the  surrounding  mountains  and  valleys  wTithin  a  radius 
of  from  30  to  40  miles.  *An  admission  fee  of  25  cents  is  charged  for 
the  ascension,  the  rate  being  fixed  by  the  Government.  During  the 
past  year  14,418  persons  were  carried  to  the  top  of  the  observatory. 
The  gross  receipts  from  July  1,  1907,  to  June  30,  1908,  were  $3,604.50, 
and  the  total  expenses  $1,892.97,  making  the  net  earnings  $1,711.53, 
an  increase  over  the  previous  year  of  $165.15. 

NEW    RULES    AND    REGULATIONS. 

The  revision  of  the  rules  and  regulations  issued  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior  on  February  1,  1908,  was  much  needed  and  has  enabled 
me  to  effectually  stop  many  abuses  that  had  been  practiced  by  the 
bath  houses  and  the  employees,  and  to  check  a  disposition  on  their 
part  to  ignore  some  of  the  rules  altogether.  The  new  rule  forbidding 
the  employment  of  any  person  to  act  as  a  mercury  rubber  or  masseur  at 
bath  houses  without  the  approval  of  the  superintendent  has  had  an 
excellent  effect  and  it  is  now  possible  to  prevent,  in  a  large  degree, 
that  which  could  not  be  done  before — the  practice  of  impositions  on 
bathing  patients. 

One  bath  house  has  developed  quite  a  business  which,  strictly 
speaking,  is  not  connected  with  the  bathing  system  for  which  its  lease 
was  granted.  It  has  a  masseur  for  the  massage  department,  a  mer- 
cury rubbing  department,  a  chiropodist  and  manicurist,  a  bootblack 
department,  and  an  arrangement  with  an  outside  tailor  for  pressing 


HOT   SPRINGS   RESERVATION.  539 

clothes  while  the  patient  is  taking  his  bath.  All  these  bring  in  quite 
an  income  to  the  bath  house  annually,  amounting,  I  am  advised,  to 
some  thousands  of  dollars.  I  believe  that  a  new  rule  should  be  added 
to  the  regulations,  requiring  all  bath  houses  employing  masseurs, 
mercury  rubbers,  or  persons  to  give  electrical  treatment,  from  which 
an  income  is  derived,  to  state  in  the  monthly  bath  house  report  to  the 
superintendent  the  amount  of  money  received  from  such  extra  source. 
The  department  should  know  just  how  much  money  each  bath  house 
receives  under  its  lease,  whether  from  baths  or  other  sources  not  con- 
templated when  the  leases  were  originally  granted,  and  if  it  becomes 
apparent  that  the  latter  is  an  important  factor  in  the  profits  of  the 
house,  the  department  can  then  determine  whether  further  action  is 
necessary. 

A  number  of  complaints  have  reached  me  from  registered  physi- 
cians that  masseurs  in  certain  bath  houses  have  gone  to  the  extent  of 
prescribing  medicinally  for  bathers  and  treating  them  the  same  as  if 
they  were  physicians,  and  requesting  me  to  take  cognizance  of  such 
actions.  Inasmuch,  however,  as  no  evidence  was  adduced  other  than 
oral  statements,  the  persons  treated  declining  to  subscribe  to  a  written 
statement  of  the  facts  on  the  ground  that  it  would  bring  them  into 
public  notice  and  subject  them  to  much  annoyance,  I  did  not  feel 
justified  in  taking  any  action,  although  believing  the  charges  to  be 
true,  but  I  indicated  that  prompt  measures  would  be  taken  to  remove 
any  masseur  from  the  reservation  for  such  practices,  when  satisfactory 
written  evidence  was  submitted.  I  feel  sure  that  certain  employees 
of  this  class  are  disregarding  the  rules  and  that  in  time  the  proof  will 
be  forthcoming. 

THE    DRUMMING    EVIL. 

While  substantial  gain  has  been  made  since  the  last  annual  report 
in  suppressing  the  drumming  evil  and  many  lawbreakers  have  been 
forced  out  of  business,  it  still  exists  in  a  marked  degree,  and  despite 
the  warning  notices  distributed  to  visitors  on  all  the  trains  coming 
to  this  city  and  the  efforts  of  the  Visitors'  Protective  League  and  my- 
self many  visitors  have  fallen  into  the  hands  of  drummers,  have  been 
taken  to  drumming  doctors,  and  fleeced  of  their  money.  I  felt  it  to  be 
my  duty  to  afford  every  protection  possible  to  those  coming  here  to 
take  the  baths  and  have  not  hesitated  to  cause  arrests  and  to  prose- 
cute violators  of  the  law.  Some  of  the  drumming  doctors  whose  ar- 
rests I  caused  were  convicted  and  fined,  and  others  escaped  convic- 
tion by  refunding  the  money  paid  by  patients,  and  then  inducing 
them  to  leave  the  city  before  the  trial  was  had.  As  a  rule  druminers 
and  drumming  doctors  are  not  much  disturbed  over  municipal  prose- 
cution, but  don't  want  to  be  prosecuted  by  a  government  ollicer. 
They  have  a  wholesome  fear,  born  of  experience,  of  being  compelled 
to  account  to  the  Government  for  violating  the  law.  The  Garland 
County  Medical  Society  and  the  Visitors'  Protective  League  have  been 
untiring  in  their  efforts,  and  spent  money  freely,  to  eliminate  this 
evil.  Substantial  results  have  ensued,  but  there  are  discouraging 
features  connected  with  local  political  conditions  which  will  have  to 
be  met  and  overcome  before  the  situation  clears  itself.  The  st ate  and 
local  laws  afford  ample  protection  to  the  visitor  if  carried  out,  but  the 
votes  of  the  drumming  element  are  a  great  factor  in  local  and  county 
elections,  and  this  has  played  an  important  part  when  endeavoring 
to  secure  convictions. 


540  HOT   SPRINGS   RESERVATION. 

GOVERNMENT    LOTS. 

The  Government  still  retains  title  to  169  lots  in  the  city  of  Hot 
Springs.  Many  of  these  are  not  advantageously  located  for  residen- 
tial purposes  and  will  not  command  a  price  justifying  any  sale  until 
a  large  percentage  of  the  vacant  lots  now  owned  by  private  individ- 
uals have  been  built  upon  and  a  demand  arises  for  additional  ground. 
Many  of  the  Government  lots  have  been  rendered  valueless  for  build- 
ing purposes  by  the  action  of  past  city  administrations  in  giving 
leases  to  contractors  to  quarry  for  whetstone  in  streets  deeded  to  the 
city  by  the  government,  and  this  has  been  carried  on  to  such  an  ex- 
tent that  at  some  places  unsold  government  lots  now  front  on  a  street 
which  has  been  excavated  from  20  to  30  feet  below  the  grade,  render- 
ing its  use  impossible  and  access  to  said  lots  from  the  street  imprac- 
ticable. I  am  not  aware  whether  this  matter  was  ever  brought  to  the 
attention  of  the  department  by  my  predecessors  with  a  recommenda- 
tion, so  that  steps  could  be  taken  to  stop  such  action  on  the  part  of 
the  city  and  test  its  legal  right  to  grant  or  make  such  leases,  but  if  not 
I  believe  it  should  have  been  done.  About  15  per  cent  of  the  unsold 
government  lots  are  well  situated  and  a  number  very  valuable. 
These  would  command  a  ready  sale,  but  not  at  prices  commensurate 
with  their  actual  value. 

In  my  judgment  no  further  sale  of  lots  ought  to  be  made  for  several 
years,  nor  until  practically  all  of  the  vacant  private  lots  in  the  vicinity 
are  built  upon  and  property  gets  a  fixed  value. 

Appendix  A,  prepared  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
shows  all  lots  remaining  unsold  or  undisposed  of  at  the  date  of  this 
report,  the  title  to  which  is  in  the  United  States,  together  with  the 
appraisals  thereof  by  the  Hot  Springs  Commission,  and  under  the 
supervision  of  the  department  in  1891,  1895,  and  1904. 

Appendix  B,  prepared  in  the  department,  shows  the  manner  of 
disposal  and  status  of  all  lots  laid  out  by  the  Hot  Springs  Commission, 
or  subsequently. 

CONCLUSION. 

The  federal  medical  board  has  rendered  valuable  service  to  the 
Government  during  the  past  year,  having  examined  a  large  number 
of  applicants  who  desired  to  establish  themselves  here  and  prescribe 
the  use  of  the  hot  waters,  many  of  whom  were  found  devoid  of  proper 
medical  knowledge.  A  good  many  of  those  who  failed  remained 
here  and  became  street  fakers,  seeking  to  sell  cure-all  medicine  at  $1 
a  bottle  from  a  platform  wagon  on  the  streets,  upon  which  two  colored 
banjo  and  song  men  would  attract  an  audience  by  their  songs  and 
playing. 

There  has  been  no  change  since  the  date  of  my  last  report  in  the 
status  of  claims  instituted  under  the  provisions  of  the  sundry  civil 
act  of  March  3,  1901  (31  Stat.,  1188),  for  the  value  of  buildings 
formerly  located  on  the  Hot  Springs  Mountain  Reservation,  which 
were  condemned  by  the  Hot  Springs  Commission,  and  destroyed  by 
fire  on  the  night  of  March  5,  1877,  before  said  commission  had  issued 
certificates  therefor. 

Ycry  respectfully,  W.  Scott  Smith, 

Superintendent. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 


APPENDIXES. 

APPENDIX    A. 

Schedule  of  appraisements  of  unsold  lots  on  Hot  Springs  Reservation. a 


10.. 
16.. 
16.. 
16.. 
17.. 
17.. 
17.. 
18.. 
18.. 
21.. 
21.. 
34.. 
34.. 
34.. 
34.. 
37.. 
49.. 
49.. 
49.. 
49.. 
70.. 
70.. 
72.. 
92.. 
92.. 
99.. 


100. 
102. 

114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 
114. 


115. 
115. 
115. 
115. 
115. 


Block  No. 


Lot 
No. 


Area  in 
square  feet. 


10 
5 

3 

4  i 

5  i 
6 

7 


80,000 
(e) 
35, 400 
24,800 
46, 700 
52,600 
67, 400 
60,500 
37,200 
30,000 
21,700 
21,700 
15,000 
14,200 
99, 400 
67,000 
61,000 
47,200 
61,200 
43,200 
107,500 
11,950 
12, 350 
10,960 
19, 560 
5,170 
5,170 
37, 770 
26, 400 
26,250 
27, 554 
20,400 
56,020 
18,  400 


No 

areas 

given 

1904 

appraisal. 


39,300 
30, 600 
31,750 
25, 750 
43,000 


Appraisals. 


$25.  00  $500.  00  $375.  00 

35.  00  750.  00  500.  00 

45. 00  800.  00  500.  00 

25.  00  400.  00  300.  00 

35. 00  400  00  300  00 

50.  00  500.  00  450. 00 

45.  00  500.  00  400.  00 

45. 00  600.  00  400.  00 

25.  00  250.  00  175.  00 

60.  00  500.  00  425. 00 

60. 00  500.  00  375.  00 

70.  00  700.  00  500.  00 

50.  00  250.  00  200.  00 

70.  00  200.  00  100.  00 

50.  00  400.  00  250.  00 

60.  00  400.  00  400.  00 

65. 00  500.  00  350.  00 

35.  00  400.  00  250.  00 

45.  00  400.  00  200.  00 

45.  00  400.  00  300.  00 

35. 00  100. 00  75. 00 

45. 00  750.  00  500.  00 

45.00  750.00  400.00 

35. 00  700.  00  450.  00 

40.  00  800.  00  600.  00 

60.  00  600.  00  400.  00 

60. 00  600.  00  400.  00 

95.  00  800.  00  600.  00 

45.00  700.00         1,250.00 

45.00  700.00         1,250.00 

45.  00  700.  00  800.  00 

35.  00  700.  00  700.  00 

50.00         1,000.00         1,000.00 

50.00         1,200.00         1,000.00 

By  sec.  19,  act  of  Mar.  3,  1877,  a 

tract  not  exceeding  5  acres  was 

to  be  laid  out  by  Hot  Springs 

Commission  (this  was  block  114, 

3.62  acres,  as  platted ) ,and  granted 

to  county  of  Garland  for  county 

buildings.    Act  of  Mar.  22,  1904, 

provided   for  reconveyance  this 

block  to  Government  iiiexchange 

for  lots  1,2,  9,  and  10,  block  94. 

The  block  subdivided  into  12  lots 

after  reconveyance  in  1904,  and 

appraised  after  general  appraisal 

list  had  been  fded  and  approved. 


M895. 


50. 00 
50.00 
50.00 
50.00 
50.00 


1,000.00 
1,000.00 
1,500.00 
800. 00 
1,200.00 


1,250.00 
1,250.00 
1,500.00 
650.00 
1,200.00 


61904. 


$500.  00 
800.00 
COO.  00 
400.00 
400.  00 
500.  00 
500.  00 
600.  00 
300.00 
500.  00 
500.  00 
700.  00 
250.  00 
200.  00 
500.  00 
500.00 
450.  00 
300.  00 
400.  00 
400.  00 
200.  00 
600.  00 
500.00 
800.  00 
800.  00 
600.  00 
600.  00 
900.  00 
1,500.00 
1,500.00 
1,000.00 
900.  00 
1,200.00 
1,500.00 

2, 500.  00 

2,200.00 

2,000.00 

1.600.00 

1,200.00 

1,400.00 

600.  00 

500.00 

700.  00 

700.00 

700.00 

1,000.00 

1.500.00 
1 .  250. 00 
1.. 500. 00 
1,000.00 
1,500.00 


oTotal  of  169  lots,  including  3  lots  selected  for  Barry  Hospital,  in  block  115,  and  title  retained  by  United 
States,  unsold  in  1908. 

b  No  sales  took  place  under  these  appraisals. 

<•  Area  not  given  on  appraisal  lists. 

d  January  16,  1907,  department  authorized  occupancy  portion  lot  by  city  for  fire-house  purposes  pending 
legislation  or  sale. 

«  Selections,  Barry  Hospital  (see  act  of  June  21,  1894).     Title  retained  by  United  States. 

541 


542  HOT   SPRINGS    RESERVATION. 

Schedule  of  appraisements  of  unsold  lots  on  Hot  Springs  Reservation — Continued. 


Block  No. 


117. 
118. 
118. 
120. 
120. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
122. 
123. 
130. 
130. 
138. 
138. 
138. 
138. 
138. 
138. 
139. 
140. 
144. 
144. 
145. 
149. 
150. 
150. 
159. 
100. 
163. 
163. 
103. 
164. 
104. 
105. 
105. 
105. 
105. 
105. 
165. 
166. 
166. 
100. 
100. 


108. 
168. 
169. 
169. 
169. 
169. 
169. 
170. 
170. 
172. 
172. 
172. 
172. 
172. 
173. 
173. 
175. 
175. 
175. 
175. 
175. 
175. 
175. 
175. 
176. 
178. 
178. 
179. 
179. 
179. 


Lot 
No. 


Area  in 
square  feet. 


51,280 
102,700 
70,500 
102,300 
09, 450 
02,340 
07,500 
62, 400 
48,700 
09,300 
32,000 
57,900 
8,670 
35, 580 
25,170 
25,420 
28,200 
13,875 
01,700 
23,  400 
52, 710 
37,850 
65,379 
21,360 
55, 040 
53,070 
71, 100 
70, 150 
40,  750 
32,000 
40,  750 
59, 100 
50, 250 
40, 700 
51,020 
08, 100 
82, 220 
48,  430 
43,320 
64, 510 
81,050 
68,320 
71,200 
57,010 
42,030 
75, 000 
55, 840 
50,  770 
49,000 
48,870 
51,070 
54,750 
95, 900 
47,800 
74,870 
80,  470 
98, 280 
83, 310 
91,350 
03, 875 
80, 220 
50, 030 
43, 270 
84, 730 
83,250 
98, 350 
49,510 
119,170 
102, 300 
71,190 
22, 000 
68,970 
53, 730 
52,000 
82, 800 


Appraisals. 


Hot 

Springs 

Com- 


$70.00 
100. 00 
75.00 
50.00 
30.00 
30.00 
50.00 
40.00 
40.00 
50.00 
40.00 
80.00 
15.00 
20.00 
20.00 
20.00 
20.00 
30.00 
35.00 
25.00 
40.00 
30.00 
35.00 
20.00 
40.00 
40.00 
40.00 
30.00 
25.00 
20.00 
25.00 
25.00 
20.00 
25.00 
25.00 
35.00 
40.00 
25.00 
25.00 
35.00 
40.00 
35.00 
35.00 
25.00 
20.00 
30.00 
25.00 
30.00 
30.00 
30.00 
30.00 
30.00 
50. 00 
35.00 
30.00 
30.00 
30.00 
25.  00 
25.00 
25.00 
30.00 
20. 00 
20.00 
20.00 
20.00 
20.00 
20.00 
25.00 
25.  00 
25. 00 
35.00 
25. 00 
no.no 

30.  00 
35.00 


1891. 


$800.00 
600.00 
400.00 
300.00 
300.00 
300. 00 
700.00 
500.00 
500.00 
1,000.00 
150.00 
200.00 
175.00 
100.00 
200.00 
200.00 
300.00 
400.00 
150. 00 
200.00 
300.00 
300. 00 
150.00 
200.00 
300.00 
250.00 
300.00 
250.00 
300.00 
200.00 
300.00 
150.00 
150.00 
100. 00 
100.00 
150.00 
150.00 
125.00 
125.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

75.00 
150.00 
150. 00 
150. 00 
330.  00 
250. 00 
250. 00 
250. 00 
250.00 
150. 00 
250.  00 
200. 00 
1.50. 00 
150. 00 

75.00 
100. 00 
100.  00 
100.  00 

50.00 

50.  00 
100. 00 
100. 00 
125.  00 

50.00 
125.  00 
175.00 
150.  00 
500. 00 
250.  00 
150.00 
150.00 
175. 00 


1895. 


(a) 

o*i 

(a) 

$125.00 
125.00 
125.00 
400.00 
200.00 
200.00 
800.00 
150.00 
200.00 
100.00 
100.00 
150.00 
150.00 
200.00 
300.00 
150.00 
125.00 
175.00 
175.00 
125. 00 
150.00 
200.00 
150.00 
300.00 
200.00 
150.00 
100.00 
150.00 
100.00 
100. 00 
100.00 
100. 00 
125. 00 
125.00 
100.00 
125.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 
75.00 
100.00 
100.  00 
100.  00 
250.00 
150.00 
150. 00 
150. 00 
150.00 
100. 00 
175. 00 
150.  00 
100. 00 
150. 00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
125.00 
125. 00 
100. 00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
50. 00 
75.00 
100.00 
150.00 
350.  00 
175.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100. 00 


«  Erroneously  omitted  from  L895  and  1904  appraisals. 


HOT   SPRINGS   RESERVATION.  543 

Schedule  of  appraisements  of  unsold  lots  on  Hot  Springs  Reservation — Continued. 


Lot 
No. 

Area  in 
square  feet. 

Appraisals. 

Block  No. 

Hot 
Springs 
Com- 
mission. 

1891.               1895. 

1904. 

179 

9 

10 

1 

12 

6 

7 

4 

5 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

3 

4 

5 

9 

10 

11 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

52,450 
58,530 
77,500 
17,745 
56,630 
66, 700 
29, 620 
35, 750 
36,030 
48, 170 
48,750 
46,520 
49,000 
49,080 
41,760 
49,870 
34,000 
68, 400 
68, 400 
59,250 
41,400 
36, 600 
66, 650 
121,260 
49, 230 
33,000 
42,800 
29,220 
51,920 
28, 420 
30,000 
23, 100 
21, 900 
21,450 
23, 100 
16,650 
16, 650 

$15. 00 

15.00 

15.00 

15.00 

25.00 

25.00 

30.00 

30.00 

20.00 

20.00 

20.00 

20.00 

20.00 

20. 00 

20.00 

25.00 

40.00 

25.00 

25.00 

20,00 

20.00 

40.00 

25.00 

30.00 

20.00 

20.00 

25.00 

15.00 

100. 00 

300.  00 

300.  00 

300. 00 

300. 00 

300. 00 

300.  00 

300.  00 

100. 00 

$75.00           $100.00 
100.00           (a) 
150.00  1          100.00 
50.00  |            50.00 
100.00  !          150.00 
100.00  i          150.00 
150.00             200.00 

$100.00 

179  ..           

(a) 
200.00 

183  .                               

183                                          

100.  (X) 

187                                      

250.00 

187 

200.00 

188 

300. 00 

188 

150.00 

100.00 

100. 00 

100. 00 

100.  00 

100.  00 

100. 00 

100. 00 

100.00 

500.00 

150.00 

150. 00 

150.00 

250.00 

500.00 

300. 00 

300. 00 

175. 00 

100.  00 

150.00 

130. 00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

1,000.00 

200. 00 
125.  00 
125. 00 
100.00 
100.  00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.  00 
150.00 
375. 00 
150.00 
150.00 
150.00 
200. 00 
375. 00 
250.00 
250.00 
125.00 
75.00 
100. 00 
100.00 
500.00 
500.00 
500.00 
500.00 
500.00 
350.00 
350.00 
250.  00 
250.00 

250.  (X) 

188 

200.00 

188 

150.00 

188 

150.  (X) 

188 

150.00 

188 

200.00 

188 

200.00 

188  .                 

200.00 

188...                  

300.00 

189  .                    

700.00 

189                                  

200.00 

189                                 

150.00 

189  .                                     

150.  00 

189 

250.00 

189 

700.00 

190 

350.00 

190 

350.00 

191 

200. 00 

193 

75.00 

193 

100.00 

193 

100.  OO 

194  . 

250.00 

194  . 

250.00 

194  . 

250.00 

194  . 

250.00 

194 

250.00 

194 

250.00 

194 

250.00 

194 

250.00 

194 

250.00 

ABANDONED  MILITARY  RESERVATIONS 


94 
94 
94 
04 
94 


26, 550 

29,930 

34, 300 

c  106  x  232 

c  106  x  235 

c  106  x  268 

$50. 00 
65.00 
65. 00 
95.00 
85.00 
85.00 


$1,500.00 

1,500.00 

1,  500. 00 

d.40 

d.35 

d.35 

$1,500.00 

1,250.00 

1,000.00 

d.35 

d.30 

d.30 

$1,250.00 
1,250.00 
1,250.00 
e  3, 500. 00 
e  3, 000. 00 
e  3, 000. 00 


a  Erroneously  omitted  from  appraisals,  and  lot  11,  sold  in  1892,  appraised  instead. 

b  All  of  block  94  reserved  for  military  post  by  President's  order  of  November  17, 1880;  relinquished  to  Sec- 
retary of  Interior  August  15,  1890,  for  disposal  under  act  of  July  5,  1884  (23  Stat.,  103).  View  taken  by 
department  that  manner  of  disposal  should  be  governed  by  Hot  Springs  Act  of  1891.  Lots  1,  2,  9,  and  10 
disposed  of  by  legislation. 

c  Front  depth. 

d  Per  front  foot. 

e  Per  lot. 


APPENDIX    B. 


Schedule  showing  status  of  lots  platted  on  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation,  Ark.a 


Total 
number 
lots  plat- 
ted. 

Titles  ac- 
quired under 

commis- 
sion's awards. 

Auction  sales. 

Disposed 
of  by 
special 
legisla- 
tion. 

Unsold, 
1908. 

Block  Nos. 

1882. 

1884. 

1892. 

1 

8 
7 
11 
13 
9 
15 

11 

9 

4 

8 

10 

8 

3 

8 

5 

8 

18 

17 

4 

16 

7 

3 

3 

7 

2 

23 

5 

4 

8 

4 

8 

5 

6 

10 

4 

4 

9 

10 

10 

8 

8 

3 

5 

6 

6 

4 

10 

10 

17 

10 

11 

8 

13 

11 

15 

Lot  Nos. 

4 

1-7 

1-11 

1-9, 11-13 

1-5, 7-9 

1,2,4-10,12- 

15 

2,4-6,8,9 

1,5,6 

Lot  Nos. 
5 

Lot  Nos. 
2,3,6 

Lot  Nos. 

7,8 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 
1 

2 

3 

4 

10 
6 
3 

3,7,11 

2,9 

2 

2,3,7 

1,6,8 

5 

6 

11 

10 
3,8 
1,3 

4,8 
7 

7 

1 

8 

4,7 
4 

9 

10 

6 

2-5,9,10 

1-8 

1-3 

1 

1 

5 

11 

12 

13 

14 

3,6,8 
1,4 

1,3,6 
1,8 

1,8,9 

2,4,7 

5 
2,3,5 

15 

16 

4,5 

9,11,16 

4,6,10 

2,7,8 

17 

4, 12-14 

2,3,5-7,10 
3,5,7,11-16 

15, 17, 18 

18 

2,17 

19 

1-4 

3-16 

4-7 

1-3 

1-3 

1-7 

1,2 

1-20, 22, 23 

1,2,5 

1-4 

2-8 

1-4 

1-8 

1-5 

1-6 

3-6 

1-4 

3,4 

3-5 

1-10 

1-10 

1-8 

1,3-8 

1-3 

1-5 

1-3,6 

1-6 

1,2 

5-8 

5-8 

9-13 

1-10 

1-11 

1-8 

2-13 

1-11 

1-15 

20 

1,2 

21.. 

3 

1,2 

22 

23... 

24... 

25... 

26 

21 

27 

3,4 

28 

29 

1 

30 

1 

31 

32... 

33   . .             

34... 

2,10 

1,7-9 

35 

36... 

1 

1,8 

2 

2,7,9 

6 

38   .. 

39 

:::::::;:::: 

40 

2 

42 

43 

44 

5 

4 

45 

46 

4 

3,10 

1,4 

1,7,16 

3 

4,9 

3,9 

2,3,17 

47 

1,2 
2 

4,8 

48 

M0 

49 

5,6,14,15 

50 

51 

52 

r 

53 

1 

54 

55 

I 

a  Compiled  from  records  of  department  and  General  Land  OfTieo  in  1908. 

i>  Designated  in  ISSI  for  schools  of  Hot  Springs,  under  sec.  5,  act  of  June  16, 1880.    Act  of  April  30, 1908, 
granted  title  in  fee. 

544 


HOT  SPRINGS  RESERVATION.  545 

Schedule  showing  status  of  lots  platted  on  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation,  Ark. — Cont'd. 


Total 
number 
lots  plat- 
ted. 

Titles  ac- 
quired under 

commis- 
sion's awards. 

Auction  sales. 

Disposed 
of  by 
special 
legisla- 
tion. 

Unsold, 
1908. 

Block  Nos. 

1882. 

1884. 

1892. 

56                    

9 

21 

13 

10 

9 

8 

13 

13 

16 

7 

7 

21 

20 

19 

19 

14 

11 

9 

10 

17 

14 

32 

17 

11 

9 

10 

1 

7 

6 

13 

20 

14 

15 

53 

9 

12 

19 

12 

10 

8 

11 

8 

13 

14 

10 

11 

6 

6 

7 

12 

13 

10 

15 

10 

13 

9 

11 

Lot  Nos. 

1-9 

1-21 

1-13 

1-10 

1-8 

1,  2,  4-8 

6-13 

1-8, 10-13 

2-11,13,14 

1-7 

1-7 

1-21 

1-20 

1-19 

6-9, 11, 14-19 

1-5,14 

7-10 

2-9 

1-16 

1-17 

1-14 

1-32 

1-15, 17 

1-11 

1-9 

1-10 

1 

1-7 

1-6 

1-13 

1-20 

1-14 

1-15 

1-52 

1-9 

1-8,10-12 

1-2,17-19 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

57 

58 

59 

60 

9 

3 

1,3,5 

9 

1,15 

61                 

62 

2,4 

63 

64 

12,16 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

70 

12,13 

11,12 

5 

1,2,5,10 

6-8, 13 

3,4,6 

3,4 

71 

9,10 

72 

a  1,6  2 

11 

73 

1 

74 

75 

76 

78...                           

cl6 

80    . 

82.  . 

84 

85 

88 

87 

83 

d53 

90 

91 

9 
5,9,10 

1,12 

92 

3,4,14 
2,5,10 

6-8,11,15, 
16 

3,4,6,7,9, 
11 

12,13 

93 

«8 
A,  2, 9, 10 

94/ 

3-8 

95 

1-8 
1-11 

1-8 

1-13 

1,2,13,14 

96 

97 

98 

99 

6,11 

2,7 
2,9 
3,6 

4, 5, 10 

3,4,9 

3 

1,2 

3,7,12 

1,5,6,8 

7,8,10,11 

8,9 

100 

10 

101 

1,4-6 

102 

Q\ 

5 

1-6 

1-3,5-7 

1-12 

1-13 

1-8,10 

1-12,14.15 

1-5 

1-13 

1-9 

1-11 

104 

4 

105 

106 

107 

9 

13 

6,8,10 

103 

109 

7,9 

110 

Ill 

112 

a  Act  of  July  14, 1892,  granted  to  city  for  school  purposes.     Title  passed. 

b  Designated  in  1881  for  schools  of  Hot  Springs,  under  sec.  5,  act  of  June  16, 18S0.  Act  of  April  o0, 190S, 
granted  title  in  fee. 

c  Formerly  cemetery  lot.  Sec.  4,  act  of  June  16, 1880,  granted  to  city  for  park  purposes  upon  removal  of 
burying  ground.  Act  of  February  10, 1900,  amended  said  section,  providing  for  relinquishment  of  described 
tract  in  this  lot  to  the  Government  and  the  reservation  of  same  for  the  public  (post-office)  building  pro- 
vided for  by  act  of  March  2, 18^9,  the  title  to  remainder  of  lot  thereupon  to  pass  to  city  for  park,  build  ng, 
auditorium,  or  other  public  purposes.  City  of  Hot  Springs  reconveyed  des"ribed  portion  of  lot  16  by 
ordinance  of  March  2,  1900,  and  state  legislature  vested  jurisdiction  in  United  States  over  sites  acquired 
for  public  (federal)  buildings  by  act  approved  February  12,  1901.    Title  to  be  cleared  up. 

d  Act  of  June  22, 1892,  made  th:s  a  part  of  permanent  reservation. 

«  Designated  in  1881  for  schools  of  Hot  Springs,  under  sec.  5,  act  of  June  16, 1880.  Act  of  August  9, 
1894,  granted  title  in  fee. 

/  Block  94  reserved  for  military  post  by  President's  orderof  November  17, 18S0;  relinquished  to  Secretary 
of  Interior  August  15,1890.  These  4  lots  authorized  to  be  exchanged  upon  tha  rer.nquishmeut  of  block  114 
granted  by  act  ofl877  to  county  of  Garland  for  county  buildings.     Title  to  be  perfected. 

g  Act  of  August  11 ,  1894,  granted  to  Henry  James  for  $900.    Payment  made  and  title  passed. 


5S!)20— int  1908— vol  1 


-35 


546  HOT   SPRINGS   RESERVATION. 

Schedule  showing  status  of  lots  platted  on  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation,  Ark. — Cont'd. 


Total 
number 
lots  plat- 
ted. 

Titles  ac- 
quired under 

commis- 
sion's awards. 

Auction  sales. 

Disposed 
of  by- 
special 
legisla- 
tion. 

Unsold, 
1908. 

Block  Nos. 

1882. 

1884. 

1892. 

113 

a6 

612 

9 

6 

3 

4 

2 

4 

3 

4 

4 

6 

13 

19 

16 

32 

12 

13 

12 

17 

6 

3 

29 

22 

25 

24 

14 
34 

4 
19 
10 
24 
13 
14 

3 

15 
13 
15 
17 
11 

3 
11 
14 
17 

14 

9 

8 

8 

10 

10 

11 

8 

9 

6 

4 

7 

8 

11 

5 

13 

Lot  Nos. 
3-5 

Lot  Nos. 
2 

Lot  Nos. 

1 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

«6 

Lot  Nos. 

1146 

1-12 

115 

1,7 
1,4 

2,9 
2,3 

c4-6 

3,8 

116 

5,6 
2,3 

117 

1 

118 

1 

4 
2 

2,3 

119 

1 

120 

2 
3 
2 
1 

1,3,4 
2 

121 

1 

122 

1 
2 

3,4 
3 

123 

4 

124 

1-6 

1-13 

1-19 

1-10 

1-32 

1-12 

1-13 

1-12 

1-17 

1-6 

1-3 

1-7,13-17,19 

20, 22-29 

1,  2,  5-15,  21 

22 

1-10,12,14,15 

17-25 

1-6,8,23,24 

1-3,13,14 

1-12,15,16,19 

20,26-28 

1-4 

1-14 

1-10 

1-9, 13-24 

1,13 

1-4,11-14 

1-3 

1-15 

3-10 

1-5,9,13-15 

1-9, 12-17 

1-11 

1-3 

1-11 

1-14 

1-6,11-13,15 

16 

1,4,7-12,14 

1-9 

2,3 

1-6 

1-10 

1-5,9,10 

1,2,9-11 

6-8 

125 

126 

127 

14-16 

13 

dll,12 

128... 

129 

130 

131: 

132 

133 

134 

135 

10,21 
18 

8,9 

3,4 

11,13,16 

7,19,20 

4,5,12 

13,14,21 
22-24 

11,12 
16,20 

«18 

136 

17,19 

137 

138 

11,16 

6,11 
25,34 

10,12,14 

7-9 
17,18,29-32 

«21 

9,13,15,17 

139 

18,22 
10 

140 

33 

141 

142 

17 

15,16 

18,19 

143 

144 

10 

7,12 

5,7 

11,12 

145 

2,10 
6,10 

4-6,8,9,11 
9 

3 

146 

«8 

147 

148 

149  .. 

13 

7 

1,2 

6,8 

11 
10-12 
10,11 

12 

150  .. 

151   . 

152  .. 

153     . 

154     . 

155 

156 

7,17 
2,5,6,13 

8,14 

9,10 

157 

3 

158 

159... 

6 

4,5,7,8 
7 

1 

160 

8 

161 

162. . . 

8 
3,8 
1,2 

1 

6,7 

163   .. 

5 

3 

2,7 

4,6,7 

164 

4,5 

165  .. 

3-6,8,9 

166 

1,6 

1-3 

2-5 

167 

4 
4 

168   .. 

3 

5 

1,2,6,7 

169 

1,5,6 
10,11 

2-4,7,8 

170     . 

2,7 

8,9 

1,4,6 

1-5 

5,7,12,13 

3,5 

172 

1,2 

3,4 

6,8-11 

a  Lot  6  not  platted  by  commission,  but  cut  out  of  No.  1.  Act  of  June  16, 1880  (sec.  5),  granted  to  Baptist 
Church  of  Hot  Springs.    Title  passed. 

b  Designated  under  sec.  19,  act  of  Mar.  3,  1877,  granting  to  county  of  Garland  for  county  building.  Act  of 
Mar.  22,  1904,  provided  for  reconveyance  to  Government  in  exchange  for  4  lots  in  block  94.  Block  114 
subdivided  in  1904  after  reconveyance. 

c  Designated  under  act  of  June  21,  1894,  for  occupancy  by  Barry  Hospital.  Title  retained  by  United 
States.     This  adds  3  lots  to  total  shown  as  unsold. 

<i  Act  of  July  8,  1882,  authorized  sale  of  both  lots  to  Woman's  Christian  Nat.  library  Assn.  at  assessed 
valuation.     1'avment  made  and  title  passed. 

e  Designated'  in  1881  for  schools  of  Hot  Springs,  under  sec.  5,  act  of  June  16,  1880.  Act  of  Apr.  30,  1908, 
granted  title  in  fee. 


HOT   SPRINGS  RESERVATION.  547 

Schedule  showing  status  of  lots  platted  on  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation,  Ark. — Cont'd. 


Total 

Titles  ac- 
quired under 

commis- 
sion's awards. 

Auction  sales. 

Disposed 
of  oy 
special 
legisla- 
tion. 

Unsold. 
1908. 

Block  Nos. 

ted. 

1882. 

1884. 

1892. 

173              

4 
8 
10 
7 

16 

11 

14 

5 

8 

20 

12 

7 

10 

6 

7 

15 
6 
4 
5 
7 
18 
9 
7 
9 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 

1,2 

2,4-8 

8,10 

3,4,6 

5-13 

7,8,10 

11,12 

Lot  Nos. 

Lot  Nos. 
3,4 

174 

1,3 

175 

1-7,9 

176 

j 

2,7 

5 

177 

1-4, 14-16 

1,2,4-6,11 

1-5,13,14 

1-5 

1-7 

1-20 

2,6,8,9 

2,3,5 

1-10 

1-6 

1 

1-3,15 

178 

3,9 
6-10 

179 

180 

181 

8 

182 

183 

7,10,11 
4,6,7 

1,12 

184 

1 

185 

186 

187 

2-5 
6 

6,7 

188 

4,5,7-14 

189 

1-6 

190 

1,2 
1-3 
1-6 

5,7,8 

3,4 

191 

4 

7 

1-4,6,12-18 

5 

192 

193 

9-11 

1-9 

195 

1-7 
1-9 

Total 

2,135 

1,529 

101 

149 

170 

20 

al66 

a  Lots  4,  5,  and  6,  block  115,  designated  for  occupancy  by  Barry  Hospital,  the  title  of  which  is 
retained  by  United  States,  make  a  total  of  169  unsold  lots. 


O 


BUREAU  OF  ! 


If 


Bbn^r  Service 


ANAGEMfiM^ 


Date 
Loaned 

W 

o 

o 

4 

vO  >  00 

Own 
00 


M  > 

rt  2 

o 

fD 


-8 


en